diff --git a/skeleton/CMakeLists.txt b/skeleton/CMakeLists.txt index 1c7c031..3083adc 100644 --- a/skeleton/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/skeleton/CMakeLists.txt @@ -5,19 +5,23 @@ add_library(librw_skeleton skeleton.h win.cpp - imgui/imconfig.h - imgui/imgui.cpp - imgui/imgui_demo.cpp - imgui/imgui_draw.cpp - imgui/imgui.h imgui/imgui_impl_rw.cpp imgui/imgui_impl_rw.h + + imgui/imconfig.h + imgui/imgui.cpp + imgui/imgui.h + imgui/imgui_demo.cpp + imgui/imgui_draw.cpp imgui/imgui_internal.h + imgui/imgui_tables.cpp + imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp + imgui/imstb_rectpack.h + imgui/imstb_textedit.h + imgui/imstb_truetype.h + imgui/ImGuizmo.cpp imgui/ImGuizmo.h - imgui/stb_rect_pack.h - imgui/stb_textedit.h - imgui/stb_truetype.h ) add_library(librw::skeleton ALIAS librw_skeleton) @@ -52,7 +56,9 @@ if(LIBRW_INSTALL) imgui/imgui_impl_rw.h imgui/imgui_internal.h imgui/ImGuizmo.h - imgui/stb_textedit.h + imgui/imstb_rectpack.h + imgui/imstb_textedit.h + imgui/imstb_truetype.h DESTINATION "${LIBRW_INSTALL_INCLUDEDIR}/skeleton/imgui" ) diff --git a/skeleton/imgui/ImGuizmo.cpp b/skeleton/imgui/ImGuizmo.cpp index 384e752..3a22a26 100644 --- a/skeleton/imgui/ImGuizmo.cpp +++ b/skeleton/imgui/ImGuizmo.cpp @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ // The MIT License(MIT) -// -// Copyright(c) 2016 Cedric Guillemet -// +// +// Copyright(c) 2021 Cedric Guillemet +// // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy // of this software and associated documentation files(the "Software"), to deal // in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights // to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and / or sell // copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is // furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions : -// +// // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all // copies or substantial portions of the Software. -// +// // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR // IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, // FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.IN NO EVENT SHALL THE @@ -26,6 +26,12 @@ #endif #include "imgui_internal.h" #include "ImGuizmo.h" +#if !defined(_WIN32) +#define _malloca(x) alloca(x) +#define _freea(x) +#else +#include +#endif // includes patches for multiview from // https://github.com/CedricGuillemet/ImGuizmo/issues/15 @@ -35,13 +41,38 @@ namespace ImGuizmo static const float ZPI = 3.14159265358979323846f; static const float RAD2DEG = (180.f / ZPI); static const float DEG2RAD = (ZPI / 180.f); - const float screenRotateSize = 0.06f; + static OPERATION operator&(OPERATION lhs, OPERATION rhs) + { + return static_cast(static_cast(lhs) & static_cast(rhs)); + } + + static bool operator!=(OPERATION lhs, int rhs) + { + return static_cast(lhs) != rhs; + } + + static bool operator==(OPERATION lhs, int rhs) + { + return static_cast(lhs) == rhs; + } + + static bool Intersects(OPERATION lhs, OPERATION rhs) + { + return (lhs & rhs) != 0; + } + + // True if lhs contains rhs + static bool Contains(OPERATION lhs, OPERATION rhs) + { + return (lhs & rhs) == rhs; + } + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // utility and math - void FPU_MatrixF_x_MatrixF(const float *a, const float *b, float *r) + void FPU_MatrixF_x_MatrixF(const float* a, const float* b, float* r) { r[0] = a[0] * b[0] + a[1] * b[4] + a[2] * b[8] + a[3] * b[12]; r[1] = a[0] * b[1] + a[1] * b[5] + a[2] * b[9] + a[3] * b[13]; @@ -64,11 +95,95 @@ namespace ImGuizmo r[15] = a[12] * b[3] + a[13] * b[7] + a[14] * b[11] + a[15] * b[15]; } - //template T LERP(T x, T y, float z) { return (x + (y - x)*z); } - template T Clamp(T x, T y, T z) { return ((xz) ? z : x)); } + void Frustum(float left, float right, float bottom, float top, float znear, float zfar, float* m16) + { + float temp, temp2, temp3, temp4; + temp = 2.0f * znear; + temp2 = right - left; + temp3 = top - bottom; + temp4 = zfar - znear; + m16[0] = temp / temp2; + m16[1] = 0.0; + m16[2] = 0.0; + m16[3] = 0.0; + m16[4] = 0.0; + m16[5] = temp / temp3; + m16[6] = 0.0; + m16[7] = 0.0; + m16[8] = (right + left) / temp2; + m16[9] = (top + bottom) / temp3; + m16[10] = (-zfar - znear) / temp4; + m16[11] = -1.0f; + m16[12] = 0.0; + m16[13] = 0.0; + m16[14] = (-temp * zfar) / temp4; + m16[15] = 0.0; + } + + void Perspective(float fovyInDegrees, float aspectRatio, float znear, float zfar, float* m16) + { + float ymax, xmax; + ymax = znear * tanf(fovyInDegrees * DEG2RAD); + xmax = ymax * aspectRatio; + Frustum(-xmax, xmax, -ymax, ymax, znear, zfar, m16); + } + + void Cross(const float* a, const float* b, float* r) + { + r[0] = a[1] * b[2] - a[2] * b[1]; + r[1] = a[2] * b[0] - a[0] * b[2]; + r[2] = a[0] * b[1] - a[1] * b[0]; + } + + float Dot(const float* a, const float* b) + { + return a[0] * b[0] + a[1] * b[1] + a[2] * b[2]; + } + + void Normalize(const float* a, float* r) + { + float il = 1.f / (sqrtf(Dot(a, a)) + FLT_EPSILON); + r[0] = a[0] * il; + r[1] = a[1] * il; + r[2] = a[2] * il; + } + + void LookAt(const float* eye, const float* at, const float* up, float* m16) + { + float X[3], Y[3], Z[3], tmp[3]; + + tmp[0] = eye[0] - at[0]; + tmp[1] = eye[1] - at[1]; + tmp[2] = eye[2] - at[2]; + Normalize(tmp, Z); + Normalize(up, Y); + Cross(Y, Z, tmp); + Normalize(tmp, X); + Cross(Z, X, tmp); + Normalize(tmp, Y); + + m16[0] = X[0]; + m16[1] = Y[0]; + m16[2] = Z[0]; + m16[3] = 0.0f; + m16[4] = X[1]; + m16[5] = Y[1]; + m16[6] = Z[1]; + m16[7] = 0.0f; + m16[8] = X[2]; + m16[9] = Y[2]; + m16[10] = Z[2]; + m16[11] = 0.0f; + m16[12] = -Dot(X, eye); + m16[13] = -Dot(Y, eye); + m16[14] = -Dot(Z, eye); + m16[15] = 1.0f; + } + + template T Clamp(T x, T y, T z) { return ((x < y) ? y : ((x > z) ? z : x)); } template T max(T x, T y) { return (x > y) ? x : y; } template T min(T x, T y) { return (x < y) ? x : y; } - template bool IsWithin(T x, T y, T z) { return (x>=y) && (x<=z); } + template bool IsWithin(T x, T y, T z) { return (x >= y) && (x <= z); } struct matrix_t; struct vec_t @@ -99,11 +214,12 @@ namespace ImGuizmo vec_t operator * (const vec_t& v) const; const vec_t& operator + () const { return (*this); } - float Length() const { return sqrtf(x*x + y*y + z*z); }; - float LengthSq() const { return (x*x + y*y + z*z); }; + float Length() const { return sqrtf(x * x + y * y + z * z); }; + float LengthSq() const { return (x * x + y * y + z * z); }; vec_t Normalize() { (*this) *= (1.f / Length()); return (*this); } vec_t Normalize(const vec_t& v) { this->Set(v.x, v.y, v.z, v.w); this->Normalize(); return (*this); } vec_t Abs() const; + void Cross(const vec_t& v) { vec_t res; @@ -116,6 +232,7 @@ namespace ImGuizmo z = res.z; w = 0.f; } + void Cross(const vec_t& v1, const vec_t& v2) { x = v1.y * v2.z - v1.z * v2.y; @@ -123,17 +240,19 @@ namespace ImGuizmo z = v1.x * v2.y - v1.y * v2.x; w = 0.f; } - float Dot(const vec_t &v) const + + float Dot(const vec_t& v) const { return (x * v.x) + (y * v.y) + (z * v.z) + (w * v.w); } - float Dot3(const vec_t &v) const + + float Dot3(const vec_t& v) const { return (x * v.x) + (y * v.y) + (z * v.z); } - + void Transform(const matrix_t& matrix); - void Transform(const vec_t & s, const matrix_t& matrix); + void Transform(const vec_t& s, const matrix_t& matrix); void TransformVector(const matrix_t& matrix); void TransformPoint(const matrix_t& matrix); @@ -142,10 +261,12 @@ namespace ImGuizmo float& operator [] (size_t index) { return ((float*)&x)[index]; } const float& operator [] (size_t index) const { return ((float*)&x)[index]; } + bool operator!=(const vec_t& other) const { return memcmp(this, &other, sizeof(vec_t)); } }; vec_t makeVect(float _x, float _y, float _z = 0.f, float _w = 0.f) { vec_t res; res.x = _x; res.y = _y; res.z = _z; res.w = _w; return res; } - vec_t vec_t::operator * (float f) const { return makeVect(x * f, y * f, z * f, w *f); } + vec_t makeVect(ImVec2 v) { vec_t res; res.x = v.x; res.y = v.y; res.z = 0.f; res.w = 0.f; return res; } + vec_t vec_t::operator * (float f) const { return makeVect(x * f, y * f, z * f, w * f); } vec_t vec_t::operator - () const { return makeVect(-x, -y, -z, -w); } vec_t vec_t::operator - (const vec_t& v) const { return makeVect(x - v.x, y - v.y, z - v.z, w - v.w); } vec_t vec_t::operator + (const vec_t& v) const { return makeVect(x + v.x, y + v.y, z + v.z, w + v.w); } @@ -163,12 +284,12 @@ namespace ImGuizmo return res; } - float Dot(const vec_t &v1, const vec_t &v2) + float Dot(const vec_t& v1, const vec_t& v2) { return (v1.x * v2.x) + (v1.y * v2.y) + (v1.z * v2.z); } - vec_t BuildPlan(const vec_t & p_point1, const vec_t & p_normal) + vec_t BuildPlan(const vec_t& p_point1, const vec_t& p_normal) { vec_t normal, res; normal.Normalize(p_normal); @@ -197,7 +318,7 @@ namespace ImGuizmo matrix_t(const matrix_t& other) { memcpy(&m16[0], &other.m16[0], sizeof(float) * 16); } matrix_t() {} - operator float * () { return m16; } + operator float* () { return m16; } operator const float* () const { return m16; } void Translation(float _x, float _y, float _z) { this->Translation(makeVect(_x, _y, _z)); } @@ -233,7 +354,7 @@ namespace ImGuizmo return matT; } - void Multiply(const matrix_t &matrix) + void Multiply(const matrix_t& matrix) { matrix_t tmp; tmp = *this; @@ -241,7 +362,7 @@ namespace ImGuizmo FPU_MatrixF_x_MatrixF((float*)&tmp, (float*)&matrix, (float*)this); } - void Multiply(const matrix_t &m1, const matrix_t &m2) + void Multiply(const matrix_t& m1, const matrix_t& m2) { FPU_MatrixF_x_MatrixF((float*)&m1, (float*)&m2, (float*)this); } @@ -252,8 +373,8 @@ namespace ImGuizmo m[0][2] * m[1][1] * m[2][0] - m[0][1] * m[1][0] * m[2][2] - m[0][0] * m[1][2] * m[2][1]; } - float Inverse(const matrix_t &srcMatrix, bool affine = false); - void SetToIdentity() + float Inverse(const matrix_t& srcMatrix, bool affine = false); + void SetToIdentity() { v.right.Set(1.f, 0.f, 0.f, 0.f); v.up.Set(0.f, 1.f, 0.f, 0.f); @@ -272,8 +393,8 @@ namespace ImGuizmo } (*this) = tmpm; } - - void RotationAxis(const vec_t & axis, float angle); + + void RotationAxis(const vec_t& axis, float angle); void OrthoNormalize() { @@ -298,7 +419,7 @@ namespace ImGuizmo w = out.w; } - void vec_t::Transform(const vec_t & s, const matrix_t& matrix) + void vec_t::Transform(const vec_t& s, const matrix_t& matrix) { *this = s; Transform(matrix); @@ -319,7 +440,6 @@ namespace ImGuizmo w = out.w; } - void vec_t::TransformVector(const matrix_t& matrix) { vec_t out; @@ -335,7 +455,7 @@ namespace ImGuizmo w = out.w; } - float matrix_t::Inverse(const matrix_t &srcMatrix, bool affine) + float matrix_t::Inverse(const matrix_t& srcMatrix, bool affine) { float det = 0; @@ -431,7 +551,7 @@ namespace ImGuizmo return det; } - void matrix_t::RotationAxis(const vec_t & axis, float angle) + void matrix_t::RotationAxis(const vec_t& axis, float angle) { float length2 = axis.LengthSq(); if (length2 < FLT_EPSILON) @@ -474,29 +594,46 @@ namespace ImGuizmo } /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // + // enum MOVETYPE { - NONE, - MOVE_X, - MOVE_Y, - MOVE_Z, - MOVE_XY, - MOVE_XZ, - MOVE_YZ, - MOVE_SCREEN, - ROTATE_X, - ROTATE_Y, - ROTATE_Z, - ROTATE_SCREEN, - SCALE_X, - SCALE_Y, - SCALE_Z, - SCALE_XYZ, - BOUNDS + MT_NONE, + MT_MOVE_X, + MT_MOVE_Y, + MT_MOVE_Z, + MT_MOVE_YZ, + MT_MOVE_ZX, + MT_MOVE_XY, + MT_MOVE_SCREEN, + MT_ROTATE_X, + MT_ROTATE_Y, + MT_ROTATE_Z, + MT_ROTATE_SCREEN, + MT_SCALE_X, + MT_SCALE_Y, + MT_SCALE_Z, + MT_SCALE_XYZ }; + static bool IsTranslateType(int type) + { + return type >= MT_MOVE_X && type <= MT_MOVE_SCREEN; + } + + static bool IsRotateType(int type) + { + return type >= MT_ROTATE_X && type <= MT_ROTATE_SCREEN; + } + + static bool IsScaleType(int type) + { + return type >= MT_SCALE_X && type <= MT_SCALE_XYZ; + } + + // Matches MT_MOVE_AB order + static const OPERATION TRANSLATE_PLANS[3] = { TRANSLATE_Y | TRANSLATE_Z, TRANSLATE_X | TRANSLATE_Z, TRANSLATE_X | TRANSLATE_Y }; + struct Context { Context() : mbUsing(false), mbEnable(true), mbUsingBounds(false) @@ -534,10 +671,13 @@ namespace ImGuizmo bool mbUsing; bool mbEnable; + bool mReversed; // reversed projection matrix + // translation vec_t mTranslationPlan; vec_t mTranslationPlanOrigin; vec_t mMatrixOrigin; + vec_t mTranslationLastDelta; // rotation vec_t mRotationVectorSource; @@ -548,6 +688,7 @@ namespace ImGuizmo // scale vec_t mScale; vec_t mScaleValueOrigin; + vec_t mScaleLast; float mSaveMousePosx; // save axis factor when using gizmo @@ -574,26 +715,34 @@ namespace ImGuizmo float mHeight = 0.f; float mXMax = 0.f; float mYMax = 0.f; + float mDisplayRatio = 1.f; + + bool mIsOrthographic = false; + + int mActualID = -1; + int mEditingID = -1; + OPERATION mOperation = OPERATION(-1); + + bool mAllowAxisFlip = true; + float mGizmoSizeClipSpace = 0.1f; }; static Context gContext; - static const float angleLimit = 0.96f; - static const float planeLimit = 0.2f; - static const vec_t directionUnary[3] = { makeVect(1.f, 0.f, 0.f), makeVect(0.f, 1.f, 0.f), makeVect(0.f, 0.f, 1.f) }; - static const ImU32 directionColor[3] = { 0xFF0000AA, 0xFF00AA00, 0xFFAA0000 }; + static const ImU32 directionColor[3] = { IM_COL32(0xAA, 0, 0, 0xFF), IM_COL32(0, 0xAA, 0, 0xFF), IM_COL32(0, 0, 0xAA, 0XFF) }; // Alpha: 100%: FF, 87%: DE, 70%: B3, 54%: 8A, 50%: 80, 38%: 61, 12%: 1F - static const ImU32 planeBorderColor[3] = { 0xFFAA0000, 0xFF0000AA, 0xFF00AA00 }; - static const ImU32 planeColor[3] = { 0x610000AA, 0x6100AA00, 0x61AA0000 }; - static const ImU32 selectionColor = 0x8A1080FF; - static const ImU32 inactiveColor = 0x99999999; - static const ImU32 translationLineColor = 0xAAAAAAAA; - static const char *translationInfoMask[] = { "X : %5.3f", "Y : %5.3f", "Z : %5.3f", "X : %5.3f Y : %5.3f", "Y : %5.3f Z : %5.3f", "X : %5.3f Z : %5.3f", "X : %5.3f Y : %5.3f Z : %5.3f" }; - static const char *scaleInfoMask[] = { "X : %5.2f", "Y : %5.2f", "Z : %5.2f", "XYZ : %5.2f" }; - static const char *rotationInfoMask[] = { "X : %5.2f deg %5.2f rad", "Y : %5.2f deg %5.2f rad", "Z : %5.2f deg %5.2f rad", "Screen : %5.2f deg %5.2f rad" }; - static const int translationInfoIndex[] = { 0,0,0, 1,0,0, 2,0,0, 0,1,0, 1,2,0, 0,2,1, 0,1,2 }; + static const ImU32 planeColor[3] = { IM_COL32(0xAA, 0, 0, 0x61), IM_COL32(0, 0xAA, 0, 0x61), IM_COL32(0, 0, 0xAA, 0x61) }; + static const ImU32 selectionColor = IM_COL32(0xFF, 0x80, 0x10, 0x8A); + static const ImU32 inactiveColor = IM_COL32(0x99, 0x99, 0x99, 0x99); + static const ImU32 translationLineColor = IM_COL32(0xAA, 0xAA, 0xAA, 0xAA); + static const char* translationInfoMask[] = { "X : %5.3f", "Y : %5.3f", "Z : %5.3f", + "Y : %5.3f Z : %5.3f", "X : %5.3f Z : %5.3f", "X : %5.3f Y : %5.3f", + "X : %5.3f Y : %5.3f Z : %5.3f" }; + static const char* scaleInfoMask[] = { "X : %5.2f", "Y : %5.2f", "Z : %5.2f", "XYZ : %5.2f" }; + static const char* rotationInfoMask[] = { "X : %5.2f deg %5.2f rad", "Y : %5.2f deg %5.2f rad", "Z : %5.2f deg %5.2f rad", "Screen : %5.2f deg %5.2f rad" }; + static const int translationInfoIndex[] = { 0,0,0, 1,0,0, 2,0,0, 1,2,0, 0,2,0, 0,1,0, 0,1,2 }; static const float quadMin = 0.5f; static const float quadMax = 0.8f; static const float quadUV[8] = { quadMin, quadMin, quadMin, quadMax, quadMax, quadMax, quadMax, quadMin }; @@ -601,96 +750,216 @@ namespace ImGuizmo static const float snapTension = 0.5f; /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // - static int GetMoveType(vec_t *gizmoHitProportion); - static int GetRotateType(); - static int GetScaleType(); + // + static int GetMoveType(OPERATION op, vec_t* gizmoHitProportion); + static int GetRotateType(OPERATION op); + static int GetScaleType(OPERATION op); - static ImVec2 worldToPos(const vec_t& worldPos, const matrix_t& mat) + static ImVec2 worldToPos(const vec_t& worldPos, const matrix_t& mat, ImVec2 position = ImVec2(gContext.mX, gContext.mY), ImVec2 size = ImVec2(gContext.mWidth, gContext.mHeight)) { vec_t trans; trans.TransformPoint(worldPos, mat); trans *= 0.5f / trans.w; trans += makeVect(0.5f, 0.5f); trans.y = 1.f - trans.y; - trans.x *= gContext.mWidth; - trans.y *= gContext.mHeight; - trans.x += gContext.mX; - trans.y += gContext.mY; + trans.x *= size.x; + trans.y *= size.y; + trans.x += position.x; + trans.y += position.y; return ImVec2(trans.x, trans.y); } - static void ComputeCameraRay(vec_t &rayOrigin, vec_t &rayDir) + static void ComputeCameraRay(vec_t& rayOrigin, vec_t& rayDir, ImVec2 position = ImVec2(gContext.mX, gContext.mY), ImVec2 size = ImVec2(gContext.mWidth, gContext.mHeight)) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); matrix_t mViewProjInverse; mViewProjInverse.Inverse(gContext.mViewMat * gContext.mProjectionMat); - float mox = ((io.MousePos.x - gContext.mX) / gContext.mWidth) * 2.f - 1.f; - float moy = (1.f - ((io.MousePos.y - gContext.mY) / gContext.mHeight)) * 2.f - 1.f; - - rayOrigin.Transform(makeVect(mox, moy, 0.f, 1.f), mViewProjInverse); + const float mox = ((io.MousePos.x - position.x) / size.x) * 2.f - 1.f; + const float moy = (1.f - ((io.MousePos.y - position.y) / size.y)) * 2.f - 1.f; + + const float zNear = gContext.mReversed ? (1.f - FLT_EPSILON) : 0.f; + const float zFar = gContext.mReversed ? 0.f : (1.f - FLT_EPSILON); + + rayOrigin.Transform(makeVect(mox, moy, zNear, 1.f), mViewProjInverse); rayOrigin *= 1.f / rayOrigin.w; vec_t rayEnd; - rayEnd.Transform(makeVect(mox, moy, 1.f, 1.f), mViewProjInverse); + rayEnd.Transform(makeVect(mox, moy, zFar, 1.f), mViewProjInverse); rayEnd *= 1.f / rayEnd.w; rayDir = Normalized(rayEnd - rayOrigin); } - static float IntersectRayPlane(const vec_t & rOrigin, const vec_t& rVector, const vec_t& plan) + static float GetSegmentLengthClipSpace(const vec_t& start, const vec_t& end) + { + vec_t startOfSegment = start; + startOfSegment.TransformPoint(gContext.mMVP); + if (fabsf(startOfSegment.w) > FLT_EPSILON) // check for axis aligned with camera direction + { + startOfSegment *= 1.f / startOfSegment.w; + } + + vec_t endOfSegment = end; + endOfSegment.TransformPoint(gContext.mMVP); + if (fabsf(endOfSegment.w) > FLT_EPSILON) // check for axis aligned with camera direction + { + endOfSegment *= 1.f / endOfSegment.w; + } + + vec_t clipSpaceAxis = endOfSegment - startOfSegment; + clipSpaceAxis.y /= gContext.mDisplayRatio; + float segmentLengthInClipSpace = sqrtf(clipSpaceAxis.x * clipSpaceAxis.x + clipSpaceAxis.y * clipSpaceAxis.y); + return segmentLengthInClipSpace; + } + + static float GetParallelogram(const vec_t& ptO, const vec_t& ptA, const vec_t& ptB) + { + vec_t pts[] = { ptO, ptA, ptB }; + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + pts[i].TransformPoint(gContext.mMVP); + if (fabsf(pts[i].w) > FLT_EPSILON) // check for axis aligned with camera direction + { + pts[i] *= 1.f / pts[i].w; + } + } + vec_t segA = pts[1] - pts[0]; + vec_t segB = pts[2] - pts[0]; + segA.y /= gContext.mDisplayRatio; + segB.y /= gContext.mDisplayRatio; + vec_t segAOrtho = makeVect(-segA.y, segA.x); + segAOrtho.Normalize(); + float dt = segAOrtho.Dot3(segB); + float surface = sqrtf(segA.x * segA.x + segA.y * segA.y) * fabsf(dt); + return surface; + } + + inline vec_t PointOnSegment(const vec_t& point, const vec_t& vertPos1, const vec_t& vertPos2) + { + vec_t c = point - vertPos1; + vec_t V; + + V.Normalize(vertPos2 - vertPos1); + float d = (vertPos2 - vertPos1).Length(); + float t = V.Dot3(c); + + if (t < 0.f) + { + return vertPos1; + } + + if (t > d) + { + return vertPos2; + } + + return vertPos1 + V * t; + } + + static float IntersectRayPlane(const vec_t& rOrigin, const vec_t& rVector, const vec_t& plan) { float numer = plan.Dot3(rOrigin) - plan.w; float denom = plan.Dot3(rVector); if (fabsf(denom) < FLT_EPSILON) // normal is orthogonal to vector, cant intersect + { return -1.0f; + } return -(numer / denom); } - static bool IsInContextRect( ImVec2 p ) + static float DistanceToPlane(const vec_t& point, const vec_t& plan) { - return IsWithin( p.x, gContext.mX, gContext.mXMax ) && IsWithin(p.y, gContext.mY, gContext.mYMax ); + return plan.Dot3(point) + plan.w; + } + + static bool IsInContextRect(ImVec2 p) + { + return IsWithin(p.x, gContext.mX, gContext.mXMax) && IsWithin(p.y, gContext.mY, gContext.mYMax); } void SetRect(float x, float y, float width, float height) { - gContext.mX = x; - gContext.mY = y; - gContext.mWidth = width; - gContext.mHeight = height; - gContext.mXMax = gContext.mX + gContext.mWidth; - gContext.mYMax = gContext.mY + gContext.mXMax; + gContext.mX = x; + gContext.mY = y; + gContext.mWidth = width; + gContext.mHeight = height; + gContext.mXMax = gContext.mX + gContext.mWidth; + gContext.mYMax = gContext.mY + gContext.mXMax; + gContext.mDisplayRatio = width / height; } - void SetDrawlist() + void SetOrthographic(bool isOrthographic) { - gContext.mDrawList = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + gContext.mIsOrthographic = isOrthographic; + } + + void SetDrawlist(ImDrawList* drawlist) + { + gContext.mDrawList = drawlist ? drawlist : ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + } + + void SetImGuiContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) + { + ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ctx); } void BeginFrame() { - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - const ImU32 flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus; - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(io.DisplaySize); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_WindowBg, 0); +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImGui::GetMainViewport()->Size); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImGui::GetMainViewport()->Pos); +#else + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(io.DisplaySize); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0, 0)); +#endif + + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_WindowBg, 0); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Border, 0); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f); + ImGui::Begin("gizmo", NULL, flags); gContext.mDrawList = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); ImGui::End(); - ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::PopStyleColor(2); } bool IsUsing() { - return gContext.mbUsing||gContext.mbUsingBounds; + return gContext.mbUsing || gContext.mbUsingBounds; } bool IsOver() { - return (GetMoveType(NULL) != NONE) || GetRotateType() != NONE || GetScaleType() != NONE || IsUsing(); + return (Intersects(gContext.mOperation, TRANSLATE) && GetMoveType(gContext.mOperation, NULL) != MT_NONE) || + (Intersects(gContext.mOperation, ROTATE) && GetRotateType(gContext.mOperation) != MT_NONE) || + (Intersects(gContext.mOperation, SCALE) && GetScaleType(gContext.mOperation) != MT_NONE) || IsUsing(); + } + + bool IsOver(OPERATION op) + { + if(IsUsing()) + { + return true; + } + if(Intersects(op, SCALE) && GetScaleType(op) != MT_NONE) + { + return true; + } + if(Intersects(op, ROTATE) && GetRotateType(op) != MT_NONE) + { + return true; + } + if(Intersects(op, TRANSLATE) && GetMoveType(op, NULL) != MT_NONE) + { + return true; + } + return false; } void Enable(bool enable) @@ -698,24 +967,17 @@ namespace ImGuizmo gContext.mbEnable = enable; if (!enable) { - gContext.mbUsing = false; - gContext.mbUsingBounds = false; + gContext.mbUsing = false; + gContext.mbUsingBounds = false; } } - static float GetUniform(const vec_t& position, const matrix_t& mat) - { - vec_t trf = makeVect(position.x, position.y, position.z, 1.f); - trf.Transform(mat); - return trf.w; - } - - static void ComputeContext(const float *view, const float *projection, float *matrix, MODE mode) + static void ComputeContext(const float* view, const float* projection, float* matrix, MODE mode) { gContext.mMode = mode; gContext.mViewMat = *(matrix_t*)view; gContext.mProjectionMat = *(matrix_t*)projection; - + if (mode == LOCAL) { gContext.mModel = *(matrix_t*)matrix; @@ -739,7 +1001,23 @@ namespace ImGuizmo gContext.mCameraEye = viewInverse.v.position; gContext.mCameraRight = viewInverse.v.right; gContext.mCameraUp = viewInverse.v.up; - gContext.mScreenFactor = 0.1f * GetUniform(gContext.mModel.v.position, gContext.mViewProjection); + + // projection reverse + vec_t nearPos, farPos; + nearPos.Transform(makeVect(0, 0, 1.f, 1.f), gContext.mProjectionMat); + farPos.Transform(makeVect(0, 0, 2.f, 1.f), gContext.mProjectionMat); + + gContext.mReversed = (nearPos.z/nearPos.w) > (farPos.z / farPos.w); + + // compute scale from the size of camera right vector projected on screen at the matrix position + vec_t pointRight = viewInverse.v.right; + pointRight.TransformPoint(gContext.mViewProjection); + gContext.mScreenFactor = gContext.mGizmoSizeClipSpace / (pointRight.x / pointRight.w - gContext.mMVP.v.position.x / gContext.mMVP.v.position.w); + + vec_t rightViewInverse = viewInverse.v.right; + rightViewInverse.TransformVector(gContext.mModelInverse); + float rightLength = GetSegmentLengthClipSpace(makeVect(0.f, 0.f), rightViewInverse); + gContext.mScreenFactor = gContext.mGizmoSizeClipSpace / rightLength; ImVec2 centerSSpace = worldToPos(makeVect(0.f, 0.f), gContext.mMVP); gContext.mScreenSquareCenter = centerSSpace; @@ -749,108 +1027,121 @@ namespace ImGuizmo ComputeCameraRay(gContext.mRayOrigin, gContext.mRayVector); } - static void ComputeColors(ImU32 *colors, int type, OPERATION operation) + static void ComputeColors(ImU32* colors, int type, OPERATION operation) { if (gContext.mbEnable) { switch (operation) { case TRANSLATE: - colors[0] = (type == MOVE_SCREEN) ? selectionColor : 0xFFFFFFFF; + colors[0] = (type == MT_MOVE_SCREEN) ? selectionColor : IM_COL32_WHITE; for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) { - int colorPlaneIndex = (i + 2) % 3; - colors[i + 1] = (type == (int)(MOVE_X + i)) ? selectionColor : directionColor[i]; - colors[i + 4] = (type == (int)(MOVE_XY + i)) ? selectionColor : planeColor[colorPlaneIndex]; - colors[i + 4] = (type == MOVE_SCREEN) ? selectionColor : colors[i + 4]; + colors[i + 1] = (type == (int)(MT_MOVE_X + i)) ? selectionColor : directionColor[i]; + colors[i + 4] = (type == (int)(MT_MOVE_YZ + i)) ? selectionColor : planeColor[i]; + colors[i + 4] = (type == MT_MOVE_SCREEN) ? selectionColor : colors[i + 4]; } break; case ROTATE: - colors[0] = (type == ROTATE_SCREEN) ? selectionColor : 0xFFFFFFFF; + colors[0] = (type == MT_ROTATE_SCREEN) ? selectionColor : IM_COL32_WHITE; for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) - colors[i + 1] = (type == (int)(ROTATE_X + i)) ? selectionColor : directionColor[i]; + { + colors[i + 1] = (type == (int)(MT_ROTATE_X + i)) ? selectionColor : directionColor[i]; + } break; case SCALE: - colors[0] = (type == SCALE_XYZ) ? selectionColor : 0xFFFFFFFF; + colors[0] = (type == MT_SCALE_XYZ) ? selectionColor : IM_COL32_WHITE; for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) - colors[i + 1] = (type == (int)(SCALE_X + i)) ? selectionColor : directionColor[i]; + { + colors[i + 1] = (type == (int)(MT_SCALE_X + i)) ? selectionColor : directionColor[i]; + } + break; + // note: this internal function is only called with three possible values for operation + default: break; } } else { for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++) + { colors[i] = inactiveColor; + } } } - static void ComputeTripodAxisAndVisibility(int axisIndex, vec_t& dirPlaneX, vec_t& dirPlaneY, bool& belowAxisLimit, bool& belowPlaneLimit) + static void ComputeTripodAxisAndVisibility(int axisIndex, vec_t& dirAxis, vec_t& dirPlaneX, vec_t& dirPlaneY, bool& belowAxisLimit, bool& belowPlaneLimit) { - const int planNormal = (axisIndex + 2) % 3; - dirPlaneX = directionUnary[axisIndex]; - dirPlaneY = directionUnary[(axisIndex + 1) % 3]; + dirAxis = directionUnary[axisIndex]; + dirPlaneX = directionUnary[(axisIndex + 1) % 3]; + dirPlaneY = directionUnary[(axisIndex + 2) % 3]; - if (gContext.mbUsing) + if (gContext.mbUsing && (gContext.mActualID == -1 || gContext.mActualID == gContext.mEditingID)) { // when using, use stored factors so the gizmo doesn't flip when we translate belowAxisLimit = gContext.mBelowAxisLimit[axisIndex]; belowPlaneLimit = gContext.mBelowPlaneLimit[axisIndex]; - dirPlaneX *= gContext.mAxisFactor[axisIndex]; - dirPlaneY *= gContext.mAxisFactor[(axisIndex + 1) % 3]; + dirAxis *= gContext.mAxisFactor[axisIndex]; + dirPlaneX *= gContext.mAxisFactor[(axisIndex + 1) % 3]; + dirPlaneY *= gContext.mAxisFactor[(axisIndex + 2) % 3]; } else { - vec_t dirPlaneNormalWorld; - dirPlaneNormalWorld.TransformVector(directionUnary[planNormal], gContext.mModel); - dirPlaneNormalWorld.Normalize(); + // new method + float lenDir = GetSegmentLengthClipSpace(makeVect(0.f, 0.f, 0.f), dirAxis); + float lenDirMinus = GetSegmentLengthClipSpace(makeVect(0.f, 0.f, 0.f), -dirAxis); - vec_t dirPlaneXWorld(dirPlaneX); - dirPlaneXWorld.TransformVector(gContext.mModel); - dirPlaneXWorld.Normalize(); + float lenDirPlaneX = GetSegmentLengthClipSpace(makeVect(0.f, 0.f, 0.f), dirPlaneX); + float lenDirMinusPlaneX = GetSegmentLengthClipSpace(makeVect(0.f, 0.f, 0.f), -dirPlaneX); - vec_t dirPlaneYWorld(dirPlaneY); - dirPlaneYWorld.TransformVector(gContext.mModel); - dirPlaneYWorld.Normalize(); + float lenDirPlaneY = GetSegmentLengthClipSpace(makeVect(0.f, 0.f, 0.f), dirPlaneY); + float lenDirMinusPlaneY = GetSegmentLengthClipSpace(makeVect(0.f, 0.f, 0.f), -dirPlaneY); - vec_t cameraEyeToGizmo = Normalized(gContext.mModel.v.position - gContext.mCameraEye); - float dotCameraDirX = cameraEyeToGizmo.Dot3(dirPlaneXWorld); - float dotCameraDirY = cameraEyeToGizmo.Dot3(dirPlaneYWorld); - - // compute factor values -#ifdef FLIP - float mulAxisX = (dotCameraDirX > 0.f) ? -1.f : 1.f; - float mulAxisY = (dotCameraDirY > 0.f) ? -1.f : 1.f; -#else - float mulAxisX = 1.f; - float mulAxisY = 1.f; -#endif + // For readability + bool & allowFlip = gContext.mAllowAxisFlip; + float mulAxis = (allowFlip && lenDir < lenDirMinus&& fabsf(lenDir - lenDirMinus) > FLT_EPSILON) ? -1.f : 1.f; + float mulAxisX = (allowFlip && lenDirPlaneX < lenDirMinusPlaneX&& fabsf(lenDirPlaneX - lenDirMinusPlaneX) > FLT_EPSILON) ? -1.f : 1.f; + float mulAxisY = (allowFlip && lenDirPlaneY < lenDirMinusPlaneY&& fabsf(lenDirPlaneY - lenDirMinusPlaneY) > FLT_EPSILON) ? -1.f : 1.f; + dirAxis *= mulAxis; dirPlaneX *= mulAxisX; dirPlaneY *= mulAxisY; - belowAxisLimit = fabsf(dotCameraDirX) < angleLimit; - belowPlaneLimit = (fabsf(cameraEyeToGizmo.Dot3(dirPlaneNormalWorld)) > planeLimit); + // for axis + float axisLengthInClipSpace = GetSegmentLengthClipSpace(makeVect(0.f, 0.f, 0.f), dirAxis * gContext.mScreenFactor); + + float paraSurf = GetParallelogram(makeVect(0.f, 0.f, 0.f), dirPlaneX * gContext.mScreenFactor, dirPlaneY * gContext.mScreenFactor); + belowPlaneLimit = (paraSurf > 0.0025f); + belowAxisLimit = (axisLengthInClipSpace > 0.02f); // and store values - gContext.mAxisFactor[axisIndex] = mulAxisX; - gContext.mAxisFactor[(axisIndex+1)%3] = mulAxisY; + gContext.mAxisFactor[axisIndex] = mulAxis; + gContext.mAxisFactor[(axisIndex + 1) % 3] = mulAxisX; + gContext.mAxisFactor[(axisIndex + 2) % 3] = mulAxisY; gContext.mBelowAxisLimit[axisIndex] = belowAxisLimit; gContext.mBelowPlaneLimit[axisIndex] = belowPlaneLimit; } } - static void ComputeSnap(float*value, float snap) + static void ComputeSnap(float* value, float snap) { if (snap <= FLT_EPSILON) + { return; + } + float modulo = fmodf(*value, snap); float moduloRatio = fabsf(modulo) / snap; if (moduloRatio < snapTension) + { *value -= modulo; - else if (moduloRatio >(1.f - snapTension)) - *value = *value - modulo + snap * ((*value<0.f) ? -1.f : 1.f); + } + else if (moduloRatio > (1.f - snapTension)) + { + *value = *value - modulo + snap * ((*value < 0.f) ? -1.f : 1.f); + } } - static void ComputeSnap(vec_t& value, float *snap) + static void ComputeSnap(vec_t& value, const float* snap) { for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) { @@ -866,54 +1157,81 @@ namespace ImGuizmo vec_t perpendicularVector; perpendicularVector.Cross(gContext.mRotationVectorSource, gContext.mTranslationPlan); perpendicularVector.Normalize(); - float acosAngle = Clamp(Dot(localPos, gContext.mRotationVectorSource), -0.9999f, 0.9999f); + float acosAngle = Clamp(Dot(localPos, gContext.mRotationVectorSource), -1.f, 1.f); float angle = acosf(acosAngle); angle *= (Dot(localPos, perpendicularVector) < 0.f) ? 1.f : -1.f; return angle; } - static void DrawRotationGizmo(int type) + static void DrawRotationGizmo(OPERATION op, int type) { + if(!Intersects(op, ROTATE)) + { + return; + } ImDrawList* drawList = gContext.mDrawList; // colors ImU32 colors[7]; ComputeColors(colors, type, ROTATE); - vec_t cameraToModelNormalized = Normalized(gContext.mModel.v.position - gContext.mCameraEye); + vec_t cameraToModelNormalized; + if (gContext.mIsOrthographic) + { + matrix_t viewInverse; + viewInverse.Inverse(*(matrix_t*)&gContext.mViewMat); + cameraToModelNormalized = viewInverse.v.dir; + } + else + { + cameraToModelNormalized = Normalized(gContext.mModel.v.position - gContext.mCameraEye); + } + cameraToModelNormalized.TransformVector(gContext.mModelInverse); - + gContext.mRadiusSquareCenter = screenRotateSize * gContext.mHeight; + + bool hasRSC = Intersects(op, ROTATE_SCREEN); + int circleMul = hasRSC ? 1 : 2; for (int axis = 0; axis < 3; axis++) { - ImVec2 circlePos[halfCircleSegmentCount]; - - float angleStart = atan2f(cameraToModelNormalized[(4-axis)%3], cameraToModelNormalized[(3 - axis) % 3]) + ZPI * 0.5f; - - for (unsigned int i = 0; i < halfCircleSegmentCount; i++) + if(!Intersects(op, static_cast(ROTATE_Z >> axis))) { - float ng = angleStart + ZPI * ((float)i / (float)halfCircleSegmentCount); + continue; + } + ImVec2* circlePos = (ImVec2*) alloca(sizeof(ImVec2) * (circleMul * halfCircleSegmentCount + 1)); + + float angleStart = atan2f(cameraToModelNormalized[(4 - axis) % 3], cameraToModelNormalized[(3 - axis) % 3]) + ZPI * 0.5f; + + for (int i = 0; i < circleMul * halfCircleSegmentCount + 1; i++) + { + float ng = angleStart + circleMul * ZPI * ((float)i / (float)halfCircleSegmentCount); vec_t axisPos = makeVect(cosf(ng), sinf(ng), 0.f); - vec_t pos = makeVect(axisPos[axis], axisPos[(axis+1)%3], axisPos[(axis+2)%3]) * gContext.mScreenFactor; + vec_t pos = makeVect(axisPos[axis], axisPos[(axis + 1) % 3], axisPos[(axis + 2) % 3]) * gContext.mScreenFactor; circlePos[i] = worldToPos(pos, gContext.mMVP); } - float radiusAxis = sqrtf( (ImLengthSqr(worldToPos(gContext.mModel.v.position, gContext.mViewProjection) - circlePos[0]) )); - if(radiusAxis > gContext.mRadiusSquareCenter) - gContext.mRadiusSquareCenter = radiusAxis; + float radiusAxis = sqrtf((ImLengthSqr(worldToPos(gContext.mModel.v.position, gContext.mViewProjection) - circlePos[0]))); + if (radiusAxis > gContext.mRadiusSquareCenter) + { + gContext.mRadiusSquareCenter = radiusAxis; + } - drawList->AddPolyline(circlePos, halfCircleSegmentCount, colors[3 - axis], false, 2); + drawList->AddPolyline(circlePos, circleMul * halfCircleSegmentCount + 1, colors[3 - axis], false, 2); } - drawList->AddCircle(worldToPos(gContext.mModel.v.position, gContext.mViewProjection), gContext.mRadiusSquareCenter, colors[0], 64, 3.f); - - if (gContext.mbUsing) + if(hasRSC) { - ImVec2 circlePos[halfCircleSegmentCount +1]; + drawList->AddCircle(worldToPos(gContext.mModel.v.position, gContext.mViewProjection), gContext.mRadiusSquareCenter, colors[0], 64, 3.f); + } + + if (gContext.mbUsing && (gContext.mActualID == -1 || gContext.mActualID == gContext.mEditingID) && IsRotateType(type)) + { + ImVec2 circlePos[halfCircleSegmentCount + 1]; circlePos[0] = worldToPos(gContext.mModel.v.position, gContext.mViewProjection); for (unsigned int i = 1; i < halfCircleSegmentCount; i++) { - float ng = gContext.mRotationAngle * ((float)(i-1) / (float)(halfCircleSegmentCount -1)); + float ng = gContext.mRotationAngle * ((float)(i - 1) / (float)(halfCircleSegmentCount - 1)); matrix_t rotateVectorMatrix; rotateVectorMatrix.RotationAxis(gContext.mTranslationPlan, ng); vec_t pos; @@ -921,14 +1239,14 @@ namespace ImGuizmo pos *= gContext.mScreenFactor; circlePos[i] = worldToPos(pos + gContext.mModel.v.position, gContext.mViewProjection); } - drawList->AddConvexPolyFilled(circlePos, halfCircleSegmentCount, 0x801080FF); - drawList->AddPolyline(circlePos, halfCircleSegmentCount, 0xFF1080FF, true, 2); + drawList->AddConvexPolyFilled(circlePos, halfCircleSegmentCount, IM_COL32(0xFF, 0x80, 0x10, 0x80)); + drawList->AddPolyline(circlePos, halfCircleSegmentCount, IM_COL32(0xFF, 0x80, 0x10, 0xFF), true, 2); ImVec2 destinationPosOnScreen = circlePos[1]; char tmps[512]; - ImFormatString(tmps, sizeof(tmps), rotationInfoMask[type - ROTATE_X], (gContext.mRotationAngle/ZPI)*180.f, gContext.mRotationAngle); - drawList->AddText(ImVec2(destinationPosOnScreen.x + 15, destinationPosOnScreen.y + 15), 0xFF000000, tmps); - drawList->AddText(ImVec2(destinationPosOnScreen.x + 14, destinationPosOnScreen.y + 14), 0xFFFFFFFF, tmps); + ImFormatString(tmps, sizeof(tmps), rotationInfoMask[type - MT_ROTATE_X], (gContext.mRotationAngle / ZPI) * 180.f, gContext.mRotationAngle); + drawList->AddText(ImVec2(destinationPosOnScreen.x + 15, destinationPosOnScreen.y + 15), IM_COL32_BLACK, tmps); + drawList->AddText(ImVec2(destinationPosOnScreen.x + 14, destinationPosOnScreen.y + 14), IM_COL32_WHITE, tmps); } } @@ -938,57 +1256,73 @@ namespace ImGuizmo { ImVec2 baseSSpace2 = worldToPos(axis * 0.05f * (float)(j * 2) * gContext.mScreenFactor, gContext.mMVP); ImVec2 worldDirSSpace2 = worldToPos(axis * 0.05f * (float)(j * 2 + 1) * gContext.mScreenFactor, gContext.mMVP); - gContext.mDrawList->AddLine(baseSSpace2, worldDirSSpace2, 0x80000000, 6.f); + gContext.mDrawList->AddLine(baseSSpace2, worldDirSSpace2, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 0x80), 6.f); } } - static void DrawScaleGizmo(int type) + static void DrawScaleGizmo(OPERATION op, int type) { ImDrawList* drawList = gContext.mDrawList; + if(!Intersects(op, SCALE)) + { + return; + } + // colors ImU32 colors[7]; ComputeColors(colors, type, SCALE); // draw vec_t scaleDisplay = { 1.f, 1.f, 1.f, 1.f }; - - if (gContext.mbUsing) + + if (gContext.mbUsing && (gContext.mActualID == -1 || gContext.mActualID == gContext.mEditingID)) + { scaleDisplay = gContext.mScale; + } for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 3; i++) { - vec_t dirPlaneX, dirPlaneY; + if(!Intersects(op, static_cast(SCALE_X << i))) + { + continue; + } + vec_t dirPlaneX, dirPlaneY, dirAxis; bool belowAxisLimit, belowPlaneLimit; - ComputeTripodAxisAndVisibility(i, dirPlaneX, dirPlaneY, belowAxisLimit, belowPlaneLimit); + ComputeTripodAxisAndVisibility(i, dirAxis, dirPlaneX, dirPlaneY, belowAxisLimit, belowPlaneLimit); // draw axis if (belowAxisLimit) { - ImVec2 baseSSpace = worldToPos(dirPlaneX * 0.1f * gContext.mScreenFactor, gContext.mMVP); - ImVec2 worldDirSSpaceNoScale = worldToPos(dirPlaneX * gContext.mScreenFactor, gContext.mMVP); - ImVec2 worldDirSSpace = worldToPos((dirPlaneX * scaleDisplay[i]) * gContext.mScreenFactor, gContext.mMVP); + bool hasTranslateOnAxis = Contains(op, static_cast(TRANSLATE_X << i)) ; + float markerScale = hasTranslateOnAxis ? 1.4f : 1.0f; + ImVec2 baseSSpace = worldToPos(dirAxis * 0.1f * gContext.mScreenFactor, gContext.mMVP); + ImVec2 worldDirSSpaceNoScale = worldToPos(dirAxis * markerScale * gContext.mScreenFactor, gContext.mMVP); + ImVec2 worldDirSSpace = worldToPos((dirAxis * markerScale * scaleDisplay[i]) * gContext.mScreenFactor, gContext.mMVP); - if (gContext.mbUsing) + if (gContext.mbUsing && (gContext.mActualID == -1 || gContext.mActualID == gContext.mEditingID)) { - drawList->AddLine(baseSSpace, worldDirSSpaceNoScale, 0xFF404040, 3.f); - drawList->AddCircleFilled(worldDirSSpaceNoScale, 6.f, 0xFF404040); + drawList->AddLine(baseSSpace, worldDirSSpaceNoScale, IM_COL32(0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0xFF), 3.f); + drawList->AddCircleFilled(worldDirSSpaceNoScale, 6.f, IM_COL32(0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0xFF)); + } + + if(!hasTranslateOnAxis || gContext.mbUsing) + { + drawList->AddLine(baseSSpace, worldDirSSpace, colors[i + 1], 3.f); } - - drawList->AddLine(baseSSpace, worldDirSSpace, colors[i + 1], 3.f); drawList->AddCircleFilled(worldDirSSpace, 6.f, colors[i + 1]); -#ifdef HATCHED if (gContext.mAxisFactor[i] < 0.f) - DrawHatchedAxis(dirPlaneX * scaleDisplay[i]); -#endif + { + DrawHatchedAxis(dirAxis * scaleDisplay[i]); + } } } // draw screen cirle drawList->AddCircleFilled(gContext.mScreenSquareCenter, 6.f, colors[0], 32); - - if (gContext.mbUsing) + + if (gContext.mbUsing && (gContext.mActualID == -1 || gContext.mActualID == gContext.mEditingID) && IsScaleType(type)) { //ImVec2 sourcePosOnScreen = worldToPos(gContext.mMatrixOrigin, gContext.mViewProjection); ImVec2 destinationPosOnScreen = worldToPos(gContext.mModel.v.position, gContext.mViewProjection); @@ -1001,39 +1335,46 @@ namespace ImGuizmo */ char tmps[512]; //vec_t deltaInfo = gContext.mModel.v.position - gContext.mMatrixOrigin; - int componentInfoIndex = (type - SCALE_X) * 3; - ImFormatString(tmps, sizeof(tmps), scaleInfoMask[type - SCALE_X], scaleDisplay[translationInfoIndex[componentInfoIndex]]); - drawList->AddText(ImVec2(destinationPosOnScreen.x + 15, destinationPosOnScreen.y + 15), 0xFF000000, tmps); - drawList->AddText(ImVec2(destinationPosOnScreen.x + 14, destinationPosOnScreen.y + 14), 0xFFFFFFFF, tmps); + int componentInfoIndex = (type - MT_SCALE_X) * 3; + ImFormatString(tmps, sizeof(tmps), scaleInfoMask[type - MT_SCALE_X], scaleDisplay[translationInfoIndex[componentInfoIndex]]); + drawList->AddText(ImVec2(destinationPosOnScreen.x + 15, destinationPosOnScreen.y + 15), IM_COL32_BLACK, tmps); + drawList->AddText(ImVec2(destinationPosOnScreen.x + 14, destinationPosOnScreen.y + 14), IM_COL32_WHITE, tmps); } } - static void DrawTranslationGizmo(int type) + static void DrawTranslationGizmo(OPERATION op, int type) { ImDrawList* drawList = gContext.mDrawList; if (!drawList) - return; + { + return; + } + + if(!Intersects(op, TRANSLATE)) + { + return; + } // colors ImU32 colors[7]; ComputeColors(colors, type, TRANSLATE); const ImVec2 origin = worldToPos(gContext.mModel.v.position, gContext.mViewProjection); - + // draw bool belowAxisLimit = false; bool belowPlaneLimit = false; for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) { - vec_t dirPlaneX, dirPlaneY; - ComputeTripodAxisAndVisibility(i, dirPlaneX, dirPlaneY, belowAxisLimit, belowPlaneLimit); - + vec_t dirPlaneX, dirPlaneY, dirAxis; + ComputeTripodAxisAndVisibility(i, dirAxis, dirPlaneX, dirPlaneY, belowAxisLimit, belowPlaneLimit); + // draw axis - if (belowAxisLimit) + if (belowAxisLimit && Intersects(op, static_cast(TRANSLATE_X << i))) { - ImVec2 baseSSpace = worldToPos(dirPlaneX * 0.1f * gContext.mScreenFactor, gContext.mMVP); - ImVec2 worldDirSSpace = worldToPos(dirPlaneX * gContext.mScreenFactor, gContext.mMVP); + ImVec2 baseSSpace = worldToPos(dirAxis * 0.1f * gContext.mScreenFactor, gContext.mMVP); + ImVec2 worldDirSSpace = worldToPos(dirAxis * gContext.mScreenFactor, gContext.mMVP); drawList->AddLine(baseSSpace, worldDirSSpace, colors[i + 1], 3.f); @@ -1049,29 +1390,29 @@ namespace ImGuizmo drawList->AddTriangleFilled(worldDirSSpace - dir, a + ortogonalDir, a - ortogonalDir, colors[i + 1]); // Arrow head end -#ifdef HATCHED if (gContext.mAxisFactor[i] < 0.f) - DrawHatchedAxis(dirPlaneX); -#endif + { + DrawHatchedAxis(dirAxis); + } } // draw plane - if (belowPlaneLimit) + if (belowPlaneLimit && Contains(op, TRANSLATE_PLANS[i])) { ImVec2 screenQuadPts[4]; for (int j = 0; j < 4; ++j) { - vec_t cornerWorldPos = (dirPlaneX * quadUV[j * 2] + dirPlaneY * quadUV[j * 2 + 1]) * gContext.mScreenFactor; + vec_t cornerWorldPos = (dirPlaneX * quadUV[j * 2] + dirPlaneY * quadUV[j * 2 + 1]) * gContext.mScreenFactor; screenQuadPts[j] = worldToPos(cornerWorldPos, gContext.mMVP); } - drawList->AddPolyline(screenQuadPts, 4, planeBorderColor[i], true, 1.0f); + drawList->AddPolyline(screenQuadPts, 4, directionColor[i], true, 1.0f); drawList->AddConvexPolyFilled(screenQuadPts, 4, colors[i + 4]); } } drawList->AddCircleFilled(gContext.mScreenSquareCenter, 6.f, colors[0], 32); - if (gContext.mbUsing) + if (gContext.mbUsing && (gContext.mActualID == -1 || gContext.mActualID == gContext.mEditingID) && IsTranslateType(type)) { ImVec2 sourcePosOnScreen = worldToPos(gContext.mMatrixOrigin, gContext.mViewProjection); ImVec2 destinationPosOnScreen = worldToPos(gContext.mModel.v.position, gContext.mViewProjection); @@ -1084,369 +1425,465 @@ namespace ImGuizmo char tmps[512]; vec_t deltaInfo = gContext.mModel.v.position - gContext.mMatrixOrigin; - int componentInfoIndex = (type - MOVE_X) * 3; - ImFormatString(tmps, sizeof(tmps), translationInfoMask[type - MOVE_X], deltaInfo[translationInfoIndex[componentInfoIndex]], deltaInfo[translationInfoIndex[componentInfoIndex + 1]], deltaInfo[translationInfoIndex[componentInfoIndex + 2]]); - drawList->AddText(ImVec2(destinationPosOnScreen.x + 15, destinationPosOnScreen.y + 15), 0xFF000000, tmps); - drawList->AddText(ImVec2(destinationPosOnScreen.x + 14, destinationPosOnScreen.y + 14), 0xFFFFFFFF, tmps); + int componentInfoIndex = (type - MT_MOVE_X) * 3; + ImFormatString(tmps, sizeof(tmps), translationInfoMask[type - MT_MOVE_X], deltaInfo[translationInfoIndex[componentInfoIndex]], deltaInfo[translationInfoIndex[componentInfoIndex + 1]], deltaInfo[translationInfoIndex[componentInfoIndex + 2]]); + drawList->AddText(ImVec2(destinationPosOnScreen.x + 15, destinationPosOnScreen.y + 15), IM_COL32_BLACK, tmps); + drawList->AddText(ImVec2(destinationPosOnScreen.x + 14, destinationPosOnScreen.y + 14), IM_COL32_WHITE, tmps); } } static bool CanActivate() { if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0) && !ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered() && !ImGui::IsAnyItemActive()) + { return true; + } return false; } - static void HandleAndDrawLocalBounds(float *bounds, matrix_t *matrix, float *snapValues) + static void HandleAndDrawLocalBounds(const float* bounds, matrix_t* matrix, const float* snapValues, OPERATION operation) { - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImDrawList* drawList = gContext.mDrawList; + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImDrawList* drawList = gContext.mDrawList; - // compute best projection axis - vec_t axesWorldDirections[3]; - vec_t bestAxisWorldDirection = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f }; - int axes[3]; - unsigned int numAxes = 1; - axes[0] = gContext.mBoundsBestAxis; - int bestAxis = axes[0]; - if (!gContext.mbUsingBounds) - { - numAxes = 0; - float bestDot = 0.f; - for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 3; i++) - { - vec_t dirPlaneNormalWorld; - dirPlaneNormalWorld.TransformVector(directionUnary[i], gContext.mModelSource); - dirPlaneNormalWorld.Normalize(); + // compute best projection axis + vec_t axesWorldDirections[3]; + vec_t bestAxisWorldDirection = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f }; + int axes[3]; + unsigned int numAxes = 1; + axes[0] = gContext.mBoundsBestAxis; + int bestAxis = axes[0]; + if (!gContext.mbUsingBounds) + { + numAxes = 0; + float bestDot = 0.f; + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + vec_t dirPlaneNormalWorld; + dirPlaneNormalWorld.TransformVector(directionUnary[i], gContext.mModelSource); + dirPlaneNormalWorld.Normalize(); - float dt = fabsf( Dot(Normalized(gContext.mCameraEye - gContext.mModelSource.v.position), dirPlaneNormalWorld) ); - if ( dt >= bestDot ) - { - bestDot = dt; - bestAxis = i; - bestAxisWorldDirection = dirPlaneNormalWorld; - } - - if( dt >= 0.1f ) - { - axes[numAxes] = i; - axesWorldDirections[numAxes] = dirPlaneNormalWorld; - ++numAxes; - } - } - } - - if( numAxes == 0 ) - { - axes[0] = bestAxis; - axesWorldDirections[0] = bestAxisWorldDirection; - numAxes = 1; - } - else if( bestAxis != axes[0] ) - { - unsigned int bestIndex = 0; - for (unsigned int i = 0; i < numAxes; i++) - { - if( axes[i] == bestAxis ) - { - bestIndex = i; - break; - } - } - int tempAxis = axes[0]; - axes[0] = axes[bestIndex]; - axes[bestIndex] = tempAxis; - vec_t tempDirection = axesWorldDirections[0]; - axesWorldDirections[0] = axesWorldDirections[bestIndex]; - axesWorldDirections[bestIndex] = tempDirection; - } - - for (unsigned int axisIndex = 0; axisIndex < numAxes; ++axisIndex) - { - bestAxis = axes[axisIndex]; - bestAxisWorldDirection = axesWorldDirections[axisIndex]; - - // corners - vec_t aabb[4]; - - int secondAxis = (bestAxis + 1) % 3; - int thirdAxis = (bestAxis + 2) % 3; - - for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) - { - aabb[i][3] = aabb[i][bestAxis] = 0.f; - aabb[i][secondAxis] = bounds[secondAxis + 3 * (i >> 1)]; - aabb[i][thirdAxis] = bounds[thirdAxis + 3 * ((i >> 1) ^ (i & 1))]; - } - - // draw bounds - unsigned int anchorAlpha = gContext.mbEnable ? 0xFF000000 : 0x80000000; - - matrix_t boundsMVP = gContext.mModelSource * gContext.mViewProjection; - for (int i = 0; i < 4;i++) - { - ImVec2 worldBound1 = worldToPos(aabb[i], boundsMVP); - ImVec2 worldBound2 = worldToPos(aabb[(i+1)%4], boundsMVP); - if( !IsInContextRect( worldBound1 ) || !IsInContextRect( worldBound2 ) ) - { - continue; - } - float boundDistance = sqrtf(ImLengthSqr(worldBound1 - worldBound2)); - int stepCount = (int)(boundDistance / 10.f); - stepCount = min( stepCount, 1000 ); - float stepLength = 1.f / (float)stepCount; - for (int j = 0; j < stepCount; j++) - { - float t1 = (float)j * stepLength; - float t2 = (float)j * stepLength + stepLength * 0.5f; - ImVec2 worldBoundSS1 = ImLerp(worldBound1, worldBound2, ImVec2(t1, t1)); - ImVec2 worldBoundSS2 = ImLerp(worldBound1, worldBound2, ImVec2(t2, t2)); - drawList->AddLine(worldBoundSS1, worldBoundSS2, 0xAAAAAA + anchorAlpha, 3.f); - } - vec_t midPoint = (aabb[i] + aabb[(i + 1) % 4] ) * 0.5f; - ImVec2 midBound = worldToPos(midPoint, boundsMVP); - static const float AnchorBigRadius = 8.f; - static const float AnchorSmallRadius = 6.f; - bool overBigAnchor = ImLengthSqr(worldBound1 - io.MousePos) <= (AnchorBigRadius*AnchorBigRadius); - bool overSmallAnchor = ImLengthSqr(midBound - io.MousePos) <= (AnchorBigRadius*AnchorBigRadius); - - - unsigned int bigAnchorColor = overBigAnchor ? selectionColor : (0xAAAAAA + anchorAlpha); - unsigned int smallAnchorColor = overSmallAnchor ? selectionColor : (0xAAAAAA + anchorAlpha); - - drawList->AddCircleFilled(worldBound1, AnchorBigRadius, bigAnchorColor); - drawList->AddCircleFilled(midBound, AnchorSmallRadius, smallAnchorColor); - int oppositeIndex = (i + 2) % 4; - // big anchor on corners - if (!gContext.mbUsingBounds && gContext.mbEnable && overBigAnchor && CanActivate()) - { - gContext.mBoundsPivot.TransformPoint(aabb[(i + 2) % 4], gContext.mModelSource); - gContext.mBoundsAnchor.TransformPoint(aabb[i], gContext.mModelSource); - gContext.mBoundsPlan = BuildPlan(gContext.mBoundsAnchor, bestAxisWorldDirection); - gContext.mBoundsBestAxis = bestAxis; - gContext.mBoundsAxis[0] = secondAxis; - gContext.mBoundsAxis[1] = thirdAxis; - - gContext.mBoundsLocalPivot.Set(0.f); - gContext.mBoundsLocalPivot[secondAxis] = aabb[oppositeIndex][secondAxis]; - gContext.mBoundsLocalPivot[thirdAxis] = aabb[oppositeIndex][thirdAxis]; - - gContext.mbUsingBounds = true; - gContext.mBoundsMatrix = gContext.mModelSource; - } - // small anchor on middle of segment - if (!gContext.mbUsingBounds && gContext.mbEnable && overSmallAnchor && CanActivate()) - { - vec_t midPointOpposite = (aabb[(i + 2) % 4] + aabb[(i + 3) % 4]) * 0.5f; - gContext.mBoundsPivot.TransformPoint(midPointOpposite, gContext.mModelSource); - gContext.mBoundsAnchor.TransformPoint(midPoint, gContext.mModelSource); - gContext.mBoundsPlan = BuildPlan(gContext.mBoundsAnchor, bestAxisWorldDirection); - gContext.mBoundsBestAxis = bestAxis; - int indices[] = { secondAxis , thirdAxis }; - gContext.mBoundsAxis[0] = indices[i%2]; - gContext.mBoundsAxis[1] = -1; - - gContext.mBoundsLocalPivot.Set(0.f); - gContext.mBoundsLocalPivot[gContext.mBoundsAxis[0]] = aabb[oppositeIndex][indices[i % 2]];// bounds[gContext.mBoundsAxis[0]] * (((i + 1) & 2) ? 1.f : -1.f); - - gContext.mbUsingBounds = true; - gContext.mBoundsMatrix = gContext.mModelSource; - } - } - - if (gContext.mbUsingBounds) - { - matrix_t scale; - scale.SetToIdentity(); - - // compute projected mouse position on plan - const float len = IntersectRayPlane(gContext.mRayOrigin, gContext.mRayVector, gContext.mBoundsPlan); - vec_t newPos = gContext.mRayOrigin + gContext.mRayVector * len; - - // compute a reference and delta vectors base on mouse move - vec_t deltaVector = (newPos - gContext.mBoundsPivot).Abs(); - vec_t referenceVector = (gContext.mBoundsAnchor - gContext.mBoundsPivot).Abs(); - - // for 1 or 2 axes, compute a ratio that's used for scale and snap it based on resulting length - for (int i = 0; i < 2; i++) - { - int axisIndex1 = gContext.mBoundsAxis[i]; - if (axisIndex1 == -1) - continue; - - float ratioAxis = 1.f; - vec_t axisDir = gContext.mBoundsMatrix.component[axisIndex1].Abs(); - - float dtAxis = axisDir.Dot(referenceVector); - float boundSize = bounds[axisIndex1 + 3] - bounds[axisIndex1]; - if (dtAxis > FLT_EPSILON) - ratioAxis = axisDir.Dot(deltaVector) / dtAxis; - - if (snapValues) - { - float length = boundSize * ratioAxis; - ComputeSnap(&length, snapValues[axisIndex1]); - if (boundSize > FLT_EPSILON) - ratioAxis = length / boundSize; - } - scale.component[axisIndex1] *= ratioAxis; - } - - // transform matrix - matrix_t preScale, postScale; - preScale.Translation(-gContext.mBoundsLocalPivot); - postScale.Translation(gContext.mBoundsLocalPivot); - matrix_t res = preScale * scale * postScale * gContext.mBoundsMatrix; - *matrix = res; - - // info text - char tmps[512]; - ImVec2 destinationPosOnScreen = worldToPos(gContext.mModel.v.position, gContext.mViewProjection); - ImFormatString(tmps, sizeof(tmps), "X: %.2f Y: %.2f Z:%.2f" - , (bounds[3] - bounds[0]) * gContext.mBoundsMatrix.component[0].Length() * scale.component[0].Length() - , (bounds[4] - bounds[1]) * gContext.mBoundsMatrix.component[1].Length() * scale.component[1].Length() - , (bounds[5] - bounds[2]) * gContext.mBoundsMatrix.component[2].Length() * scale.component[2].Length() - ); - drawList->AddText(ImVec2(destinationPosOnScreen.x + 15, destinationPosOnScreen.y + 15), 0xFF000000, tmps); - drawList->AddText(ImVec2(destinationPosOnScreen.x + 14, destinationPosOnScreen.y + 14), 0xFFFFFFFF, tmps); + float dt = fabsf(Dot(Normalized(gContext.mCameraEye - gContext.mModelSource.v.position), dirPlaneNormalWorld)); + if (dt >= bestDot) + { + bestDot = dt; + bestAxis = i; + bestAxisWorldDirection = dirPlaneNormalWorld; } - if (!io.MouseDown[0]) - gContext.mbUsingBounds = false; + if (dt >= 0.1f) + { + axes[numAxes] = i; + axesWorldDirections[numAxes] = dirPlaneNormalWorld; + ++numAxes; + } + } + } - if( gContext.mbUsingBounds ) + if (numAxes == 0) + { + axes[0] = bestAxis; + axesWorldDirections[0] = bestAxisWorldDirection; + numAxes = 1; + } + + else if (bestAxis != axes[0]) + { + unsigned int bestIndex = 0; + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < numAxes; i++) + { + if (axes[i] == bestAxis) + { + bestIndex = i; break; - } + } + } + int tempAxis = axes[0]; + axes[0] = axes[bestIndex]; + axes[bestIndex] = tempAxis; + vec_t tempDirection = axesWorldDirections[0]; + axesWorldDirections[0] = axesWorldDirections[bestIndex]; + axesWorldDirections[bestIndex] = tempDirection; + } + + for (unsigned int axisIndex = 0; axisIndex < numAxes; ++axisIndex) + { + bestAxis = axes[axisIndex]; + bestAxisWorldDirection = axesWorldDirections[axisIndex]; + + // corners + vec_t aabb[4]; + + int secondAxis = (bestAxis + 1) % 3; + int thirdAxis = (bestAxis + 2) % 3; + + for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) + { + aabb[i][3] = aabb[i][bestAxis] = 0.f; + aabb[i][secondAxis] = bounds[secondAxis + 3 * (i >> 1)]; + aabb[i][thirdAxis] = bounds[thirdAxis + 3 * ((i >> 1) ^ (i & 1))]; + } + + // draw bounds + unsigned int anchorAlpha = gContext.mbEnable ? IM_COL32_BLACK : IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 0x80); + + matrix_t boundsMVP = gContext.mModelSource * gContext.mViewProjection; + for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) + { + ImVec2 worldBound1 = worldToPos(aabb[i], boundsMVP); + ImVec2 worldBound2 = worldToPos(aabb[(i + 1) % 4], boundsMVP); + if (!IsInContextRect(worldBound1) || !IsInContextRect(worldBound2)) + { + continue; + } + float boundDistance = sqrtf(ImLengthSqr(worldBound1 - worldBound2)); + int stepCount = (int)(boundDistance / 10.f); + stepCount = min(stepCount, 1000); + float stepLength = 1.f / (float)stepCount; + for (int j = 0; j < stepCount; j++) + { + float t1 = (float)j * stepLength; + float t2 = (float)j * stepLength + stepLength * 0.5f; + ImVec2 worldBoundSS1 = ImLerp(worldBound1, worldBound2, ImVec2(t1, t1)); + ImVec2 worldBoundSS2 = ImLerp(worldBound1, worldBound2, ImVec2(t2, t2)); + //drawList->AddLine(worldBoundSS1, worldBoundSS2, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 0) + anchorAlpha, 3.f); + drawList->AddLine(worldBoundSS1, worldBoundSS2, IM_COL32(0xAA, 0xAA, 0xAA, 0) + anchorAlpha, 2.f); + } + vec_t midPoint = (aabb[i] + aabb[(i + 1) % 4]) * 0.5f; + ImVec2 midBound = worldToPos(midPoint, boundsMVP); + static const float AnchorBigRadius = 8.f; + static const float AnchorSmallRadius = 6.f; + bool overBigAnchor = ImLengthSqr(worldBound1 - io.MousePos) <= (AnchorBigRadius * AnchorBigRadius); + bool overSmallAnchor = ImLengthSqr(midBound - io.MousePos) <= (AnchorBigRadius * AnchorBigRadius); + + int type = MT_NONE; + vec_t gizmoHitProportion; + + if(Intersects(operation, TRANSLATE)) + { + type = GetMoveType(operation, &gizmoHitProportion); + } + if(Intersects(operation, ROTATE) && type == MT_NONE) + { + type = GetRotateType(operation); + } + if(Intersects(operation, SCALE) && type == MT_NONE) + { + type = GetScaleType(operation); + } + + if (type != MT_NONE) + { + overBigAnchor = false; + overSmallAnchor = false; + } + + unsigned int bigAnchorColor = overBigAnchor ? selectionColor : (IM_COL32(0xAA, 0xAA, 0xAA, 0) + anchorAlpha); + unsigned int smallAnchorColor = overSmallAnchor ? selectionColor : (IM_COL32(0xAA, 0xAA, 0xAA, 0) + anchorAlpha); + + drawList->AddCircleFilled(worldBound1, AnchorBigRadius, IM_COL32_BLACK); + drawList->AddCircleFilled(worldBound1, AnchorBigRadius - 1.2f, bigAnchorColor); + + drawList->AddCircleFilled(midBound, AnchorSmallRadius, IM_COL32_BLACK); + drawList->AddCircleFilled(midBound, AnchorSmallRadius - 1.2f, smallAnchorColor); + int oppositeIndex = (i + 2) % 4; + // big anchor on corners + if (!gContext.mbUsingBounds && gContext.mbEnable && overBigAnchor && CanActivate()) + { + gContext.mBoundsPivot.TransformPoint(aabb[(i + 2) % 4], gContext.mModelSource); + gContext.mBoundsAnchor.TransformPoint(aabb[i], gContext.mModelSource); + gContext.mBoundsPlan = BuildPlan(gContext.mBoundsAnchor, bestAxisWorldDirection); + gContext.mBoundsBestAxis = bestAxis; + gContext.mBoundsAxis[0] = secondAxis; + gContext.mBoundsAxis[1] = thirdAxis; + + gContext.mBoundsLocalPivot.Set(0.f); + gContext.mBoundsLocalPivot[secondAxis] = aabb[oppositeIndex][secondAxis]; + gContext.mBoundsLocalPivot[thirdAxis] = aabb[oppositeIndex][thirdAxis]; + + gContext.mbUsingBounds = true; + gContext.mEditingID = gContext.mActualID; + gContext.mBoundsMatrix = gContext.mModelSource; + } + // small anchor on middle of segment + if (!gContext.mbUsingBounds && gContext.mbEnable && overSmallAnchor && CanActivate()) + { + vec_t midPointOpposite = (aabb[(i + 2) % 4] + aabb[(i + 3) % 4]) * 0.5f; + gContext.mBoundsPivot.TransformPoint(midPointOpposite, gContext.mModelSource); + gContext.mBoundsAnchor.TransformPoint(midPoint, gContext.mModelSource); + gContext.mBoundsPlan = BuildPlan(gContext.mBoundsAnchor, bestAxisWorldDirection); + gContext.mBoundsBestAxis = bestAxis; + int indices[] = { secondAxis , thirdAxis }; + gContext.mBoundsAxis[0] = indices[i % 2]; + gContext.mBoundsAxis[1] = -1; + + gContext.mBoundsLocalPivot.Set(0.f); + gContext.mBoundsLocalPivot[gContext.mBoundsAxis[0]] = aabb[oppositeIndex][indices[i % 2]];// bounds[gContext.mBoundsAxis[0]] * (((i + 1) & 2) ? 1.f : -1.f); + + gContext.mbUsingBounds = true; + gContext.mEditingID = gContext.mActualID; + gContext.mBoundsMatrix = gContext.mModelSource; + } + } + + if (gContext.mbUsingBounds && (gContext.mActualID == -1 || gContext.mActualID == gContext.mEditingID)) + { + matrix_t scale; + scale.SetToIdentity(); + + // compute projected mouse position on plan + const float len = IntersectRayPlane(gContext.mRayOrigin, gContext.mRayVector, gContext.mBoundsPlan); + vec_t newPos = gContext.mRayOrigin + gContext.mRayVector * len; + + // compute a reference and delta vectors base on mouse move + vec_t deltaVector = (newPos - gContext.mBoundsPivot).Abs(); + vec_t referenceVector = (gContext.mBoundsAnchor - gContext.mBoundsPivot).Abs(); + + // for 1 or 2 axes, compute a ratio that's used for scale and snap it based on resulting length + for (int i = 0; i < 2; i++) + { + int axisIndex1 = gContext.mBoundsAxis[i]; + if (axisIndex1 == -1) + { + continue; + } + + float ratioAxis = 1.f; + vec_t axisDir = gContext.mBoundsMatrix.component[axisIndex1].Abs(); + + float dtAxis = axisDir.Dot(referenceVector); + float boundSize = bounds[axisIndex1 + 3] - bounds[axisIndex1]; + if (dtAxis > FLT_EPSILON) + { + ratioAxis = axisDir.Dot(deltaVector) / dtAxis; + } + + if (snapValues) + { + float length = boundSize * ratioAxis; + ComputeSnap(&length, snapValues[axisIndex1]); + if (boundSize > FLT_EPSILON) + { + ratioAxis = length / boundSize; + } + } + scale.component[axisIndex1] *= ratioAxis; + } + + // transform matrix + matrix_t preScale, postScale; + preScale.Translation(-gContext.mBoundsLocalPivot); + postScale.Translation(gContext.mBoundsLocalPivot); + matrix_t res = preScale * scale * postScale * gContext.mBoundsMatrix; + *matrix = res; + + // info text + char tmps[512]; + ImVec2 destinationPosOnScreen = worldToPos(gContext.mModel.v.position, gContext.mViewProjection); + ImFormatString(tmps, sizeof(tmps), "X: %.2f Y: %.2f Z:%.2f" + , (bounds[3] - bounds[0]) * gContext.mBoundsMatrix.component[0].Length() * scale.component[0].Length() + , (bounds[4] - bounds[1]) * gContext.mBoundsMatrix.component[1].Length() * scale.component[1].Length() + , (bounds[5] - bounds[2]) * gContext.mBoundsMatrix.component[2].Length() * scale.component[2].Length() + ); + drawList->AddText(ImVec2(destinationPosOnScreen.x + 15, destinationPosOnScreen.y + 15), IM_COL32_BLACK, tmps); + drawList->AddText(ImVec2(destinationPosOnScreen.x + 14, destinationPosOnScreen.y + 14), IM_COL32_WHITE, tmps); + } + + if (!io.MouseDown[0]) { + gContext.mbUsingBounds = false; + gContext.mEditingID = -1; + } + if (gContext.mbUsingBounds) + { + break; + } + } } /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // + // - static int GetScaleType() + static int GetScaleType(OPERATION op) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - int type = NONE; + int type = MT_NONE; // screen if (io.MousePos.x >= gContext.mScreenSquareMin.x && io.MousePos.x <= gContext.mScreenSquareMax.x && - io.MousePos.y >= gContext.mScreenSquareMin.y && io.MousePos.y <= gContext.mScreenSquareMax.y) - type = SCALE_XYZ; - - const vec_t direction[3] = { gContext.mModel.v.right, gContext.mModel.v.up, gContext.mModel.v.dir }; - // compute - for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 3 && type == NONE; i++) + io.MousePos.y >= gContext.mScreenSquareMin.y && io.MousePos.y <= gContext.mScreenSquareMax.y && + Contains(op, SCALE)) { - vec_t dirPlaneX, dirPlaneY; + type = MT_SCALE_XYZ; + } + + // compute + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 3 && type == MT_NONE; i++) + { + if(!Intersects(op, static_cast(SCALE_X << i))) + { + continue; + } + vec_t dirPlaneX, dirPlaneY, dirAxis; bool belowAxisLimit, belowPlaneLimit; - ComputeTripodAxisAndVisibility(i, dirPlaneX, dirPlaneY, belowAxisLimit, belowPlaneLimit); + ComputeTripodAxisAndVisibility(i, dirAxis, dirPlaneX, dirPlaneY, belowAxisLimit, belowPlaneLimit); + dirAxis.TransformVector(gContext.mModel); dirPlaneX.TransformVector(gContext.mModel); dirPlaneY.TransformVector(gContext.mModel); - const int planNormal = (i + 2) % 3; - - const float len = IntersectRayPlane(gContext.mRayOrigin, gContext.mRayVector, BuildPlan(gContext.mModel.v.position, direction[planNormal])); + const float len = IntersectRayPlane(gContext.mRayOrigin, gContext.mRayVector, BuildPlan(gContext.mModel.v.position, dirAxis)); vec_t posOnPlan = gContext.mRayOrigin + gContext.mRayVector * len; - const float dx = dirPlaneX.Dot3((posOnPlan - gContext.mModel.v.position) * (1.f / gContext.mScreenFactor)); - const float dy = dirPlaneY.Dot3((posOnPlan - gContext.mModel.v.position) * (1.f / gContext.mScreenFactor)); - if (belowAxisLimit && dy > -0.1f && dy < 0.1f && dx > 0.1f && dx < 1.f) - type = SCALE_X + i; + const float startOffset = Contains(op, static_cast(TRANSLATE_X << i)) ? 1.0f : 0.1f; + const float endOffset = Contains(op, static_cast(TRANSLATE_X << i)) ? 1.4f : 1.0f; + const ImVec2 posOnPlanScreen = worldToPos(posOnPlan, gContext.mViewProjection); + const ImVec2 axisStartOnScreen = worldToPos(gContext.mModel.v.position + dirAxis * gContext.mScreenFactor * startOffset, gContext.mViewProjection); + const ImVec2 axisEndOnScreen = worldToPos(gContext.mModel.v.position + dirAxis * gContext.mScreenFactor * endOffset, gContext.mViewProjection); + + vec_t closestPointOnAxis = PointOnSegment(makeVect(posOnPlanScreen), makeVect(axisStartOnScreen), makeVect(axisEndOnScreen)); + + if ((closestPointOnAxis - makeVect(posOnPlanScreen)).Length() < 12.f) // pixel size + { + type = MT_SCALE_X + i; + } } return type; } - static int GetRotateType() + static int GetRotateType(OPERATION op) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - int type = NONE; + int type = MT_NONE; vec_t deltaScreen = { io.MousePos.x - gContext.mScreenSquareCenter.x, io.MousePos.y - gContext.mScreenSquareCenter.y, 0.f, 0.f }; float dist = deltaScreen.Length(); - if (dist >= (gContext.mRadiusSquareCenter - 1.0f) && dist < (gContext.mRadiusSquareCenter + 1.0f)) - type = ROTATE_SCREEN; - - const vec_t planNormals[] = { gContext.mModel.v.right, gContext.mModel.v.up, gContext.mModel.v.dir}; - - for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 3 && type == NONE; i++) + if (Intersects(op, ROTATE_SCREEN) && dist >= (gContext.mRadiusSquareCenter - 1.0f) && dist < (gContext.mRadiusSquareCenter + 1.0f)) { + type = MT_ROTATE_SCREEN; + } + + const vec_t planNormals[] = { gContext.mModel.v.right, gContext.mModel.v.up, gContext.mModel.v.dir }; + + vec_t modelViewPos; + modelViewPos.TransformPoint(gContext.mModel.v.position, gContext.mViewMat); + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 3 && type == MT_NONE; i++) + { + if(!Intersects(op, static_cast(ROTATE_X << i))) + { + continue; + } // pickup plan vec_t pickupPlan = BuildPlan(gContext.mModel.v.position, planNormals[i]); const float len = IntersectRayPlane(gContext.mRayOrigin, gContext.mRayVector, pickupPlan); - vec_t localPos = gContext.mRayOrigin + gContext.mRayVector * len - gContext.mModel.v.position; + const vec_t intersectWorldPos = gContext.mRayOrigin + gContext.mRayVector * len; + vec_t intersectViewPos; + intersectViewPos.TransformPoint(intersectWorldPos, gContext.mViewMat); - if (Dot(Normalized(localPos), gContext.mRayVector) > FLT_EPSILON) + if (ImAbs(modelViewPos.z) - ImAbs(intersectViewPos.z) < -FLT_EPSILON) + { continue; + } - float distance = localPos.Length() / gContext.mScreenFactor; - if (distance > 0.9f && distance < 1.1f) - type = ROTATE_X + i; + const vec_t localPos = intersectWorldPos - gContext.mModel.v.position; + vec_t idealPosOnCircle = Normalized(localPos); + idealPosOnCircle.TransformVector(gContext.mModelInverse); + const ImVec2 idealPosOnCircleScreen = worldToPos(idealPosOnCircle * gContext.mScreenFactor, gContext.mMVP); + + //gContext.mDrawList->AddCircle(idealPosOnCircleScreen, 5.f, IM_COL32_WHITE); + const ImVec2 distanceOnScreen = idealPosOnCircleScreen - io.MousePos; + + const float distance = makeVect(distanceOnScreen).Length(); + if (distance < 8.f) // pixel size + { + type = MT_ROTATE_X + i; + } } - + return type; } - static int GetMoveType(vec_t *gizmoHitProportion) + static int GetMoveType(OPERATION op, vec_t* gizmoHitProportion) { + if(!Intersects(op, TRANSLATE)) + { + return MT_NONE; + } ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - int type = NONE; + int type = MT_NONE; // screen if (io.MousePos.x >= gContext.mScreenSquareMin.x && io.MousePos.x <= gContext.mScreenSquareMax.x && - io.MousePos.y >= gContext.mScreenSquareMin.y && io.MousePos.y <= gContext.mScreenSquareMax.y) - type = MOVE_SCREEN; + io.MousePos.y >= gContext.mScreenSquareMin.y && io.MousePos.y <= gContext.mScreenSquareMax.y && + Contains(op, TRANSLATE)) + { + type = MT_MOVE_SCREEN; + } - const vec_t direction[3] = { gContext.mModel.v.right, gContext.mModel.v.up, gContext.mModel.v.dir }; + const vec_t screenCoord = makeVect(io.MousePos - ImVec2(gContext.mX, gContext.mY)); // compute - for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 3 && type == NONE; i++) + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 3 && type == MT_NONE; i++) { - vec_t dirPlaneX, dirPlaneY; + vec_t dirPlaneX, dirPlaneY, dirAxis; bool belowAxisLimit, belowPlaneLimit; - ComputeTripodAxisAndVisibility(i, dirPlaneX, dirPlaneY, belowAxisLimit, belowPlaneLimit); + ComputeTripodAxisAndVisibility(i, dirAxis, dirPlaneX, dirPlaneY, belowAxisLimit, belowPlaneLimit); + dirAxis.TransformVector(gContext.mModel); dirPlaneX.TransformVector(gContext.mModel); dirPlaneY.TransformVector(gContext.mModel); - const int planNormal = (i + 2) % 3; - - const float len = IntersectRayPlane(gContext.mRayOrigin, gContext.mRayVector, BuildPlan(gContext.mModel.v.position, direction[planNormal])); + const float len = IntersectRayPlane(gContext.mRayOrigin, gContext.mRayVector, BuildPlan(gContext.mModel.v.position, dirAxis)); vec_t posOnPlan = gContext.mRayOrigin + gContext.mRayVector * len; + const ImVec2 axisStartOnScreen = worldToPos(gContext.mModel.v.position + dirAxis * gContext.mScreenFactor * 0.1f, gContext.mViewProjection) - ImVec2(gContext.mX, gContext.mY); + const ImVec2 axisEndOnScreen = worldToPos(gContext.mModel.v.position + dirAxis * gContext.mScreenFactor, gContext.mViewProjection) - ImVec2(gContext.mX, gContext.mY); + + vec_t closestPointOnAxis = PointOnSegment(screenCoord, makeVect(axisStartOnScreen), makeVect(axisEndOnScreen)); + if ((closestPointOnAxis - screenCoord).Length() < 12.f && Intersects(op, static_cast(TRANSLATE_X << i))) // pixel size + { + type = MT_MOVE_X + i; + } + const float dx = dirPlaneX.Dot3((posOnPlan - gContext.mModel.v.position) * (1.f / gContext.mScreenFactor)); const float dy = dirPlaneY.Dot3((posOnPlan - gContext.mModel.v.position) * (1.f / gContext.mScreenFactor)); - if (belowAxisLimit && dy > -0.1f && dy < 0.1f && dx > 0.1f && dx < 1.f) - type = MOVE_X + i; - - if (belowPlaneLimit && dx >= quadUV[0] && dx <= quadUV[4] && dy >= quadUV[1] && dy <= quadUV[3]) - type = MOVE_XY + i; + if (belowPlaneLimit && dx >= quadUV[0] && dx <= quadUV[4] && dy >= quadUV[1] && dy <= quadUV[3] && Contains(op, TRANSLATE_PLANS[i])) + { + type = MT_MOVE_YZ + i; + } if (gizmoHitProportion) + { *gizmoHitProportion = makeVect(dx, dy, 0.f); + } } return type; } - static void HandleTranslation(float *matrix, float *deltaMatrix, int& type, float *snap) + static bool HandleTranslation(float* matrix, float* deltaMatrix, OPERATION op, int& type, const float* snap) { + if(!Intersects(op, TRANSLATE) || type != MT_NONE) + { + return false; + } ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - bool applyRotationLocaly = gContext.mMode == LOCAL || type == MOVE_SCREEN; + bool applyRotationLocaly = gContext.mMode == LOCAL || type == MT_MOVE_SCREEN; + bool modified = false; // move - if (gContext.mbUsing) + if (gContext.mbUsing && (gContext.mActualID == -1 || gContext.mActualID == gContext.mEditingID) && IsTranslateType(gContext.mCurrentOperation)) { ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp(); - const float len = IntersectRayPlane(gContext.mRayOrigin, gContext.mRayVector, gContext.mTranslationPlan); + const float len = fabsf(IntersectRayPlane(gContext.mRayOrigin, gContext.mRayVector, gContext.mTranslationPlan)); // near plan vec_t newPos = gContext.mRayOrigin + gContext.mRayVector * len; // compute delta vec_t newOrigin = newPos - gContext.mRelativeOrigin * gContext.mScreenFactor; vec_t delta = newOrigin - gContext.mModel.v.position; - + // 1 axis constraint - if (gContext.mCurrentOperation >= MOVE_X && gContext.mCurrentOperation <= MOVE_Z) + if (gContext.mCurrentOperation >= MT_MOVE_X && gContext.mCurrentOperation <= MT_MOVE_Z) { - int axisIndex = gContext.mCurrentOperation - MOVE_X; + int axisIndex = gContext.mCurrentOperation - MT_MOVE_X; const vec_t& axisValue = *(vec_t*)&gContext.mModel.m[axisIndex]; float lengthOnAxis = Dot(axisValue, delta); delta = axisValue * lengthOnAxis; @@ -1474,18 +1911,27 @@ namespace ImGuizmo } + if (delta != gContext.mTranslationLastDelta) + { + modified = true; + } + gContext.mTranslationLastDelta = delta; + // compute matrix & delta matrix_t deltaMatrixTranslation; deltaMatrixTranslation.Translation(delta); if (deltaMatrix) + { memcpy(deltaMatrix, deltaMatrixTranslation.m16, sizeof(float) * 16); - + } matrix_t res = gContext.mModelSource * deltaMatrixTranslation; *(matrix_t*)matrix = res; if (!io.MouseDown[0]) + { gContext.mbUsing = false; + } type = gContext.mCurrentOperation; } @@ -1493,15 +1939,29 @@ namespace ImGuizmo { // find new possible way to move vec_t gizmoHitProportion; - type = GetMoveType(&gizmoHitProportion); - if (CanActivate() && type != NONE) + type = GetMoveType(op, &gizmoHitProportion); + if (type != MT_NONE) { ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp(); + } + if (CanActivate() && type != MT_NONE) + { gContext.mbUsing = true; + gContext.mEditingID = gContext.mActualID; gContext.mCurrentOperation = type; - const vec_t movePlanNormal[] = { gContext.mModel.v.up, gContext.mModel.v.dir, gContext.mModel.v.right, gContext.mModel.v.dir, gContext.mModel.v.right, gContext.mModel.v.up, -gContext.mCameraDir }; + vec_t movePlanNormal[] = { gContext.mModel.v.right, gContext.mModel.v.up, gContext.mModel.v.dir, + gContext.mModel.v.right, gContext.mModel.v.up, gContext.mModel.v.dir, + -gContext.mCameraDir }; + + vec_t cameraToModelNormalized = Normalized(gContext.mModel.v.position - gContext.mCameraEye); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + vec_t orthoVector = Cross(movePlanNormal[i], cameraToModelNormalized); + movePlanNormal[i].Cross(orthoVector); + movePlanNormal[i].Normalize(); + } // pickup plan - gContext.mTranslationPlan = BuildPlan(gContext.mModel.v.position, movePlanNormal[type - MOVE_X]); + gContext.mTranslationPlan = BuildPlan(gContext.mModel.v.position, movePlanNormal[type - MT_MOVE_X]); const float len = IntersectRayPlane(gContext.mRayOrigin, gContext.mRayVector, gContext.mTranslationPlan); gContext.mTranslationPlanOrigin = gContext.mRayOrigin + gContext.mRayVector * len; gContext.mMatrixOrigin = gContext.mModel.v.position; @@ -1509,25 +1969,35 @@ namespace ImGuizmo gContext.mRelativeOrigin = (gContext.mTranslationPlanOrigin - gContext.mModel.v.position) * (1.f / gContext.mScreenFactor); } } + return modified; } - static void HandleScale(float *matrix, float *deltaMatrix, int& type, float *snap) + static bool HandleScale(float* matrix, float* deltaMatrix, OPERATION op, int& type, const float* snap) { + if(!Intersects(op, SCALE) || type != MT_NONE) + { + return false; + } ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + bool modified = false; if (!gContext.mbUsing) { // find new possible way to scale - type = GetScaleType(); - if (CanActivate() && type != NONE) + type = GetScaleType(op); + if (type != MT_NONE) { ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp(); + } + if (CanActivate() && type != MT_NONE) + { gContext.mbUsing = true; + gContext.mEditingID = gContext.mActualID; gContext.mCurrentOperation = type; const vec_t movePlanNormal[] = { gContext.mModel.v.up, gContext.mModel.v.dir, gContext.mModel.v.right, gContext.mModel.v.dir, gContext.mModel.v.up, gContext.mModel.v.right, -gContext.mCameraDir }; // pickup plan - gContext.mTranslationPlan = BuildPlan(gContext.mModel.v.position, movePlanNormal[type - SCALE_X]); + gContext.mTranslationPlan = BuildPlan(gContext.mModel.v.position, movePlanNormal[type - MT_SCALE_X]); const float len = IntersectRayPlane(gContext.mRayOrigin, gContext.mRayVector, gContext.mTranslationPlan); gContext.mTranslationPlanOrigin = gContext.mRayOrigin + gContext.mRayVector * len; gContext.mMatrixOrigin = gContext.mModel.v.position; @@ -1538,30 +2008,30 @@ namespace ImGuizmo } } // scale - if (gContext.mbUsing) + if (gContext.mbUsing && (gContext.mActualID == -1 || gContext.mActualID == gContext.mEditingID) && IsScaleType(gContext.mCurrentOperation)) { ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp(); const float len = IntersectRayPlane(gContext.mRayOrigin, gContext.mRayVector, gContext.mTranslationPlan); vec_t newPos = gContext.mRayOrigin + gContext.mRayVector * len; vec_t newOrigin = newPos - gContext.mRelativeOrigin * gContext.mScreenFactor; vec_t delta = newOrigin - gContext.mModel.v.position; - + // 1 axis constraint - if (gContext.mCurrentOperation >= SCALE_X && gContext.mCurrentOperation <= SCALE_Z) + if (gContext.mCurrentOperation >= MT_SCALE_X && gContext.mCurrentOperation <= MT_SCALE_Z) { - int axisIndex = gContext.mCurrentOperation - SCALE_X; + int axisIndex = gContext.mCurrentOperation - MT_SCALE_X; const vec_t& axisValue = *(vec_t*)&gContext.mModel.m[axisIndex]; float lengthOnAxis = Dot(axisValue, delta); delta = axisValue * lengthOnAxis; vec_t baseVector = gContext.mTranslationPlanOrigin - gContext.mModel.v.position; float ratio = Dot(axisValue, baseVector + delta) / Dot(axisValue, baseVector); - + gContext.mScale[axisIndex] = max(ratio, 0.001f); } else - { - float scaleDelta = (io.MousePos.x - gContext.mSaveMousePosx) * 0.01f; + { + float scaleDelta = (io.MousePos.x - gContext.mSaveMousePosx) * 0.01f; gContext.mScale.Set(max(1.f + scaleDelta, 0.001f)); } @@ -1573,57 +2043,86 @@ namespace ImGuizmo } // no 0 allowed - for (int i = 0; i < 3;i++) + for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) gContext.mScale[i] = max(gContext.mScale[i], 0.001f); + if (gContext.mScaleLast != gContext.mScale) + { + modified = true; + } + gContext.mScaleLast = gContext.mScale; + // compute matrix & delta matrix_t deltaMatrixScale; deltaMatrixScale.Scale(gContext.mScale * gContext.mScaleValueOrigin); - + matrix_t res = deltaMatrixScale * gContext.mModel; *(matrix_t*)matrix = res; - + if (deltaMatrix) { - deltaMatrixScale.Scale(gContext.mScale); + vec_t deltaScale = gContext.mScale * gContext.mScaleValueOrigin; + + vec_t originalScaleDivider; + originalScaleDivider.x = 1 / gContext.mModelScaleOrigin.x; + originalScaleDivider.y = 1 / gContext.mModelScaleOrigin.y; + originalScaleDivider.z = 1 / gContext.mModelScaleOrigin.z; + + deltaScale = deltaScale * originalScaleDivider; + + deltaMatrixScale.Scale(deltaScale); memcpy(deltaMatrix, deltaMatrixScale.m16, sizeof(float) * 16); } if (!io.MouseDown[0]) + { gContext.mbUsing = false; + gContext.mScale.Set(1.f, 1.f, 1.f); + } type = gContext.mCurrentOperation; } + return modified; } - static void HandleRotation(float *matrix, float *deltaMatrix, int& type, float *snap) + static bool HandleRotation(float* matrix, float* deltaMatrix, OPERATION op, int& type, const float* snap) { + if(!Intersects(op, ROTATE) || type != MT_NONE) + { + return false; + } ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); bool applyRotationLocaly = gContext.mMode == LOCAL; + bool modified = false; if (!gContext.mbUsing) { - type = GetRotateType(); + type = GetRotateType(op); - if (type == ROTATE_SCREEN) + if (type != MT_NONE) + { + ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp(); + } + + if (type == MT_ROTATE_SCREEN) { applyRotationLocaly = true; } - - if (CanActivate() && type != NONE) + + if (CanActivate() && type != MT_NONE) { - ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp(); gContext.mbUsing = true; + gContext.mEditingID = gContext.mActualID; gContext.mCurrentOperation = type; const vec_t rotatePlanNormal[] = { gContext.mModel.v.right, gContext.mModel.v.up, gContext.mModel.v.dir, -gContext.mCameraDir }; // pickup plan if (applyRotationLocaly) { - gContext.mTranslationPlan = BuildPlan(gContext.mModel.v.position, rotatePlanNormal[type - ROTATE_X]); + gContext.mTranslationPlan = BuildPlan(gContext.mModel.v.position, rotatePlanNormal[type - MT_ROTATE_X]); } else { - gContext.mTranslationPlan = BuildPlan(gContext.mModelSource.v.position, directionUnary[type - ROTATE_X]); + gContext.mTranslationPlan = BuildPlan(gContext.mModelSource.v.position, directionUnary[type - MT_ROTATE_X]); } const float len = IntersectRayPlane(gContext.mRayOrigin, gContext.mRayVector, gContext.mTranslationPlan); @@ -1634,7 +2133,7 @@ namespace ImGuizmo } // rotation - if (gContext.mbUsing) + if (gContext.mbUsing && (gContext.mActualID == -1 || gContext.mActualID == gContext.mEditingID) && IsRotateType(gContext.mCurrentOperation)) { ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp(); gContext.mRotationAngle = ComputeAngleOnPlan(); @@ -1644,17 +2143,21 @@ namespace ImGuizmo ComputeSnap(&gContext.mRotationAngle, snapInRadian); } vec_t rotationAxisLocalSpace; - + rotationAxisLocalSpace.TransformVector(makeVect(gContext.mTranslationPlan.x, gContext.mTranslationPlan.y, gContext.mTranslationPlan.z, 0.f), gContext.mModelInverse); rotationAxisLocalSpace.Normalize(); matrix_t deltaRotation; deltaRotation.RotationAxis(rotationAxisLocalSpace, gContext.mRotationAngle - gContext.mRotationAngleOrigin); + if (gContext.mRotationAngle != gContext.mRotationAngleOrigin) + { + modified = true; + } gContext.mRotationAngleOrigin = gContext.mRotationAngle; matrix_t scaleOrigin; scaleOrigin.Scale(gContext.mModelScaleOrigin); - + if (applyRotationLocaly) { *(matrix_t*)matrix = scaleOrigin * deltaRotation * gContext.mModel; @@ -1674,24 +2177,27 @@ namespace ImGuizmo } if (!io.MouseDown[0]) + { gContext.mbUsing = false; - + gContext.mEditingID = -1; + } type = gContext.mCurrentOperation; } + return modified; } - void DecomposeMatrixToComponents(const float *matrix, float *translation, float *rotation, float *scale) + void DecomposeMatrixToComponents(const float* matrix, float* translation, float* rotation, float* scale) { matrix_t mat = *(matrix_t*)matrix; scale[0] = mat.v.right.Length(); scale[1] = mat.v.up.Length(); - scale[2] = mat.v.dir.Length(); + scale[2] = mat.v.dir.Length(); mat.OrthoNormalize(); rotation[0] = RAD2DEG * atan2f(mat.m[1][2], mat.m[2][2]); - rotation[1] = RAD2DEG * atan2f(-mat.m[0][2], sqrtf(mat.m[1][2] * mat.m[1][2] + mat.m[2][2]* mat.m[2][2])); + rotation[1] = RAD2DEG * atan2f(-mat.m[0][2], sqrtf(mat.m[1][2] * mat.m[1][2] + mat.m[2][2] * mat.m[2][2])); rotation[2] = RAD2DEG * atan2f(mat.m[0][1], mat.m[0][0]); translation[0] = mat.v.position.x; @@ -1699,13 +2205,15 @@ namespace ImGuizmo translation[2] = mat.v.position.z; } - void RecomposeMatrixFromComponents(const float *translation, const float *rotation, const float *scale, float *matrix) + void RecomposeMatrixFromComponents(const float* translation, const float* rotation, const float* scale, float* matrix) { matrix_t& mat = *(matrix_t*)matrix; matrix_t rot[3]; - for (int i = 0; i < 3;i++) + for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { rot[i].RotationAxis(directionUnary[i], rotation[i] * DEG2RAD); + } mat = rot[0] * rot[1] * rot[2]; @@ -1713,9 +2221,13 @@ namespace ImGuizmo for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) { if (fabsf(scale[i]) < FLT_EPSILON) + { validScale[i] = 0.001f; + } else + { validScale[i] = scale[i]; + } } mat.v.right *= validScale[0]; mat.v.up *= validScale[1]; @@ -1723,112 +2235,490 @@ namespace ImGuizmo mat.v.position.Set(translation[0], translation[1], translation[2], 1.f); } - void Manipulate(const float *view, const float *projection, OPERATION operation, MODE mode, float *matrix, float *deltaMatrix, float *snap, float *localBounds, float *boundsSnap) + void SetID(int id) + { + gContext.mActualID = id; + } + + void AllowAxisFlip(bool value) + { + gContext.mAllowAxisFlip = value; + } + + bool Manipulate(const float* view, const float* projection, OPERATION operation, MODE mode, float* matrix, float* deltaMatrix, const float* snap, const float* localBounds, const float* boundsSnap) { ComputeContext(view, projection, matrix, mode); - // set delta to identity + // set delta to identity if (deltaMatrix) + { ((matrix_t*)deltaMatrix)->SetToIdentity(); + } // behind camera vec_t camSpacePosition; camSpacePosition.TransformPoint(makeVect(0.f, 0.f, 0.f), gContext.mMVP); - if (camSpacePosition.z < 0.001f) - return; + if (!gContext.mIsOrthographic && camSpacePosition.z < 0.001f) + { + return false; + } - // -- - int type = NONE; + // -- + int type = MT_NONE; + bool manipulated = false; if (gContext.mbEnable) { - if (!gContext.mbUsingBounds) - { - switch (operation) - { - case ROTATE: - HandleRotation(matrix, deltaMatrix, type, snap); - break; - case TRANSLATE: - HandleTranslation(matrix, deltaMatrix, type, snap); - break; - case SCALE: - HandleScale(matrix, deltaMatrix, type, snap); - break; - } - } + if (!gContext.mbUsingBounds) + { + manipulated = HandleTranslation(matrix, deltaMatrix, operation, type, snap) || + HandleScale(matrix, deltaMatrix, operation, type, snap) || + HandleRotation(matrix, deltaMatrix, operation, type, snap); + } } if (localBounds && !gContext.mbUsing) - HandleAndDrawLocalBounds(localBounds, (matrix_t*)matrix, boundsSnap); + { + HandleAndDrawLocalBounds(localBounds, (matrix_t*)matrix, boundsSnap, operation); + } + gContext.mOperation = operation; if (!gContext.mbUsingBounds) { - switch (operation) - { - case ROTATE: - DrawRotationGizmo(type); - break; - case TRANSLATE: - DrawTranslationGizmo(type); - break; - case SCALE: - DrawScaleGizmo(type); - break; - } + DrawRotationGizmo(operation, type); + DrawTranslationGizmo(operation, type); + DrawScaleGizmo(operation, type); + } + return manipulated; + } + + void SetGizmoSizeClipSpace(float value) + { + gContext.mGizmoSizeClipSpace = value; + } + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + void ComputeFrustumPlanes(vec_t* frustum, const float* clip) + { + frustum[0].x = clip[3] - clip[0]; + frustum[0].y = clip[7] - clip[4]; + frustum[0].z = clip[11] - clip[8]; + frustum[0].w = clip[15] - clip[12]; + + frustum[1].x = clip[3] + clip[0]; + frustum[1].y = clip[7] + clip[4]; + frustum[1].z = clip[11] + clip[8]; + frustum[1].w = clip[15] + clip[12]; + + frustum[2].x = clip[3] + clip[1]; + frustum[2].y = clip[7] + clip[5]; + frustum[2].z = clip[11] + clip[9]; + frustum[2].w = clip[15] + clip[13]; + + frustum[3].x = clip[3] - clip[1]; + frustum[3].y = clip[7] - clip[5]; + frustum[3].z = clip[11] - clip[9]; + frustum[3].w = clip[15] - clip[13]; + + frustum[4].x = clip[3] - clip[2]; + frustum[4].y = clip[7] - clip[6]; + frustum[4].z = clip[11] - clip[10]; + frustum[4].w = clip[15] - clip[14]; + + frustum[5].x = clip[3] + clip[2]; + frustum[5].y = clip[7] + clip[6]; + frustum[5].z = clip[11] + clip[10]; + frustum[5].w = clip[15] + clip[14]; + + for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) + { + frustum[i].Normalize(); } } - void DrawCube(const float *view, const float *projection, float *matrix) + void DrawCubes(const float* view, const float* projection, const float* matrices, int matrixCount) { matrix_t viewInverse; viewInverse.Inverse(*(matrix_t*)view); - const matrix_t& model = *(matrix_t*)matrix; - matrix_t res = *(matrix_t*)matrix * *(matrix_t*)view * *(matrix_t*)projection; - for (int iFace = 0; iFace < 6; iFace++) + struct CubeFace { - const int normalIndex = (iFace % 3); - const int perpXIndex = (normalIndex + 1) % 3; - const int perpYIndex = (normalIndex + 2) % 3; - const float invert = (iFace > 2) ? -1.f : 1.f; - - const vec_t faceCoords[4] = { directionUnary[normalIndex] + directionUnary[perpXIndex] + directionUnary[perpYIndex], - directionUnary[normalIndex] + directionUnary[perpXIndex] - directionUnary[perpYIndex], - directionUnary[normalIndex] - directionUnary[perpXIndex] - directionUnary[perpYIndex], - directionUnary[normalIndex] - directionUnary[perpXIndex] + directionUnary[perpYIndex], - }; + float z; + ImVec2 faceCoordsScreen[4]; + ImU32 color; + }; + CubeFace* faces = (CubeFace*)_malloca(sizeof(CubeFace) * matrixCount * 6); - // clipping - bool skipFace = false; - for (unsigned int iCoord = 0; iCoord < 4; iCoord++) + if (!faces) + { + return; + } + + vec_t frustum[6]; + matrix_t viewProjection = *(matrix_t*)view * *(matrix_t*)projection; + ComputeFrustumPlanes(frustum, viewProjection.m16); + + int cubeFaceCount = 0; + for (int cube = 0; cube < matrixCount; cube++) + { + const float* matrix = &matrices[cube * 16]; + + matrix_t res = *(matrix_t*)matrix * *(matrix_t*)view * *(matrix_t*)projection; + + for (int iFace = 0; iFace < 6; iFace++) { - vec_t camSpacePosition; - camSpacePosition.TransformPoint(faceCoords[iCoord] * 0.5f * invert, gContext.mMVP); - if (camSpacePosition.z < 0.001f) + const int normalIndex = (iFace % 3); + const int perpXIndex = (normalIndex + 1) % 3; + const int perpYIndex = (normalIndex + 2) % 3; + const float invert = (iFace > 2) ? -1.f : 1.f; + + const vec_t faceCoords[4] = { directionUnary[normalIndex] + directionUnary[perpXIndex] + directionUnary[perpYIndex], + directionUnary[normalIndex] + directionUnary[perpXIndex] - directionUnary[perpYIndex], + directionUnary[normalIndex] - directionUnary[perpXIndex] - directionUnary[perpYIndex], + directionUnary[normalIndex] - directionUnary[perpXIndex] + directionUnary[perpYIndex], + }; + + // clipping + /* + bool skipFace = false; + for (unsigned int iCoord = 0; iCoord < 4; iCoord++) { - skipFace = true; - break; + vec_t camSpacePosition; + camSpacePosition.TransformPoint(faceCoords[iCoord] * 0.5f * invert, res); + if (camSpacePosition.z < 0.001f) + { + skipFace = true; + break; + } + } + if (skipFace) + { + continue; + } + */ + vec_t centerPosition, centerPositionVP; + centerPosition.TransformPoint(directionUnary[normalIndex] * 0.5f * invert, *(matrix_t*)matrix); + centerPositionVP.TransformPoint(directionUnary[normalIndex] * 0.5f * invert, res); + + bool inFrustum = true; + for (int iFrustum = 0; iFrustum < 6; iFrustum++) + { + float dist = DistanceToPlane(centerPosition, frustum[iFrustum]); + if (dist < 0.f) + { + inFrustum = false; + break; + } + } + + if (!inFrustum) + { + continue; + } + CubeFace& cubeFace = faces[cubeFaceCount]; + + // 3D->2D + //ImVec2 faceCoordsScreen[4]; + for (unsigned int iCoord = 0; iCoord < 4; iCoord++) + { + cubeFace.faceCoordsScreen[iCoord] = worldToPos(faceCoords[iCoord] * 0.5f * invert, res); + } + cubeFace.color = directionColor[normalIndex] | IM_COL32(0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0); + + cubeFace.z = centerPositionVP.z / centerPositionVP.w; + cubeFaceCount++; + } + } + qsort(faces, cubeFaceCount, sizeof(CubeFace), [](void const* _a, void const* _b) { + CubeFace* a = (CubeFace*)_a; + CubeFace* b = (CubeFace*)_b; + if (a->z < b->z) + { + return 1; + } + return -1; + }); + // draw face with lighter color + for (int iFace = 0; iFace < cubeFaceCount; iFace++) + { + const CubeFace& cubeFace = faces[iFace]; + gContext.mDrawList->AddConvexPolyFilled(cubeFace.faceCoordsScreen, 4, cubeFace.color); + } + + _freea(faces); + } + + void DrawGrid(const float* view, const float* projection, const float* matrix, const float gridSize) + { + matrix_t viewProjection = *(matrix_t*)view * *(matrix_t*)projection; + vec_t frustum[6]; + ComputeFrustumPlanes(frustum, viewProjection.m16); + matrix_t res = *(matrix_t*)matrix * viewProjection; + + for (float f = -gridSize; f <= gridSize; f += 1.f) + { + for (int dir = 0; dir < 2; dir++) + { + vec_t ptA = makeVect(dir ? -gridSize : f, 0.f, dir ? f : -gridSize); + vec_t ptB = makeVect(dir ? gridSize : f, 0.f, dir ? f : gridSize); + bool visible = true; + for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) + { + float dA = DistanceToPlane(ptA, frustum[i]); + float dB = DistanceToPlane(ptB, frustum[i]); + if (dA < 0.f && dB < 0.f) + { + visible = false; + break; + } + if (dA > 0.f && dB > 0.f) + { + continue; + } + if (dA < 0.f) + { + float len = fabsf(dA - dB); + float t = fabsf(dA) / len; + ptA.Lerp(ptB, t); + } + if (dB < 0.f) + { + float len = fabsf(dB - dA); + float t = fabsf(dB) / len; + ptB.Lerp(ptA, t); + } + } + if (visible) + { + ImU32 col = IM_COL32(0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0xFF); + col = (fmodf(fabsf(f), 10.f) < FLT_EPSILON) ? IM_COL32(0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0xFF) : col; + col = (fabsf(f) < FLT_EPSILON) ? IM_COL32(0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0xFF): col; + + float thickness = 1.f; + thickness = (fmodf(fabsf(f), 10.f) < FLT_EPSILON) ? 1.5f : thickness; + thickness = (fabsf(f) < FLT_EPSILON) ? 2.3f : thickness; + + gContext.mDrawList->AddLine(worldToPos(ptA, res), worldToPos(ptB, res), col, thickness); } } - if (skipFace) - continue; - - // 3D->2D - ImVec2 faceCoordsScreen[4]; - for (unsigned int iCoord = 0; iCoord < 4; iCoord++) - faceCoordsScreen[iCoord] = worldToPos(faceCoords[iCoord] * 0.5f * invert, res); - - // back face culling - vec_t cullPos, cullNormal; - cullPos.TransformPoint(faceCoords[0] * 0.5f * invert, model); - cullNormal.TransformVector(directionUnary[normalIndex] * invert, model); - float dt = Dot(Normalized(cullPos - viewInverse.v.position), Normalized(cullNormal)); - if (dt>0.f) - continue; - - // draw face with lighter color - gContext.mDrawList->AddConvexPolyFilled(faceCoordsScreen, 4, directionColor[normalIndex] | 0x808080); } } -}; + void ViewManipulate(float* view, float length, ImVec2 position, ImVec2 size, ImU32 backgroundColor) + { + static bool isDraging = false; + static bool isClicking = false; + static bool isInside = false; + static vec_t interpolationUp; + static vec_t interpolationDir; + static int interpolationFrames = 0; + const vec_t referenceUp = makeVect(0.f, 1.f, 0.f); + + matrix_t svgView, svgProjection; + svgView = gContext.mViewMat; + svgProjection = gContext.mProjectionMat; + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + gContext.mDrawList->AddRectFilled(position, position + size, backgroundColor); + matrix_t viewInverse; + viewInverse.Inverse(*(matrix_t*)view); + + const vec_t camTarget = viewInverse.v.position - viewInverse.v.dir * length; + + // view/projection matrices + const float distance = 3.f; + matrix_t cubeProjection, cubeView; + float fov = acosf(distance / (sqrtf(distance * distance + 3.f))) * RAD2DEG; + Perspective(fov / sqrtf(2.f), size.x / size.y, 0.01f, 1000.f, cubeProjection.m16); + + vec_t dir = makeVect(viewInverse.m[2][0], viewInverse.m[2][1], viewInverse.m[2][2]); + vec_t up = makeVect(viewInverse.m[1][0], viewInverse.m[1][1], viewInverse.m[1][2]); + vec_t eye = dir * distance; + vec_t zero = makeVect(0.f, 0.f); + LookAt(&eye.x, &zero.x, &up.x, cubeView.m16); + + // set context + gContext.mViewMat = cubeView; + gContext.mProjectionMat = cubeProjection; + ComputeCameraRay(gContext.mRayOrigin, gContext.mRayVector, position, size); + + const matrix_t res = cubeView * cubeProjection; + + // panels + static const ImVec2 panelPosition[9] = { ImVec2(0.75f,0.75f), ImVec2(0.25f, 0.75f), ImVec2(0.f, 0.75f), + ImVec2(0.75f, 0.25f), ImVec2(0.25f, 0.25f), ImVec2(0.f, 0.25f), + ImVec2(0.75f, 0.f), ImVec2(0.25f, 0.f), ImVec2(0.f, 0.f) }; + + static const ImVec2 panelSize[9] = { ImVec2(0.25f,0.25f), ImVec2(0.5f, 0.25f), ImVec2(0.25f, 0.25f), + ImVec2(0.25f, 0.5f), ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f), ImVec2(0.25f, 0.5f), + ImVec2(0.25f, 0.25f), ImVec2(0.5f, 0.25f), ImVec2(0.25f, 0.25f) }; + + // tag faces + bool boxes[27]{}; + for (int iPass = 0; iPass < 2; iPass++) + { + for (int iFace = 0; iFace < 6; iFace++) + { + const int normalIndex = (iFace % 3); + const int perpXIndex = (normalIndex + 1) % 3; + const int perpYIndex = (normalIndex + 2) % 3; + const float invert = (iFace > 2) ? -1.f : 1.f; + const vec_t indexVectorX = directionUnary[perpXIndex] * invert; + const vec_t indexVectorY = directionUnary[perpYIndex] * invert; + const vec_t boxOrigin = directionUnary[normalIndex] * -invert - indexVectorX - indexVectorY; + + // plan local space + const vec_t n = directionUnary[normalIndex] * invert; + vec_t viewSpaceNormal = n; + vec_t viewSpacePoint = n * 0.5f; + viewSpaceNormal.TransformVector(cubeView); + viewSpaceNormal.Normalize(); + viewSpacePoint.TransformPoint(cubeView); + const vec_t viewSpaceFacePlan = BuildPlan(viewSpacePoint, viewSpaceNormal); + + // back face culling + if (viewSpaceFacePlan.w > 0.f) + { + continue; + } + + const vec_t facePlan = BuildPlan(n * 0.5f, n); + + const float len = IntersectRayPlane(gContext.mRayOrigin, gContext.mRayVector, facePlan); + vec_t posOnPlan = gContext.mRayOrigin + gContext.mRayVector * len - (n * 0.5f); + + float localx = Dot(directionUnary[perpXIndex], posOnPlan) * invert + 0.5f; + float localy = Dot(directionUnary[perpYIndex], posOnPlan) * invert + 0.5f; + + // panels + const vec_t dx = directionUnary[perpXIndex]; + const vec_t dy = directionUnary[perpYIndex]; + const vec_t origin = directionUnary[normalIndex] - dx - dy; + for (int iPanel = 0; iPanel < 9; iPanel++) + { + vec_t boxCoord = boxOrigin + indexVectorX * float(iPanel % 3) + indexVectorY * float(iPanel / 3) + makeVect(1.f, 1.f, 1.f); + const ImVec2 p = panelPosition[iPanel] * 2.f; + const ImVec2 s = panelSize[iPanel] * 2.f; + ImVec2 faceCoordsScreen[4]; + vec_t panelPos[4] = { dx * p.x + dy * p.y, + dx * p.x + dy * (p.y + s.y), + dx * (p.x + s.x) + dy * (p.y + s.y), + dx * (p.x + s.x) + dy * p.y }; + + for (unsigned int iCoord = 0; iCoord < 4; iCoord++) + { + faceCoordsScreen[iCoord] = worldToPos((panelPos[iCoord] + origin) * 0.5f * invert, res, position, size); + } + + const ImVec2 panelCorners[2] = { panelPosition[iPanel], panelPosition[iPanel] + panelSize[iPanel] }; + bool insidePanel = localx > panelCorners[0].x && localx < panelCorners[1].x&& localy > panelCorners[0].y && localy < panelCorners[1].y; + int boxCoordInt = int(boxCoord.x * 9.f + boxCoord.y * 3.f + boxCoord.z); + assert(boxCoordInt < 27); + boxes[boxCoordInt] |= insidePanel && (!isDraging); + + // draw face with lighter color + if (iPass) + { + gContext.mDrawList->AddConvexPolyFilled(faceCoordsScreen, 4, (directionColor[normalIndex] | IM_COL32(0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80)) | (isInside ? IM_COL32(0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0) : 0)); + if (boxes[boxCoordInt]) + { + gContext.mDrawList->AddConvexPolyFilled(faceCoordsScreen, 4, IM_COL32(0xF0, 0xA0, 0x60, 0x80)); + + if (!io.MouseDown[0] && !isDraging && isClicking) + { + // apply new view direction + int cx = boxCoordInt / 9; + int cy = (boxCoordInt - cx * 9) / 3; + int cz = boxCoordInt % 3; + interpolationDir = makeVect(1.f - cx, 1.f - cy, 1.f - cz); + interpolationDir.Normalize(); + + if (fabsf(Dot(interpolationDir, referenceUp)) > 1.0f - 0.01f) + { + vec_t right = viewInverse.v.right; + if (fabsf(right.x) > fabsf(right.z)) + { + right.z = 0.f; + } + else + { + right.x = 0.f; + } + right.Normalize(); + interpolationUp = Cross(interpolationDir, right); + interpolationUp.Normalize(); + } + else + { + interpolationUp = referenceUp; + } + interpolationFrames = 40; + isClicking = false; + } + if (io.MouseDown[0] && !isDraging) + { + isClicking = true; + } + } + } + } + } + } + if (interpolationFrames) + { + interpolationFrames--; + vec_t newDir = viewInverse.v.dir; + newDir.Lerp(interpolationDir, 0.2f); + newDir.Normalize(); + + vec_t newUp = viewInverse.v.up; + newUp.Lerp(interpolationUp, 0.3f); + newUp.Normalize(); + newUp = interpolationUp; + vec_t newEye = camTarget + newDir * length; + LookAt(&newEye.x, &camTarget.x, &newUp.x, view); + } + isInside = ImRect(position, position + size).Contains(io.MousePos); + + // drag view + if (!isDraging && io.MouseDown[0] && isInside && (fabsf(io.MouseDelta.x) > 0.f || fabsf(io.MouseDelta.y) > 0.f)) + { + isDraging = true; + isClicking = false; + } + else if (isDraging && !io.MouseDown[0]) + { + isDraging = false; + } + + if (isDraging) + { + matrix_t rx, ry, roll; + + rx.RotationAxis(referenceUp, -io.MouseDelta.x * 0.01f); + ry.RotationAxis(viewInverse.v.right, -io.MouseDelta.y * 0.01f); + + roll = rx * ry; + + vec_t newDir = viewInverse.v.dir; + newDir.TransformVector(roll); + newDir.Normalize(); + + // clamp + vec_t planDir = Cross(viewInverse.v.right, referenceUp); + planDir.y = 0.f; + planDir.Normalize(); + float dt = Dot(planDir, newDir); + if (dt < 0.0f) + { + newDir += planDir * dt; + newDir.Normalize(); + } + + vec_t newEye = camTarget + newDir * length; + LookAt(&newEye.x, &camTarget.x, &referenceUp.x, view); + } + + // restore view/projection because it was used to compute ray + ComputeContext(svgView.m16, svgProjection.m16, gContext.mModelSource.m16, gContext.mMode); + } +}; diff --git a/skeleton/imgui/ImGuizmo.h b/skeleton/imgui/ImGuizmo.h index d0ec81e..06428b9 100644 --- a/skeleton/imgui/ImGuizmo.h +++ b/skeleton/imgui/ImGuizmo.h @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ // https://github.com/CedricGuillemet/ImGuizmo -// v 1.04 WIP +// v 1.61 WIP // // The MIT License(MIT) // -// Copyright(c) 2016 Cedric Guillemet +// Copyright(c) 2021 Cedric Guillemet // // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy // of this software and associated documentation files(the "Software"), to deal @@ -24,7 +24,8 @@ // SOFTWARE. // // ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// History : +// History : +// 2019/11/03 View gizmo // 2016/09/11 Behind camera culling. Scaling Delta matrix not multiplied by source matrix scales. local/world rotation and translation fixed. Display message is incorrect (X: ... Y:...) in local mode. // 2016/09/09 Hatched negative axis. Snapping. Documentation update. // 2016/09/04 Axis switch and translation plan autohiding. Scale transform stability improved @@ -44,61 +45,61 @@ #if 0 void EditTransform(const Camera& camera, matrix_t& matrix) { - static ImGuizmo::OPERATION mCurrentGizmoOperation(ImGuizmo::ROTATE); - static ImGuizmo::MODE mCurrentGizmoMode(ImGuizmo::WORLD); - if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(90)) - mCurrentGizmoOperation = ImGuizmo::TRANSLATE; - if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(69)) - mCurrentGizmoOperation = ImGuizmo::ROTATE; - if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(82)) // r Key - mCurrentGizmoOperation = ImGuizmo::SCALE; - if (ImGui::RadioButton("Translate", mCurrentGizmoOperation == ImGuizmo::TRANSLATE)) - mCurrentGizmoOperation = ImGuizmo::TRANSLATE; - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::RadioButton("Rotate", mCurrentGizmoOperation == ImGuizmo::ROTATE)) - mCurrentGizmoOperation = ImGuizmo::ROTATE; - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::RadioButton("Scale", mCurrentGizmoOperation == ImGuizmo::SCALE)) - mCurrentGizmoOperation = ImGuizmo::SCALE; - float matrixTranslation[3], matrixRotation[3], matrixScale[3]; - ImGuizmo::DecomposeMatrixToComponents(matrix.m16, matrixTranslation, matrixRotation, matrixScale); - ImGui::InputFloat3("Tr", matrixTranslation, 3); - ImGui::InputFloat3("Rt", matrixRotation, 3); - ImGui::InputFloat3("Sc", matrixScale, 3); - ImGuizmo::RecomposeMatrixFromComponents(matrixTranslation, matrixRotation, matrixScale, matrix.m16); + static ImGuizmo::OPERATION mCurrentGizmoOperation(ImGuizmo::ROTATE); + static ImGuizmo::MODE mCurrentGizmoMode(ImGuizmo::WORLD); + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(90)) + mCurrentGizmoOperation = ImGuizmo::TRANSLATE; + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(69)) + mCurrentGizmoOperation = ImGuizmo::ROTATE; + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(82)) // r Key + mCurrentGizmoOperation = ImGuizmo::SCALE; + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Translate", mCurrentGizmoOperation == ImGuizmo::TRANSLATE)) + mCurrentGizmoOperation = ImGuizmo::TRANSLATE; + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Rotate", mCurrentGizmoOperation == ImGuizmo::ROTATE)) + mCurrentGizmoOperation = ImGuizmo::ROTATE; + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Scale", mCurrentGizmoOperation == ImGuizmo::SCALE)) + mCurrentGizmoOperation = ImGuizmo::SCALE; + float matrixTranslation[3], matrixRotation[3], matrixScale[3]; + ImGuizmo::DecomposeMatrixToComponents(matrix.m16, matrixTranslation, matrixRotation, matrixScale); + ImGui::InputFloat3("Tr", matrixTranslation, 3); + ImGui::InputFloat3("Rt", matrixRotation, 3); + ImGui::InputFloat3("Sc", matrixScale, 3); + ImGuizmo::RecomposeMatrixFromComponents(matrixTranslation, matrixRotation, matrixScale, matrix.m16); - if (mCurrentGizmoOperation != ImGuizmo::SCALE) - { - if (ImGui::RadioButton("Local", mCurrentGizmoMode == ImGuizmo::LOCAL)) - mCurrentGizmoMode = ImGuizmo::LOCAL; - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::RadioButton("World", mCurrentGizmoMode == ImGuizmo::WORLD)) - mCurrentGizmoMode = ImGuizmo::WORLD; - } - static bool useSnap(false); - if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(83)) - useSnap = !useSnap; - ImGui::Checkbox("", &useSnap); - ImGui::SameLine(); - vec_t snap; - switch (mCurrentGizmoOperation) - { - case ImGuizmo::TRANSLATE: - snap = config.mSnapTranslation; - ImGui::InputFloat3("Snap", &snap.x); - break; - case ImGuizmo::ROTATE: - snap = config.mSnapRotation; - ImGui::InputFloat("Angle Snap", &snap.x); - break; - case ImGuizmo::SCALE: - snap = config.mSnapScale; - ImGui::InputFloat("Scale Snap", &snap.x); - break; - } - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGuizmo::SetRect(0, 0, io.DisplaySize.x, io.DisplaySize.y); - ImGuizmo::Manipulate(camera.mView.m16, camera.mProjection.m16, mCurrentGizmoOperation, mCurrentGizmoMode, matrix.m16, NULL, useSnap ? &snap.x : NULL); + if (mCurrentGizmoOperation != ImGuizmo::SCALE) + { + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Local", mCurrentGizmoMode == ImGuizmo::LOCAL)) + mCurrentGizmoMode = ImGuizmo::LOCAL; + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("World", mCurrentGizmoMode == ImGuizmo::WORLD)) + mCurrentGizmoMode = ImGuizmo::WORLD; + } + static bool useSnap(false); + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(83)) + useSnap = !useSnap; + ImGui::Checkbox("", &useSnap); + ImGui::SameLine(); + vec_t snap; + switch (mCurrentGizmoOperation) + { + case ImGuizmo::TRANSLATE: + snap = config.mSnapTranslation; + ImGui::InputFloat3("Snap", &snap.x); + break; + case ImGuizmo::ROTATE: + snap = config.mSnapRotation; + ImGui::InputFloat("Angle Snap", &snap.x); + break; + case ImGuizmo::SCALE: + snap = config.mSnapScale; + ImGui::InputFloat("Scale Snap", &snap.x); + break; + } + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGuizmo::SetRect(0, 0, io.DisplaySize.x, io.DisplaySize.y); + ImGuizmo::Manipulate(camera.mView.m16, camera.mProjection.m16, mCurrentGizmoOperation, mCurrentGizmoMode, matrix.m16, NULL, useSnap ? &snap.x : NULL); } #endif #pragma once @@ -112,58 +113,101 @@ void EditTransform(const Camera& camera, matrix_t& matrix) namespace ImGuizmo { - // call inside your own window and before Manipulate() in order to draw gizmo to that window. - IMGUI_API void SetDrawlist(); + // call inside your own window and before Manipulate() in order to draw gizmo to that window. + // Or pass a specific ImDrawList to draw to (e.g. ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()). + IMGUI_API void SetDrawlist(ImDrawList* drawlist = nullptr); - // call BeginFrame right after ImGui_XXXX_NewFrame(); - IMGUI_API void BeginFrame(); + // call BeginFrame right after ImGui_XXXX_NewFrame(); + IMGUI_API void BeginFrame(); - // return true if mouse cursor is over any gizmo control (axis, plan or screen component) - IMGUI_API bool IsOver(); + // this is necessary because when imguizmo is compiled into a dll, and imgui into another + // globals are not shared between them. + // More details at https://stackoverflow.com/questions/19373061/what-happens-to-global-and-static-variables-in-a-shared-library-when-it-is-dynam + // expose method to set imgui context + IMGUI_API void SetImGuiContext(ImGuiContext* ctx); - // return true if mouse IsOver or if the gizmo is in moving state - IMGUI_API bool IsUsing(); + // return true if mouse cursor is over any gizmo control (axis, plan or screen component) + IMGUI_API bool IsOver(); - // enable/disable the gizmo. Stay in the state until next call to Enable. - // gizmo is rendered with gray half transparent color when disabled - IMGUI_API void Enable(bool enable); + // return true if mouse IsOver or if the gizmo is in moving state + IMGUI_API bool IsUsing(); - // helper functions for manualy editing translation/rotation/scale with an input float - // translation, rotation and scale float points to 3 floats each - // Angles are in degrees (more suitable for human editing) - // example: - // float matrixTranslation[3], matrixRotation[3], matrixScale[3]; - // ImGuizmo::DecomposeMatrixToComponents(gizmoMatrix.m16, matrixTranslation, matrixRotation, matrixScale); - // ImGui::InputFloat3("Tr", matrixTranslation, 3); - // ImGui::InputFloat3("Rt", matrixRotation, 3); - // ImGui::InputFloat3("Sc", matrixScale, 3); - // ImGuizmo::RecomposeMatrixFromComponents(matrixTranslation, matrixRotation, matrixScale, gizmoMatrix.m16); - // - // These functions have some numerical stability issues for now. Use with caution. - IMGUI_API void DecomposeMatrixToComponents(const float *matrix, float *translation, float *rotation, float *scale); - IMGUI_API void RecomposeMatrixFromComponents(const float *translation, const float *rotation, const float *scale, float *matrix); + // enable/disable the gizmo. Stay in the state until next call to Enable. + // gizmo is rendered with gray half transparent color when disabled + IMGUI_API void Enable(bool enable); - IMGUI_API void SetRect(float x, float y, float width, float height); + // helper functions for manualy editing translation/rotation/scale with an input float + // translation, rotation and scale float points to 3 floats each + // Angles are in degrees (more suitable for human editing) + // example: + // float matrixTranslation[3], matrixRotation[3], matrixScale[3]; + // ImGuizmo::DecomposeMatrixToComponents(gizmoMatrix.m16, matrixTranslation, matrixRotation, matrixScale); + // ImGui::InputFloat3("Tr", matrixTranslation, 3); + // ImGui::InputFloat3("Rt", matrixRotation, 3); + // ImGui::InputFloat3("Sc", matrixScale, 3); + // ImGuizmo::RecomposeMatrixFromComponents(matrixTranslation, matrixRotation, matrixScale, gizmoMatrix.m16); + // + // These functions have some numerical stability issues for now. Use with caution. + IMGUI_API void DecomposeMatrixToComponents(const float* matrix, float* translation, float* rotation, float* scale); + IMGUI_API void RecomposeMatrixFromComponents(const float* translation, const float* rotation, const float* scale, float* matrix); - // Render a cube with face color corresponding to face normal. Usefull for debug/tests - IMGUI_API void DrawCube(const float *view, const float *projection, float *matrix); + IMGUI_API void SetRect(float x, float y, float width, float height); + // default is false + IMGUI_API void SetOrthographic(bool isOrthographic); - // call it when you want a gizmo - // Needs view and projection matrices. - // matrix parameter is the source matrix (where will be gizmo be drawn) and might be transformed by the function. Return deltaMatrix is optional - // translation is applied in world space - enum OPERATION - { - TRANSLATE, - ROTATE, - SCALE - }; + // Render a cube with face color corresponding to face normal. Usefull for debug/tests + IMGUI_API void DrawCubes(const float* view, const float* projection, const float* matrices, int matrixCount); + IMGUI_API void DrawGrid(const float* view, const float* projection, const float* matrix, const float gridSize); - enum MODE - { - LOCAL, - WORLD - }; + // call it when you want a gizmo + // Needs view and projection matrices. + // matrix parameter is the source matrix (where will be gizmo be drawn) and might be transformed by the function. Return deltaMatrix is optional + // translation is applied in world space + enum OPERATION + { + TRANSLATE_X = (1u << 0), + TRANSLATE_Y = (1u << 1), + TRANSLATE_Z = (1u << 2), + ROTATE_X = (1u << 3), + ROTATE_Y = (1u << 4), + ROTATE_Z = (1u << 5), + ROTATE_SCREEN = (1u << 6), + SCALE_X = (1u << 7), + SCALE_Y = (1u << 8), + SCALE_Z = (1u << 9), + BOUNDS = (1u << 10), + TRANSLATE = TRANSLATE_X | TRANSLATE_Y | TRANSLATE_Z, + ROTATE = ROTATE_X | ROTATE_Y | ROTATE_Z | ROTATE_SCREEN, + SCALE = SCALE_X | SCALE_Y | SCALE_Z + }; - IMGUI_API void Manipulate(const float *view, const float *projection, OPERATION operation, MODE mode, float *matrix, float *deltaMatrix = 0, float *snap = 0, float *localBounds = NULL, float *boundsSnap = NULL); -}; + inline OPERATION operator|(OPERATION lhs, OPERATION rhs) + { + return static_cast(static_cast(lhs) | static_cast(rhs)); + } + + enum MODE + { + LOCAL, + WORLD + }; + + IMGUI_API bool Manipulate(const float* view, const float* projection, OPERATION operation, MODE mode, float* matrix, float* deltaMatrix = NULL, const float* snap = NULL, const float* localBounds = NULL, const float* boundsSnap = NULL); + // + // Please note that this cubeview is patented by Autodesk : https://patents.google.com/patent/US7782319B2/en + // It seems to be a defensive patent in the US. I don't think it will bring troubles using it as + // other software are using the same mechanics. But just in case, you are now warned! + // + IMGUI_API void ViewManipulate(float* view, float length, ImVec2 position, ImVec2 size, ImU32 backgroundColor); + + IMGUI_API void SetID(int id); + + // return true if the cursor is over the operation's gizmo + IMGUI_API bool IsOver(OPERATION op); + IMGUI_API void SetGizmoSizeClipSpace(float value); + + // Allow axis to flip + // When true (default), the guizmo axis flip for better visibility + // When false, they always stay along the positive world/local axis + IMGUI_API void AllowAxisFlip(bool value); +} diff --git a/skeleton/imgui/LICENSE_imgui.txt b/skeleton/imgui/LICENSE_imgui.txt index 5a9b98b..780533d 100644 --- a/skeleton/imgui/LICENSE_imgui.txt +++ b/skeleton/imgui/LICENSE_imgui.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ The MIT License (MIT) -Copyright (c) 2014-2017 Omar Cornut and ImGui contributors +Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Omar Cornut Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal diff --git a/skeleton/imgui/imconfig.h b/skeleton/imgui/imconfig.h index 824a81a..ce60ddf 100644 --- a/skeleton/imgui/imconfig.h +++ b/skeleton/imgui/imconfig.h @@ -1,42 +1,82 @@ //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// USER IMPLEMENTATION -// This file contains compile-time options for ImGui. -// Other options (memory allocation overrides, callbacks, etc.) can be set at runtime via the ImGuiIO structure - ImGui::GetIO(). +// COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS FOR DEAR IMGUI +// Runtime options (clipboard callbacks, enabling various features, etc.) can generally be set via the ImGuiIO structure. +// You can use ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() before calling ImGui::CreateContext() to rewire memory allocation functions. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// A) You may edit imconfig.h (and not overwrite it when updating Dear ImGui, or maintain a patch/rebased branch with your modifications to it) +// B) or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_imgui_config.h"' in your project and then add directives in your own file without touching this template. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// You need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ Dear ImGui is used, which include the imgui*.cpp +// files but also _any_ of your code that uses Dear ImGui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures. +// Defining those options in imconfig.h will ensure every compilation unit gets to see the same data structure layouts. +// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp files to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #pragma once //---- Define assertion handler. Defaults to calling assert(). +// If your macro uses multiple statements, make sure is enclosed in a 'do { .. } while (0)' block so it can be used as a single statement. //#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) MyAssert(_EXPR) +//#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) ((void)(_EXPR)) // Disable asserts -//---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows. +//---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows +// Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility. +// DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() +// for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details. //#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport ) //#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport ) -//---- Don't define obsolete functions names. Consider enabling from time to time or when updating to reduce like hood of using already obsolete function/names +//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to avoid using soon-to-be obsolete function/names. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -//---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h +//---- Disable all of Dear ImGui or don't implement standard windows. +// It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows during development. Please read comments in imgui_demo.cpp. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE // Disable everything: all headers and source files will be empty. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS // Disable demo windows: ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor() will be empty. Not recommended. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW // Disable metrics/debugger window: ShowMetricsWindow() will be empty. + +//---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. (user32.lib/.a, kernel32.lib/.a) +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default IME handler. Won't use and link with ImmGetContext/ImmSetCompositionWindow. (imm32.lib/.a) +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, ime). +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default). +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf) +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 so you can implement them yourself. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle at all (replace them with dummies) +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle so you can implement them yourself if you don't want to link with fopen/fclose/fread/fwrite. This will also disable the LogToTTY() function. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free() to avoid linking with them. You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(). + +//---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience //#define IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H -//---- Don't implement default handlers for Windows (so as not to link with OpenClipboard() and others Win32 functions) -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS - -//---- Don't implement demo windows functionality (ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor()/ShowUserGuide() methods will be empty) -//---- It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows. Please read the comment at the top of imgui_demo.cpp to learn why. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS - -//---- Don't implement ImFormatString(), ImFormatStringV() so you can reimplement them yourself. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS - -//---- Pack colors to BGRA instead of RGBA (remove need to post process vertex buffer in back ends) +//---- Pack colors to BGRA8 instead of RGBA8 (to avoid converting from one to another) //#define IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR -//---- Implement STB libraries in a namespace to avoid linkage conflicts -//#define IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE ImGuiStb +//---- Use 32-bit for ImWchar (default is 16-bit) to support unicode planes 1-16. (e.g. point beyond 0xFFFF like emoticons, dingbats, symbols, shapes, ancient languages, etc...) +//#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 -//---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth from your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4. +//---- Avoid multiple STB libraries implementations, or redefine path/filenames to prioritize another version +// By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of Dear ImGui sources files. +//#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h" +//#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h" +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION + +//---- Use stb_printf's faster implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from libc (unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined) +// Requires 'stb_sprintf.h' to be available in the include path. Compatibility checks of arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by STB sprintf. +// #define IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF + +//---- Use FreeType to build and rasterize the font atlas (instead of stb_truetype which is embedded by default in Dear ImGui) +// Requires FreeType headers to be available in the include path. Requires program to be compiled with 'misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp' (in this repository) + the FreeType library (not provided). +// On Windows you may use vcpkg with 'vcpkg install freetype' + 'vcpkg integrate install'. +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE + +//---- Use stb_truetype to build and rasterize the font atlas (default) +// The only purpose of this define is if you want force compilation of the stb_truetype backend ALONG with the FreeType backend. +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE + +//---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth between your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4. +// This will be inlined as part of ImVec2 and ImVec4 class declarations. /* #define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA \ ImVec2(const MyVec2& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; } \ @@ -47,15 +87,35 @@ operator MyVec4() const { return MyVec4(x,y,z,w); } */ -//---- Use 32-bit vertex indices (instead of default: 16-bit) to allow meshes with more than 64K vertices +//---- Use 32-bit vertex indices (default is 16-bit) is one way to allow large meshes with more than 64K vertices. +// Your renderer backend will need to support it (most example renderer backends support both 16/32-bit indices). +// Another way to allow large meshes while keeping 16-bit indices is to handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in your renderer. +// Read about ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset for details. //#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int +//---- Override ImDrawCallback signature (will need to modify renderer backends accordingly) +//struct ImDrawList; +//struct ImDrawCmd; +//typedef void (*MyImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd, void* my_renderer_user_data); +//#define ImDrawCallback MyImDrawCallback + +//---- Debug Tools: Macro to break in Debugger +// (use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to pick widgets with the mouse and break into them for easy debugging.) +//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK IM_ASSERT(0) +//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK __debugbreak() + +//---- Debug Tools: Have the Item Picker break in the ItemAdd() function instead of ItemHoverable(), +// (which comes earlier in the code, will catch a few extra items, allow picking items other than Hovered one.) +// This adds a small runtime cost which is why it is not enabled by default. +//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX + +//---- Debug Tools: Enable slower asserts +//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID + //---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace, here or in your own headers files. -//---- e.g. create variants of the ImGui::Value() helper for your low-level math types, or your own widgets/helpers. /* namespace ImGui { - void Value(const char* prefix, const MyMatrix44& v, const char* float_format = NULL); + void MyFunction(const char* name, const MyMatrix44& v); } */ - diff --git a/skeleton/imgui/imgui.cpp b/skeleton/imgui/imgui.cpp index e0f1af4..d08f819 100644 --- a/skeleton/imgui/imgui.cpp +++ b/skeleton/imgui/imgui.cpp @@ -1,59 +1,108 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.54 WIP +// dear imgui, v1.83 // (main code and documentation) -// Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code. -// Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. -// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui -// Releases change-log at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// Gallery (please post your screenshots/video there!): https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1269 +// Help: +// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. +// Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments. + +// Resources: +// - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui +// - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3793 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) +// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary +// - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues +// - Discussions https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions + // Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub. -// This library is free but I need your support to sustain development and maintenance. -// If you work for a company, please consider financial support, see Readme. For individuals: https://www.patreon.com/imgui +// See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License). +// This library is free but needs your support to sustain development and maintenance. +// Businesses: you can support continued development via invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts. Please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com". +// Individuals: you can support continued development via donations. See docs/README or web page. + +// It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library. +// Note that 'ImGui::' being a namespace, you can add functions into the namespace from your own source files, without +// modifying imgui.h or imgui.cpp. You may include imgui_internal.h to access internal data structures, but it doesn't +// come with any guarantee of forward compatibility. Discussing your changes on the GitHub Issue Tracker may lead you +// to a better solution or official support for them. /* - Index - - MISSION STATEMENT - - END-USER GUIDE - - PROGRAMMER GUIDE (read me!) - - Read first - - How to update to a newer version of Dear ImGui - - Getting started with integrating Dear ImGui in your code/engine - - API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!) - - ISSUES & TODO LIST - - FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ), TIPS - - How can I help? - - What is ImTextureID and how do I display an image? - - I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry.. - - I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around.. - - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? Can I have widget without a label? (Yes). A primer on labels/IDs. - - How can I tell when Dear ImGui wants my mouse/keyboard inputs VS when I can pass them to my application? - - How can I load a different font than the default? - - How can I easily use icons in my application? - - How can I load multiple fonts? - - How can I display and input non-latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic? - - How can I preserve my Dear ImGui context across reloading a DLL? (loss of the global/static variables) - - How can I use the drawing facilities without an ImGui window? (using ImDrawList API) - - ISSUES & TODO-LIST - - CODE +Index of this file: +DOCUMENTATION + +- MISSION STATEMENT +- END-USER GUIDE +- PROGRAMMER GUIDE + - READ FIRST + - HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI + - GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE + - HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE + - HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE + - USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS +- API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!) +- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) + - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.org/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer) + +CODE +(search for "[SECTION]" in the code to find them) + +// [SECTION] INCLUDES +// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS +// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS +// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions) +// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer +// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper +// [SECTION] STYLING +// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS +// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) +// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING +// [SECTION] LAYOUT +// [SECTION] SCROLLING +// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS +// [SECTION] POPUPS +// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION +// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP +// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING +// [SECTION] SETTINGS +// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS +// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS +// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW + +*/ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// DOCUMENTATION +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* MISSION STATEMENT ================= - - Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools - - Easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools - - Easy to hack and improve - - Minimize screen real-estate usage - - Minimize setup and maintenance - - Minimize state storage on user side - - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.) - - Efficient runtime and memory consumption (NB- we do allocate when "growing" content e.g. creating a window, opening a tree node - for the first time, etc. but a typical frame won't allocate anything) + - Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools. + - Easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools. + - Easy to hack and improve. + - Minimize setup and maintenance. + - Minimize state storage on user side. + - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.). + - Efficient runtime and memory consumption. - Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the weaknesses includes: - - Doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate - - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code + Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the current weaknesses includes: + + - Doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate. + - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code. END-USER GUIDE @@ -76,103 +125,176 @@ - ESCAPE to revert text to its original value. - You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values. Use +- to subtract (because - would set a negative value!) - Controls are automatically adjusted for OSX to match standard OSX text editing operations. + - General Keyboard controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard. + - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. See suggested mappings in imgui.h ImGuiNavInput_ + download PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets PROGRAMMER GUIDE ================ READ FIRST - - - Read the FAQ below this section! - - Your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! == very dynamic UI, no construction/destructions steps, less data retention - on your side, no state duplication, less sync, less bugs. + ---------- + - Remember to check the wonderful Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) + - Your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or + destruction steps, less superfluous data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs. - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features. - - You can learn about immediate-mode gui principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html or watch http://mollyrocket.com/861 + - The library is designed to be built from sources. Avoid pre-compiled binaries and packaged versions. See imconfig.h to configure your build. + - Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm (immediate-mode graphical user interface, a term coined by Casey Muratori). + You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links in Wiki. + - Dear ImGui is a "single pass" rasterizing implementation of the IMGUI paradigm, aimed at ease of use and high-performances. + For every application frame, your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's implementation of an IMGUI, + where the UI code is called multiple times ("multiple passes") from a single entry point. There are pros and cons to both approaches. + - Our origin is on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right. + - This codebase is also optimized to yield decent performances with typical "Debug" builds settings. + - Please make sure you have asserts enabled (IM_ASSERT redirects to assert() by default, but can be redirected). + If you get an assert, read the messages and comments around the assert. + - C++: this is a very C-ish codebase: we don't rely on C++11, we don't include any C++ headers, and ImGui:: is a namespace. + - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types. + See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that. + However, imgui_internal.h can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4, which we use in this codebase. + - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction (avoid using it in your code!). + HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI + ---------------------------------------------- + - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have modified your copy of imconfig.h) + - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified as a top-most commit which you can regularly rebase over "master". + - You can also use '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h" to redirect configuration to your own file. + - Read the "API BREAKING CHANGES" section (below). This is where we list occasional API breaking changes. + If a function/type has been renamed / or marked obsolete, try to fix the name in your code before it is permanently removed + from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will + likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page! + - To find out usage of old API, you can add '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in your configuration file. + - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date. - - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have made modification to your copy of imconfig.h) - - Read the "API BREAKING CHANGES" section (below). This is where we list occasional API breaking changes. - If a function/type has been renamed / or marked obsolete, try to fix the name in your code before it is permanently removed from the public API. - If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will likely be a comment about it. - Please report any issue to the GitHub page! - - Try to keep your copy of dear imgui reasonably up to date. GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE - - - Add the Dear ImGui source files to your projects, using your preferred build system. - It is recommended you build the .cpp files as part of your project and not as a library. - - You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compilation time behavior, such as integrating imgui types with your own maths types. - - See examples/ folder for standalone sample applications. - - You may be able to grab and copy a ready made imgui_impl_*** file from the examples/. + --------------------------------------------------------------- + - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library. + - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified backends files available in the backends/ folder. + - Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected backend source files to your projects or using your preferred build system. + It is recommended you build and statically link the .cpp files as part of your project and NOT as a shared library (DLL). + - You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compile-time behavior, such as integrating Dear ImGui types with your own maths types. - When using Dear ImGui, your programming IDE is your friend: follow the declaration of variables, functions and types to find comments about them. + - Dear ImGui never touches or knows about your GPU state. The only function that knows about GPU is the draw function that you provide. + Effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render" + phases of your own application. All rendering information is stored into command-lists that you will retrieve after calling ImGui::Render(). + - Refer to the backends and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code. + - If you are running over a standard OS with a common graphics API, you should be able to use unmodified imgui_impl_*** files from the examples/ folder. - - Init: retrieve the ImGuiIO structure with ImGui::GetIO() and fill the fields marked 'Settings': at minimum you need to set io.DisplaySize - (application resolution). Later on you will fill your keyboard mapping, clipboard handlers, and other advanced features but for a basic - integration you don't need to worry about it all. - - Init: call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(...), it will build the font atlas texture, then load the texture pixels into graphics memory. - - Every frame: - - In your main loop as early a possible, fill the IO fields marked 'Input' (e.g. mouse position, buttons, keyboard info, etc.) - - Call ImGui::NewFrame() to begin the frame - - You can use any ImGui function you want between NewFrame() and Render() - - Call ImGui::Render() as late as you can to end the frame and finalize render data. it will call your io.RenderDrawListFn handler. - (Even if you don't render, call Render() and ignore the callback, or call EndFrame() instead. Otherwhise some features will break) - - All rendering information are stored into command-lists until ImGui::Render() is called. - - Dear ImGui never touches or knows about your GPU state. the only function that knows about GPU is the RenderDrawListFn handler that you provide. - - Effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render" phases - of your own application. - - Refer to the examples applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code. - - A minimal application skeleton may be: - // Application init + HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE + -------------------------------------- + EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BACKENDS (= imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the backends/ folder). + The sub-folders in examples/ contain examples applications following this structure. + + // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts + ImGui::CreateContext(); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f; - io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f; - io.RenderDrawListsFn = MyRenderFunction; // Setup a render function, or set to NULL and call GetDrawData() after Render() to access render data. - // TODO: Fill others settings of the io structure later. + // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls. + // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later. + // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font. - // Load texture atlas (there is a default font so you don't need to care about choosing a font yet) - unsigned char* pixels; - int width, height; - io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(pixels, &width, &height); - // TODO: At this points you've got the texture data and you need to upload that your your graphic system: - MyTexture* texture = MyEngine::CreateTextureFromMemoryPixels(pixels, width, height, TEXTURE_TYPE_RGBA) - // TODO: Store your texture pointer/identifier (whatever your engine uses) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'. This will be passed back to your via the renderer. - io.Fonts->TexID = (void*)texture; + // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer backends (here we are using imgui_impl_win32.cpp and imgui_impl_dx11.cpp) + ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(hwnd); + ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(g_pd3dDevice, g_pd3dDeviceContext); // Application main loop while (true) { - // Setup low-level inputs (e.g. on Win32, GetKeyboardState(), or write to those fields from your Windows message loop handlers, etc.) - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f; - io.MousePos = mouse_pos; - io.MouseDown[0] = mouse_button_0; - io.MouseDown[1] = mouse_button_1; + // Feed inputs to dear imgui, start new frame + ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame(); + ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame(); + ImGui::NewFrame(); + + // Any application code here + ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); + + // Render dear imgui into screen + ImGui::Render(); + ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData()); + g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0); + } + + // Shutdown + ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown(); + ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown(); + ImGui::DestroyContext(); + + EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BACKEND / CUSTOM ENGINE + + // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts + ImGui::CreateContext(); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls. + // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later. + // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font. + + // Build and load the texture atlas into a texture + // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_Init() function from one of the demo Renderer) + int width, height; + unsigned char* pixels = NULL; + io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); + + // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that to your graphic system: + // After we have created the texture, store its pointer/identifier (_in whichever format your engine uses_) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'. + // This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Basically ImTextureID == void*. Read FAQ for details about ImTextureID. + MyTexture* texture = MyEngine::CreateTextureFromMemoryPixels(pixels, width, height, TEXTURE_TYPE_RGBA32) + io.Fonts->SetTexID((void*)texture); + + // Application main loop + while (true) + { + // Setup low-level inputs, e.g. on Win32: calling GetKeyboardState(), or write to those fields from your Windows message handlers, etc. + // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame() function from one of the demo Platform Backends) + io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f; // set the time elapsed since the previous frame (in seconds) + io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f; // set the current display width + io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f; // set the current display height here + io.MousePos = my_mouse_pos; // set the mouse position + io.MouseDown[0] = my_mouse_buttons[0]; // set the mouse button states + io.MouseDown[1] = my_mouse_buttons[1]; // Call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime + // (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your main loop to be able to use Dear ImGui everywhere) ImGui::NewFrame(); // Most of your application code here - MyGameUpdate(); // may use any ImGui functions, e.g. ImGui::Begin("My window"); ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); ImGui::End(); - MyGameRender(); // may use any ImGui functions as well! - - // Render & swap video buffers + ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); + MyGameUpdate(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions, e.g. ImGui::Begin("My window"); ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); ImGui::End(); + MyGameRender(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions as well! + + // Render dear imgui, swap buffers + // (You want to try calling EndFrame/Render as late as you can, to be able to use Dear ImGui in your own game rendering code) + ImGui::EndFrame(); ImGui::Render(); + ImDrawData* draw_data = ImGui::GetDrawData(); + MyImGuiRenderFunction(draw_data); SwapBuffers(); } - - A minimal render function skeleton may be: + // Shutdown + ImGui::DestroyContext(); - void void MyRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data)(ImDrawData* draw_data) + To decide whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard inputs to Dear ImGui to the rest of your application, + you should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags! + Please read the FAQ and example applications for details about this! + + + HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE + --------------------------------------------- + The backends in impl_impl_XXX.cpp files contain many working implementations of a rendering function. + + void void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data) { // TODO: Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled - // TODO: Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix + // TODO: Setup viewport covering draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize + // TODO: Setup orthographic projection matrix cover draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize // TODO: Setup shader: vertex { float2 pos, float2 uv, u32 color }, fragment shader sample color from 1 texture, multiply by vertex color. for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++) { - const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data; // vertex buffer generated by ImGui - const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data; // index buffer generated by ImGui + const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n]; + const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data; // vertex buffer generated by Dear ImGui + const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data; // index buffer generated by Dear ImGui for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) { const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; @@ -182,16 +304,24 @@ } else { - // The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->TextureId. - // The vast majority of draw calls with use the imgui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization. - MyEngineBindTexture(pcmd->TextureId); + // The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->GetTexID(). + // The vast majority of draw calls will use the Dear ImGui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization. + MyEngineBindTexture((MyTexture*)pcmd->GetTexID()); - // We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API supports it. - // If your engine doesn't support scissoring yet, you will get some small glitches (some elements outside their bounds) which you can fix later. - MyEngineScissor((int)pcmd->ClipRect.x, (int)pcmd->ClipRect.y, (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.z - pcmd->ClipRect.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.w - pcmd->ClipRect.y)); + // We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API should support it. + // - If your engine doesn't support scissoring yet, you may ignore this at first. You will get some small glitches + // (some elements visible outside their bounds) but you can fix that once everything else works! + // - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space: + // - For a given viewport, draw_data->DisplayPos == viewport->Pos and draw_data->DisplaySize == viewport->Size + // - In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos == (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize == io.DisplaySize, but always use GetMainViewport()->Pos/Size instead of hardcoding those values. + // - In the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications (see 'docking' branch on github), + // always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space. + // - Note that pcmd->ClipRect contains Min+Max bounds. Some graphics API may use Min+Max, other may use Min+Size (size being Max-Min) + ImVec2 pos = draw_data->DisplayPos; + MyEngineScissor((int)(pcmd->ClipRect.x - pos.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.y - pos.y), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.z - pos.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.w - pos.y)); // Render 'pcmd->ElemCount/3' indexed triangles. - // By default the indices ImDrawIdx are 16-bits, you can change them to 32-bits if your engine doesn't support 16-bits indices. + // By default the indices ImDrawIdx are 16-bit, you can change them to 32-bit in imconfig.h if your engine doesn't support 16-bit indices. MyEngineDrawIndexedTriangles(pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer, vtx_buffer); } idx_buffer += pcmd->ElemCount; @@ -199,20 +329,212 @@ } } - - The examples/ folders contains many functional implementation of the pseudo-code above. - - When calling NewFrame(), the 'io.WantCaptureMouse'/'io.WantCaptureKeyboard'/'io.WantTextInput' flags are updated. - They tell you if ImGui intends to use your inputs. So for example, if 'io.WantCaptureMouse' is set you would typically want to hide - mouse inputs from the rest of your application. Read the FAQ below for more information about those flags. + USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS + ------------------------------------------ + - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is fairly functional and keeps being improved. + - Gamepad support is particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PS4, Switch, XB1) without a mouse! + - You can ask questions and report issues at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/787 + - The initial focus was to support game controllers, but keyboard is becoming increasingly and decently usable. + - Keyboard: + - Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. + NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays. + - When keyboard navigation is active (io.NavActive + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard), the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag + will be set. For more advanced uses, you may want to read from: + - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set. + - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (and usually goes false when mouse is used). + - or query focus information with e.g. IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow), IsItemFocused() etc. functions. + Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. + - Gamepad: + - Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. + - Backend: Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad + fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). + Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame(). + - See 'enum ImGuiNavInput_' in imgui.h for a description of inputs. For each entry of io.NavInputs[], set the following values: + 0.0f= not held. 1.0f= fully held. Pass intermediate 0.0f..1.0f values for analog triggers/sticks. + - We use a simple >0.0f test for activation testing, and won't attempt to test for a dead-zone. + Your code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.). + - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets + - If you need to share inputs between your game and the imgui parts, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, with a buttons combo + to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. + - Mouse: + - PS4 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock4 touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback. + - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app) to share your PC mouse/keyboard. + - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag. + Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs dear imgui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements. + When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved. + When that happens your backend NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the backends in examples/ do that. + (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, imgui will misbehave as it will see your mouse moving back and forth!) + (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want + to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.) API BREAKING CHANGES ==================== - Occasionally introducing changes that are breaking the API. The breakage are generally minor and easy to fix. - Here is a change-log of API breaking changes, if you are using one of the functions listed, expect to have to fix some code. - Also read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details. + Occasionally introducing changes that are breaking the API. We try to make the breakage minor and easy to fix. + Below is a change-log of API breaking changes only. If you are using one of the functions listed, expect to have to fix some code. + When you are not sure about an old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files. + You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details. + - 2021/05/19 (1.83) - backends: obsoleted direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId in favor of calling ImDrawCmd::GetTexID(). + - if you are using official backends from the source tree: you have nothing to do. + - if you have copied old backend code or using your own: change access to draw_cmd->TextureId to draw_cmd->GetTexID(). + - 2021/03/12 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() to use ImDrawFlags instead of ImDrawCornersFlags. + - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft + - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight + - ImDrawCornerFlags_None -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone etc. + flags now sanely defaults to 0 instead of 0x0F, consistent with all other flags in the API. + breaking: the default with rounding > 0.0f is now "round all corners" vs old implicit "round no corners": + - rounding == 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding --> unchanged (common use) + - rounding > 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant rounding --> unchanged (common use) + - rounding == 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant no rounding --> unchanged (unlikely use) + - rounding > 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding --> BREAKING (unlikely use): will now round all corners --> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or rounding == 0.0f. + this ONLY matters for hard coded use of 0 + rounding > 0.0f. Use of named ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone (new) or ImDrawCornerFlags_None (old) are ok. + the old ImDrawCornersFlags used awkward default values of ~0 or 0xF (4 lower bits set) to signify "round all corners" and we sometimes encouraged using them as shortcuts. + legacy path still support use of hard coded ~0 or any value from 0x1 or 0xF. They will behave the same with legacy paths enabled (will assert otherwise). + - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.66 (September 2018): + - ImGui::SetScrollHere() -> use ImGui::SetScrollHereY() + - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - clarified that ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), ImDrawList::PathArcToFast() won't render with radius < 0.0f. Previously it sorts of accidentally worked but would generally lead to counter-clockwise paths and have an effect on anti-aliasing. + - 2021/03/10 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and PathStroke() "bool closed" parameter to "ImDrawFlags flags". The matching ImDrawFlags_Closed value is guaranteed to always stay == 1 in the future. + - 2021/02/22 (1.82) - win32+mingw: Re-enabled IME functions by default even under MinGW. In July 2016, issue #738 had me incorrectly disable those default functions for MinGW. MinGW users should: either link with -limm32, either set their imconfig file with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS'. + - 2021/02/17 (1.82) - renamed rarely used style.CircleSegmentMaxError (old default = 1.60f) to style.CircleTessellationMaxError (new default = 0.30f) as the meaning of the value changed. + - 2021/02/03 (1.81) - renamed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, ImVec2 size) to BeginListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - removed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) in favor of specifying size. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - renamed ListBoxFooter() to EndListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2021/01/26 (1.81) - removed ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas(). Kept inline redirection function. Prefer using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE', but there's a runtime selection path available too. The shared extra flags parameters (very rarely used) are now stored in ImFontAtlas::FontBuilderFlags. + - renamed ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags (used by FreeType) to ImFontConfig::FontBuilderFlags. + - renamed ImGuiFreeType::XXX flags to ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_XXX for consistency with other API. + - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.63 (August 2018): + - ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() -> use ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(). + - ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening -> use ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg + - ImGuiInputTextCallback -> use ImGuiTextEditCallback + - ImGuiInputTextCallbackData -> use ImGuiTextEditCallbackData + - 2020/12/21 (1.80) - renamed ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve() to AddBezierCubic(), and PathBezierCurveTo() to PathBezierCubicCurveTo(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2020/12/04 (1.80) - added imgui_tables.cpp file! Manually constructed project files will need the new file added! + - 2020/11/18 (1.80) - renamed undocumented/internals ImGuiColumnsFlags_* to ImGuiOldColumnFlags_* in prevision of incoming Tables API. + - 2020/11/03 (1.80) - renamed io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer to io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer as the feature will apply to other data structures + - 2020/10/14 (1.80) - backends: moved all backends files (imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp, imgui_impl_XXXX.h) from examples/ to backends/. + - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.60 (April 2018): + - io.RenderDrawListsFn pointer -> use ImGui::GetDrawData() value and call the render function of your backend + - ImGui::IsAnyWindowFocused() -> use ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow) + - ImGui::IsAnyWindowHovered() -> use ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) + - ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ -> use ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT + - ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ -> use ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT + - removed redirecting functions names that were marked obsolete in 1.61 (May 2018): + - InputFloat (... int decimal_precision ...) -> use InputFloat (... const char* format ...) with format = "%.Xf" where X is your value for decimal_precision. + - same for InputFloat2()/InputFloat3()/InputFloat4() variants taking a `int decimal_precision` parameter. + - 2020/10/05 (1.79) - removed ImGuiListClipper: Renamed constructor parameters which created an ambiguous alternative to using the ImGuiListClipper::Begin() function, with misleading edge cases (note: imgui_memory_editor <0.40 from imgui_club/ used this old clipper API. Update your copy if needed). + - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput to ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete sooner because previous name was added recently). + - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed style.TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton to style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton. + - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - renamed OpenPopupContextItem() back to OpenPopupOnItemClick(), reverting the change from 1.77. For varieties of reason this is more self-explanatory. + - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - removed return value from OpenPopupOnItemClick() - returned true on mouse release on an item - because it is inconsistent with other popup APIs and makes others misleading. It's also and unnecessary: you can use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() for a similar result. + - 2020/09/17 (1.79) - removed ImFont::DisplayOffset in favor of ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset. DisplayOffset was applied after scaling and not very meaningful/useful outside of being needed by the default ProggyClean font. If you scaled this value after calling AddFontDefault(), this is now done automatically. It was also getting in the way of better font scaling, so let's get rid of it now! + - 2020/08/17 (1.78) - obsoleted use of the trailing 'float power=1.0f' parameter for DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(), DragFloatRange2(), DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(), SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), VSliderFloat() and VSliderScalar(). + replaced the 'float power=1.0f' argument with integer-based flags defaulting to 0 (as with all our flags). + worked out a backward-compatibility scheme so hopefully most C++ codebase should not be affected. in short, when calling those functions: + - if you omitted the 'power' parameter (likely!), you are not affected. + - if you set the 'power' parameter to 1.0f (same as previous default value): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ everything else will work. 3/ you can replace the 1.0f value with 0 to fix the warning, and be technically correct. + - if you set the 'power' parameter to >1.0f (to enable non-linear editing): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ code will assert at runtime, 3/ in case asserts are disabled, the code will not crash and enable the _Logarithmic flag. 4/ you can replace the >1.0f value with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic to fix the warning/assert and get a _similar_ effect as previous uses of power >1.0f. + see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for all details. + kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete) apart for: DragFloatRange2(), VSliderFloat(), VSliderScalar(). For those three the 'float power=1.0f' version was removed directly as they were most unlikely ever used. + for shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`. + - obsoleted use of v_min > v_max in DragInt, DragFloat, DragScalar to lock edits (introduced in 1.73, was not demoed nor documented very), will be replaced by a more generic ReadOnly feature. You may use the ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly internal flag in the meantime. + - 2020/06/23 (1.77) - removed BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items) in favor of BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags flags) with ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOverItems. + - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - renamed OpenPopupOnItemClick() to OpenPopupContextItem(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). [NOTE: THIS WAS REVERTED IN 1.79] + - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() entry point which was made obsolete and asserting in December 2017. + - 2020/04/23 (1.77) - removed unnecessary ID (first arg) of ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(). + - 2020/01/22 (1.75) - ImDrawList::AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() functions don't accept negative radius any more. + - 2019/12/17 (1.75) - [undid this change in 1.76] made Columns() limited to 64 columns by asserting above that limit. While the current code technically supports it, future code may not so we're putting the restriction ahead. + - 2019/12/13 (1.75) - [imgui_internal.h] changed ImRect() default constructor initializes all fields to 0.0f instead of (FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX). If you used ImRect::Add() to create bounding boxes by adding multiple points into it, you may need to fix your initial value. + - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.53 (December 2017): + - ShowTestWindow() -> use ShowDemoWindow() + - IsRootWindowFocused() -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow) + - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows) + - SetNextWindowContentWidth(w) -> use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f) + - GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() -> use GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() + - ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg -> use ImGuiCol_ChildBg + - ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding -> use ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding + - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode -> use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap + - IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS -> use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS + - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - obsoleted calling ImDrawList::PrimReserve() with a negative count (which was vaguely documented and rarely if ever used). Instead, we added an explicit PrimUnreserve() API. + - 2019/12/06 (1.75) - removed implicit default parameter to IsMouseDragging(int button = 0) to be consistent with other mouse functions (none of the other functions have it). + - 2019/11/21 (1.74) - ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular() now requires an ID larger than 0x110000 (instead of 0x10000) to conform with supporting Unicode planes 1-16 in a future update. ID below 0x110000 will now assert. + - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS for consistency. + - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS for consistency. + - 2019/10/22 (1.74) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.52 (October 2017): + - Begin() [old 5 args version] -> use Begin() [3 args], use SetNextWindowSize() SetNextWindowBgAlpha() if needed + - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() -> use IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows) + - AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() -> use AlignTextToFramePadding() + - SetNextWindowPosCenter() -> use SetNextWindowPos() with a pivot of (0.5f, 0.5f) + - ImFont::Glyph -> use ImFontGlyph + - 2019/10/14 (1.74) - inputs: Fixed a miscalculation in the keyboard/mouse "typematic" repeat delay/rate calculation, used by keys and e.g. repeating mouse buttons as well as the GetKeyPressedAmount() function. + if you were using a non-default value for io.KeyRepeatRate (previous default was 0.250), you can add +io.KeyRepeatDelay to it to compensate for the fix. + The function was triggering on: 0.0 and (delay+rate*N) where (N>=1). Fixed formula responds to (N>=0). Effectively it made io.KeyRepeatRate behave like it was set to (io.KeyRepeatRate + io.KeyRepeatDelay). + If you never altered io.KeyRepeatRate nor used GetKeyPressedAmount() this won't affect you. + - 2019/07/15 (1.72) - removed TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() which is rarely used and only does SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2019/07/12 (1.72) - renamed ImFontAtlas::CustomRect to ImFontAtlasCustomRect. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete). + - 2019/06/14 (1.72) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.51 (June 2017): ImGuiCol_Column*, ImGuiSetCond_*, IsItemHoveredRect(), IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringWindow(), IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME. Grep this log for details and new names, or see how they were implemented until 1.71. + - 2019/06/07 (1.71) - rendering of child window outer decorations (bg color, border, scrollbars) is now performed as part of the parent window. If you have + overlapping child windows in a same parent, and relied on their relative z-order to be mapped to their submission order, this will affect your rendering. + This optimization is disabled if the parent window has no visual output, because it appears to be the most common situation leading to the creation of overlapping child windows. + Please reach out if you are affected. + - 2019/05/13 (1.71) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpen() to SetNextItemOpen(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2019/05/11 (1.71) - changed io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned short c) signature to io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c). + - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - improved ImDrawList thick strokes (>1.0f) preserving correct thickness up to 90 degrees angles (e.g. rectangles). If you have custom rendering using thick lines, they will appear thicker now. + - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - removed GetContentRegionAvailWidth(), use GetContentRegionAvail().x instead. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2019/03/04 (1.69) - renamed GetOverlayDrawList() to GetForegroundDrawList(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2019/02/26 (1.69) - renamed ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX to ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete). + - 2019/02/14 (1.68) - made it illegal/assert when io.DisplayTime == 0.0f (with an exception for the first frame). If for some reason your time step calculation gives you a zero value, replace it with an arbitrarily small value! + - 2019/02/01 (1.68) - removed io.DisplayVisibleMin/DisplayVisibleMax (which were marked obsolete and removed from viewport/docking branch already). + - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed io.InputCharacters[], marked internal as was always intended. Please don't access directly, and use AddInputCharacter() instead! + - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder to ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete). + - 2018/12/20 (1.67) - made it illegal to call Begin("") with an empty string. This somehow half-worked before but had various undesirable side-effects. + - 2018/12/10 (1.67) - renamed io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges to io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges as we are doing a large pass on configuration flags. + - 2018/10/12 (1.66) - renamed misc/stl/imgui_stl.* to misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.* in prevision for other C++ helper files. + - 2018/09/28 (1.66) - renamed SetScrollHere() to SetScrollHereY(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2018/09/06 (1.65) - renamed stb_truetype.h to imstb_truetype.h, stb_textedit.h to imstb_textedit.h, and stb_rect_pack.h to imstb_rectpack.h. + If you were conveniently using the imgui copy of those STB headers in your project you will have to update your include paths. + - 2018/09/05 (1.65) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink/io.ConfigCursorBlink to io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink. (#1427) + - 2018/08/31 (1.64) - added imgui_widgets.cpp file, extracted and moved widgets code out of imgui.cpp into imgui_widgets.cpp. Re-ordered some of the code remaining in imgui.cpp. + NONE OF THE FUNCTIONS HAVE CHANGED. THE CODE IS SEMANTICALLY 100% IDENTICAL, BUT _EVERY_ FUNCTION HAS BEEN MOVED. + Because of this, any local modifications to imgui.cpp will likely conflict when you update. Read docs/CHANGELOG.txt for suggestions. + - 2018/08/22 (1.63) - renamed IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() to IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() for consistency with new IsItemEdited() API. Kept redirection function (will obsolete soonish as IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() is very recent). + - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - renamed ImGuiTextEditCallback to ImGuiInputTextCallback, ImGuiTextEditCallbackData to ImGuiInputTextCallbackData for consistency. Kept redirection types (will obsolete). + - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - removed ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ReadOnly since it is a duplication of (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly). + - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - removed per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide beta flag in favor of a global io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges [update 1.67 renamed to ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges] to enable the feature. + - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink to io.ConfigCursorBlink [-> io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink in 1.65], io.OptMacOSXBehaviors to ConfigMacOSXBehaviors for consistency. + - 2018/07/22 (1.63) - changed ImGui::GetTime() return value from float to double to avoid accumulating floating point imprecisions over time. + - 2018/07/08 (1.63) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening to ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg for consistency with other features. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete). + - 2018/06/08 (1.62) - examples: the imgui_impl_XXX files have been split to separate platform (Win32, GLFW, SDL2, etc.) from renderer (DX11, OpenGL, Vulkan, etc.). + old backends will still work as is, however prefer using the separated backends as they will be updated to support multi-viewports. + when adopting new backends follow the main.cpp code of your preferred examples/ folder to know which functions to call. + in particular, note that old backends called ImGui::NewFrame() at the end of their ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function. + - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - renamed GetGlyphRangesChinese() to GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() to distinguish other variants and discourage using the full set. + - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details. + - 2018/05/03 (1.61) - DragInt(): the default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more. + If you used DragInt() with custom format strings, make sure you change them to use %d or an integer-compatible format. + To honor backward-compatibility, the DragInt() code will currently parse and modify format strings to replace %*f with %d, giving time to users to upgrade their code. + If you have IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS enabled, the code will instead assert! You may run a reg-exp search on your codebase for e.g. "DragInt.*%f" to help you find them. + - 2018/04/28 (1.61) - obsoleted InputFloat() functions taking an optional "int decimal_precision" in favor of an equivalent and more flexible "const char* format", + consistent with other functions. Kept redirection functions (will obsolete). + - 2018/04/09 (1.61) - IM_DELETE() helper function added in 1.60 doesn't clear the input _pointer_ reference, more consistent with expectation and allows passing r-value. + - 2018/03/20 (1.60) - renamed io.WantMoveMouse to io.WantSetMousePos for consistency and ease of understanding (was added in 1.52, _not_ used by core and only honored by some backend ahead of merging the Nav branch). + - 2018/03/12 (1.60) - removed ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered as the closing cross uses regular button colors now. + - 2018/03/08 (1.60) - changed ImFont::DisplayOffset.y to default to 0 instead of +1. Fixed rounding of Ascent/Descent to match TrueType renderer. If you were adding or subtracting to ImFont::DisplayOffset check if your fonts are correctly aligned vertically. + - 2018/03/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ to ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT and ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ to ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT for consistency with other public enums. + - 2018/02/18 (1.60) - BeginDragDropSource(): temporarily removed the optional mouse_button=0 parameter because it is not really usable in many situations at the moment. + - 2018/02/16 (1.60) - obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback, you can call your graphics engine render function after ImGui::Render(). Use ImGui::GetDrawData() to retrieve the ImDrawData* to display. + - 2018/02/07 (1.60) - reorganized context handling to be more explicit, + - YOU NOW NEED TO CALL ImGui::CreateContext() AT THE BEGINNING OF YOUR APP, AND CALL ImGui::DestroyContext() AT THE END. + - removed Shutdown() function, as DestroyContext() serve this purpose. + - you may pass a ImFontAtlas* pointer to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts. Otherwise CreateContext() will create its own font atlas instance. + - removed allocator parameters from CreateContext(), they are now setup with SetAllocatorFunctions(), and shared by all contexts. + - removed the default global context and font atlas instance, which were confusing for users of DLL reloading and users of multiple contexts. + - 2018/01/31 (1.60) - moved sample TTF files from extra_fonts/ to misc/fonts/. If you loaded files directly from the imgui repo you may need to update your paths. + - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowHovered() in favor of IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowFocused() in favor of IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2018/01/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback to ImGuiSizeCallback, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData to ImGuiSizeCallbackData. + - 2017/12/29 (1.60) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() which was weird and not really used by anyone except demo code. If you need it it's easy to replicate on your side. - 2017/12/24 (1.53) - renamed the emblematic ShowTestWindow() function to ShowDemoWindow(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: renamed style.AntiAliasedShapes to style.AntiAliasedFill for consistency and as a way to explicitly break code that manipulate those flag at runtime. You can now manipulate ImDrawList::Flags - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: removed 'bool anti_aliased = true' final parameter of ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(). Prefer manipulating ImDrawList::Flags if you need to toggle them during the frame. @@ -233,45 +555,44 @@ - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - changed IsWindowHovered() default parameters behavior to return false if an item is active in another window (e.g. click-dragging item from another window to this window). You can use the newly introduced IsWindowHovered() flags to requests this specific behavior if you need it. - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - marked IsItemHoveredRect()/IsMouseHoveringWindow() as obsolete, in favor of using the newly introduced flags for IsItemHovered() and IsWindowHovered(). See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1382 for details. removed the IsItemRectHovered()/IsWindowRectHovered() names introduced in 1.51 since they were merely more consistent names for the two functions we are now obsoleting. + IsItemHoveredRect() --> IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly) + IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) + IsMouseHoveringWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) [weird, old behavior] - 2017/10/17 (1.52) - marked the old 5-parameters version of Begin() as obsolete (still available). Use SetNextWindowSize()+Begin() instead! - 2017/10/11 (1.52) - renamed AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() to AlignTextToFramePadding(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2017/09/25 (1.52) - removed SetNextWindowPosCenter() because SetNextWindowPos() now has the optional pivot information to do the same and more. Kept redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your binding if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)". - - 2017/08/22 (1.51) - renamed IsItemHoveredRect() to IsItemRectHovered(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). -> (1.52) use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)! + - 2017/09/26 (1.52) - renamed ImFont::Glyph to ImFontGlyph. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete). + - 2017/09/25 (1.52) - removed SetNextWindowPosCenter() because SetNextWindowPos() now has the optional pivot information to do the same and more. Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your backend if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)". + - 2017/08/22 (1.51) - renamed IsItemHoveredRect() to IsItemRectHovered(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). -> (1.52) use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)! - renamed IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() to IsAnyWindowHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - renamed IsMouseHoveringWindow() to IsWindowRectHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - renamed GetStyleColName() to GetStyleColorName() for consistency. - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - added PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) overload, which _might_ cause an "ambiguous call" compilation error if you are using ImColor() with implicit cast. Cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 explicily to fix. - - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - marked the weird IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro as obsolete. prefer using the more explicit ImGuiOnceUponAFrame. + - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - marked the weird IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro as obsolete. prefer using the more explicit ImGuiOnceUponAFrame type. - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - changed parameter order for BeginPopupContextWindow() from (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items) to (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items). Note that most calls relied on default parameters completely. - - 2017/08/13 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiCol_Columns*** to ImGuiCol_Separator***. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete). - - 2017/08/11 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiSetCond_*** types and flags to ImGuiCond_***. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete). + - 2017/08/13 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiCol_Column to ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered to ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_ColumnActive to ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete). + - 2017/08/11 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiSetCond_Always to ImGuiCond_Always, ImGuiSetCond_Once to ImGuiCond_Once, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImGuiSetCond_Appearing to ImGuiCond_Appearing. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete). - 2017/08/09 (1.51) - removed ValueColor() helpers, they are equivalent to calling Text(label) + SameLine() + ColorButton(). - 2017/08/08 (1.51) - removed ColorEditMode() and ImGuiColorEditMode in favor of ImGuiColorEditFlags and parameters to the various Color*() functions. The SetColorEditOptions() allows to initialize default but the user can still change them with right-click context menu. - changed prototype of 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool show_alpha = true)' to 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0)', where passing flags = 0x01 is a safe no-op (hello dodgy backward compatibility!). - check and run the demo window, under "Color/Picker Widgets", to understand the various new options. - - changed prototype of rarely used 'ColorButton(ImVec4 col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true)' to 'ColorButton(const char* desc_id, ImVec4 col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0,0))' + - changed prototype of rarely used 'ColorButton(ImVec4 col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true)' to 'ColorButton(const char* desc_id, ImVec4 col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0, 0))' - 2017/07/20 (1.51) - removed IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(ImVec2), which was partly broken and misleading. ASSERT + redirect user to io.WantCaptureMouse - 2017/05/26 (1.50) - removed ImFontConfig::MergeGlyphCenterV in favor of a more multipurpose ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset. - 2017/05/01 (1.50) - renamed ImDrawList::PathFill() (rarely used directly) to ImDrawList::PathFillConvex() for clarity. - - 2016/11/06 (1.50) - BeginChild(const char*) now applies the stack id to the provided label, consistently with other functions as it should always have been. It shouldn't affect you unless (extremely unlikely) you were appending multiple times to a same child from different locations of the stack id. If that's the case, generate an id with GetId() and use it instead of passing string to BeginChild(). + - 2016/11/06 (1.50) - BeginChild(const char*) now applies the stack id to the provided label, consistently with other functions as it should always have been. It shouldn't affect you unless (extremely unlikely) you were appending multiple times to a same child from different locations of the stack id. If that's the case, generate an id with GetID() and use it instead of passing string to BeginChild(). - 2016/10/15 (1.50) - avoid 'void* user_data' parameter to io.SetClipboardTextFn/io.GetClipboardTextFn pointers. We pass io.ClipboardUserData to it. - 2016/09/25 (1.50) - style.WindowTitleAlign is now a ImVec2 (ImGuiAlign enum was removed). set to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontal+vertical centering, (0.0f,0.0f) for upper-left, etc. - - 2016/07/30 (1.50) - SameLine(x) with x>0.0f is now relative to left of column/group if any, and not always to left of window. This was sort of always the intent and hopefully breakage should be minimal. - - 2016/05/12 (1.49) - title bar (using ImGuiCol_TitleBg/ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive colors) isn't rendered over a window background (ImGuiCol_WindowBg color) anymore. - If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you. - However if your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was <1.0f you need to tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar. - This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color. - ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col) - { - float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a; - return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a); - } + - 2016/07/30 (1.50) - SameLine(x) with x>0.0f is now relative to left of column/group if any, and not always to left of window. This was sort of always the intent and hopefully, breakage should be minimal. + - 2016/05/12 (1.49) - title bar (using ImGuiCol_TitleBg/ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive colors) isn't rendered over a window background (ImGuiCol_WindowBg color) anymore. + If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you, otherwise if <1.0f you need to tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar. + This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color: + ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col) { float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a; return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a); } If this is confusing, pick the RGB value from title bar from an old screenshot and apply this as TitleBg/TitleBgActive. Or you may just create TitleBgActive from a tweaked TitleBg color. - 2016/05/07 (1.49) - removed confusing set of GetInternalState(), GetInternalStateSize(), SetInternalState() functions. Now using CreateContext(), DestroyContext(), GetCurrentContext(), SetCurrentContext(). - 2016/05/02 (1.49) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpened() to SetNextTreeNodeOpen(), no redirection. - 2016/05/01 (1.49) - obsoleted old signature of CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id = NULL, bool display_frame = true, bool default_open = false) as extra parameters were badly designed and rarely used. You can replace the "default_open = true" flag in new API with CollapsingHeader(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen). - - 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDraw::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer. - - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref github issue #337). + - 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDrawList::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer. + - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref GitHub issue #337). - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - renamed ImGuiCol_TooltipBg to ImGuiCol_PopupBg, used by popups/menus and tooltips. popups/menus were previously using ImGuiCol_WindowBg. (ref github issue #337) - 2016/03/21 (1.48) - renamed GetWindowFont() to GetFont(), GetWindowFontSize() to GetFontSize(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - 2016/03/02 (1.48) - InputText() completion/history/always callbacks: if you modify the text buffer manually (without using DeleteChars()/InsertChars() helper) you need to maintain the BufTextLen field. added an assert. @@ -288,20 +609,13 @@ you need to render your textured triangles with bilinear filtering to benefit from sub-pixel positioning of text. - 2015/07/08 (1.43) - switched rendering data to use indexed rendering. this is saving a fair amount of CPU/GPU and enables us to get anti-aliasing for a marginal cost. this necessary change will break your rendering function! the fix should be very easy. sorry for that :( - - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest. + - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest. - the signature of the io.RenderDrawListsFn handler has changed! - ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count) - became: - ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data). - argument 'cmd_lists' -> 'draw_data->CmdLists' - argument 'cmd_lists_count' -> 'draw_data->CmdListsCount' - ImDrawList 'commands' -> 'CmdBuffer' - ImDrawList 'vtx_buffer' -> 'VtxBuffer' - ImDrawList n/a -> 'IdxBuffer' (new) - ImDrawCmd 'vtx_count' -> 'ElemCount' - ImDrawCmd 'clip_rect' -> 'ClipRect' - ImDrawCmd 'user_callback' -> 'UserCallback' - ImDrawCmd 'texture_id' -> 'TextureId' + old: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count) + new: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data). + parameters: 'cmd_lists' becomes 'draw_data->CmdLists', 'cmd_lists_count' becomes 'draw_data->CmdListsCount' + ImDrawList: 'commands' becomes 'CmdBuffer', 'vtx_buffer' becomes 'VtxBuffer', 'IdxBuffer' is new. + ImDrawCmd: 'vtx_count' becomes 'ElemCount', 'clip_rect' becomes 'ClipRect', 'user_callback' becomes 'UserCallback', 'texture_id' becomes 'TextureId'. - each ImDrawList now contains both a vertex buffer and an index buffer. For each command, render ElemCount/3 triangles using indices from the index buffer. - if you REALLY cannot render indexed primitives, you can call the draw_data->DeIndexAllBuffers() method to de-index the buffers. This is slow and a waste of CPU/GPU. Prefer using indexed rendering! - refer to code in the examples/ folder or ask on the GitHub if you are unsure of how to upgrade. please upgrade! @@ -309,7 +623,7 @@ - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed SetScrollPosHere() to SetScrollFromCursorPos(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed GetScrollPosY() to GetScrollY(). Necessary to reduce confusion along with other scrolling functions, because positions (e.g. cursor position) are not equivalent to scrolling amount. - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed ImageButton() default bg_col parameter from (0,0,0,1) (black) to (0,0,0,0) (transparent) - makes a difference when texture have transparence - - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely be used. Sorry! + - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely used. Sorry! - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed GetWindowCollapsed() to IsWindowCollapsed() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed IsRectClipped() to IsRectVisible() for consistency. Note that return value is opposite! Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - 2015/05/27 (1.40) - removed the third 'repeat_if_held' parameter from Button() - sorry! it was rarely used and inconsistent. Use PushButtonRepeat(true) / PopButtonRepeat() to enable repeat on desired buttons. @@ -331,23 +645,13 @@ - 2015/02/01 (1.31) - removed IO.MemReallocFn (unused) - 2015/01/19 (1.30) - renamed ImGuiStorage::GetIntPtr()/GetFloatPtr() to GetIntRef()/GetIntRef() because Ptr was conflicting with actual pointer storage functions. - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - big font/image API change! now loads TTF file. allow for multiple fonts. no need for a PNG loader. - (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels. - this sequence: - const void* png_data; - unsigned int png_size; - ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size); - // - became: - unsigned char* pixels; - int width, height; - io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); - // - io.Fonts->TexID = (your_texture_identifier); - you now have much more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs. - it is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation. - (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to set io.Fonts->TexID. - (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix) - (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets + - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels. + - old: const void* png_data; unsigned int png_size; ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; + - new: unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; io.Fonts->SetTexID(YourTexIdentifier); + you now have more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs. It is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation. + - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to call io.Fonts->SetTexID() + - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix) + - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets - 2014/12/10 (1.18) - removed SetNewWindowDefaultPos() in favor of new generic API SetNextWindowPos(pos, ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver) - 2014/11/28 (1.17) - moved IO.Font*** options to inside the IO.Font-> structure (FontYOffset, FontTexUvForWhite, FontBaseScale, FontFallbackGlyph) - 2014/11/26 (1.17) - reworked syntax of IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro to increase compiler compatibility @@ -361,361 +665,328 @@ - 2014/08/28 (1.09) - changed the behavior of IO.PixelCenterOffset following various rendering fixes - ISSUES & TODO-LIST - ================== - See TODO.txt + FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) + ================================ + Read all answers online: + https://www.dearimgui.org/faq or https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md (same url) + Read all answers locally (with a text editor or ideally a Markdown viewer): + docs/FAQ.md + Some answers are copied down here to facilitate searching in code. - FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ), TIPS - ====================================== + Q&A: Basics + =========== + + Q: Where is the documentation? + A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects the user to be acquainted with C/C++. + - Run the examples/ and explore them. + - See demo code in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function. + - The demo covers most features of Dear ImGui, so you can read the code and see its output. + - See documentation and comments at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h. + - Dozens of standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the + examples/ folder to explain how to integrate Dear ImGui with your own engine/application. + - The Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) has many resources and links. + - The Glossary (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary) page also may be useful. + - Your programming IDE is your friend, find the type or function declaration to find comments + associated with it. + + Q: What is this library called? + Q: Which version should I get? + >> This library is called "Dear ImGui", please don't call it "ImGui" :) + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for details. + + Q&A: Integration + ================ + + Q: How to get started? + A: Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt. + + Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application? + A: You should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags! + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this. + + Q. How can I enable keyboard controls? + Q: How can I use this without a mouse, without a keyboard or without a screen? (gamepad, input share, remote display) + Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and little squares are showing instead of text... + Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around... + Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are displaying outside their expected windows boundaries... + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + + Q&A: Usage + ---------- + + Q: Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it? + Q: How can I have widgets with an empty label? + Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? + Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works? + Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? + Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)? + Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API) + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + + Q&A: Fonts, Text + ================ + + Q: How should I handle DPI in my application? + Q: How can I load a different font than the default? + Q: How can I easily use icons in my application? + Q: How can I load multiple fonts? + Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic? + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/edit/master/docs/FONTS.md + + Q&A: Concerns + ============= + + Q: Who uses Dear ImGui? + Q: Can you create elaborate/serious tools with Dear ImGui? + Q: Can you reskin the look of Dear ImGui? + Q: Why using C++ (as opposed to C)? + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + + Q&A: Community + ============== Q: How can I help? - A: - If you are experienced enough with Dear ImGui and with C/C++, look at the todo list and see how you want/can help! - - Become a Patron/donate! Convince your company to become a Patron or provide serious funding for development time! See http://www.patreon.com/imgui - - Q: What is ImTextureID and how do I display an image? - A: ImTextureID is a void* used to pass renderer-agnostic texture references around until it hits your render function. - Dear ImGui knows nothing about what those bits represent, it just passes them around. It is up to you to decide what you want the void* to carry! - It could be an identifier to your OpenGL texture (cast GLuint to void*), a pointer to your custom engine material (cast MyMaterial* to void*), etc. - At the end of the chain, your renderer takes this void* to cast it back into whatever it needs to select a current texture to render. - Refer to examples applications, where each renderer (in a imgui_impl_xxxx.cpp file) is treating ImTextureID as a different thing. - (c++ tip: OpenGL uses integers to identify textures. You can safely store an integer into a void*, just cast it to void*, don't take it's address!) - To display a custom image/texture within an ImGui window, you may use ImGui::Image(), ImGui::ImageButton(), ImDrawList::AddImage() functions. - Dear ImGui will generate the geometry and draw calls using the ImTextureID that you passed and which your renderer can use. - It is your responsibility to get textures uploaded to your GPU. - - Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry.. - A: In your Render function, try translating your projection matrix by (0.5f,0.5f) or (0.375f,0.375f). - Also make sure your orthographic projection matrix and io.DisplaySize matches your actual framebuffer dimension. - - Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around.. - A: You are probably mishandling the clipping rectangles in your render function. - Rectangles provided by ImGui are defined as (x1=left,y1=top,x2=right,y2=bottom) and NOT as (x1,y1,width,height). - - Q: Can I have multiple widgets with the same label? Can I have widget without a label? - A: Yes. A primer on the use of labels/IDs in Dear ImGui.. - - - Elements that are not clickable, such as Text() items don't need an ID. - - - Interactive widgets require state to be carried over multiple frames (most typically Dear ImGui often needs to remember what is - the "active" widget). to do so they need a unique ID. unique ID are typically derived from a string label, an integer index or a pointer. - - Button("OK"); // Label = "OK", ID = hash of "OK" - Button("Cancel"); // Label = "Cancel", ID = hash of "Cancel" - - - ID are uniquely scoped within windows, tree nodes, etc. so no conflict can happen if you have two buttons called "OK" - in two different windows or in two different locations of a tree. - - - If you have a same ID twice in the same location, you'll have a conflict: - - Button("OK"); - Button("OK"); // ID collision! Both buttons will be treated as the same. - - Fear not! this is easy to solve and there are many ways to solve it! - - - When passing a label you can optionally specify extra unique ID information within string itself. - This helps solving the simpler collision cases. Use "##" to pass a complement to the ID that won't be visible to the end-user: - - Button("Play"); // Label = "Play", ID = hash of "Play" - Button("Play##foo1"); // Label = "Play", ID = hash of "Play##foo1" (different from above) - Button("Play##foo2"); // Label = "Play", ID = hash of "Play##foo2" (different from above) - - - If you want to completely hide the label, but still need an ID: - - Checkbox("##On", &b); // Label = "", ID = hash of "##On" (no label!) - - - Occasionally/rarely you might want change a label while preserving a constant ID. This allows you to animate labels. - For example you may want to include varying information in a window title bar (and windows are uniquely identified by their ID.. obviously) - Use "###" to pass a label that isn't part of ID: - - Button("Hello###ID"; // Label = "Hello", ID = hash of "ID" - Button("World###ID"; // Label = "World", ID = hash of "ID" (same as above) - - sprintf(buf, "My game (%f FPS)###MyGame"); - Begin(buf); // Variable label, ID = hash of "MyGame" - - - Use PushID() / PopID() to create scopes and avoid ID conflicts within the same Window. - This is the most convenient way of distinguishing ID if you are iterating and creating many UI elements. - You can push a pointer, a string or an integer value. Remember that ID are formed from the concatenation of everything in the ID stack! - - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) - { - PushID(i); - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of integer + "label" (unique) - PopID(); - } - - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) - { - MyObject* obj = Objects[i]; - PushID(obj); - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of pointer + "label" (unique) - PopID(); - } - - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) - { - MyObject* obj = Objects[i]; - PushID(obj->Name); - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of string + "label" (unique) - PopID(); - } - - - More example showing that you can stack multiple prefixes into the ID stack: - - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of "Click" - PushID("node"); - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of "node" + "Click" - PushID(my_ptr); - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of "node" + ptr + "Click" - PopID(); - PopID(); - - - Tree nodes implicitly creates a scope for you by calling PushID(). - - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of "Click" - if (TreeNode("node")) - { - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of "node" + "Click" - TreePop(); - } - - - When working with trees, ID are used to preserve the open/close state of each tree node. - Depending on your use cases you may want to use strings, indices or pointers as ID. - e.g. when displaying a single object that may change over time (dynamic 1-1 relationship), using a static string as ID will preserve your - node open/closed state when the targeted object change. - e.g. when displaying a list of objects, using indices or pointers as ID will preserve the node open/closed state differently. - experiment and see what makes more sense! - - Q: How can I tell when Dear ImGui wants my mouse/keyboard inputs VS when I can pass them to my application? - A: You can read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse'/'io.WantCaptureKeyboard'/'ioWantTextInput' flags from the ImGuiIO structure. - - When 'io.WantCaptureMouse' or 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' flags are set you may want to discard/hide the inputs from the rest of your application. - - When 'io.WantTextInput' is set to may want to notify your OS to popup an on-screen keyboard, if available (e.g. on a mobile phone, or console OS). - Preferably read the flags after calling ImGui::NewFrame() to avoid them lagging by one frame. But reading those flags before calling NewFrame() is - also generally ok, as the bool toggles fairly rarely and you don't generally expect to interact with either Dear ImGui or your application during - the same frame when that transition occurs. Dear ImGui is tracking dragging and widget activity that may occur outside the boundary of a window, - so 'io.WantCaptureMouse' is more accurate and correct than checking if a window is hovered. - (Advanced note: text input releases focus on Return 'KeyDown', so the following Return 'KeyUp' event that your application receive will typically - have 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard=false'. Depending on your application logic it may or not be inconvenient. You might want to track which key-downs - were for Dear ImGui, e.g. with an array of bool, and filter out the corresponding key-ups.) - - Q: How can I load a different font than the default? (default is an embedded version of ProggyClean.ttf, rendered at size 13) - A: Use the font atlas to load the TTF/OTF file you want: - - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels); - io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() or GetTexDataAsAlpha8() - - Q: How can I easily use icons in my application? - A: The most convenient and practical way is to merge an icon font such as FontAwesome inside you main font. Then you can refer to icons within your - strings. Read 'How can I load multiple fonts?' and the file 'extra_fonts/README.txt' for instructions and useful header files. - - Q: How can I load multiple fonts? - A: Use the font atlas to pack them into a single texture: - (Read extra_fonts/README.txt and the code in ImFontAtlas for more details.) - - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImFont* font0 = io.Fonts->AddFontDefault(); - ImFont* font1 = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels); - ImFont* font2 = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile2.ttf", size_in_pixels); - io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() or GetTexDataAsAlpha8() - // the first loaded font gets used by default - // use ImGui::PushFont()/ImGui::PopFont() to change the font at runtime - - // Options - ImFontConfig config; - config.OversampleH = 3; - config.OversampleV = 1; - config.GlyphOffset.y -= 2.0f; // Move everything by 2 pixels up - config.GlyphExtraSpacing.x = 1.0f; // Increase spacing between characters - io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_pixels, &config); - - // Combine multiple fonts into one (e.g. for icon fonts) - ImWchar ranges[] = { 0xf000, 0xf3ff, 0 }; - ImFontConfig config; - config.MergeMode = true; - io.Fonts->AddFontDefault(); - io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("fontawesome-webfont.ttf", 16.0f, &config, ranges); // Merge icon font - io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_pixels, NULL, &config, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese()); // Merge japanese glyphs - - Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic? - A: When loading a font, pass custom Unicode ranges to specify the glyphs to load. - - // Add default Japanese ranges - io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels, NULL, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese()); - - // Or create your own custom ranges (e.g. for a game you can feed your entire game script and only build the characters the game need) - ImVector ranges; - ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder builder; - builder.AddText("Hello world"); // Add a string (here "Hello world" contains 7 unique characters) - builder.AddChar(0x7262); // Add a specific character - builder.AddRanges(io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese()); // Add one of the default ranges - builder.BuildRanges(&ranges); // Build the final result (ordered ranges with all the unique characters submitted) - io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels, NULL, ranges.Data); - - All your strings needs to use UTF-8 encoding. In C++11 you can encode a string literal in UTF-8 by using the u8"hello" syntax. - Specifying literal in your source code using a local code page (such as CP-923 for Japanese or CP-1251 for Cyrillic) will NOT work! - Otherwise you can convert yourself to UTF-8 or load text data from file already saved as UTF-8. - - Text input: it is up to your application to pass the right character code to io.AddInputCharacter(). The applications in examples/ are doing that. - For languages using IME, on Windows you can copy the Hwnd of your application to io.ImeWindowHandle. - The default implementation of io.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn() on Windows will set your IME position correctly. - - Q: How can I preserve my Dear ImGui context across reloading a DLL? (loss of the global/static variables) - A: Create your own context 'ctx = CreateContext()' + 'SetCurrentContext(ctx)' and your own font atlas 'ctx->GetIO().Fonts = new ImFontAtlas()' - so you don't rely on the default globals. - - Q: How can I use the drawing facilities without an ImGui window? (using ImDrawList API) - A: The easiest way is to create a dummy window. Call Begin() with NoTitleBar|NoResize|NoMove|NoScrollbar|NoSavedSettings|NoInputs flag, - zero background alpha, then retrieve the ImDrawList* via GetWindowDrawList() and draw to it in any way you like. - You can also perfectly create a standalone ImDrawList instance _but_ you need ImGui to be initialized because ImDrawList pulls from ImGui - data to retrieve the coordinates of the white pixel. - - - tip: you can call Begin() multiple times with the same name during the same frame, it will keep appending to the same window. - this is also useful to set yourself in the context of another window (to get/set other settings) - - tip: you can create widgets without a Begin()/End() block, they will go in an implicit window called "Debug". - - tip: the ImGuiOnceUponAFrame helper will allow run the block of code only once a frame. You can use it to quickly add custom UI in the middle - of a deep nested inner loop in your code. - - tip: you can call Render() multiple times (e.g for VR renders). - - tip: call and read the ShowDemoWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp for more example of how to use ImGui! + A: - Businesses: please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui! + We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance or sponsoring contacts. + This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we can hire more people working on this project. + - Individuals: you can support continued development via PayPal donations. See README. + - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, read docs/TODO.txt + and see how you want to help and can help! + - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc. + You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads. Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers. + But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui helps the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions. + - If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues (on GitHub or privately). */ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] INCLUDES +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#endif #include "imgui_internal.h" -#include // toupper, isprint -#include // NULL, malloc, free, qsort, atoi +// System includes +#include // toupper #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf -#include // INT_MIN, INT_MAX #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier #include // intptr_t #else #include // intptr_t #endif -#ifdef _MSC_VER -#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant -#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff) -#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +// [Windows] OS specific includes (optional) +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS +#endif +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#endif +#ifndef NOMINMAX +#define NOMINMAX +#endif +#ifndef __MINGW32__ +#include // _wfopen, OpenClipboard +#else +#include +#endif +#if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP) // UWP doesn't have all Win32 functions +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS +#endif #endif -// Clang warnings with -Weverything -#ifdef __clang__ -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning : unknown warning group '-Wformat-pedantic *' // not all warnings are known by all clang versions.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. great! -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning : use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning : format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning : declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning : declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference it. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness // -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic" // warning : format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning : cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int' // +// [Apple] OS specific includes +#if defined(__APPLE__) +#include +#endif + +// Visual Studio warnings +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later +#pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types +#endif +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). +#pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6). +#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). +#endif + +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning: declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic" // warning: format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision #elif defined(__GNUC__) +// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide an has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not following the warning/version association. +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat" // warning: format '%p' expects argument of type 'void*', but argument 6 has type 'ImGuiWindow*' #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" // warning: cast from type 'xxxx' to type 'xxxx' casts away qualifiers #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstrict-overflow" // warning: assuming signed overflow does not occur when assuming that (X - c) > X is always false +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead #endif +// Debug options +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING 0 // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Display last moving direction matches when holding CTRL +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS 0 // Display the reference navigation rectangle for each window +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS 0 // Save additional comments in .ini file (particularly helps for Docking, but makes saving slower) + +// When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch. +static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY = 0.20f; // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in +static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY = 0.15f; // Time before the window list starts to appear + +// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by backend) +static const float WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING = 4.0f; // Extend outside window for hovering/resizing (maxxed with TouchPadding) and inside windows for borders. Affect FindHoveredWindow(). +static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f; // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time. +static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER = 2.00f; // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved. + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Forward Declarations +// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true); - -static ImFont* GetDefaultFont(); -static void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font); static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); -static void SetWindowScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y); -static void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond); -static void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond); -static void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond); -static ImGuiWindow* FindHoveredWindow(ImVec2 pos); -static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); -static void ClearSetNextWindowData(); -static void CheckStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write); +static void FindHoveredWindow(); +static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window); -static void AddDrawListToRenderList(ImVector& out_render_list, ImDrawList* draw_list); -static void AddWindowToRenderList(ImVector& out_render_list, ImGuiWindow* window); -static void AddWindowToSortedBuffer(ImVector& out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window); +static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list); +static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window); -static ImGuiWindowSettings* AddWindowSettings(const char* name); - -static void LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename); -static void LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* buf); -static void SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename); -static void SaveIniSettingsToMemory(ImVector& out_buf); -static void MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window); - -static ImRect GetVisibleRect(); - -static void CloseInactivePopups(ImGuiWindow* ref_window); -static void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining); -static ImGuiWindow* GetFrontMostModalRootWindow(); - -static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data); -static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end); -static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false); - -static inline void DataTypeFormatString(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* display_format, char* buf, int buf_size); -static inline void DataTypeFormatString(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, int decimal_precision, char* buf, int buf_size); -static void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* value1, const void* value2); -static bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* scalar_format); - -namespace ImGui -{ -static void FocusPreviousWindow(); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Platform dependent default implementations -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Settings +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*); +static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name); +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line); +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*); +static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf); +// Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data); static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data, const char* text); static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y); +namespace ImGui +{ +// Navigation +static void NavUpdate(); +static void NavUpdateWindowing(); +static void NavUpdateWindowingOverlay(); +static void NavUpdateMoveResult(); +static void NavUpdateInitResult(); +static float NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(); +static inline void NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +static void NavEndFrame(); +static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImRect cand); +static void NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const ImRect& nav_bb_rel); +static void NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, ImGuiID id); +static ImVec2 NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); +static void NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window); +static ImGuiWindow* NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); +static void NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer); +static int FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window); + +// Error Checking +static void ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks(); +static void ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); + +// Misc +static void UpdateSettings(); +static void UpdateMouseInputs(); +static void UpdateMouseWheel(); +static void UpdateTabFocus(); +static void UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); +static bool UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect); +static void RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window); +static void RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size); +static void RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open); + +// Viewports +static void UpdateViewportsNewFrame(); + +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Context +// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Default font atlas storage. -// New contexts always point by default to this font atlas. It can be changed by reassigning the GetIO().Fonts variable. -static ImFontAtlas GImDefaultFontAtlas; +// DLL users: +// - Heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! +// - You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. +// - Same applies for hot-reloading mechanisms that are reliant on reloading DLL (note that many hot-reloading mechanisms work without DLL). +// - Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility. +// - Confused? In a debugger: add GImGui to your watch window and notice how its value changes depending on your current location (which DLL boundary you are in). -// Default context storage + current context pointer. -// Implicitely used by all ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL. Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext() -// If you are hot-reloading this code in a DLL you will lose the static/global variables. Create your own context+font atlas instead of relying on those default (see FAQ entry "How can I preserve my ImGui context across reloading a DLL?"). -// ImGui is currently not thread-safe because of this variable. If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts, you might work around it by: -// - Having multiple instances of the ImGui code compiled inside different namespace (easiest/safest, if you have a finite number of contexts) -// - or: Changing this variable to be TLS. You may #define GImGui in imconfig.h for further custom hackery. Future development aim to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586 +// Current context pointer. Implicitly used by all Dear ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL. +// - ImGui::CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL. +// Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext(). +// - Important: Dear ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer. +// If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts: +// - Change this variable to use thread local storage so each thread can refer to a different context, in your imconfig.h: +// struct ImGuiContext; +// extern thread_local ImGuiContext* MyImGuiTLS; +// #define GImGui MyImGuiTLS +// And then define MyImGuiTLS in one of your cpp files. Note that thread_local is a C++11 keyword, earlier C++ uses compiler-specific keyword. +// - Future development aims to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586 +// - If you need a finite number of contexts, you may compile and use multiple instances of the ImGui code from a different namespace. +// - DLL users: read comments above. #ifndef GImGui -static ImGuiContext GImDefaultContext; -ImGuiContext* GImGui = &GImDefaultContext; +ImGuiContext* GImGui = NULL; #endif +// Memory Allocator functions. Use SetAllocatorFunctions() to change them. +// - You probably don't want to modify that mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction. +// - DLL users: read comments above. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS +static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); return malloc(size); } +static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); free(ptr); } +#else +static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(size); IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; } +static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(ptr); IM_ASSERT(0); } +#endif +static ImGuiMemAllocFunc GImAllocatorAllocFunc = MallocWrapper; +static ImGuiMemFreeFunc GImAllocatorFreeFunc = FreeWrapper; +static void* GImAllocatorUserData = NULL; + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// User facing structures +// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() { Alpha = 1.0f; // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui WindowPadding = ImVec2(8,8); // Padding within a window - WindowRounding = 7.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows - WindowBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + WindowRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. + WindowBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. WindowMinSize = ImVec2(32,32); // Minimum window size WindowTitleAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text + WindowMenuButtonPosition= ImGuiDir_Left; // Position of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left. ChildRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows ChildBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. PopupRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of popup window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows @@ -725,21 +996,32 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() FrameBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. ItemSpacing = ImVec2(8,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines ItemInnerSpacing = ImVec2(4,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label) + CellPadding = ImVec2(4,2); // Padding within a table cell TouchExtraPadding = ImVec2(0,0); // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! IndentSpacing = 21.0f; // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). - ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns - ScrollbarSize = 16.0f; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar + ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). + ScrollbarSize = 14.0f; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar ScrollbarRounding = 9.0f; // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar GrabMinSize = 10.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar GrabRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. + LogSliderDeadzone = 4.0f; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. + TabRounding = 4.0f; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. + TabBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs. + TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appears on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + ColorButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Right; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. - DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(22,22); // Window positions are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only covers regular windows. - DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(4,4); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows. - AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really short on CPU/GPU. - AntiAliasedFill = true; // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.) + SelectableTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. + DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(19,19); // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. + DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows. + MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. + AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. + AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering. + AntiAliasedFill = true; // Enable anti-aliased filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). CurveTessellationTol = 1.25f; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. + CircleTessellationMaxError = 0.30f; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. - ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(this); + // Default theme + ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this); } // To scale your entire UI (e.g. if you want your app to use High DPI or generally be DPI aware) you may use this helper function. Scaling the fonts is done separately and is up to you. @@ -755,6 +1037,7 @@ void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor) FrameRounding = ImFloor(FrameRounding * scale_factor); ItemSpacing = ImFloor(ItemSpacing * scale_factor); ItemInnerSpacing = ImFloor(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor); + CellPadding = ImFloor(CellPadding * scale_factor); TouchExtraPadding = ImFloor(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor); IndentSpacing = ImFloor(IndentSpacing * scale_factor); ColumnsMinSpacing = ImFloor(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor); @@ -762,18 +1045,25 @@ void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor) ScrollbarRounding = ImFloor(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor); GrabMinSize = ImFloor(GrabMinSize * scale_factor); GrabRounding = ImFloor(GrabRounding * scale_factor); + LogSliderDeadzone = ImFloor(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor); + TabRounding = ImFloor(TabRounding * scale_factor); + TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX; DisplayWindowPadding = ImFloor(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor); DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImFloor(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor); + MouseCursorScale = ImFloor(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor); } ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() { // Most fields are initialized with zero memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseDown) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT && IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseClicked) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); // Our pre-C++11 IM_STATIC_ASSERT() macros triggers warning on modern compilers so we don't use it here. // Settings + ConfigFlags = ImGuiConfigFlags_None; + BackendFlags = ImGuiBackendFlags_None; DisplaySize = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); - DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f; + DeltaTime = 1.0f / 60.0f; IniSavingRate = 5.0f; IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt"; @@ -781,92 +1071,190 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f; for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++) KeyMap[i] = -1; - KeyRepeatDelay = 0.250f; + KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f; KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f; UserData = NULL; - Fonts = &GImDefaultFontAtlas; + Fonts = NULL; FontGlobalScale = 1.0f; FontDefault = NULL; FontAllowUserScaling = false; DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); - DisplayVisibleMin = DisplayVisibleMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - // Advanced/subtle behaviors + // Miscellaneous options + MouseDrawCursor = false; #ifdef __APPLE__ - OptMacOSXBehaviors = true; // Set Mac OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag + ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = true; // Set Mac OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag #else - OptMacOSXBehaviors = false; + ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false; #endif - OptCursorBlink = true; - - // Settings (User Functions) - RenderDrawListsFn = NULL; - MemAllocFn = malloc; - MemFreeFn = free; + ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true; + ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true; + ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false; + ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f; + + // Platform Functions + BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL; + BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL; GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; ClipboardUserData = NULL; ImeSetInputScreenPosFn = ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl; ImeWindowHandle = NULL; - // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure) + // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!) MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysDownDuration); i++) KeysDownDuration[i] = KeysDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysDownDuration); i++) KeysDownDuration[i] = KeysDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(NavInputsDownDuration); i++) NavInputsDownDuration[i] = -1.0f; } // Pass in translated ASCII characters for text input. // - with glfw you can get those from the callback set in glfwSetCharCallback() // - on Windows you can get those using ToAscii+keyboard state, or via the WM_CHAR message -void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(ImWchar c) +void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c) { - const int n = ImStrlenW(InputCharacters); - if (n + 1 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputCharacters)) + if (c != 0) + InputQueueCharacters.push_back(c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX ? (ImWchar)c : IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); +} + +// UTF16 strings use surrogate pairs to encode codepoints >= 0x10000, so +// we should save the high surrogate. +void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c) +{ + if (c == 0 && InputQueueSurrogate == 0) + return; + + if ((c & 0xFC00) == 0xD800) // High surrogate, must save { - InputCharacters[n] = c; - InputCharacters[n+1] = '\0'; + if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0) + InputQueueCharacters.push_back(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); + InputQueueSurrogate = c; + return; } + + ImWchar cp = c; + if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0) + { + if ((c & 0xFC00) != 0xDC00) // Invalid low surrogate + { + InputQueueCharacters.push_back(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); + } + else + { +#if IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX == 0xFFFF + cp = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // Codepoint will not fit in ImWchar +#else + cp = (ImWchar)(((InputQueueSurrogate - 0xD800) << 10) + (c - 0xDC00) + 0x10000); +#endif + } + + InputQueueSurrogate = 0; + } + InputQueueCharacters.push_back(cp); } void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars) { - // We can't pass more wchars than ImGuiIO::InputCharacters[] can hold so don't convert more - const int wchars_buf_len = sizeof(ImGuiIO::InputCharacters) / sizeof(ImWchar); - ImWchar wchars[wchars_buf_len]; - ImTextStrFromUtf8(wchars, wchars_buf_len, utf8_chars, NULL); - for (int i = 0; i < wchars_buf_len && wchars[i] != 0; i++) - AddInputCharacter(wchars[i]); + while (*utf8_chars != 0) + { + unsigned int c = 0; + utf8_chars += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, utf8_chars, NULL); + if (c != 0) + InputQueueCharacters.push_back((ImWchar)c); + } +} + +void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters() +{ + InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// HELPERS +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose -#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255 +ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments) +{ + IM_ASSERT(num_segments > 0); // Use ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau() + ImVec2 p_last = p1; + ImVec2 p_closest; + float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX; + float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments; + for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++) + { + ImVec2 p_current = ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step); + ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p); + float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line); + if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2) + { + p_closest = p_line; + p_closest_dist2 = dist2; + } + p_last = p_current; + } + return p_closest; +} -// Play it nice with Windows users. Notepad in 2015 still doesn't display text data with Unix-style \n. -#ifdef _WIN32 -#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n" -#else -#define IM_NEWLINE "\n" -#endif +// Closely mimics PathBezierToCasteljau() in imgui_draw.cpp +static void ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, ImVec2& p_last, float& p_closest_dist2, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level) +{ + float dx = x4 - x1; + float dy = y4 - y1; + float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx); + float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx); + d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2; + d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3; + if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy)) + { + ImVec2 p_current(x4, y4); + ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p); + float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line); + if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2) + { + p_closest = p_line; + p_closest_dist2 = dist2; + } + p_last = p_current; + } + else if (level < 10) + { + float x12 = (x1 + x2)*0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2)*0.5f; + float x23 = (x2 + x3)*0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3)*0.5f; + float x34 = (x3 + x4)*0.5f, y34 = (y3 + y4)*0.5f; + float x123 = (x12 + x23)*0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23)*0.5f; + float x234 = (x23 + x34)*0.5f, y234 = (y23 + y34)*0.5f; + float x1234 = (x123 + x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234)*0.5f; + ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1); + ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1); + } +} + +// tess_tol is generally the same value you would find in ImGui::GetStyle().CurveTessellationTol +// Because those ImXXX functions are lower-level than ImGui:: we cannot access this value automatically. +ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol) +{ + IM_ASSERT(tess_tol > 0.0f); + ImVec2 p_last = p1; + ImVec2 p_closest; + float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX; + ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, tess_tol, 0); + return p_closest; +} ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p) { ImVec2 ap = p - a; ImVec2 ab_dir = b - a; - float ab_len = sqrtf(ab_dir.x * ab_dir.x + ab_dir.y * ab_dir.y); - ab_dir *= 1.0f / ab_len; float dot = ap.x * ab_dir.x + ap.y * ab_dir.y; if (dot < 0.0f) return a; - if (dot > ab_len) + float ab_len_sqr = ab_dir.x * ab_dir.x + ab_dir.y * ab_dir.y; + if (dot > ab_len_sqr) return b; - return a + ab_dir * dot; + return a + ab_dir * dot / ab_len_sqr; } bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p) @@ -904,6 +1292,11 @@ ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, return proj_ca; } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Consider using _stricmp/_strnicmp under Windows or strcasecmp/strncasecmp. We don't actually use either ImStricmp/ImStrnicmp in the codebase any more. int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2) { int d; @@ -920,33 +1313,55 @@ int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count) void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count) { - if (count < 1) return; - strncpy(dst, src, count); - dst[count-1] = 0; + if (count < 1) + return; + if (count > 1) + strncpy(dst, src, count - 1); + dst[count - 1] = 0; } -char* ImStrdup(const char *str) +char* ImStrdup(const char* str) { - size_t len = strlen(str) + 1; - void* buf = ImGui::MemAlloc(len); - return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len); + size_t len = strlen(str); + void* buf = IM_ALLOC(len + 1); + return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len + 1); } -char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str, const char* str_end, char c) +char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* src) { - for ( ; str < str_end; str++) - if (*str == c) - return (char*)str; - return NULL; + size_t dst_buf_size = p_dst_size ? *p_dst_size : strlen(dst) + 1; + size_t src_size = strlen(src) + 1; + if (dst_buf_size < src_size) + { + IM_FREE(dst); + dst = (char*)IM_ALLOC(src_size); + if (p_dst_size) + *p_dst_size = src_size; + } + return (char*)memcpy(dst, (const void*)src, src_size); +} + +const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str, const char* str_end, char c) +{ + const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, (int)c, str_end - str); + return p; } int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str) { + //return (int)wcslen((const wchar_t*)str); // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit int n = 0; while (*str++) n++; return n; } +// Find end-of-line. Return pointer will point to either first \n, either str_end. +const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end) +{ + const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, '\n', str_end - str); + return p ? p : str_end; +} + const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line { while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n') @@ -976,27 +1391,56 @@ const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char return NULL; } -static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, int* output) +// Trim str by offsetting contents when there's leading data + writing a \0 at the trailing position. We use this in situation where the cost is negligible. +void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* buf) { - int negative = 0; - if (*src == '-') { negative = 1; src++; } - if (*src == '+') { src++; } - int v = 0; - while (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9') - v = (v * 10) + (*src++ - '0'); - *output = negative ? -v : v; - return src; + char* p = buf; + while (p[0] == ' ' || p[0] == '\t') // Leading blanks + p++; + char* p_start = p; + while (*p != 0) // Find end of string + p++; + while (p > p_start && (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '\t')) // Trailing blanks + p--; + if (p_start != buf) // Copy memory if we had leading blanks + memmove(buf, p_start, p - p_start); + buf[p - p_start] = 0; // Zero terminate } -// A) MSVC version appears to return -1 on overflow, whereas glibc appears to return total count (which may be >= buf_size). +const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str) +{ + while (str[0] == ' ' || str[0] == '\t') + str++; + return str; +} + +// A) MSVC version appears to return -1 on overflow, whereas glibc appears to return total count (which may be >= buf_size). // Ideally we would test for only one of those limits at runtime depending on the behavior the vsnprintf(), but trying to deduct it at compile time sounds like a pandora can of worm. // B) When buf==NULL vsnprintf() will return the output size. -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS + +// We support stb_sprintf which is much faster (see: https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb_sprintf.h) +// You may set IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF to use our default wrapper, or set IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS +// and setup the wrapper yourself. (FIXME-OPT: Some of our high-level operations such as ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv() are +// designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.) +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF +#define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION +#include "stb_sprintf.h" +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf) +#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf +#endif + int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) { va_list args; va_start(args, fmt); +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF + int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args); +#else int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args); +#endif va_end(args); if (buf == NULL) return w; @@ -1008,7 +1452,11 @@ int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) { +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF + int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args); +#else int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args); +#endif if (buf == NULL) return w; if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size) @@ -1016,45 +1464,71 @@ int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) buf[w] = 0; return w; } -#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS -// Pass data_size==0 for zero-terminated strings -// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. -ImU32 ImHash(const void* data, int data_size, ImU32 seed) +// CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly) +// Although the code to generate the table is simple and shorter than the table itself, using a const table allows us to easily: +// - avoid an unnecessary branch/memory tap, - keep the ImHashXXX functions usable by static constructors, - make it thread-safe. +static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] = { - static ImU32 crc32_lut[256] = { 0 }; - if (!crc32_lut[1]) - { - const ImU32 polynomial = 0xEDB88320; - for (ImU32 i = 0; i < 256; i++) - { - ImU32 crc = i; - for (ImU32 j = 0; j < 8; j++) - crc = (crc >> 1) ^ (ImU32(-int(crc & 1)) & polynomial); - crc32_lut[i] = crc; - } - } + 0x00000000,0x77073096,0xEE0E612C,0x990951BA,0x076DC419,0x706AF48F,0xE963A535,0x9E6495A3,0x0EDB8832,0x79DCB8A4,0xE0D5E91E,0x97D2D988,0x09B64C2B,0x7EB17CBD,0xE7B82D07,0x90BF1D91, + 0x1DB71064,0x6AB020F2,0xF3B97148,0x84BE41DE,0x1ADAD47D,0x6DDDE4EB,0xF4D4B551,0x83D385C7,0x136C9856,0x646BA8C0,0xFD62F97A,0x8A65C9EC,0x14015C4F,0x63066CD9,0xFA0F3D63,0x8D080DF5, + 0x3B6E20C8,0x4C69105E,0xD56041E4,0xA2677172,0x3C03E4D1,0x4B04D447,0xD20D85FD,0xA50AB56B,0x35B5A8FA,0x42B2986C,0xDBBBC9D6,0xACBCF940,0x32D86CE3,0x45DF5C75,0xDCD60DCF,0xABD13D59, + 0x26D930AC,0x51DE003A,0xC8D75180,0xBFD06116,0x21B4F4B5,0x56B3C423,0xCFBA9599,0xB8BDA50F,0x2802B89E,0x5F058808,0xC60CD9B2,0xB10BE924,0x2F6F7C87,0x58684C11,0xC1611DAB,0xB6662D3D, + 0x76DC4190,0x01DB7106,0x98D220BC,0xEFD5102A,0x71B18589,0x06B6B51F,0x9FBFE4A5,0xE8B8D433,0x7807C9A2,0x0F00F934,0x9609A88E,0xE10E9818,0x7F6A0DBB,0x086D3D2D,0x91646C97,0xE6635C01, + 0x6B6B51F4,0x1C6C6162,0x856530D8,0xF262004E,0x6C0695ED,0x1B01A57B,0x8208F4C1,0xF50FC457,0x65B0D9C6,0x12B7E950,0x8BBEB8EA,0xFCB9887C,0x62DD1DDF,0x15DA2D49,0x8CD37CF3,0xFBD44C65, + 0x4DB26158,0x3AB551CE,0xA3BC0074,0xD4BB30E2,0x4ADFA541,0x3DD895D7,0xA4D1C46D,0xD3D6F4FB,0x4369E96A,0x346ED9FC,0xAD678846,0xDA60B8D0,0x44042D73,0x33031DE5,0xAA0A4C5F,0xDD0D7CC9, + 0x5005713C,0x270241AA,0xBE0B1010,0xC90C2086,0x5768B525,0x206F85B3,0xB966D409,0xCE61E49F,0x5EDEF90E,0x29D9C998,0xB0D09822,0xC7D7A8B4,0x59B33D17,0x2EB40D81,0xB7BD5C3B,0xC0BA6CAD, + 0xEDB88320,0x9ABFB3B6,0x03B6E20C,0x74B1D29A,0xEAD54739,0x9DD277AF,0x04DB2615,0x73DC1683,0xE3630B12,0x94643B84,0x0D6D6A3E,0x7A6A5AA8,0xE40ECF0B,0x9309FF9D,0x0A00AE27,0x7D079EB1, + 0xF00F9344,0x8708A3D2,0x1E01F268,0x6906C2FE,0xF762575D,0x806567CB,0x196C3671,0x6E6B06E7,0xFED41B76,0x89D32BE0,0x10DA7A5A,0x67DD4ACC,0xF9B9DF6F,0x8EBEEFF9,0x17B7BE43,0x60B08ED5, + 0xD6D6A3E8,0xA1D1937E,0x38D8C2C4,0x4FDFF252,0xD1BB67F1,0xA6BC5767,0x3FB506DD,0x48B2364B,0xD80D2BDA,0xAF0A1B4C,0x36034AF6,0x41047A60,0xDF60EFC3,0xA867DF55,0x316E8EEF,0x4669BE79, + 0xCB61B38C,0xBC66831A,0x256FD2A0,0x5268E236,0xCC0C7795,0xBB0B4703,0x220216B9,0x5505262F,0xC5BA3BBE,0xB2BD0B28,0x2BB45A92,0x5CB36A04,0xC2D7FFA7,0xB5D0CF31,0x2CD99E8B,0x5BDEAE1D, + 0x9B64C2B0,0xEC63F226,0x756AA39C,0x026D930A,0x9C0906A9,0xEB0E363F,0x72076785,0x05005713,0x95BF4A82,0xE2B87A14,0x7BB12BAE,0x0CB61B38,0x92D28E9B,0xE5D5BE0D,0x7CDCEFB7,0x0BDBDF21, + 0x86D3D2D4,0xF1D4E242,0x68DDB3F8,0x1FDA836E,0x81BE16CD,0xF6B9265B,0x6FB077E1,0x18B74777,0x88085AE6,0xFF0F6A70,0x66063BCA,0x11010B5C,0x8F659EFF,0xF862AE69,0x616BFFD3,0x166CCF45, + 0xA00AE278,0xD70DD2EE,0x4E048354,0x3903B3C2,0xA7672661,0xD06016F7,0x4969474D,0x3E6E77DB,0xAED16A4A,0xD9D65ADC,0x40DF0B66,0x37D83BF0,0xA9BCAE53,0xDEBB9EC5,0x47B2CF7F,0x30B5FFE9, + 0xBDBDF21C,0xCABAC28A,0x53B39330,0x24B4A3A6,0xBAD03605,0xCDD70693,0x54DE5729,0x23D967BF,0xB3667A2E,0xC4614AB8,0x5D681B02,0x2A6F2B94,0xB40BBE37,0xC30C8EA1,0x5A05DF1B,0x2D02EF8D, +}; +// Known size hash +// It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported. +// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. +ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) +{ + ImU32 crc = ~seed; + const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p; + const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable; + while (data_size-- != 0) + crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *data++]; + return ~crc; +} + +// Zero-terminated string hash, with support for ### to reset back to seed value +// We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed. +// Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case. +// - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed. +// - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build) +// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. +ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) +{ seed = ~seed; ImU32 crc = seed; - const unsigned char* current = (const unsigned char*)data; - - if (data_size > 0) + const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p; + const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable; + if (data_size != 0) { - // Known size - while (data_size--) - crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *current++]; + while (data_size-- != 0) + { + unsigned char c = *data++; + if (c == '#' && data_size >= 2 && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#') + crc = seed; + crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c]; + } } else { - // Zero-terminated string - while (unsigned char c = *current++) + while (unsigned char c = *data++) { - // We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed. - // Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case. - // - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed. - // - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller. - if (c == '#' && current[0] == '#' && current[1] == '#') + if (c == '#' && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#') crc = seed; crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c]; } @@ -1063,82 +1537,148 @@ ImU32 ImHash(const void* data, int data_size, ImU32 seed) } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImText* helpers +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bits character, process single character input. -// Based on stb_from_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/ +// Default file functions +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS + +ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode) +{ +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__GNUC__) + // We need a fopen() wrapper because MSVC/Windows fopen doesn't handle UTF-8 filenames. + // Previously we used ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8/ImTextStrFromUtf8 here but we now need to support ImWchar16 and ImWchar32! + const int filename_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, NULL, 0); + const int mode_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, NULL, 0); + ImVector buf; + buf.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize); + ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[0], filename_wsize); + ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize], mode_wsize); + return ::_wfopen((const wchar_t*)&buf[0], (const wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize]); +#else + return fopen(filename, mode); +#endif +} + +// We should in theory be using fseeko()/ftello() with off_t and _fseeki64()/_ftelli64() with __int64, waiting for the PR that does that in a very portable pre-C++11 zero-warnings way. +bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle f) { return fclose(f) == 0; } +ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle f) { long off = 0, sz = 0; return ((off = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) && (sz = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, off, SEEK_SET)) ? (ImU64)sz : (ImU64)-1; } +ImU64 ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f) { return fread(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); } +ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f) { return fwrite(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); } +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS + +// Helper: Load file content into memory +// Memory allocated with IM_ALLOC(), must be freed by user using IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree() +// This can't really be used with "rt" because fseek size won't match read size. +void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size, int padding_bytes) +{ + IM_ASSERT(filename && mode); + if (out_file_size) + *out_file_size = 0; + + ImFileHandle f; + if ((f = ImFileOpen(filename, mode)) == NULL) + return NULL; + + size_t file_size = (size_t)ImFileGetSize(f); + if (file_size == (size_t)-1) + { + ImFileClose(f); + return NULL; + } + + void* file_data = IM_ALLOC(file_size + padding_bytes); + if (file_data == NULL) + { + ImFileClose(f); + return NULL; + } + if (ImFileRead(file_data, 1, file_size, f) != file_size) + { + ImFileClose(f); + IM_FREE(file_data); + return NULL; + } + if (padding_bytes > 0) + memset((void*)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, (size_t)padding_bytes); + + ImFileClose(f); + if (out_file_size) + *out_file_size = file_size; + + return file_data; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bit character, process single character input. +// A nearly-branchless UTF-8 decoder, based on work of Christopher Wellons (https://github.com/skeeto/branchless-utf8). // We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward. int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) { - unsigned int c = (unsigned int)-1; - const unsigned char* str = (const unsigned char*)in_text; - if (!(*str & 0x80)) + static const char lengths[32] = { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 0 }; + static const int masks[] = { 0x00, 0x7f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x07 }; + static const uint32_t mins[] = { 0x400000, 0, 0x80, 0x800, 0x10000 }; + static const int shiftc[] = { 0, 18, 12, 6, 0 }; + static const int shifte[] = { 0, 6, 4, 2, 0 }; + int len = lengths[*(const unsigned char*)in_text >> 3]; + int wanted = len + !len; + + if (in_text_end == NULL) + in_text_end = in_text + wanted; // Max length, nulls will be taken into account. + + // Copy at most 'len' bytes, stop copying at 0 or past in_text_end. Branch predictor does a good job here, + // so it is fast even with excessive branching. + unsigned char s[4]; + s[0] = in_text + 0 < in_text_end ? in_text[0] : 0; + s[1] = in_text + 1 < in_text_end ? in_text[1] : 0; + s[2] = in_text + 2 < in_text_end ? in_text[2] : 0; + s[3] = in_text + 3 < in_text_end ? in_text[3] : 0; + + // Assume a four-byte character and load four bytes. Unused bits are shifted out. + *out_char = (uint32_t)(s[0] & masks[len]) << 18; + *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[1] & 0x3f) << 12; + *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[2] & 0x3f) << 6; + *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[3] & 0x3f) << 0; + *out_char >>= shiftc[len]; + + // Accumulate the various error conditions. + int e = 0; + e = (*out_char < mins[len]) << 6; // non-canonical encoding + e |= ((*out_char >> 11) == 0x1b) << 7; // surrogate half? + e |= (*out_char > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) << 8; // out of range? + e |= (s[1] & 0xc0) >> 2; + e |= (s[2] & 0xc0) >> 4; + e |= (s[3] ) >> 6; + e ^= 0x2a; // top two bits of each tail byte correct? + e >>= shifte[len]; + + if (e) { - c = (unsigned int)(*str++); - *out_char = c; - return 1; + // No bytes are consumed when *in_text == 0 || in_text == in_text_end. + // One byte is consumed in case of invalid first byte of in_text. + // All available bytes (at most `len` bytes) are consumed on incomplete/invalid second to last bytes. + // Invalid or incomplete input may consume less bytes than wanted, therefore every byte has to be inspected in s. + wanted = ImMin(wanted, !!s[0] + !!s[1] + !!s[2] + !!s[3]); + *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; } - if ((*str & 0xe0) == 0xc0) - { - *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string - if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 2) return 1; - if (*str < 0xc2) return 2; - c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x1f) << 6); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 2; - c += (*str++ & 0x3f); - *out_char = c; - return 2; - } - if ((*str & 0xf0) == 0xe0) - { - *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string - if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 3) return 1; - if (*str == 0xe0 && (str[1] < 0xa0 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 3; - if (*str == 0xed && str[1] > 0x9f) return 3; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below - c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x0f) << 12); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3; - c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3; - c += (*str++ & 0x3f); - *out_char = c; - return 3; - } - if ((*str & 0xf8) == 0xf0) - { - *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string - if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 4) return 1; - if (*str > 0xf4) return 4; - if (*str == 0xf0 && (str[1] < 0x90 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 4; - if (*str == 0xf4 && str[1] > 0x8f) return 4; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below - c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x07) << 18); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4; - c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 12); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4; - c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4; - c += (*str++ & 0x3f); - // utf-8 encodings of values used in surrogate pairs are invalid - if ((c & 0xFFFFF800) == 0xD800) return 4; - *out_char = c; - return 4; - } - *out_char = 0; - return 0; + + return wanted; } int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_text_remaining) { ImWchar* buf_out = buf; ImWchar* buf_end = buf + buf_size; - while (buf_out < buf_end-1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) + while (buf_out < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) { unsigned int c; in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end); if (c == 0) break; - if (c < 0x10000) // FIXME: Losing characters that don't fit in 2 bytes - *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c; + *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c; } *buf_out = 0; if (in_text_remaining) @@ -1155,8 +1695,7 @@ int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end); if (c == 0) break; - if (c < 0x10000) - char_count++; + char_count++; } return char_count; } @@ -1176,11 +1715,15 @@ static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c) buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + (c & 0x3f)); return 2; } - if (c >= 0xdc00 && c < 0xe000) + if (c < 0x10000) { - return 0; + if (buf_size < 3) return 0; + buf[0] = (char)(0xe0 + (c >> 12)); + buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f)); + buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f)); + return 3; } - if (c >= 0xd800 && c < 0xdc00) + if (c <= 0x10FFFF) { if (buf_size < 4) return 0; buf[0] = (char)(0xf0 + (c >> 18)); @@ -1189,22 +1732,23 @@ static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c) buf[3] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f)); return 4; } - //else if (c < 0x10000) - { - if (buf_size < 3) return 0; - buf[0] = (char)(0xe0 + (c >> 12)); - buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c>> 6) & 0x3f)); - buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f)); - return 3; - } + // Invalid code point, the max unicode is 0x10FFFF + return 0; +} + +// Not optimal but we very rarely use this function. +int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) +{ + unsigned int unused = 0; + return ImTextCharFromUtf8(&unused, in_text, in_text_end); } static inline int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(unsigned int c) { if (c < 0x80) return 1; if (c < 0x800) return 2; - if (c >= 0xdc00 && c < 0xe000) return 0; - if (c >= 0xd800 && c < 0xdc00) return 4; + if (c < 0x10000) return 3; + if (c <= 0x10FFFF) return 4; return 3; } @@ -1212,13 +1756,13 @@ int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWch { char* buf_out = buf; const char* buf_end = buf + buf_size; - while (buf_out < buf_end-1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) + while (buf_out < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) { unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++); if (c < 0x80) *buf_out++ = (char)c; else - buf_out += ImTextCharToUtf8(buf_out, (int)(buf_end-buf_out-1), c); + buf_out += ImTextCharToUtf8(buf_out, (int)(buf_end - buf_out - 1), c); } *buf_out = 0; return (int)(buf_out - buf); @@ -1238,9 +1782,23 @@ int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_e return bytes_count; } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions) +// Note: The Convert functions are early design which are not consistent with other API. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b) +{ + float t = ((col_b >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) / 255.f; + int r = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + int g = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + int b = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + return IM_COL32(r, g, b, 0xFF); +} + ImVec4 ImGui::ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in) { - float s = 1.0f/255.0f; + float s = 1.0f / 255.0f; return ImVec4( ((in >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s, ((in >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s, @@ -1258,38 +1816,6 @@ ImU32 ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in) return out; } -ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul) -{ - ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; - ImVec4 c = style.Colors[idx]; - c.w *= style.Alpha * alpha_mul; - return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); -} - -ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col) -{ - ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; - ImVec4 c = col; - c.w *= style.Alpha; - return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); -} - -const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx) -{ - ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; - return style.Colors[idx]; -} - -ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col) -{ - float style_alpha = GImGui->Style.Alpha; - if (style_alpha >= 1.0f) - return col; - int a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT; - a = (int)(a * style_alpha); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because Style.Alpha is in 0..1 range. - return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); -} - // Convert rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p592 // Optimized http://lolengine.net/blog/2013/01/13/fast-rgb-to-hsv void ImGui::ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v) @@ -1307,7 +1833,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& } const float chroma = r - (g < b ? g : b); - out_h = fabsf(K + (g - b) / (6.f * chroma + 1e-20f)); + out_h = ImFabs(K + (g - b) / (6.f * chroma + 1e-20f)); out_s = chroma / (r + 1e-20f); out_v = r; } @@ -1323,7 +1849,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& return; } - h = fmodf(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f/360.0f); + h = ImFmod(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f / 360.0f); int i = (int)h; float f = h - (float)i; float p = v * (1.0f - s); @@ -1341,79 +1867,21 @@ void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& } } -FILE* ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode) -{ -#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) - // We need a fopen() wrapper because MSVC/Windows fopen doesn't handle UTF-8 filenames. Converting both strings from UTF-8 to wchar format (using a single allocation, because we can) - const int filename_wsize = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(filename, NULL) + 1; - const int mode_wsize = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(mode, NULL) + 1; - ImVector buf; - buf.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize); - ImTextStrFromUtf8(&buf[0], filename_wsize, filename, NULL); - ImTextStrFromUtf8(&buf[filename_wsize], mode_wsize, mode, NULL); - return _wfopen((wchar_t*)&buf[0], (wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize]); -#else - return fopen(filename, mode); -#endif -} - -// Load file content into memory -// Memory allocated with ImGui::MemAlloc(), must be freed by user using ImGui::MemFree() -void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode, int* out_file_size, int padding_bytes) -{ - IM_ASSERT(filename && file_open_mode); - if (out_file_size) - *out_file_size = 0; - - FILE* f; - if ((f = ImFileOpen(filename, file_open_mode)) == NULL) - return NULL; - - long file_size_signed; - if (fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) || (file_size_signed = ftell(f)) == -1 || fseek(f, 0, SEEK_SET)) - { - fclose(f); - return NULL; - } - - int file_size = (int)file_size_signed; - void* file_data = ImGui::MemAlloc(file_size + padding_bytes); - if (file_data == NULL) - { - fclose(f); - return NULL; - } - if (fread(file_data, 1, (size_t)file_size, f) != (size_t)file_size) - { - fclose(f); - ImGui::MemFree(file_data); - return NULL; - } - if (padding_bytes > 0) - memset((void *)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, padding_bytes); - - fclose(f); - if (out_file_size) - *out_file_size = file_size; - - return file_data; -} - //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiStorage +// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage // Helper: Key->value storage //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // std::lower_bound but without the bullshit -static ImVector::iterator LowerBound(ImVector& data, ImGuiID key) +static ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* LowerBound(ImVector& data, ImGuiID key) { - ImVector::iterator first = data.begin(); - ImVector::iterator last = data.end(); + ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* first = data.Data; + ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* last = data.Data + data.Size; size_t count = (size_t)(last - first); while (count > 0) { size_t count2 = count >> 1; - ImVector::iterator mid = first + count2; + ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* mid = first + count2; if (mid->key < key) { first = ++mid; @@ -1430,23 +1898,23 @@ static ImVector::iterator LowerBound(ImVectorkey > ((const Pair*)rhs)->key) return +1; - if (((const Pair*)lhs)->key < ((const Pair*)rhs)->key) return -1; + if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key > ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return +1; + if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key < ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return -1; return 0; } }; if (Data.Size > 1) - qsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(Pair), StaticFunc::PairCompareByID); + ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), StaticFunc::PairCompareByID); } int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const { - ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) return default_val; return it->val_i; @@ -1459,7 +1927,7 @@ bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) const float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const { - ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) return default_val; return it->val_f; @@ -1467,7 +1935,7 @@ float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const { - ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) return NULL; return it->val_p; @@ -1476,9 +1944,9 @@ void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const // References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer. int* ImGuiStorage::GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val) { - ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key); + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val)); + it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); return &it->val_i; } @@ -1489,27 +1957,27 @@ bool* ImGuiStorage::GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val) { - ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key); + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val)); + it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); return &it->val_f; } void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val) { - ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key); + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val)); + it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); return &it->val_p; } // FIXME-OPT: Need a way to reuse the result of lower_bound when doing GetInt()/SetInt() - not too bad because it only happens on explicit interaction (maximum one a frame) void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val) { - ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key); + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) { - Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val)); + Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); return; } it->val_i = val; @@ -1522,10 +1990,10 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val) void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val) { - ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key); + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) { - Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val)); + Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); return; } it->val_f = val; @@ -1533,10 +2001,10 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val) void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val) { - ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key); + ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) { - Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val)); + Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); return; } it->val_p = val; @@ -1549,7 +2017,7 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v) } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiTextFilter +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]" @@ -1570,46 +2038,48 @@ ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter) bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width) { if (width != 0.0f) - ImGui::PushItemWidth(width); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(width); bool value_changed = ImGui::InputText(label, InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf)); - if (width != 0.0f) - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); if (value_changed) Build(); return value_changed; } -void ImGuiTextFilter::TextRange::split(char separator, ImVector& out) +void ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::split(char separator, ImVector* out) const { - out.resize(0); + out->resize(0); const char* wb = b; const char* we = wb; while (we < e) { if (*we == separator) { - out.push_back(TextRange(wb, we)); + out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we)); wb = we + 1; } we++; } if (wb != we) - out.push_back(TextRange(wb, we)); + out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we)); } void ImGuiTextFilter::Build() { Filters.resize(0); - TextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf+strlen(InputBuf)); - input_range.split(',', Filters); + ImGuiTextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf + strlen(InputBuf)); + input_range.split(',', &Filters); CountGrep = 0; for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++) { - Filters[i].trim_blanks(); - if (Filters[i].empty()) + ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i]; + while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(f.b[0])) + f.b++; + while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(f.e[-1])) + f.e--; + if (f.empty()) continue; - if (Filters[i].front() != '-') + if (Filters[i].b[0] != '-') CountGrep += 1; } } @@ -1624,19 +2094,19 @@ bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++) { - const TextRange& f = Filters[i]; + const ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i]; if (f.empty()) continue; - if (f.front() == '-') + if (f.b[0] == '-') { // Subtract - if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.begin()+1, f.end()) != NULL) + if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b + 1, f.e) != NULL) return false; } else { // Grep - if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.begin(), f.end()) != NULL) + if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b, f.e) != NULL) return true; } } @@ -1649,35 +2119,37 @@ bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiTextBuffer +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // On some platform vsnprintf() takes va_list by reference and modifies it. // va_copy is the 'correct' way to copy a va_list but Visual Studio prior to 2013 doesn't have it. #ifndef va_copy +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +#define va_copy(dest, src) __builtin_va_copy(dest, src) +#else #define va_copy(dest, src) (dest = src) #endif +#endif -// Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text -void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) +char ImGuiTextBuffer::EmptyString[1] = { 0 }; + +void ImGuiTextBuffer::append(const char* str, const char* str_end) { - va_list args_copy; - va_copy(args_copy, args); + int len = str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : (int)strlen(str); - int len = ImFormatStringV(NULL, 0, fmt, args); // FIXME-OPT: could do a first pass write attempt, likely successful on first pass. - if (len <= 0) - return; - - const int write_off = Buf.Size; + // Add zero-terminator the first time + const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1; const int needed_sz = write_off + len; if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity) { - int double_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2; - Buf.reserve(needed_sz > double_capacity ? needed_sz : double_capacity); + int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2; + Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity); } Buf.resize(needed_sz); - ImFormatStringV(&Buf[write_off - 1], len + 1, fmt, args_copy); + memcpy(&Buf[write_off - 1], str, (size_t)len); + Buf[write_off - 1 + len] = 0; } void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...) @@ -1688,1658 +2160,45 @@ void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...) va_end(args); } -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiSimpleColumns (internal use only) -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -ImGuiSimpleColumns::ImGuiSimpleColumns() +// Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text +void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) { - Count = 0; - Spacing = Width = NextWidth = 0.0f; - memset(Pos, 0, sizeof(Pos)); - memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths)); -} + va_list args_copy; + va_copy(args_copy, args); -void ImGuiSimpleColumns::Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear) -{ - IM_ASSERT(Count <= IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos)); - Count = count; - Width = NextWidth = 0.0f; - Spacing = spacing; - if (clear) memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths)); - for (int i = 0; i < Count; i++) + int len = ImFormatStringV(NULL, 0, fmt, args); // FIXME-OPT: could do a first pass write attempt, likely successful on first pass. + if (len <= 0) { - if (i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) - Width += Spacing; - Pos[i] = (float)(int)Width; - Width += NextWidths[i]; - NextWidths[i] = 0.0f; + va_end(args_copy); + return; } -} -float ImGuiSimpleColumns::DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2) // not using va_arg because they promote float to double -{ - NextWidth = 0.0f; - NextWidths[0] = ImMax(NextWidths[0], w0); - NextWidths[1] = ImMax(NextWidths[1], w1); - NextWidths[2] = ImMax(NextWidths[2], w2); - for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) - NextWidth += NextWidths[i] + ((i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) ? Spacing : 0.0f); - return ImMax(Width, NextWidth); -} + // Add zero-terminator the first time + const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1; + const int needed_sz = write_off + len; + if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity) + { + int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2; + Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity); + } -float ImGuiSimpleColumns::CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) -{ - return ImMax(0.0f, avail_w - Width); + Buf.resize(needed_sz); + ImFormatStringV(&Buf[write_off - 1], (size_t)len + 1, fmt, args_copy); + va_end(args_copy); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiListClipper +// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper +// This is currently not as flexible/powerful as it should be and really confusing/spaghetti, mostly because we changed +// the API mid-way through development and support two ways to using the clipper, needs some rework (see TODO) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static void SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height) -{ - // Set cursor position and a few other things so that SetScrollHere() and Columns() can work when seeking cursor. - // FIXME: It is problematic that we have to do that here, because custom/equivalent end-user code would stumble on the same issue. Consider moving within SetCursorXXX functions? - ImGui::SetCursorPosY(pos_y); - ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height; // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHere() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage. - window->DC.PrevLineHeight = (line_height - GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y); // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list. - if (window->DC.ColumnsSet) - window->DC.ColumnsSet->CellMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly -} - -// Use case A: Begin() called from constructor with items_height<0, then called again from Sync() in StepNo 1 -// Use case B: Begin() called from constructor with items_height>0 -// FIXME-LEGACY: Ideally we should remove the Begin/End functions but they are part of the legacy API we still support. This is why some of the code in Step() calling Begin() and reassign some fields, spaghetti style. -void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int count, float items_height) -{ - StartPosY = ImGui::GetCursorPosY(); - ItemsHeight = items_height; - ItemsCount = count; - StepNo = 0; - DisplayEnd = DisplayStart = -1; - if (ItemsHeight > 0.0f) - { - ImGui::CalcListClipping(ItemsCount, ItemsHeight, &DisplayStart, &DisplayEnd); // calculate how many to clip/display - if (DisplayStart > 0) - SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(StartPosY + DisplayStart * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor - StepNo = 2; - } -} - -void ImGuiListClipper::End() -{ - if (ItemsCount < 0) - return; - // In theory here we should assert that ImGui::GetCursorPosY() == StartPosY + DisplayEnd * ItemsHeight, but it feels saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user. - if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX) - SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(StartPosY + ItemsCount * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor - ItemsCount = -1; - StepNo = 3; -} - -bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() -{ - if (ItemsCount == 0 || ImGui::GetCurrentWindowRead()->SkipItems) - { - ItemsCount = -1; - return false; - } - if (StepNo == 0) // Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height. - { - DisplayStart = 0; - DisplayEnd = 1; - StartPosY = ImGui::GetCursorPosY(); - StepNo = 1; - return true; - } - if (StepNo == 1) // Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element. - { - if (ItemsCount == 1) { ItemsCount = -1; return false; } - float items_height = ImGui::GetCursorPosY() - StartPosY; - IM_ASSERT(items_height > 0.0f); // If this triggers, it means Item 0 hasn't moved the cursor vertically - Begin(ItemsCount-1, items_height); - DisplayStart++; - DisplayEnd++; - StepNo = 3; - return true; - } - if (StepNo == 2) // Step 2: dummy step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user still call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3. - { - IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart >= 0 && DisplayEnd >= 0); - StepNo = 3; - return true; - } - if (StepNo == 3) // Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. - End(); - return false; -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiWindow -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) -{ - Name = ImStrdup(name); - ID = ImHash(name, 0); - IDStack.push_back(ID); - Flags = 0; - PosFloat = Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - Size = SizeFull = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - SizeContents = SizeContentsExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - WindowRounding = 0.0f; - WindowBorderSize = 0.0f; - MoveId = GetID("#MOVE"); - Scroll = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); - ScrollbarX = ScrollbarY = false; - ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - Active = WasActive = false; - WriteAccessed = false; - Collapsed = false; - SkipItems = false; - Appearing = false; - CloseButton = false; - BeginOrderWithinParent = -1; - BeginOrderWithinContext = -1; - BeginCount = 0; - PopupId = 0; - AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1; - AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; - AutoFitChildAxises = 0x00; - AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; - HiddenFrames = 0; - SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing; - SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - - LastFrameActive = -1; - ItemWidthDefault = 0.0f; - FontWindowScale = 1.0f; - - DrawList = IM_NEW(ImDrawList)(&context->DrawListSharedData); - DrawList->_OwnerName = Name; - ParentWindow = NULL; - RootWindow = NULL; - RootNonPopupWindow = NULL; - - FocusIdxAllCounter = FocusIdxTabCounter = -1; - FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent = FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent = INT_MAX; - FocusIdxAllRequestNext = FocusIdxTabRequestNext = INT_MAX; -} - -ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow() -{ - IM_DELETE(DrawList); - IM_DELETE(Name); -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHash(str, str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : 0, seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); - return id; -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHash(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); - return id; -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - return ImHash(str, str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : 0, seed); -} - -// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere. -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - const int r_rel[4] = { (int)(r_abs.Min.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Min.y - Pos.y), (int)(r_abs.Max.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Max.y - Pos.y) }; - ImGuiID id = ImHash(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); - return id; -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Internal API exposed in imgui_internal.h -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +// FIXME-TABLE: This prevents us from using ImGuiListClipper _inside_ a table cell. +// The problem we have is that without a Begin/End scheme for rows using the clipper is ambiguous. +static bool GetSkipItemForListClipping() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.CurrentWindow = window; - if (window) - g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); -} - -void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id); - if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) - g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; - g.ActiveId = id; - g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; - g.ActiveIdIsAlive |= (id != 0); - g.ActiveIdWindow = window; -} - -void ImGui::ClearActiveID() -{ - SetActiveID(0, NULL); -} - -void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.HoveredId = id; - g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - g.HoveredIdTimer = (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id) ? (g.HoveredIdTimer + g.IO.DeltaTime) : 0.0f; -} - -void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.ActiveId == id) - g.ActiveIdIsAlive = true; -} - -static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) -{ - // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children) - // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.NavWindow) - if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindow) - if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow) - { - // For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup" - // NB: The order of those two tests is important because Modal windows are also Popups. - if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) - return false; - if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -// Advance cursor given item size for layout. -void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_offset_y) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries - const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, size.y); - const float text_base_offset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, text_offset_y); - //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG] - window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y); - window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2((float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX), (float)(int)(window->DC.CursorPos.y + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y)); - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x); - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); - //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG] - - window->DC.PrevLineHeight = line_height; - window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = text_base_offset; - window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - - // Horizontal layout mode - if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) - SameLine(); -} - -void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_offset_y) -{ - ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_offset_y); -} - -// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction. -// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface -// declares their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and then use a larger region for drawing/interaction, which is passed to ItemAdd(). -bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id, false); - window->DC.LastItemId = id; - window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; - window->DC.LastItemRectHoveredRect = false; - if (is_clipped) - return false; - //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG] - - // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them) - window->DC.LastItemRectHoveredRect = IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max); - return true; -} - -// This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable() -// - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered() -// - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId -bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd() - if (!window->DC.LastItemRectHoveredRect) - return false; - IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function - - // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window) - // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. - // Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was the test that has been running for a long while. - //if (g.HoveredWindow != window) - // return false; - if (g.HoveredRootWindow != window->RootWindow && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped)) - return false; - - // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged) - if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId) - return false; - - // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal - if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags)) - return false; - - // Test if the item is disabled - if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) - return false; - - // Special handling for the 1st item after Begin() which represent the title bar. When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect tht case. - if (window->DC.LastItemId == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed) - return false; - return true; -} - -// Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered(). -bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap) - return false; - - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.HoveredWindow != window) - return false; - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) - return false; - if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) - return false; - if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_Default)) - return false; - if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) - return false; - - SetHoveredID(id); - return true; -} - -bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect)) - if (id == 0 || id != g.ActiveId) - if (clip_even_when_logged || !g.LogEnabled) - return true; - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, bool tab_stop) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - const bool allow_keyboard_focus = (window->DC.ItemFlags & (ImGuiItemFlags_AllowKeyboardFocus | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == ImGuiItemFlags_AllowKeyboardFocus; - window->FocusIdxAllCounter++; - if (allow_keyboard_focus) - window->FocusIdxTabCounter++; - - // Process keyboard input at this point: TAB/Shift-TAB to tab out of the currently focused item. - // Note that we can always TAB out of a widget that doesn't allow tabbing in. - if (tab_stop && (g.ActiveId == id) && window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext == INT_MAX && window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext == INT_MAX && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)) - window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = window->FocusIdxTabCounter + (g.IO.KeyShift ? (allow_keyboard_focus ? -1 : 0) : +1); // Modulo on index will be applied at the end of frame once we've got the total counter of items. - - if (window->FocusIdxAllCounter == window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent) - return true; - - if (allow_keyboard_focus) - if (window->FocusIdxTabCounter == window->FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent) - return true; - - return false; -} - -void ImGui::FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - window->FocusIdxAllCounter--; - window->FocusIdxTabCounter--; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_x, float default_y) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImVec2 content_max; - if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f) - content_max = g.CurrentWindow->Pos + GetContentRegionMax(); - if (size.x <= 0.0f) - size.x = (size.x == 0.0f) ? default_x : ImMax(content_max.x - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.x, 4.0f) + size.x; - if (size.y <= 0.0f) - size.y = (size.y == 0.0f) ? default_y : ImMax(content_max.y - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.y, 4.0f) + size.y; - return size; -} - -float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x) -{ - if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f) - return 0.0f; - - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f) - wrap_pos_x = GetContentRegionMax().x + window->Pos.x; - else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f) - wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space - - return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t sz) -{ - GImGui->IO.MetricsAllocs++; - return GImGui->IO.MemAllocFn(sz); -} - -void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr) -{ - if (ptr) GImGui->IO.MetricsAllocs--; - return GImGui->IO.MemFreeFn(ptr); -} - -const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText() -{ - return GImGui->IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? GImGui->IO.GetClipboardTextFn(GImGui->IO.ClipboardUserData) : ""; -} - -void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text) -{ - if (GImGui->IO.SetClipboardTextFn) - GImGui->IO.SetClipboardTextFn(GImGui->IO.ClipboardUserData, text); -} - -const char* ImGui::GetVersion() -{ - return IMGUI_VERSION; -} - -// Internal state access - if you want to share ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself -// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module -ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext() -{ - return GImGui; -} - -void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) -{ -#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC - IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this. -#else - GImGui = ctx; -#endif -} - -ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(void* (*malloc_fn)(size_t), void (*free_fn)(void*)) -{ - if (!malloc_fn) malloc_fn = malloc; - ImGuiContext* ctx = (ImGuiContext*)malloc_fn(sizeof(ImGuiContext)); - IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(ctx) ImGuiContext(); - ctx->IO.MemAllocFn = malloc_fn; - ctx->IO.MemFreeFn = free_fn ? free_fn : free; - return ctx; -} - -void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) -{ - void (*free_fn)(void*) = ctx->IO.MemFreeFn; - ctx->~ImGuiContext(); - free_fn(ctx); - if (GImGui == ctx) - SetCurrentContext(NULL); -} - -ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO() -{ - return GImGui->IO; -} - -ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle() -{ - return GImGui->Style; -} - -// Same value as passed to your RenderDrawListsFn() function. valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame() -ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData() -{ - return GImGui->RenderDrawData.Valid ? &GImGui->RenderDrawData : NULL; -} - -float ImGui::GetTime() -{ - return GImGui->Time; -} - -int ImGui::GetFrameCount() -{ - return GImGui->FrameCount; -} - -ImDrawList* ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() -{ - return &GImGui->OverlayDrawList; -} - -ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() -{ - return &GImGui->DrawListSharedData; -} - -void ImGui::NewFrame() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Check user data - // (We pass an error message in the assert expression as a trick to get it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument) - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DeltaTime >= 0.0f && "Need a positive DeltaTime (zero is tolerated but will cause some timing issues)"); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f && "Invalid DisplaySize value"); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0 && "Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?"); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded() && "Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?"); - IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting"); - IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting. Alpha cannot be negative (allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations)"); - IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?"); - - // Initialize on first frame - if (!g.Initialized) - Initialize(); - - SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont()); - IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded()); - g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y); - g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol; - - g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime; - g.FrameCount += 1; - g.TooltipOverrideCount = 0; - g.WindowsActiveCount = 0; - g.OverlayDrawList.Clear(); - g.OverlayDrawList.PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID); - g.OverlayDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen(); - g.OverlayDrawList.Flags = (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines : 0) | (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill : 0); - - // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it - g.RenderDrawData.Valid = false; - g.RenderDrawData.CmdLists = NULL; - g.RenderDrawData.CmdListsCount = g.RenderDrawData.TotalVtxCount = g.RenderDrawData.TotalIdxCount = 0; - - // Clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore - if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame) - g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f; - g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId; - g.HoveredId = 0; - g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - if (!g.ActiveIdIsAlive && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId && g.ActiveId != 0) - ClearActiveID(); - if (g.ActiveId) - g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; - g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId; - g.ActiveIdIsAlive = false; - g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; - if (g.ScalarAsInputTextId && g.ActiveId != g.ScalarAsInputTextId) - g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0; - - // Elapse drag & drop payload - if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) - { - ClearDragDrop(); - g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.clear(); - memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); - } - g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr; - g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0; - g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX; - - // Update keyboard input state - memcpy(g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev, g.IO.KeysDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.KeysDownDuration)); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown); i++) - g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] = g.IO.KeysDown[i] ? (g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; - - // Update mouse input state - // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX component, but in reality we test for -256000.0f) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev)) - g.IO.MouseDelta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MousePosPrev; - else - g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++) - { - g.IO.MouseClicked[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f; - g.IO.MouseReleased[i] = !g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f; - g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i]; - g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] ? (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; - g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = false; - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) - { - if (g.Time - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickTime) - { - if (ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist) - g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = true; - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = -FLT_MAX; // so the third click isn't turned into a double-click - } - else - { - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time; - } - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i] = g.IO.MousePos; - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i] = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f; - } - else if (g.IO.MouseDown[i]) - { - ImVec2 mouse_delta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]; - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x, mouse_delta.x < 0.0f ? -mouse_delta.x : mouse_delta.x); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y, mouse_delta.y < 0.0f ? -mouse_delta.y : mouse_delta.y); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], ImLengthSqr(mouse_delta)); - } - } - - // Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature - g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx]; - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime; - g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame); - g.IO.Framerate = 1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame)); - - // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering). Only valid for root windows. - if (g.MovingWindowMoveId && g.MovingWindowMoveId == g.ActiveId) - { - KeepAliveID(g.MovingWindowMoveId); - IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindow); - IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow->MoveId == g.MovingWindowMoveId); - if (g.IO.MouseDown[0]) - { - ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset; - if (g.MovingWindow->RootWindow->PosFloat.x != pos.x || g.MovingWindow->RootWindow->PosFloat.y != pos.y) - MarkIniSettingsDirty(g.MovingWindow->RootWindow); - g.MovingWindow->RootWindow->PosFloat = pos; - FocusWindow(g.MovingWindow); - } - else - { - ClearActiveID(); - g.MovingWindow = NULL; - g.MovingWindowMoveId = 0; - } - } - else - { - g.MovingWindow = NULL; - g.MovingWindowMoveId = 0; - } - - // Delay saving settings so we don't spam disk too much - if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f) - { - g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; - if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) - SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); - } - - // Find the window we are hovering - // - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow. - // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point. - // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms. - g.HoveredWindow = (g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)) ? g.MovingWindow : FindHoveredWindow(g.IO.MousePos); - g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL; - - ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetFrontMostModalRootWindow(); - if (modal_window != NULL) - { - g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio = ImMin(g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f); - if (g.HoveredRootWindow && !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredRootWindow, modal_window)) - g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow = NULL; - } - else - { - g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio = 0.0f; - } - - // Update the WantCaptureMouse/WantCAptureKeyboard flags, so user can capture/discard the inputs away from the rest of their application. - // When clicking outside of a window we assume the click is owned by the application and won't request capture. We need to track click ownership. - int mouse_earliest_button_down = -1; - bool mouse_any_down = false; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++) - { - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) - g.IO.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || (!g.OpenPopupStack.empty()); - mouse_any_down |= g.IO.MouseDown[i]; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[i]) - if (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1 || g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] < g.IO.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_button_down]) - mouse_earliest_button_down = i; - } - bool mouse_avail_to_imgui = (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1) || g.IO.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_button_down]; - if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1) - g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0); - else - g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail_to_imgui && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || (!g.OpenPopupStack.empty()); - if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) - g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0); - else - g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL); - g.IO.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : 0; - g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; - g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = g.WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; - g.OsImePosRequest = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // OS Input Method Editor showing on top-left of our window by default - - // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering. - // FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02) - bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0; - if (!mouse_avail_to_imgui && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload) - g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL; - - // Scale & Scrolling - if (g.HoveredWindow && g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && !g.HoveredWindow->Collapsed) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.HoveredWindow; - if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling) - { - // Zoom / Scale window - const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f); - const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale; - window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale; - - const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size; - window->Pos += offset; - window->PosFloat += offset; - window->Size *= scale; - window->SizeFull *= scale; - } - else if (!g.IO.KeyCtrl) - { - // Mouse wheel Scrolling - // If a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag, we give a chance to scroll its parent (unless either ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs or ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar are also set). - ImGuiWindow* scroll_window = window; - while ((scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) && scroll_window->ParentWindow) - scroll_window = scroll_window->ParentWindow; - - if (!(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)) - { - float scroll_amount = 5 * scroll_window->CalcFontSize(); - scroll_amount = (float)(int)ImMin(scroll_amount, (scroll_window->ContentsRegionRect.GetHeight() + scroll_window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f) * 0.67f); - SetWindowScrollY(scroll_window, scroll_window->Scroll.y - g.IO.MouseWheel * scroll_amount); - } - } - } - - // Pressing TAB activate widget focus - if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.NavWindow != NULL && g.NavWindow->Active && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab, false)) - g.NavWindow->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = 0; - - // Mark all windows as not visible - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - window->WasActive = window->Active; - window->Active = false; - window->WriteAccessed = false; - } - - // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order - if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive) - FocusPreviousWindow(); - - // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame. - // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear. - g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0); - g.CurrentPopupStack.resize(0); - CloseInactivePopups(g.NavWindow); - - // Create implicit window - we will only render it if the user has added something to it. - // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags. - SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400,400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - Begin("Debug##Default"); -} - -static void* SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext&, const char* name) -{ - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImHash(name, 0)); - if (!settings) - settings = AddWindowSettings(name); - return (void*)settings; -} - -static void SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadLine(ImGuiContext&, void* entry, const char* line) -{ - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (ImGuiWindowSettings*)entry; - float x, y; - int i; - if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%f,%f", &x, &y) == 2) settings->Pos = ImVec2(x, y); - else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%f,%f", &x, &y) == 2) settings->Size = ImMax(ImVec2(x, y), GImGui->Style.WindowMinSize); - else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1) settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); -} - -static void SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll(ImGuiContext& g, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf) -{ - // Gather data from windows that were active during this session - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) - continue; - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID); - if (!settings) - settings = AddWindowSettings(window->Name); - settings->Pos = window->Pos; - settings->Size = window->SizeFull; - settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed; - } - - // Write a buffer - // If a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings - buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.Size * 96); // ballpark reserve - for (int i = 0; i != g.SettingsWindows.Size; i++) - { - const ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = &g.SettingsWindows[i]; - if (settings->Pos.x == FLT_MAX) - continue; - const char* name = settings->Name; - if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID() - name = p; - buf->appendf("[Window][%s]\n", name); - buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", (int)settings->Pos.x, (int)settings->Pos.y); - buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", (int)settings->Size.x, (int)settings->Size.y); - buf->appendf("Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed); - buf->appendf("\n"); - } -} - -void ImGui::Initialize() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.LogClipboard = IM_NEW(ImGuiTextBuffer)(); - - // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow type - ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; - ini_handler.TypeName = "Window"; - ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHash("Window", 0, 0); - ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadOpen; - ini_handler.ReadLineFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadLine; - ini_handler.WriteAllFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll; - g.SettingsHandlers.push_front(ini_handler); - - // Load .ini file - IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsWindows.empty()); - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); - g.Initialized = true; -} - -// This function is merely here to free heap allocations. -void ImGui::Shutdown() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) - if (g.IO.Fonts) // Testing for NULL to allow user to NULLify in case of running Shutdown() on multiple contexts. Bit hacky. - g.IO.Fonts->Clear(); - - // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialize ImGui. - if (!g.Initialized) - return; - - SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); - - for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) - IM_DELETE(g.Windows[i]); - g.Windows.clear(); - g.WindowsSortBuffer.clear(); - g.CurrentWindow = NULL; - g.CurrentWindowStack.clear(); - g.WindowsById.Clear(); - g.NavWindow = NULL; - g.HoveredWindow = NULL; - g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL; - g.ActiveIdWindow = NULL; - g.MovingWindow = NULL; - for (int i = 0; i < g.SettingsWindows.Size; i++) - IM_DELETE(g.SettingsWindows[i].Name); - g.ColorModifiers.clear(); - g.StyleModifiers.clear(); - g.FontStack.clear(); - g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); - g.CurrentPopupStack.clear(); - g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallback = NULL; - g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallbackUserData = NULL; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.RenderDrawLists); i++) - g.RenderDrawLists[i].clear(); - g.OverlayDrawList.ClearFreeMemory(); - g.PrivateClipboard.clear(); - g.InputTextState.Text.clear(); - g.InputTextState.InitialText.clear(); - g.InputTextState.TempTextBuffer.clear(); - - g.SettingsWindows.clear(); - g.SettingsHandlers.clear(); - - if (g.LogFile && g.LogFile != stdout) - { - fclose(g.LogFile); - g.LogFile = NULL; - } - if (g.LogClipboard) - IM_DELETE(g.LogClipboard); - - g.Initialized = false; -} - -ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int i = 0; i != g.SettingsWindows.Size; i++) - if (g.SettingsWindows[i].Id == id) - return &g.SettingsWindows[i]; - return NULL; -} - -static ImGuiWindowSettings* AddWindowSettings(const char* name) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.SettingsWindows.push_back(ImGuiWindowSettings()); - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = &g.SettingsWindows.back(); - settings->Name = ImStrdup(name); - settings->Id = ImHash(name, 0); - return settings; -} - -static void LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) -{ - if (!ini_filename) - return; - char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", NULL, +1); - if (!file_data) - return; - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data); - ImGui::MemFree(file_data); -} - -ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(ImGuiID type_hash) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].TypeHash == type_hash) - return &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; - return NULL; -} - -// Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing -static void LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* buf_readonly) -{ - // For convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll write zero terminators inside the buffer. So let's create a writable copy. - char* buf = ImStrdup(buf_readonly); - char* buf_end = buf + strlen(buf); - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - void* entry_data = NULL; - const ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL; - - char* line_end = NULL; - for (char* line = buf; line < buf_end; line = line_end + 1) - { - // Skip new lines markers, then find end of the line - while (*line == '\n' || *line == '\r') - line++; - line_end = line; - while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r') - line_end++; - line_end[0] = 0; - - if (line[0] == '[' && line_end > line && line_end[-1] == ']') - { - // Parse "[Type][Name]". Note that 'Name' can itself contains [] characters, which is acceptable with the current format and parsing code. - line_end[-1] = 0; - const char* name_end = line_end - 1; - const char* type_start = line + 1; - char* type_end = ImStrchrRange(type_start, name_end, ']'); - const char* name_start = type_end ? ImStrchrRange(type_end + 1, name_end, '[') : NULL; - if (!type_end || !name_start) - { - name_start = type_start; // Import legacy entries that have no type - type_start = "Window"; - } - else - { - *type_end = 0; // Overwrite first ']' - name_start++; // Skip second '[' - } - const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHash(type_start, 0, 0); - entry_handler = ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(type_hash); - entry_data = entry_handler ? entry_handler->ReadOpenFn(g, name_start) : NULL; - } - else if (entry_handler != NULL && entry_data != NULL) - { - // Let type handler parse the line - entry_handler->ReadLineFn(g, entry_data, line); - } - } - ImGui::MemFree(buf); -} - -static void SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; - if (!ini_filename) - return; - - ImVector buf; - SaveIniSettingsToMemory(buf); - - FILE* f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt"); - if (!f) - return; - fwrite(buf.Data, sizeof(char), (size_t)buf.Size, f); - fclose(f); -} - -static void SaveIniSettingsToMemory(ImVector& out_buf) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; - - ImGuiTextBuffer buf; - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].WriteAllFn(g, &buf); - - buf.Buf.pop_back(); // Remove extra zero-terminator used by ImGuiTextBuffer - out_buf.swap(buf.Buf); -} - -void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; -} - -static void MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) - if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; -} - -// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure. -static int ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) -{ - const ImGuiWindow* a = *(const ImGuiWindow**)lhs; - const ImGuiWindow* b = *(const ImGuiWindow**)rhs; - if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) - return d; - if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) - return d; - return (a->BeginOrderWithinParent - b->BeginOrderWithinParent); -} - -static void AddWindowToSortedBuffer(ImVector& out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - out_sorted_windows.push_back(window); - if (window->Active) - { - int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; - if (count > 1) - qsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.begin(), (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer); - for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; - if (child->Active) - AddWindowToSortedBuffer(out_sorted_windows, child); - } - } -} - -static void AddDrawListToRenderList(ImVector& out_render_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) -{ - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.empty()) - return; - - // Remove trailing command if unused - ImDrawCmd& last_cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back(); - if (last_cmd.ElemCount == 0 && last_cmd.UserCallback == NULL) - { - draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back(); - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.empty()) - return; - } - - // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly. - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); - IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); - - // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable in a single draw call (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window) - // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually: - // A) Make sure you are coarse clipping, because ImDrawList let all your vertices pass. You can use thre Metrics window to inspect draw list contents. - // B) If you need/want meshes with more than 64K vertices, uncomment the '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h to set the index size to 4 bytes. - // You'll need to handle the 4-bytes indices to your renderer. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time by doing: - // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset); - // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most API. - // C) If for some reason you cannot use 4 bytes indices or don't want to, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists. - if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2) - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above"); - - out_render_list.push_back(draw_list); - GImGui->IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; - GImGui->IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; -} - -static void AddWindowToRenderList(ImVector& out_render_list, ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - AddDrawListToRenderList(out_render_list, window->DrawList); - for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; - if (!child->Active) // clipped children may have been marked not active - continue; - if ((child->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && child->HiddenFrames > 0) - continue; - AddWindowToRenderList(out_render_list, child); - } -} - -static void AddWindowToRenderListSelectLayer(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - // FIXME: Generalize this with a proper layering system so e.g. user can draw in specific layers, below text, .. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows++; - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - AddWindowToRenderList(g.RenderDrawLists[1], window); - else if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - AddWindowToRenderList(g.RenderDrawLists[2], window); - else - AddWindowToRenderList(g.RenderDrawLists[0], window); -} - -// When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values, to that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result. -void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect); - window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); -} - -void ImGui::PopClipRect() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); - window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); -} - -// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal. -void ImGui::EndFrame() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame() - if (g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) // Don't process EndFrame() multiple times. - return; - - // Notify OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME) - if (g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn && ImLengthSqr(g.OsImePosRequest - g.OsImePosSet) > 0.0001f) - { - g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn((int)g.OsImePosRequest.x, (int)g.OsImePosRequest.y); - g.OsImePosSet = g.OsImePosRequest; - } - - // Hide implicit "Debug" window if it hasn't been used - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1); // Mismatched Begin()/End() calls - if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed) - g.CurrentWindow->Active = false; - ImGui::End(); - - if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.HoveredId == 0) - { - if (!g.NavWindow || !g.NavWindow->Appearing) // Unless we just made a window/popup appear - { - // Click to focus window and start moving (after we're done with all our widgets) - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) - { - if (g.HoveredRootWindow != NULL) - { - FocusWindow(g.HoveredWindow); - if (!(g.HoveredWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) && !(g.HoveredRootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) - { - g.MovingWindow = g.HoveredWindow; - g.MovingWindowMoveId = g.MovingWindow->MoveId; - SetActiveID(g.MovingWindowMoveId, g.HoveredRootWindow); - g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - g.MovingWindow->RootWindow->Pos; - } - } - else if (g.NavWindow != NULL && GetFrontMostModalRootWindow() == NULL) - { - // Clicking on void disable focus - FocusWindow(NULL); - } - } - - // With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus - // (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow which will lead NewFrame->CloseInactivePopups to trigger) - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1]) - { - // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the front most Modal Window. - // This is where we can trim the popup stack. - ImGuiWindow* modal = GetFrontMostModalRootWindow(); - bool hovered_window_above_modal = false; - if (modal == NULL) - hovered_window_above_modal = true; - for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0 && hovered_window_above_modal == false; i--) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - if (window == modal) - break; - if (window == g.HoveredWindow) - hovered_window_above_modal = true; - } - CloseInactivePopups(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal); - } - } - } - - // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent - // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because childs may not exist yet - g.WindowsSortBuffer.resize(0); - g.WindowsSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size); - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // if a child is active its parent will add it - continue; - AddWindowToSortedBuffer(g.WindowsSortBuffer, window); - } - - IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsSortBuffer.Size); // we done something wrong - g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsSortBuffer); - - // Clear Input data for next frame - g.IO.MouseWheel = 0.0f; - memset(g.IO.InputCharacters, 0, sizeof(g.IO.InputCharacters)); - - g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount; -} - -void ImGui::Render() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame() - - if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount) - ImGui::EndFrame(); - g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount; - - // Skip render altogether if alpha is 0.0 - // Note that vertex buffers have been created and are wasted, so it is best practice that you don't create windows in the first place, or consistently respond to Begin() returning false. - if (g.Style.Alpha > 0.0f) - { - // Gather windows to render - g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = 0; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.RenderDrawLists); i++) - g.RenderDrawLists[i].resize(0); - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - if (window->Active && window->HiddenFrames <= 0 && (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) == 0) - AddWindowToRenderListSelectLayer(window); - } - - // Flatten layers - int n = g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size; - int flattened_size = n; - for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.RenderDrawLists); i++) - flattened_size += g.RenderDrawLists[i].Size; - g.RenderDrawLists[0].resize(flattened_size); - for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.RenderDrawLists); i++) - { - ImVector& layer = g.RenderDrawLists[i]; - if (layer.empty()) - continue; - memcpy(&g.RenderDrawLists[0][n], &layer[0], layer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*)); - n += layer.Size; - } - - // Draw software mouse cursor if requested - if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor) - { - const ImGuiMouseCursorData& cursor_data = g.MouseCursorData[g.MouseCursor]; - const ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - cursor_data.HotOffset; - const ImVec2 size = cursor_data.Size; - const ImTextureID tex_id = g.IO.Fonts->TexID; - g.OverlayDrawList.PushTextureID(tex_id); - g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos+ImVec2(1,0), pos+ImVec2(1,0) + size, cursor_data.TexUvMin[1], cursor_data.TexUvMax[1], IM_COL32(0,0,0,48)); // Shadow - g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos+ImVec2(2,0), pos+ImVec2(2,0) + size, cursor_data.TexUvMin[1], cursor_data.TexUvMax[1], IM_COL32(0,0,0,48)); // Shadow - g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size, cursor_data.TexUvMin[1], cursor_data.TexUvMax[1], IM_COL32(0,0,0,255)); // Black border - g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size, cursor_data.TexUvMin[0], cursor_data.TexUvMax[0], IM_COL32(255,255,255,255)); // White fill - g.OverlayDrawList.PopTextureID(); - } - if (!g.OverlayDrawList.VtxBuffer.empty()) - AddDrawListToRenderList(g.RenderDrawLists[0], &g.OverlayDrawList); - - // Setup draw data - g.RenderDrawData.Valid = true; - g.RenderDrawData.CmdLists = (g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size > 0) ? &g.RenderDrawLists[0][0] : NULL; - g.RenderDrawData.CmdListsCount = g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size; - g.RenderDrawData.TotalVtxCount = g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices; - g.RenderDrawData.TotalIdxCount = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices; - - // Render. If user hasn't set a callback then they may retrieve the draw data via GetDrawData() - if (g.RenderDrawData.CmdListsCount > 0 && g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn != NULL) - g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn(&g.RenderDrawData); - } -} - -const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end) -{ - const char* text_display_end = text; - if (!text_end) - text_end = (const char*)-1; - - while (text_display_end < text_end && *text_display_end != '\0' && (text_display_end[0] != '#' || text_display_end[1] != '#')) - text_display_end++; - return text_display_end; -} - -// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed) -void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!g.LogEnabled) - return; - - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - if (g.LogFile) - { - vfprintf(g.LogFile, fmt, args); - } - else - { - g.LogClipboard->appendfv(fmt, args); - } - va_end(args); -} - -// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth. -// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding -static void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - if (!text_end) - text_end = ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); - - const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > window->DC.LogLinePosY + 1); - if (ref_pos) - window->DC.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y; - - const char* text_remaining = text; - if (g.LogStartDepth > window->DC.TreeDepth) // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth - g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth; - const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogStartDepth); - for (;;) - { - // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by spacing corresponding to the current depth of our log entry. - const char* line_end = text_remaining; - while (line_end < text_end) - if (*line_end == '\n') - break; - else - line_end++; - if (line_end >= text_end) - line_end = NULL; - - const bool is_first_line = (text == text_remaining); - bool is_last_line = false; - if (line_end == NULL) - { - is_last_line = true; - line_end = text_end; - } - if (line_end != NULL && !(is_last_line && (line_end - text_remaining)==0)) - { - const int char_count = (int)(line_end - text_remaining); - if (log_new_line || !is_first_line) - ImGui::LogText(IM_NEWLINE "%*s%.*s", tree_depth*4, "", char_count, text_remaining); - else - ImGui::LogText(" %.*s", char_count, text_remaining); - } - - if (is_last_line) - break; - text_remaining = line_end + 1; - } -} - -// Internal ImGui functions to render text -// RenderText***() functions calls ImDrawList::AddText() calls ImBitmapFont::RenderText() -void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_hash) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - // Hide anything after a '##' string - const char* text_display_end; - if (hide_text_after_hash) - { - text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); - } - else - { - if (!text_end) - text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT - text_display_end = text_end; - } - - const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text); - if (text_len > 0) - { - window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end); - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_display_end); - } -} - -void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - if (!text_end) - text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT - - const int text_len = (int)(text_end - text); - if (text_len > 0) - { - window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_end, wrap_width); - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_end); - } -} - -// Default clip_rect uses (pos_min,pos_max) -// Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges) -void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect) -{ - // Hide anything after a '##' string - const char* text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); - const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text); - if (text_len == 0) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state - ImVec2 pos = pos_min; - const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_display_end, false, 0.0f); - - const ImVec2* clip_min = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Min : &pos_min; - const ImVec2* clip_max = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Max : &pos_max; - bool need_clipping = (pos.x + text_size.x >= clip_max->x) || (pos.y + text_size.y >= clip_max->y); - if (clip_rect) // If we had no explicit clipping rectangle then pos==clip_min - need_clipping |= (pos.x < clip_min->x) || (pos.y < clip_min->y); - - // Align whole block. We should defer that to the better rendering function when we'll have support for individual line alignment. - if (align.x > 0.0f) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, pos.x + (pos_max.x - pos.x - text_size.x) * align.x); - if (align.y > 0.0f) pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, pos.y + (pos_max.y - pos.y - text_size.y) * align.y); - - // Render - if (need_clipping) - { - ImVec4 fine_clip_rect(clip_min->x, clip_min->y, clip_max->x, clip_max->y); - window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, &fine_clip_rect); - } - else - { - window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, NULL); - } - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_display_end); -} - -// Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders -void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, fill_col, rounding); - const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize; - if (border && border_size > 0.0f) - { - window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min+ImVec2(1,1), p_max+ImVec2(1,1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); - window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); - } -} - -void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize; - if (border_size > 0.0f) - { - window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min+ImVec2(1,1), p_max+ImVec2(1,1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); - window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); - } -} - -// Render a triangle to denote expanded/collapsed state -void ImGui::RenderTriangle(ImVec2 p_min, ImGuiDir dir, float scale) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - const float h = g.FontSize * 1.00f; - float r = h * 0.40f * scale; - ImVec2 center = p_min + ImVec2(h * 0.50f, h * 0.50f * scale); - - ImVec2 a, b, c; - switch (dir) - { - case ImGuiDir_Up: - case ImGuiDir_Down: - if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) r = -r; - center.y -= r * 0.25f; - a = ImVec2(0,1) * r; - b = ImVec2(-0.866f,-0.5f) * r; - c = ImVec2(+0.866f,-0.5f) * r; - break; - case ImGuiDir_Left: - case ImGuiDir_Right: - if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) r = -r; - center.x -= r * 0.25f; - a = ImVec2(1,0) * r; - b = ImVec2(-0.500f,+0.866f) * r; - c = ImVec2(-0.500f,-0.866f) * r; - break; - case ImGuiDir_None: - case ImGuiDir_Count_: - IM_ASSERT(0); - break; - } - - window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(center + a, center + b, center + c, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); -} - -void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(pos, GImGui->FontSize*0.20f, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), 8); -} - -void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - float thickness = ImMax(sz / 5.0f, 1.0f); - sz -= thickness*0.5f; - pos += ImVec2(thickness*0.25f, thickness*0.25f); - - float third = sz / 3.0f; - float bx = pos.x + third; - float by = pos.y + sz - third*0.5f; - window->DrawList->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx - third, by - third)); - window->DrawList->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx, by)); - window->DrawList->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx + third*2, by - third*2)); - window->DrawList->PathStroke(col, false, thickness); -} - -// Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker. -// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, GImGui->FontSize) -ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - const char* text_display_end; - if (hide_text_after_double_hash) - text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); // Hide anything after a '##' string - else - text_display_end = text_end; - - ImFont* font = g.Font; - const float font_size = g.FontSize; - if (text == text_display_end) - return ImVec2(0.0f, font_size); - ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL); - - // Cancel out character spacing for the last character of a line (it is baked into glyph->AdvanceX field) - const float font_scale = font_size / font->FontSize; - const float character_spacing_x = 1.0f * font_scale; - if (text_size.x > 0.0f) - text_size.x -= character_spacing_x; - text_size.x = (float)(int)(text_size.x + 0.95f); - - return text_size; + return (g.CurrentTable ? g.CurrentTable->HostSkipItems : g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems); } // Helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items. @@ -3356,1992 +2215,267 @@ void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items *out_items_display_end = items_count; return; } - if (window->SkipItems) + if (GetSkipItemForListClipping()) { *out_items_display_start = *out_items_display_end = 0; return; } + // We create the union of the ClipRect and the NavScoringRect which at worst should be 1 page away from ClipRect + ImRect unclipped_rect = window->ClipRect; + if (g.NavMoveRequest) + unclipped_rect.Add(g.NavScoringRect); + if (g.NavJustMovedToId && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavJustMovedToId) + unclipped_rect.Add(ImRect(window->Pos + window->NavRectRel[0].Min, window->Pos + window->NavRectRel[0].Max)); + const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - int start = (int)((window->ClipRect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height); - int end = (int)((window->ClipRect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height); + int start = (int)((unclipped_rect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height); + int end = (int)((unclipped_rect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height); + + // When performing a navigation request, ensure we have one item extra in the direction we are moving to + if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) + start--; + if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) + end++; + start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count); end = ImClamp(end + 1, start, items_count); *out_items_display_start = start; *out_items_display_end = end; } -// Find window given position, search front-to-back -// FIXME: Note that we have a lag here because WindowRectClipped is updated in Begin() so windows moved by user via SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window thankfully isn't affected. -static ImGuiWindow* FindHoveredWindow(ImVec2 pos) +static void SetCursorPosYAndSetupForPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height) { + // Set cursor position and a few other things so that SetScrollHereY() and Columns() can work when seeking cursor. + // FIXME: It is problematic that we have to do that here, because custom/equivalent end-user code would stumble on the same issue. + // The clipper should probably have a 4th step to display the last item in a regular manner. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + float off_y = pos_y - window->DC.CursorPos.y; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, pos_y); + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height; // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHereY() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage. + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list. + if (ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns) + columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly + if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - if (!window->Active) - continue; - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) - continue; - - // Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always) - ImRect bb(window->WindowRectClipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, window->WindowRectClipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding); - if (bb.Contains(pos)) - return window; + if (table->IsInsideRow) + ImGui::TableEndRow(table); + table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + const int row_increase = (int)((off_y / line_height) + 0.5f); + //table->CurrentRow += row_increase; // Can't do without fixing TableEndRow() + table->RowBgColorCounter += row_increase; } - return NULL; } -// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle -// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting -// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding) -bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip) +ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper() +{ + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + ItemsCount = -1; +} + +ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper() +{ + IM_ASSERT(ItemsCount == -1 && "Forgot to call End(), or to Step() until false?"); +} + +// Use case A: Begin() called from constructor with items_height<0, then called again from Step() in StepNo 1 +// Use case B: Begin() called from constructor with items_height>0 +// FIXME-LEGACY: Ideally we should remove the Begin/End functions but they are part of the legacy API we still support. This is why some of the code in Step() calling Begin() and reassign some fields, spaghetti style. +void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - // Clip - ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max); - if (clip) - rect_clipped.ClipWith(window->ClipRect); + if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable) + if (table->IsInsideRow) + ImGui::TableEndRow(table); - // Expand for touch input - const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding); - return rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos); + StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + ItemsHeight = items_height; + ItemsCount = items_count; + ItemsFrozen = 0; + StepNo = 0; + DisplayStart = -1; + DisplayEnd = 0; } -bool ImGui::IsAnyWindowHovered() +void ImGuiListClipper::End() +{ + if (ItemsCount < 0) // Already ended + return; + + // In theory here we should assert that ImGui::GetCursorPosY() == StartPosY + DisplayEnd * ItemsHeight, but it feels saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user. + if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0) + SetCursorPosYAndSetupForPrevLine(StartPosY + (ItemsCount - ItemsFrozen) * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); + ItemsCount = -1; + StepNo = 3; +} + +bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.HoveredWindow != NULL; -} + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; -bool ImGui::IsAnyWindowFocused() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.NavWindow != NULL; -} + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (table && table->IsInsideRow) + ImGui::TableEndRow(table); -static bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat) -{ - const int key_index = GImGui->IO.KeyMap[key]; - return (key_index >= 0) ? ImGui::IsKeyPressed(key_index, repeat) : false; -} - -int ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key) -{ - IM_ASSERT(imgui_key >= 0 && imgui_key < ImGuiKey_COUNT); - return GImGui->IO.KeyMap[imgui_key]; -} - -// Note that imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry of io.KeyDown[]. Use your own indices/enums according to how your backend/engine stored them into KeyDown[]! -bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(int user_key_index) -{ - if (user_key_index < 0) return false; - IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(GImGui->IO.KeysDown)); - return GImGui->IO.KeysDown[user_key_index]; -} - -int ImGui::CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(float t, float t_prev, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) -{ - if (t == 0.0f) - return 1; - if (t <= repeat_delay || repeat_rate <= 0.0f) - return 0; - const int count = (int)((t - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate) - (int)((t_prev - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); - return (count > 0) ? count : 0; -} - -int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (key_index < 0) return false; - IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); - const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[key_index]; - return CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(t, t - g.IO.DeltaTime, repeat_delay, repeat_rate); -} - -bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (user_key_index < 0) return false; - IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); - const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[user_key_index]; - if (t == 0.0f) - return true; - if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay) - return GetKeyPressedAmount(user_key_index, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0; - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (user_key_index < 0) return false; - IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); - if (g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev[user_key_index] >= 0.0f && !g.IO.KeysDown[user_key_index]) - return true; - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(int button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - return g.IO.MouseDown[button]; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button]; - if (t == 0.0f) - return true; - - if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay) + // No items + if (ItemsCount == 0 || GetSkipItemForListClipping()) { - float delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate; - if ((fmodf(t - delay, rate) > rate*0.5f) != (fmodf(t - delay - g.IO.DeltaTime, rate) > rate*0.5f)) + End(); + return false; + } + + // Step 0: Let you process the first element (regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height) + if (StepNo == 0) + { + // While we are in frozen row state, keep displaying items one by one, unclipped + // FIXME: Could be stored as a table-agnostic state. + if (table != NULL && !table->IsUnfrozenRows) + { + DisplayStart = ItemsFrozen; + DisplayEnd = ItemsFrozen + 1; + ItemsFrozen++; return true; - } - - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(int button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - return g.IO.MouseReleased[button]; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(int button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - return g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[button]; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(int button, float lock_threshold) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) - return false; - if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) - lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; - return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos() -{ - return GImGui->IO.MousePos; -} - -// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed! -ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.CurrentPopupStack.Size > 0) - return g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size-1].MousePosOnOpen; - return g.IO.MousePos; -} - -// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position -bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos) -{ - if (mouse_pos == NULL) - mouse_pos = &GImGui->IO.MousePos; - const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f; - return mouse_pos->x >= MOUSE_INVALID && mouse_pos->y >= MOUSE_INVALID; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(int button, float lock_threshold) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) - lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[button]) - if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold) - return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]; // Assume we can only get active with left-mouse button (at the moment). - return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); -} - -void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(int button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos; -} - -ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor() -{ - return GImGui->MouseCursor; -} - -void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type) -{ - GImGui->MouseCursor = cursor_type; -} - -void ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool capture) -{ - GImGui->WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0; -} - -void ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp(bool capture) -{ - GImGui->WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0; -} - -bool ImGui::IsItemActive() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.ActiveId) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - return g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemId; - } - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(int mouse_button) -{ - return IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Default); -} - -bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.HoveredId != 0 || g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0; -} - -bool ImGui::IsAnyItemActive() -{ - return GImGui->ActiveId != 0; -} - -bool ImGui::IsItemVisible() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(window->DC.LastItemRect); -} - -// Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority. -void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.HoveredId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId) - g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true; - if (g.ActiveId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId) - g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.LastItemRect.Min; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.LastItemRect.Max; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.LastItemRect.GetSize(); -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemRectClosestPoint(const ImVec2& pos, bool on_edge, float outward) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImRect rect = window->DC.LastItemRect; - rect.Expand(outward); - return rect.GetClosestPoint(pos, on_edge); -} - -static ImRect GetVisibleRect() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin.x != g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax.x && g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin.y != g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax.y) - return ImRect(g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin, g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax); - return ImRect(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y); -} - -// Not exposed publicly as BeginTooltip() because bool parameters are evil. Let's see if other needs arise first. -void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, bool override_previous_tooltip) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - char window_name[16]; - ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount); - if (override_previous_tooltip) - if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name)) - if (window->Active) - { - // Hide previous tooltips. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one. - window->HiddenFrames = 1; - ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount); - } - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize; - Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_flags); -} - -void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - BeginTooltipEx(0, true); - TextV(fmt, args); - EndTooltip(); -} - -void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - SetTooltipV(fmt, args); - va_end(args); -} - -void ImGui::BeginTooltip() -{ - BeginTooltipEx(0, false); -} - -void ImGui::EndTooltip() -{ - IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls - ImGui::End(); -} - -// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state). -// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. -// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level). -// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL) -void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, bool reopen_existing) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; - int current_stack_size = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size; - ImGuiPopupRef popup_ref = ImGuiPopupRef(id, parent_window, parent_window->GetID("##Menus"), g.IO.MousePos); // Tagged as new ref because constructor sets Window to NULL. - if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1) - g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); - else if (reopen_existing || g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId != id) - { - g.OpenPopupStack.resize(current_stack_size+1); - g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size] = popup_ref; - - // When reopening a popup we first refocus its parent, otherwise if its parent is itself a popup it would get closed by CloseInactivePopups(). - // This is equivalent to what ClosePopupToLevel() does. - if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id) - FocusWindow(parent_window); - } -} - -void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - OpenPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id), false); -} - -static void CloseInactivePopups(ImGuiWindow* ref_window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.OpenPopupStack.empty()) - return; - - // When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it. - // Don't close our own child popup windows. - int n = 0; - if (ref_window) - { - for (n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++) - { - ImGuiPopupRef& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[n]; - if (!popup.Window) - continue; - IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0); - if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - continue; - - // Trim the stack if popups are not direct descendant of the reference window (which is often the NavWindow) - bool has_focus = false; - for (int m = n; m < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && !has_focus; m++) - has_focus = (g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window && g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window->RootWindow == ref_window->RootWindow); - if (!has_focus) - break; } + + StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + if (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f) + { + // Submit the first item so we can measure its height (generally it is 0..1) + DisplayStart = ItemsFrozen; + DisplayEnd = ItemsFrozen + 1; + StepNo = 1; + return true; + } + + // Already has item height (given by user in Begin): skip to calculating step + DisplayStart = DisplayEnd; + StepNo = 2; } - if (n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the block below - ClosePopupToLevel(n); -} -static ImGuiWindow* GetFrontMostModalRootWindow() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size-1; n >= 0; n--) - if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window) - if (popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) - return popup; - return NULL; -} - -static void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (remaining > 0) - ImGui::FocusWindow(g.OpenPopupStack[remaining-1].Window); - else - ImGui::FocusWindow(g.OpenPopupStack[0].ParentWindow); - g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining); -} - -void ImGui::ClosePopup(ImGuiID id) -{ - if (!IsPopupOpen(id)) - return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1); -} - -// Close the popup we have begin-ed into. -void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - int popup_idx = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size - 1; - if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.CurrentPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId) - return; - while (popup_idx > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window && (g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) - popup_idx--; - ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx); -} - -static inline void ClearSetNextWindowData() -{ - // FIXME-OPT - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.SetNextWindowPosCond = g.SetNextWindowSizeCond = g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond = 0; - g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraint = g.SetNextWindowFocus = false; -} - -bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!IsPopupOpen(id)) + // Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element + if (StepNo == 1) { - ClearSetNextWindowData(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + IM_ASSERT(ItemsHeight <= 0.0f); + if (table) + { + const float pos_y1 = table->RowPosY1; // Using this instead of StartPosY to handle clipper straddling the frozen row + const float pos_y2 = table->RowPosY2; // Using this instead of CursorPos.y to take account of tallest cell. + ItemsHeight = pos_y2 - pos_y1; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y2; + } + else + { + ItemsHeight = window->DC.CursorPos.y - StartPosY; + } + IM_ASSERT(ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!"); + StepNo = 2; + } + + // Reached end of list + if (DisplayEnd >= ItemsCount) + { + End(); return false; } - char name[20]; - if (extra_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) - ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.CurrentPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth - else - ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame - - bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, extra_flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); - if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) - EndPopup(); - - return is_open; -} - -bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.CurrentPopupStack.Size) // Early out for performance + // Step 2: calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element + if (StepNo == 2) { - ClearSetNextWindowData(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values - return false; - } - return BeginPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id), ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); -} + IM_ASSERT(ItemsHeight > 0.0f); -bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id; -} + int already_submitted = DisplayEnd; + ImGui::CalcListClipping(ItemsCount - already_submitted, ItemsHeight, &DisplayStart, &DisplayEnd); + DisplayStart += already_submitted; + DisplayEnd += already_submitted; -bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].PopupId == g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); -} + // Seek cursor + if (DisplayStart > already_submitted) + SetCursorPosYAndSetupForPrevLine(StartPosY + (DisplayStart - ItemsFrozen) * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); -bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name); - if (!IsPopupOpen(id)) - { - ClearSetNextWindowData(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values - return false; - } - - // Center modal windows by default - if ((window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.SetNextWindowPosCond) == 0) - SetNextWindowPos(g.IO.DisplaySize * 0.5f, ImGuiCond_Appearing, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); - - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = extra_flags|ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; - bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags); - if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) - { - EndPopup(); - if (is_open) - ClosePopup(id); - return false; - } - - return is_open; -} - -void ImGui::EndPopup() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; (void)g; - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentPopupStack.Size > 0); - End(); -} - -bool ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, int mouse_button) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - if (IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) - { - ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // However, you cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) - OpenPopupEx(id, true); + StepNo = 3; return true; } + + // Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), + // Advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. + if (StepNo == 3) + { + // Seek cursor + if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX) + SetCursorPosYAndSetupForPrevLine(StartPosY + (ItemsCount - ItemsFrozen) * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor + ItemsCount = -1; + return false; + } + + IM_ASSERT(0); return false; } -// This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget. -// You may want to handle this on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters). -// You can pass a NULL str_id to use the identifier of the last item. -bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, int mouse_button) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] STYLING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // However, you cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) - if (IsMouseClicked(mouse_button)) - if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) - OpenPopupEx(id, true); - return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); + return GImGui->Style; } -bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items) +ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul) { - if (!str_id) - str_id = "window_context"; - ImGuiID id = GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); - if (IsMouseClicked(mouse_button)) - if (IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) - if (also_over_items || !IsAnyItemHovered()) - OpenPopupEx(id, true); - return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); + ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; + ImVec4 c = style.Colors[idx]; + c.w *= style.Alpha * alpha_mul; + return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); } -bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, int mouse_button) +ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col) { - if (!str_id) - str_id = "void_context"; - ImGuiID id = GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); - if (!IsAnyWindowHovered() && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button)) - OpenPopupEx(id, true); - return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); + ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; + ImVec4 c = col; + c.w *= style.Alpha; + return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); } -static bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) +const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow(); - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; - flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag - - const ImVec2 content_avail = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail(); - ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg); - const int auto_fit_axises = ((size.x == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_X) : 0x00) | ((size.y == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y) : 0x00); - if (size.x <= 0.0f) - size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too much issues) - if (size.y <= 0.0f) - size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y + size.y, 4.0f); - - const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize; - if (!border) - g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f; - flags |= extra_flags; - - char title[256]; - if (name) - ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id); - else - ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); - - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(size); - bool ret = ImGui::Begin(title, NULL, flags); - ImGuiWindow* child_window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow(); - child_window->AutoFitChildAxises = auto_fit_axises; - g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size; - - return ret; + ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; + return style.Colors[idx]; } -bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) +ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - return BeginChildEx(str_id, window->GetID(str_id), size_arg, border, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, border, extra_flags); -} - -void ImGui::EndChild() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - - IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() callss - if (window->BeginCount > 1) - { - ImGui::End(); - } - else - { - // When using auto-filling child window, we don't provide full width/height to ItemSize so that it doesn't feed back into automatic size-fitting. - ImVec2 sz = GetWindowSize(); - if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X)) // Arbitrary minimum zero-ish child size of 4.0f causes less trouble than a 0.0f - sz.x = ImMax(4.0f, sz.x); - if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y)) - sz.y = ImMax(4.0f, sz.y); - ImGui::End(); - - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = GetCurrentWindow(); - ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + sz); - ItemSize(sz); - ItemAdd(bb, 0); - } -} - -// Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame. -bool ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding); - return BeginChild(id, size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | extra_flags); -} - -void ImGui::EndChildFrame() -{ - EndChild(); - PopStyleVar(3); - PopStyleColor(); -} - -// Save and compare stack sizes on Begin()/End() to detect usage errors -static void CheckStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write) -{ - // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.AllowKeyboardFocus, DC.ButtonRepeat, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin) - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - int* p_backup = &window->DC.StackSizesBackup[0]; - { int current = window->IDStack.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!"); p_backup++; } // Too few or too many PopID()/TreePop() - { int current = window->DC.GroupStack.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!"); p_backup++; } // Too few or too many EndGroup() - { int current = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "BeginMenu/EndMenu or BeginPopup/EndPopup Mismatch"); p_backup++;}// Too few or too many EndMenu()/EndPopup() - { int current = g.ColorModifiers.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!"); p_backup++; } // Too few or too many PopStyleColor() - { int current = g.StyleModifiers.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!"); p_backup++; } // Too few or too many PopStyleVar() - { int current = g.FontStack.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!"); p_backup++; } // Too few or too many PopFont() - IM_ASSERT(p_backup == window->DC.StackSizesBackup + IM_ARRAYSIZE(window->DC.StackSizesBackup)); -} - -enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy -{ - ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default, - ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox -}; - -static ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy = ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default) -{ - const ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; - - // r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.) - // r_outer = the visible area rectangle, minus safe area padding. If our popup size won't fit because of safe area padding we ignore it. - ImVec2 safe_padding = style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding; - ImRect r_outer(GetVisibleRect()); - r_outer.Expand(ImVec2((size.x - r_outer.GetWidth() > safe_padding.x*2) ? -safe_padding.x : 0.0f, (size.y - r_outer.GetHeight() > safe_padding.y*2) ? -safe_padding.y : 0.0f)); - ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(ref_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size); - //GImGui->OverlayDrawList.AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)); - //GImGui->OverlayDrawList.AddRect(r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,255)); - - // Combo Box policy (we want a connecting edge) - if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox) - { - const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_Count_] = { ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Left, ImGuiDir_Up }; - for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_Count_; n++) - { - const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; - if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? - continue; - ImVec2 pos; - if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Right (default) - if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Right - if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Left - if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Left - if (!r_outer.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size))) - continue; - *last_dir = dir; - return pos; - } - } - - // Default popup policy - const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_Count_] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left }; - for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_Count_; n++) - { - const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; - if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? - continue; - float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x); - float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y); - if (avail_w < size.x || avail_h < size.y) - continue; - ImVec2 pos; - pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x; - pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y; - *last_dir = dir; - return pos; - } - - // Fallback, try to keep within display - *last_dir = ImGuiDir_None; - ImVec2 pos = ref_pos; - pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x); - pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y); - return pos; -} - -static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled) -{ - window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & ~flags); - window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ~flags); - window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & ~flags); -} - -ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiID id = ImHash(name, 0); - return (ImGuiWindow*)g.WindowsById.GetVoidPtr(id); -} - -static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Create window the first time - ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name); - window->Flags = flags; - g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window); - - // User can disable loading and saving of settings. Tooltip and child windows also don't store settings. - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) - { - // Retrieve settings from .ini file - // Use SetWindowPos() or SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window. - window->PosFloat = ImVec2(60, 60); - window->Pos = ImVec2((float)(int)window->PosFloat.x, (float)(int)window->PosFloat.y); - - if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID)) - { - SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false); - window->PosFloat = settings->Pos; - window->Pos = ImVec2((float)(int)window->PosFloat.x, (float)(int)window->PosFloat.y); - window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed; - if (ImLengthSqr(settings->Size) > 0.00001f) - size = settings->Size; - } - } - window->Size = window->SizeFull = window->SizeFullAtLastBegin = size; - - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) - { - window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; - window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; - } - else - { - if (window->Size.x <= 0.0f) - window->AutoFitFramesX = 2; - if (window->Size.y <= 0.0f) - window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; - window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0); - } - - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) - g.Windows.insert(g.Windows.begin(), window); // Quite slow but rare and only once - else - g.Windows.push_back(window); - return window; -} - -static ImVec2 CalcSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2 new_size) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraint) - { - // Using -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. - ImRect cr = g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintRect; - new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.x, cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x; - new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.y, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y; - if (g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallback) - { - ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData data; - data.UserData = g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallbackUserData; - data.Pos = window->Pos; - data.CurrentSize = window->SizeFull; - data.DesiredSize = new_size; - g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallback(&data); - new_size = data.DesiredSize; - } - } - - // Minimum size - if (!(window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))) - { - new_size = ImMax(new_size, g.Style.WindowMinSize); - new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight() + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f)); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows - } - return new_size; -} - -static ImVec2 CalcSizeContents(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImVec2 sz; - sz.x = (float)(int)((window->SizeContentsExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.x : (window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x)); - sz.y = (float)(int)((window->SizeContentsExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.y : (window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y)); - return sz + window->WindowPadding; -} - -static ImVec2 CalcSizeAutoFit(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; - ImVec2 size_auto_fit; - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0) - { - // Tooltip always resize. We keep the spacing symmetric on both axises for aesthetic purpose. - size_auto_fit = size_contents; - } - else - { - // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small): we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than DisplaySize-WindowPadding. - size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_contents, style.WindowMinSize, ImMax(style.WindowMinSize, g.IO.DisplaySize - g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding)); - ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); - if (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x < size_contents.x && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) - size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize; - if (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y < size_contents.y && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) - size_auto_fit.x += style.ScrollbarSize; - } - return size_auto_fit; -} - -static float GetScrollMaxX(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - return ImMax(0.0f, window->SizeContents.x - (window->SizeFull.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x)); -} - -static float GetScrollMaxY(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - return ImMax(0.0f, window->SizeContents.y - (window->SizeFull.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y)); -} - -static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll; - float cr_x = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x; - float cr_y = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y; - if (window->ScrollTarget.x < FLT_MAX) - scroll.x = window->ScrollTarget.x - cr_x * (window->SizeFull.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x); - if (window->ScrollTarget.y < FLT_MAX) - scroll.y = window->ScrollTarget.y - (1.0f - cr_y) * (window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight()) - cr_y * (window->SizeFull.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y); - scroll = ImMax(scroll, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); - if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems) - { - scroll.x = ImMin(scroll.x, GetScrollMaxX(window)); - scroll.y = ImMin(scroll.y, GetScrollMaxY(window)); - } - return scroll; -} - -static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(ImGuiWindowFlags flags) -{ - if (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) - return ImGuiCol_PopupBg; - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - return ImGuiCol_ChildBg; - return ImGuiCol_WindowBg; -} - -static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& corner_target, const ImVec2& corner_norm, ImVec2* out_pos, ImVec2* out_size) -{ - ImVec2 pos_min = ImLerp(corner_target, window->Pos, corner_norm); // Expected window upper-left - ImVec2 pos_max = ImLerp(window->Pos + window->Size, corner_target, corner_norm); // Expected window lower-right - ImVec2 size_expected = pos_max - pos_min; - ImVec2 size_constrained = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_expected); - *out_pos = pos_min; - if (corner_norm.x == 0.0f) - out_pos->x -= (size_constrained.x - size_expected.x); - if (corner_norm.y == 0.0f) - out_pos->y -= (size_constrained.y - size_expected.y); - *out_size = size_constrained; -} - -struct ImGuiResizeGripDef -{ - ImVec2 CornerPos; - ImVec2 InnerDir; - int AngleMin12, AngleMax12; -}; - -const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] = -{ - { ImVec2(1,1), ImVec2(-1,-1), 0, 3 }, // Lower right - { ImVec2(0,1), ImVec2(+1,-1), 3, 6 }, // Lower left - { ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(+1,+1), 6, 9 }, // Upper left - { ImVec2(1,0), ImVec2(-1,+1), 9,12 }, // Upper right -}; - -static ImRect GetBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_padding, float thickness) -{ - ImRect rect = window->Rect(); - if (thickness == 0.0f) rect.Max -= ImVec2(1,1); - if (border_n == 0) return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness); - if (border_n == 1) return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); - if (border_n == 2) return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y); - if (border_n == 3) return ImRect(rect.Min.x, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); - IM_ASSERT(0); - return ImRect(); -} - -// Push a new ImGui window to add widgets to. -// - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair. -// - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content. -// - The window name is used as a unique identifier to preserve window information across frames (and save rudimentary information to the .ini file). -// You can use the "##" or "###" markers to use the same label with different id, or same id with different label. See documentation at the top of this file. -// - Return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. You always need to call ImGui::End() even if false is returned. -// - Passing 'bool* p_open' displays a Close button on the upper-right corner of the window, the pointed value will be set to false when the button is pressed. -bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - IM_ASSERT(name != NULL); // Window name required - IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame() - IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount); // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet - - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) - flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize; - - // Find or create - ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name); - if (!window) - { - ImVec2 size_on_first_use = (g.SetNextWindowSizeCond != 0) ? g.SetNextWindowSizeVal : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Any condition flag will do since we are creating a new window here. - window = CreateNewWindow(name, size_on_first_use, flags); - } - - const int current_frame = g.FrameCount; - const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame); - if (first_begin_of_the_frame) - window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags; - else - flags = window->Flags; - - // Update the Appearing flag - bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1); // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on - const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFrames == 1); - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - { - ImGuiPopupRef& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size]; - window_just_activated_by_user |= (window->PopupId != popup_ref.PopupId); // We recycle popups so treat window as activated if popup id changed - window_just_activated_by_user |= (window != popup_ref.Window); - } - window->Appearing = (window_just_activated_by_user || window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize); - window->CloseButton = (p_open != NULL); - if (window->Appearing) - SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true); - - // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack - ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back(); - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)); - - // Add to stack - g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window); - SetCurrentWindow(window); - CheckStacksSize(window, true); - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - { - ImGuiPopupRef& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size]; - popup_ref.Window = window; - g.CurrentPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); - window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId; - } - - // Process SetNextWindow***() calls - bool window_pos_set_by_api = false; - bool window_size_x_set_by_api = false, window_size_y_set_by_api = false; - if (g.SetNextWindowPosCond) - { - window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.SetNextWindowPosCond) != 0; - if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(g.SetNextWindowPosPivot) > 0.00001f) - { - // May be processed on the next frame if this is our first frame and we are measuring size - // FIXME: Look into removing the branch so everything can go through this same code path for consistency. - window->SetWindowPosVal = g.SetNextWindowPosVal; - window->SetWindowPosPivot = g.SetNextWindowPosPivot; - window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); - } - else - { - SetWindowPos(window, g.SetNextWindowPosVal, g.SetNextWindowPosCond); - } - g.SetNextWindowPosCond = 0; - } - if (g.SetNextWindowSizeCond) - { - window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.SetNextWindowSizeCond) != 0 && (g.SetNextWindowSizeVal.x > 0.0f); - window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.SetNextWindowSizeCond) != 0 && (g.SetNextWindowSizeVal.y > 0.0f); - SetWindowSize(window, g.SetNextWindowSizeVal, g.SetNextWindowSizeCond); - g.SetNextWindowSizeCond = 0; - } - if (g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond) - { - // Adjust passed "client size" to become a "window size" - window->SizeContentsExplicit = g.SetNextWindowContentSizeVal; - window->SizeContentsExplicit.y += window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); - g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = 0; - } - else if (first_begin_of_the_frame) - { - window->SizeContentsExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - } - if (g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond) - { - SetWindowCollapsed(window, g.SetNextWindowCollapsedVal, g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond); - g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond = 0; - } - if (g.SetNextWindowFocus) - { - SetWindowFocus(); - g.SetNextWindowFocus = false; - } - if (window->Appearing) - SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, false); - - // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again) - if (first_begin_of_the_frame) - { - // Initialize - window->ParentWindow = parent_window; - window->RootWindow = window->RootNonPopupWindow = window; - if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) - window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow; - if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) - window->RootNonPopupWindow = parent_window->RootNonPopupWindow; - //window->RootNavWindow = window; - //while (window->RootNavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) - // window->RootNavWindow = window->RootNavWindow->ParentWindow; - - window->Active = true; - window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0; - window->BeginOrderWithinContext = g.WindowsActiveCount++; - window->BeginCount = 0; - window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX); - window->LastFrameActive = current_frame; - window->IDStack.resize(1); - - // Setup draw list and outer clipping rectangle - window->DrawList->Clear(); - window->DrawList->Flags = (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines : 0) | (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill : 0); - window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); - ImRect fullscreen_rect(GetVisibleRect()); - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) - PushClipRect(parent_window->ClipRect.Min, parent_window->ClipRect.Max, true); - else - PushClipRect(fullscreen_rect.Min, fullscreen_rect.Max, true); - - if (window_just_activated_by_user) - { - // Popup first latch mouse position, will position itself when it appears next frame - window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api) - window->PosFloat = g.IO.MousePos; - } - - // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar - // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse)) - { - ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); - if (g.HoveredWindow == window && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) - { - window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed; - MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - FocusWindow(window); - } - } - else - { - window->Collapsed = false; - } - - // SIZE - - // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (unless explicitly specified) - window->SizeContents = CalcSizeContents(window); - - // Hide popup/tooltip window when re-opening while we measure size (because we recycle the windows) - if (window->HiddenFrames > 0) - window->HiddenFrames--; - if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0 && window_just_activated_by_user) - { - window->HiddenFrames = 1; - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) - { - if (!window_size_x_set_by_api) - window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = 0.f; - if (!window_size_y_set_by_api) - window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = 0.f; - window->SizeContents = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); - } - } - - // Lock window rounding, border size and rounding so that altering the border sizes for children doesn't have side-effects. - window->WindowRounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildRounding : ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupRounding : style.WindowRounding; - window->WindowBorderSize = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildBorderSize : ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize; - window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding; - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f) - window->WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? style.WindowPadding.y : 0.0f); - const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding; - const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; - - // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize - const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcSizeAutoFit(window, window->SizeContents); - ImVec2 size_full_modified(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize && !window->Collapsed) - { - // Using SetNextWindowSize() overrides ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize, so it can be used on tooltips/popups, etc. - if (!window_size_x_set_by_api) - window->SizeFull.x = size_full_modified.x = size_auto_fit.x; - if (!window_size_y_set_by_api) - window->SizeFull.y = size_full_modified.y = size_auto_fit.y; - } - else if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) - { - // Auto-fit only grows during the first few frames - // We still process initial auto-fit on collapsed windows to get a window width, but otherwise don't honor ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize when collapsed. - if (!window_size_x_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) - window->SizeFull.x = size_full_modified.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x; - if (!window_size_y_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) - window->SizeFull.y = size_full_modified.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y; - if (!window->Collapsed) - MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - } - - // Apply minimum/maximum window size constraints and final size - window->SizeFull = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull); - window->Size = window->Collapsed ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull; - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) - { - IM_ASSERT(window_size_x_set_by_api && window_size_y_set_by_api); // Submitted by BeginChild() - window->Size = window->SizeFull; - } - - // SCROLLBAR STATUS - - // Update scrollbar status (based on the Size that was effective during last frame or the auto-resized Size). - if (!window->Collapsed) - { - // When reading the current size we need to read it after size constraints have been applied - float size_x_for_scrollbars = size_full_modified.x != FLT_MAX ? window->SizeFull.x : window->SizeFullAtLastBegin.x; - float size_y_for_scrollbars = size_full_modified.y != FLT_MAX ? window->SizeFull.y : window->SizeFullAtLastBegin.y; - window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((window->SizeContents.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)); - window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((window->SizeContents.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f) - window->WindowPadding.x) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)); - if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY) - window->ScrollbarY = (window->SizeContents.y > size_y_for_scrollbars + style.ScrollbarSize) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); - window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f); - } - - // POSITION - - // Position child window - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - { - window->BeginOrderWithinParent = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; - parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(window); - } - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_pos_set_by_api) - window->Pos = window->PosFloat = parent_window->DC.CursorPos; - - const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFrames == 0); - if (window_pos_with_pivot) - { - // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering) - SetWindowPos(window, ImMax(style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->SizeFull * window->SetWindowPosPivot), 0); - } - else if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) - { - // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then our FindBestPopupWindowPos() function will move the new menu outside the parent bounds. - // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu. - IM_ASSERT(window_pos_set_by_api); - float horizontal_overlap = style.ItemSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each popup (currently the amount of overlap it is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x, may need to introduce another style value). - ImGuiWindow* parent_menu = parent_window_in_stack; - ImRect rect_to_avoid; - if (parent_menu->DC.MenuBarAppending) - rect_to_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_menu->Pos.y + parent_menu->TitleBarHeight(), FLT_MAX, parent_menu->Pos.y + parent_menu->TitleBarHeight() + parent_menu->MenuBarHeight()); - else - rect_to_avoid = ImRect(parent_menu->Pos.x + horizontal_overlap, -FLT_MAX, parent_menu->Pos.x + parent_menu->Size.x - horizontal_overlap - parent_menu->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX); - window->PosFloat = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window->PosFloat, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, rect_to_avoid); - } - else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize) - { - ImRect rect_to_avoid(window->PosFloat.x - 1, window->PosFloat.y - 1, window->PosFloat.x + 1, window->PosFloat.y + 1); - window->PosFloat = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window->PosFloat, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, rect_to_avoid); - } - - // Position tooltip (always follows mouse) - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api) - { - ImVec2 ref_pos = g.IO.MousePos; - ImRect rect_to_avoid(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24, ref_pos.y + 24); // FIXME: Completely hard-coded. Store boxes in mouse cursor data? Scale? Center on cursor hit-point? - window->PosFloat = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ref_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, rect_to_avoid); - if (window->AutoPosLastDirection == ImGuiDir_None) - window->PosFloat = ref_pos + ImVec2(2,2); // If there's not enough room, for tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible. - } - - // Clamp position so it stays visible - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) - { - if (!window_pos_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && g.IO.DisplaySize.x > 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y > 0.0f) // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing. - { - ImVec2 padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding); - window->PosFloat = ImMax(window->PosFloat + window->Size, padding) - window->Size; - window->PosFloat = ImMin(window->PosFloat, g.IO.DisplaySize - padding); - } - } - window->Pos = ImVec2((float)(int)window->PosFloat.x, (float)(int)window->PosFloat.y); - - // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes - if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) - window->ItemWidthDefault = (float)(int)(window->Size.x * 0.65f); - else - window->ItemWidthDefault = (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 16.0f); - - // Prepare for focus requests - window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent = (window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext == INT_MAX || window->FocusIdxAllCounter == -1) ? INT_MAX : (window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext + (window->FocusIdxAllCounter+1)) % (window->FocusIdxAllCounter+1); - window->FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent = (window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext == INT_MAX || window->FocusIdxTabCounter == -1) ? INT_MAX : (window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext + (window->FocusIdxTabCounter+1)) % (window->FocusIdxTabCounter+1); - window->FocusIdxAllCounter = window->FocusIdxTabCounter = -1; - window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext = window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = INT_MAX; - - // Apply scrolling - window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window); - window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - - // Apply focus, new windows appears in front - bool want_focus = false; - if (window_just_activated_by_user && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing)) - if (!(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) - want_focus = true; - - // Draw modal window background (darkens what is behind them) - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) != 0 && window == GetFrontMostModalRootWindow()) - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(fullscreen_rect.Min, fullscreen_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening, g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio)); - - // Draw window + handle manual resize - ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); - if (window->Collapsed) - { - // Title bar only - float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize; - g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize; - RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed), true, window_rounding); - g.Style.FrameBorderSize = backup_border_size; - } - else - { - // Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad - int border_held = -1; - ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = { 0 }; - const int resize_grip_count = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide) ? 2 : 1; // 4 - const int resize_border_count = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide) ? 4 : 0; - - const float grip_draw_size = (float)(int)ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window_rounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f); - const float grip_hover_size = (float)(int)(grip_draw_size * 0.75f); - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize)) - { - ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - - // Manual resize grips - PushID("#RESIZE"); - for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++) - { - const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n]; - const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPos); - - // Using the FlattenChilds button flag we make the resize button accessible even if we are hovering over a child window - ImRect resize_rect(corner, corner + grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_size); - resize_rect.FixInverted(); - bool hovered, held; - ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, window->GetID((void*)(intptr_t)resize_grip_n), &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren); - if (hovered || held) - g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE; - - if (g.HoveredWindow == window && held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0] && resize_grip_n == 0) - { - // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking - size_target = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); - ClearActiveID(); - } - else if (held) - { - // Resize from any of the four corners - // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position - ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + resize_rect.GetSize() * grip.CornerPos; // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip - CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, grip.CornerPos, &pos_target, &size_target); - } - if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered) - resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip); - } - for (int border_n = 0; border_n < resize_border_count; border_n++) - { - const float BORDER_SIZE = 5.0f; // FIXME: Only works _inside_ window because of HoveredWindow check. - const float BORDER_APPEAR_TIMER = 0.05f; // Reduce visual noise - bool hovered, held; - ImRect border_rect = GetBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_size, BORDER_SIZE); - ButtonBehavior(border_rect, window->GetID((void*)(intptr_t)(border_n+4)), &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren); - if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > BORDER_APPEAR_TIMER) || held) - { - g.MouseCursor = (border_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS; - if (held) border_held = border_n; - } - if (held) - { - ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos; - ImVec2 border_posn; - if (border_n == 0) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y); } - if (border_n == 1) { border_posn = ImVec2(1, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + BORDER_SIZE); } - if (border_n == 2) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 1); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y + BORDER_SIZE); } - if (border_n == 3) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x); } - CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, border_posn, &pos_target, &size_target); - } - } - PopID(); - - // Apply back modified position/size to window - if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX) - { - window->SizeFull = size_target; - MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - } - if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX) - { - window->Pos = window->PosFloat = ImVec2((float)(int)pos_target.x, (float)(int)pos_target.y); - MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - } - - window->Size = window->SizeFull; - title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); - } - - // Window background, Default Alpha - ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(flags)); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos+ImVec2(0,window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos+window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot); - - // Title bar - const bool window_is_focused = want_focus || (g.NavWindow && window->RootNonPopupWindow == g.NavWindow->RootNonPopupWindow); - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, GetColorU32(window_is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg), window_rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top); - - // Menu bar - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) - { - ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect(); - menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect()); // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them. - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min, menu_bar_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top); - if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y) - window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize); - } - - // Scrollbars - if (window->ScrollbarX) - Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal); - if (window->ScrollbarY) - Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical); - - // Render resize grips (after their input handling so we don't have a frame of latency) - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize)) - { - for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++) - { - const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n]; - const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPos); - window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(grip_draw_size, window_border_size))); - window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, grip_draw_size))); - window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12); - window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n]); - } - } - - // Borders - if (window_border_size > 0.0f) - window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos+window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), window_rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, window_border_size); - if (border_held != -1) - { - ImRect border = GetBorderRect(window, border_held, grip_draw_size, 0.0f); - window->DrawList->AddLine(border.Min, border.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), ImMax(1.0f, window_border_size)); - } - if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) - window->DrawList->AddLine(title_bar_rect.GetBL() + ImVec2(style.WindowBorderSize, -1), title_bar_rect.GetBR() + ImVec2(-style.WindowBorderSize,-1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize); - } - - // Store a backup of SizeFull which we will use next frame to decide if we need scrollbars. - window->SizeFullAtLastBegin = window->SizeFull; - - // Update ContentsRegionMax. All the variable it depends on are set above in this function. - window->ContentsRegionRect.Min.x = -window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x; - window->ContentsRegionRect.Min.y = -window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); - window->ContentsRegionRect.Max.x = -window->Scroll.x - window->WindowPadding.x + (window->SizeContentsExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x)); - window->ContentsRegionRect.Max.y = -window->Scroll.y - window->WindowPadding.y + (window->SizeContentsExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y)); - - // Setup drawing context - // (NB: That term "drawing context / DC" lost its meaning a long time ago. Initially was meant to hold transient data only. Nowadays difference between window-> and window->DC-> is dubious.) - window->DC.IndentX = 0.0f + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x; - window->DC.GroupOffsetX = 0.0f; - window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX, window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight() + window->WindowPadding.y - window->Scroll.y); - window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; - window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; - window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.PrevLineHeight = 0.0f; - window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; - window->DC.MenuBarOffsetX = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x); - window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f; - window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0); - window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; - window->DC.ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_Default_; - window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault; - window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0); - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0); - window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0); - window->DC.ColumnsSet = NULL; - window->DC.TreeDepth = 0; - window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage; - window->DC.GroupStack.resize(0); - window->MenuColumns.Update(3, style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user); - - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (window->DC.ItemFlags != parent_window->DC.ItemFlags)) - { - window->DC.ItemFlags = parent_window->DC.ItemFlags; - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemFlags); - } - - if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) - window->AutoFitFramesX--; - if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) - window->AutoFitFramesY--; - - // Apply focus (we need to call FocusWindow() AFTER setting DC.CursorStartPos so our initial navigation reference rectangle can start around there) - if (want_focus) - FocusWindow(window); - - // Title bar - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) - { - // Collapse button - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse)) - { - RenderTriangle(window->Pos + style.FramePadding, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); - } - - // Close button - if (p_open != NULL) - { - const float PAD = 2.0f; - const float rad = (window->TitleBarHeight() - PAD*2.0f) * 0.5f; - if (CloseButton(window->GetID("#CLOSE"), window->Rect().GetTR() + ImVec2(-PAD - rad, PAD + rad), rad)) - *p_open = false; - } - - // Title text (FIXME: refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers) - const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true); - ImVec2 text_min = window->Pos; - ImVec2 text_max = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->Size.x, style.FramePadding.y*2 + text_size.y); - ImRect clip_rect; - clip_rect.Max = ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - (p_open ? title_bar_rect.GetHeight() - 3 : style.FramePadding.x), text_max.y); // Match the size of CloseWindowButton() - float pad_left = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) == 0 ? (style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) : style.FramePadding.x; - float pad_right = (p_open != NULL) ? (style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) : style.FramePadding.x; - if (style.WindowTitleAlign.x > 0.0f) pad_right = ImLerp(pad_right, pad_left, style.WindowTitleAlign.x); - text_min.x += pad_left; - text_max.x -= pad_right; - clip_rect.Min = ImVec2(text_min.x, window->Pos.y); - RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_rect); - } - - // Save clipped aabb so we can access it in constant-time in FindHoveredWindow() - window->WindowRectClipped = window->Rect(); - window->WindowRectClipped.ClipWith(window->ClipRect); - - // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard - // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope. - // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element? - /* - if (g.ActiveId == move_id) - if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) - ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - */ - - // Inner rectangle - // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our clip rectangle doesn't lag by a frame - // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with a null clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior. - window->InnerRect.Min.x = title_bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize; - window->InnerRect.Min.y = title_bar_rect.Max.y + window->MenuBarHeight() + (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize); - window->InnerRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x - window->WindowBorderSize; - window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y - window->WindowBorderSize; - //window->DrawList->AddRect(window->InnerRect.Min, window->InnerRect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); - - // After Begin() we fill the last item / hovered data using the title bar data. Make that a standard behavior (to allow usage of context menus on title bar only, etc.). - window->DC.LastItemId = window->MoveId; - window->DC.LastItemRect = title_bar_rect; - window->DC.LastItemRectHoveredRect = IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false); - } - - // Inner clipping rectangle - // Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result. - const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; - ImRect clip_rect; - clip_rect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + ImMax(0.0f, ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f - border_size))); - clip_rect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y); - clip_rect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.x - ImMax(0.0f, ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f - border_size))); - clip_rect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.y); - PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, true); - - // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused) - if (first_begin_of_the_frame) - window->WriteAccessed = false; - - window->BeginCount++; - g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraint = false; - - // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows. - // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse because they have no title bar). - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - { - IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0); - window->Collapsed = parent_window && parent_window->Collapsed; - - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) - window->Collapsed |= (window->WindowRectClipped.Min.x >= window->WindowRectClipped.Max.x || window->WindowRectClipped.Min.y >= window->WindowRectClipped.Max.y); - - // We also hide the window from rendering because we've already added its border to the command list. - // (we could perform the check earlier in the function but it is simpler at this point) - if (window->Collapsed) - window->Active = false; - } - if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f) - window->Active = false; - - // Return false if we don't intend to display anything to allow user to perform an early out optimization - window->SkipItems = (window->Collapsed || !window->Active) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0; - return !window->SkipItems; -} - -// Old Begin() API with 5 parameters, avoid calling this version directly! Use SetNextWindowSize()+Begin() instead. -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, const ImVec2& size_on_first_use, float bg_alpha_override, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) -{ - // Old API feature: we could pass the initial window size as a parameter, however this was very misleading because in most cases it would only affect the window when it didn't have storage in the .ini file. - if (size_on_first_use.x != 0.0f || size_on_first_use.y != 0.0f) - SetNextWindowSize(size_on_first_use, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - - // Old API feature: we could override the window background alpha with a parameter. This is actually tricky to reproduce manually because: - // (1) there are multiple variants of WindowBg (popup, tooltip, etc.) and (2) you can't call PushStyleColor before Begin and PopStyleColor just after Begin() because of how CheckStackSizes() behave. - // The user-side solution is to do backup = GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_xxxBG), PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_xxxBg), Begin, PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_xxxBg, backup), [...], PopStyleColor(), End(); PopStyleColor() - which is super awkward. - // The alpha override was rarely used but for now we'll leave the Begin() variant around for a bit. We may either lift the constraint on CheckStackSizes() either add a SetNextWindowBgAlpha() helper that does it magically. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiCol bg_color_idx = GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(flags); - const ImVec4 bg_color_backup = g.Style.Colors[bg_color_idx]; - if (bg_alpha_override >= 0.0f) - g.Style.Colors[bg_color_idx].w = bg_alpha_override; - - bool ret = Begin(name, p_open, flags); - - if (bg_alpha_override >= 0.0f) - g.Style.Colors[bg_color_idx] = bg_color_backup; - return ret; -} -#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - -void ImGui::End() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - if (window->DC.ColumnsSet != NULL) - EndColumns(); - PopClipRect(); // inner window clip rectangle - - // Stop logging - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging - LogFinish(); - - // Pop - // NB: we don't clear 'window->RootWindow'. The pointer is allowed to live until the next call to Begin(). - g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back(); - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - g.CurrentPopupStack.pop_back(); - CheckStacksSize(window, false); - SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back()); -} - -// Vertical scrollbar -// The entire piece of code below is rather confusing because: -// - We handle absolute seeking (when first clicking outside the grab) and relative manipulation (afterward or when clicking inside the grab) -// - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar -// - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal. -void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType direction) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - const bool horizontal = (direction == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal); - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(horizontal ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY"); - - // Render background - bool other_scrollbar = (horizontal ? window->ScrollbarY : window->ScrollbarX); - float other_scrollbar_size_w = other_scrollbar ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f; - const ImRect window_rect = window->Rect(); - const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; - ImRect bb = horizontal - ? ImRect(window->Pos.x + border_size, window_rect.Max.y - style.ScrollbarSize, window_rect.Max.x - other_scrollbar_size_w - border_size, window_rect.Max.y - border_size) - : ImRect(window_rect.Max.x - style.ScrollbarSize, window->Pos.y + border_size, window_rect.Max.x - border_size, window_rect.Max.y - other_scrollbar_size_w - border_size); - if (!horizontal) - bb.Min.y += window->TitleBarHeight() + ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? window->MenuBarHeight() : 0.0f); - if (bb.GetWidth() <= 0.0f || bb.GetHeight() <= 0.0f) - return; - - int window_rounding_corners; - if (horizontal) - window_rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | (other_scrollbar ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); - else - window_rounding_corners = (((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight : 0) | (other_scrollbar ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg), window->WindowRounding, window_rounding_corners); - bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp((float)(int)((bb.Max.x - bb.Min.x - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp((float)(int)((bb.Max.y - bb.Min.y - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f))); - - // V denote the main, longer axis of the scrollbar (= height for a vertical scrollbar) - float scrollbar_size_v = horizontal ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight(); - float scroll_v = horizontal ? window->Scroll.x : window->Scroll.y; - float win_size_avail_v = (horizontal ? window->SizeFull.x : window->SizeFull.y) - other_scrollbar_size_w; - float win_size_contents_v = horizontal ? window->SizeContents.x : window->SizeContents.y; - - // Calculate the height of our grabbable box. It generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount) - // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside. - IM_ASSERT(ImMax(win_size_contents_v, win_size_avail_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers. - const float win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(win_size_contents_v, win_size_avail_v), 1.0f); - const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * (win_size_avail_v / win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v); - const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v; - - // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar(). - bool held = false; - bool hovered = false; - const bool previously_held = (g.ActiveId == id); - ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); - - float scroll_max = ImMax(1.0f, win_size_contents_v - win_size_avail_v); - float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(scroll_v / scroll_max); - float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; - if (held && grab_h_norm < 1.0f) - { - float scrollbar_pos_v = horizontal ? bb.Min.x : bb.Min.y; - float mouse_pos_v = horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y; - float* click_delta_to_grab_center_v = horizontal ? &g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter.x : &g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter.y; - - // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f) - const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v); - SetHoveredID(id); - - bool seek_absolute = false; - if (!previously_held) - { - // On initial click calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab - if (clicked_v_norm >= grab_v_norm && clicked_v_norm <= grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm) - { - *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm*0.5f; - } - else - { - seek_absolute = true; - *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = 0.0f; - } - } - - // Apply scroll - // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of SizeContents and before setting up our starting position - const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - *click_delta_to_grab_center_v - grab_h_norm*0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm)); - scroll_v = (float)(int)(0.5f + scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);//(win_size_contents_v - win_size_v)); - if (horizontal) - window->Scroll.x = scroll_v; - else - window->Scroll.y = scroll_v; - - // Update values for rendering - scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(scroll_v / scroll_max); - grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; - - // Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated - if (seek_absolute) - *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm*0.5f; - } - - // Render - const ImU32 grab_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab); - ImRect grab_rect; - if (horizontal) - grab_rect = ImRect(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y, ImMin(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, window_rect.Max.x), bb.Max.y); - else - grab_rect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm), bb.Max.x, ImMin(ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, window_rect.Max.y)); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_rect.Min, grab_rect.Max, grab_col, style.ScrollbarRounding); -} - -void ImGui::BringWindowToFront(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.Windows.back() == window) - return; - for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) - if (g.Windows[i] == window) - { - g.Windows.erase(g.Windows.begin() + i); - g.Windows.push_back(window); - break; - } -} - -void ImGui::BringWindowToBack(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.Windows[0] == window) - return; - for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) - if (g.Windows[i] == window) - { - memmove(&g.Windows[1], &g.Windows[0], (size_t)i * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*)); - g.Windows[0] = window; - break; - } -} - -// Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list) -void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Always mark the window we passed as focused. This is used for keyboard interactions such as tabbing. - g.NavWindow = window; - - // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus - if (!window) - return; - - // Move the root window to the top of the pile - if (window->RootWindow) - window = window->RootWindow; - - // Steal focus on active widgets - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) // FIXME: This statement should be unnecessary. Need further testing before removing it.. - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != window) - ClearActiveID(); - - // Bring to front - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) - BringWindowToFront(window); -} - -void ImGui::FocusPreviousWindow() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) - if (g.Windows[i]->WasActive && !(g.Windows[i]->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) - { - FocusWindow(g.Windows[i]); - return; - } -} - -void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width); - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); -} - -void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - const ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; - if (w_full <= 0.0f) - w_full = CalcItemWidth(); - const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components)); - const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1))); - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last); - for (int i = 0; i < components-1; i++) - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one); - window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back(); -} - -void ImGui::PopItemWidth() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back(); - window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.empty() ? window->ItemWidthDefault : window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back(); -} - -float ImGui::CalcItemWidth() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - float w = window->DC.ItemWidth; - if (w < 0.0f) - { - // Align to a right-side limit. We include 1 frame padding in the calculation because this is how the width is always used (we add 2 frame padding to it), but we could move that responsibility to the widget as well. - float width_to_right_edge = GetContentRegionAvail().x; - w = ImMax(1.0f, width_to_right_edge + w); - } - w = (float)(int)w; - return w; -} - -static ImFont* GetDefaultFont() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; -} - -static void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded()); // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ? - IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f); - g.Font = font; - g.FontBaseSize = g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale; - g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f; - - ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas; - g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel = atlas->TexUvWhitePixel; - g.DrawListSharedData.Font = g.Font; - g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = g.FontSize; -} - -void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!font) - font = GetDefaultFont(); - SetCurrentFont(font); - g.FontStack.push_back(font); - g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); -} - -void ImGui::PopFont() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID(); - g.FontStack.pop_back(); - SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? GetDefaultFont() : g.FontStack.back()); -} - -void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (enabled) - window->DC.ItemFlags |= option; - else - window->DC.ItemFlags &= ~option; - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemFlags); -} - -void ImGui::PopItemFlag() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back(); - window->DC.ItemFlags = window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.empty() ? ImGuiItemFlags_Default_ : window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.back(); -} - -void ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus) -{ - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_AllowKeyboardFocus, allow_keyboard_focus); -} - -void ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus() -{ - PopItemFlag(); -} - -void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat) -{ - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat); -} - -void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat() -{ - PopItemFlag(); -} - -void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x; - window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(wrap_pos_x); -} - -void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back(); - window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.empty() ? -1.0f : window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back(); + ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; + if (style.Alpha >= 1.0f) + return col; + ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT; + a = (ImU32)(a * style.Alpha); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because Style.Alpha is in 0..1 range. + return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); } // FIXME: This may incur a round-trip (if the end user got their data from a float4) but eventually we aim to store the in-flight colors as ImU32 void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiColMod backup; + ImGuiColorMod backup; backup.Col = idx; backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; - g.ColorModifiers.push_back(backup); + g.ColorStack.push_back(backup); g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col); } void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiColMod backup; + ImGuiColorMod backup; backup.Col = idx; backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; - g.ColorModifiers.push_back(backup); + g.ColorStack.push_back(backup); g.Style.Colors[idx] = col; } @@ -5350,9 +2484,9 @@ void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; while (count > 0) { - ImGuiColMod& backup = g.ColorModifiers.back(); + ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorStack.back(); g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.BackupValue; - g.ColorModifiers.pop_back(); + g.ColorStack.pop_back(); count--; } } @@ -5360,63 +2494,72 @@ void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo { ImGuiDataType Type; + ImU32 Count; ImU32 Offset; void* GetVarPtr(ImGuiStyle* style) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)style + Offset); } }; -static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[ImGuiStyleVar_Count_] = +static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = { - { ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha - { ImGuiDataType_Float2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign }; static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx) { - IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < ImGuiStyleVar_Count_); + IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); return &GStyleVarInfo[idx]; } void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val) { const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); - if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float) + if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 1) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); - g.StyleModifiers.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); *pvar = val; return; } - IM_ASSERT(0); // Called function with wrong-type? Variable is not a float. + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() float variant but variable is not a float!"); } void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val) { const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); - if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float2) + if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 2) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); - g.StyleModifiers.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); *pvar = val; return; } - IM_ASSERT(0); // Called function with wrong-type? Variable is not a ImVec2. + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() ImVec2 variant but variable is not a ImVec2!"); } void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count) @@ -5424,12 +2567,13 @@ void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; while (count > 0) { - ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleModifiers.back(); + // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it. + ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleVarStack.back(); const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx); - if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float) (*(float*)info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style)) = backup.BackupFloat[0]; - else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float2) (*(ImVec2*)info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style)) = ImVec2(backup.BackupFloat[0], backup.BackupFloat[1]); - else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Int) (*(int*)info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style)) = backup.BackupInt[0]; - g.StyleModifiers.pop_back(); + void* data = info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); + if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; } + else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; } + g.StyleVarStack.pop_back(); count--; } } @@ -5472,21 +2616,3993 @@ const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx) case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip"; case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered"; case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive"; - case ImGuiCol_CloseButton: return "CloseButton"; - case ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered: return "CloseButtonHovered"; - case ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive: return "CloseButtonActive"; + case ImGuiCol_Tab: return "Tab"; + case ImGuiCol_TabHovered: return "TabHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_TabActive: return "TabActive"; + case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused: return "TabUnfocused"; + case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive: return "TabUnfocusedActive"; case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines"; case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered"; case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram"; case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg: return "TableHeaderBg"; + case ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong: return "TableBorderStrong"; + case ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight: return "TableBorderLight"; + case ImGuiCol_TableRowBg: return "TableRowBg"; + case ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt: return "TableRowBgAlt"; case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg"; - case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening: return "ModalWindowDarkening"; case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget"; + case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight"; + case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight: return "NavWindowingHighlight"; + case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg: return "NavWindowingDimBg"; + case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg: return "ModalWindowDimBg"; } IM_ASSERT(0); return "Unknown"; } + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS +// Some of those (internal) functions are currently quite a legacy mess - their signature and behavior will change, +// we need a nicer separation between low-level functions and high-level functions relying on the ImGui context. +// Also see imgui_draw.cpp for some more which have been reworked to not rely on ImGui:: context. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end) +{ + const char* text_display_end = text; + if (!text_end) + text_end = (const char*)-1; + + while (text_display_end < text_end && *text_display_end != '\0' && (text_display_end[0] != '#' || text_display_end[1] != '#')) + text_display_end++; + return text_display_end; +} + +// Internal ImGui functions to render text +// RenderText***() functions calls ImDrawList::AddText() calls ImBitmapFont::RenderText() +void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_hash) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // Hide anything after a '##' string + const char* text_display_end; + if (hide_text_after_hash) + { + text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); + } + else + { + if (!text_end) + text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT + text_display_end = text_end; + } + + if (text != text_display_end) + { + window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_display_end); + } +} + +void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + if (!text_end) + text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT + + if (text != text_end) + { + window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_end, wrap_width); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_end); + } +} + +// Default clip_rect uses (pos_min,pos_max) +// Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges) +void ImGui::RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_display_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect) +{ + // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state + ImVec2 pos = pos_min; + const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_display_end, false, 0.0f); + + const ImVec2* clip_min = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Min : &pos_min; + const ImVec2* clip_max = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Max : &pos_max; + bool need_clipping = (pos.x + text_size.x >= clip_max->x) || (pos.y + text_size.y >= clip_max->y); + if (clip_rect) // If we had no explicit clipping rectangle then pos==clip_min + need_clipping |= (pos.x < clip_min->x) || (pos.y < clip_min->y); + + // Align whole block. We should defer that to the better rendering function when we'll have support for individual line alignment. + if (align.x > 0.0f) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, pos.x + (pos_max.x - pos.x - text_size.x) * align.x); + if (align.y > 0.0f) pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, pos.y + (pos_max.y - pos.y - text_size.y) * align.y); + + // Render + if (need_clipping) + { + ImVec4 fine_clip_rect(clip_min->x, clip_min->y, clip_max->x, clip_max->y); + draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, &fine_clip_rect); + } + else + { + draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, NULL); + } +} + +void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect) +{ + // Hide anything after a '##' string + const char* text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); + const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text); + if (text_len == 0) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + RenderTextClippedEx(window->DrawList, pos_min, pos_max, text, text_display_end, text_size_if_known, align, clip_rect); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_display_end); +} + + +// Another overly complex function until we reorganize everything into a nice all-in-one helper. +// This is made more complex because we have dissociated the layout rectangle (pos_min..pos_max) which define _where_ the ellipsis is, from actual clipping of text and limit of the ellipsis display. +// This is because in the context of tabs we selectively hide part of the text when the Close Button appears, but we don't want the ellipsis to move. +void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end_full, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (text_end_full == NULL) + text_end_full = FindRenderedTextEnd(text); + const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_end_full, false, 0.0f); + + //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_min.y - 4), ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_max.y + 4), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255)); + //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_min.y-2), ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_max.y+2), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_min.y), ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + // FIXME: We could technically remove (last_glyph->AdvanceX - last_glyph->X1) from text_size.x here and save a few pixels. + if (text_size.x > pos_max.x - pos_min.x) + { + // Hello wo... + // | | | + // min max ellipsis_max + // <-> this is generally some padding value + + const ImFont* font = draw_list->_Data->Font; + const float font_size = draw_list->_Data->FontSize; + const char* text_end_ellipsis = NULL; + + ImWchar ellipsis_char = font->EllipsisChar; + int ellipsis_char_count = 1; + if (ellipsis_char == (ImWchar)-1) + { + ellipsis_char = (ImWchar)'.'; + ellipsis_char_count = 3; + } + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyph(ellipsis_char); + + float ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1; // Width of the glyph with no padding on either side + float ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width; // Full width of entire ellipsis + + if (ellipsis_char_count > 1) + { + // Full ellipsis size without free spacing after it. + const float spacing_between_dots = 1.0f * (draw_list->_Data->FontSize / font->FontSize); + ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1 - glyph->X0 + spacing_between_dots; + ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width * (float)ellipsis_char_count - spacing_between_dots; + } + + // We can now claim the space between pos_max.x and ellipsis_max.x + const float text_avail_width = ImMax((ImMax(pos_max.x, ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_total_width) - pos_min.x, 1.0f); + float text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, text_avail_width, 0.0f, text, text_end_full, &text_end_ellipsis).x; + if (text == text_end_ellipsis && text_end_ellipsis < text_end_full) + { + // Always display at least 1 character if there's no room for character + ellipsis + text_end_ellipsis = text + ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(text, text_end_full); + text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text, text_end_ellipsis).x; + } + while (text_end_ellipsis > text && ImCharIsBlankA(text_end_ellipsis[-1])) + { + // Trim trailing space before ellipsis (FIXME: Supporting non-ascii blanks would be nice, for this we need a function to backtrack in UTF-8 text) + text_end_ellipsis--; + text_size_clipped_x -= font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text_end_ellipsis, text_end_ellipsis + 1).x; // Ascii blanks are always 1 byte + } + + // Render text, render ellipsis + RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_ellipsis, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + float ellipsis_x = pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x; + if (ellipsis_x + ellipsis_total_width <= ellipsis_max_x) + for (int i = 0; i < ellipsis_char_count; i++) + { + font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ImVec2(ellipsis_x, pos_min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ellipsis_char); + ellipsis_x += ellipsis_glyph_width; + } + } + else + { + RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_full, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + } + + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_end_full); +} + +// Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders +void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, fill_col, rounding); + const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize; + if (border && border_size > 0.0f) + { + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size); + } +} + +void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize; + if (border_size > 0.0f) + { + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size); + } +} + +void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (id != g.NavId) + return; + if (g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw)) + return; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame) + return; + + float rounding = (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding) ? 0.0f : g.Style.FrameRounding; + ImRect display_rect = bb; + display_rect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect); + if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault) + { + const float THICKNESS = 2.0f; + const float DISTANCE = 3.0f + THICKNESS * 0.5f; + display_rect.Expand(ImVec2(DISTANCE, DISTANCE)); + bool fully_visible = window->ClipRect.Contains(display_rect); + if (!fully_visible) + window->DrawList->PushClipRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max); + window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min + ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), display_rect.Max - ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, THICKNESS); + if (!fully_visible) + window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); + } + if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin) + { + window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, 1.0f); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods +ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NULL) +{ + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + Name = ImStrdup(name); + NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1; + ID = ImHashStr(name); + IDStack.push_back(ID); + MoveId = GetID("#MOVE"); + ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); + AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1; + AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; + SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing; + SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + LastFrameActive = -1; + LastTimeActive = -1.0f; + FontWindowScale = 1.0f; + SettingsOffset = -1; + DrawList = &DrawListInst; + DrawList->_Data = &context->DrawListSharedData; + DrawList->_OwnerName = Name; +} + +ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow() +{ + IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst); + IM_DELETE(Name); + for (int i = 0; i != ColumnsStorage.Size; i++) + ColumnsStorage[i].~ImGuiOldColumns(); +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); + ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); +#endif + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); + ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr); +#endif + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); + ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (intptr_t)n); +#endif + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); +#endif + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr); +#endif + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(int n) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (intptr_t)n); +#endif + return id; +} + +// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere. +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + const int r_rel[4] = { (int)(r_abs.Min.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Min.y - Pos.y), (int)(r_abs.Max.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Max.y - Pos.y) }; + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed); + ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); + return id; +} + +static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.CurrentWindow = window; + g.CurrentTable = window && window->DC.CurrentTableIdx != -1 ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(window->DC.CurrentTableIdx) : NULL; + if (window) + g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); +} + +void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.ItemFlagsStack.clear(); + g.GroupStack.clear(); + TableGcCompactSettings(); +} + +// Free up/compact internal window buffers, we can use this when a window becomes unused. +// Not freed: +// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name, StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data) +// This should have no noticeable visual effect. When the window reappear however, expect new allocation/buffer growth/copy cost. +void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + window->MemoryCompacted = true; + window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.Capacity; + window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Capacity; + window->IDStack.clear(); + window->DrawList->_ClearFreeMemory(); + window->DC.ChildWindows.clear(); + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.clear(); + window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.clear(); +} + +void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + // We stored capacity of the ImDrawList buffer to reduce growth-caused allocation/copy when awakening. + // The other buffers tends to amortize much faster. + window->MemoryCompacted = false; + window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity); + window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity); + window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0; +} + +void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id); + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + { + g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; + g.ActiveIdMouseButton = -1; + if (id != 0) + { + g.LastActiveId = id; + g.LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + } + } + g.ActiveId = id; + g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; + g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false; + g.ActiveIdWindow = window; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; + if (id) + { + g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; + g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id || g.NavJustTabbedId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? ImGuiInputSource_Nav : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + } + + // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget + // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet) + g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = false; + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00; +} + +void ImGui::ClearActiveID() +{ + SetActiveID(0, NULL); // g.ActiveId = 0; +} + +void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.HoveredId = id; + g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; + g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = false; + if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id) + g.HoveredIdTimer = g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; +} + +void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; + if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id) + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true; +} + +void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id) +{ + // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(). + // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need need to fill the data. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.DragDropActive); + IM_UNUSED(id); // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out. + //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id); + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true; + g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; +} + +static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) +{ + // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children) + // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavWindow) + if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindow) + if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow) + { + // For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup" + // NB: The order of those two tests is important because Modal windows are also Popups. + if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + return false; + if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + return false; + } + return true; +} + +// This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable() +// - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered() +// - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId +bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight) + return IsItemFocused(); + + // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd() + ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; + if (!(status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) + return false; + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function + + // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window) + // [2021/03/02] Reworked / reverted the revert, finally. Note we want e.g. BeginGroup/ItemAdd/EndGroup to work as well. (#3851) + // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable + // to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was + // the test that has been running for a long while. + if (g.HoveredWindow != window && (status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow) == 0) + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0) + return false; + + // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged) + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) == 0) + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId) + return false; + + // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal. + // The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here. + if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags)) + return false; + + // Test if the item is disabled + if ((g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) + return false; + + // Special handling for calling after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab. + // When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case. + if (window->DC.LastItemId == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed) + return false; + return true; +} + +// Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered(). +bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap) + return false; + + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.HoveredWindow != window) + return false; + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) + return false; + if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) + return false; + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover) + return false; + if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None) || (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) + { + g.HoveredIdDisabled = true; + return false; + } + + // We exceptionally allow this function to be called with id==0 to allow using it for easy high-level + // hover test in widgets code. We could also decide to split this function is two. + if (id != 0) + { + SetHoveredID(id); + + // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool! + // We perform the check here because SetHoveredID() is not frequently called (1~ time a frame), making + // the cost of this tool near-zero. We can get slightly better call-stack and support picking non-hovered + // items if we perform the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a small runtime cost. + // #define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX in imconfig.h if you want this check to also be performed in ItemAdd(). + if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id) + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + } + + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect)) + if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.NavId)) + if (clip_even_when_logged || !g.LogEnabled) + return true; + return false; +} + +// This is also inlined in ItemAdd() +// Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect! +void ImGui::SetLastItemData(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_flags, const ImRect& item_rect) +{ + window->DC.LastItemId = item_id; + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = item_flags; + window->DC.LastItemRect = item_rect; +} + +// Process TAB/Shift+TAB. Be mindful that this function may _clear_ the ActiveID when tabbing out. +void ImGui::ItemFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(id != 0 && id == window->DC.LastItemId); + + // Increment counters + // FIXME: ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled should disable more. + const bool is_tab_stop = (g.CurrentItemFlags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0; + window->DC.FocusCounterRegular++; + if (is_tab_stop) + { + window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop++; + if (g.NavId == id) + g.NavIdTabCounter = window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop; + } + + // Process TAB/Shift-TAB to tab *OUT* of the currently focused item. + // (Note that we can always TAB out of a widget that doesn't allow tabbing in) + if (g.ActiveId == id && g.TabFocusPressed && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Tab) && g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow == NULL) + { + g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow = window; + g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop + (g.IO.KeyShift ? (is_tab_stop ? -1 : 0) : +1); // Modulo on index will be applied at the end of frame once we've got the total counter of items. + } + + // Handle focus requests + if (g.TabFocusRequestCurrWindow == window) + { + if (window->DC.FocusCounterRegular == g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular) + { + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByCode; + return; + } + if (is_tab_stop && window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop == g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop) + { + g.NavJustTabbedId = id; + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing; + return; + } + + // If another item is about to be focused, we clear our own active id + if (g.ActiveId == id) + ClearActiveID(); + } +} + +float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x) +{ + if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f) + return 0.0f; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f) + { + // We could decide to setup a default wrapping max point for auto-resizing windows, + // or have auto-wrap (with unspecified wrapping pos) behave as a ContentSize extending function? + //if (window->Hidden && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + // wrap_pos_x = ImMax(window->WorkRect.Min.x + g.FontSize * 10.0f, window->WorkRect.Max.x); + //else + wrap_pos_x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; + } + else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f) + { + wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space + } + + return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f); +} + +// IM_ALLOC() == ImGui::MemAlloc() +void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size) +{ + if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) + ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations++; + return (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData); +} + +// IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree() +void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr) +{ + if (ptr) + if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) + ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations--; + return (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData); +} + +const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData) : ""; +} + +void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn) + g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData, text); +} + +const char* ImGui::GetVersion() +{ + return IMGUI_VERSION; +} + +// Internal state access - if you want to share Dear ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself +// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module +ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext() +{ + return GImGui; +} + +void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) +{ +#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC + IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this. +#else + GImGui = ctx; +#endif +} + +void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data) +{ + GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func; + GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func; + GImAllocatorUserData = user_data; +} + +// This is provided to facilitate copying allocators from one static/DLL boundary to another (e.g. retrieve default allocator of your executable address space) +void ImGui::GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data) +{ + *p_alloc_func = GImAllocatorAllocFunc; + *p_free_func = GImAllocatorFreeFunc; + *p_user_data = GImAllocatorUserData; +} + +ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) +{ + ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas); + if (GImGui == NULL) + SetCurrentContext(ctx); + Initialize(ctx); + return ctx; +} + +void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) +{ + if (ctx == NULL) + ctx = GImGui; + Shutdown(ctx); + if (GImGui == ctx) + SetCurrentContext(NULL); + IM_DELETE(ctx); +} + +// No specific ordering/dependency support, will see as needed +ImGuiID ImGui::AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImGuiContextHook* hook) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + IM_ASSERT(hook->Callback != NULL && hook->HookId == 0 && hook->Type != ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_); + g.Hooks.push_back(*hook); + g.Hooks.back().HookId = ++g.HookIdNext; + return g.HookIdNext; +} + +// Deferred removal, avoiding issue with changing vector while iterating it +void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + IM_ASSERT(hook_id != 0); + for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) + if (g.Hooks[n].HookId == hook_id) + g.Hooks[n].Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_; +} + +// Call context hooks (used by e.g. test engine) +// We assume a small number of hooks so all stored in same array +void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) + if (g.Hooks[n].Type == hook_type) + g.Hooks[n].Callback(&g, &g.Hooks[n]); +} + +ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO() +{ + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); + return GImGui->IO; +} + +// Pass this to your backend rendering function! Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame() +ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0]; + return viewport->DrawDataP.Valid ? &viewport->DrawDataP : NULL; +} + +double ImGui::GetTime() +{ + return GImGui->Time; +} + +int ImGui::GetFrameCount() +{ + return GImGui->FrameCount; +} + +static ImDrawList* GetViewportDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name) +{ + // Create the draw list on demand, because they are not frequently used for all viewports + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawLists)); + ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no]; + if (draw_list == NULL) + { + draw_list = IM_NEW(ImDrawList)(&g.DrawListSharedData); + draw_list->_OwnerName = drawlist_name; + viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list; + } + + // Our ImDrawList system requires that there is always a command + if (viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount) + { + draw_list->_ResetForNewFrame(); + draw_list->PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID); + draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, false); + viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount; + } + return draw_list; +} + +ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport) +{ + return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 0, "##Background"); +} + +ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return GetBackgroundDrawList(g.Viewports[0]); +} + +ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport) +{ + return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 1, "##Foreground"); +} + +ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return GetForegroundDrawList(g.Viewports[0]); +} + +ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() +{ + return &GImGui->DrawListSharedData; +} + +void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + // Set ActiveId even if the _NoMove flag is set. Without it, dragging away from a window with _NoMove would activate hover on other windows. + // We _also_ call this when clicking in a window empty space when io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly is set, but clear g.MovingWindow afterward. + // This is because we want ActiveId to be set even when the window is not permitted to move. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + FocusWindow(window); + SetActiveID(window->MoveId, window); + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true; + g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - window->RootWindow->Pos; + + bool can_move_window = true; + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) + can_move_window = false; + if (can_move_window) + g.MovingWindow = window; +} + +// Handle mouse moving window +// Note: moving window with the navigation keys (Square + d-pad / CTRL+TAB + Arrows) are processed in NavUpdateWindowing() +// FIXME: We don't have strong guarantee that g.MovingWindow stay synched with g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId. +// This is currently enforced by the fact that BeginDragDropSource() is setting all g.ActiveIdUsingXXXX flags to inhibit navigation inputs, +// but if we should more thoroughly test cases where g.ActiveId or g.MovingWindow gets changed and not the other. +void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.MovingWindow != NULL) + { + // We actually want to move the root window. g.MovingWindow == window we clicked on (could be a child window). + // We track it to preserve Focus and so that generally ActiveIdWindow == MovingWindow and ActiveId == MovingWindow->MoveId for consistency. + KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId); + IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindow); + ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindow; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) + { + ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset; + if (moving_window->Pos.x != pos.x || moving_window->Pos.y != pos.y) + { + MarkIniSettingsDirty(moving_window); + SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always); + } + FocusWindow(g.MovingWindow); + } + else + { + ClearActiveID(); + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + } + } + else + { + // When clicking/dragging from a window that has the _NoMove flag, we still set the ActiveId in order to prevent hovering others. + if (g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->MoveId == g.ActiveId) + { + KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId); + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0]) + ClearActiveID(); + } + } +} + +// Initiate moving window when clicking on empty space or title bar. +// Handle left-click and right-click focus. +void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId != 0 || g.HoveredId != 0) + return; + + // Unless we just made a window/popup appear + if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Appearing) + return; + + // Click on empty space to focus window and start moving + // (after we're done with all our widgets) + if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) + { + // Handle the edge case of a popup being closed while clicking in its empty space. + // If we try to focus it, FocusWindow() > ClosePopupsOverWindow() will accidentally close any parent popups because they are not linked together any more. + ImGuiWindow* root_window = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL; + const bool is_closed_popup = root_window && (root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !IsPopupOpen(root_window->PopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel); + + if (root_window != NULL && !is_closed_popup) + { + StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow); //-V595 + + // Cancel moving if clicked outside of title bar + if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + if (!root_window->TitleBarRect().Contains(g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0])) + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + + // Cancel moving if clicked over an item which was disabled or inhibited by popups (note that we know HoveredId == 0 already) + if (g.HoveredIdDisabled) + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + } + else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL && GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL) + { + // Clicking on void disable focus + FocusWindow(NULL); + } + } + + // With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus based on where the mouse is aimed + // Instead, focus will be restored to the window under the bottom-most closed popup. + // (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow on the hovered window, which will lead NewFrame->ClosePopupsOverWindow to trigger) + if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1]) + { + // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the top-most Modal Window. + // This is where we can trim the popup stack. + ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal(); + bool hovered_window_above_modal = g.HoveredWindow && IsWindowAbove(g.HoveredWindow, modal); + ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal, true); + } +} + +static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden); +} + +static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well) + if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) + g.IO.MousePos = g.LastValidMousePos = ImFloor(g.IO.MousePos); + + // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta + if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev)) + g.IO.MouseDelta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MousePosPrev; + else + g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || g.IO.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f) + g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; + + g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++) + { + g.IO.MouseClicked[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f; + g.IO.MouseReleased[i] = !g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f; + g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i]; + g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] ? (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = false; + if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) + { + if ((float)(g.Time - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i]) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickTime) + { + ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist) + g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = true; + g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = -g.IO.MouseDoubleClickTime * 2.0f; // Mark as "old enough" so the third click isn't turned into a double-click + } + else + { + g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time; + } + g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i] = g.IO.MousePos; + g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[i] = g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i]; + g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i] = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f; + } + else if (g.IO.MouseDown[i]) + { + // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold + ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos)); + g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x, delta_from_click_pos.x < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.x : delta_from_click_pos.x); + g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y, delta_from_click_pos.y < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.y : delta_from_click_pos.y); + } + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[i] && !g.IO.MouseReleased[i]) + g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[i] = false; + if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation + g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; + } +} + +static void StartLockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.WheelingWindow == window) + return; + g.WheelingWindow = window; + g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos; + g.WheelingWindowTimer = WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER; +} + +void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Reset the locked window if we move the mouse or after the timer elapses + if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL) + { + g.WheelingWindowTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (IsMousePosValid() && ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos) > g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * g.IO.MouseDragThreshold) + g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; + if (g.WheelingWindowTimer <= 0.0f) + { + g.WheelingWindow = NULL; + g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; + } + } + + if (g.IO.MouseWheel == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseWheelH == 0.0f) + return; + + if ((g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel) || (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel)) + return; + + ImGuiWindow* window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow; + if (!window || window->Collapsed) + return; + + // Zoom / Scale window + // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned. + if (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling) + { + StartLockWheelingWindow(window); + const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f); + const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale; + window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale; + if (window == window->RootWindow) + { + const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size; + SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0); + window->Size = ImFloor(window->Size * scale); + window->SizeFull = ImFloor(window->SizeFull * scale); + } + return; + } + + // Mouse wheel scrolling + // If a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag, we give a chance to scroll its parent + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) + return; + + // As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead + // (we avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already) + const bool swap_axis = g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; + const float wheel_y = swap_axis ? 0.0f : g.IO.MouseWheel; + const float wheel_x = swap_axis ? g.IO.MouseWheel : g.IO.MouseWheelH; + + // Vertical Mouse Wheel scrolling + if (wheel_y != 0.0f) + { + StartLockWheelingWindow(window); + while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.y == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)))) + window = window->ParentWindow; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) + { + float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f; + float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); + SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel_y * scroll_step); + } + } + + // Horizontal Mouse Wheel scrolling, or Vertical Mouse Wheel w/ Shift held + if (wheel_x != 0.0f) + { + StartLockWheelingWindow(window); + while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.x == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)))) + window = window->ParentWindow; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) + { + float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f; + float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); + SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel_x * scroll_step); + } + } +} + +void ImGui::UpdateTabFocus() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Pressing TAB activate widget focus + g.TabFocusPressed = (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Active && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)); + if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.TabFocusPressed) + { + // - This path is only taken when no widget are active/tabbed-into yet. + // Subsequent tabbing will be processed by FocusableItemRegister() + // - Note that SetKeyboardFocusHere() sets the Next fields mid-frame. To be consistent we also + // manipulate the Next fields here even though they will be turned into Curr fields below. + g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow = g.NavWindow; + g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular = INT_MAX; + if (g.NavId != 0 && g.NavIdTabCounter != INT_MAX) + g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = g.NavIdTabCounter + (g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 0); + else + g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 0; + } + + // Turn queued focus request into current one + g.TabFocusRequestCurrWindow = NULL; + g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; + if (g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow != NULL) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow; + g.TabFocusRequestCurrWindow = window; + if (g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular != INT_MAX && window->DC.FocusCounterRegular != -1) + g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = ImModPositive(g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular, window->DC.FocusCounterRegular + 1); + if (g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop != INT_MAX && window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop != -1) + g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = ImModPositive(g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop, window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop + 1); + g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow = NULL; + g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular = g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; + } + + g.NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX; +} + +// The reason this is exposed in imgui_internal.h is: on touch-based system that don't have hovering, we want to dispatch inputs to the right target (imgui vs imgui+app) +void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.WindowsHoverPadding = ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING)); + + // Find the window hovered by mouse: + // - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow. + // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame. + // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms. + bool clear_hovered_windows = false; + FindHoveredWindow(); + + // Modal windows prevents mouse from hovering behind them. + ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); + if (modal_window && g.HoveredWindow && !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow, modal_window)) + clear_hovered_windows = true; + + // Disabled mouse? + if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) + clear_hovered_windows = true; + + // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward. + int mouse_earliest_button_down = -1; + bool mouse_any_down = false; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++) + { + if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) + g.IO.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0); + mouse_any_down |= g.IO.MouseDown[i]; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[i]) + if (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1 || g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] < g.IO.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_button_down]) + mouse_earliest_button_down = i; + } + const bool mouse_avail_to_imgui = (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1) || g.IO.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_button_down]; + + // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering. + // FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02) + const bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0; + if (!mouse_avail_to_imgui && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload) + clear_hovered_windows = true; + + if (clear_hovered_windows) + g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + + // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to imgui, false = dispatch mouse info to Dear ImGui + app) + if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1) + g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0); + else + g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail_to_imgui && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0); + + // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to imgui, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + app) + if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) + g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0); + else + g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL); + if (g.IO.NavActive && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard)) + g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = true; + + // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible + g.IO.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false; +} + +ImGuiKeyModFlags ImGui::GetMergedKeyModFlags() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiKeyModFlags key_mod_flags = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None; + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl; } + if (g.IO.KeyShift) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift; } + if (g.IO.KeyAlt) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt; } + if (g.IO.KeySuper) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super; } + return key_mod_flags; +} + +void ImGui::NewFrame() +{ + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Remove pending delete hooks before frame start. + // This deferred removal avoid issues of removal while iterating the hook vector + for (int n = g.Hooks.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + if (g.Hooks[n].Type == ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_) + g.Hooks.erase(&g.Hooks[n]); + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre); + + // Check and assert for various common IO and Configuration mistakes + ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks(); + + // Load settings on first frame, save settings when modified (after a delay) + UpdateSettings(); + + g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.WithinFrameScope = true; + g.FrameCount += 1; + g.TooltipOverrideCount = 0; + g.WindowsActiveCount = 0; + g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.resize(0); + + // Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature + g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx]; + g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame); + g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount = ImMin(g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount + 1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame)); + g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount)) : FLT_MAX; + + UpdateViewportsNewFrame(); + + // Setup current font and draw list shared data + g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true; + SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont()); + IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded()); + ImRect virtual_space(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + virtual_space.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect()); + g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = virtual_space.ToVec4(); + g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol; + g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleTessellationMaxError(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError); + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None; + if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; + if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex && !(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; + if (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill; + if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset; + + // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it. + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + viewport->DrawDataP.Clear(); + } + + // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent + if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == g.ActiveId) + KeepAliveID(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId); + + // Update HoveredId data + if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame) + g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f; + if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame || (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId == g.HoveredId)) + g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; + if (g.HoveredId) + g.HoveredIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredId) + g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId; + g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel = g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel; + g.HoveredId = 0; + g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; + g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = false; + g.HoveredIdDisabled = false; + + // Update ActiveId data (clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore) + if (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId && g.ActiveId != 0) + ClearActiveID(); + if (g.ActiveId) + g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId; + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = g.ActiveIdWindow; + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; + g.ActiveIdIsAlive = 0; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; + g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; + if (g.TempInputId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.TempInputId) + g.TempInputId = 0; + if (g.ActiveId == 0) + { + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00; + } + + // Drag and drop + g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX; + g.DragDropWithinSource = false; + g.DragDropWithinTarget = false; + g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; + + // Update keyboard input state + // Synchronize io.KeyMods with individual modifiers io.KeyXXX bools + g.IO.KeyMods = GetMergedKeyModFlags(); + memcpy(g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev, g.IO.KeysDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.KeysDownDuration)); + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown); i++) + g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] = g.IO.KeysDown[i] ? (g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + + // Update gamepad/keyboard navigation + NavUpdate(); + + // Update mouse input state + UpdateMouseInputs(); + + // Find hovered window + // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so we fill g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow on the mouse release frame) + UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); + + // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering) + UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame(); + + // Background darkening/whitening + if (GetTopMostPopupModal() != NULL || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha > 0.0f)) + g.DimBgRatio = ImMin(g.DimBgRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f); + else + g.DimBgRatio = ImMax(g.DimBgRatio - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f); + + g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; + g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = g.WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; + g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // OS Input Method Editor showing on top-left of our window by default + + // Mouse wheel scrolling, scale + UpdateMouseWheel(); + + // Update legacy TAB focus + UpdateTabFocus(); + + // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory. + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size <= g.Windows.Size); + const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + window->WasActive = window->Active; + window->BeginCount = 0; + window->Active = false; + window->WriteAccessed = false; + + // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows + if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) + GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window); + } + + // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused tables + for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size; i++) + if (g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] >= 0.0f && g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] < memory_compact_start_time) + TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(g.Tables.GetByIndex(i)); + for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesTempDataStack.Size; i++) + if (g.TablesTempDataStack[i].LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && g.TablesTempDataStack[i].LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) + TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&g.TablesTempDataStack[i]); + if (g.GcCompactAll) + GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers(); + g.GcCompactAll = false; + + // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order + if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive) + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL); + + // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame. + // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear. + g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0); + g.BeginPopupStack.resize(0); + g.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0); + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_None); + g.GroupStack.resize(0); + ClosePopupsOverWindow(g.NavWindow, false); + + // [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. + UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); + + // Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it. + // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags. + // This fallback is particularly important as it avoid ImGui:: calls from crashing. + g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = true; + SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + Begin("Debug##Default"); + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow == true); + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost); +} + +// [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; + if (g.DebugItemPickerActive) + { + const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; + SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand); + if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape)) + g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; + if (IsMouseClicked(0) && hovered_id) + { + g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = hovered_id; + g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; + } + SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.60f); + BeginTooltip(); + Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id); + Text("Press ESC to abort picking."); + TextColored(GetStyleColorVec4(hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), "Click to break in debugger!"); + EndTooltip(); + } +} + +void ImGui::Initialize(ImGuiContext* context) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *context; + IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded); + + // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow type + { + ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; + ini_handler.TypeName = "Window"; + ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Window"); + ini_handler.ClearAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll; + ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen; + ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine; + ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; + ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll; + g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler); + } + + // Add .ini handle for ImGuiTable type + TableSettingsInstallHandler(context); + + // Create default viewport + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)(); + g.Viewports.push_back(viewport); + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + + g.Initialized = true; +} + +// This function is merely here to free heap allocations. +void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context) +{ + // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) + ImGuiContext& g = *context; + if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext) + { + g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; + IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts); + } + g.IO.Fonts = NULL; + + // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized Dear ImGui. + if (!g.Initialized) + return; + + // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file) + if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) + { + ImGuiContext* backup_context = GImGui; + SetCurrentContext(&g); + SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + SetCurrentContext(backup_context); + } + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown); + + // Clear everything else + for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) + IM_DELETE(g.Windows[i]); + g.Windows.clear(); + g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear(); + g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.clear(); + g.CurrentWindow = NULL; + g.CurrentWindowStack.clear(); + g.WindowsById.Clear(); + g.NavWindow = NULL; + g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + g.ColorStack.clear(); + g.StyleVarStack.clear(); + g.FontStack.clear(); + g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); + g.BeginPopupStack.clear(); + + for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++) + IM_DELETE(g.Viewports[i]); + g.Viewports.clear(); + + g.TabBars.Clear(); + g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear(); + g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear(); + + g.Tables.Clear(); + for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesTempDataStack.Size; i++) + g.TablesTempDataStack[i].~ImGuiTableTempData(); + g.TablesTempDataStack.clear(); + g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear(); + + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); + g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear(); + g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory(); + + g.SettingsWindows.clear(); + g.SettingsHandlers.clear(); + + if (g.LogFile) + { +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS + if (g.LogFile != stdout) +#endif + ImFileClose(g.LogFile); + g.LogFile = NULL; + } + g.LogBuffer.clear(); + + g.Initialized = false; +} + +// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure. +static int IMGUI_CDECL ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +{ + const ImGuiWindow* const a = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs; + const ImGuiWindow* const b = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)rhs; + if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) + return d; + if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) + return d; + return (a->BeginOrderWithinParent - b->BeginOrderWithinParent); +} + +static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + out_sorted_windows->push_back(window); + if (window->Active) + { + int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; + if (count > 1) + ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.Data, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer); + for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; + if (child->Active) + AddWindowToSortBuffer(out_sorted_windows, child); + } + } +} + +static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) +{ + // Remove trailing command if unused. + // Technically we could return directly instead of popping, but this make things looks neat in Metrics/Debugger window as well. + draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + return; + + // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. + // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly. + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); + if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset)) + IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); + + // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window) + // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually: + // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds. + // Be mindful that the ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics/Debugger window to inspect draw list contents. + // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either: + // (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer backend, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'. + // Most example backends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 backends won't. + // Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them. + // (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer backend, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h. + // Most example backends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time: + // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset); + // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. + // 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API. + // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching + // the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists. + if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2) + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above"); + + out_list->push_back(draw_list); +} + +static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window, int layer) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0]; + g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++; + AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList); + for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; + if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // Clipped children may have been marked not active + AddWindowToDrawData(child, layer); + } +} + +// Layer is locked for the root window, however child windows may use a different viewport (e.g. extruding menu) +static void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + int layer = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? 1 : 0; + AddWindowToDrawData(window, layer); +} + +void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer() +{ + int n = Layers[0].Size; + int size = n; + for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); i++) + size += Layers[i].Size; + Layers[0].resize(size); + for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); layer_n++) + { + ImVector& layer = Layers[layer_n]; + if (layer.empty()) + continue; + memcpy(&Layers[0][n], &layer[0], layer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*)); + n += layer.Size; + layer.resize(0); + } +} + +static void SetupViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, ImVector* draw_lists) +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; + draw_data->Valid = true; + draw_data->CmdLists = (draw_lists->Size > 0) ? draw_lists->Data : NULL; + draw_data->CmdListsCount = draw_lists->Size; + draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0; + draw_data->DisplayPos = viewport->Pos; + draw_data->DisplaySize = viewport->Size; + draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale; + for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++) + { + draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->VtxBuffer.Size; + draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->IdxBuffer.Size; + } +} + +// Push a clipping rectangle for both ImGui logic (hit-testing etc.) and low-level ImDrawList rendering. +// - When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values, +// so that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result. +// - If the code here changes, may need to update code of functions like NextColumn() and PushColumnClipRect(): +// some frequently called functions which to modify both channels and clipping simultaneously tend to use the +// more specialized SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() to avoid extraneous updates of underlying ImDrawCmds. +void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect); + window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); +} + +void ImGui::PopClipRect() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); + window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); +} + +// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal. +void ImGui::EndFrame() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); + + // Don't process EndFrame() multiple times. + if (g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) + return; + IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope && "Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()?"); + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre); + + ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); + + // Notify OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME) + if (g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn && (g.PlatformImeLastPos.x == FLT_MAX || ImLengthSqr(g.PlatformImeLastPos - g.PlatformImePos) > 0.0001f)) + { + g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn((int)g.PlatformImePos.x, (int)g.PlatformImePos.y); + g.PlatformImeLastPos = g.PlatformImePos; + } + + // Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used + g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = false; + if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed) + g.CurrentWindow->Active = false; + End(); + + // Update navigation: CTRL+Tab, wrap-around requests + NavEndFrame(); + + // Drag and Drop: Elapse payload (if delivered, or if source stops being submitted) + if (g.DragDropActive) + { + bool is_delivered = g.DragDropPayload.Delivery; + bool is_elapsed = (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) && ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload) || !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton)); + if (is_delivered || is_elapsed) + ClearDragDrop(); + } + + // Drag and Drop: Fallback for source tooltip. This is not ideal but better than nothing. + if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) + { + g.DragDropWithinSource = true; + SetTooltip("..."); + g.DragDropWithinSource = false; + } + + // End frame + g.WithinFrameScope = false; + g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount; + + // Initiate moving window + handle left-click and right-click focus + UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame(); + + // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent + // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because children may not exist yet + g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.resize(0); + g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size); + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // if a child is active its parent will add it + continue; + AddWindowToSortBuffer(&g.WindowsTempSortBuffer, window); + } + + // This usually assert if there is a mismatch between the ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow / ParentWindow values and DC.ChildWindows[] in parents, aka we've done something wrong. + IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.Size); + g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsTempSortBuffer); + g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = g.WindowsActiveCount; + + // Unlock font atlas + g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; + + // Clear Input data for next frame + g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f; + g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); + memset(g.IO.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputs)); + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost); +} + +void ImGui::Render() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); + + if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount) + EndFrame(); + g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount; + g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0; + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre); + + // Add background ImDrawList (for each active viewport) + for (int n = 0; n != g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Clear(); + if (viewport->DrawLists[0] != NULL) + AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport)); + } + + // Add ImDrawList to render + ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2]; + windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow : NULL; + windows_to_render_top_most[1] = (g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingListWindow : NULL); + for (int n = 0; n != g.Windows.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; + IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'" + if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_top_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_top_most[1]) + AddRootWindowToDrawData(window); + } + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(windows_to_render_top_most); n++) + if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window + AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]); + + // Setup ImDrawData structures for end-user + g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = 0; + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); + + // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag + if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor) + RenderMouseCursor(GetForegroundDrawList(viewport), g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48)); + + // Add foreground ImDrawList (for each active viewport) + if (viewport->DrawLists[1] != NULL) + AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport)); + + SetupViewportDrawData(viewport, &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]); + ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; + g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_data->TotalVtxCount; + g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_data->TotalIdxCount; + } + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost); +} + +// Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker. +// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize) +ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + const char* text_display_end; + if (hide_text_after_double_hash) + text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); // Hide anything after a '##' string + else + text_display_end = text_end; + + ImFont* font = g.Font; + const float font_size = g.FontSize; + if (text == text_display_end) + return ImVec2(0.0f, font_size); + ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL); + + // Round + // FIXME: This has been here since Dec 2015 (7b0bf230) but down the line we want this out. + // FIXME: Investigate using ceilf or e.g. + // - https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/src/math/ceilf.c + // - https://embarkstudios.github.io/rust-gpu/api/src/libm/math/ceilf.rs.html + text_size.x = IM_FLOOR(text_size.x + 0.99999f); + + return text_size; +} + +// Find window given position, search front-to-back +// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programmatically +// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is +// called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected. +static void FindHoveredWindow() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = NULL; + ImGuiWindow* hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = NULL; + if (g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) + hovered_window = g.MovingWindow; + + ImVec2 padding_regular = g.Style.TouchExtraPadding; + ImVec2 padding_for_resize = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? g.WindowsHoverPadding : padding_regular; + for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer. + if (!window->Active || window->Hidden) + continue; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs) + continue; + + // Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always) + ImRect bb(window->OuterRectClipped); + if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + bb.Expand(padding_regular); + else + bb.Expand(padding_for_resize); + if (!bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + continue; + + // Support for one rectangular hole in any given window + // FIXME: Consider generalizing hit-testing override (with more generic data, callback, etc.) (#1512) + if (window->HitTestHoleSize.x != 0) + { + ImVec2 hole_pos(window->Pos.x + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.x, window->Pos.y + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.y); + ImVec2 hole_size((float)window->HitTestHoleSize.x, (float)window->HitTestHoleSize.y); + if (ImRect(hole_pos, hole_pos + hole_size).Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + continue; + } + + if (hovered_window == NULL) + hovered_window = window; + IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer. + if (hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window == NULL && (!g.MovingWindow || window->RootWindow != g.MovingWindow->RootWindow)) + hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = window; + if (hovered_window && hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window) + break; + } + + g.HoveredWindow = hovered_window; + g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window; +} + +// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle +// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting +// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding) +bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Clip + ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max); + if (clip) + rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect); + + // Expand for touch input + const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding); + if (!rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + return false; + return true; +} + +int ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key) +{ + IM_ASSERT(imgui_key >= 0 && imgui_key < ImGuiKey_COUNT); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.IO.KeyMap[imgui_key]; +} + +// Note that dear imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry of io.KeysDown[]! +// Use your own indices/enums according to how your backend/engine stored them into io.KeysDown[]! +bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(int user_key_index) +{ + if (user_key_index < 0) + return false; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); + return g.IO.KeysDown[user_key_index]; +} + +// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime) +// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time) +// An event is triggered at: +// t = 0.0f t = repeat_delay, t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N +int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) +{ + if (t1 == 0.0f) + return 1; + if (t0 >= t1) + return 0; + if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f) + return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay); + const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); + const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); + const int count = count_t1 - count_t0; + return count; +} + +int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (key_index < 0) + return 0; + IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); + const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[key_index]; + return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate); +} + +bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (user_key_index < 0) + return false; + IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); + const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[user_key_index]; + if (t == 0.0f) + return true; + if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay) + return GetKeyPressedAmount(user_key_index, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0; + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (user_key_index < 0) return false; + IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); + return g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev[user_key_index] >= 0.0f && !g.IO.KeysDown[user_key_index]; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseDown[button]; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button]; + if (t == 0.0f) + return true; + + if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay) + { + // FIXME: 2019/05/03: Our old repeat code was wrong here and led to doubling the repeat rate, which made it an ok rate for repeat on mouse hold. + int amount = CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.50f); + if (amount > 0) + return true; + } + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseReleased[button]; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[button]; +} + +// Return if a mouse click/drag went past the given threshold. Valid to call during the MouseReleased frame. +// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed +bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) + lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; + return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) + return false; + return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold); +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.IO.MousePos; +} + +// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed! +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0) + return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1].OpenMousePos; + return g.IO.MousePos; +} + +// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position. +bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos) +{ + // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis. + // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions). + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL); + const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f; + ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos; + return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID; +} + +bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++) + if (g.IO.MouseDown[n]) + return true; + return false; +} + +// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released. +// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once. +// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). backends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window. +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) + lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button]) + if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold) + if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button])) + return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]; + return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); +} + +void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr + g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos; +} + +ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor() +{ + return GImGui->MouseCursor; +} + +void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type) +{ + GImGui->MouseCursor = cursor_type; +} + +void ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool capture) +{ + GImGui->WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0; +} + +void ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp(bool capture) +{ + GImGui->WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0; +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemActive() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + return g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemId; + } + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemActivated() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != window->DC.LastItemId) + return true; + } + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated) + return (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0; + return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == window->DC.LastItemId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId); +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore)); +} + +// == GetItemID() == GetFocusID() +bool ImGui::IsItemFocused() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + if (g.NavId != window->DC.LastItemId || g.NavId == 0) + return false; + return true; +} + +// Important: this can be useful but it is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g.Button()! +// Most widgets have specific reactions based on mouse-up/down state, mouse position etc. +bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button) +{ + return IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_None); +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.HoveredId != 0 || g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0; +} + +bool ImGui::IsAnyItemActive() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.ActiveId != 0; +} + +bool ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight; +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemVisible() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(window->DC.LastItemRect); +} + +bool ImGui::IsItemEdited() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0; +} + +// Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority. +// FIXME: Although this is exposed, its interaction and ideal idiom with using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap flag are extremely confusing, need rework. +void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId; + if (g.HoveredId == id) + g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true; +} + +void ImGui::SetItemUsingMouseWheel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId; + if (g.HoveredId == id) + g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = true; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = true; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.LastItemRect.Min; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.LastItemRect.Max; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.LastItemRect.GetSize(); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; + + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; + flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag + + // Size + const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail(); + ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg); + const int auto_fit_axises = ((size.x == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_X) : 0x00) | ((size.y == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y) : 0x00); + if (size.x <= 0.0f) + size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too much issues) + if (size.y <= 0.0f) + size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y + size.y, 4.0f); + SetNextWindowSize(size); + + // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value. + if (name) + ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id); + else + ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); + + const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize; + if (!border) + g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f; + bool ret = Begin(g.TempBuffer, NULL, flags); + g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size; + + ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow; + child_window->ChildId = id; + child_window->AutoFitChildAxises = (ImS8)auto_fit_axises; + + // Set the cursor to handle case where the user called SetNextWindowPos()+BeginChild() manually. + // While this is not really documented/defined, it seems that the expected thing to do. + if (child_window->BeginCount == 1) + parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos; + + // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame + if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavHasScroll)) + { + FocusWindow(child_window); + NavInitWindow(child_window, false); + SetActiveID(id + 1, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with another arbitrary id so that key-press won't activate child item + g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav; + } + return ret; +} + +bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + return BeginChildEx(str_id, window->GetID(str_id), size_arg, border, extra_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) +{ + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); + return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, border, extra_flags); +} + +void ImGui::EndChild() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false); + IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() calls + + g.WithinEndChild = true; + if (window->BeginCount > 1) + { + End(); + } + else + { + ImVec2 sz = window->Size; + if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X)) // Arbitrary minimum zero-ish child size of 4.0f causes less trouble than a 0.0f + sz.x = ImMax(4.0f, sz.x); + if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y)) + sz.y = ImMax(4.0f, sz.y); + End(); + + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + sz); + ItemSize(sz); + if ((window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || window->DC.NavHasScroll) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) + { + ItemAdd(bb, window->ChildId); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, window->ChildId); + + // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0 && window == g.NavWindow) + RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2, 2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2, 2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin); + } + else + { + // Not navigable into + ItemAdd(bb, 0); + } + if (g.HoveredWindow == window) + parent_window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; + } + g.WithinEndChild = false; + g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return +} + +// Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame. +bool ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding); + bool ret = BeginChild(id, size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | extra_flags); + PopStyleVar(3); + PopStyleColor(); + return ret; +} + +void ImGui::EndChildFrame() +{ + EndChild(); +} + +static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled) +{ + window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & ~flags); + window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ~flags); + window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & ~flags); +} + +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (ImGuiWindow*)g.WindowsById.GetVoidPtr(id); +} + +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name) +{ + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name); + return FindWindowByID(id); +} + +static void ApplyWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) +{ + window->Pos = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y)); + if (settings->Size.x > 0 && settings->Size.y > 0) + window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y)); + window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed; +} + +static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags); + + // Create window the first time + ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name); + window->Flags = flags; + g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window); + + // Default/arbitrary window position. Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window. + const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + window->Pos = main_viewport->Pos + ImVec2(60, 60); + + // User can disable loading and saving of settings. Tooltip and child windows also don't store settings. + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID)) + { + // Retrieve settings from .ini file + window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings); + SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false); + ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings); + } + window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcContentSize() doesn't return crazy values + + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) + { + window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; + window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; + } + else + { + if (window->Size.x <= 0.0f) + window->AutoFitFramesX = 2; + if (window->Size.y <= 0.0f) + window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; + window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0); + } + + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + { + g.WindowsFocusOrder.push_back(window); + window->FocusOrder = (short)(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1); + } + + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) + g.Windows.push_front(window); // Quite slow but rare and only once + else + g.Windows.push_back(window); + return window; +} + +static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_desired) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 new_size = size_desired; + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) + { + // Using -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. + ImRect cr = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect; + new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.x, cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x; + new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.y, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y; + if (g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback) + { + ImGuiSizeCallbackData data; + data.UserData = g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData; + data.Pos = window->Pos; + data.CurrentSize = window->SizeFull; + data.DesiredSize = new_size; + g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback(&data); + new_size = data.DesiredSize; + } + new_size.x = IM_FLOOR(new_size.x); + new_size.y = IM_FLOOR(new_size.y); + } + + // Minimum size + if (!(window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))) + { + ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = window; + const float decoration_up_height = window_for_height->TitleBarHeight() + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight(); + new_size = ImMax(new_size, g.Style.WindowMinSize); + new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, decoration_up_height + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f)); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows + } + return new_size; +} + +static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_current, ImVec2* content_size_ideal) +{ + bool preserve_old_content_sizes = false; + if (window->Collapsed && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) + preserve_old_content_sizes = true; + else if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) + preserve_old_content_sizes = true; + if (preserve_old_content_sizes) + { + *content_size_current = window->ContentSize; + *content_size_ideal = window->ContentSizeIdeal; + return; + } + + content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); + content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); + content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); + content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); +} + +static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); + ImVec2 size_pad = window->WindowPadding * 2.0f; + ImVec2 size_desired = size_contents + size_pad + ImVec2(0.0f, decoration_up_height); + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) + { + // Tooltip always resize + return size_desired; + } + else + { + // Maximum window size is determined by the viewport size or monitor size + const bool is_popup = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0; + const bool is_menu = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0; + ImVec2 size_min = style.WindowMinSize; + if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups) + size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f)); + + // FIXME-VIEWPORT-WORKAREA: May want to use GetWorkSize() instead of Size depending on the type of windows? + ImVec2 avail_size = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->Size; + ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, ImMax(size_min, avail_size - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f)); + + // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small), + // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding. + ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); + bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - 0.0f < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - decoration_up_height < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar); + if (will_have_scrollbar_x) + size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize; + if (will_have_scrollbar_y) + size_auto_fit.x += style.ScrollbarSize; + return size_auto_fit; + } +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImVec2 size_contents_current; + ImVec2 size_contents_ideal; + CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &size_contents_current, &size_contents_ideal); + ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents_ideal); + ImVec2 size_final = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); + return size_final; +} + +static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + if (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) + return ImGuiCol_PopupBg; + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + return ImGuiCol_ChildBg; + return ImGuiCol_WindowBg; +} + +static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& corner_target, const ImVec2& corner_norm, ImVec2* out_pos, ImVec2* out_size) +{ + ImVec2 pos_min = ImLerp(corner_target, window->Pos, corner_norm); // Expected window upper-left + ImVec2 pos_max = ImLerp(window->Pos + window->Size, corner_target, corner_norm); // Expected window lower-right + ImVec2 size_expected = pos_max - pos_min; + ImVec2 size_constrained = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_expected); + *out_pos = pos_min; + if (corner_norm.x == 0.0f) + out_pos->x -= (size_constrained.x - size_expected.x); + if (corner_norm.y == 0.0f) + out_pos->y -= (size_constrained.y - size_expected.y); + *out_size = size_constrained; +} + +// Data for resizing from corner +struct ImGuiResizeGripDef +{ + ImVec2 CornerPosN; + ImVec2 InnerDir; + int AngleMin12, AngleMax12; +}; +static const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] = +{ + { ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(-1, -1), 0, 3 }, // Lower-right + { ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(+1, -1), 3, 6 }, // Lower-left + { ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(+1, +1), 6, 9 }, // Upper-left (Unused) + { ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(-1, +1), 9, 12 } // Upper-right (Unused) +}; + +// Data for resizing from borders +struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef +{ + ImVec2 InnerDir; + ImVec2 SegmentN1, SegmentN2; + float OuterAngle; +}; +static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] = +{ + { ImVec2(+1, 0), ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(0, 0), IM_PI * 1.00f }, // Left + { ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(1, 1), IM_PI * 0.00f }, // Right + { ImVec2(0, +1), ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), IM_PI * 1.50f }, // Up + { ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(0, 1), IM_PI * 0.50f } // Down +}; + +static ImRect GetResizeBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_padding, float thickness) +{ + ImRect rect = window->Rect(); + if (thickness == 0.0f) + rect.Max -= ImVec2(1, 1); + if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); } + if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) { return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); } + if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness); } + if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Down) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y + thickness); } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return ImRect(); +} + +// 0..3: corners (Lower-right, Lower-left, Unused, Unused) +ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n) +{ + IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < 4); + ImGuiID id = window->ID; + id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id); + id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id); + return id; +} + +// Borders (Left, Right, Up, Down) +ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir) +{ + IM_ASSERT(dir >= 0 && dir < 4); + int n = (int)dir + 4; + ImGuiID id = window->ID; + id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id); + id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id); + return id; +} + +// Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad +// Return true when using auto-fit (double click on resize grip) +static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; + + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) || window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) + return false; + if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. an hidden implicit/fallback Debug window. + return false; + + bool ret_auto_fit = false; + const int resize_border_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 4 : 0; + const float grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); + const float grip_hover_inner_size = IM_FLOOR(grip_draw_size * 0.75f); + const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING : 0.0f; + + ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + + // Resize grips and borders are on layer 1 + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; + + // Manual resize grips + PushID("#RESIZE"); + for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++) + { + const ImGuiResizeGripDef& def = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n]; + const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, def.CornerPosN); + + // Using the FlattenChilds button flag we make the resize button accessible even if we are hovering over a child window + bool hovered, held; + ImRect resize_rect(corner - def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, corner + def.InnerDir * grip_hover_inner_size); + if (resize_rect.Min.x > resize_rect.Max.x) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.x, resize_rect.Max.x); + if (resize_rect.Min.y > resize_rect.Max.y) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.y, resize_rect.Max.y); + ImGuiID resize_grip_id = window->GetID(resize_grip_n); // == GetWindowResizeCornerID() + ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); + //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (hovered || held) + g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE; + + if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0] && resize_grip_n == 0) + { + // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking + size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); + ret_auto_fit = true; + ClearActiveID(); + } + else if (held) + { + // Resize from any of the four corners + // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position + ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, def.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, def.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip + corner_target = ImClamp(corner_target, clamp_min, clamp_max); + CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, def.CornerPosN, &pos_target, &size_target); + } + + // Only lower-left grip is visible before hovering/activating + if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered) + resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip); + } + for (int border_n = 0; border_n < resize_border_count; border_n++) + { + const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n]; + const ImGuiAxis axis = (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left || border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y; + + bool hovered, held; + ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING); + ImGuiID border_id = window->GetID(border_n + 4); // == GetWindowResizeBorderID() + ButtonBehavior(border_rect, border_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren); + //GetForegroundDrawLists(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held) + { + g.MouseCursor = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS; + if (held) + *border_held = border_n; + } + if (held) + { + ImVec2 clamp_min(border_n == ImGuiDir_Right ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Down ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_max(border_n == ImGuiDir_Left ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Up ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos; + border_target[axis] = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; + border_target = ImClamp(border_target, clamp_min, clamp_max); + CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2), &pos_target, &size_target); + } + } + PopID(); + + // Restore nav layer + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + + // Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad) + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow == window) + { + ImVec2 nav_resize_delta; + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && g.IO.KeyShift) + nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) + nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); + if (nav_resize_delta.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_delta.y != 0.0f) + { + const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f; + nav_resize_delta *= ImFloor(NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); + nav_resize_delta = ImMax(nav_resize_delta, visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive); + // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck. + size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + nav_resize_delta); + } + } + + // Apply back modified position/size to window + if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX) + { + window->SizeFull = size_target; + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); + } + if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX) + { + window->Pos = ImFloor(pos_target); + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); + } + + window->Size = window->SizeFull; + return ret_auto_fit; +} + +static inline void ClampWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 size_for_clamping = window->Size; + if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + size_for_clamping.y = window->TitleBarHeight(); + window->Pos = ImClamp(window->Pos, visibility_rect.Min - size_for_clamping, visibility_rect.Max); +} + +static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + float rounding = window->WindowRounding; + float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; + if (border_size > 0.0f && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground)) + window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size); + + int border_held = window->ResizeBorderHeld; + if (border_held != -1) + { + const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_held]; + ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_held, rounding, 0.0f); + window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, def.OuterAngle); + window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f); + window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), 0, ImMax(2.0f, border_size)); // Thicker than usual + } + if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + { + float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight() - 1; + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), g.Style.FrameBorderSize); + } +} + +// Draw background and borders +// Draw and handle scrollbars +void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; + + // Ensure that ScrollBar doesn't read last frame's SkipItems + IM_ASSERT(window->BeginCount == 0); + window->SkipItems = false; + + // Draw window + handle manual resize + // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame. + const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding; + const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; + if (window->Collapsed) + { + // Title bar only + float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize; + g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize; + ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32((title_bar_is_highlight && !g.NavDisableHighlight) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed); + RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, true, window_rounding); + g.Style.FrameBorderSize = backup_border_size; + } + else + { + // Window background + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground)) + { + ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(flags)); + bool override_alpha = false; + float alpha = 1.0f; + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha) + { + alpha = g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal; + override_alpha = true; + } + if (override_alpha) + bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom); + } + + // Title bar + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + { + ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop); + } + + // Menu bar + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) + { + ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect(); + menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect()); // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them. + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min + ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), menu_bar_rect.Max - ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop); + if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y) + window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize); + } + + // Scrollbars + if (window->ScrollbarX) + Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_X); + if (window->ScrollbarY) + Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_Y); + + // Render resize grips (after their input handling so we don't have a frame of latency) + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize)) + { + for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++) + { + const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n]; + const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN); + window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size))); + window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size))); + window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12); + window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n]); + } + } + + // Borders + RenderWindowOuterBorders(window); + } +} + +// Render title text, collapse button, close button +void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; + + const bool has_close_button = (p_open != NULL); + const bool has_collapse_button = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None); + + // Close & Collapse button are on the Menu NavLayer and don't default focus (unless there's nothing else on that layer) + const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = g.CurrentItemFlags; + g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; + + // Layout buttons + // FIXME: Would be nice to generalize the subtleties expressed here into reusable code. + float pad_l = style.FramePadding.x; + float pad_r = style.FramePadding.x; + float button_sz = g.FontSize; + ImVec2 close_button_pos; + ImVec2 collapse_button_pos; + if (has_close_button) + { + pad_r += button_sz; + close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); + } + if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right) + { + pad_r += button_sz; + collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); + } + if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) + { + collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); + pad_l += button_sz; + } + + // Collapse button (submitting first so it gets priority when choosing a navigation init fallback) + if (has_collapse_button) + if (CollapseButton(window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"), collapse_button_pos)) + window->WantCollapseToggle = true; // Defer actual collapsing to next frame as we are too far in the Begin() function + + // Close button + if (has_close_button) + if (CloseButton(window->GetID("#CLOSE"), close_button_pos)) + *p_open = false; + + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags_backup; + + // Title bar text (with: horizontal alignment, avoiding collapse/close button, optional "unsaved document" marker) + // FIXME: Refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers, this is WAY too much messy code.. + const char* UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER = "*"; + const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? CalcTextSize(UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER, NULL, false).x : 0.0f; + const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true) + ImVec2(marker_size_x, 0.0f); + + // As a nice touch we try to ensure that centered title text doesn't get affected by visibility of Close/Collapse button, + // while uncentered title text will still reach edges correctly. + if (pad_l > style.FramePadding.x) + pad_l += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + if (pad_r > style.FramePadding.x) + pad_r += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + if (style.WindowTitleAlign.x > 0.0f && style.WindowTitleAlign.x < 1.0f) + { + float centerness = ImSaturate(1.0f - ImFabs(style.WindowTitleAlign.x - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // 0.0f on either edges, 1.0f on center + float pad_extend = ImMin(ImMax(pad_l, pad_r), title_bar_rect.GetWidth() - pad_l - pad_r - text_size.x); + pad_l = ImMax(pad_l, pad_extend * centerness); + pad_r = ImMax(pad_r, pad_extend * centerness); + } + + ImRect layout_r(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r, title_bar_rect.Max.y); + ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, ImMin(layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, title_bar_rect.Max.x), layout_r.Max.y); + //if (g.IO.KeyShift) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) + { + ImVec2 marker_pos = ImVec2(ImMax(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x) + text_size.x, layout_r.Min.y) + ImVec2(2 - marker_size_x, 0.0f); + ImVec2 off = ImVec2(0.0f, IM_FLOOR(-g.FontSize * 0.25f)); + RenderTextClipped(marker_pos + off, layout_r.Max + off, UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0, style.WindowTitleAlign.y), &clip_r); + } +} + +void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window) +{ + window->ParentWindow = parent_window; + window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForNav = window; + if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) + window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow; + if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) + window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; + while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) + { + IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow != NULL); + window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow; + } +} + +// Push a new Dear ImGui window to add widgets to. +// - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair. +// - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content. +// - The window name is used as a unique identifier to preserve window information across frames (and save rudimentary information to the .ini file). +// You can use the "##" or "###" markers to use the same label with different id, or same id with different label. See documentation at the top of this file. +// - Return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. You always need to call ImGui::End() even if false is returned. +// - Passing 'bool* p_open' displays a Close button on the upper-right corner of the window, the pointed value will be set to false when the button is pressed. +bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + IM_ASSERT(name != NULL && name[0] != '\0'); // Window name required + IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame() + IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount); // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet + + // Find or create + ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name); + const bool window_just_created = (window == NULL); + if (window_just_created) + window = CreateNewWindow(name, flags); + + // Automatically disable manual moving/resizing when NoInputs is set + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) == ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize; + + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) + IM_ASSERT(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); + + const int current_frame = g.FrameCount; + const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame); + window->IsFallbackWindow = (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow); + + // Update the Appearing flag + bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1); // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + { + ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; + window_just_activated_by_user |= (window->PopupId != popup_ref.PopupId); // We recycle popups so treat window as activated if popup id changed + window_just_activated_by_user |= (window != popup_ref.Window); + } + window->Appearing = window_just_activated_by_user; + if (window->Appearing) + SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true); + + // Update Flags, LastFrameActive, BeginOrderXXX fields + if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + { + window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags; + window->LastFrameActive = current_frame; + window->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time; + window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0; + window->BeginOrderWithinContext = (short)(g.WindowsActiveCount++); + } + else + { + flags = window->Flags; + } + + // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack + ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back(); + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)); + + // We allow window memory to be compacted so recreate the base stack when needed. + if (window->IDStack.Size == 0) + window->IDStack.push_back(window->ID); + + // Add to stack + // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow() + g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window); + g.CurrentWindow = window; + window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToCurrentState(); + g.CurrentWindow = NULL; + + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + { + ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; + popup_ref.Window = window; + g.BeginPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); + window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId; + } + + // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow) + if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window); + + // Process SetNextWindow***() calls + // (FIXME: Consider splitting the HasXXX flags into X/Y components + bool window_pos_set_by_api = false; + bool window_size_x_set_by_api = false, window_size_y_set_by_api = false; + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) + { + window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) != 0; + if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal) > 0.00001f) + { + // May be processed on the next frame if this is our first frame and we are measuring size + // FIXME: Look into removing the branch so everything can go through this same code path for consistency. + window->SetWindowPosVal = g.NextWindowData.PosVal; + window->SetWindowPosPivot = g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal; + window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); + } + else + { + SetWindowPos(window, g.NextWindowData.PosVal, g.NextWindowData.PosCond); + } + } + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) + { + window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f); + window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f); + SetWindowSize(window, g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, g.NextWindowData.SizeCond); + } + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll) + { + if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x >= 0.0f) + { + window->ScrollTarget.x = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f; + } + if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y >= 0.0f) + { + window->ScrollTarget.y = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; + } + } + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize) + window->ContentSizeExplicit = g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal; + else if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + window->ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed) + SetWindowCollapsed(window, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond); + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus) + FocusWindow(window); + if (window->Appearing) + SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, false); + + // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again) + if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + { + // Initialize + const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345) + window->Active = true; + window->HasCloseButton = (p_open != NULL); + window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX); + window->IDStack.resize(1); + window->DrawList->_ResetForNewFrame(); + window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = -1; + + // Restore buffer capacity when woken from a compacted state, to avoid + if (window->MemoryCompacted) + GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(window); + + // Update stored window name when it changes (which can _only_ happen with the "###" operator, so the ID would stay unchanged). + // The title bar always display the 'name' parameter, so we only update the string storage if it needs to be visible to the end-user elsewhere. + bool window_title_visible_elsewhere = false; + if (g.NavWindowingListWindow != NULL && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) == 0) // Window titles visible when using CTRL+TAB + window_title_visible_elsewhere = true; + if (window_title_visible_elsewhere && !window_just_created && strcmp(name, window->Name) != 0) + { + size_t buf_len = (size_t)window->NameBufLen; + window->Name = ImStrdupcpy(window->Name, &buf_len, name); + window->NameBufLen = (int)buf_len; + } + + // UPDATE CONTENTS SIZE, UPDATE HIDDEN STATUS + + // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size) + const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0); + CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &window->ContentSize, &window->ContentSizeIdeal); + if (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems--; + if (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0) + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems--; + if (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0) + window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly--; + + // Hide new windows for one frame until they calculate their size + if (window_just_created && (!window_size_x_set_by_api || !window_size_y_set_by_api)) + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; + + // Hide popup/tooltip window when re-opening while we measure size (because we recycle the windows) + // We reset Size/ContentSize for reappearing popups/tooltips early in this function, so further code won't be tempted to use the old size. + if (window_just_activated_by_user && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0) + { + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) + { + if (!window_size_x_set_by_api) + window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = 0.f; + if (!window_size_y_set_by_api) + window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = 0.f; + window->ContentSize = window->ContentSizeIdeal = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); + } + } + + // SELECT VIEWPORT + // FIXME-VIEWPORT: In the docking/viewport branch, this is the point where we select the current viewport (which may affect the style) + SetCurrentWindow(window); + + // LOCK BORDER SIZE AND PADDING FOR THE FRAME (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) + + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + window->WindowBorderSize = style.ChildBorderSize; + else + window->WindowBorderSize = ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize; + window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding; + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f) + window->WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? style.WindowPadding.y : 0.0f); + + // Lock menu offset so size calculation can use it as menu-bar windows need a minimum size. + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x); + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y; + + // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar + // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse)) + { + // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), so verify that we don't have items over the title bar. + ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); + if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) + window->WantCollapseToggle = true; + if (window->WantCollapseToggle) + { + window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed; + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); + } + } + else + { + window->Collapsed = false; + } + window->WantCollapseToggle = false; + + // SIZE + + // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize + const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSizeIdeal); + bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created; + bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created; + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed) + { + // Using SetNextWindowSize() overrides ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize, so it can be used on tooltips/popups, etc. + if (!window_size_x_set_by_api) + { + window->SizeFull.x = size_auto_fit.x; + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true; + } + if (!window_size_y_set_by_api) + { + window->SizeFull.y = size_auto_fit.y; + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; + } + } + else if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) + { + // Auto-fit may only grow window during the first few frames + // We still process initial auto-fit on collapsed windows to get a window width, but otherwise don't honor ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize when collapsed. + if (!window_size_x_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) + { + window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x; + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true; + } + if (!window_size_y_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) + { + window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y; + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; + } + if (!window->Collapsed) + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); + } + + // Apply minimum/maximum window size constraints and final size + window->SizeFull = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull); + window->Size = window->Collapsed && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull; + + // Decoration size + const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); + + // POSITION + + // Popup latch its initial position, will position itself when it appears next frame + if (window_just_activated_by_user) + { + window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && !window_pos_set_by_api) // FIXME: BeginPopup() could use SetNextWindowPos() + window->Pos = g.BeginPopupStack.back().OpenPopupPos; + } + + // Position child window + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + { + IM_ASSERT(parent_window && parent_window->Active); + window->BeginOrderWithinParent = (short)parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; + parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(window); + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip) + window->Pos = parent_window->DC.CursorPos; + } + + const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0); + if (window_pos_with_pivot) + SetWindowPos(window, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->Size * window->SetWindowPosPivot, 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering) + else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0) + window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window); + else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize) + window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window); + else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip) + window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window); + + // Calculate the range of allowed position for that window (to be movable and visible past safe area padding) + // When clamping to stay visible, we will enforce that window->Pos stays inside of visibility_rect. + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport(); + ImRect viewport_rect(viewport->GetMainRect()); + ImRect viewport_work_rect(viewport->GetWorkRect()); + ImVec2 visibility_padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding); + ImRect visibility_rect(viewport_work_rect.Min + visibility_padding, viewport_work_rect.Max - visibility_padding); + + // Clamp position/size so window stays visible within its viewport or monitor + // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing. + if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) + if (viewport_rect.GetWidth() > 0.0f && viewport_rect.GetHeight() > 0.0f) + ClampWindowRect(window, visibility_rect); + window->Pos = ImFloor(window->Pos); + + // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) + // Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. + window->WindowRounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildRounding : ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupRounding : style.WindowRounding; + + // For windows with title bar or menu bar, we clamp to FrameHeight(FontSize + FramePadding.y * 2.0f) to completely hide artifacts. + //if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + // window->WindowRounding = ImMin(window->WindowRounding, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); + + // Apply window focus (new and reactivated windows are moved to front) + bool want_focus = false; + if (window_just_activated_by_user && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing)) + { + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + want_focus = true; + else if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) == 0) + want_focus = true; + } + + // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad + int border_held = -1; + ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {}; + const int resize_grip_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it. + const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); + if (!window->Collapsed) + if (UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect)) + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; + window->ResizeBorderHeld = (signed char)border_held; + + // SCROLLBAR VISIBILITY + + // Update scrollbar visibility (based on the Size that was effective during last frame or the auto-resized Size). + if (!window->Collapsed) + { + // When reading the current size we need to read it after size constraints have been applied. + // When we use InnerRect here we are intentionally reading last frame size, same for ScrollbarSizes values before we set them again. + ImVec2 avail_size_from_current_frame = ImVec2(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeFull.y - decoration_up_height); + ImVec2 avail_size_from_last_frame = window->InnerRect.GetSize() + window->ScrollbarSizes; + ImVec2 needed_size_from_last_frame = window_just_created ? ImVec2(0, 0) : window->ContentSize + window->WindowPadding * 2.0f; + float size_x_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x ? avail_size_from_current_frame.x : avail_size_from_last_frame.x; + float size_y_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y ? avail_size_from_current_frame.y : avail_size_from_last_frame.y; + //bool scrollbar_y_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarY; // FIXME: May want to use that in the ScrollbarX expression? How many pros vs cons? + window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)); + window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)); + if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY) + window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); + window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f); + } + + // UPDATE RECTANGLES (1- THOSE NOT AFFECTED BY SCROLLING) + // Update various regions. Variables they depends on should be set above in this function. + // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our rectangles doesn't lag by a frame. + + // Outer rectangle + // Not affected by window border size. Used by: + // - FindHoveredWindow() (w/ extra padding when border resize is enabled) + // - Begin() initial clipping rect for drawing window background and borders. + // - Begin() clipping whole child + const ImRect host_rect = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) ? parent_window->ClipRect : viewport_rect; + const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect(); + const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); + window->OuterRectClipped = outer_rect; + window->OuterRectClipped.ClipWith(host_rect); + + // Inner rectangle + // Not affected by window border size. Used by: + // - InnerClipRect + // - ScrollToBringRectIntoView() + // - NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() + // - Scrollbar() + window->InnerRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x; + window->InnerRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y + decoration_up_height; + window->InnerRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x; + window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y; + + // Inner clipping rectangle. + // Will extend a little bit outside the normal work region. + // This is to allow e.g. Selectable or CollapsingHeader or some separators to cover that space. + // Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result. + // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with an inverted (~null) clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior. + // Affected by window/frame border size. Used by: + // - Begin() initial clip rect + float top_border_size = (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize); + window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size); + window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.x - ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize); + window->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_rect); + + // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes + if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(window->Size.x * 0.65f); + else + window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(g.FontSize * 16.0f); + + // SCROLLING + + // Lock down maximum scrolling + // The value of ScrollMax are ahead from ScrollbarX/ScrollbarY which is intentionally using InnerRect from previous rect in order to accommodate + // for right/bottom aligned items without creating a scrollbar. + window->ScrollMax.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetWidth()); + window->ScrollMax.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); + + // Apply scrolling + window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window); + window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + + // DRAWING + + // Setup draw list and outer clipping rectangle + IM_ASSERT(window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && window->DrawList->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0); + window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); + PushClipRect(host_rect.Min, host_rect.Max, false); + + // Draw modal window background (darkens what is behind them, all viewports) + const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && window == GetTopMostPopupModal() && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0; + const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && (window == g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->RootWindow); + if (dim_bg_for_modal || dim_bg_for_window_list) + { + const ImU32 dim_bg_col = GetColorU32(dim_bg_for_modal ? ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg : ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, dim_bg_col); + } + + // Draw navigation selection/windowing rectangle background + if (dim_bg_for_window_list && window == g.NavWindowingTargetAnim) + { + ImRect bb = window->Rect(); + bb.Expand(g.FontSize); + if (!bb.Contains(viewport_rect)) // Avoid drawing if the window covers all the viewport anyway + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha * 0.25f), g.Style.WindowRounding); + } + + // Since 1.71, child window can render their decoration (bg color, border, scrollbars, etc.) within their parent to save a draw call. + // When using overlapping child windows, this will break the assumption that child z-order is mapped to submission order. + // We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping child. + // We also disabled this when we have dimming overlay behind this specific one child. + // FIXME: More code may rely on explicit sorting of overlapping child window and would need to disable this somehow. Please get in contact if you are affected. + { + bool render_decorations_in_parent = false; + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) + if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size > 0) + render_decorations_in_parent = true; + if (render_decorations_in_parent) + window->DrawList = parent_window->DrawList; + + // Handle title bar, scrollbar, resize grips and resize borders + const ImGuiWindow* window_to_highlight = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget : g.NavWindow; + const bool title_bar_is_highlight = want_focus || (window_to_highlight && window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == window_to_highlight->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight); + RenderWindowDecorations(window, title_bar_rect, title_bar_is_highlight, resize_grip_count, resize_grip_col, resize_grip_draw_size); + + if (render_decorations_in_parent) + window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst; + } + + // Draw navigation selection/windowing rectangle border + if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim == window) + { + float rounding = ImMax(window->WindowRounding, g.Style.WindowRounding); + ImRect bb = window->Rect(); + bb.Expand(g.FontSize); + if (bb.Contains(viewport_rect)) // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward + { + bb.Expand(-g.FontSize - 1.0f); + rounding = window->WindowRounding; + } + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), rounding, 0, 3.0f); + } + + // UPDATE RECTANGLES (2- THOSE AFFECTED BY SCROLLING) + + // Work rectangle. + // Affected by window padding and border size. Used by: + // - Columns() for right-most edge + // - TreeNode(), CollapsingHeader() for right-most edge + // - BeginTabBar() for right-most edge + const bool allow_scrollbar_x = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + const bool allow_scrollbar_y = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); + const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x)); + const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y)); + window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Min.x + work_rect_size_x; + window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->WorkRect.Min.y + work_rect_size_y; + window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect; + + // [LEGACY] Content Region + // FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it. + // Used by: + // - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things + window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x; + window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + decoration_up_height; + window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x)); + window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y)); + + // Setup drawing context + // (NB: That term "drawing context / DC" lost its meaning a long time ago. Initially was meant to hold transient data only. Nowadays difference between window-> and window->DC-> is dubious.) + window->DC.Indent.x = 0.0f + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x; + window->DC.GroupOffset.x = 0.0f; + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; + window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x, decoration_up_height + window->WindowPadding.y - window->Scroll.y); + window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; + window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext; + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = 0x00; + window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false; + window->DC.NavHasScroll = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); + + window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; + window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(3, style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user); + window->DC.TreeDepth = 0; + window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00; + window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0); + window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage; + window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; + window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + window->DC.ParentLayoutType = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.LayoutType : ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + window->DC.FocusCounterRegular = window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop = -1; + + window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault; + window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0); + window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0); + + if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) + window->AutoFitFramesX--; + if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) + window->AutoFitFramesY--; + + // Apply focus (we need to call FocusWindow() AFTER setting DC.CursorStartPos so our initial navigation reference rectangle can start around there) + if (want_focus) + { + FocusWindow(window); + NavInitWindow(window, false); // <-- this is in the way for us to be able to defer and sort reappearing FocusWindow() calls + } + + // Title bar + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + RenderWindowTitleBarContents(window, ImRect(title_bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Max.y), name, p_open); + + // Clear hit test shape every frame + window->HitTestHoleSize.x = window->HitTestHoleSize.y = 0; + + // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard + // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope. + // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element? + /* + //if (g.NavWindow == window && g.ActiveId == 0) + if (g.ActiveId == window->MoveId) + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) + LogToClipboard(); + */ + + // We fill last item data based on Title Bar/Tab, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin(). + // This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc. + SetLastItemData(window, window->MoveId, IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, title_bar_rect); + +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->DC.LastItemRect, window->DC.LastItemId); +#endif + } + else + { + // Append + SetCurrentWindow(window); + } + + // Pull/inherit current state + g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); // Inherit from shared stack + window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? parent_window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent : 0; // Inherit from parent only // -V595 + + PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true); + + // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused) + window->WriteAccessed = false; + window->BeginCount++; + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); + + // Update visibility + if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + { + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + { + // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows. + // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar). + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0); + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) // FIXME: Doesn't make sense for ChildWindow?? + if (!g.LogEnabled) + if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y) + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + + // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed + if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)) + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)) + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; + } + + // Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point) + if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f) + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + + // Update the Hidden flag + window->Hidden = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0); + + // Disable inputs for requested number of frames + if (window->DisableInputsFrames > 0) + { + window->DisableInputsFrames--; + window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs; + } + + // Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required) + bool skip_items = false; + if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || window->Hidden) + if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0) + skip_items = true; + window->SkipItems = skip_items; + } + + return !window->SkipItems; +} + +void ImGui::End() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // Error checking: verify that user hasn't called End() too many times! + if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size <= 1 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1, "Calling End() too many times!"); + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0); + + // Error checking: verify that user doesn't directly call End() on a child window. + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.WithinEndChild, "Must call EndChild() and not End()!"); + + // Close anything that is open + if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + EndColumns(); + PopClipRect(); // Inner window clip rectangle + + // Stop logging + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging + LogFinish(); + + // Pop from window stack + g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back(); + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back(); + window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithCurrentState(); + SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back()); +} + +void ImGui::BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow); + + const int cur_order = window->FocusOrder; + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[cur_order] == window); + if (g.WindowsFocusOrder.back() == window) + return; + + const int new_order = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; + for (int n = cur_order; n < new_order; n++) + { + g.WindowsFocusOrder[n] = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n + 1]; + g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--; + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder == n); + } + g.WindowsFocusOrder[new_order] = window; + window->FocusOrder = (short)new_order; +} + +void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* current_front_window = g.Windows.back(); + if (current_front_window == window || current_front_window->RootWindow == window) // Cheap early out (could be better) + return; + for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the top-most window + if (g.Windows[i] == window) + { + memmove(&g.Windows[i], &g.Windows[i + 1], (size_t)(g.Windows.Size - i - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*)); + g.Windows[g.Windows.Size - 1] = window; + break; + } +} + +void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.Windows[0] == window) + return; + for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) + if (g.Windows[i] == window) + { + memmove(&g.Windows[1], &g.Windows[0], (size_t)i * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*)); + g.Windows[0] = window; + break; + } +} + +// Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list) +void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + if (g.NavWindow != window) + { + g.NavWindow = window; + if (window && g.NavDisableMouseHover) + g.NavMousePosDirty = true; + g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId + g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + g.NavIdIsAlive = false; + g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveRequest = false; + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("FocusWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : NULL); + } + + // Close popups if any + ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false); + + // Move the root window to the top of the pile + IM_ASSERT(window == NULL || window->RootWindow != NULL); + ImGuiWindow* focus_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL; // NB: In docking branch this is window->RootWindowDockStop + ImGuiWindow* display_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL; + + // Steal active widgets. Some of the cases it triggers includes: + // - Focus a window while an InputText in another window is active, if focus happens before the old InputText can run. + // - When using Nav to activate menu items (due to timing of activating on press->new window appears->losing ActiveId) + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != focus_front_window) + if (!g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss) + ClearActiveID(); + + // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus + if (!window) + return; + + // Bring to front + BringWindowToFocusFront(focus_front_window); + if (((window->Flags | display_front_window->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0) + BringWindowToDisplayFront(display_front_window); +} + +void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + const int start_idx = ((under_this_window != NULL) ? FindWindowFocusIndex(under_this_window) : g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size) - 1; + for (int i = start_idx; i >= 0; i--) + { + // We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user. + ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]; + IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow); + if (window != ignore_window && window->WasActive) + if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + { + ImGuiWindow* focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window); + FocusWindow(focus_window); + return; + } + } + FocusWindow(NULL); +} + +// Important: this alone doesn't alter current ImDrawList state. This is called by PushFont/PopFont only. +void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded()); // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ? + IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f); + g.Font = font; + g.FontBaseSize = ImMax(1.0f, g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale); + g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f; + + ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas; + g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel = atlas->TexUvWhitePixel; + g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvLines = atlas->TexUvLines; + g.DrawListSharedData.Font = g.Font; + g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = g.FontSize; +} + +void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!font) + font = GetDefaultFont(); + SetCurrentFont(font); + g.FontStack.push_back(font); + g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); +} + +void ImGui::PopFont() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID(); + g.FontStack.pop_back(); + SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? GetDefaultFont() : g.FontStack.back()); +} + +void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; + IM_ASSERT(item_flags == g.ItemFlagsStack.back()); + if (enabled) + item_flags |= option; + else + item_flags &= ~option; + g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags; + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(item_flags); +} + +void ImGui::PopItemFlag() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > 1); // Too many calls to PopItemFlag() - we always leave a 0 at the bottom of the stack. + g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back(); + g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); +} + +// FIXME: Look into renaming this once we have settled the new Focus/Activation/TabStop system. +void ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus) +{ + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !allow_keyboard_focus); +} + +void ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus() +{ + PopItemFlag(); +} + +void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat) +{ + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat); +} + +void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat() +{ + PopItemFlag(); +} + +void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(window->DC.TextWrapPos); + window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x; +} + +void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back(); + window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back(); +} + bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent) { if (window->RootWindow == potential_parent) @@ -5500,31 +6616,52 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent) return false; } +bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) + { + ImGuiWindow* candidate_window = g.Windows[i]; + if (candidate_window == potential_above) + return true; + if (candidate_window == potential_below) + return false; + } + return false; +} + bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) { IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - switch (flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) + if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL) + return false; + + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) == 0) { - case ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows: - if (g.HoveredRootWindow != g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow) - return false; - break; - case ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow: - if (g.HoveredWindow != g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow) - return false; - break; - case ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows: - if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL || !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredWindow, g.CurrentWindow)) - return false; - break; - default: - if (g.HoveredWindow != g.CurrentWindow) - return false; - break; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + switch (flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) + { + case ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows: + if (g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow != window->RootWindow) + return false; + break; + case ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow: + if (g.HoveredWindow != window->RootWindow) + return false; + break; + case ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows: + if (!IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredWindow, window)) + return false; + break; + default: + if (g.HoveredWindow != window) + return false; + break; + } } - if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredRootWindow, flags)) + if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredWindow, flags)) return false; if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredWindow->MoveId) @@ -5535,21 +6672,32 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow); // Not inside a Begin()/End() + if (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow) + return g.NavWindow != NULL; + + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow); // Not inside a Begin()/End() switch (flags & (ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows)) { case ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows: - return g.NavWindow && g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow == g.NavWindow->RootWindow; + return g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindow == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow; case ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow: - return g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow == g.NavWindow; + return g.NavWindow == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow; case ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows: return g.NavWindow && IsWindowChildOf(g.NavWindow, g.CurrentWindow); default: - return g.CurrentWindow == g.NavWindow; + return g.NavWindow == g.CurrentWindow; } } +// Can we focus this window with CTRL+TAB (or PadMenu + PadFocusPrev/PadFocusNext) +// Note that NoNavFocus makes the window not reachable with CTRL+TAB but it can still be focused with mouse or programmatically. +// If you want a window to never be focused, you may use the e.g. NoInputs flag. +bool ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + return window->WasActive && window == window->RootWindow && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus); +} + float ImGui::GetWindowWidth() { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; @@ -5569,27 +6717,24 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowPos() return window->Pos; } -static void SetWindowScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y) -{ - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y += window->Scroll.y; // SizeContents is generally computed based on CursorMaxPos which is affected by scroll position, so we need to apply our change to it. - window->Scroll.y = new_scroll_y; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y -= window->Scroll.y; -} - -static void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) +void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) { // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time if (cond && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & cond) == 0) return; + + IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); window->SetWindowPosVal = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); // Set const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos; - window->PosFloat = pos; - window->Pos = ImVec2((float)(int)window->PosFloat.x, (float)(int)window->PosFloat.y); - window->DC.CursorPos += (window->Pos - old_pos); // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor - window->DC.CursorMaxPos += (window->Pos - old_pos); // And more importantly we need to adjust this so size calculation doesn't get affected. + window->Pos = ImFloor(pos); + ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos; + window->DC.CursorPos += offset; // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor + window->DC.CursorMaxPos += offset; // And more importantly we need to offset CursorMaxPos/CursorStartPos this so ContentSize calculation doesn't get affected. + window->DC.IdealMaxPos += offset; + window->DC.CursorStartPos += offset; } void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) @@ -5610,18 +6755,20 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowSize() return window->Size; } -static void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) +void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) { // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time if (cond && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & cond) == 0) return; + + IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); // Set if (size.x > 0.0f) { window->AutoFitFramesX = 0; - window->SizeFull.x = size.x; + window->SizeFull.x = IM_FLOOR(size.x); } else { @@ -5631,7 +6778,7 @@ static void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond con if (size.y > 0.0f) { window->AutoFitFramesY = 0; - window->SizeFull.y = size.y; + window->SizeFull.y = IM_FLOOR(size.y); } else { @@ -5651,7 +6798,7 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) SetWindowSize(window, size, cond); } -static void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) +void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) { // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time if (cond && (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & cond) == 0) @@ -5662,6 +6809,13 @@ static void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond co window->Collapsed = collapsed; } +void ImGui::SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size) +{ + IM_ASSERT(window->HitTestHoleSize.x == 0); // We don't support multiple holes/hit test filters + window->HitTestHoleSize = ImVec2ih(size); + window->HitTestHoleOffset = ImVec2ih(pos - window->Pos); +} + void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) { SetWindowCollapsed(GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond); @@ -5706,109 +6860,67 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowFocus(const char* name) void ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond, const ImVec2& pivot) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.SetNextWindowPosVal = pos; - g.SetNextWindowPosPivot = pivot; - g.SetNextWindowPosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; + IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos; + g.NextWindowData.PosVal = pos; + g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal = pivot; + g.NextWindowData.PosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; } void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.SetNextWindowSizeVal = size; - g.SetNextWindowSizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; + IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize; + g.NextWindowData.SizeVal = size; + g.NextWindowData.SizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; } -void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data) +void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraint = true; - g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintRect = ImRect(size_min, size_max); - g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallback = custom_callback; - g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallbackUserData = custom_callback_user_data; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; + g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect = ImRect(size_min, size_max); + g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback = custom_callback; + g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData = custom_callback_user_data; } +// Content size = inner scrollable rectangle, padded with WindowPadding. +// SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(100,100) + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize will always allow submitting a 100x100 item. void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.SetNextWindowContentSizeVal = size; // In Begin() we will add the size of window decorations (title bar, menu etc.) to that to form a SizeContents value. - g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = ImGuiCond_Always; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize; + g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImFloor(size); +} + +void ImGui::SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll; + g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal = scroll; } void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.SetNextWindowCollapsedVal = collapsed; - g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; + IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed; + g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal = collapsed; + g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; } void ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.SetNextWindowFocus = true; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus; } -// In window space (not screen space!) -ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImVec2 mx = window->ContentsRegionRect.Max; - if (window->DC.ColumnsSet) - mx.x = GetColumnOffset(window->DC.ColumnsSet->Current + 1) - window->WindowPadding.x; - return mx; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return GetContentRegionMax() - (window->DC.CursorPos - window->Pos); -} - -float ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() -{ - return GetContentRegionAvail().x; -} - -// In window space (not screen space!) -ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->ContentsRegionRect.Min; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->ContentsRegionRect.Max; -} - -float ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->ContentsRegionRect.Max.x - window->ContentsRegionRect.Min.x; -} - -float ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() +void ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.FontSize; -} - -float ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; -} - -float ImGui::GetFrameHeight() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; -} - -float ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha; + g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal = alpha; } ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() @@ -5834,12 +6946,548 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel() void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale) { + IM_ASSERT(scale > 0.0f); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->FontWindowScale = scale; g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); } +void ImGui::ActivateItem(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavNextActivateId = id; +} + +void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent); + window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = id; +} + +void ImGui::PopFocusScope() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(g.FocusScopeStack.Size > 0); // Too many PopFocusScope() ? + window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = g.FocusScopeStack.back(); + g.FocusScopeStack.pop_back(); +} + +void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) +{ + IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow = window; + g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular = window->DC.FocusCounterRegular + 1 + offset; + g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; +} + +void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (!window->Appearing) + return; + if (g.NavWindow == window->RootWindowForNav && (g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0) && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + { + g.NavInitRequest = false; + g.NavInitResultId = window->DC.LastItemId; + g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min - window->Pos, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max - window->Pos); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + if (!IsItemVisible()) + SetScrollHereY(); + } +} + +void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage; +} + +ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->DC.StateStorage; +} + +void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id_begin, str_id_end); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(ptr_id); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +void ImGui::PushID(int int_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(int_id); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +// Push a given id value ignoring the ID stack as a seed. +void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +// Helper to avoid a common series of PushOverrideID -> GetID() -> PopID() call +// (note that when using this pattern, TestEngine's "Stack Tool" will tend to not display the intermediate stack level. +// for that to work we would need to do PushOverrideID() -> ItemAdd() -> PopID() which would alter widget code a little more) +ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed) +{ + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); + ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); +#endif + return id; +} + +void ImGui::PopID() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // Too many PopID(), or could be popping in a wrong/different window? + window->IDStack.pop_back(); +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->GetID(str_id); +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end); +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->GetID(ptr_id); +} + +bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size)); +} + +bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max)); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Helper function to verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. +// Verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit +// If the user has inconsistent compilation settings, imgui configuration #define, packing pragma, etc. your user code +// may see different structures than what imgui.cpp sees, which is problematic. +// We usually require settings to be in imconfig.h to make sure that they are accessible to all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui. +bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert, size_t sz_idx) +{ + bool error = false; + if (strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) != 0) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) == 0 && "Mismatched version string!"); } + if (sz_io != sizeof(ImGuiIO)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_style != sizeof(ImGuiStyle)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_style == sizeof(ImGuiStyle) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vec2 != sizeof(ImVec2)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vec4 != sizeof(ImVec4)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vert != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_idx != sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_idx == sizeof(ImDrawIdx) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + return !error; +} + +static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Check user IM_ASSERT macro + // (IF YOU GET A WARNING OR COMPILE ERROR HERE: it means your assert macro is incorrectly defined! + // If your macro uses multiple statements, it NEEDS to be surrounded by a 'do { ... } while (0)' block. + // This is a common C/C++ idiom to allow multiple statements macros to be used in control flow blocks.) + // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); // Wrong! + // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) do { if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); } while (0) // Correct! + if (true) IM_ASSERT(1); else IM_ASSERT(0); + + // Check user data + // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument) + IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); + IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0) && "Need a positive DeltaTime!"); + IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?"); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f && "Invalid DisplaySize value!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0 && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()?"); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded() && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()?"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); // Allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting."); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right); + for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++) + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown) && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..512, or -1 for unmapped key)"); + + // Check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only added in 1.60 WIP) + if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation."); + + // Check: the io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires backend to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly. + if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors)) + g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = false; +} + +static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Verify that io.KeyXXX fields haven't been tampered with. Key mods should not be modified between NewFrame() and EndFrame() + // One possible reason leading to this assert is that your backends update inputs _AFTER_ NewFrame(). + // It is known that when some modal native windows called mid-frame takes focus away, some backends such as GLFW will + // send key release events mid-frame. This would normally trigger this assertion and lead to sheared inputs. + // We silently accommodate for this case by ignoring/ the case where all io.KeyXXX modifiers were released (aka key_mod_flags == 0), + // while still correctly asserting on mid-frame key press events. + const ImGuiKeyModFlags key_mod_flags = GetMergedKeyModFlags(); + IM_ASSERT((key_mod_flags == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mod_flags) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); + IM_UNUSED(key_mod_flags); + + // Recover from errors + //ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(); + + // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you + // to always call End/EndChild even if Begin/BeginChild returns false! (this is unfortunately inconsistent with most other Begin* API). + if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size != 1) + { + if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you forget to call End/EndChild?"); + while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1) + End(); + } + else + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you call End/EndChild too much?"); + } + } + + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.GroupStack.Size == 0, "Missing EndGroup call!"); +} + +// Experimental recovery from incorrect usage of BeginXXX/EndXXX/PushXXX/PopXXX calls. +// Must be called during or before EndFrame(). +// This is generally flawed as we are not necessarily End/Popping things in the right order. +// FIXME: Can't recover from inside BeginTabItem/EndTabItem yet. +// FIXME: Can't recover from interleaved BeginTabBar/Begin +void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data) +{ + // PVS-Studio V1044 is "Loop break conditions do not depend on the number of iterations" + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0) + { + while (g.CurrentTable && (g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow == g.CurrentWindow || g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow)) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTable() in '%s'", g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow->Name); + EndTable(); + } + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); + while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTabBar() in '%s'", window->Name); + EndTabBar(); + } + while (window->DC.TreeDepth > 0) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing TreePop() in '%s'", window->Name); + TreePop(); + } + while (g.GroupStack.Size > window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SizeOfGroupStack) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndGroup() in '%s'", window->Name); + EndGroup(); + } + while (window->IDStack.Size > 1) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopID() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopID(); + } + while (g.ColorStack.Size > window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SizeOfColorStack) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleColor() in '%s' for ImGuiCol_%s", window->Name, GetStyleColorName(g.ColorStack.back().Col)); + PopStyleColor(); + } + while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SizeOfStyleVarStack) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopStyleVar(); + } + while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SizeOfFocusScopeStack) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopFocusScope(); + } + if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow); + break; + } + IM_ASSERT(window == g.CurrentWindow); + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndChild() for '%s'", window->Name); + EndChild(); + } + else + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing End() for '%s'", window->Name); + End(); + } + } +} + +// Save current stack sizes for later compare +void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToCurrentState() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + SizeOfIDStack = (short)window->IDStack.Size; + SizeOfColorStack = (short)g.ColorStack.Size; + SizeOfStyleVarStack = (short)g.StyleVarStack.Size; + SizeOfFontStack = (short)g.FontStack.Size; + SizeOfFocusScopeStack = (short)g.FocusScopeStack.Size; + SizeOfGroupStack = (short)g.GroupStack.Size; + SizeOfBeginPopupStack = (short)g.BeginPopupStack.Size; +} + +// Compare to detect usage errors +void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithCurrentState() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_UNUSED(window); + + // Window stacks + // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin) + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfIDStack == window->IDStack.Size && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!"); + + // Global stacks + // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them. + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfGroupStack == g.GroupStack.Size && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfBeginPopupStack == g.BeginPopupStack.Size && "BeginPopup/EndPopup or BeginMenu/EndMenu Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfColorStack >= g.ColorStack.Size && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfStyleVarStack >= g.StyleVarStack.Size && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFontStack >= g.FontStack.Size && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFocusScopeStack == g.FocusScopeStack.Size && "PushFocusScope/PopFocusScope Mismatch!"); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] LAYOUT +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ItemSize() +// - ItemAdd() +// - SameLine() +// - GetCursorScreenPos() +// - SetCursorScreenPos() +// - GetCursorPos(), GetCursorPosX(), GetCursorPosY() +// - SetCursorPos(), SetCursorPosX(), SetCursorPosY() +// - GetCursorStartPos() +// - Indent() +// - Unindent() +// - SetNextItemWidth() +// - PushItemWidth() +// - PushMultiItemsWidths() +// - PopItemWidth() +// - CalcItemWidth() +// - CalcItemSize() +// - GetTextLineHeight() +// - GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() +// - GetFrameHeight() +// - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() +// - GetContentRegionMax() +// - GetContentRegionMaxAbs() [Internal] +// - GetContentRegionAvail(), +// - GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax() +// - GetWindowContentRegionWidth() +// - BeginGroup() +// - EndGroup() +// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, columns. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Advance cursor given item size for layout. +// Register minimum needed size so it can extend the bounding box used for auto-fit calculation. +// See comments in ItemAdd() about how/why the size provided to ItemSize() vs ItemAdd() may often different. +void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + // We increase the height in this function to accommodate for baseline offset. + // In theory we should be offsetting the starting position (window->DC.CursorPos), that will be the topic of a larger refactor, + // but since ItemSize() is not yet an API that moves the cursor (to handle e.g. wrapping) enlarging the height has the same effect. + const float offset_to_match_baseline_y = (text_baseline_y >= 0) ? ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - text_baseline_y) : 0.0f; + const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y); + + // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries + //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG] + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x; + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); // Next line + window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorPos.y + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x); + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); + //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG] + + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = line_height; + window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f; + window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, text_baseline_y); + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + + // Horizontal layout mode + if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) + SameLine(); +} + +void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y) +{ + ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); +} + +// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction. +// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface +// declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and provide a larger region to ItemAdd() which is used drawing/interaction. +bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGuiItemAddFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + if (id != 0) + { + // Navigation processing runs prior to clipping early-out + // (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget + // (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests + // unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. It may not scale very well for windows with ten of + // thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame. + // We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able + // to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick). + // We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null. + // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere. + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); + if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest) + if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav) + if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) + NavProcessItem(window, nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id); + + // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool, when enabling the "extended" version we perform the check in ItemAdd() +#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX + if (id == g.DebugItemPickerBreakId) + { + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; + } +#endif + } + + // Equivalent to calling SetLastItemData() + window->DC.LastItemId = id; + window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None; + g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; + +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + if (id != 0) + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id); +#endif + + // Clipping test + const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id, false); + if (is_clipped) + return false; + //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG] + + // Tab stop handling (previously was using internal ItemFocusable() api) + // FIXME-NAV: We would now want to move this above the clipping test, but this would require being able to scroll and currently this would mean an extra frame. (#4079, #343) + if (flags & ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable) + ItemFocusable(window, id); + + // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them) + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; + return true; +} + +// Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout +// offset_from_start_x == 0 : follow right after previous item +// offset_from_start_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left) +// spacing_w < 0 : use default spacing if pos_x == 0, no spacing if pos_x != 0 +// spacing_w >= 0 : enforce spacing amount +void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (offset_from_start_x != 0.0f) + { + if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = 0.0f; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + offset_from_start_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffset.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; + } + else + { + if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; + } + window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize; + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CursorPos; +} + +void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.CursorPos = pos; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); +} + // User generally sees positions in window coordinates. Internally we store CursorPos in absolute screen coordinates because it is more convenient. // Conversion happens as we pass the value to user, but it makes our naming convention confusing because GetCursorPos() == (DC.CursorPos - window.Pos). May want to rename 'DC.CursorPos'. ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorPos() @@ -5887,5333 +7535,2220 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorStartPos() return window->DC.CursorStartPos - window->Pos; } -ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.CursorPos; -} - -void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& screen_pos) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.CursorPos = screen_pos; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); -} - -float ImGui::GetScrollX() -{ - return GImGui->CurrentWindow->Scroll.x; -} - -float ImGui::GetScrollY() -{ - return GImGui->CurrentWindow->Scroll.y; -} - -float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX() -{ - return GetScrollMaxX(GImGui->CurrentWindow); -} - -float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY() -{ - return GetScrollMaxY(GImGui->CurrentWindow); -} - -void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x; - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f; -} - -void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y + window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); // title bar height canceled out when using ScrollTargetRelY - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; -} - -void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float pos_y, float center_y_ratio) -{ - // We store a target position so centering can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f); - window->ScrollTarget.y = (float)(int)(pos_y + window->Scroll.y); - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio; - - // Minor hack to to make scrolling to top/bottom of window take account of WindowPadding, it looks more right to the user this way - if (center_y_ratio <= 0.0f && window->ScrollTarget.y <= window->WindowPadding.y) - window->ScrollTarget.y = 0.0f; - else if (center_y_ratio >= 1.0f && window->ScrollTarget.y >= window->SizeContents.y - window->WindowPadding.y + GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y) - window->ScrollTarget.y = window->SizeContents.y; -} - -// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item. -void ImGui::SetScrollHere(float center_y_ratio) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - float target_y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - window->Pos.y; // Top of last item, in window space - target_y += (window->DC.PrevLineHeight * center_y_ratio) + (GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y * (center_y_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim above, in the middle or below the last line. - SetScrollFromPosY(target_y, center_y_ratio); -} - -// FIXME-NAV: This function is a placeholder for the upcoming Navigation branch + Focusing features. -// In the current branch this function will only set the scrolling, in the navigation branch it will also set your navigation cursor. -// Prefer using "SetItemDefaultFocus()" over "if (IsWindowAppearing()) SetScrollHere()" when applicable. -void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus() -{ - if (IsWindowAppearing()) - SetScrollHere(); -} - -void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) -{ - IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext = window->FocusIdxAllCounter + 1 + offset; - window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = INT_MAX; -} - -void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage; -} - -ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.StateStorage; -} - -void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* text_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer, text_end); -} - -void ImGui::Text(const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - TextV(fmt, args); - va_end(args); -} - -void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); - TextV(fmt, args); - PopStyleColor(); -} - -void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - TextColoredV(col, fmt, args); - va_end(args); -} - -void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GImGui->Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - TextV(fmt, args); - PopStyleColor(); -} - -void ImGui::TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - TextDisabledV(fmt, args); - va_end(args); -} - -void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - bool need_wrap = (GImGui->CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position is one ia already set - if (need_wrap) PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); - TextV(fmt, args); - if (need_wrap) PopTextWrapPos(); -} - -void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - TextWrappedV(fmt, args); - va_end(args); -} - -void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(text != NULL); - const char* text_begin = text; - if (text_end == NULL) - text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT - - const ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset); - const float wrap_pos_x = window->DC.TextWrapPos; - const bool wrap_enabled = wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f; - if (text_end - text > 2000 && !wrap_enabled) - { - // Long text! - // Perform manual coarse clipping to optimize for long multi-line text - // From this point we will only compute the width of lines that are visible. Optimization only available when word-wrapping is disabled. - // We also don't vertically center the text within the line full height, which is unlikely to matter because we are likely the biggest and only item on the line. - const char* line = text; - const float line_height = GetTextLineHeight(); - const ImRect clip_rect = window->ClipRect; - ImVec2 text_size(0,0); - - if (text_pos.y <= clip_rect.Max.y) - { - ImVec2 pos = text_pos; - - // Lines to skip (can't skip when logging text) - if (!g.LogEnabled) - { - int lines_skippable = (int)((clip_rect.Min.y - text_pos.y) / line_height); - if (lines_skippable > 0) - { - int lines_skipped = 0; - while (line < text_end && lines_skipped < lines_skippable) - { - const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n'); - if (!line_end) - line_end = text_end; - line = line_end + 1; - lines_skipped++; - } - pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height; - } - } - - // Lines to render - if (line < text_end) - { - ImRect line_rect(pos, pos + ImVec2(FLT_MAX, line_height)); - while (line < text_end) - { - const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n'); - if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0, false)) - break; - - const ImVec2 line_size = CalcTextSize(line, line_end, false); - text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_size.x); - RenderText(pos, line, line_end, false); - if (!line_end) - line_end = text_end; - line = line_end + 1; - line_rect.Min.y += line_height; - line_rect.Max.y += line_height; - pos.y += line_height; - } - - // Count remaining lines - int lines_skipped = 0; - while (line < text_end) - { - const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n'); - if (!line_end) - line_end = text_end; - line = line_end + 1; - lines_skipped++; - } - pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height; - } - - text_size.y += (pos - text_pos).y; - } - - ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); - ItemSize(bb); - ItemAdd(bb, 0); - } - else - { - const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f; - const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width); - - // Account of baseline offset - ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); - ItemSize(text_size); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - return; - - // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function) - RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width); - } -} - -void ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); - window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, g.Style.FramePadding.y); -} - -// Add a label+text combo aligned to other label+value widgets -void ImGui::LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const float w = CalcItemWidth(); - - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const ImRect value_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2)); - const ImRect total_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f), style.FramePadding.y*2) + label_size); - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0)) - return; - - // Render - const char* value_text_begin = &g.TempBuffer[0]; - const char* value_text_end = value_text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - RenderTextClipped(value_bb.Min, value_bb.Max, value_text_begin, value_text_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f)); - if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(ImVec2(value_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, value_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); -} - -void ImGui::LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - LabelTextV(label, fmt, args); - va_end(args); -} - -bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - - if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled) - { - if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = false; - if (out_held) *out_held = false; - if (g.ActiveId == id) ClearActiveID(); - return false; - } - - // Default behavior requires click+release on same spot - if ((flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick)) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease; - - ImGuiWindow* backup_hovered_window = g.HoveredWindow; - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredRootWindow == window) - g.HoveredWindow = window; - - bool pressed = false; - bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id); - - // Special mode for Drag and Drop where holding button pressed for a long time while dragging another item triggers the button - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold) && g.DragDropActive && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers)) - if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) - { - hovered = true; - SetHoveredID(id); - if (CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f, g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f - g.IO.DeltaTime, 0.01f, 0.70f)) // FIXME: Our formula for CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount() is fishy - { - pressed = true; - FocusWindow(window); - } - } - - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredRootWindow == window) - g.HoveredWindow = backup_hovered_window; - - // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match. This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one. - if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap) && (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0)) - hovered = false; - - if (hovered) - { - if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers) || (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.KeyAlt)) - { - // | CLICKING | HOLDING with ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat - // PressedOnClickRelease | * | .. (NOT on release) <-- MOST COMMON! (*) only if both click/release were over bounds - // PressedOnClick | | .. - // PressedOnRelease | | .. (NOT on release) - // PressedOnDoubleClick | | .. - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) - { - SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID - FocusWindow(window); - g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min; - } - if (((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) - { - pressed = true; - if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) - { - ClearActiveID(); - } - else - { - SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID - g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min; - } - FocusWindow(window); - } - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0]) - { - if (!((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[0] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)) // Repeat mode trumps - pressed = true; - ClearActiveID(); - } - - // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above). - // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings. - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.ActiveId == id && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[0] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(0, true)) - pressed = true; - } - } - - bool held = false; - if (g.ActiveId == id) - { - if (g.IO.MouseDown[0]) - { - held = true; - } - else - { - if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease)) - if (!((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[0] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)) // Repeat mode trumps - if (!g.DragDropActive) - pressed = true; - ClearActiveID(); - } - } - - if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = hovered; - if (out_held) *out_held = held; - - return pressed; -} - -bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - - ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine) && style.FramePadding.y < window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset) // Try to vertically align buttons that are smaller/have no padding so that text baseline matches (bit hacky, since it shouldn't be a flag) - pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset - style.FramePadding.y; - ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); - - const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); - ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) - return false; - - if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); - - // Render - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((hovered && held) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); - RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding); - RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, bb.Max - style.FramePadding, label, NULL, &label_size, style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb); - - // Automatically close popups - //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) - // CloseCurrentPopup(); - - return pressed; -} - -bool ImGui::Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) -{ - return ButtonEx(label, size_arg, 0); -} - -// Small buttons fits within text without additional vertical spacing. -bool ImGui::SmallButton(const char* label) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - float backup_padding_y = g.Style.FramePadding.y; - g.Style.FramePadding.y = 0.0f; - bool pressed = ButtonEx(label, ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine); - g.Style.FramePadding.y = backup_padding_y; - return pressed; -} - -// Tip: use ImGui::PushID()/PopID() to push indices or pointers in the ID stack. -// Then you can keep 'str_id' empty or the same for all your buttons (instead of creating a string based on a non-string id) -bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); - ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, 0.0f, 0.0f); - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); - ItemSize(bb); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) - return false; - - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); - - return pressed; -} - -// Upper-right button to close a window. -bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, float radius) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - - const ImRect bb(pos - ImVec2(radius,radius), pos + ImVec2(radius,radius)); - - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); - - // Render - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_CloseButton); - const ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, radius), col, 12); - - const float cross_extent = (radius * 0.7071f) - 1.0f; - if (hovered) - { - window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,+cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,-cross_extent), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); - window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,-cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,+cross_extent), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); - } - - return pressed; -} - -// [Internal] -bool ImGui::ArrowButton(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 padding, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize + padding.x * 2.0f, g.FontSize + padding.y * 2.0f)); - ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) - return false; - - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); - - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((hovered && held) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); -#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_NAV - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); -#endif - RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding); - RenderTriangle(bb.Min + padding, dir, 1.0f); - - return pressed; -} - -void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); - if (border_col.w > 0.0f) - bb.Max += ImVec2(2,2); - ItemSize(bb); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - return; - - if (border_col.w > 0.0f) - { - window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f); - window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min+ImVec2(1,1), bb.Max-ImVec2(1,1), uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); - } - else - { - window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min, bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); - } -} - -// frame_padding < 0: uses FramePadding from style (default) -// frame_padding = 0: no framing -// frame_padding > 0: set framing size -// The color used are the button colors. -bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes. - // We could hash the size/uv to create a unique ID but that would prevent the user from animating UV. - PushID((void *)user_texture_id); - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image"); - PopID(); - - const ImVec2 padding = (frame_padding >= 0) ? ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding) : style.FramePadding; - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding*2); - const ImRect image_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + padding, window->DC.CursorPos + padding + size); - ItemSize(bb); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) - return false; - - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); - - // Render - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((hovered && held) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); - RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, ImClamp((float)ImMin(padding.x, padding.y), 0.0f, style.FrameRounding)); - if (bg_col.w > 0.0f) - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, GetColorU32(bg_col)); - window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); - - return pressed; -} - -// Start logging ImGui output to TTY -void ImGui::LogToTTY(int max_depth) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.LogEnabled) - return; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - g.LogEnabled = true; - g.LogFile = stdout; - g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth; - if (max_depth >= 0) - g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth; -} - -// Start logging ImGui output to given file -void ImGui::LogToFile(int max_depth, const char* filename) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.LogEnabled) - return; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - if (!filename) - { - filename = g.IO.LogFilename; - if (!filename) - return; - } - - g.LogFile = ImFileOpen(filename, "ab"); - if (!g.LogFile) - { - IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile != NULL); // Consider this an error - return; - } - g.LogEnabled = true; - g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth; - if (max_depth >= 0) - g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth; -} - -// Start logging ImGui output to clipboard -void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int max_depth) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.LogEnabled) - return; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - g.LogEnabled = true; - g.LogFile = NULL; - g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth; - if (max_depth >= 0) - g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth; -} - -void ImGui::LogFinish() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!g.LogEnabled) - return; - - LogText(IM_NEWLINE); - g.LogEnabled = false; - if (g.LogFile != NULL) - { - if (g.LogFile == stdout) - fflush(g.LogFile); - else - fclose(g.LogFile); - g.LogFile = NULL; - } - if (g.LogClipboard->size() > 1) - { - SetClipboardText(g.LogClipboard->begin()); - g.LogClipboard->clear(); - } -} - -// Helper to display logging buttons -void ImGui::LogButtons() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - PushID("LogButtons"); - const bool log_to_tty = Button("Log To TTY"); SameLine(); - const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine(); - const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine(); - PushItemWidth(80.0f); - PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); - SliderInt("Depth", &g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth, 0, 9, NULL); - PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); - PopItemWidth(); - PopID(); - - // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log - if (log_to_tty) - LogToTTY(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth); - if (log_to_file) - LogToFile(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth, g.IO.LogFilename); - if (log_to_clipboard) - LogToClipboard(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth); -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) -{ - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) - return true; - - // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks (or explicitely use SetNextTreeNode*** functions) - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiStorage* storage = window->DC.StateStorage; - - bool is_open; - if (g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond != 0) - { - if (g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always) - { - is_open = g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenVal; - storage->SetInt(id, is_open); - } - else - { - // We treat ImGuiCond_Once and ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver the same because tree node state are not saved persistently. - const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(id, -1); - if (stored_value == -1) - { - is_open = g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenVal; - storage->SetInt(id, is_open); - } - else - { - is_open = stored_value != 0; - } - } - g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond = 0; - } - else - { - is_open = storage->GetInt(id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0; - } - - // When logging is enabled, we automatically expand tree nodes (but *NOT* collapsing headers.. seems like sensible behavior). - // NB- If we are above max depth we still allow manually opened nodes to be logged. - if (g.LogEnabled && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog) && window->DC.TreeDepth < g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth) - is_open = true; - - return is_open; -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const bool display_frame = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed) != 0; - const ImVec2 padding = (display_frame || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding)) ? style.FramePadding : ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, 0.0f); - - if (!label_end) - label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false); - - // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height. - const float text_base_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it - const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2), label_size.y + padding.y*2); - ImRect bb = ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, ImVec2(window->Pos.x + GetContentRegionMax().x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height)); - if (display_frame) - { - // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding - bb.Min.x -= (float)(int)(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - 1; - bb.Max.x += (float)(int)(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - 1; - } - - const float text_offset_x = (g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x*3 : padding.x*2)); // Collapser arrow width + Spacing - const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x*2 : 0.0f); // Include collapser - ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), text_base_offset_y); - - // For regular tree nodes, we arbitrary allow to click past 2 worth of ItemSpacing - // (Ideally we'd want to add a flag for the user to specify if we want the hit test to be done up to the right side of the content or not) - const ImRect interact_bb = display_frame ? bb : ImRect(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y, bb.Min.x + text_width + style.ItemSpacing.x*2, bb.Max.y); - bool is_open = TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(id, flags); - if (!ItemAdd(interact_bb, id)) - { - if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) - TreePushRawID(id); - return is_open; - } - - // Flags that affects opening behavior: - // - 0(default) ..................... single-click anywhere to open - // - OpenOnDoubleClick .............. double-click anywhere to open - // - OpenOnArrow .................... single-click on arrow to open - // - OpenOnDoubleClick|OpenOnArrow .. single-click on arrow or double-click anywhere to open - ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers | ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap : 0); - button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) - button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : 0); - - bool hovered, held, pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); - if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf)) - { - bool toggled = !(flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)); - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) - toggled |= IsMouseHoveringRect(interact_bb.Min, ImVec2(interact_bb.Min.x + text_offset_x, interact_bb.Max.y)); - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) - toggled |= g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]; - if (g.DragDropActive && is_open) // When using Drag and Drop "hold to open" we keep the node highlighted after opening, but never close it again. - toggled = false; - if (toggled) - { - is_open = !is_open; - window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open); - } - } - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); - - // Render - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); - const ImVec2 text_pos = bb.Min + ImVec2(text_offset_x, text_base_offset_y); - if (display_frame) - { - // Framed type - RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding); - RenderTriangle(bb.Min + ImVec2(padding.x, text_base_offset_y), is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f); - if (g.LogEnabled) - { - // NB: '##' is normally used to hide text (as a library-wide feature), so we need to specify the text range to make sure the ## aren't stripped out here. - const char log_prefix[] = "\n##"; - const char log_suffix[] = "##"; - LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_prefix, log_prefix+3); - RenderTextClipped(text_pos, bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); - LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_suffix+1, log_suffix+3); - } - else - { - RenderTextClipped(text_pos, bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); - } - } - else - { - // Unframed typed for tree nodes - if (hovered || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected)) - RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false); - - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) - RenderBullet(bb.Min + ImVec2(text_offset_x * 0.5f, g.FontSize*0.50f + text_base_offset_y)); - else if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf)) - RenderTriangle(bb.Min + ImVec2(padding.x, g.FontSize*0.15f + text_base_offset_y), is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f); - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&text_pos, ">"); - RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false); - } - - if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) - TreePushRawID(id); - return is_open; -} - -// CollapsingHeader returns true when opened but do not indent nor push into the ID stack (because of the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag). -// This is basically the same as calling TreeNodeEx(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen). You can remove the _NoTreePushOnOpen flag if you want behavior closer to normal TreeNode(). -bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen, label); -} - -bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - if (p_open && !*p_open) - return false; - - ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | (p_open ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap : 0), label); - if (p_open) - { - // Create a small overlapping close button // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - float button_sz = g.FontSize * 0.5f; - ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup last_item_backup; - if (CloseButton(window->GetID((void*)(intptr_t)(id+1)), ImVec2(ImMin(window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x) - g.Style.FramePadding.x - button_sz, window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y + button_sz), button_sz)) - *p_open = false; - last_item_backup.Restore(); - } - - return is_open; -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags, label, NULL); -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - return TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args); -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - return TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args); -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, flags, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - return is_open; -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, flags, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - return is_open; -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - return is_open; -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - return is_open; -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* label) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), 0, label, NULL); -} - -void ImGui::TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.x += GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(); -} - -// Horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode() or Bullet() -float ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.FontSize + (g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f); -} - -void ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems) - return; - g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenVal = is_open; - g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; -} - -void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(str_id)); -} - -void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end)); -} - -void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(ptr_id)); -} - -void ImGui::PushID(int int_id) -{ - const void* ptr_id = (void*)(intptr_t)int_id; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(ptr_id)); -} - -void ImGui::PopID() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - window->IDStack.pop_back(); -} - -ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id) -{ - return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); -} - -ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end) -{ - return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end); -} - -ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id) -{ - return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(ptr_id); -} - -void ImGui::Bullet() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize); - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, line_height)); - ItemSize(bb); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - { - SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2); - return; - } - - // Render and stay on same line - RenderBullet(bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f)); - SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2); -} - -// Text with a little bullet aligned to the typical tree node. -void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - const char* text_begin = g.TempBuffer; - const char* text_end = text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false); - const float text_base_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it - const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize); - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x*2) : 0.0f), ImMax(line_height, label_size.y))); // Empty text doesn't add padding - ItemSize(bb); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - return; - - // Render - RenderBullet(bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f)); - RenderText(bb.Min+ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2, text_base_offset_y), text_begin, text_end, false); -} - -void ImGui::BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - BulletTextV(fmt, args); - va_end(args); -} - -static inline void DataTypeFormatString(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* display_format, char* buf, int buf_size) -{ - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Int) - ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, display_format, *(int*)data_ptr); - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) - ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, display_format, *(float*)data_ptr); -} - -static inline void DataTypeFormatString(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, int decimal_precision, char* buf, int buf_size) -{ - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Int) - { - if (decimal_precision < 0) - ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%d", *(int*)data_ptr); - else - ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%.*d", decimal_precision, *(int*)data_ptr); - } - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) - { - if (decimal_precision < 0) - ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%f", *(float*)data_ptr); // Ideally we'd have a minimum decimal precision of 1 to visually denote that it is a float, while hiding non-significant digits? - else - ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%.*f", decimal_precision, *(float*)data_ptr); - } -} - -static void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* value1, const void* value2)// Store into value1 -{ - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Int) - { - if (op == '+') - *(int*)value1 = *(int*)value1 + *(const int*)value2; - else if (op == '-') - *(int*)value1 = *(int*)value1 - *(const int*)value2; - } - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) - { - if (op == '+') - *(float*)value1 = *(float*)value1 + *(const float*)value2; - else if (op == '-') - *(float*)value1 = *(float*)value1 - *(const float*)value2; - } -} - -// User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values. -static bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* scalar_format) -{ - while (ImCharIsSpace(*buf)) - buf++; - - // We don't support '-' op because it would conflict with inputing negative value. - // Instead you can use +-100 to subtract from an existing value - char op = buf[0]; - if (op == '+' || op == '*' || op == '/') - { - buf++; - while (ImCharIsSpace(*buf)) - buf++; - } - else - { - op = 0; - } - if (!buf[0]) - return false; - - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Int) - { - if (!scalar_format) - scalar_format = "%d"; - int* v = (int*)data_ptr; - const int old_v = *v; - int arg0i = *v; - if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, scalar_format, &arg0i) < 1) - return false; - - // Store operand in a float so we can use fractional value for multipliers (*1.1), but constant always parsed as integer so we can fit big integers (e.g. 2000000003) past float precision - float arg1f = 0.0f; - if (op == '+') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f) == 1) *v = (int)(arg0i + arg1f); } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) - else if (op == '*') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f) == 1) *v = (int)(arg0i * arg1f); } // Multiply - else if (op == '/') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f) == 1 && arg1f != 0.0f) *v = (int)(arg0i / arg1f); }// Divide - else { if (sscanf(buf, scalar_format, &arg0i) == 1) *v = arg0i; } // Assign constant (read as integer so big values are not lossy) - return (old_v != *v); - } - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) - { - // For floats we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in - scalar_format = "%f"; - float* v = (float*)data_ptr; - const float old_v = *v; - float arg0f = *v; - if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, scalar_format, &arg0f) < 1) - return false; - - float arg1f = 0.0f; - if (sscanf(buf, scalar_format, &arg1f) < 1) - return false; - if (op == '+') { *v = arg0f + arg1f; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) - else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0f * arg1f; } // Multiply - else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide - else { *v = arg1f; } // Assign constant - return (old_v != *v); - } - - return false; -} - -// Create text input in place of a slider (when CTRL+Clicking on slider) -// FIXME: Logic is messy and confusing. -bool ImGui::InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(const ImRect& aabb, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, ImGuiID id, int decimal_precision) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - - // Our replacement widget will override the focus ID (registered previously to allow for a TAB focus to happen) - // On the first frame, g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0, then on subsequent frames it becomes == id - SetActiveID(g.ScalarAsInputTextId, window); - SetHoveredID(0); - FocusableItemUnregister(window); - - char buf[32]; - DataTypeFormatString(data_type, data_ptr, decimal_precision, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - bool text_value_changed = InputTextEx(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), aabb.GetSize(), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll); - if (g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0) // First frame we started displaying the InputText widget - { - IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id); // InputText ID expected to match the Slider ID (else we'd need to store them both, which is also possible) - g.ScalarAsInputTextId = g.ActiveId; - SetHoveredID(id); - } - if (text_value_changed) - return DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, GImGui->InputTextState.InitialText.begin(), data_type, data_ptr, NULL); - return false; -} - -// Parse display precision back from the display format string -int ImGui::ParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision) -{ - int precision = default_precision; - while ((fmt = strchr(fmt, '%')) != NULL) - { - fmt++; - if (fmt[0] == '%') { fmt++; continue; } // Ignore "%%" - while (*fmt >= '0' && *fmt <= '9') - fmt++; - if (*fmt == '.') - { - fmt = ImAtoi(fmt + 1, &precision); - if (precision < 0 || precision > 10) - precision = default_precision; - } - if (*fmt == 'e' || *fmt == 'E') // Maximum precision with scientific notation - precision = -1; - break; - } - return precision; -} - -static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision) -{ - static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f }; - return (decimal_precision >= 0 && decimal_precision < 10) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : powf(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision); -} - -float ImGui::RoundScalar(float value, int decimal_precision) -{ - // Round past decimal precision - // So when our value is 1.99999 with a precision of 0.001 we'll end up rounding to 2.0 - // FIXME: Investigate better rounding methods - if (decimal_precision < 0) - return value; - const float min_step = GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision); - bool negative = value < 0.0f; - value = fabsf(value); - float remainder = fmodf(value, min_step); - if (remainder <= min_step*0.5f) - value -= remainder; - else - value += (min_step - remainder); - return negative ? -value : value; -} - -static inline float SliderBehaviorCalcRatioFromValue(float v, float v_min, float v_max, float power, float linear_zero_pos) -{ - if (v_min == v_max) - return 0.0f; - - const bool is_non_linear = (power < 1.0f-0.00001f) || (power > 1.0f+0.00001f); - const float v_clamped = (v_min < v_max) ? ImClamp(v, v_min, v_max) : ImClamp(v, v_max, v_min); - if (is_non_linear) - { - if (v_clamped < 0.0f) - { - const float f = 1.0f - (v_clamped - v_min) / (ImMin(0.0f,v_max) - v_min); - return (1.0f - powf(f, 1.0f/power)) * linear_zero_pos; - } - else - { - const float f = (v_clamped - ImMax(0.0f,v_min)) / (v_max - ImMax(0.0f,v_min)); - return linear_zero_pos + powf(f, 1.0f/power) * (1.0f - linear_zero_pos); - } - } - - // Linear slider - return (v_clamped - v_min) / (v_max - v_min); -} - -bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, float power, int decimal_precision, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - // Draw frame - RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); - - const bool is_non_linear = (power < 1.0f-0.00001f) || (power > 1.0f+0.00001f); - const bool is_horizontal = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) == 0; - - const float grab_padding = 2.0f; - const float slider_sz = is_horizontal ? (frame_bb.GetWidth() - grab_padding * 2.0f) : (frame_bb.GetHeight() - grab_padding * 2.0f); - float grab_sz; - if (decimal_precision != 0) - grab_sz = ImMin(style.GrabMinSize, slider_sz); - else - grab_sz = ImMin(ImMax(1.0f * (slider_sz / ((v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max) + 1.0f)), style.GrabMinSize), slider_sz); // Integer sliders, if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit - const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz; - const float slider_usable_pos_min = (is_horizontal ? frame_bb.Min.x : frame_bb.Min.y) + grab_padding + grab_sz*0.5f; - const float slider_usable_pos_max = (is_horizontal ? frame_bb.Max.x : frame_bb.Max.y) - grab_padding - grab_sz*0.5f; - - // For logarithmic sliders that cross over sign boundary we want the exponential increase to be symmetric around 0.0f - float linear_zero_pos = 0.0f; // 0.0->1.0f - if (v_min * v_max < 0.0f) - { - // Different sign - const float linear_dist_min_to_0 = powf(fabsf(0.0f - v_min), 1.0f/power); - const float linear_dist_max_to_0 = powf(fabsf(v_max - 0.0f), 1.0f/power); - linear_zero_pos = linear_dist_min_to_0 / (linear_dist_min_to_0+linear_dist_max_to_0); - } - else - { - // Same sign - linear_zero_pos = v_min < 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f; - } - - // Process clicking on the slider - bool value_changed = false; - if (g.ActiveId == id) - { - bool set_new_value = false; - float clicked_t = 0.0f; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[0]) - { - const float mouse_abs_pos = is_horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y; - clicked_t = (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f) ? ImClamp((mouse_abs_pos - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz, 0.0f, 1.0f) : 0.0f; - if (!is_horizontal) - clicked_t = 1.0f - clicked_t; - set_new_value = true; - } - else - { - ClearActiveID(); - } - - if (set_new_value) - { - float new_value; - if (is_non_linear) - { - // Account for logarithmic scale on both sides of the zero - if (clicked_t < linear_zero_pos) - { - // Negative: rescale to the negative range before powering - float a = 1.0f - (clicked_t / linear_zero_pos); - a = powf(a, power); - new_value = ImLerp(ImMin(v_max,0.0f), v_min, a); - } - else - { - // Positive: rescale to the positive range before powering - float a; - if (fabsf(linear_zero_pos - 1.0f) > 1.e-6f) - a = (clicked_t - linear_zero_pos) / (1.0f - linear_zero_pos); - else - a = clicked_t; - a = powf(a, power); - new_value = ImLerp(ImMax(v_min,0.0f), v_max, a); - } - } - else - { - // Linear slider - new_value = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, clicked_t); - } - - // Round past decimal precision - new_value = RoundScalar(new_value, decimal_precision); - if (*v != new_value) - { - *v = new_value; - value_changed = true; - } - } - } - - // Draw - float grab_t = SliderBehaviorCalcRatioFromValue(*v, v_min, v_max, power, linear_zero_pos); - if (!is_horizontal) - grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t; - const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t); - ImRect grab_bb; - if (is_horizontal) - grab_bb = ImRect(ImVec2(grab_pos - grab_sz*0.5f, frame_bb.Min.y + grab_padding), ImVec2(grab_pos + grab_sz*0.5f, frame_bb.Max.y - grab_padding)); - else - grab_bb = ImRect(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x + grab_padding, grab_pos - grab_sz*0.5f), ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz*0.5f)); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding); - - return value_changed; -} - -// Use power!=1.0 for logarithmic sliders. -// Adjust display_format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix. -// "%.3f" 1.234 -// "%5.2f secs" 01.23 secs -// "Gold: %.0f" Gold: 1 -bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - const float w = CalcItemWidth(); - - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); - const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); - - // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) - { - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - return false; - } - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - - if (!display_format) - display_format = "%.3f"; - int decimal_precision = ParseFormatPrecision(display_format, 3); - - // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box - bool start_text_input = false; - const bool tab_focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id); - if (tab_focus_requested || (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0])) - { - SetActiveID(id, window); - FocusWindow(window); - if (tab_focus_requested || g.IO.KeyCtrl) - { - start_text_input = true; - g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0; - } - } - if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id)) - return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, id, decimal_precision); - - // Actual slider behavior + render grab - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, v, v_min, v_max, power, decimal_precision); - - // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. - char value_buf[64]; - const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + ImFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), display_format, *v); - RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f)); - - if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); - const ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); - - ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(frame_bb, id)) - return false; - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - - if (!display_format) - display_format = "%.3f"; - int decimal_precision = ParseFormatPrecision(display_format, 3); - - if (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) - { - SetActiveID(id, window); - FocusWindow(window); - } - - // Actual slider behavior + render grab - bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, v, v_min, v_max, power, decimal_precision, ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical); - - // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. - // For the vertical slider we allow centered text to overlap the frame padding - char value_buf[64]; - char* value_buf_end = value_buf + ImFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), display_format, *v); - RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f)); - if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min, float v_degrees_max) -{ - float v_deg = (*v_rad) * 360.0f / (2*IM_PI); - bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_deg, v_degrees_min, v_degrees_max, "%.0f deg", 1.0f); - *v_rad = v_deg * (2*IM_PI) / 360.0f; - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format) -{ - if (!display_format) - display_format = "%.0f"; - float v_f = (float)*v; - bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_f, (float)v_min, (float)v_max, display_format, 1.0f); - *v = (int)v_f; - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format) -{ - if (!display_format) - display_format = "%.0f"; - float v_f = (float)*v; - bool value_changed = VSliderFloat(label, size, &v_f, (float)v_min, (float)v_max, display_format, 1.0f); - *v = (int)v_f; - return value_changed; -} - -// Add multiple sliders on 1 line for compact edition of multiple components -bool ImGui::SliderFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - bool value_changed = false; - BeginGroup(); - PushID(label); - PushMultiItemsWidths(components); - for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) - { - PushID(i); - value_changed |= SliderFloat("##v", &v[i], v_min, v_max, display_format, power); - SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - PopID(); - PopItemWidth(); - } - PopID(); - - TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); - EndGroup(); - - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power) -{ - return SliderFloatN(label, v, 2, v_min, v_max, display_format, power); -} - -bool ImGui::SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power) -{ - return SliderFloatN(label, v, 3, v_min, v_max, display_format, power); -} - -bool ImGui::SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power) -{ - return SliderFloatN(label, v, 4, v_min, v_max, display_format, power); -} - -bool ImGui::SliderIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - bool value_changed = false; - BeginGroup(); - PushID(label); - PushMultiItemsWidths(components); - for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) - { - PushID(i); - value_changed |= SliderInt("##v", &v[i], v_min, v_max, display_format); - SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - PopID(); - PopItemWidth(); - } - PopID(); - - TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); - EndGroup(); - - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format) -{ - return SliderIntN(label, v, 2, v_min, v_max, display_format); -} - -bool ImGui::SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format) -{ - return SliderIntN(label, v, 3, v_min, v_max, display_format); -} - -bool ImGui::SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format) -{ - return SliderIntN(label, v, 4, v_min, v_max, display_format); -} - -bool ImGui::DragBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, int decimal_precision, float power) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - // Draw frame - const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); - RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding); - - bool value_changed = false; - - // Process clicking on the drag - if (g.ActiveId == id) - { - if (g.IO.MouseDown[0]) - { - if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) - { - // Lock current value on click - g.DragCurrentValue = *v; - g.DragLastMouseDelta = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); - } - - if (v_speed == 0.0f && (v_max - v_min) != 0.0f && (v_max - v_min) < FLT_MAX) - v_speed = (v_max - v_min) * g.DragSpeedDefaultRatio; - - float v_cur = g.DragCurrentValue; - const ImVec2 mouse_drag_delta = GetMouseDragDelta(0, 1.0f); - float adjust_delta = 0.0f; - //if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse) - { - adjust_delta = mouse_drag_delta.x - g.DragLastMouseDelta.x; - if (g.IO.KeyShift && g.DragSpeedScaleFast >= 0.0f) - adjust_delta *= g.DragSpeedScaleFast; - if (g.IO.KeyAlt && g.DragSpeedScaleSlow >= 0.0f) - adjust_delta *= g.DragSpeedScaleSlow; - } - adjust_delta *= v_speed; - g.DragLastMouseDelta.x = mouse_drag_delta.x; - - if (fabsf(adjust_delta) > 0.0f) - { - if (fabsf(power - 1.0f) > 0.001f) - { - // Logarithmic curve on both side of 0.0 - float v0_abs = v_cur >= 0.0f ? v_cur : -v_cur; - float v0_sign = v_cur >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : -1.0f; - float v1 = powf(v0_abs, 1.0f / power) + (adjust_delta * v0_sign); - float v1_abs = v1 >= 0.0f ? v1 : -v1; - float v1_sign = v1 >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : -1.0f; // Crossed sign line - v_cur = powf(v1_abs, power) * v0_sign * v1_sign; // Reapply sign - } - else - { - v_cur += adjust_delta; - } - - // Clamp - if (v_min < v_max) - v_cur = ImClamp(v_cur, v_min, v_max); - g.DragCurrentValue = v_cur; - } - - // Round to user desired precision, then apply - v_cur = RoundScalar(v_cur, decimal_precision); - if (*v != v_cur) - { - *v = v_cur; - value_changed = true; - } - } - else - { - ClearActiveID(); - } - } - - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - const float w = CalcItemWidth(); - - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); - const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding); - const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); - - // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) - { - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - return false; - } - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - - if (!display_format) - display_format = "%.3f"; - int decimal_precision = ParseFormatPrecision(display_format, 3); - - // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an input box - bool start_text_input = false; - const bool tab_focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id); - if (tab_focus_requested || (hovered && (g.IO.MouseClicked[0] || g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]))) - { - SetActiveID(id, window); - FocusWindow(window); - if (tab_focus_requested || g.IO.KeyCtrl || g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) - { - start_text_input = true; - g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0; - } - } - if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id)) - return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, id, decimal_precision); - - // Actual drag behavior - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(frame_bb, id, v, v_speed, v_min, v_max, decimal_precision, power); - - // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. - char value_buf[64]; - const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + ImFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), display_format, *v); - RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f)); - - if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label); - - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::DragFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - bool value_changed = false; - BeginGroup(); - PushID(label); - PushMultiItemsWidths(components); - for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) - { - PushID(i); - value_changed |= DragFloat("##v", &v[i], v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format, power); - SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - PopID(); - PopItemWidth(); - } - PopID(); - - TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); - EndGroup(); - - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power) -{ - return DragFloatN(label, v, 2, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format, power); -} - -bool ImGui::DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power) -{ - return DragFloatN(label, v, 3, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format, power); -} - -bool ImGui::DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power) -{ - return DragFloatN(label, v, 4, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format, power); -} - -bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, const char* display_format_max, float power) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - PushID(label); - BeginGroup(); - PushMultiItemsWidths(2); - - bool value_changed = DragFloat("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? -FLT_MAX : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), display_format, power); - PopItemWidth(); - SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - value_changed |= DragFloat("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? FLT_MAX : v_max, display_format_max ? display_format_max : display_format, power); - PopItemWidth(); - SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - - TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); - EndGroup(); - PopID(); - - return value_changed; -} - -// NB: v_speed is float to allow adjusting the drag speed with more precision -bool ImGui::DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format) -{ - if (!display_format) - display_format = "%.0f"; - float v_f = (float)*v; - bool value_changed = DragFloat(label, &v_f, v_speed, (float)v_min, (float)v_max, display_format); - *v = (int)v_f; - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::DragIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - bool value_changed = false; - BeginGroup(); - PushID(label); - PushMultiItemsWidths(components); - for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) - { - PushID(i); - value_changed |= DragInt("##v", &v[i], v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format); - SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - PopID(); - PopItemWidth(); - } - PopID(); - - TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); - EndGroup(); - - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format) -{ - return DragIntN(label, v, 2, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format); -} - -bool ImGui::DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format) -{ - return DragIntN(label, v, 3, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format); -} - -bool ImGui::DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format) -{ - return DragIntN(label, v, 4, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format); -} - -bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format, const char* display_format_max) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - PushID(label); - BeginGroup(); - PushMultiItemsWidths(2); - - bool value_changed = DragInt("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MIN : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), display_format); - PopItemWidth(); - SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - value_changed |= DragInt("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MAX : v_max, display_format_max ? display_format_max : display_format); - PopItemWidth(); - SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - - TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); - EndGroup(); - PopID(); - - return value_changed; -} - -void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - if (graph_size.x == 0.0f) - graph_size.x = CalcItemWidth(); - if (graph_size.y == 0.0f) - graph_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2); - - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(graph_size.x, graph_size.y)); - const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding); - const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0)); - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0)) - return; - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(inner_bb, 0); - - // Determine scale from values if not specified - if (scale_min == FLT_MAX || scale_max == FLT_MAX) - { - float v_min = FLT_MAX; - float v_max = -FLT_MAX; - for (int i = 0; i < values_count; i++) - { - const float v = values_getter(data, i); - v_min = ImMin(v_min, v); - v_max = ImMax(v_max, v); - } - if (scale_min == FLT_MAX) - scale_min = v_min; - if (scale_max == FLT_MAX) - scale_max = v_max; - } - - RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); - - if (values_count > 0) - { - int res_w = ImMin((int)graph_size.x, values_count) + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0); - int item_count = values_count + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0); - - // Tooltip on hover - int v_hovered = -1; - if (hovered) - { - const float t = ImClamp((g.IO.MousePos.x - inner_bb.Min.x) / (inner_bb.Max.x - inner_bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.9999f); - const int v_idx = (int)(t * item_count); - IM_ASSERT(v_idx >= 0 && v_idx < values_count); - - const float v0 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + values_offset) % values_count); - const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + 1 + values_offset) % values_count); - if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) - SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g\n%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0, v_idx+1, v1); - else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram) - SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0); - v_hovered = v_idx; - } - - const float t_step = 1.0f / (float)res_w; - - float v0 = values_getter(data, (0 + values_offset) % values_count); - float t0 = 0.0f; - ImVec2 tp0 = ImVec2( t0, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v0 - scale_min) / (scale_max - scale_min)) ); // Point in the normalized space of our target rectangle - float histogram_zero_line_t = (scale_min * scale_max < 0.0f) ? (-scale_min / (scale_max - scale_min)) : (scale_min < 0.0f ? 0.0f : 1.0f); // Where does the zero line stands - - const ImU32 col_base = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLines : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram); - const ImU32 col_hovered = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered); - - for (int n = 0; n < res_w; n++) - { - const float t1 = t0 + t_step; - const int v1_idx = (int)(t0 * item_count + 0.5f); - IM_ASSERT(v1_idx >= 0 && v1_idx < values_count); - const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v1_idx + values_offset + 1) % values_count); - const ImVec2 tp1 = ImVec2( t1, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v1 - scale_min) / (scale_max - scale_min)) ); - - // NB: Draw calls are merged together by the DrawList system. Still, we should render our batch are lower level to save a bit of CPU. - ImVec2 pos0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, tp0); - ImVec2 pos1 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? tp1 : ImVec2(tp1.x, histogram_zero_line_t)); - if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) - { - window->DrawList->AddLine(pos0, pos1, v_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base); - } - else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram) - { - if (pos1.x >= pos0.x + 2.0f) - pos1.x -= 1.0f; - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(pos0, pos1, v_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base); - } - - t0 = t1; - tp0 = tp1; - } - } - - // Text overlay - if (overlay_text) - RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f)); - - if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label); -} - -struct ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData -{ - const float* Values; - int Stride; - - ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData(const float* values, int stride) { Values = values; Stride = stride; } -}; - -static float Plot_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx) -{ - ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData* plot_data = (ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData*)data; - const float v = *(float*)(void*)((unsigned char*)plot_data->Values + (size_t)idx * plot_data->Stride); - return v; -} - -void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride) -{ - ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride); - PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); -} - -void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size) -{ - PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); -} - -void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride) -{ - ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride); - PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); -} - -void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size) -{ - PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); -} - -// size_arg (for each axis) < 0.0f: align to end, 0.0f: auto, > 0.0f: specified size -void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* overlay) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - ImRect bb(pos, pos + CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); - ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - return; - - // Render - fraction = ImSaturate(fraction); - RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); - bb.Expand(ImVec2(-style.FrameBorderSize, -style.FrameBorderSize)); - const ImVec2 fill_br = ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fraction), bb.Max.y); - RenderRectFilledRangeH(window->DrawList, bb, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), 0.0f, fraction, style.FrameRounding); - - // Default displaying the fraction as percentage string, but user can override it - char overlay_buf[32]; - if (!overlay) - { - ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction*100+0.01f); - overlay = overlay_buf; - } - - ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL); - if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(fill_br.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f), &bb); -} - -bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - - const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2)); // We want a square shape to we use Y twice - ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - - ImRect total_bb = check_bb; - if (label_size.x > 0) - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y) + label_size); - if (label_size.x > 0) - { - ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y); - total_bb = ImRect(ImMin(check_bb.Min, text_bb.Min), ImMax(check_bb.Max, text_bb.Max)); - } - - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) - return false; - - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held); - if (pressed) - *v = !(*v); - - RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); - if (*v) - { - const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()); - const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f)); - RenderCheckMark(check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad,pad), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), check_bb.GetWidth() - pad*2.0f); - } - - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&text_bb.Min, *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]"); - if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(text_bb.Min, label); - - return pressed; -} - -bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value) -{ - bool v = ((*flags & flags_value) == flags_value); - bool pressed = Checkbox(label, &v); - if (pressed) - { - if (v) - *flags |= flags_value; - else - *flags &= ~flags_value; - } - - return pressed; -} - -bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - - const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1)); - ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - - ImRect total_bb = check_bb; - if (label_size.x > 0) - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y) + label_size); - if (label_size.x > 0) - { - ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y); - total_bb.Add(text_bb); - } - - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) - return false; - - ImVec2 center = check_bb.GetCenter(); - center.x = (float)(int)center.x + 0.5f; - center.y = (float)(int)center.y + 0.5f; - const float radius = check_bb.GetHeight() * 0.5f; - - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held); - - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), 16); - if (active) - { - const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()); - const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f)); - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius-pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), 16); - } - - if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f) - { - window->DrawList->AddCircle(center+ImVec2(1,1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); - window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); - } - - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&text_bb.Min, active ? "(x)" : "( )"); - if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(text_bb.Min, label); - - return pressed; -} - -bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button) -{ - const bool pressed = RadioButton(label, *v == v_button); - if (pressed) - { - *v = v_button; - } - return pressed; -} - -static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end) -{ - int line_count = 0; - const char* s = text_begin; - while (char c = *s++) // We are only matching for \n so we can ignore UTF-8 decoding - if (c == '\n') - line_count++; - s--; - if (s[0] != '\n' && s[0] != '\r') - line_count++; - *out_text_end = s; - return line_count; -} - -static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line) -{ - ImFont* font = GImGui->Font; - const float line_height = GImGui->FontSize; - const float scale = line_height / font->FontSize; - - ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0,0); - float line_width = 0.0f; - - const ImWchar* s = text_begin; - while (s < text_end) - { - unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*s++); - if (c == '\n') - { - text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width); - text_size.y += line_height; - line_width = 0.0f; - if (stop_on_new_line) - break; - continue; - } - if (c == '\r') - continue; - - const float char_width = font->GetCharAdvance((unsigned short)c) * scale; - line_width += char_width; - } - - if (text_size.x < line_width) - text_size.x = line_width; - - if (out_offset) - *out_offset = ImVec2(line_width, text_size.y + line_height); // offset allow for the possibility of sitting after a trailing \n - - if (line_width > 0 || text_size.y == 0.0f) // whereas size.y will ignore the trailing \n - text_size.y += line_height; - - if (remaining) - *remaining = s; - - return text_size; -} - -// Wrapper for stb_textedit.h to edit text (our wrapper is for: statically sized buffer, single-line, wchar characters. InputText converts between UTF-8 and wchar) -namespace ImGuiStb -{ - -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj) { return obj->CurLenW; } -static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return obj->Text[idx]; } -static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->Text[line_start_idx+char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; return GImGui->Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (GImGui->FontSize / GImGui->Font->FontSize); } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key) { return key >= 0x10000 ? 0 : key; } -static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n'; -static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx) -{ - const ImWchar* text = obj->Text.Data; - const ImWchar* text_remaining = NULL; - const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true); - r->x0 = 0.0f; - r->x1 = size.x; - r->baseline_y_delta = size.y; - r->ymin = 0.0f; - r->ymax = size.y; - r->num_chars = (int)(text_remaining - (text + line_start_idx)); -} - -static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) { return ImCharIsSpace(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|'; } -static int is_word_boundary_from_right(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return idx > 0 ? (is_separator( obj->Text[idx-1] ) && !is_separator( obj->Text[idx] ) ) : 1; } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx--; while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; } -#ifdef __APPLE__ // FIXME: Move setting to IO structure -static int is_word_boundary_from_left(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator( obj->Text[idx-1] ) && is_separator( obj->Text[idx] ) ) : 1; } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } -#else -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } -#endif -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL - -static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, int n) -{ - ImWchar* dst = obj->Text.Data + pos; - - // We maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar formats - obj->CurLenA -= ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(dst, dst + n); - obj->CurLenW -= n; - - // Offset remaining text - const ImWchar* src = obj->Text.Data + pos + n; - while (ImWchar c = *src++) - *dst++ = c; - *dst = '\0'; -} - -static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len) -{ - const int text_len = obj->CurLenW; - IM_ASSERT(pos <= text_len); - if (new_text_len + text_len + 1 > obj->Text.Size) - return false; - - const int new_text_len_utf8 = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(new_text, new_text + new_text_len); - if (new_text_len_utf8 + obj->CurLenA + 1 > obj->BufSizeA) - return false; - - ImWchar* text = obj->Text.Data; - if (pos != text_len) - memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos) * sizeof(ImWchar)); - memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(ImWchar)); - - obj->CurLenW += new_text_len; - obj->CurLenA += new_text_len_utf8; - obj->Text[obj->CurLenW] = '\0'; - - return true; -} - -// We don't use an enum so we can build even with conflicting symbols (if another user of stb_textedit.h leak their STB_TEXTEDIT_K_* symbols) -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT 0x10000 // keyboard input to move cursor left -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT 0x10001 // keyboard input to move cursor right -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP 0x10002 // keyboard input to move cursor up -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN 0x10003 // keyboard input to move cursor down -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART 0x10004 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of line -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND 0x10005 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of line -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART 0x10006 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of text -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND 0x10007 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of text -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE 0x10008 // keyboard input to delete selection or character under cursor -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE 0x10009 // keyboard input to delete selection or character left of cursor -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO 0x1000A // keyboard input to perform undo -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO 0x1000B // keyboard input to perform redo -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT 0x1000C // keyboard input to move cursor left one word -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT 0x1000D // keyboard input to move cursor right one word -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT 0x20000 - -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION -#include "stb_textedit.h" - -} - -void ImGuiTextEditState::OnKeyPressed(int key) -{ - stb_textedit_key(this, &StbState, key); - CursorFollow = true; - CursorAnimReset(); -} - -// Public API to manipulate UTF-8 text -// We expose UTF-8 to the user (unlike the STB_TEXTEDIT_* functions which are manipulating wchar) -// FIXME: The existence of this rarely exercised code path is a bit of a nuisance. -void ImGuiTextEditCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count) -{ - IM_ASSERT(pos + bytes_count <= BufTextLen); - char* dst = Buf + pos; - const char* src = Buf + pos + bytes_count; - while (char c = *src++) - *dst++ = c; - *dst = '\0'; - - if (CursorPos + bytes_count >= pos) - CursorPos -= bytes_count; - else if (CursorPos >= pos) - CursorPos = pos; - SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos; - BufDirty = true; - BufTextLen -= bytes_count; -} - -void ImGuiTextEditCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, const char* new_text_end) -{ - const int new_text_len = new_text_end ? (int)(new_text_end - new_text) : (int)strlen(new_text); - if (new_text_len + BufTextLen + 1 >= BufSize) - return; - - if (BufTextLen != pos) - memmove(Buf + pos + new_text_len, Buf + pos, (size_t)(BufTextLen - pos)); - memcpy(Buf + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(char)); - Buf[BufTextLen + new_text_len] = '\0'; - - if (CursorPos >= pos) - CursorPos += new_text_len; - SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos; - BufDirty = true; - BufTextLen += new_text_len; -} - -// Return false to discard a character. -static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data) -{ - unsigned int c = *p_char; - - if (c < 128 && c != ' ' && !isprint((int)(c & 0xFF))) - { - bool pass = false; - pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); - pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)); - if (!pass) - return false; - } - - if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF) // Filter private Unicode range. I don't imagine anybody would want to input them. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys. - return false; - - if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank)) - { - if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal) - if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/')) - return false; - - if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) - if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && !(c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') && !(c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')) - return false; - - if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase) - if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') - *p_char = (c += (unsigned int)('A'-'a')); - - if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank) - if (ImCharIsSpace(c)) - return false; - } - - if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter) - { - ImGuiTextEditCallbackData callback_data; - memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData)); - callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter; - callback_data.EventChar = (ImWchar)c; - callback_data.Flags = flags; - callback_data.UserData = user_data; - if (callback(&callback_data) != 0) - return false; - *p_char = callback_data.EventChar; - if (!callback_data.EventChar) - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -// Edit a string of text -// NB: when active, hold on a privately held copy of the text (and apply back to 'buf'). So changing 'buf' while active has no effect. -// FIXME: Rather messy function partly because we are doing UTF8 > u16 > UTF8 conversions on the go to more easily handle stb_textedit calls. Ideally we should stay in UTF-8 all the time. See https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188 -bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline))); // Can't use both together (they both use up/down keys) - IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))); // Can't use both together (they both use tab key) - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - const bool is_multiline = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0; - const bool is_editable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) == 0; - const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0; - const bool is_undoable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo) == 0; - - if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created during their spawn - BeginGroup(); - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? GetTextLineHeight() * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); - const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x) : 0.0f, 0.0f)); - - ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window; - if (is_multiline) - { - if (!BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize())) - { - EndChildFrame(); - EndGroup(); - return false; - } - draw_window = GetCurrentWindow(); - size.x -= draw_window->ScrollbarSizes.x; - } - else - { - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) - return false; - } - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - if (hovered) - g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput; - - // Password pushes a temporary font with only a fallback glyph - if (is_password) - { - const ImFontGlyph* glyph = g.Font->FindGlyph('*'); - ImFont* password_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont; - password_font->FontSize = g.Font->FontSize; - password_font->Scale = g.Font->Scale; - password_font->DisplayOffset = g.Font->DisplayOffset; - password_font->Ascent = g.Font->Ascent; - password_font->Descent = g.Font->Descent; - password_font->ContainerAtlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas; - password_font->FallbackGlyph = glyph; - password_font->FallbackAdvanceX = glyph->AdvanceX; - IM_ASSERT(password_font->Glyphs.empty() && password_font->IndexAdvanceX.empty() && password_font->IndexLookup.empty()); - PushFont(password_font); - } - - // NB: we are only allowed to access 'edit_state' if we are the active widget. - ImGuiTextEditState& edit_state = g.InputTextState; - - const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id, (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion|ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) == 0); // Using completion callback disable keyboard tabbing - const bool focus_requested_by_code = focus_requested && (window->FocusIdxAllCounter == window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent); - const bool focus_requested_by_tab = focus_requested && !focus_requested_by_code; - - const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0]; - const bool user_scrolled = is_multiline && g.ActiveId == 0 && edit_state.Id == id && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == draw_window->GetIDNoKeepAlive("#SCROLLY"); - - bool clear_active_id = false; - - bool select_all = (g.ActiveId != id) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) != 0; - if (focus_requested || user_clicked || user_scrolled) - { - if (g.ActiveId != id) - { - // Start edition - // Take a copy of the initial buffer value (both in original UTF-8 format and converted to wchar) - // From the moment we focused we are ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode) - const int prev_len_w = edit_state.CurLenW; - edit_state.Text.resize(buf_size+1); // wchar count <= UTF-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data isn't NULL so it doesn't crash. - edit_state.InitialText.resize(buf_size+1); // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data isn't NULL so it doesn't crash. - ImStrncpy(edit_state.InitialText.Data, buf, edit_state.InitialText.Size); - const char* buf_end = NULL; - edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.Text.Data, edit_state.Text.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); - edit_state.CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); // We can't get the result from ImFormatString() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8. - edit_state.CursorAnimReset(); - - // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget - // FIXME: We should probably compare the whole buffer to be on the safety side. Comparing buf (utf8) and edit_state.Text (wchar). - const bool recycle_state = (edit_state.Id == id) && (prev_len_w == edit_state.CurLenW); - if (recycle_state) - { - // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position - // Note a single mouse click will override the cursor/position immediately by calling stb_textedit_click handler. - edit_state.CursorClamp(); - } - else - { - edit_state.Id = id; - edit_state.ScrollX = 0.0f; - stb_textedit_initialize_state(&edit_state.StbState, !is_multiline); - if (!is_multiline && focus_requested_by_code) - select_all = true; - } - if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode) - edit_state.StbState.insert_mode = true; - if (!is_multiline && (focus_requested_by_tab || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl))) - select_all = true; - } - SetActiveID(id, window); - FocusWindow(window); - } - else if (io.MouseClicked[0]) - { - // Release focus when we click outside - clear_active_id = true; - } - - bool value_changed = false; - bool enter_pressed = false; - - if (g.ActiveId == id) - { - if (!is_editable && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) - { - // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function - edit_state.Text.resize(buf_size+1); - const char* buf_end = NULL; - edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.Text.Data, edit_state.Text.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); - edit_state.CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); - edit_state.CursorClamp(); - } - - edit_state.BufSizeA = buf_size; - - // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget. - // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active. - g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = !io.MouseDown[0]; - g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1; - - // Edit in progress - const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + edit_state.ScrollX; - const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y - style.FramePadding.y) : (g.FontSize*0.5f)); - - const bool osx_double_click_selects_words = io.OptMacOSXBehaviors; // OS X style: Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text - if (select_all || (hovered && !osx_double_click_selects_words && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) - { - edit_state.SelectAll(); - edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock = true; - } - else if (hovered && osx_double_click_selects_words && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) - { - // Select a word only, OS X style (by simulating keystrokes) - edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT); - edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); - } - else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock) - { - stb_textedit_click(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, mouse_x, mouse_y); - edit_state.CursorAnimReset(); - } - else if (io.MouseDown[0] && !edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock && (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f)) - { - stb_textedit_drag(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, mouse_x, mouse_y); - edit_state.CursorAnimReset(); - edit_state.CursorFollow = true; - } - if (edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0]) - edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock = false; - - if (io.InputCharacters[0]) - { - // Process text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?) - // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow CTRL+ALT as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR - which is Alt+Ctrl - to input certain characters. - if (!(io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) && is_editable) - { - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.InputCharacters) && io.InputCharacters[n]; n++) - if (unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputCharacters[n]) - { - // Insert character if they pass filtering - if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data)) - continue; - edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c); - } - } - - // Consume characters - memset(g.IO.InputCharacters, 0, sizeof(g.IO.InputCharacters)); - } - } - - bool cancel_edit = false; - if (g.ActiveId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated && !clear_active_id) - { - // Handle key-presses - const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0); - const bool is_shortcut_key_only = (io.OptMacOSXBehaviors ? (io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl) : (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeySuper)) && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyShift; // OS X style: Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl - const bool is_wordmove_key_down = io.OptMacOSXBehaviors ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl; // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl - const bool is_startend_key_down = io.OptMacOSXBehaviors && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End - - if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetWindowScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetWindowScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Home)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_End)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete) && is_editable) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && is_editable) - { - if (!edit_state.HasSelection()) - { - if (is_wordmove_key_down) edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); - else if (io.OptMacOSXBehaviors && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl) edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); - } - edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask); - } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Enter)) - { - bool ctrl_enter_for_new_line = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine) != 0; - if (!is_multiline || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl)) - { - enter_pressed = clear_active_id = true; - } - else if (is_editable) - { - unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data)) - edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c); - } - } - else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyShift && !io.KeyAlt && is_editable) - { - unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data)) - edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c); - } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape)) { clear_active_id = cancel_edit = true; } - else if (is_shortcut_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z) && is_editable && is_undoable) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO); edit_state.ClearSelection(); } - else if (is_shortcut_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Y) && is_editable && is_undoable) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO); edit_state.ClearSelection(); } - else if (is_shortcut_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_A)) { edit_state.SelectAll(); edit_state.CursorFollow = true; } - else if (is_shortcut_key_only && !is_password && ((IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X) && is_editable) || IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) && (!is_multiline || edit_state.HasSelection())) - { - // Cut, Copy - const bool cut = IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X); - if (cut && !edit_state.HasSelection()) - edit_state.SelectAll(); - - if (io.SetClipboardTextFn) - { - const int ib = edit_state.HasSelection() ? ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end) : 0; - const int ie = edit_state.HasSelection() ? ImMax(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end) : edit_state.CurLenW; - edit_state.TempTextBuffer.resize((ie-ib) * 4 + 1); - ImTextStrToUtf8(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Size, edit_state.Text.Data+ib, edit_state.Text.Data+ie); - SetClipboardText(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data); - } - - if (cut) - { - edit_state.CursorFollow = true; - stb_textedit_cut(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState); - } - } - else if (is_shortcut_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_V) && is_editable) - { - // Paste - if (const char* clipboard = GetClipboardText()) - { - // Filter pasted buffer - const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard); - ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)ImGui::MemAlloc((clipboard_len+1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); - int clipboard_filtered_len = 0; - for (const char* s = clipboard; *s; ) - { - unsigned int c; - s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL); - if (c == 0) - break; - if (c >= 0x10000 || !InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data)) - continue; - clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c; - } - clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len] = 0; - if (clipboard_filtered_len > 0) // If everything was filtered, ignore the pasting operation - { - stb_textedit_paste(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len); - edit_state.CursorFollow = true; - } - ImGui::MemFree(clipboard_filtered); - } - } - } - - if (g.ActiveId == id) - { - if (cancel_edit) - { - // Restore initial value - if (is_editable) - { - ImStrncpy(buf, edit_state.InitialText.Data, buf_size); - value_changed = true; - } - } - - // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. - // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. Also this allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage. - bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !cancel_edit || (enter_pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); - if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer) - { - // Apply new value immediately - copy modified buffer back - // Note that as soon as the input box is active, the in-widget value gets priority over any underlying modification of the input buffer - // FIXME: We actually always render 'buf' when calling DrawList->AddText, making the comment above incorrect. - // FIXME-OPT: CPU waste to do this every time the widget is active, should mark dirty state from the stb_textedit callbacks. - if (is_editable) - { - edit_state.TempTextBuffer.resize(edit_state.Text.Size * 4); - ImTextStrToUtf8(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Size, edit_state.Text.Data, NULL); - } - - // User callback - if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0) - { - IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); - - // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment. - ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0; - ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_COUNT; - if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)) - { - event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion; - event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab; - } - else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow)) - { - event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; - event_key = ImGuiKey_UpArrow; - } - else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow)) - { - event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; - event_key = ImGuiKey_DownArrow; - } - else if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways) - event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways; - - if (event_flag) - { - ImGuiTextEditCallbackData callback_data; - memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData)); - callback_data.EventFlag = event_flag; - callback_data.Flags = flags; - callback_data.UserData = user_data; - callback_data.ReadOnly = !is_editable; - - callback_data.EventKey = event_key; - callback_data.Buf = edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data; - callback_data.BufTextLen = edit_state.CurLenA; - callback_data.BufSize = edit_state.BufSizeA; - callback_data.BufDirty = false; - - // We have to convert from wchar-positions to UTF-8-positions, which can be pretty slow (an incentive to ditch the ImWchar buffer, see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188) - ImWchar* text = edit_state.Text.Data; - const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.cursor); - const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.select_start); - const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.select_end); - - // Call user code - callback(&callback_data); - - // Read back what user may have modified - IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data); // Invalid to modify those fields - IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == edit_state.BufSizeA); - IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags); - if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos) edit_state.StbState.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); - if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start) edit_state.StbState.select_start = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); - if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end) edit_state.StbState.select_end = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); - if (callback_data.BufDirty) - { - IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text! - edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.Text.Data, edit_state.Text.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL); - edit_state.CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen; // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen() - edit_state.CursorAnimReset(); - } - } - } - - // Copy back to user buffer - if (is_editable && strcmp(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, buf) != 0) - { - ImStrncpy(buf, edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, buf_size); - value_changed = true; - } - } - } - - // Release active ID at the end of the function (so e.g. pressing Return still does a final application of the value) - if (clear_active_id && g.ActiveId == id) - ClearActiveID(); - - // Render - // Select which buffer we are going to display. When ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoLiveEdit is set 'buf' might still be the old value. We set buf to NULL to prevent accidental usage from now on. - const char* buf_display = (g.ActiveId == id && is_editable) ? edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data : buf; buf = NULL; - - if (!is_multiline) - RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); - - const ImVec4 clip_rect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + size.x, frame_bb.Min.y + size.y); // Not using frame_bb.Max because we have adjusted size - ImVec2 render_pos = is_multiline ? draw_window->DC.CursorPos : frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding; - ImVec2 text_size(0.f, 0.f); - const bool is_currently_scrolling = (edit_state.Id == id && is_multiline && g.ActiveId == draw_window->GetIDNoKeepAlive("#SCROLLY")); - if (g.ActiveId == id || is_currently_scrolling) - { - edit_state.CursorAnim += io.DeltaTime; - - // This is going to be messy. We need to: - // - Display the text (this alone can be more easily clipped) - // - Handle scrolling, highlight selection, display cursor (those all requires some form of 1d->2d cursor position calculation) - // - Measure text height (for scrollbar) - // We are attempting to do most of that in **one main pass** to minimize the computation cost (non-negligible for large amount of text) + 2nd pass for selection rendering (we could merge them by an extra refactoring effort) - // FIXME: This should occur on buf_display but we'd need to maintain cursor/select_start/select_end for UTF-8. - const ImWchar* text_begin = edit_state.Text.Data; - ImVec2 cursor_offset, select_start_offset; - - { - // Count lines + find lines numbers straddling 'cursor' and 'select_start' position. - const ImWchar* searches_input_ptr[2]; - searches_input_ptr[0] = text_begin + edit_state.StbState.cursor; - searches_input_ptr[1] = NULL; - int searches_remaining = 1; - int searches_result_line_number[2] = { -1, -999 }; - if (edit_state.StbState.select_start != edit_state.StbState.select_end) - { - searches_input_ptr[1] = text_begin + ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end); - searches_result_line_number[1] = -1; - searches_remaining++; - } - - // Iterate all lines to find our line numbers - // In multi-line mode, we never exit the loop until all lines are counted, so add one extra to the searches_remaining counter. - searches_remaining += is_multiline ? 1 : 0; - int line_count = 0; - for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; *s != 0; s++) - if (*s == '\n') - { - line_count++; - if (searches_result_line_number[0] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[0]) { searches_result_line_number[0] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; } - if (searches_result_line_number[1] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[1]) { searches_result_line_number[1] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; } - } - line_count++; - if (searches_result_line_number[0] == -1) searches_result_line_number[0] = line_count; - if (searches_result_line_number[1] == -1) searches_result_line_number[1] = line_count; - - // Calculate 2d position by finding the beginning of the line and measuring distance - cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x; - cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_number[0] * g.FontSize; - if (searches_result_line_number[1] >= 0) - { - select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x; - select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_number[1] * g.FontSize; - } - - // Store text height (note that we haven't calculated text width at all, see GitHub issues #383, #1224) - if (is_multiline) - text_size = ImVec2(size.x, line_count * g.FontSize); - } - - // Scroll - if (edit_state.CursorFollow) - { - // Horizontal scroll in chunks of quarter width - if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll)) - { - const float scroll_increment_x = size.x * 0.25f; - if (cursor_offset.x < edit_state.ScrollX) - edit_state.ScrollX = (float)(int)ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x); - else if (cursor_offset.x - size.x >= edit_state.ScrollX) - edit_state.ScrollX = (float)(int)(cursor_offset.x - size.x + scroll_increment_x); - } - else - { - edit_state.ScrollX = 0.0f; - } - - // Vertical scroll - if (is_multiline) - { - float scroll_y = draw_window->Scroll.y; - if (cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize < scroll_y) - scroll_y = ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize); - else if (cursor_offset.y - size.y >= scroll_y) - scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - size.y; - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y += (draw_window->Scroll.y - scroll_y); // To avoid a frame of lag - draw_window->Scroll.y = scroll_y; - render_pos.y = draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y; - } - } - edit_state.CursorFollow = false; - const ImVec2 render_scroll = ImVec2(edit_state.ScrollX, 0.0f); - - // Draw selection - if (edit_state.StbState.select_start != edit_state.StbState.select_end) - { - const ImWchar* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end); - const ImWchar* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end); - - float bg_offy_up = is_multiline ? 0.0f : -1.0f; // FIXME: those offsets should be part of the style? they don't play so well with multi-line selection. - float bg_offy_dn = is_multiline ? 0.0f : 2.0f; - ImU32 bg_color = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg); - ImVec2 rect_pos = render_pos + select_start_offset - render_scroll; - for (const ImWchar* p = text_selected_begin; p < text_selected_end; ) - { - if (rect_pos.y > clip_rect.w + g.FontSize) - break; - if (rect_pos.y < clip_rect.y) - { - while (p < text_selected_end) - if (*p++ == '\n') - break; - } - else - { - ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true); - if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = (float)(int)(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((unsigned short)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines - ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos +ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn)); - rect.ClipWith(clip_rect); - if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) - draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(rect.Min, rect.Max, bg_color); - } - rect_pos.x = render_pos.x - render_scroll.x; - rect_pos.y += g.FontSize; - } - } - - draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, render_pos - render_scroll, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), buf_display, buf_display + edit_state.CurLenA, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect); - - // Draw blinking cursor - bool cursor_is_visible = (!g.IO.OptCursorBlink) || (g.InputTextState.CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || fmodf(g.InputTextState.CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f; - ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = render_pos + cursor_offset - render_scroll; - ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y-g.FontSize+0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x+1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y-1.5f); - if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) - draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); - - // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.) - if (is_editable) - g.OsImePosRequest = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize); - } - else - { - // Render text only - const char* buf_end = NULL; - if (is_multiline) - text_size = ImVec2(size.x, InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(buf_display, &buf_end) * g.FontSize); // We don't need width - draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, render_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), buf_display, buf_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect); - } - - if (is_multiline) - { - Dummy(text_size + ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); // Always add room to scroll an extra line - EndChildFrame(); - EndGroup(); - } - - if (is_password) - PopFont(); - - // Log as text - if (g.LogEnabled && !is_password) - LogRenderedText(&render_pos, buf_display, NULL); - - if (label_size.x > 0) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - - if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0) - return enter_pressed; - else - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data) -{ - IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() - return InputTextEx(label, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0,0), flags, callback, user_data); -} - -bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data) -{ - return InputTextEx(label, buf, (int)buf_size, size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline, callback, user_data); -} - -// NB: scalar_format here must be a simple "%xx" format string with no prefix/suffix (unlike the Drag/Slider functions "display_format" argument) -bool ImGui::InputScalarEx(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, void* step_ptr, void* step_fast_ptr, const char* scalar_format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - - BeginGroup(); - PushID(label); - const ImVec2 button_sz = ImVec2(GetFrameHeight(), GetFrameHeight()); - if (step_ptr) - PushItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_sz.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)*2)); - - char buf[64]; - DataTypeFormatString(data_type, data_ptr, scalar_format, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - - bool value_changed = false; - if (!(extra_flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal)) - extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal; - extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll; - if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), extra_flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view - value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, GImGui->InputTextState.InitialText.begin(), data_type, data_ptr, scalar_format); - - // Step buttons - if (step_ptr) - { - PopItemWidth(); - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - if (ButtonEx("-", button_sz, ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups)) - { - DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '-', data_ptr, g.IO.KeyCtrl && step_fast_ptr ? step_fast_ptr : step_ptr); - value_changed = true; - } - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - if (ButtonEx("+", button_sz, ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups)) - { - DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', data_ptr, g.IO.KeyCtrl && step_fast_ptr ? step_fast_ptr : step_ptr); - value_changed = true; - } - } - PopID(); - - if (label_size.x > 0) - { - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - RenderText(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - ItemSize(label_size, style.FramePadding.y); - } - EndGroup(); - - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - char display_format[16]; - if (decimal_precision < 0) - strcpy(display_format, "%f"); // Ideally we'd have a minimum decimal precision of 1 to visually denote that this is a float, while hiding non-significant digits? %f doesn't have a minimum of 1 - else - ImFormatString(display_format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(display_format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); - return InputScalarEx(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), display_format, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - // Hexadecimal input provided as a convenience but the flag name is awkward. Typically you'd use InputText() to parse your own data, if you want to handle prefixes. - const char* scalar_format = (extra_flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) ? "%08X" : "%d"; - return InputScalarEx(label, ImGuiDataType_Int, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), scalar_format, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - bool value_changed = false; - BeginGroup(); - PushID(label); - PushMultiItemsWidths(components); - for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) - { - PushID(i); - value_changed |= InputFloat("##v", &v[i], 0, 0, decimal_precision, extra_flags); - SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - PopID(); - PopItemWidth(); - } - PopID(); - - TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); - EndGroup(); - - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - return InputFloatN(label, v, 2, decimal_precision, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - return InputFloatN(label, v, 3, decimal_precision, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - return InputFloatN(label, v, 4, decimal_precision, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - bool value_changed = false; - BeginGroup(); - PushID(label); - PushMultiItemsWidths(components); - for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) - { - PushID(i); - value_changed |= InputInt("##v", &v[i], 0, 0, extra_flags); - SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - PopID(); - PopItemWidth(); - } - PopID(); - - TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); - EndGroup(); - - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - return InputIntN(label, v, 2, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - return InputIntN(label, v, 3, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - return InputIntN(label, v, 4, extra_flags); -} - -static float CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(int items_count) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (items_count <= 0) - return FLT_MAX; - return (g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y) * items_count - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y + (g.Style.WindowPadding.y * 2); -} - -bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags) -{ - // Always consume the SetNextWindowSizeConstraint() call in our early return paths - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - bool backup_has_next_window_size_constraint = g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraint; - g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraint = false; - - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - const float w = CalcItemWidth(); - - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); - const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) - return false; - - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(frame_bb, id, &hovered, &held); - bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(id); - - const float arrow_size = GetFrameHeight(); - const ImRect value_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max - ImVec2(arrow_size, 0.0f)); - RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); - RenderFrame(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x-arrow_size, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(popup_open || hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button), true, style.FrameRounding); // FIXME-ROUNDING - RenderTriangle(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size + style.FramePadding.y, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), ImGuiDir_Down); - if (preview_value != NULL) - RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, value_bb.Max, preview_value, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f)); - if (label_size.x > 0) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - - if (pressed && !popup_open) - { - OpenPopupEx(id, false); - popup_open = true; - } - - if (!popup_open) - return false; - - if (backup_has_next_window_size_constraint) - { - g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraint = true; - g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintRect.Min.x = ImMax(g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraintRect.Min.x, w); - } - else - { - if ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular; - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_)); // Only one - int popup_max_height_in_items = -1; - if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular) popup_max_height_in_items = 8; - else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall) popup_max_height_in_items = 4; - else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge) popup_max_height_in_items = 20; - SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(w, 0.0f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); - } - - char name[16]; - ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.CurrentPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth - - // Peak into expected window size so we can position it - if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = FindWindowByName(name)) - { - ImVec2 size_contents = CalcSizeContents(popup_window); - ImVec2 size_expected = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(popup_window, CalcSizeAutoFit(popup_window, size_contents)); - if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft) - popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_Left; - ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(frame_bb.GetBL(), size_expected, &popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection, frame_bb, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox); - SetNextWindowPos(pos); - } - - ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; - if (!Begin(name, NULL, window_flags)) - { - EndPopup(); - IM_ASSERT(0); // This should never happen as we tested for IsPopupOpen() above - return false; - } - - // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text - if (style.FramePadding.x != style.WindowPadding.x) - Indent(style.FramePadding.x - style.WindowPadding.x); - - return true; -} - -void ImGui::EndCombo() -{ - const ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; - if (style.FramePadding.x != style.WindowPadding.x) - Unindent(style.FramePadding.x - style.WindowPadding.x); - EndPopup(); -} - -// Old API, prefer using BeginCombo() nowadays if you can. -bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - const char* preview_text = NULL; - if (*current_item >= 0 && *current_item < items_count) - items_getter(data, *current_item, &preview_text); - - // The old Combo() API exposed "popup_max_height_in_items", however the new more general BeginCombo() API doesn't, so we emulate it here. - if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !g.SetNextWindowSizeConstraint) - { - float popup_max_height = CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items); - SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, popup_max_height)); - } - - if (!BeginCombo(label, preview_text, 0)) - return false; - - // Display items - // FIXME-OPT: Use clipper (but we need to disable it on the appearing frame to make sure our call to SetItemDefaultFocus() is processed) - bool value_changed = false; - for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++) - { - PushID((void*)(intptr_t)i); - const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); - const char* item_text; - if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) - item_text = "*Unknown item*"; - if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected)) - { - value_changed = true; - *current_item = i; - } - if (item_selected) - SetItemDefaultFocus(); - PopID(); - } - - EndCombo(); - return value_changed; -} - -static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) -{ - const char* const* items = (const char* const*)data; - if (out_text) - *out_text = items[idx]; - return true; -} - -static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) -{ - // FIXME-OPT: we could pre-compute the indices to fasten this. But only 1 active combo means the waste is limited. - const char* items_separated_by_zeros = (const char*)data; - int items_count = 0; - const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros; - while (*p) - { - if (idx == items_count) - break; - p += strlen(p) + 1; - items_count++; - } - if (!*p) - return false; - if (out_text) - *out_text = p; - return true; -} - -// Combo box helper allowing to pass an array of strings. -bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items) -{ - const bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_in_items); - return value_changed; -} - -// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string. -bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items) -{ - int items_count = 0; - const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros; // FIXME-OPT: Avoid computing this, or at least only when combo is open - while (*p) - { - p += strlen(p) + 1; - items_count++; - } - bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_SingleStringGetter, (void*)items_separated_by_zeros, items_count, height_in_items); - return value_changed; -} - -// Tip: pass an empty label (e.g. "##dummy") then you can use the space to draw other text or image. -// But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID. -bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsSet) // FIXME-OPT: Avoid if vertically clipped. - PopClipRect(); - - ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - ImVec2 size(size_arg.x != 0.0f ? size_arg.x : label_size.x, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : label_size.y); - ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset; - ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); - ItemSize(bb); - - // Fill horizontal space. - ImVec2 window_padding = window->WindowPadding; - float max_x = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? GetWindowContentRegionMax().x : GetContentRegionMax().x; - float w_draw = ImMax(label_size.x, window->Pos.x + max_x - window_padding.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x); - ImVec2 size_draw((size_arg.x != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth)) ? size_arg.x : w_draw, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : size.y); - ImRect bb_with_spacing(pos, pos + size_draw); - if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth)) - bb_with_spacing.Max.x += window_padding.x; - - // Selectables are tightly packed together, we extend the box to cover spacing between selectable. - float spacing_L = (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); - float spacing_U = (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f); - float spacing_R = style.ItemSpacing.x - spacing_L; - float spacing_D = style.ItemSpacing.y - spacing_U; - bb_with_spacing.Min.x -= spacing_L; - bb_with_spacing.Min.y -= spacing_U; - bb_with_spacing.Max.x += spacing_R; - bb_with_spacing.Max.y += spacing_D; - if (!ItemAdd(bb_with_spacing, id)) - { - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsSet) - PushColumnClipRect(); - return false; - } - - ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Menu) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveID; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_MenuItem) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb_with_spacing, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) - selected = false; - - // Render - if (hovered || selected) - { - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); - RenderFrame(bb_with_spacing.Min, bb_with_spacing.Max, col, false, 0.0f); - } - - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsSet) - { - PushColumnClipRect(); - bb_with_spacing.Max.x -= (GetContentRegionMax().x - max_x); - } - - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - RenderTextClipped(bb.Min, bb_with_spacing.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f)); - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PopStyleColor(); - - // Automatically close popups - if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup)) - CloseCurrentPopup(); - return pressed; -} - -bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) -{ - if (Selectable(label, *p_selected, flags, size_arg)) - { - *p_selected = !*p_selected; - return true; - } - return false; -} - -// Helper to calculate the size of a listbox and display a label on the right. -// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, PushItemWidth(-1) and pass an empty label "##empty" -bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle(); - const ImGuiID id = GetID(label); - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - - // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar. - ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.4f + style.ItemSpacing.y); - ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y)); - ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); - ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); - window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; - - BeginGroup(); - if (label_size.x > 0) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - - BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize()); - return true; -} - -bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items) -{ - // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar. - // However we don't add +0.40f if items_count <= height_in_items. It is slightly dodgy, because it means a dynamic list of items will make the widget resize occasionally when it crosses that size. - // I am expecting that someone will come and complain about this behavior in a remote future, then we can advise on a better solution. - if (height_in_items < 0) - height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7); - float height_in_items_f = height_in_items < items_count ? (height_in_items + 0.40f) : (height_in_items + 0.00f); - - // We include ItemSpacing.y so that a list sized for the exact number of items doesn't make a scrollbar appears. We could also enforce that by passing a flag to BeginChild(). - ImVec2 size; - size.x = 0.0f; - size.y = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y; - return ListBoxHeader(label, size); -} - -void ImGui::ListBoxFooter() -{ - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = GetCurrentWindow()->ParentWindow; - const ImRect bb = parent_window->DC.LastItemRect; - const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle(); - - EndChildFrame(); - - // Redeclare item size so that it includes the label (we have stored the full size in LastItemRect) - // We call SameLine() to restore DC.CurrentLine* data - SameLine(); - parent_window->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min; - ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); - EndGroup(); -} - -bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_items) -{ - const bool value_changed = ListBox(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_items); - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items) -{ - if (!ListBoxHeader(label, items_count, height_in_items)) - return false; - - // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different or variable sizes you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper. - bool value_changed = false; - ImGuiListClipper clipper(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to. - while (clipper.Step()) - for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) - { - const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); - const char* item_text; - if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) - item_text = "*Unknown item*"; - - PushID(i); - if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected)) - { - *current_item = i; - value_changed = true; - } - PopID(); - } - ListBoxFooter(); - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - - ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_MenuItem | (enabled ? 0 : ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled); - bool pressed; - if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) - { - // Mimic the exact layout spacing of BeginMenu() to allow MenuItem() inside a menu bar, which is a little misleading but may be useful - // Note that in this situation we render neither the shortcut neither the selected tick mark - float w = label_size.x; - window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, style.ItemSpacing * 2.0f); - pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); - PopStyleVar(); - window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). - } - else - { - ImVec2 shortcut_size = shortcut ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, shortcut_size.x, (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback for next frame - float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - w); - pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); - if (shortcut_size.x > 0.0f) - { - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - RenderText(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[1] + extra_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false); - PopStyleColor(); - } - if (selected) - RenderCheckMark(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), g.FontSize * 0.866f); - } - return pressed; -} - -bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled) -{ - if (MenuItem(label, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled)) - { - if (p_selected) - *p_selected = !*p_selected; - return true; - } - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); - SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.FontBaseSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0,0)); - if (!Begin("##MainMenuBar", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) - || !BeginMenuBar()) - { - End(); - PopStyleVar(2); - return false; - } - g.CurrentWindow->DC.MenuBarOffsetX += g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x; - return true; -} - -void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar() -{ - EndMenuBar(); - End(); - PopStyleVar(2); -} - -bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) - return false; - - IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.MenuBarAppending); - BeginGroup(); // Save position - PushID("##menubar"); - - // We don't clip with regular window clipping rectangle as it is already set to the area below. However we clip with window full rect. - // We remove 1 worth of rounding to Max.x to that text in long menus don't tend to display over the lower-right rounded area, which looks particularly glitchy. - ImRect bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect(); - ImRect clip_rect(ImFloor(bar_rect.Min.x + 0.5f), ImFloor(bar_rect.Min.y + window->WindowBorderSize + 0.5f), ImFloor(ImMax(bar_rect.Min.x, bar_rect.Max.x - window->WindowRounding) + 0.5f), ImFloor(bar_rect.Max.y + 0.5f)); - clip_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect()); - PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, false); - - window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffsetX, bar_rect.Min.y);// + g.Style.FramePadding.y); - window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal; - window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true; - AlignTextToFramePadding(); - return true; -} - -void ImGui::EndMenuBar() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar); - IM_ASSERT(window->DC.MenuBarAppending); - PopClipRect(); - PopID(); - window->DC.MenuBarOffsetX = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->MenuBarRect().Min.x; - window->DC.GroupStack.back().AdvanceCursor = false; - EndGroup(); - window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; - window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; -} - -bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - - ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - - bool pressed; - bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id); - bool menuset_is_open = !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].ParentMenuSet == window->GetID("##Menus")); - ImGuiWindow* backed_nav_window = g.NavWindow; - if (menuset_is_open) - g.NavWindow = window; // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent) - - // The reference position stored in popup_pos will be used by Begin() to find a suitable position for the child menu (using FindBestPopupWindowPos). - ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) - { - // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar - // Selectable extend their highlight by half ItemSpacing in each direction. - // For ChildMenu, the popup position will be overwritten by the call to FindBestPopupWindowPos() in Begin() - popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - window->WindowPadding.x, pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight()); - window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, style.ItemSpacing * 2.0f); - float w = label_size.x; - pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_Menu | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); - PopStyleVar(); - window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). - } - else - { - // Menu inside a menu - popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y); - float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, 0.0f, (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback to next frame - float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - w); - pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_Menu | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); - if (!enabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - RenderTriangle(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), ImGuiDir_Right); - if (!enabled) PopStyleColor(); - } - - const bool hovered = enabled && ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, id); - if (menuset_is_open) - g.NavWindow = backed_nav_window; - - bool want_open = false, want_close = false; - if (window->DC.LayoutType != ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) // (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) - { - // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers, so menus feels more reactive. - bool moving_within_opened_triangle = false; - if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].ParentWindow == window) - { - if (ImGuiWindow* next_window = g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].Window) - { - ImRect next_window_rect = next_window->Rect(); - ImVec2 ta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta; - ImVec2 tb = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR(); - ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR(); - float extra = ImClamp(fabsf(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, 5.0f, 30.0f); // add a bit of extra slack. - ta.x += (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f; // to avoid numerical issues - tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -100.0f); // triangle is maximum 200 high to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus // FIXME: Multiply by fb_scale? - tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +100.0f); - moving_within_opened_triangle = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos); - //window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen(); window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_within_opened_triangle ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); // Debug - } - } - - want_close = (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && !moving_within_opened_triangle); - want_open = (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_within_opened_triangle) || (!menu_is_open && hovered && pressed); - } - else - { - // Menu bar - if (menu_is_open && pressed && menuset_is_open) // Click an open menu again to close it - { - want_close = true; - want_open = menu_is_open = false; - } - else if (pressed || (hovered && menuset_is_open && !menu_is_open)) // First click to open, then hover to open others - { - want_open = true; - } - } - - if (!enabled) // explicitly close if an open menu becomes disabled, facilitate users code a lot in pattern such as 'if (BeginMenu("options", has_object)) { ..use object.. }' - want_close = true; - if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id)) - ClosePopupToLevel(GImGui->CurrentPopupStack.Size); - - if (!menu_is_open && want_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size) - { - // Don't recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame. - OpenPopup(label); - return false; - } - - menu_is_open |= want_open; - if (want_open) - OpenPopup(label); - - if (menu_is_open) - { - SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always); - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow : ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu); - menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) - } - - return menu_is_open; -} - -void ImGui::EndMenu() -{ - EndPopup(); -} - -// Note: only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. -void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]); - BeginTooltipEx(0, true); - - const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text; - if (text_end > text) - { - TextUnformatted(text, text_end); - Separator(); - } - - ImVec2 sz(g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2, g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); - ColorButton("##preview", ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]), (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz); - SameLine(); - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) - Text("#%02X%02X%02X\nR: %d, G: %d, B: %d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, cr, cg, cb, col[0], col[1], col[2]); - else - Text("#%02X%02X%02X%02X\nR:%d, G:%d, B:%d, A:%d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, ca, cr, cg, cb, ca, col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]); - EndTooltip(); -} - -static inline ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColor(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b) -{ - float t = ((col_b >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) / 255.f; - int r = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); - int g = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); - int b = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); - return IM_COL32(r, g, b, 0xFF); -} - -// NB: This is rather brittle and will show artifact when rounding this enabled if rounded corners overlap multiple cells. Caller currently responsible for avoiding that. -// I spent a non reasonable amount of time trying to getting this right for ColorButton with rounding+anti-aliasing+ImGuiColorEditFlags_HalfAlphaPreview flag + various grid sizes and offsets, and eventually gave up... probably more reasonable to disable rounding alltogether. -void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, int rounding_corners_flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) < 0xFF) - { - ImU32 col_bg1 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColor(IM_COL32(204,204,204,255), col)); - ImU32 col_bg2 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColor(IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), col)); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, rounding_corners_flags); - - int yi = 0; - for (float y = p_min.y + grid_off.y; y < p_max.y; y += grid_step, yi++) - { - float y1 = ImClamp(y, p_min.y, p_max.y), y2 = ImMin(y + grid_step, p_max.y); - if (y2 <= y1) - continue; - for (float x = p_min.x + grid_off.x + (yi & 1) * grid_step; x < p_max.x; x += grid_step * 2.0f) - { - float x1 = ImClamp(x, p_min.x, p_max.x), x2 = ImMin(x + grid_step, p_max.x); - if (x2 <= x1) - continue; - int rounding_corners_flags_cell = 0; - if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight; } - if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight; } - rounding_corners_flags_cell &= rounding_corners_flags; - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1,y1), ImVec2(x2,y2), col_bg2, rounding_corners_flags_cell ? rounding : 0.0f, rounding_corners_flags_cell); - } - } - } - else - { - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, rounding_corners_flags); - } -} - -void ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask; - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask))); // Check only 1 option is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask))); // Check only 1 option is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask))); // Check only 1 option is selected - g.ColorEditOptions = flags; -} - -// A little colored square. Return true when clicked. -// FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip. -// 'desc_id' is not called 'label' because we don't display it next to the button, but only in the tooltip. -bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, ImVec2 size) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(desc_id); - float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); - if (size.x == 0.0f) - size.x = default_size; - if (size.y == 0.0f) - size.y = default_size; - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); - ItemSize(bb, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : 0.0f); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) - return false; - - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); - - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) - flags &= ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf); - - ImVec4 col_without_alpha(col.x, col.y, col.z, 1.0f); - float grid_step = ImMin(size.x, size.y) / 2.99f; - float rounding = ImMin(g.Style.FrameRounding, grid_step * 0.5f); - ImRect bb_inner = bb; - float off = -0.75f; // The border (using Col_FrameBg) tends to look off when color is near-opaque and rounding is enabled. This offset seemed like a good middle ground to reduce those artifacts. - bb_inner.Expand(off); - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf) && col.w < 1.0f) - { - float mid_x = (float)(int)((bb_inner.Min.x + bb_inner.Max.x) * 0.5f + 0.5f); - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImVec2(bb_inner.Min.x + grid_step, bb_inner.Min.y), bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col), grid_step, ImVec2(-grid_step + off, off), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight| ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, ImVec2(mid_x, bb_inner.Max.y), GetColorU32(col_without_alpha), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft); - } - else - { - // Because GetColorU32() multiplies by the global style Alpha and we don't want to display a checkerboard if the source code had no alpha - ImVec4 col_source = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview) ? col : col_without_alpha; - if (col_source.w < 1.0f) - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), grid_step, ImVec2(off, off), rounding); - else - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All); - } - if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f) - RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, rounding); - else - window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), rounding); // Color button are often in need of some sort of border - - // Drag and Drop Source - if (g.ActiveId == id && BeginDragDropSource()) // NB: The ActiveId test is merely an optional micro-optimization - { - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) - SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F, &col, sizeof(float) * 3, ImGuiCond_Once); - else - SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F, &col, sizeof(float) * 4, ImGuiCond_Once); - ColorButton(desc_id, col, flags); - SameLine(); - TextUnformatted("Color"); - EndDragDropSource(); - hovered = false; - } - - // Tooltip - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered) - ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)); - - return pressed; -} - -bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) -{ - return ColorEdit4(label, col, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); -} - -void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) -{ - bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask); - bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask); - if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context")) - return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions; - if (allow_opt_inputs) - { - if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB) ? 1 : 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB; - if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV) ? 1 : 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV; - if (RadioButton("HEX", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX) ? 1 : 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX; - } - if (allow_opt_datatype) - { - if (allow_opt_inputs) Separator(); - if (RadioButton("0..255", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8) ? 1 : 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8; - if (RadioButton("0.00..1.00", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? 1 : 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float; - } - - if (allow_opt_inputs || allow_opt_datatype) - Separator(); - if (Button("Copy as..", ImVec2(-1,0))) - OpenPopup("Copy"); - if (BeginPopup("Copy")) - { - int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]); - char buf[64]; - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff)", col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]); - if (Selectable(buf)) - SetClipboardText(buf); - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%d,%d,%d,%d)", cr, cg, cb, ca); - if (Selectable(buf)) - SetClipboardText(buf); - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "0x%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb); - else - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "0x%02X%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb, ca); - if (Selectable(buf)) - SetClipboardText(buf); - EndPopup(); - } - - g.ColorEditOptions = opts; - EndPopup(); -} - -static void ColorPickerOptionsPopup(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const float* ref_col) -{ - bool allow_opt_picker = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); - bool allow_opt_alpha_bar = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); - if ((!allow_opt_picker && !allow_opt_alpha_bar) || !ImGui::BeginPopup("context")) - return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (allow_opt_picker) - { - ImVec2 picker_size(g.FontSize * 8, ImMax(g.FontSize * 8 - (ImGui::GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), 1.0f)); // FIXME: Picker size copied from main picker function - ImGui::PushItemWidth(picker_size.x); - for (int picker_type = 0; picker_type < 2; picker_type++) - { - // Draw small/thumbnail version of each picker type (over an invisible button for selection) - if (picker_type > 0) ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::PushID(picker_type); - ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview|(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); - if (picker_type == 0) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar; - if (picker_type == 1) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel; - ImVec2 backup_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - if (ImGui::Selectable("##selectable", false, 0, picker_size)) // By default, Selectable() is closing popup - g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); - ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(backup_pos); - ImVec4 dummy_ref_col; - memcpy(&dummy_ref_col.x, ref_col, sizeof(float) * (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha ? 3 : 4)); - ImGui::ColorPicker4("##dummypicker", &dummy_ref_col.x, picker_flags); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - } - if (allow_opt_alpha_bar) - { - if (allow_opt_picker) ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", (unsigned int*)&g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); - } - ImGui::EndPopup(); -} - -// Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range). -// See enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ for available options. e.g. Only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. -// With typical options: Left-click on colored square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL-Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item. -bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight(); - const float w_extra = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview) ? 0.0f : (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - const float w_items_all = CalcItemWidth() - w_extra; - const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); - - const bool alpha = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) == 0; - const bool hdr = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR) != 0; - const int components = alpha ? 4 : 3; - const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags; - - BeginGroup(); - PushID(label); - - // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) - flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions; - - // Context menu: display and modify options (before defaults are applied) - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - ColorEditOptionsPopup(col, flags); - - // Read stored options - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask); - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask); - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)); - - // Convert to the formats we need - float f[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f }; - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV) - ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); - int i[4] = { IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[3]) }; - - bool value_changed = false; - bool value_changed_as_float = false; - - if ((flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV)) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) - { - // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders - const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)((w_items_all - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components)); - const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(w_items_all - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1))); - - const bool hide_prefix = (w_item_one <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x); - const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" }; - const char* fmt_table_int[3][4] = - { - { "%3.0f", "%3.0f", "%3.0f", "%3.0f" }, // Short display - { "R:%3.0f", "G:%3.0f", "B:%3.0f", "A:%3.0f" }, // Long display for RGBA - { "H:%3.0f", "S:%3.0f", "V:%3.0f", "A:%3.0f" } // Long display for HSVA - }; - const char* fmt_table_float[3][4] = - { - { "%0.3f", "%0.3f", "%0.3f", "%0.3f" }, // Short display - { "R:%0.3f", "G:%0.3f", "B:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" }, // Long display for RGBA - { "H:%0.3f", "S:%0.3f", "V:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" } // Long display for HSVA - }; - const int fmt_idx = hide_prefix ? 0 : (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV) ? 2 : 1; - - PushItemWidth(w_item_one); - for (int n = 0; n < components; n++) - { - if (n > 0) - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - if (n + 1 == components) - PushItemWidth(w_item_last); - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) - value_changed = value_changed_as_float = value_changed | DragFloat(ids[n], &f[n], 1.0f/255.0f, 0.0f, hdr ? 0.0f : 1.0f, fmt_table_float[fmt_idx][n]); - else - value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, hdr ? 0 : 255, fmt_table_int[fmt_idx][n]); - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); - } - PopItemWidth(); - PopItemWidth(); - } - else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) - { - // RGB Hexadecimal Input - char buf[64]; - if (alpha) - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0],0,255), ImClamp(i[1],0,255), ImClamp(i[2],0,255), ImClamp(i[3],0,255)); - else - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0],0,255), ImClamp(i[1],0,255), ImClamp(i[2],0,255)); - PushItemWidth(w_items_all); - if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)) - { - value_changed = true; - char* p = buf; - while (*p == '#' || ImCharIsSpace(*p)) - p++; - i[0] = i[1] = i[2] = i[3] = 0; - if (alpha) - sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2], (unsigned int*)&i[3]); // Treat at unsigned (%X is unsigned) - else - sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2]); - } - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); - PopItemWidth(); - } - - ImGuiWindow* picker_active_window = NULL; - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview)) - { - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs)) - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - - const ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f); - if (ColorButton("##ColorButton", col_v4, flags)) - { - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker)) - { - // Store current color and open a picker - g.ColorPickerRef = col_v4; - OpenPopup("picker"); - SetNextWindowPos(window->DC.LastItemRect.GetBL() + ImVec2(-1,style.ItemSpacing.y)); - } - } - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); - - if (BeginPopup("picker")) - { - picker_active_window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (label != label_display_end) - { - TextUnformatted(label, label_display_end); - Separator(); - } - ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; - ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; - PushItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes? - value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x); - PopItemWidth(); - EndPopup(); - } - } - - if (label != label_display_end && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) - { - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - TextUnformatted(label, label_display_end); - } - - // Convert back - if (picker_active_window == NULL) - { - if (!value_changed_as_float) - for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++) - f[n] = i[n] / 255.0f; - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV) - ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); - if (value_changed) - { - col[0] = f[0]; - col[1] = f[1]; - col[2] = f[2]; - if (alpha) - col[3] = f[3]; - } - } - - PopID(); - EndGroup(); - - // Drag and Drop Target - if (window->DC.LastItemRectHoveredRect && BeginDragDropTarget()) // NB: The LastItemRectHoveredRect test is merely an optional micro-optimization - { - if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F)) - { - memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); - value_changed = true; - } - if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F)) - { - memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * components); - value_changed = true; - } - EndDragDropTarget(); - } - - // When picker is being actively used, use its active id so IsItemActive() will function on ColorEdit4(). - if (picker_active_window && g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow == picker_active_window) - window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId; - - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) -{ - float col4[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], 1.0f }; - if (!ColorPicker4(label, col4, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)) - return false; - col[0] = col4[0]; col[1] = col4[1]; col[2] = col4[2]; - return true; -} - -// 'pos' is position of the arrow tip. half_sz.x is length from base to tip. half_sz.y is length on each side. -static void RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col) -{ - switch (direction) - { - case ImGuiDir_Left: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return; - case ImGuiDir_Right: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return; - case ImGuiDir_Up: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return; - case ImGuiDir_Down: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return; - case ImGuiDir_None: case ImGuiDir_Count_: break; // Fix warnings - } -} - -static void RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, float bar_w) -{ - RenderArrow(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x + 1, pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32_BLACK); - RenderArrow(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y), half_sz, ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32_WHITE); - RenderArrow(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x - 1, pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Left, IM_COL32_BLACK); - RenderArrow(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x, pos.y), half_sz, ImGuiDir_Left, IM_COL32_WHITE); -} - -// ColorPicker -// Note: only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. -// FIXME: we adjust the big color square height based on item width, which may cause a flickering feedback loop (if automatic height makes a vertical scrollbar appears, affecting automatic width..) -bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const float* ref_col) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList; - - ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; - - PushID(label); - BeginGroup(); - - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview; - - // Context menu: display and store options. - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - ColorPickerOptionsPopup(flags, col); - - // Read stored options - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)) - flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask; - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask))); // Check that only 1 is selected - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); - - // Setup - int components = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4; - bool alpha_bar = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); - ImVec2 picker_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - float square_sz = GetFrameHeight(); - float bars_width = square_sz; // Arbitrary smallish width of Hue/Alpha picking bars - float sv_picker_size = ImMax(bars_width * 1, CalcItemWidth() - (alpha_bar ? 2 : 1) * (bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)); // Saturation/Value picking box - float bar0_pos_x = picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - float bar1_pos_x = bar0_pos_x + bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - float bars_triangles_half_sz = (float)(int)(bars_width * 0.20f); - - float backup_initial_col[4]; - memcpy(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)); - - float wheel_thickness = sv_picker_size * 0.08f; - float wheel_r_outer = sv_picker_size * 0.50f; - float wheel_r_inner = wheel_r_outer - wheel_thickness; - ImVec2 wheel_center(picker_pos.x + (sv_picker_size + bars_width)*0.5f, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size*0.5f); - - // Note: the triangle is displayed rotated with triangle_pa pointing to Hue, but most coordinates stays unrotated for logic. - float triangle_r = wheel_r_inner - (int)(sv_picker_size * 0.027f); - ImVec2 triangle_pa = ImVec2(triangle_r, 0.0f); // Hue point. - ImVec2 triangle_pb = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * -0.866025f); // Black point. - ImVec2 triangle_pc = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * +0.866025f); // White point. - - float H,S,V; - ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], H, S, V); - - bool value_changed = false, value_changed_h = false, value_changed_sv = false; - - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel) - { - // Hue wheel + SV triangle logic - InvisibleButton("hsv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + bars_width, sv_picker_size)); - if (IsItemActive()) - { - ImVec2 initial_off = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - wheel_center; - ImVec2 current_off = g.IO.MousePos - wheel_center; - float initial_dist2 = ImLengthSqr(initial_off); - if (initial_dist2 >= (wheel_r_inner-1)*(wheel_r_inner-1) && initial_dist2 <= (wheel_r_outer+1)*(wheel_r_outer+1)) - { - // Interactive with Hue wheel - H = atan2f(current_off.y, current_off.x) / IM_PI*0.5f; - if (H < 0.0f) - H += 1.0f; - value_changed = value_changed_h = true; - } - float cos_hue_angle = cosf(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI); - float sin_hue_angle = sinf(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI); - if (ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, ImRotate(initial_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle))) - { - // Interacting with SV triangle - ImVec2 current_off_unrotated = ImRotate(current_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); - if (!ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated)) - current_off_unrotated = ImTriangleClosestPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated); - float uu, vv, ww; - ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated, uu, vv, ww); - V = ImClamp(1.0f - vv, 0.0001f, 1.0f); - S = ImClamp(uu / V, 0.0001f, 1.0f); - value_changed = value_changed_sv = true; - } - } - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); - } - else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar) - { - // SV rectangle logic - InvisibleButton("sv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size)); - if (IsItemActive()) - { - S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size-1)); - V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); - value_changed = value_changed_sv = true; - } - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); - - // Hue bar logic - SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y)); - InvisibleButton("hue", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size)); - if (IsItemActive()) - { - H = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); - value_changed = value_changed_h = true; - } - } - - // Alpha bar logic - if (alpha_bar) - { - SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y)); - InvisibleButton("alpha", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size)); - if (IsItemActive()) - { - col[3] = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); - value_changed = true; - } - } - - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) - { - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - BeginGroup(); - } - - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) - { - const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); - if (label != label_display_end) - { - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - TextUnformatted(label, label_display_end); - } - } - - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) - { - ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]); - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) - Text("Current"); - ColorButton("##current", col_v4, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip)), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2)); - if (ref_col != NULL) - { - Text("Original"); - ImVec4 ref_col_v4(ref_col[0], ref_col[1], ref_col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : ref_col[3]); - if (ColorButton("##original", ref_col_v4, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip)), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2))) - { - memcpy(col, ref_col, components * sizeof(float)); - value_changed = true; - } - } - EndGroup(); - } - - // Convert back color to RGB - if (value_changed_h || value_changed_sv) - ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H >= 1.0f ? H - 10 * 1e-6f : H, S > 0.0f ? S : 10*1e-6f, V > 0.0f ? V : 1e-6f, col[0], col[1], col[2]); - - // R,G,B and H,S,V slider color editor - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) - { - PushItemWidth((alpha_bar ? bar1_pos_x : bar0_pos_x) + bars_width - picker_pos.x); - ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; - ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags = (flags & sub_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker; - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0) - value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB); - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0) - value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hsv", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV); - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0) - value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hex", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX); - PopItemWidth(); - } - - // Try to cancel hue wrap (after ColorEdit), if any - if (value_changed) - { - float new_H, new_S, new_V; - ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], new_H, new_S, new_V); - if (new_H <= 0 && H > 0) - { - if (new_V <= 0 && V != new_V) - ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, new_V <= 0 ? V * 0.5f : new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]); - else if (new_S <= 0) - ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, new_S <= 0 ? S * 0.5f : new_S, new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]); - } - } - - ImVec4 hue_color_f(1, 1, 1, 1); ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, 1, 1, hue_color_f.x, hue_color_f.y, hue_color_f.z); - ImU32 hue_color32 = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(hue_color_f); - ImU32 col32_no_alpha = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 1.0f)); - - const ImU32 hue_colors[6+1] = { IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), IM_COL32(0,255,0,255), IM_COL32(0,255,255,255), IM_COL32(0,0,255,255), IM_COL32(255,0,255,255), IM_COL32(255,0,0,255) }; - ImVec2 sv_cursor_pos; - - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel) - { - // Render Hue Wheel - const float aeps = 1.5f / wheel_r_outer; // Half a pixel arc length in radians (2pi cancels out). - const int segment_per_arc = ImMax(4, (int)wheel_r_outer / 12); - for (int n = 0; n < 6; n++) - { - const float a0 = (n) /6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI - aeps; - const float a1 = (n+1.0f)/6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI + aeps; - const int vert_start_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; - draw_list->PathArcTo(wheel_center, (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, a0, a1, segment_per_arc); - draw_list->PathStroke(IM_COL32_WHITE, false, wheel_thickness); - const int vert_end_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; - - // Paint colors over existing vertices - ImVec2 gradient_p0(wheel_center.x + cosf(a0) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + sinf(a0) * wheel_r_inner); - ImVec2 gradient_p1(wheel_center.x + cosf(a1) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + sinf(a1) * wheel_r_inner); - ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx, draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx, gradient_p0, gradient_p1, hue_colors[n], hue_colors[n+1]); - } - - // Render Cursor + preview on Hue Wheel - float cos_hue_angle = cosf(H * 2.0f * IM_PI); - float sin_hue_angle = sinf(H * 2.0f * IM_PI); - ImVec2 hue_cursor_pos(wheel_center.x + cos_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner+wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, wheel_center.y + sin_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner+wheel_r_outer)*0.5f); - float hue_cursor_rad = value_changed_h ? wheel_thickness * 0.65f : wheel_thickness * 0.55f; - int hue_cursor_segments = ImClamp((int)(hue_cursor_rad / 1.4f), 9, 32); - draw_list->AddCircleFilled(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, hue_color32, hue_cursor_segments); - draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad+1, IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), hue_cursor_segments); - draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, IM_COL32_WHITE, hue_cursor_segments); - - // Render SV triangle (rotated according to hue) - ImVec2 tra = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pa, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); - ImVec2 trb = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pb, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); - ImVec2 trc = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pc, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); - ImVec2 uv_white = GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); - draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 6); - draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, hue_color32); - draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, hue_color32); - draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, IM_COL32_WHITE); - draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS); - draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, IM_COL32_BLACK); - draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS); - draw_list->AddTriangle(tra, trb, trc, IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), 1.5f); - sv_cursor_pos = ImLerp(ImLerp(trc, tra, ImSaturate(S)), trb, ImSaturate(1 - V)); - } - else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar) - { - // Render SV Square - draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size,sv_picker_size), IM_COL32_WHITE, hue_color32, hue_color32, IM_COL32_WHITE); - draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size,sv_picker_size), IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS, IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32_BLACK); - RenderFrameBorder(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size,sv_picker_size), 0.0f); - sv_cursor_pos.x = ImClamp((float)(int)(picker_pos.x + ImSaturate(S) * sv_picker_size + 0.5f), picker_pos.x + 2, picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size - 2); // Sneakily prevent the circle to stick out too much - sv_cursor_pos.y = ImClamp((float)(int)(picker_pos.y + ImSaturate(1 - V) * sv_picker_size + 0.5f), picker_pos.y + 2, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size - 2); - - // Render Hue Bar - for (int i = 0; i < 6; ++i) - draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y + i * (sv_picker_size / 6)), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + (i + 1) * (sv_picker_size / 6)), hue_colors[i], hue_colors[i], hue_colors[i + 1], hue_colors[i + 1]); - float bar0_line_y = (float)(int)(picker_pos.y + H * sv_picker_size + 0.5f); - RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size), 0.0f); - RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar0_pos_x - 1, bar0_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f); - } - - // Render cursor/preview circle (clamp S/V within 0..1 range because floating points colors may lead HSV values to be out of range) - float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? 10.0f : 6.0f; - draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col32_no_alpha, 12); - draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad+1, IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), 12); - draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, IM_COL32_WHITE, 12); - - // Render alpha bar - if (alpha_bar) - { - float alpha = ImSaturate(col[3]); - ImRect bar1_bb(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y, bar1_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size); - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, IM_COL32(0,0,0,0), bar1_bb.GetWidth() / 2.0f, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); - draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, col32_no_alpha, col32_no_alpha, col32_no_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK, col32_no_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK); - float bar1_line_y = (float)(int)(picker_pos.y + (1.0f - alpha) * sv_picker_size + 0.5f); - RenderFrameBorder(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0.0f); - RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar1_pos_x - 1, bar1_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f); - } - - EndGroup(); - PopID(); - - return value_changed && memcmp(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)); -} - -// Horizontal separating line. -void ImGui::Separator() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0; - if ((flags & (ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical)) == 0) - flags |= (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal; - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & (ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical)))); // Check that only 1 option is selected - if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical) - { - VerticalSeparator(); - return; - } - - // Horizontal Separator - if (window->DC.ColumnsSet) - PopClipRect(); - - float x1 = window->Pos.x; - float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x; - if (!window->DC.GroupStack.empty()) - x1 += window->DC.IndentX; - - const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y+1.0f)); - ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); // NB: we don't provide our width so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit, we don't provide height to not alter layout. - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - { - if (window->DC.ColumnsSet) - PushColumnClipRect(); - return; - } - - window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x,bb.Min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); - - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(NULL, IM_NEWLINE "--------------------------------"); - - if (window->DC.ColumnsSet) - { - PushColumnClipRect(); - window->DC.ColumnsSet->CellMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - } -} - -void ImGui::VerticalSeparator() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - float y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrentLineHeight; - const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + 1.0f, y2)); - ItemSize(ImVec2(bb.GetWidth(), 0.0f)); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - return; - - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y), ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogText(" |"); -} - -bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(ImGuiID id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = window->DC.ItemFlags; -#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_NAV - window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; -#endif - bool add = ItemAdd(bb, id); - window->DC.ItemFlags = item_flags_backup; - if (!add) - return false; - - bool hovered, held; - ImRect bb_interact = bb; - bb_interact.Expand(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImVec2(0.0f, hover_extend) : ImVec2(hover_extend, 0.0f)); - ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); - if (g.ActiveId != id) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); - - if (held || (g.HoveredId == id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id)) - SetMouseCursor(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); - - ImRect bb_render = bb; - if (held) - { - ImVec2 mouse_delta_2d = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - bb_interact.Min; - float mouse_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) ? mouse_delta_2d.y : mouse_delta_2d.x; - - // Minimum pane size - if (mouse_delta < min_size1 - *size1) - mouse_delta = min_size1 - *size1; - if (mouse_delta > *size2 - min_size2) - mouse_delta = *size2 - min_size2; - - // Apply resize - *size1 += mouse_delta; - *size2 -= mouse_delta; - bb_render.Translate((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImVec2(mouse_delta, 0.0f) : ImVec2(0.0f, mouse_delta)); - } - - // Render - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_render.Min, bb_render.Max, col, g.Style.FrameRounding); - - return held; -} - -void ImGui::Spacing() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0)); -} - -void ImGui::Dummy(const ImVec2& size) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); - ItemSize(bb); - ItemAdd(bb, 0); -} - -bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size)); -} - -bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max)); -} - -// Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) -void ImGui::BeginGroup() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - - window->DC.GroupStack.resize(window->DC.GroupStack.Size + 1); - ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back(); - group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; - group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; - group_data.BackupIndentX = window->DC.IndentX; - group_data.BackupGroupOffsetX = window->DC.GroupOffsetX; - group_data.BackupCurrentLineHeight = window->DC.CurrentLineHeight; - group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset; - group_data.BackupLogLinePosY = window->DC.LogLinePosY; - group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = GImGui->ActiveIdIsAlive; - group_data.AdvanceCursor = true; - - window->DC.GroupOffsetX = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX; - window->DC.IndentX = window->DC.GroupOffsetX; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos; - window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = 0.0f; - window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f; -} - -void ImGui::EndGroup() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - - IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.GroupStack.empty()); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls - - ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back(); - - ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos); - group_bb.Max = ImMax(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max); - - window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos); - window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = group_data.BackupCurrentLineHeight; - window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset; - window->DC.IndentX = group_data.BackupIndentX; - window->DC.GroupOffsetX = group_data.BackupGroupOffsetX; - window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f; - - if (group_data.AdvanceCursor) - { - window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset); // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now. - ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize(), group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset); - ItemAdd(group_bb, 0); - } - - // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive() will be functional on the entire group. - // It would be be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but if you search for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context. - const bool active_id_within_group = (!group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive && g.ActiveIdIsAlive && g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow == window->RootWindow); - if (active_id_within_group) - window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId; - window->DC.LastItemRect = group_bb; - - window->DC.GroupStack.pop_back(); - - //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // [Debug] -} - -// Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout -// pos_x == 0 : follow right after previous item -// pos_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left) -// spacing_w < 0 : use default spacing if pos_x == 0, no spacing if pos_x != 0 -// spacing_w >= 0 : enforce spacing amount -void ImGui::SameLine(float pos_x, float spacing_w) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (pos_x != 0.0f) - { - if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + pos_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffsetX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX; - window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; - } - else - { - if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w; - window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; - } - window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.PrevLineHeight; - window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset; -} - -void ImGui::NewLine() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiLayoutType backup_layout_type = window->DC.LayoutType; - window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; - if (window->DC.CurrentLineHeight > 0.0f) // In the event that we are on a line with items that is smaller that FontSize high, we will preserve its height. - ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0)); - else - ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); - window->DC.LayoutType = backup_layout_type; -} - -void ImGui::NextColumn() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems || window->DC.ColumnsSet == NULL) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - PopItemWidth(); - PopClipRect(); - - ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet; - columns->CellMaxY = ImMax(columns->CellMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); - if (++columns->Current < columns->Count) - { - // Columns 1+ cancel out IndentX - window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.IndentX + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; - window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(columns->Current); - } - else - { - window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f; - window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(0); - columns->Current = 0; - columns->CellMinY = columns->CellMaxY; - } - window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX); - window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->CellMinY; - window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = 0.0f; - window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - - PushColumnClipRect(); - PushItemWidth(GetColumnWidth() * 0.65f); // FIXME: Move on columns setup -} - -int ImGui::GetColumnIndex() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.ColumnsSet ? window->DC.ColumnsSet->Current : 0; -} - -int ImGui::GetColumnsCount() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.ColumnsSet ? window->DC.ColumnsSet->Count : 1; -} - -static float OffsetNormToPixels(const ImGuiColumnsSet* columns, float offset_norm) -{ - return offset_norm * (columns->MaxX - columns->MinX); -} - -static float PixelsToOffsetNorm(const ImGuiColumnsSet* columns, float offset) -{ - return offset / (columns->MaxX - columns->MinX); -} - -static inline float GetColumnsRectHalfWidth() { return 4.0f; } - -static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiColumnsSet* columns, int column_index) -{ - // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing - // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We cannot drag column 0. If you get this assert you may have a conflict between the ID of your columns and another widgets. - IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index)); - - float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + GetColumnsRectHalfWidth() - window->Pos.x; - x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); - if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths)) - x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); - - return x; -} - -float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet; - IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); - - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); - - /* - if (g.ActiveId) - { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ColumnsSetId + ImGuiID(column_index); - if (g.ActiveId == column_id) - return GetDraggedColumnOffset(columns, column_index); - } - */ - - const float t = columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; - const float x_offset = ImLerp(columns->MinX, columns->MaxX, t); - return x_offset; -} - -static float GetColumnWidthEx(ImGuiColumnsSet* columns, int column_index, bool before_resize = false) -{ - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - - float offset_norm; - if (before_resize) - offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNormBeforeResize - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNormBeforeResize; - else - offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; - return OffsetNormToPixels(columns, offset_norm); -} - -float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet; - IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); - - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - return OffsetNormToPixels(columns, columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm); -} - -void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet; - IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); - - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); - - const bool preserve_width = !(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths) && (column_index < columns->Count-1); - const float width = preserve_width ? GetColumnWidthEx(columns, column_index, columns->IsBeingResized) : 0.0f; - - if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow)) - offset = ImMin(offset, columns->MaxX - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing * (columns->Count - column_index)); - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm = PixelsToOffsetNorm(columns, offset - columns->MinX); - - if (preserve_width) - SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, offset + ImMax(g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, width)); -} - -void ImGui::SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet; - IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); - - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, GetColumnOffset(column_index) + width); -} - -void ImGui::PushColumnClipRect(int column_index) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet; - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - - PushClipRect(columns->Columns[column_index].ClipRect.Min, columns->Columns[column_index].ClipRect.Max, false); -} - -static ImGuiColumnsSet* FindOrAddColumnsSet(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) -{ - for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) - if (window->ColumnsStorage[n].ID == id) - return &window->ColumnsStorage[n]; - - window->ColumnsStorage.push_back(ImGuiColumnsSet()); - ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage.back(); - columns->ID = id; - return columns; -} - -void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiColumnsFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - - IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 1); - IM_ASSERT(window->DC.ColumnsSet == NULL); // Nested columns are currently not supported - - // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget. - // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer. - PushID(0x11223347 + (str_id ? 0 : columns_count)); - ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id ? str_id : "columns"); - PopID(); - - // Acquire storage for the columns set - ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = FindOrAddColumnsSet(window, id); - IM_ASSERT(columns->ID == id); - columns->Current = 0; - columns->Count = columns_count; - columns->Flags = flags; - window->DC.ColumnsSet = columns; - - // Set state for first column - const float content_region_width = (window->SizeContentsExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? (window->SizeContentsExplicit.x) : (window->Size.x -window->ScrollbarSizes.x); - columns->MinX = window->DC.IndentX - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; // Lock our horizontal range - //column->MaxX = content_region_width - window->Scroll.x - ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) ? 0 : g.Style.ScrollbarSize);// - window->WindowPadding().x; - columns->MaxX = content_region_width - window->Scroll.x; - columns->StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - columns->StartMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; - columns->CellMinY = columns->CellMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX); - - // Initialize defaults - columns->IsFirstFrame = (columns->Columns.Size == 0); - if (columns->Columns.Size == 0) - { - columns->Columns.reserve(columns_count + 1); - for (int n = 0; n < columns_count + 1; n++) - { - ImGuiColumnData column; - column.OffsetNorm = n / (float)columns_count; - columns->Columns.push_back(column); - } - } - IM_ASSERT(columns->Columns.Size == columns_count + 1); - - for (int n = 0; n < columns_count + 1; n++) - { - // Clamp position - ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; - float t = column->OffsetNorm; - if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow)) - t = ImMin(t, PixelsToOffsetNorm(columns, (columns->MaxX - columns->MinX) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing * (columns->Count - n))); - column->OffsetNorm = t; - - if (n == columns_count) - continue; - - // Compute clipping rectangle - float clip_x1 = ImFloor(0.5f + window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n) - 1.0f); - float clip_x2 = ImFloor(0.5f + window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n + 1) - 1.0f); - column->ClipRect = ImRect(clip_x1, -FLT_MAX, clip_x2, +FLT_MAX); - column->ClipRect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect); - } - - window->DrawList->ChannelsSplit(columns->Count); - PushColumnClipRect(); - PushItemWidth(GetColumnWidth() * 0.65f); -} - -void ImGui::EndColumns() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet; - IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); - - PopItemWidth(); - PopClipRect(); - window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge(); - - columns->CellMaxY = ImMax(columns->CellMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); - window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->CellMaxY; - if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize)) - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(columns->StartMaxPosX, columns->MaxX); // Restore cursor max pos, as columns don't grow parent - - // Draw columns borders and handle resize - bool is_being_resized = false; - if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder) && !window->SkipItems) - { - const float y1 = columns->StartPosY; - const float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - int dragging_column = -1; - for (int n = 1; n < columns->Count; n++) - { - float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n); - const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n); - const float column_hw = GetColumnsRectHalfWidth(); // Half-width for interaction - const ImRect column_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hw, y2)); - KeepAliveID(column_id); - if (IsClippedEx(column_rect, column_id, false)) - continue; - - bool hovered = false, held = false; - if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize)) - { - ButtonBehavior(column_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held); - if (hovered || held) - g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW; - if (held && !(columns->Columns[n].Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize)) - dragging_column = n; - } - - // Draw column (we clip the Y boundaries CPU side because very long triangles are mishandled by some GPU drivers.) - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); - const float xi = (float)(int)x; - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, ImMax(y1 + 1.0f, window->ClipRect.Min.y)), ImVec2(xi, ImMin(y2, window->ClipRect.Max.y)), col); - } - - // Apply dragging after drawing the column lines, so our rendered lines are in sync with how items were displayed during the frame. - if (dragging_column != -1) - { - if (!columns->IsBeingResized) - for (int n = 0; n < columns->Count + 1; n++) - columns->Columns[n].OffsetNormBeforeResize = columns->Columns[n].OffsetNorm; - columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized = true; - float x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(columns, dragging_column); - SetColumnOffset(dragging_column, x); - } - } - columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized; - - window->DC.ColumnsSet = NULL; - window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX); -} - -// [2017/12: This is currently the only public API, while we are working on making BeginColumns/EndColumns user-facing] -void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); - if (window->DC.ColumnsSet != NULL && window->DC.ColumnsSet->Count != columns_count) - EndColumns(); - - ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = (border ? 0 : ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder); - //flags |= ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior - if (columns_count != 1) - BeginColumns(id, columns_count, flags); -} - void ImGui::Indent(float indent_w) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.IndentX += (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX; + window->DC.Indent.x += (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; } void ImGui::Unindent(float indent_w) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.IndentX -= (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX; + window->DC.Indent.x -= (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; } -void ImGui::TreePush(const char* str_id) +// Affect large frame+labels widgets only. +void ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(float item_width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; + g.NextItemData.Width = item_width; +} + +// FIXME: Remove the == 0.0f behavior? +void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width + window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width); + g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; +} + +void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)) / (float)components)); + const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1))); + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last); + for (int i = 0; i < components - 2; i++) + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one); + window->DC.ItemWidth = (components == 1) ? w_item_last : w_item_one; + g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; +} + +void ImGui::PopItemWidth() { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - Indent(); - window->DC.TreeDepth++; - PushID(str_id ? str_id : "#TreePush"); + window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back(); + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back(); } -void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id) +// Calculate default item width given value passed to PushItemWidth() or SetNextItemWidth(). +// The SetNextItemWidth() data is generally cleared/consumed by ItemAdd() or NextItemData.ClearFlags() +float ImGui::CalcItemWidth() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - Indent(); - window->DC.TreeDepth++; - PushID(ptr_id ? ptr_id : (const void*)"#TreePush"); -} - -void ImGui::TreePushRawID(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - Indent(); - window->DC.TreeDepth++; - window->IDStack.push_back(id); -} - -void ImGui::TreePop() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - Unindent(); - window->DC.TreeDepth--; - PopID(); -} - -void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, bool b) -{ - Text("%s: %s", prefix, (b ? "true" : "false")); -} - -void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, int v) -{ - Text("%s: %d", prefix, v); -} - -void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v) -{ - Text("%s: %d", prefix, v); -} - -void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format) -{ - if (float_format) - { - char fmt[64]; - ImFormatString(fmt, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt), "%%s: %s", float_format); - Text(fmt, prefix, v); - } + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + float w; + if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth) + w = g.NextItemData.Width; else + w = window->DC.ItemWidth; + if (w < 0.0f) { - Text("%s: %.3f", prefix, v); + float region_max_x = GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x; + w = ImMax(1.0f, region_max_x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + w); } + w = IM_FLOOR(w); + return w; +} + +// [Internal] Calculate full item size given user provided 'size' parameter and default width/height. Default width is often == CalcItemWidth(). +// Those two functions CalcItemWidth vs CalcItemSize are awkwardly named because they are not fully symmetrical. +// Note that only CalcItemWidth() is publicly exposed. +// The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable) +ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + + ImVec2 region_max; + if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f) + region_max = GetContentRegionMaxAbs(); + + if (size.x == 0.0f) + size.x = default_w; + else if (size.x < 0.0f) + size.x = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x); + + if (size.y == 0.0f) + size.y = default_h; + else if (size.y < 0.0f) + size.y = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.y - window->DC.CursorPos.y + size.y); + + return size; +} + +float ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.FontSize; +} + +float ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; +} + +float ImGui::GetFrameHeight() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; +} + +float ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; +} + +// FIXME: All the Contents Region function are messy or misleading. WE WILL AIM TO OBSOLETE ALL OF THEM WITH A NEW "WORK RECT" API. Thanks for your patience! + +// FIXME: This is in window space (not screen space!). +ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; + if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) + mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x - window->Pos.x; + return mx; +} + +// [Internal] Absolute coordinate. Saner. This is not exposed until we finishing refactoring work rect features. +ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max; + if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) + mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; + return mx; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return GetContentRegionMaxAbs() - window->DC.CursorPos; +} + +// In window space (not screen space!) +ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ContentRegionRect.Min - window->Pos; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; +} + +float ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ContentRegionRect.GetWidth(); +} + +// Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) +// Groups are currently a mishmash of functionalities which should perhaps be clarified and separated. +void ImGui::BeginGroup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + g.GroupStack.resize(g.GroupStack.Size + 1); + ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back(); + group_data.WindowID = window->ID; + group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent; + group_data.BackupGroupOffset = window->DC.GroupOffset; + group_data.BackupCurrLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize; + group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset; + group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive; + group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive = g.HoveredId != 0; + group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; + group_data.EmitItem = true; + + window->DC.GroupOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; + window->DC.Indent = window->DC.GroupOffset; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (g.LogEnabled) + g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return +} + +void ImGui::EndGroup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(g.GroupStack.Size > 0); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls + + ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back(); + IM_ASSERT(group_data.WindowID == window->ID); // EndGroup() in wrong window? + + ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos)); + + window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos); + window->DC.Indent = group_data.BackupIndent; + window->DC.GroupOffset = group_data.BackupGroupOffset; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize; + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset; + if (g.LogEnabled) + g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return + + if (!group_data.EmitItem) + { + g.GroupStack.pop_back(); + return; + } + + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset); // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now. + ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize()); + ItemAdd(group_bb, 0); + + // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group. + // It would be be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets. + // Also if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context. + // (The two tests not the same because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.) + const bool group_contains_curr_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId; + const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == false) && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == true); + if (group_contains_curr_active_id) + window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId; + else if (group_contains_prev_active_id) + window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame; + window->DC.LastItemRect = group_bb; + + // Forward Hovered flag + const bool group_contains_curr_hovered_id = (group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive == false) && g.HoveredId != 0; + if (group_contains_curr_hovered_id) + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; + + // Forward Edited flag + if (group_contains_curr_active_id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame) + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; + + // Forward Deactivated flag + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated; + if (group_contains_prev_active_id && g.ActiveId != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame) + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated; + + g.GroupStack.pop_back(); + //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // [Debug] +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] SCROLLING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Helper to snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge, +// So the difference between WindowPadding and ItemSpacing will be in the visible area after scrolling. +// When we refactor the scrolling API this may be configurable with a flag? +// Note that the effect for this won't be visible on X axis with default Style settings as WindowPadding.x == ItemSpacing.x by default. +static float CalcScrollEdgeSnap(float target, float snap_min, float snap_max, float snap_threshold, float center_ratio) +{ + if (target <= snap_min + snap_threshold) + return ImLerp(snap_min, target, center_ratio); + if (target >= snap_max - snap_threshold) + return ImLerp(target, snap_max, center_ratio); + return target; +} + +static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll; + if (window->ScrollTarget.x < FLT_MAX) + { + float decoration_total_width = window->ScrollbarSizes.x; + float center_x_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x; + float scroll_target_x = window->ScrollTarget.x; + if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x > 0.0f) + { + float snap_x_min = 0.0f; + float snap_x_max = window->ScrollMax.x + window->SizeFull.x - decoration_total_width; + scroll_target_x = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target_x, snap_x_min, snap_x_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x, center_x_ratio); + } + scroll.x = scroll_target_x - center_x_ratio * (window->SizeFull.x - decoration_total_width); + } + if (window->ScrollTarget.y < FLT_MAX) + { + float decoration_total_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight() + window->ScrollbarSizes.y; + float center_y_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y; + float scroll_target_y = window->ScrollTarget.y; + if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y > 0.0f) + { + float snap_y_min = 0.0f; + float snap_y_max = window->ScrollMax.y + window->SizeFull.y - decoration_total_height; + scroll_target_y = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target_y, snap_y_min, snap_y_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y, center_y_ratio); + } + scroll.y = scroll_target_y - center_y_ratio * (window->SizeFull.y - decoration_total_height); + } + scroll.x = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll.x, 0.0f)); + scroll.y = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll.y, 0.0f)); + if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems) + { + scroll.x = ImMin(scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x); + scroll.y = ImMin(scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y); + } + return scroll; +} + +// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view +ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImRect window_rect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)); + //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window_rect.Min, window_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG] + + ImVec2 delta_scroll; + if (!window_rect.Contains(item_rect)) + { + if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Min.x < window_rect.Min.x) + SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, 0.0f); + else if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Max.x >= window_rect.Max.x) + SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Max.x - window->Pos.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, 1.0f); + if (item_rect.Min.y < window_rect.Min.y) + SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y, 0.0f); + else if (item_rect.Max.y >= window_rect.Max.y) + SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Max.y - window->Pos.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y, 1.0f); + + ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window); + delta_scroll = next_scroll - window->Scroll; + } + + // Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + delta_scroll += ScrollToBringRectIntoView(window->ParentWindow, ImRect(item_rect.Min - delta_scroll, item_rect.Max - delta_scroll)); + + return delta_scroll; +} + +float ImGui::GetScrollX() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->Scroll.x; +} + +float ImGui::GetScrollY() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->Scroll.y; +} + +float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ScrollMax.x; +} + +float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ScrollMax.y; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x) +{ + window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f; + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y) +{ + window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetScrollX(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_x); +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetScrollY(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_y); +} + +// Note that a local position will vary depending on initial scroll value, +// This is a little bit confusing so bear with us: +// - local_pos = (absolution_pos - window->Pos) +// - So local_x/local_y are 0.0f for a position at the upper-left corner of a window, +// and generally local_x/local_y are >(padding+decoration) && <(size-padding-decoration) when in the visible area. +// - They mostly exists because of legacy API. +// Following the rules above, when trying to work with scrolling code, consider that: +// - SetScrollFromPosY(0.0f) == SetScrollY(0.0f + scroll.y) == has no effect! +// - SetScrollFromPosY(-scroll.y) == SetScrollY(-scroll.y + scroll.y) == SetScrollY(0.0f) == reset scroll. Of course writing SetScrollY(0.0f) directly then makes more sense +// We store a target position so centering and clamping can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size +void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio) +{ + IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f); + window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_FLOOR(local_x + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio; + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio) +{ + IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f); + const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); // FIXME: Would be nice to have a more standardized access to our scrollable/client rect; + local_y -= decoration_up_height; + window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_FLOOR(local_y + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio; + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetScrollFromPosX(g.CurrentWindow, local_x, center_x_ratio); +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetScrollFromPosY(g.CurrentWindow, local_y, center_y_ratio); +} + +// center_x_ratio: 0.0f left of last item, 0.5f horizontal center of last item, 1.0f right of last item. +void ImGui::SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + float spacing_x = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, g.Style.ItemSpacing.x); + float target_pos_x = ImLerp(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.x - spacing_x, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x + spacing_x, center_x_ratio); + SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_pos_x - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos + + // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.x - spacing_x); +} + +// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item. +void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + float spacing_y = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); + float target_pos_y = ImLerp(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - spacing_y, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + spacing_y, center_y_ratio); + SetScrollFromPosY(window, target_pos_y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos + + // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.y - spacing_y); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// DRAG AND DROP +// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::BeginTooltip() +{ + BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags_None, ImGuiTooltipFlags_None); +} + +void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + if (g.DragDropWithinSource || g.DragDropWithinTarget) + { + // The default tooltip position is a little offset to give space to see the context menu (it's also clamped within the current viewport/monitor) + // In the context of a dragging tooltip we try to reduce that offset and we enforce following the cursor. + // Whatever we do we want to call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce a tooltip position and disable clipping the tooltip without our display area, like regular tooltip do. + //ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding; + ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + ImVec2(16 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale, 8 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale); + SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos); + SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f); + //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :( + tooltip_flags |= ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip; + } + + char window_name[16]; + ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount); + if (tooltip_flags & ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip) + if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name)) + if (window->Active) + { + // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one. + window->Hidden = true; + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; // FIXME: This may not be necessary? + ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount); + } + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize; + Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_flags); +} + +void ImGui::EndTooltip() +{ + IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls + End(); +} + +void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + BeginTooltipEx(0, ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip); + TextV(fmt, args); + EndTooltip(); +} + +void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + SetTooltipV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] POPUPS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Supported flags: ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel +bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId) + { + // Return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack + // This may be used to e.g. test for another popups already opened to handle popups priorities at the same level. + IM_ASSERT(id == 0); + if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) + return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0; + else + return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size; + } + else + { + if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) + { + // Return true if the popup is open anywhere in the popup stack + for (int n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++) + if (g.OpenPopupStack[n].PopupId == id) + return true; + return false; + } + else + { + // Return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack (this is the most-common query) + return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id; + } + } +} + +bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiID id = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId) ? 0 : g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); + if ((popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) && id != 0) + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Cannot use IsPopupOpen() with a string id and ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel."); // But non-string version is legal and used internally + return IsPopupOpen(id, popup_flags); +} + +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window) + if (popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + return popup; + return NULL; +} + +void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + OpenPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id), popup_flags); +} + +void ImGui::OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); +} + +// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state). +// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. +// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level). +// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL) +void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; + const int current_stack_size = g.BeginPopupStack.Size; + + if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup) + if (IsPopupOpen(0u, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId)) + return; + + ImGuiPopupData popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack. + popup_ref.PopupId = id; + popup_ref.Window = NULL; + popup_ref.SourceWindow = g.NavWindow; + popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount; + popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back(); + popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + popup_ref.OpenMousePos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : popup_ref.OpenPopupPos; + + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", id); + if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1) + { + g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); + } + else + { + // Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frame. It is a programming mistake! However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui + // would become completely unusable because the popup will always be in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which would be a very confusing + // situation for the programmer. Instead, we silently allow the popup to proceed, it will keep reappearing and the programming error will be more obvious to understand. + if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id && g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1) + { + g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount = popup_ref.OpenFrameCount; + } + else + { + // Close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen + ClosePopupToLevel(current_stack_size, false); + g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); + } + + // When reopening a popup we first refocus its parent, otherwise if its parent is itself a popup it would get closed by ClosePopupsOverWindow(). + // This is equivalent to what ClosePopupToLevel() does. + //if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id) + // FocusWindow(parent_window); + } +} + +// When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it. +// This function closes any popups that are over 'ref_window'. +void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size == 0) + return; + + // Don't close our own child popup windows. + int popup_count_to_keep = 0; + if (ref_window) + { + // Find the highest popup which is a descendant of the reference window (generally reference window = NavWindow) + for (; popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep++) + { + ImGuiPopupData& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep]; + if (!popup.Window) + continue; + IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0); + if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + continue; + + // Trim the stack unless the popup is a direct parent of the reference window (the reference window is often the NavWindow) + // - With this stack of window, clicking/focusing Popup1 will close Popup2 and Popup3: + // Window -> Popup1 -> Popup2 -> Popup3 + // - Each popups may contain child windows, which is why we compare ->RootWindow! + // Window -> Popup1 -> Popup1_Child -> Popup2 -> Popup2_Child + bool ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = false; + for (int n = popup_count_to_keep; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++) + if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[n].Window) + if (popup_window->RootWindow == ref_window->RootWindow) + { + ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = true; + break; + } + if (!ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup) + break; + } + } + if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\") -> ClosePopupToLevel(%d)\n", ref_window->Name, popup_count_to_keep); + ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); + } +} + +void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_focus_to_window_under_popup=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); + IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size); + + // Trim open popup stack + ImGuiWindow* focus_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].SourceWindow; + ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].Window; + g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining); + + if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) + { + if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive && popup_window) + { + // Fallback + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL); + } + else + { + if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && focus_window) + focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(focus_window); + FocusWindow(focus_window); + } + } +} + +// Close the popup we have begin-ed into. +void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int popup_idx = g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1; + if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.BeginPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId) + return; + + // Closing a menu closes its top-most parent popup (unless a modal) + while (popup_idx > 0) + { + ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window; + ImGuiWindow* parent_popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx - 1].Window; + bool close_parent = false; + if (popup_window && (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + if (parent_popup_window == NULL || !(parent_popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) + close_parent = true; + if (!close_parent) + break; + popup_idx--; + } + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx); + ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx, true); + + // A common pattern is to close a popup when selecting a menu item/selectable that will open another window. + // To improve this usage pattern, we avoid nav highlight for a single frame in the parent window. + // Similarly, we could avoid mouse hover highlight in this window but it is less visually problematic. + if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow) + window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true; +} + +// Attention! BeginPopup() adds default flags which BeginPopupEx()! +bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) + { + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + return false; + } + + char name[20]; + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth + else + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame + + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup; + bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, flags); + if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + EndPopup(); + + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) // Early out for performance + { + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + return false; + } + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; + return BeginPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id), flags); +} + +// If 'p_open' is specified for a modal popup window, the popup will have a regular close button which will close the popup. +// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup) so the actual value of *p_open is meaningless here. +bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name); + if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) + { + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + return false; + } + + // Center modal windows by default for increased visibility + // (this won't really last as settings will kick in, and is mostly for backward compatibility. user may do the same themselves) + // FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window. + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0) + { + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport(); + SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + } + + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse; + const bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags); + if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + { + EndPopup(); + if (is_open) + ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true); + return false; + } + return is_open; +} + +void ImGui::EndPopup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls + IM_ASSERT(g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0); + + // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy. + if (g.NavWindow == window) + NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY); + + // Child-popups don't need to be laid out + IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false); + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + g.WithinEndChild = true; + End(); + g.WithinEndChild = false; +} + +// Helper to open a popup if mouse button is released over the item +// - This is essentially the same as BeginPopupContextItem() but without the trailing BeginPopup() +void ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); + if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + { + ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); + } +} + +// This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget. +// - To create a popup associated to the last item, you generally want to pass a NULL value to str_id. +// - To create a popup with a specific identifier, pass it in str_id. +// - This is useful when using using BeginPopupContextItem() on an item which doesn't have an identifier, e.g. a Text() call. +// - This is useful when multiple code locations may want to manipulate/open the same popup, given an explicit id. +// - You may want to handle the whole on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters). +// This is essentially the same as: +// id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID(); +// OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id); +// return BeginPopup(id); +// Which is essentially the same as: +// id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID(); +// if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right)) +// OpenPopup(id); +// return BeginPopup(id); +// The main difference being that this is tweaked to avoid computing the ID twice. +bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) + int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); + if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); + return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + if (!str_id) + str_id = "window_context"; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); + if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + if (!(popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems) || !IsAnyItemHovered()) + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); + return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + if (!str_id) + str_id = "void_context"; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); + if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && !IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)) + if (GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL) + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); + return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); +} + +// r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.) +// r_outer = the visible area rectangle, minus safe area padding. If our popup size won't fit because of safe area padding we ignore it. +// (r_outer is usually equivalent to the viewport rectangle minus padding, but when multi-viewports are enabled and monitor +// information are available, it may represent the entire platform monitor from the frame of reference of the current viewport. +// this allows us to have tooltips/popups displayed out of the parent viewport.) +ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy) +{ + ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(ref_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,255)); + + // Combo Box policy (we want a connecting edge) + if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox) + { + const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Left, ImGuiDir_Up }; + for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++) + { + const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; + if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? + continue; + ImVec2 pos; + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Right (default) + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Right + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Left + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Left + if (!r_outer.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size))) + continue; + *last_dir = dir; + return pos; + } + } + + // Tooltip and Default popup policy + // (Always first try the direction we used on the last frame, if any) + if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip || policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default) + { + const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left }; + for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++) + { + const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; + if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? + continue; + + const float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x); + const float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y); + + // If there not enough room on one axis, there's no point in positioning on a side on this axis (e.g. when not enough width, use a top/bottom position to maximize available width) + if (avail_w < size.x && (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Right)) + continue; + if (avail_h < size.y && (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down)) + continue; + + ImVec2 pos; + pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x; + pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y; + + // Clamp top-left corner of popup + pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, r_outer.Min.x); + pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, r_outer.Min.y); + + *last_dir = dir; + return pos; + } + } + + // Fallback when not enough room: + *last_dir = ImGuiDir_None; + + // For tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible. + if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip) + return ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2); + + // Otherwise try to keep within display + ImVec2 pos = ref_pos; + pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x); + pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y); + return pos; +} + +// Note that this is used for popups, which can overlap the non work-area of individual viewports. +ImRect ImGui::GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_UNUSED(window); + ImRect r_screen = ((ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport())->GetMainRect(); + ImVec2 padding = g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding; + r_screen.Expand(ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f)); + return r_screen; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + ImRect r_outer = GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(window); + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + { + // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then we move the new menu outside the parent bounds. + // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu. + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window); + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindowStack[g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2]; + float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x). + ImRect r_avoid; + if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending) + r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Min.y, FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Max.y); // Avoid parent menu-bar. If we wanted multi-line menu-bar, we may instead want to have the calling window setup e.g. a NextWindowData.PosConstraintAvoidRect field + else + r_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + horizontal_overlap, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - horizontal_overlap - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX); + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); + } + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + { + ImRect r_avoid = ImRect(window->Pos.x - 1, window->Pos.y - 1, window->Pos.x + 1, window->Pos.y + 1); + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); + } + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) + { + // Position tooltip (always follows mouse) + float sc = g.Style.MouseCursorScale; + ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + ImRect r_avoid; + if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos)) + r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8); + else + r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * sc, ref_pos.y + 24 * sc); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important. + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip); + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return window->Pos; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetFocusID properly needs to be clarified/reworked. +void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); + IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); + g.NavId = id; + g.NavLayer = nav_layer; + g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id; + g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel; + //g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + //g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; +} + +void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); + + // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent are valid. + // Note that window may be != g.CurrentWindow (e.g. SetFocusID call in InputTextEx for multi-line text) + const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; + if (g.NavWindow != window) + g.NavInitRequest = false; + g.NavWindow = window; + g.NavId = id; + g.NavLayer = nav_layer; + g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; + if (window->DC.LastItemId == id) + window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = ImRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min - window->Pos, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max - window->Pos); + + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + else + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; +} + +ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy) +{ + if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy)) + return (dx > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Left; + return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up; +} + +static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float a0, float a1, float b0, float b1) +{ + if (a1 < b0) + return a1 - b0; + if (b1 < a0) + return a0 - b1; + return 0.0f; +} + +static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect& r, const ImRect& clip_rect) +{ + if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) + { + r.Min.y = ImClamp(r.Min.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); + r.Max.y = ImClamp(r.Max.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); + } + else + { + r.Min.x = ImClamp(r.Min.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); + r.Max.x = ImClamp(r.Max.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); + } +} + +// Scoring function for gamepad/keyboard directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057 +static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImRect cand) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + return false; + + const ImRect& curr = g.NavScoringRect; // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width) + g.NavScoringCount++; + + // When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring + if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) + { + IM_ASSERT((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); + if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(cand)) + return false; + cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window + } + + // We perform scoring on items bounding box clipped by the current clipping rectangle on the other axis (clipping on our movement axis would give us equal scores for all clipped items) + // For example, this ensure that items in one column are not reached when moving vertically from items in another column. + NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(g.NavMoveClipDir, cand, window->ClipRect); + + // Compute distance between boxes + // FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed. + float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x); + float dby = NavScoreItemDistInterval(ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.8f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.8f)); // Scale down on Y to keep using box-distance for vertically touching items + if (dby != 0.0f && dbx != 0.0f) + dbx = (dbx / 1000.0f) + ((dbx > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f); + float dist_box = ImFabs(dbx) + ImFabs(dby); + + // Compute distance between centers (this is off by a factor of 2, but we only compare center distances with each other so it doesn't matter) + float dcx = (cand.Min.x + cand.Max.x) - (curr.Min.x + curr.Max.x); + float dcy = (cand.Min.y + cand.Max.y) - (curr.Min.y + curr.Max.y); + float dist_center = ImFabs(dcx) + ImFabs(dcy); // L1 metric (need this for our connectedness guarantee) + + // Determine which quadrant of 'curr' our candidate item 'cand' lies in based on distance + ImGuiDir quadrant; + float dax = 0.0f, day = 0.0f, dist_axial = 0.0f; + if (dbx != 0.0f || dby != 0.0f) + { + // For non-overlapping boxes, use distance between boxes + dax = dbx; + day = dby; + dist_axial = dist_box; + quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dbx, dby); + } + else if (dcx != 0.0f || dcy != 0.0f) + { + // For overlapping boxes with different centers, use distance between centers + dax = dcx; + day = dcy; + dist_axial = dist_center; + quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dcx, dcy); + } + else + { + // Degenerate case: two overlapping buttons with same center, break ties arbitrarily (note that LastItemId here is really the _previous_ item order, but it doesn't matter) + quadrant = (window->DC.LastItemId < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right; + } + +#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING + char buf[128]; + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max)) + { + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "dbox (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\ndcen (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nd (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nnav %c, quadrant %c", dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "WENS"[g.NavMoveDir], "WENS"[quadrant]); + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); + draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,100)); + draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150)); + draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Max, ~0U, buf); + } + else if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold to preview score in matching quadrant. Press C to rotate. + { + if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) { g.NavMoveDirLast = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirLast + 1) & 3); g.IO.KeysDownDuration[g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_C]] = 0.01f; } + if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) + { + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center); + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200)); + draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); + } + } +#endif + + // Is it in the quadrant we're interesting in moving to? + bool new_best = false; + if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) + { + // Does it beat the current best candidate? + if (dist_box < result->DistBox) + { + result->DistBox = dist_box; + result->DistCenter = dist_center; + return true; + } + if (dist_box == result->DistBox) + { + // Try using distance between center points to break ties + if (dist_center < result->DistCenter) + { + result->DistCenter = dist_center; + new_best = true; + } + else if (dist_center == result->DistCenter) + { + // Still tied! we need to be extra-careful to make sure everything gets linked properly. We consistently break ties by symbolically moving "later" items + // (with higher index) to the right/downwards by an infinitesimal amount since we the current "best" button already (so it must have a lower index), + // this is fairly easy. This rule ensures that all buttons with dx==dy==0 will end up being linked in order of appearance along the x axis. + if (((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance + new_best = true; + } + } + } + + // Axial check: if 'curr' has no link at all in some direction and 'cand' lies roughly in that direction, add a tentative link. This will only be kept if no "real" matches + // are found, so it only augments the graph produced by the above method using extra links. (important, since it doesn't guarantee strong connectedness) + // This is just to avoid buttons having no links in a particular direction when there's a suitable neighbor. you get good graphs without this too. + // 2017/09/29: FIXME: This now currently only enabled inside menu bars, ideally we'd disable it everywhere. Menus in particular need to catch failure. For general navigation it feels awkward. + // Disabling it may lead to disconnected graphs when nodes are very spaced out on different axis. Perhaps consider offering this as an option? + if (result->DistBox == FLT_MAX && dist_axial < result->DistAxial) // Check axial match + if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + if ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f)) + { + result->DistAxial = dist_axial; + new_best = true; + } + + return new_best; +} + +static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const ImRect& nav_bb_rel) +{ + result->Window = window; + result->ID = id; + result->FocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel; +} + +// We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above) +static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, const ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + //if (!g.IO.NavActive) // [2017/10/06] Removed this possibly redundant test but I am not sure of all the side-effects yet. Some of the feature here will need to work regardless of using a _NoNavInputs flag. + // return; + + const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; + const ImRect nav_bb_rel(nav_bb.Min - window->Pos, nav_bb.Max - window->Pos); + + // Process Init Request + if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + { + // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback + if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) || g.NavInitResultId == 0) + { + g.NavInitResultId = id; + g.NavInitResultRectRel = nav_bb_rel; + } + if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus)) + { + g.NavInitRequest = false; // Found a match, clear request + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + } + } + + // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation) + // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRectScreen + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy) + if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))) + { + ImGuiNavItemData* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; +#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING + // [DEBUG] Score all items in NavWindow at all times + if (!g.NavMoveRequest) + g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirLast; + bool new_best = NavScoreItem(result, nav_bb) && g.NavMoveRequest; +#else + bool new_best = g.NavMoveRequest && NavScoreItem(result, nav_bb); +#endif + if (new_best) + NavApplyItemToResult(result, window, id, nav_bb_rel); + + // Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items. + const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f; + if ((g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb)) + if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO) + if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet, nav_bb)) + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet, window, id, nav_bb_rel); + } + + // Update window-relative bounding box of navigated item + if (g.NavId == id) + { + g.NavWindow = window; // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() don't have a window. + g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; + g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + g.NavIdIsAlive = true; + window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = nav_bb_rel; // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) + } +} + +bool ImGui::NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0; +} + +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavMoveRequest = false; + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +} + +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, const ImRect& bb_rel, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None); + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + g.NavMoveDir = move_dir; + g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir; + g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued; + g.NavMoveRequestFlags = move_flags; + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel; +} + +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Navigation wrap-around logic is delayed to the end of the frame because this operation is only valid after entire + // popup is assembled and in case of appended popups it is not clear which EndPopup() call is final. + g.NavWrapRequestWindow = window; + g.NavWrapRequestFlags = move_flags; +} + +// FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0). +// This way we could find the last focused window among our children. It would be much less confusing this way? +static void ImGui::NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window) +{ + ImGuiWindow* parent = nav_window; + while (parent && parent->RootWindow != parent && (parent->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0) + parent = parent->ParentWindow; + if (parent && parent != nav_window) + parent->NavLastChildNavWindow = nav_window; +} + +// Restore the last focused child. +// Call when we are expected to land on the Main Layer (0) after FocusWindow() +static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + if (window->NavLastChildNavWindow && window->NavLastChildNavWindow->WasActive) + return window->NavLastChildNavWindow; + return window; +} + +void ImGui::NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + if (window->NavLastIds[layer] != 0) + { + SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]); + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; + } + else + { + g.NavLayer = layer; + NavInitWindow(window, true); + } +} + +static inline void ImGui::NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveRequest || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL); + if (g.NavAnyRequest) + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); +} + +// This needs to be called before we submit any widget (aka in or before Begin) +void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(window == g.NavWindow); + + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) + { + g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + return; + } + + bool init_for_nav = false; + if (window == window->RootWindow || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit) + init_for_nav = true; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from NavInitWindow(), init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer); + if (init_for_nav) + { + SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, 0, ImRect()); + g.NavInitRequest = true; + g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; + g.NavInitResultId = 0; + g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect(); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + } + else + { + g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0]; + g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + } +} + +static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !g.NavWindow) + { + // Mouse (we need a fallback in case the mouse becomes invalid after being used) + if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) + return g.IO.MousePos; + return g.LastValidMousePos; + } + else + { + // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, decide on an arbitrary position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item. + const ImRect& rect_rel = g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; + ImVec2 pos = g.NavWindow->Pos + ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight())); + ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport(); + return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta. + } +} + +float ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Down) + return g.IO.NavInputs[n]; // Instant, read analog input (0.0f..1.0f, as provided by user) + + const float t = g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[n]; + if (t < 0.0f && mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Released) // Return 1.0f when just released, no repeat, ignore analog input. + return (g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev[n] >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f); + if (t < 0.0f) + return 0.0f; + if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed) // Return 1.0f when just pressed, no repeat, ignore analog input. + return (t == 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat) + return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f); + if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) + return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.25f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 2.00f); + if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast) + return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f); + return 0.0f; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor, float fast_factor) +{ + ImVec2 delta(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard) + delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, mode)); + if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad) + delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, mode)); + if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick) + delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, mode)); + if (slow_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) + delta *= slow_factor; + if (fast_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast)) + delta *= fast_factor; + return delta; +} + +static void ImGui::NavUpdate() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + io.WantSetMousePos = false; + g.NavWrapRequestWindow = NULL; + g.NavWrapRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; +#if 0 + if (g.NavScoringCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("NavScoringCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.FrameCount, g.NavScoringCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest); +#endif + + // Set input source as Gamepad when buttons are pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard) + // (do it before we map Keyboard input!) + bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + if (nav_gamepad_active && g.NavInputSource != ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) + { + if (io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Activate] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Input] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Cancel] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Menu] > 0.0f + || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown] > 0.0f) + g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad; + } + + // Update Keyboard->Nav inputs mapping + if (nav_keyboard_active) + { + #define NAV_MAP_KEY(_KEY, _NAV_INPUT) do { if (IsKeyDown(io.KeyMap[_KEY])) { io.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] = 1.0f; g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; } } while (0) + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiNavInput_Activate ); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiNavInput_Input ); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel ); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_ ); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_RightArrow,ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_ ); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_ ); + if (io.KeyCtrl) + io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow] = 1.0f; + if (io.KeyShift) + io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast] = 1.0f; + + // AltGR is normally Alt+Ctrl but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl) + // But also even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu anyway. + if (io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl) + io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_] = 1.0f; + + // We automatically cancel toggling nav layer when any text has been typed while holding Alt. (See #370) + if (io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0) + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + + #undef NAV_MAP_KEY + } + memcpy(io.NavInputsDownDurationPrev, io.NavInputsDownDuration, sizeof(io.NavInputsDownDuration)); + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) + io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] = (io.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) ? (io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + + // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus) + if (g.NavInitResultId != 0) + NavUpdateInitResult(); + g.NavInitRequest = false; + g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; + g.NavInitResultId = 0; + g.NavJustMovedToId = 0; + + // Process navigation move request + if (g.NavMoveRequest) + NavUpdateMoveResult(); + + // When a forwarded move request failed, we restore the highlight that we disabled during the forward frame + if (g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequest); + if (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0) + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_None; + } + + // Apply application mouse position movement, after we had a chance to process move request result. + if (g.NavMousePosDirty && g.NavIdIsAlive) + { + // Set mouse position given our knowledge of the navigated item position from last frame + if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos)) + if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow) + { + io.MousePos = io.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + io.WantSetMousePos = true; + } + g.NavMousePosDirty = false; + } + g.NavIdIsAlive = false; + g.NavJustTabbedId = 0; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == 0 || g.NavLayer == 1); + + // Store our return window (for returning from Layer 1 to Layer 0) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0 + if (g.NavWindow) + NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(g.NavWindow); + if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow != NULL && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL; + + // Update CTRL+TAB and Windowing features (hold Square to move/resize/etc.) + NavUpdateWindowing(); + + // Set output flags for user application + io.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs); + io.NavVisible = (io.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL); + + // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus) + if (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] ImGuiNavInput_Cancel\n"); + if (g.ActiveId != 0) + { + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) + ClearActiveID(); + } + else if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + { + // Leave the "menu" layer + NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + } + else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow) + { + // Exit child window + ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow; + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0); + ImRect child_rect = child_window->Rect(); + FocusWindow(parent_window); + SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, ImRect(child_rect.Min - parent_window->Pos, child_rect.Max - parent_window->Pos)); + } + else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0) + { + // Close open popup/menu + if (!(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) + ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true); + } + else + { + // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were + if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))) + g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0; + g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + } + } + + // Process manual activation request + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavInputId = 0; + if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + { + bool activate_down = IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate); + bool activate_pressed = activate_down && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed) + g.NavActivateId = g.NavId; + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_down) + g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId; + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_pressed) + g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId; + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) + g.NavInputId = g.NavId; + } + if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + if (g.NavActivateId != 0) + IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId); + g.NavMoveRequest = false; + + // Process programmatic activation request + if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0) + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavInputId = g.NavNextActivateId; + g.NavNextActivateId = 0; + + // Initiate directional inputs request + if (g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None) + { + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None; + g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; + if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + { + const ImGuiInputReadMode read_mode = ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat; + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; } + } + g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir; + } + else + { + // Forwarding previous request (which has been modified, e.g. wrap around menus rewrite the requests with a starting rectangle at the other side of the window) + // (Preserve g.NavMoveRequestFlags, g.NavMoveClipDir which were set by the NavMoveRequestForward() function) + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None && g.NavMoveClipDir != ImGuiDir_None); + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequestForward %d\n", g.NavMoveDir); + g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive; + } + + // Update PageUp/PageDown/Home/End scroll + // FIXME-NAV: Consider enabling those keys even without the master ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag? + float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; + if (nav_keyboard_active) + nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(); + + // If we initiate a movement request and have no current NavId, we initiate a InitDefautRequest that will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match + if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None) + { + g.NavMoveRequest = true; + g.NavMoveRequestKeyMods = io.KeyMods; + g.NavMoveDirLast = g.NavMoveDir; + } + if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavId == 0) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", g.NavWindow->Name, g.NavLayer); + g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true; + // Reassigning with same value, we're being explicit here. + g.NavInitResultId = 0; // -V1048 + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + } + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + + // Scrolling + if (g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget) + { + // *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * io.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported. + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && g.NavMoveRequest) + { + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) + SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) + SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + } + + // *Normal* Manual scroll with NavScrollXXX keys + // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds. + ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f); + if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX) + SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed)); + if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f) + SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed)); + } + + // Reset search results + g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear(); + g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.Clear(); + g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear(); + + // When using gamepad, we project the reference nav bounding box into window visible area. + // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling, since with gamepad every movements are relative + // (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse). + if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + ImRect window_rect_rel(window->InnerRect.Min - window->Pos - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max - window->Pos + ImVec2(1, 1)); + if (!window_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer])) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel\n"); + float pad = window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f; + window_rect_rel.Expand(ImVec2(-ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetWidth(), pad), -ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetHeight(), pad))); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item + window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWithFull(window_rect_rel); + g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + } + } + + // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items) + ImRect nav_rect_rel = g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted() ? g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0); + g.NavScoringRect = g.NavWindow ? ImRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Max) : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0); + g.NavScoringRect.TranslateY(nav_scoring_rect_offset_y); + g.NavScoringRect.Min.x = ImMin(g.NavScoringRect.Min.x + 1.0f, g.NavScoringRect.Max.x); + g.NavScoringRect.Max.x = g.NavScoringRect.Min.x; + IM_ASSERT(!g.NavScoringRect.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allows us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min, g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG] + g.NavScoringCount = 0; +#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS + if (g.NavWindow) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.NavWindow); + if (1) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) draw_list->AddRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } // [DEBUG] + if (1) { ImU32 col = (!g.NavWindow->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); } + } +#endif +} + +static void ImGui::NavUpdateInitResult() +{ + // In very rare cases g.NavWindow may be null (e.g. clearing focus after requesting an init request, which does happen when releasing Alt while clicking on void) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.NavWindow) + return; + + // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called) + // FIXME-NAV: On _NavFlattened windows, g.NavWindow will only be updated during subsequent frame. Not a problem currently. + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); + SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0, g.NavInitResultRectRel); + if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove) + { + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; + } +} + +// Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request +static void ImGui::NavUpdateMoveResult() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0) + { + // In a situation when there is no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result) + if (g.NavId != 0) + { + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + } + return; + } + + // Select which result to use + ImGuiNavItemData* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; + + // PageUp/PageDown behavior first jumps to the bottom/top mostly visible item, _otherwise_ use the result from the previous/next page. + if (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) + if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.ID != g.NavId) + result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; + + // Maybe entering a flattened child from the outside? In this case solve the tie using the regular scoring rules. + if (result != &g.NavMoveResultOther && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.Window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) + if ((g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox < result->DistBox) || (g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox == result->DistBox && g.NavMoveResultOther.DistCenter < result->DistCenter)) + result = &g.NavMoveResultOther; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow && result->Window); + + // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view. + if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + { + ImVec2 delta_scroll; + if (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge) + { + float scroll_target = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? result->Window->ScrollMax.y : 0.0f; + delta_scroll.y = result->Window->Scroll.y - scroll_target; + SetScrollY(result->Window, scroll_target); + } + else + { + ImRect rect_abs = ImRect(result->RectRel.Min + result->Window->Pos, result->RectRel.Max + result->Window->Pos); + delta_scroll = ScrollToBringRectIntoView(result->Window, rect_abs); + } + + // Offset our result position so mouse position can be applied immediately after in NavUpdate() + result->RectRel.TranslateX(-delta_scroll.x); + result->RectRel.TranslateY(-delta_scroll.y); + } + + ClearActiveID(); + g.NavWindow = result->Window; + if (g.NavId != result->ID) + { + // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId) + g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID; + g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId; + g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveRequestKeyMods; + } + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); + SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel); + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; +} + +// Handle PageUp/PageDown/Home/End keys +static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None || g.NavWindow == NULL) + return 0.0f; + if ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + return 0.0f; + + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageUp); + const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageDown); + const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Home]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Home); + const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_End]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_End); + if (page_up_held != page_down_held || home_pressed != end_pressed) // If either (not both) are pressed + { + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll) + { + // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item + if (IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) + SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); + else if (IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) + SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); + else if (home_pressed) + SetScrollY(window, 0.0f); + else if (end_pressed) + SetScrollY(window, window->ScrollMax.y); + } + else + { + ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; + const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight()); + float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; + if (IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) + { + nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item) + g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up; + g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; + } + else if (IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) + { + nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item) + g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down; + g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; + } + else if (home_pressed) + { + // FIXME-NAV: handling of Home/End is assuming that the top/bottom most item will be visible with Scroll.y == 0/ScrollMax.y + // Scrolling will be handled via the ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge flag, we don't scroll immediately to avoid scrolling happening before nav result. + // Preserve current horizontal position if we have any. + nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = -window->Scroll.y; + if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted()) + nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; + g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge; + } + else if (end_pressed) + { + nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = window->ScrollMax.y + window->SizeFull.y - window->Scroll.y; + if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted()) + nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; + g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge; + } + return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y; + } + } + return 0.0f; +} + +static void ImGui::NavEndFrame() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Show CTRL+TAB list window + if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL) + NavUpdateWindowingOverlay(); + + // Perform wrap-around in menus + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWrapRequestWindow; + ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = g.NavWrapRequestFlags; + if (window != NULL && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + { + IM_ASSERT(move_flags != 0); // No points calling this with no wrapping + ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[0]; + + ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir; + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) + { + bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = + ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f) - window->Scroll.x; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) + { + bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up; + } + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) + { + bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->Scroll.x; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) + { + bb_rel.TranslateY(+bb_rel.GetHeight()); + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down; + } + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) + { + bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = + ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f) - window->Scroll.y; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) + { + bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left; + } + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) + { + bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->Scroll.y; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) + { + bb_rel.TranslateX(+bb_rel.GetWidth()); + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right; + } + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); + } + } +} + +static int ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_UNUSED(g); + int order = window->FocusOrder; + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[order] == window); + return order; +} + +static ImGuiWindow* FindWindowNavFocusable(int i_start, int i_stop, int dir) // FIXME-OPT O(N) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int i = i_start; i >= 0 && i < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size && i != i_stop; i += dir) + if (ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder[i])) + return g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]; + return NULL; +} + +static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget); + if (g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + return; + + const int i_current = ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(g.NavWindowingTarget); + ImGuiWindow* window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable(i_current + focus_change_dir, -INT_MAX, focus_change_dir); + if (!window_target) + window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable((focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1) : 0, i_current, focus_change_dir); + if (window_target) // Don't reset windowing target if there's a single window in the list + g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window_target; + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; +} + +// Windowing management mode +// Keyboard: CTRL+Tab (change focus/move/resize), Alt (toggle menu layer) +// Gamepad: Hold Menu/Square (change focus/move/resize), Tap Menu/Square (toggle menu layer) +static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL; + bool apply_toggle_layer = false; + + ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); + bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL); + if (!allow_windowing) + g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; + + // Fade out + if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && g.NavWindowingTarget == NULL) + { + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f); + if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f) + g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = NULL; + } + + // Start CTRL-TAB or Square+L/R window selection + bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); + if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard) + if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1)) + { + g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindow; // FIXME-DOCK: Will need to use RootWindowDockStop + g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? false : true; + g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard : ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad; + } + + // Gamepad update + g.NavWindowingTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) + { + // Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); + + // Select window to focus + const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) - (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow); + if (focus_change_dir != 0) + { + NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir); + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 1.0f; + } + + // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered top-most) + if (!IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Menu)) + { + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore. + if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavWindow) + apply_toggle_layer = true; + else if (!g.NavWindowingToggleLayer) + apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget; + g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; + } + } + + // Keyboard: Focus + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard) + { + // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f + if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab, true)) + NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(g.IO.KeyShift ? +1 : -1); + if (!g.IO.KeyCtrl) + apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget; + } + + // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer + // FIXME: We lack an explicit IO variable for "is the imgui window focused", so compare mouse validity to detect the common case of backend clearing releases all keys on ALT-TAB + if (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true; + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Released)) + if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev)) + apply_toggle_layer = true; + + // Move window + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) + { + ImVec2 move_delta; + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && !g.IO.KeyShift) + move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) + move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); + if (move_delta.x != 0.0f || move_delta.y != 0.0f) + { + const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f; + const float move_speed = ImFloor(NAV_MOVE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); // FIXME: Doesn't handle variable framerate very well + ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow; + SetWindowPos(moving_window, moving_window->Pos + move_delta * move_speed, ImGuiCond_Always); + MarkIniSettingsDirty(moving_window); + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + } + } + + // Apply final focus + if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow)) + { + ClearActiveID(); + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + apply_focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(apply_focus_window); + ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false); + FocusWindow(apply_focus_window); + if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) + NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false); + + // If the window has ONLY a menu layer (no main layer), select it directly + // Use NavLayersActiveMaskNext since windows didn't have a chance to be Begin()-ed on this frame, + // so CTRL+Tab where the keys are only held for 1 frame will be able to use correct layers mask since + // the target window as already been previewed once. + // FIXME-NAV: This should be done in NavInit.. or in FocusWindow... However in both of those cases, + // we won't have a guarantee that windows has been visible before and therefore NavLayersActiveMask* + // won't be valid. + if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext == (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) + g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; + } + if (apply_focus_window) + g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; + + // Apply menu/layer toggle + if (apply_toggle_layer && g.NavWindow) + { + ClearActiveID(); + + // Move to parent menu if necessary + ImGuiWindow* new_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + while (new_nav_window->ParentWindow + && (new_nav_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0 + && (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 + && (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0) + new_nav_window = new_nav_window->ParentWindow; + if (new_nav_window != g.NavWindow) + { + ImGuiWindow* old_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + FocusWindow(new_nav_window); + new_nav_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = old_nav_window; + } + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + + // Reinitialize navigation when entering menu bar with the Alt key. + const ImGuiNavLayer new_nav_layer = (g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) ? (ImGuiNavLayer)((int)g.NavLayer ^ 1) : ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + if (new_nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu) + g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[new_nav_layer] = 0; + NavRestoreLayer(new_nav_layer); + } +} + +// Window has already passed the IsWindowNavFocusable() +static const char* GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + return "(Popup)"; + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) && strcmp(window->Name, "##MainMenuBar") == 0) + return "(Main menu bar)"; + return "(Untitled)"; +} + +// Overlay displayed when using CTRL+TAB. Called by EndFrame(). +void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL); + + if (g.NavWindowingTimer < NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY) + return; + + if (g.NavWindowingListWindow == NULL) + g.NavWindowingListWindow = FindWindowByName("###NavWindowingList"); + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport(); + SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(viewport->Size.x * 0.20f, viewport->Size.y * 0.20f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); + SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.WindowPadding * 2.0f); + Begin("###NavWindowingList", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); + for (int n = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]; + IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); // Fix static analyzers + if (!IsWindowNavFocusable(window)) + continue; + const char* label = window->Name; + if (label == FindRenderedTextEnd(label)) + label = GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(window); + Selectable(label, g.NavWindowingTarget == window); + } + End(); + PopStyleVar(); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- void ImGui::ClearDragDrop() @@ -11221,31 +9756,54 @@ void ImGui::ClearDragDrop() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DragDropActive = false; g.DragDropPayload.Clear(); + g.DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = 0; g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX; g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1; + + g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.clear(); + memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); } -// Call when current ID is active. // When this returns true you need to: a) call SetDragDropPayload() exactly once, b) you may render the payload visual/description, c) call EndDragDropSource() -bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags, int mouse_button) +// If the item has an identifier: +// - This assume/require the item to be activated (typically via ButtonBehavior). +// - Therefore if you want to use this with a mouse button other than left mouse button, it is up to the item itself to activate with another button. +// - We then pull and use the mouse button that was used to activate the item and use it to carry on the drag. +// If the item has no identifier: +// - Currently always assume left mouse button. +bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + // FIXME-DRAGDROP: While in the common-most "drag from non-zero active id" case we can tell the mouse button, + // in both SourceExtern and id==0 cases we may requires something else (explicit flags or some heuristic). + ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = ImGuiMouseButton_Left; + bool source_drag_active = false; ImGuiID source_id = 0; ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0; if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) { source_id = window->DC.LastItemId; - if (source_id != 0 && g.ActiveId != source_id) // Early out for most common case - return false; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false) - return false; - - if (source_id == 0) + if (source_id != 0) { + // Common path: items with ID + if (g.ActiveId != source_id) + return false; + if (g.ActiveIdMouseButton != -1) + mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false) + return false; + g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; + } + else + { + // Uncommon path: items without ID + if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false) + return false; + // If you want to use BeginDragDropSource() on an item with no unique identifier for interaction, such as Text() or Image(), you need to: // A) Read the explanation below, B) Use the ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID flag, C) Swallow your programmer pride. if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID)) @@ -11254,16 +9812,16 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags, int mouse_button) return false; } - // Magic fallback (=somehow reprehensible) to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image() - // We build a throwaway ID based on current ID stack + relative AABB of items in window. - // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled. - // We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive. - bool is_hovered = window->DC.LastItemRectHoveredRect; - if (!is_hovered && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window)) + // Early out + if ((window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window)) return false; + + // Magic fallback (=somehow reprehensible) to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image() + // We build a throwaway ID based on current ID stack + relative AABB of items in window. + // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled. + // We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive. source_id = window->DC.LastItemId = window->GetIDFromRectangle(window->DC.LastItemRect); - if (is_hovered) - SetHoveredID(source_id); + bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, source_id); if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button]) { SetActiveID(source_id, window); @@ -11276,11 +9834,16 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags, int mouse_button) return false; source_parent_id = window->IDStack.back(); source_drag_active = IsMouseDragging(mouse_button); + + // Disable navigation and key inputs while dragging + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = ~(ImU32)0; + g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = ~(ImU32)0; + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = ~(ImU64)0; } else { window = NULL; - source_id = ImHash("#SourceExtern", 0); + source_id = ImHashStr("#SourceExtern"); source_drag_active = true; } @@ -11296,20 +9859,27 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags, int mouse_button) g.DragDropActive = true; g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags; g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button; + if (payload.SourceId == g.ActiveId) + g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true; } + g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount; + g.DragDropWithinSource = true; if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) { - // FIXME-DRAG - //SetNextWindowPos(g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding); - //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This is better but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :( - SetNextWindowPos(g.IO.MousePos); - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_PopupBg, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_PopupBg) * ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.6f)); - BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs); + // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit) + // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents. + BeginTooltip(); + if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip)) + { + ImGuiWindow* tooltip_window = g.CurrentWindow; + tooltip_window->SkipItems = true; + tooltip_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + } } if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) - window->DC.LastItemRectHoveredRect = false; + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; return true; } @@ -11320,17 +9890,15 @@ void ImGui::EndDragDropSource() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSource && "Not after a BeginDragDropSource()?"); if (!(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) - { EndTooltip(); - PopStyleColor(); - //PopStyleVar(); - } // Discard the drag if have not called SetDragDropPayload() if (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount == -1) ClearDragDrop(); + g.DragDropWithinSource = false; } // Use 'cond' to choose to submit payload on drag start or every frame @@ -11342,7 +9910,7 @@ bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_s cond = ImGuiCond_Always; IM_ASSERT(type != NULL); - IM_ASSERT(strlen(type) < IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType)); // Payload type can be at most 8 characters longs + IM_ASSERT(strlen(type) < IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType) && "Payload type can be at most 32 characters long"); IM_ASSERT((data != NULL && data_size > 0) || (data == NULL && data_size == 0)); IM_ASSERT(cond == ImGuiCond_Always || cond == ImGuiCond_Once); IM_ASSERT(payload.SourceId != 0); // Not called between BeginDragDropSource() and EndDragDropSource() @@ -11357,14 +9925,14 @@ bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_s // Store in heap g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize((int)data_size); payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.Data; - memcpy((void*)payload.Data, data, data_size); + memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size); } else if (data_size > 0) { // Store locally memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal; - memcpy((void*)payload.Data, data, data_size); + memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size); } else { @@ -11384,14 +9952,19 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) return false; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL || window->RootWindow != g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow) + ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; + if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindow != hovered_window->RootWindow) return false; IM_ASSERT(id != 0); if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max) || (id == g.DragDropPayload.SourceId)) return false; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false); g.DragDropTargetRect = bb; g.DragDropTargetId = id; + g.DragDropWithinTarget = true; return true; } @@ -11406,19 +9979,23 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget() return false; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (!window->DC.LastItemRectHoveredRect) + if (!(window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) return false; - if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL || window->RootWindow != g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow) + ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; + if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindow != hovered_window->RootWindow) return false; + const ImRect& display_rect = (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect : window->DC.LastItemRect; ImGuiID id = window->DC.LastItemId; if (id == 0) - id = window->GetIDFromRectangle(window->DC.LastItemRect); + id = window->GetIDFromRectangle(display_rect); if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id) return false; - g.DragDropTargetRect = window->DC.LastItemRect; + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false); + g.DragDropTargetRect = display_rect; g.DragDropTargetId = id; + g.DragDropWithinTarget = true; return true; } @@ -11434,7 +10011,7 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload; IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); // Not called between BeginDragDropTarget() and EndDragDropTarget() ? - IM_ASSERT(payload.DataFrameCount != -1); // Forgot to call EndDragDropTarget() ? + IM_ASSERT(payload.DataFrameCount != -1); // Forgot to call EndDragDropTarget() ? if (type != NULL && !payload.IsDataType(type)) return NULL; @@ -11443,8 +10020,9 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop const bool was_accepted_previously = (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev == g.DragDropTargetId); ImRect r = g.DragDropTargetRect; float r_surface = r.GetWidth() * r.GetHeight(); - if (r_surface < g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface) + if (r_surface <= g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface) { + g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags; g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId; g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface; } @@ -11454,11 +10032,11 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that lives for 1 frame) if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview) { - // FIXME-DRAG: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. + // FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. r.Expand(3.5f); bool push_clip_rect = !window->ClipRect.Contains(r); - if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen(); - window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, ~0, 2.0f); + if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PushClipRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)); + window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); } @@ -11470,96 +10048,755 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop return &payload; } +const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.DragDropActive ? &g.DragDropPayload : NULL; +} + // We don't really use/need this now, but added it for the sake of consistency and because we might need it later. void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget() { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; (void)g; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget); + g.DragDropWithinTarget = false; } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS +// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard. +// By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WINDOWS_) && (!defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) || !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)) -#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -#include -#endif +// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed) +static inline void LogTextV(ImGuiContext& g, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + if (g.LogFile) + { + g.LogBuffer.Buf.resize(0); + g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args); + ImFileWrite(g.LogBuffer.c_str(), sizeof(char), (ImU64)g.LogBuffer.size(), g.LogFile); + } + else + { + g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args); + } +} -// Win32 API clipboard implementation -#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) +void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return; + + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + LogTextV(g, fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return; + + LogTextV(g, fmt, args); +} + +// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth. +// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding +// FIXME: This code is a little complicated perhaps, considering simplifying the whole system. +void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + const char* prefix = g.LogNextPrefix; + const char* suffix = g.LogNextSuffix; + g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL; + + if (!text_end) + text_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); + + const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > g.LogLinePosY + g.Style.FramePadding.y + 1); + if (ref_pos) + g.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y; + if (log_new_line) + { + LogText(IM_NEWLINE); + g.LogLineFirstItem = true; + } + + if (prefix) + LogRenderedText(ref_pos, prefix, prefix + strlen(prefix)); // Calculate end ourself to ensure "##" are included here. + + // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth + if (g.LogDepthRef > window->DC.TreeDepth) + g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth; + const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef); + + const char* text_remaining = text; + for (;;) + { + // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by indentation corresponding to the current depth of our log entry. + // We don't add a trailing \n yet to allow a subsequent item on the same line to be captured. + const char* line_start = text_remaining; + const char* line_end = ImStreolRange(line_start, text_end); + const bool is_last_line = (line_end == text_end); + if (line_start != line_end || !is_last_line) + { + const int line_length = (int)(line_end - line_start); + const int indentation = g.LogLineFirstItem ? tree_depth * 4 : 1; + LogText("%*s%.*s", indentation, "", line_length, line_start); + g.LogLineFirstItem = false; + if (*line_end == '\n') + { + LogText(IM_NEWLINE); + g.LogLineFirstItem = true; + } + } + if (is_last_line) + break; + text_remaining = line_end + 1; + } + + if (suffix) + LogRenderedText(ref_pos, suffix, suffix + strlen(suffix)); +} + +// Start logging/capturing text output +void ImGui::LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(g.LogEnabled == false); + IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL); + IM_ASSERT(g.LogBuffer.empty()); + g.LogEnabled = true; + g.LogType = type; + g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL; + g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth; + g.LogDepthToExpand = ((auto_open_depth >= 0) ? auto_open_depth : g.LogDepthToExpandDefault); + g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; + g.LogLineFirstItem = true; +} + +// Important: doesn't copy underlying data, use carefully (prefix/suffix must be in scope at the time of the next LogRenderedText) +void ImGui::LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.LogNextPrefix = prefix; + g.LogNextSuffix = suffix; +} + +void ImGui::LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled) + return; + IM_UNUSED(auto_open_depth); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS + LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_TTY, auto_open_depth); + g.LogFile = stdout; +#endif +} + +// Start logging/capturing text output to given file +void ImGui::LogToFile(int auto_open_depth, const char* filename) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled) + return; + + // FIXME: We could probably open the file in text mode "at", however note that clipboard/buffer logging will still + // be subject to outputting OS-incompatible carriage return if within strings the user doesn't use IM_NEWLINE. + // By opening the file in binary mode "ab" we have consistent output everywhere. + if (!filename) + filename = g.IO.LogFilename; + if (!filename || !filename[0]) + return; + ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(filename, "ab"); + if (!f) + { + IM_ASSERT(0); + return; + } + + LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_File, auto_open_depth); + g.LogFile = f; +} + +// Start logging/capturing text output to clipboard +void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled) + return; + LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Clipboard, auto_open_depth); +} + +void ImGui::LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled) + return; + LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Buffer, auto_open_depth); +} + +void ImGui::LogFinish() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return; + + LogText(IM_NEWLINE); + switch (g.LogType) + { + case ImGuiLogType_TTY: +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS + fflush(g.LogFile); +#endif + break; + case ImGuiLogType_File: + ImFileClose(g.LogFile); + break; + case ImGuiLogType_Buffer: + break; + case ImGuiLogType_Clipboard: + if (!g.LogBuffer.empty()) + SetClipboardText(g.LogBuffer.begin()); + break; + case ImGuiLogType_None: + IM_ASSERT(0); + break; + } + + g.LogEnabled = false; + g.LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; + g.LogFile = NULL; + g.LogBuffer.clear(); +} + +// Helper to display logging buttons +// FIXME-OBSOLETE: We should probably obsolete this and let the user have their own helper (this is one of the oldest function alive!) +void ImGui::LogButtons() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + PushID("LogButtons"); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS + const bool log_to_tty = Button("Log To TTY"); SameLine(); +#else + const bool log_to_tty = false; +#endif + const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine(); + const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine(); + PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); + SetNextItemWidth(80.0f); + SliderInt("Default Depth", &g.LogDepthToExpandDefault, 0, 9, NULL); + PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + PopID(); + + // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log + if (log_to_tty) + LogToTTY(); + if (log_to_file) + LogToFile(); + if (log_to_clipboard) + LogToClipboard(); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] SETTINGS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - UpdateSettings() [Internal] +// - MarkIniSettingsDirty() [Internal] +// - CreateNewWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - FindWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - FindOrCreateWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - FindSettingsHandler() [Internal] +// - ClearIniSettings() [Internal] +// - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk() +// - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory() +// - SaveIniSettingsToDisk() +// - SaveIniSettingsToMemory() +// - WindowSettingsHandler_***() [Internal] +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Called by NewFrame() +void ImGui::UpdateSettings() +{ + // Load settings on first frame (if not explicitly loaded manually before) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.SettingsLoaded) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsWindows.empty()); + if (g.IO.IniFilename) + LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + g.SettingsLoaded = true; + } + + // Save settings (with a delay after the last modification, so we don't spam disk too much) + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f) + { + g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) + { + if (g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) + SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + else + g.IO.WantSaveIniSettings = true; // Let user know they can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory(). user will need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings themselves. + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + } + } +} + +void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; +} + +void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; +} + +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + +#if !IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS + // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID() + // Preserve the full string when IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS is set to make .ini inspection easier. + if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) + name = p; +#endif + const size_t name_len = strlen(name); + + // Allocate chunk + const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1; + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(chunk_size); + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings(); + settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, name_len); + memcpy(settings->GetName(), name, name_len + 1); // Store with zero terminator + + return settings; +} + +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID == id) + return settings; + return NULL; +} + +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name) +{ + if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettings(ImHashStr(name))) + return settings; + return CreateNewWindowSettings(name); +} + +ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHashStr(type_name); + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].TypeHash == type_hash) + return &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; + return NULL; +} + +void ImGui::ClearIniSettings() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.SettingsIniData.clear(); + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn) + g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); +} + +void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) +{ + size_t file_data_size = 0; + char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", &file_data_size); + if (!file_data) + return; + LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size); + IM_FREE(file_data); +} + +// Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing +void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); + //IM_ASSERT(!g.WithinFrameScope && "Cannot be called between NewFrame() and EndFrame()"); + //IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsLoaded == false && g.FrameCount == 0); + + // For user convenience, we allow passing a non zero-terminated string (hence the ini_size parameter). + // For our convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll also write zero-terminators within the buffer. So let's create a writable copy.. + if (ini_size == 0) + ini_size = strlen(ini_data); + g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize((int)ini_size + 1); + char* const buf = g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Data; + char* const buf_end = buf + ini_size; + memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size); + buf_end[0] = 0; + + // Call pre-read handlers + // Some types will clear their data (e.g. dock information) some types will allow merge/override (window) + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn) + g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); + + void* entry_data = NULL; + ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL; + + char* line_end = NULL; + for (char* line = buf; line < buf_end; line = line_end + 1) + { + // Skip new lines markers, then find end of the line + while (*line == '\n' || *line == '\r') + line++; + line_end = line; + while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r') + line_end++; + line_end[0] = 0; + if (line[0] == ';') + continue; + if (line[0] == '[' && line_end > line && line_end[-1] == ']') + { + // Parse "[Type][Name]". Note that 'Name' can itself contains [] characters, which is acceptable with the current format and parsing code. + line_end[-1] = 0; + const char* name_end = line_end - 1; + const char* type_start = line + 1; + char* type_end = (char*)(void*)ImStrchrRange(type_start, name_end, ']'); + const char* name_start = type_end ? ImStrchrRange(type_end + 1, name_end, '[') : NULL; + if (!type_end || !name_start) + continue; + *type_end = 0; // Overwrite first ']' + name_start++; // Skip second '[' + entry_handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_start); + entry_data = entry_handler ? entry_handler->ReadOpenFn(&g, entry_handler, name_start) : NULL; + } + else if (entry_handler != NULL && entry_data != NULL) + { + // Let type handler parse the line + entry_handler->ReadLineFn(&g, entry_handler, entry_data, line); + } + } + g.SettingsLoaded = true; + + // [DEBUG] Restore untouched copy so it can be browsed in Metrics (not strictly necessary) + memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size); + + // Call post-read handlers + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn) + g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); +} + +void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + if (!ini_filename) + return; + + size_t ini_data_size = 0; + const char* ini_data = SaveIniSettingsToMemory(&ini_data_size); + ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt"); + if (!f) + return; + ImFileWrite(ini_data, sizeof(char), ini_data_size, f); + ImFileClose(f); +} + +// Call registered handlers (e.g. SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll() + custom handlers) to write their stuff into a text buffer +const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0); + g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0); + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + { + ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; + handler->WriteAllFn(&g, handler, &g.SettingsIniData); + } + if (out_size) + *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size(); + return g.SettingsIniData.c_str(); +} + +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + g.Windows[i]->SettingsOffset = -1; + g.SettingsWindows.clear(); +} + +static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name) +{ + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(name); + ImGuiID id = settings->ID; + *settings = ImGuiWindowSettings(); // Clear existing if recycling previous entry + settings->ID = id; + settings->WantApply = true; + return (void*)settings; +} + +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line) +{ + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (ImGuiWindowSettings*)entry; + int x, y; + int i; + if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) { settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } + else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) { settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } + else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1) { settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); } +} + +// Apply to existing windows (if any) +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->WantApply) + { + if (ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::FindWindowByID(settings->ID)) + ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings); + settings->WantApply = false; + } +} + +static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf) +{ + // Gather data from windows that were active during this session + // (if a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings) + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + continue; + + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (window->SettingsOffset != -1) ? g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(window->SettingsOffset) : ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID); + if (!settings) + { + settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(window->Name); + window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings); + } + IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == window->ID); + settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)window->Pos.x, (short)window->Pos.y); + settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)window->SizeFull.x, (short)window->SizeFull.y); + settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed; + } + + // Write to text buffer + buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.size() * 6); // ballpark reserve + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + { + const char* settings_name = settings->GetName(); + buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, settings_name); + buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y); + buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y); + buf->appendf("Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed); + buf->append("\n"); + } +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - GetMainViewport() +// - UpdateViewportsNewFrame() [Internal] +// (this section is more complete in the 'docking' branch) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetMainViewport() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.Viewports[0]; +} + +// Update viewports and monitor infos +static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.Viewports.Size == 1); + + // Update main viewport with current platform position. + // FIXME-VIEWPORT: Size is driven by backend/user code for backward-compatibility but we should aim to make this more consistent. + ImGuiViewportP* main_viewport = g.Viewports[0]; + main_viewport->Flags = ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow | ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp; + main_viewport->Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + main_viewport->Size = g.IO.DisplaySize; + + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + + // Lock down space taken by menu bars and status bars, reset the offset for fucntions like BeginMainMenuBar() to alter them again. + viewport->WorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin; + viewport->WorkOffsetMax = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax; + viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + viewport->UpdateWorkRect(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DOCKING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// (this section is filled in the 'docking' branch) + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma comment(lib, "user32") +#pragma comment(lib, "kernel32") #endif +// Win32 clipboard implementation +// We use g.ClipboardHandlerData for temporary storage to ensure it is freed on Shutdown() static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) { - static ImVector buf_local; - buf_local.clear(); - if (!OpenClipboard(NULL)) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); + if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL)) return NULL; - HANDLE wbuf_handle = GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT); + HANDLE wbuf_handle = ::GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT); if (wbuf_handle == NULL) { - CloseClipboard(); + ::CloseClipboard(); return NULL; } - if (ImWchar* wbuf_global = (ImWchar*)GlobalLock(wbuf_handle)) + if (const WCHAR* wbuf_global = (const WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle)) { - int buf_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(wbuf_global, NULL) + 1; - buf_local.resize(buf_len); - ImTextStrToUtf8(buf_local.Data, buf_len, wbuf_global, NULL); + int buf_len = ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL); + g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(buf_len); + ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data, buf_len, NULL, NULL); } - GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle); - CloseClipboard(); - return buf_local.Data; + ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle); + ::CloseClipboard(); + return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data; } static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) { - if (!OpenClipboard(NULL)) + if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL)) return; - const int wbuf_length = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(text, NULL) + 1; - HGLOBAL wbuf_handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE, (SIZE_T)wbuf_length * sizeof(ImWchar)); + const int wbuf_length = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, NULL, 0); + HGLOBAL wbuf_handle = ::GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE, (SIZE_T)wbuf_length * sizeof(WCHAR)); if (wbuf_handle == NULL) { - CloseClipboard(); + ::CloseClipboard(); return; } - ImWchar* wbuf_global = (ImWchar*)GlobalLock(wbuf_handle); - ImTextStrFromUtf8(wbuf_global, wbuf_length, text, NULL); - GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle); - EmptyClipboard(); - SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, wbuf_handle); - CloseClipboard(); + WCHAR* wbuf_global = (WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle); + ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, wbuf_global, wbuf_length); + ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle); + ::EmptyClipboard(); + if (::SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, wbuf_handle) == NULL) + ::GlobalFree(wbuf_handle); + ::CloseClipboard(); +} + +#elif defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_OSX && defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) + +#include // Use old API to avoid need for separate .mm file +static PasteboardRef main_clipboard = 0; + +// OSX clipboard implementation +// If you enable this you will need to add '-framework ApplicationServices' to your linker command-line! +static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) +{ + if (!main_clipboard) + PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard); + PasteboardClear(main_clipboard); + CFDataRef cf_data = CFDataCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, (const UInt8*)text, strlen(text)); + if (cf_data) + { + PasteboardPutItemFlavor(main_clipboard, (PasteboardItemID)1, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), cf_data, 0); + CFRelease(cf_data); + } +} + +static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) +{ + if (!main_clipboard) + PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard); + PasteboardSynchronize(main_clipboard); + + ItemCount item_count = 0; + PasteboardGetItemCount(main_clipboard, &item_count); + for (ItemCount i = 0; i < item_count; i++) + { + PasteboardItemID item_id = 0; + PasteboardGetItemIdentifier(main_clipboard, i + 1, &item_id); + CFArrayRef flavor_type_array = 0; + PasteboardCopyItemFlavors(main_clipboard, item_id, &flavor_type_array); + for (CFIndex j = 0, nj = CFArrayGetCount(flavor_type_array); j < nj; j++) + { + CFDataRef cf_data; + if (PasteboardCopyItemFlavorData(main_clipboard, item_id, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), &cf_data) == noErr) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); + int length = (int)CFDataGetLength(cf_data); + g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(length + 1); + CFDataGetBytes(cf_data, CFRangeMake(0, length), (UInt8*)g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data); + g.ClipboardHandlerData[length] = 0; + CFRelease(cf_data); + return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data; + } + } + } + return NULL; } #else -// Local ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers +// Local Dear ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers. static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.PrivateClipboard.empty() ? NULL : g.PrivateClipboard.begin(); + return g.ClipboardHandlerData.empty() ? NULL : g.ClipboardHandlerData.begin(); } -// Local ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.PrivateClipboard.clear(); + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); const char* text_end = text + strlen(text); - g.PrivateClipboard.resize((int)(text_end - text) + 1); - memcpy(&g.PrivateClipboard[0], text, (size_t)(text_end - text)); - g.PrivateClipboard[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0; + g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize((int)(text_end - text) + 1); + memcpy(&g.ClipboardHandlerData[0], text, (size_t)(text_end - text)); + g.ClipboardHandlerData[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0; } #endif // Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.) -#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) #include #ifdef _MSC_VER @@ -11569,14 +10806,16 @@ static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y) { // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position - if (HWND hwnd = (HWND)GImGui->IO.ImeWindowHandle) - if (HIMC himc = ImmGetContext(hwnd)) + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + if (HWND hwnd = (HWND)io.ImeWindowHandle) + if (HIMC himc = ::ImmGetContext(hwnd)) { COMPOSITIONFORM cf; cf.ptCurrentPos.x = x; cf.ptCurrentPos.y = y; cf.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION; - ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &cf); + ::ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &cf); + ::ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, himc); } } @@ -11587,147 +10826,756 @@ static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int, int) {} #endif //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// HELP +// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - RenderViewportThumbnail() [Internal] +// - RenderViewportsThumbnails() [Internal] +// - MetricsHelpMarker() [Internal] +// - ShowMetricsWindow() +// - DebugNodeColumns() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeDrawList() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeStorage() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeTabBar() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeViewport() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeWindow() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeWindowsList() [Internal] +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW + +void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + ImVec2 scale = bb.GetSize() / viewport->Size; + ImVec2 off = bb.Min - viewport->Pos * scale; + float alpha_mul = 1.0f; + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul * 0.40f)); + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* thumb_window = g.Windows[i]; + if (!thumb_window->WasActive || (thumb_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + continue; + + ImRect thumb_r = thumb_window->Rect(); + ImRect title_r = thumb_window->TitleBarRect(); + thumb_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Max * scale)); + title_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + title_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off + ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y) * scale) + ImVec2(0,5)); // Exaggerate title bar height + thumb_r.ClipWithFull(bb); + title_r.ClipWithFull(bb); + const bool window_is_focused = (g.NavWindow && thumb_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg, alpha_mul)); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_r.Min, title_r.Max, GetColorU32(window_is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg, alpha_mul)); + window->DrawList->AddRect(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul)); + window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize * 1.0f, title_r.Min, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, alpha_mul), thumb_window->Name, FindRenderedTextEnd(thumb_window->Name)); + } + draw_list->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul)); +} + +static void RenderViewportsThumbnails() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // We don't display full monitor bounds (we could, but it often looks awkward), instead we display just enough to cover all of our viewports. + float SCALE = 1.0f / 8.0f; + ImRect bb_full(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + bb_full.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect()); + ImVec2 p = window->DC.CursorPos; + ImVec2 off = p - bb_full.Min * SCALE; + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + ImRect viewport_draw_bb(off + (viewport->Pos) * SCALE, off + (viewport->Pos + viewport->Size) * SCALE); + ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(window->DrawList, viewport, viewport_draw_bb); + } + ImGui::Dummy(bb_full.GetSize() * SCALE); +} + +// Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds. +static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) +{ + ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + { + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc); + ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS +namespace ImGui { void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); } +#endif void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) { - if (ImGui::Begin("ImGui Metrics", p_open)) + if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics/Debugger", p_open)) { - ImGui::Text("ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion()); - ImGui::Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / ImGui::GetIO().Framerate, ImGui::GetIO().Framerate); - ImGui::Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderVertices, ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderIndices, ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderIndices / 3); - ImGui::Text("%d allocations", ImGui::GetIO().MetricsAllocs); - static bool show_clip_rects = true; - ImGui::Checkbox("Show clipping rectangles when hovering an ImDrawCmd", &show_clip_rects); - ImGui::Separator(); + End(); + return; + } - struct Funcs + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; + + // Basic info + Text("Dear ImGui %s", GetVersion()); + Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate); + Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3); + Text("%d active windows (%d visible)", io.MetricsActiveWindows, io.MetricsRenderWindows); + Text("%d active allocations", io.MetricsActiveAllocations); + //SameLine(); if (SmallButton("GC")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; } + + Separator(); + + // Debugging enums + enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentIdeal, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type + const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentIdeal", "ContentRegionRect" }; + enum { TRT_OuterRect, TRT_InnerRect, TRT_WorkRect, TRT_HostClipRect, TRT_InnerClipRect, TRT_BackgroundClipRect, TRT_ColumnsRect, TRT_ColumnsWorkRect, TRT_ColumnsClipRect, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal, TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen, TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen, TRT_Count }; // Tables Rect Type + const char* trt_rects_names[TRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "InnerRect", "WorkRect", "HostClipRect", "InnerClipRect", "BackgroundClipRect", "ColumnsRect", "ColumnsWorkRect", "ColumnsClipRect", "ColumnsContentHeadersUsed", "ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal", "ColumnsContentFrozen", "ColumnsContentUnfrozen" }; + if (cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType < 0) + cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType = WRT_WorkRect; + if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType < 0) + cfg->ShowTablesRectsType = TRT_WorkRect; + + struct Funcs + { + static ImRect GetTableRect(ImGuiTable* table, int rect_type, int n) { - static void NodeDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label) + if (rect_type == TRT_OuterRect) { return table->OuterRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerRect) { return table->InnerRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_WorkRect) { return table->WorkRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_HostClipRect) { return table->HostClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerClipRect) { return table->InnerClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_BackgroundClipRect) { return table->BgClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastOuterHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsWorkRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, c->WorkMaxX, table->WorkRect.Max.y); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return ImRect(); + } + + static ImRect GetWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int rect_type) + { + if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRect) { return window->Rect(); } + else if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRectClipped) { return window->OuterRectClipped; } + else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect) { return window->InnerRect; } + else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect) { return window->InnerClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect) { return window->WorkRect; } + else if (rect_type == WRT_Content) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); } + else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentIdeal) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSizeIdeal); } + else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect) { return window->ContentRegionRect; } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return ImRect(); + } + }; + + // Tools + if (TreeNode("Tools")) + { + // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted. + if (Button("Item Picker..")) + DebugStartItemPicker(); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash."); + + Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder); + Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &cfg->ShowWindowsRects); + SameLine(); + SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12); + cfg->ShowWindowsRects |= Combo("##show_windows_rect_type", &cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType, wrt_rects_names, WRT_Count, WRT_Count); + if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects && g.NavWindow != NULL) + { + BulletText("'%s':", g.NavWindow->Name); + Indent(); + for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < WRT_Count; rect_n++) { - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size); - if (draw_list == ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()) - { - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::TextColored(ImColor(255,100,100), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered) - if (node_open) ImGui::TreePop(); - return; - } - if (!node_open) - return; + ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(g.NavWindow, rect_n); + Text("(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), wrt_rects_names[rect_n]); + } + Unindent(); + } + Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd mesh when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh); + Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd bounding boxes when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes); - ImDrawList* overlay_draw_list = &GImGui->OverlayDrawList; // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list - int elem_offset = 0; - for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin(); pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.end(); elem_offset += pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd++) - { - if (pcmd->UserCallback == NULL && pcmd->ElemCount == 0) - continue; - if (pcmd->UserCallback) - { - ImGui::BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData); - continue; - } - ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; - bool pcmd_node_open = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "Draw %-4d %s vtx, tex = %p, clip_rect = (%.0f,%.0f)..(%.0f,%.0f)", pcmd->ElemCount, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0 ? "indexed" : "non-indexed", pcmd->TextureId, pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w); - if (show_clip_rects && ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - ImRect clip_rect = pcmd->ClipRect; - ImRect vtxs_rect; - for (int i = elem_offset; i < elem_offset + (int)pcmd->ElemCount; i++) - vtxs_rect.Add(draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[i] : i].pos); - clip_rect.Floor(); overlay_draw_list->AddRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); - vtxs_rect.Floor(); overlay_draw_list->AddRect(vtxs_rect.Min, vtxs_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); - } - if (!pcmd_node_open) - continue; + Checkbox("Show tables rectangles", &cfg->ShowTablesRects); + SameLine(); + SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12); + cfg->ShowTablesRects |= Combo("##show_table_rects_type", &cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, trt_rects_names, TRT_Count, TRT_Count); + if (cfg->ShowTablesRects && g.NavWindow != NULL) + { + for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetSize(); table_n++) + { + ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetByIndex(table_n); + if (table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1 || (table->OuterWindow != g.NavWindow && table->InnerWindow != g.NavWindow)) + continue; - // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted. - ImGuiListClipper clipper(pcmd->ElemCount/3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible. - while (clipper.Step()) - for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, vtx_i = elem_offset + clipper.DisplayStart*3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++) + BulletText("Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name); + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), table->OuterRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + Indent(); + char buf[128]; + for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < TRT_Count; rect_n++) + { + if (rect_n >= TRT_ColumnsRect) + { + if (rect_n != TRT_ColumnsRect && rect_n != TRT_ColumnsClipRect) + continue; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) { - char buf[300]; - char *buf_p = buf, *buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); - ImVec2 triangles_pos[3]; - for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, vtx_i++) - { - ImDrawVert& v = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[vtx_i] : vtx_i]; - triangles_pos[n] = v.pos; - buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, (int)(buf_end - buf_p), "%s %04d { pos = (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv = (%.6f,%.6f), col = %08X }\n", (n == 0) ? "vtx" : " ", vtx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col); - } - ImGui::Selectable(buf, false); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = overlay_draw_list->Flags; - overlay_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines at is more readable for very large and thin triangles. - overlay_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangles_pos, 3, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), true, 1.0f); - overlay_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; - } + ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, column_n); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) Col %d %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), column_n, trt_rects_names[rect_n]); + Selectable(buf); + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); } - ImGui::TreePop(); + } + else + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, -1); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), trt_rects_names[rect_n]); + Selectable(buf); + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + } } - ImGui::TreePop(); + Unindent(); } - - static void NodeWindows(ImVector& windows, const char* label) - { - if (!ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows.Size)) - return; - for (int i = 0; i < windows.Size; i++) - Funcs::NodeWindow(windows[i], "Window"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - static void NodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) - { - if (!ImGui::TreeNode(window, "%s '%s', %d @ 0x%p", label, window->Name, window->Active || window->WasActive, window)) - return; - NodeDrawList(window->DrawList, "DrawList"); - ImGui::BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), SizeContents (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->SizeContents.x, window->SizeContents.y); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - GImGui->OverlayDrawList.AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); - ImGui::BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f)", window->Scroll.x, GetScrollMaxX(window), window->Scroll.y, GetScrollMaxY(window)); - ImGui::BulletText("Active: %d, WriteAccessed: %d", window->Active, window->WriteAccessed); - if (window->RootWindow != window) NodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); - if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) NodeWindows(window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); - ImGui::BulletText("Storage: %d bytes", window->StateStorage.Data.Size * (int)sizeof(ImGuiStorage::Pair)); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - }; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; // Access private state - Funcs::NodeWindows(g.Windows, "Windows"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("DrawList", "Active DrawLists (%d)", g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size)) - { - for (int layer = 0; layer < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.RenderDrawLists); layer++) - for (int i = 0; i < g.RenderDrawLists[layer].Size; i++) - Funcs::NodeDrawList(g.RenderDrawLists[0][i], "DrawList"); - ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups", "Open Popups Stack (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size)) + + TreePop(); + } + + // Windows + DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.Windows, "Windows"); + //DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.WindowsFocusOrder, "WindowsFocusOrder"); + + // DrawLists + int drawlist_count = 0; + for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++) + drawlist_count += g.Viewports[viewport_i]->DrawDataBuilder.GetDrawListCount(); + if (TreeNode("DrawLists", "DrawLists (%d)", drawlist_count)) + { + for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++) { - for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window; - ImGui::BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s'%s%s", g.OpenPopupStack[i].PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? " ChildWindow" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? " ChildMenu" : ""); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[viewport_i]; + for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) + for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) + DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList"); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic state")) + TreePop(); + } + + // Viewports + if (TreeNode("Viewports", "Viewports (%d)", g.Viewports.Size)) + { + Indent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + RenderViewportsThumbnails(); + Unindent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++) + DebugNodeViewport(g.Viewports[i]); + TreePop(); + } + + // Details for Popups + if (TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++) { - ImGui::Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("HoveredRootWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredRootWindow ? g.HoveredRootWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec)", g.HoveredId, g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer); // Data is "in-flight" so depending on when the Metrics window is called we may see current frame information or not - ImGui::Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec)", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer); - ImGui::Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window; + BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s'%s%s", g.OpenPopupStack[i].PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? " ChildWindow" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? " ChildMenu" : ""); + } + TreePop(); + } + + // Details for TabBars + if (TreeNode("TabBars", "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetSize())) + { + for (int n = 0; n < g.TabBars.GetSize(); n++) + DebugNodeTabBar(g.TabBars.GetByIndex(n), "TabBar"); + TreePop(); + } + + // Details for Tables + if (TreeNode("Tables", "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetSize())) + { + for (int n = 0; n < g.Tables.GetSize(); n++) + DebugNodeTable(g.Tables.GetByIndex(n)); + TreePop(); + } + + // Details for Fonts +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS + ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.IO.Fonts; + if (TreeNode("Fonts", "Fonts (%d)", atlas->Fonts.Size)) + { + ShowFontAtlas(atlas); + TreePop(); + } +#endif + + // Details for Docking +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + if (TreeNode("Docking")) + { + TreePop(); + } +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + + // Settings + if (TreeNode("Settings")) + { + if (SmallButton("Clear")) + ClearIniSettings(); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Save to memory")) + SaveIniSettingsToMemory(); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Save to disk")) + SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + SameLine(); + if (g.IO.IniFilename) + Text("\"%s\"", g.IO.IniFilename); + else + TextUnformatted(""); + Text("SettingsDirtyTimer %.2f", g.SettingsDirtyTimer); + if (TreeNode("SettingsHandlers", "Settings handlers: (%d)", g.SettingsHandlers.Size)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; n++) + BulletText("%s", g.SettingsHandlers[n].TypeName); + TreePop(); + } + if (TreeNode("SettingsWindows", "Settings packed data: Windows: %d bytes", g.SettingsWindows.size())) + { + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + DebugNodeWindowSettings(settings); + TreePop(); + } + + if (TreeNode("SettingsTables", "Settings packed data: Tables: %d bytes", g.SettingsTables.size())) + { + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + DebugNodeTableSettings(settings); + TreePop(); + } + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + + if (TreeNode("SettingsIniData", "Settings unpacked data (.ini): %d bytes", g.SettingsIniData.size())) + { + InputTextMultiline("##Ini", (char*)(void*)g.SettingsIniData.c_str(), g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Size, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeight() * 20), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + TreePop(); + } + TreePop(); + } + + // Misc Details + if (TreeNode("Internal state")) + { + const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad", "Nav", "Clipboard" }; IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT); + + Text("WINDOWING"); + Indent(); + Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("HoveredWindow->Root: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow ? g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Unindent(); + + Text("ITEMS"); + Indent(); + Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, input_source_names[g.ActiveIdSource]); + Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredId, g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Data is "in-flight" so depending on when the Metrics window is called we may see current frame information or not + Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize); + Unindent(); + + Text("NAV,FOCUS"); + Indent(); + Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer); + Text("NavInputSource: %s", input_source_names[g.NavInputSource]); + Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible); + Text("NavActivateId: 0x%08X, NavInputId: 0x%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavInputId); + Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover); + Text("NavFocusScopeId = 0x%08X", g.NavFocusScopeId); + Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL"); + Unindent(); + + TreePop(); + } + + // Overlay: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order + if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects || cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder) + { + for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; + if (!window->WasActive) + continue; + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); + if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects) + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(window, cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType); + draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255)); + } + if (cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + { + char buf[32]; + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%d", window->BeginOrderWithinContext); + float font_size = GetFontSize(); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(font_size, font_size), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255)); + draw_list->AddText(window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); + } } } - ImGui::End(); + + // Overlay: Display Tables Rectangles + if (cfg->ShowTablesRects) + { + for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetSize(); table_n++) + { + ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetByIndex(table_n); + if (table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1) + continue; + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow); + if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType >= TRT_ColumnsRect) + { + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, column_n); + ImU32 col = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 128, 255) : IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255); + float thickness = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? 3.0f : 1.0f; + draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, col, 0.0f, 0, thickness); + } + } + else + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, -1); + draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255)); + } + } + } + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + // Overlay: Display Docking info + if (show_docking_nodes && g.IO.KeyCtrl) + { + } +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + + End(); } +// [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns +void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns) +{ + if (!TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags)) + return; + BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++) + BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm)); + TreePop(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDrawList +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; + int cmd_count = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size; + if (cmd_count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) + cmd_count--; + bool node_open = TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, cmd_count); + if (draw_list == GetWindowDrawList()) + { + SameLine(); + TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered) + if (node_open) + TreePop(); + return; + } + + ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list + if (window && IsItemHovered()) + fg_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!node_open) + return; + + if (window && !window->WasActive) + TextDisabled("Warning: owning Window is inactive. This DrawList is not being rendered!"); + + for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data; pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + cmd_count; pcmd++) + { + if (pcmd->UserCallback) + { + BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData); + continue; + } + + char buf[300]; + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d tris, Tex 0x%p, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", + pcmd->ElemCount / 3, (void*)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId, + pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w); + bool pcmd_node_open = TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf); + if (IsItemHovered() && (cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh || cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes) && fg_draw_list) + DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh, cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes); + if (!pcmd_node_open) + continue; + + // Calculate approximate coverage area (touched pixel count) + // This will be in pixels squared as long there's no post-scaling happening to the renderer output. + const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; + const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + pcmd->VtxOffset; + float total_area = 0.0f; + for (unsigned int idx_n = pcmd->IdxOffset; idx_n < pcmd->IdxOffset + pcmd->ElemCount; ) + { + ImVec2 triangle[3]; + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++) + triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos; + total_area += ImTriangleArea(triangle[0], triangle[1], triangle[2]); + } + + // Display vertex information summary. Hover to get all triangles drawn in wire-frame + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Mesh: ElemCount: %d, VtxOffset: +%d, IdxOffset: +%d, Area: ~%0.f px", pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd->VtxOffset, pcmd->IdxOffset, total_area); + Selectable(buf); + if (IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list) + DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, true, false); + + // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted. + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(pcmd->ElemCount / 3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible. + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, idx_i = pcmd->IdxOffset + clipper.DisplayStart * 3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++) + { + char* buf_p = buf, * buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); + ImVec2 triangle[3]; + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_i++) + { + const ImDrawVert& v = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_i] : idx_i]; + triangle[n] = v.pos; + buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, buf_end - buf_p, "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n", + (n == 0) ? "Vert:" : " ", idx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col); + } + + Selectable(buf, false); + if (fg_draw_list && IsItemHovered()) + { + ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags; + fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles. + fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f); + fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; + } + } + TreePop(); + } + TreePop(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Display mesh/aabb of a ImDrawCmd +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb) +{ + IM_ASSERT(show_mesh || show_aabb); + ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; + ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_cmd->VtxOffset; + + // Draw wire-frame version of all triangles + ImRect clip_rect = draw_cmd->ClipRect; + ImRect vtxs_rect(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = out_draw_list->Flags; + out_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles. + for (unsigned int idx_n = draw_cmd->IdxOffset; idx_n < draw_cmd->IdxOffset + draw_cmd->ElemCount; ) + { + ImVec2 triangle[3]; + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++) + vtxs_rect.Add((triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos)); + if (show_mesh) + out_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f); // In yellow: mesh triangles + } + // Draw bounding boxes + if (show_aabb) + { + out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(clip_rect.Min), ImFloor(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU + out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Min), ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles + } + out_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; +} + +// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiStorage +void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label) +{ + if (!TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes())) + return; + for (int n = 0; n < storage->Data.Size; n++) + { + const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p = storage->Data[n]; + BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer. + } + TreePop(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiTabBar +void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) +{ + // Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernible strings. + char buf[256]; + char* p = buf; + const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); + const bool is_active = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible >= GetFrameCount() - 2); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + IM_UNUSED(p); + if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } + bool open = TreeNode(tab_bar, "%s", buf); + if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } + if (is_active && IsItemHovered()) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(); + draw_list->AddRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + } + if (open) + { + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + { + const ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + PushID(tab); + if (SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } SameLine(0, 2); + if (SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } SameLine(); + Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s' Offset: %.1f, Width: %.1f/%.1f", + tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, (tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "", tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth); + PopID(); + } + TreePop(); + } +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) +{ + SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (TreeNode("viewport0", "Viewport #%d", 0)) + { + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = viewport->Flags; + BulletText("Main Pos: (%.0f,%.0f), Size: (%.0f,%.0f)\nWorkArea Offset Left: %.0f Top: %.0f, Right: %.0f, Bottom: %.0f", + viewport->Pos.x, viewport->Pos.y, viewport->Size.x, viewport->Size.y, + viewport->WorkOffsetMin.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMin.y, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.y); + BulletText("Flags: 0x%04X =%s%s%s", viewport->Flags, + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow) ? " IsPlatformWindow" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor) ? " IsPlatformMonitor" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp) ? " OwnedByApp" : ""); + for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) + for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) + DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList"); + TreePop(); + } +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) +{ + if (window == NULL) + { + BulletText("%s: NULL", label); + return; + } + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const bool is_active = window->WasActive; + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = (window == g.NavWindow) ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected : ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None; + if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } + const bool open = TreeNodeEx(label, tree_node_flags, "%s '%s'%s", label, window->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } + if (IsItemHovered() && is_active) + GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!open) + return; + + if (window->MemoryCompacted) + TextDisabled("Note: some memory buffers have been compacted/freed."); + + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; + DebugNodeDrawList(window, window->DrawList, "DrawList"); + BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f) Ideal (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y, window->ContentSizeIdeal.x, window->ContentSizeIdeal.y); + BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags, + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? "Tooltip " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "", + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) ? "Modal " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "ChildMenu " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "", + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : ""); + BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : ""); + BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1); + BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (CanSkip %d Cannot %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems, window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems, window->SkipItems); + for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++) + { + ImRect r = window->NavRectRel[layer]; + if (r.Min.x >= r.Max.y && r.Min.y >= r.Max.y) + { + BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer]); + continue; + } + BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X at +(%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer], r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y); + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(r.Min + window->Pos, r.Max + window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + } + BulletText("NavLayersActiveMask: %X, NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask, window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL"); + if (window->RootWindow != window) { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); } + if (window->ParentWindow != NULL) { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); } + if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) { DebugNodeWindowsList(&window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); } + if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) + DebugNodeColumns(&window->ColumnsStorage[n]); + TreePop(); + } + DebugNodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage"); + TreePop(); +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) +{ + Text("0x%08X \"%s\" Pos (%d,%d) Size (%d,%d) Collapsed=%d", + settings->ID, settings->GetName(), settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y, settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y, settings->Collapsed); +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label) +{ + if (!TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows->Size)) + return; + Text("(In front-to-back order:)"); + for (int i = windows->Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) // Iterate front to back + { + PushID((*windows)[i]); + DebugNodeWindow((*windows)[i], "Window"); + PopID(); + } + TreePop(); +} + +#else + +void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow*, const ImDrawList*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList*, const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*, bool, bool) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP*) {} + +#endif + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Include imgui_user.inl at the end of imgui.cpp to access private data/functions that aren't exposed. @@ -11737,3 +11585,5 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) #endif //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/skeleton/imgui/imgui.h b/skeleton/imgui/imgui.h index 711e027..06a610d 100644 --- a/skeleton/imgui/imgui.h +++ b/skeleton/imgui/imgui.h @@ -1,250 +1,751 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.54 WIP +// dear imgui, v1.83 // (headers) -// See imgui.cpp file for documentation. -// Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code. -// Read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup ImGui in your codebase. -// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui +// Help: +// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. +// Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments. + +// Resources: +// - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui +// - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3793 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) +// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary +// - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues +// - Discussions https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions + +/* + +Index of this file: +// [SECTION] Header mess +// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types +// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions +// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations +// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> +// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle +// [SECTION] ImGuiIO +// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs) +// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) +// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawFlags, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) +// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont) +// [SECTION] Viewports (ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport) +// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types + +*/ #pragma once -#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) || defined(IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) -#include "imconfig.h" // User-editable configuration file +// Configuration file with compile-time options (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system') +#ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG +#include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG +#endif +#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) || defined(IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) +#include "imconfig.h" #endif -#include // FLT_MAX -#include // va_list -#include // ptrdiff_t, NULL -#include // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp -#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.54 WIP" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE -// Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Header mess +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Includes +#include // FLT_MIN, FLT_MAX +#include // va_list, va_start, va_end +#include // ptrdiff_t, NULL +#include // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp + +// Version +// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals. Work in progress versions typically starts at XYY99 then bounce up to XYY00, XYY01 etc. when release tagging happens) +#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.83" +#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 18300 +#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) +#define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE + +// Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows) +// IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default backends files (imgui_impl_xxx.h) +// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility (also function call overhead, as dear imgui is a call-heavy API) #ifndef IMGUI_API #define IMGUI_API #endif - -// Define assertion handler. -#ifndef IM_ASSERT -#include -#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) assert(_EXPR) +#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_API +#define IMGUI_IMPL_API IMGUI_API #endif -// Helpers -// Some compilers support applying printf-style warnings to user functions. -#if defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__) +// Helper Macros +#ifndef IM_ASSERT +#include +#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) assert(_EXPR) // You can override the default assert handler by editing imconfig.h +#endif +#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*(_ARR)))) // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers! +#define IM_UNUSED(_VAR) ((void)(_VAR)) // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds. +#if (__cplusplus >= 201100) || (defined(_MSVC_LANG) && _MSVC_LANG >= 201100) +#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in C++11 +#else +#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) ((size_t)&(((_TYPE*)0)->_MEMBER)) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Old style macro. +#endif + +// Helper Macros - IM_FMTARGS, IM_FMTLIST: Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions. +#if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__clang__) #define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1))) #define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, 0))) +#elif !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__MINGW32__) +#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, FMT+1))) +#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, 0))) #else #define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) #define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) #endif -#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR)/sizeof(*_ARR))) +// Disable some of MSVC most aggressive Debug runtime checks in function header/footer (used in some simple/low-level functions) +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) && !defined(IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID) +#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF __pragma(runtime_checks("",off)) __pragma(check_stack(off)) __pragma(strict_gs_check(push,off)) +#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE __pragma(runtime_checks("",restore)) __pragma(check_stack()) __pragma(strict_gs_check(pop)) +#else +#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE +#endif + +// Warnings +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (push) +#pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6). +#endif #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic push #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" +#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" #endif +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Forward declarations -struct ImDrawChannel; // Temporary storage for outputting drawing commands out of order, used by ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit() -struct ImDrawCmd; // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call) -struct ImDrawData; // All draw command lists required to render the frame -struct ImDrawList; // A single draw command list (generally one per window) +struct ImDrawChannel; // Temporary storage to output draw commands out of order, used by ImDrawListSplitter and ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit() +struct ImDrawCmd; // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call, unless it is a callback) +struct ImDrawData; // All draw command lists required to render the frame + pos/size coordinates to use for the projection matrix. +struct ImDrawList; // A single draw command list (generally one per window, conceptually you may see this as a dynamic "mesh" builder) struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared among multiple draw lists (typically owned by parent ImGui context, but you may create one yourself) -struct ImDrawVert; // A single vertex (20 bytes by default, override layout with IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT) +struct ImDrawListSplitter; // Helper to split a draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order, then flattened back. +struct ImDrawVert; // A single vertex (pos + uv + col = 20 bytes by default. Override layout with IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT) struct ImFont; // Runtime data for a single font within a parent ImFontAtlas struct ImFontAtlas; // Runtime data for multiple fonts, bake multiple fonts into a single texture, TTF/OTF font loader +struct ImFontBuilderIO; // Opaque interface to a font builder (stb_truetype or FreeType). struct ImFontConfig; // Configuration data when adding a font or merging fonts -struct ImColor; // Helper functions to create a color that can be converted to either u32 or float4 +struct ImFontGlyph; // A single font glyph (code point + coordinates within in ImFontAtlas + offset) +struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder; // Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data +struct ImColor; // Helper functions to create a color that can be converted to either u32 or float4 (*OBSOLETE* please avoid using) +struct ImGuiContext; // Dear ImGui context (opaque structure, unless including imgui_internal.h) struct ImGuiIO; // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui -struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame; // Simple helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame, used by IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME macro -struct ImGuiStorage; // Simple custom key value storage -struct ImGuiStyle; // Runtime data for styling/colors -struct ImGuiTextFilter; // Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]" -struct ImGuiTextBuffer; // Text buffer for logging/accumulating text -struct ImGuiTextEditCallbackData; // Shared state of ImGui::InputText() when using custom ImGuiTextEditCallback (rare/advanced use) -struct ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData;// Structure used to constraint window size in custom ways when using custom ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback (rare/advanced use) +struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData; // Shared state of InputText() when using custom ImGuiInputTextCallback (rare/advanced use) struct ImGuiListClipper; // Helper to manually clip large list of items +struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame; // Helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame, used by IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME macro struct ImGuiPayload; // User data payload for drag and drop operations -struct ImGuiContext; // ImGui context (opaque) +struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData; // Callback data when using SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() (rare/advanced use) +struct ImGuiStorage; // Helper for key->value storage +struct ImGuiStyle; // Runtime data for styling/colors +struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs; // Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more) +struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs; // Sorting specification for one column of a table +struct ImGuiTextBuffer; // Helper to hold and append into a text buffer (~string builder) +struct ImGuiTextFilter; // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e.g. "aaaaa[,bbbbb][,ccccc]") +struct ImGuiViewport; // A Platform Window (always only one in 'master' branch), in the future may represent Platform Monitor -// Typedefs and Enumerations (declared as int for compatibility and to not pollute the top of this file) -typedef unsigned int ImU32; // 32-bit unsigned integer (typically used to store packed colors) -typedef unsigned int ImGuiID; // unique ID used by widgets (typically hashed from a stack of string) -typedef unsigned short ImWchar; // character for keyboard input/display -typedef void* ImTextureID; // user data to identify a texture (this is whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID in imgui.cpp) -typedef int ImGuiCol; // enum: a color identifier for styling // enum ImGuiCol_ -typedef int ImGuiCond; // enum: a condition for Set*() // enum ImGuiCond_ -typedef int ImGuiKey; // enum: a key identifier (ImGui-side enum) // enum ImGuiKey_ -typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // enum: a mouse cursor identifier // enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ -typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // enum: a variable identifier for styling // enum ImGuiStyleVar_ -typedef int ImDrawCornerFlags; // flags: for ImDrawList::AddRect*() etc. // enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ -typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // flags: for ImDrawList // enum ImDrawListFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags; // flags: for ColorEdit*(), ColorPicker*() // enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiColumnsFlags; // flags: for *Columns*() // enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags; // flags: for *DragDrop*() // enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiComboFlags; // flags: for BeginCombo() // enum ImGuiComboFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // flags: for IsWindowFocused() // enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // flags: for IsItemHovered() etc. // enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // flags: for InputText*() // enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // flags: for Selectable() // enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags; // flags: for TreeNode*(),CollapsingHeader()// enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags; // flags: for Begin*() // enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ -typedef int (*ImGuiTextEditCallback)(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData *data); -typedef void (*ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback)(ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData* data); -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) -typedef unsigned __int64 ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer +// Enums/Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags and to not pollute the top of this file) +// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists! +// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.NavigateTo") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +typedef int ImGuiCol; // -> enum ImGuiCol_ // Enum: A color identifier for styling +typedef int ImGuiCond; // -> enum ImGuiCond_ // Enum: A condition for many Set*() functions +typedef int ImGuiDataType; // -> enum ImGuiDataType_ // Enum: A primary data type +typedef int ImGuiDir; // -> enum ImGuiDir_ // Enum: A cardinal direction +typedef int ImGuiKey; // -> enum ImGuiKey_ // Enum: A key identifier (ImGui-side enum) +typedef int ImGuiNavInput; // -> enum ImGuiNavInput_ // Enum: An input identifier for navigation +typedef int ImGuiMouseButton; // -> enum ImGuiMouseButton_ // Enum: A mouse button identifier (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle) +typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Enum: A mouse cursor identifier +typedef int ImGuiSortDirection; // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection_ // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending) +typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_ // Enum: A variable identifier for styling +typedef int ImGuiTableBgTarget; // -> enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ // Enum: A color target for TableSetBgColor() +typedef int ImDrawFlags; // -> enum ImDrawFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList functions +typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList instance +typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // Flags: for ImFontAtlas build +typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags; // -> enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ // Flags: for io.BackendFlags +typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags; // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ // Flags: for InvisibleButton() +typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags; // -> enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ // Flags: for ColorEdit4(), ColorPicker4() etc. +typedef int ImGuiConfigFlags; // -> enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ // Flags: for io.ConfigFlags +typedef int ImGuiComboFlags; // -> enum ImGuiComboFlags_ // Flags: for BeginCombo() +typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ // Flags: for BeginDragDropSource(), AcceptDragDropPayload() +typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ // Flags: for IsWindowFocused() +typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc. +typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline() +typedef int ImGuiKeyModFlags; // -> enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ // Flags: for io.KeyMods (Ctrl/Shift/Alt/Super) +typedef int ImGuiPopupFlags; // -> enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ // Flags: for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() +typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable() +typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ // Flags: for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. +typedef int ImGuiTabBarFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTabBar() +typedef int ImGuiTabItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTabItem() +typedef int ImGuiTableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableFlags_ // Flags: For BeginTable() +typedef int ImGuiTableColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_// Flags: For TableSetupColumn() +typedef int ImGuiTableRowFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ // Flags: For TableNextRow() +typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ // Flags: for TreeNode(), TreeNodeEx(), CollapsingHeader() +typedef int ImGuiViewportFlags; // -> enum ImGuiViewportFlags_ // Flags: for ImGuiViewport +typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags; // -> enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ // Flags: for Begin(), BeginChild() + +// Other types +#ifndef ImTextureID // ImTextureID [configurable type: override in imconfig.h with '#define ImTextureID xxx'] +typedef void* ImTextureID; // User data for rendering backend to identify a texture. This is whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID for details. +#endif +typedef unsigned int ImGuiID; // A unique ID used by widgets, typically hashed from a stack of string. +typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::InputText() +typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() +typedef void* (*ImGuiMemAllocFunc)(size_t sz, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() +typedef void (*ImGuiMemFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() + +// Character types +// (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display) +typedef unsigned short ImWchar16; // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. +typedef unsigned int ImWchar32; // A single decoded U32 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 // ImWchar [configurable type: override in imconfig.h with '#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32' to support Unicode planes 1-16] +typedef ImWchar32 ImWchar; #else -typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer -#endif +typedef ImWchar16 ImWchar; +#endif -// Others helpers at bottom of the file: -// class ImVector<> // Lightweight std::vector like class. -// IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME // Execute a block of code once per frame only (convenient for creating UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times) +// Basic scalar data types +typedef signed char ImS8; // 8-bit signed integer +typedef unsigned char ImU8; // 8-bit unsigned integer +typedef signed short ImS16; // 16-bit signed integer +typedef unsigned short ImU16; // 16-bit unsigned integer +typedef signed int ImS32; // 32-bit signed integer == int +typedef unsigned int ImU32; // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors) +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) +typedef signed __int64 ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (pre and post C++11 with Visual Studio) +typedef unsigned __int64 ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (pre and post C++11 with Visual Studio) +#elif (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) && (__cplusplus < 201100) +#include +typedef int64_t ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (pre C++11) +typedef uint64_t ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (pre C++11) +#else +typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (post C++11) +typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (post C++11) +#endif +// 2D vector (often used to store positions or sizes) +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF struct ImVec2 { - float x, y; - ImVec2() { x = y = 0.0f; } - ImVec2(float _x, float _y) { x = _x; y = _y; } -#ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA // Define constructor and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back<>forth from your math types and ImVec2. - IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA + float x, y; + ImVec2() { x = y = 0.0f; } + ImVec2(float _x, float _y) { x = _x; y = _y; } + float operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. + float& operator[] (size_t idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. +#ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA + IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec2. #endif }; +// 4D vector (often used to store floating-point colors) struct ImVec4 { - float x, y, z, w; - ImVec4() { x = y = z = w = 0.0f; } - ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) { x = _x; y = _y; z = _z; w = _w; } -#ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA // Define constructor and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back<>forth from your math types and ImVec4. - IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA + float x, y, z, w; + ImVec4() { x = y = z = w = 0.0f; } + ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) { x = _x; y = _y; z = _z; w = _w; } +#ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA + IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec4. #endif }; +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions +// (Note that ImGui:: being a namespace, you can add extra ImGui:: functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui source files!) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGui end-user API -// In a namespace so that user can add extra functions in a separate file (e.g. Value() helpers for your vector or common types) namespace ImGui { + // Context creation and access + // - Each context create its own ImFontAtlas by default. You may instance one yourself and pass it to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts. + // - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() + // for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for details. + IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas = NULL); + IMGUI_API void DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx = NULL); // NULL = destroy current context + IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GetCurrentContext(); + IMGUI_API void SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx); + // Main - IMGUI_API ImGuiIO& GetIO(); - IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle& GetStyle(); - IMGUI_API ImDrawData* GetDrawData(); // same value as passed to your io.RenderDrawListsFn() function. valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame() - IMGUI_API void NewFrame(); // start a new ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until Render()/EndFrame(). - IMGUI_API void Render(); // ends the ImGui frame, finalize the draw data, then call your io.RenderDrawListsFn() function if set. - IMGUI_API void EndFrame(); // ends the ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(), so most likely don't need to ever call that yourself directly. If you don't need to render you may call EndFrame() but you'll have wasted CPU already. If you don't need to render, better to not create any imgui windows instead! - IMGUI_API void Shutdown(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiIO& GetIO(); // access the IO structure (mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs, time, various configuration options/flags) + IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle& GetStyle(); // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleCol(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame! + IMGUI_API void NewFrame(); // start a new Dear ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until Render()/EndFrame(). + IMGUI_API void EndFrame(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(). If you don't need to render data (skipping rendering) you may call EndFrame() without Render()... but you'll have wasted CPU already! If you don't need to render, better to not create any windows and not call NewFrame() at all! + IMGUI_API void Render(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. You can then get call GetDrawData(). + IMGUI_API ImDrawData* GetDrawData(); // valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame(). this is what you have to render. - // Demo, Debug, Informations - IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create demo/test window (previously called ShowTestWindow). demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application! - IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create metrics window. display ImGui internals: draw commands (with individual draw calls and vertices), window list, basic internal state, etc. + // Demo, Debug, Information + IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Demo window. demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application! + IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Metrics/Debugger window. display Dear ImGui internals: windows, draw commands, various internal state, etc. + IMGUI_API void ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information. IMGUI_API void ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL); // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style) - IMGUI_API bool ShowStyleSelector(const char* label); - IMGUI_API void ShowFontSelector(const char* label); + IMGUI_API bool ShowStyleSelector(const char* label); // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles. + IMGUI_API void ShowFontSelector(const char* label); // add font selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the loaded fonts. IMGUI_API void ShowUserGuide(); // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as a end-user (mouse/keyboard controls). + IMGUI_API const char* GetVersion(); // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.80 WIP" (essentially the value for IMGUI_VERSION from the compiled version of imgui.cpp) - // Window - IMGUI_API bool Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // push window to the stack and start appending to it. see .cpp for details. return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. 'bool* p_open' creates a widget on the upper-right to close the window (which sets your bool to false). - IMGUI_API void End(); // finish appending to current window, pop it off the window stack. - IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags = 0); // begin a scrolling region. size==0.0f: use remaining window size, size<0.0f: use remaining window size minus abs(size). size>0.0f: fixed size. each axis can use a different mode, e.g. ImVec2(0,400). - IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags = 0); // " + // Styles + IMGUI_API void StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // new, recommended style (default) + IMGUI_API void StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // best used with borders and a custom, thicker font + IMGUI_API void StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // classic imgui style + + // Windows + // - Begin() = push window to the stack and start appending to it. End() = pop window from the stack. + // - Passing 'bool* p_open != NULL' shows a window-closing widget in the upper-right corner of the window, + // which clicking will set the boolean to false when clicked. + // - You may append multiple times to the same window during the same frame by calling Begin()/End() pairs multiple times. + // Some information such as 'flags' or 'p_open' will only be considered by the first call to Begin(). + // - Begin() return false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting + // anything to the window. Always call a matching End() for each Begin() call, regardless of its return value! + // [Important: due to legacy reason, this is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, + // BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function + // returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] + // - Note that the bottom of window stack always contains a window called "Debug". + IMGUI_API bool Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void End(); + + // Child Windows + // - Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window. Child windows can embed their own child. + // - For each independent axis of 'size': ==0.0f: use remaining host window size / >0.0f: fixed size / <0.0f: use remaining window size minus abs(size) / Each axis can use a different mode, e.g. ImVec2(0,400). + // - BeginChild() returns false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting anything to the window. + // Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value. + // [Important: due to legacy reason, this is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, + // BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function + // returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] + IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void EndChild(); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos() - IMGUI_API float GetContentRegionAvailWidth(); // - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be override with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates - IMGUI_API float GetWindowContentRegionWidth(); // - IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetWindowDrawList(); // get rendering command-list if you want to append your own draw primitives - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (useful if you want to do your own drawing via the DrawList api) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size - IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth(); - IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight(); - IMGUI_API bool IsWindowCollapsed(); - IMGUI_API bool IsWindowAppearing(); - IMGUI_API void SetWindowFontScale(float scale); // per-window font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows - IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0,0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc. - IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin() - IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints. - IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size); // set next window content size (~ enforce the range of scrollbars). not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.). set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin() - IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin() - IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowFocus(); // set next window to be focused / front-most. call before Begin() - IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window position - call within Begin()/End(). prefer using SetNextWindowPos(), as this may incur tearing and side-effects. - IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0,0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects. - IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window collapsed state. prefer using SetNextWindowCollapsed(). - IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(); // (not recommended) set current window to be focused / front-most. prefer using SetNextWindowFocus(). + // Windows Utilities + // - 'current window' = the window we are appending into while inside a Begin()/End() block. 'next window' = next window we will Begin() into. + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowAppearing(); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowCollapsed(); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags=0); // is current window focused? or its root/child, depending on flags. see flags for options. + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered (and typically: not blocked by a popup/modal)? see flags for options. NB: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to imgui or to your app, you should use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Please read the FAQ! + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetWindowDrawList(); // get draw list associated to the current window, to append your own drawing primitives + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (useful if you want to do your own drawing via the DrawList API) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size + IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth(); // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x) + IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight(); // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y) + + // Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin). + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0, 0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc. + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin() + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. Sizes will be rounded down. Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints. + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size); // set next window content size (~ scrollable client area, which enforce the range of scrollbars). Not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.) nor WindowPadding. set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin() + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin() + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowFocus(); // set next window to be focused / top-most. call before Begin() + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha); // set next window background color alpha. helper to easily override the Alpha component of ImGuiCol_WindowBg/ChildBg/PopupBg. you may also use ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground. + IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window position - call within Begin()/End(). prefer using SetNextWindowPos(), as this may incur tearing and side-effects. + IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0, 0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects. + IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window collapsed state. prefer using SetNextWindowCollapsed(). + IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(); // (not recommended) set current window to be focused / top-most. prefer using SetNextWindowFocus(). + IMGUI_API void SetWindowFontScale(float scale); // set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows. This is an old API! For correct scaling, prefer to reload font + rebuild ImFontAtlas + call style.ScaleAllSizes(). IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window position. IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window collapsed state - IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(const char* name); // set named window to be focused / front-most. use NULL to remove focus. + IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(const char* name); // set named window to be focused / top-most. use NULL to remove focus. - IMGUI_API float GetScrollX(); // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()] - IMGUI_API float GetScrollY(); // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()] - IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxX(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.X - WindowSize.X - IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxY(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.Y - WindowSize.Y - IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(float scroll_x); // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()] - IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(float scroll_y); // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()] - IMGUI_API void SetScrollHere(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead. - IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(float pos_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make given position valid. use GetCursorPos() or GetCursorStartPos()+offset to get valid positions. - IMGUI_API void SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree); // replace tree state storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it) - IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage(); + // Content region + // - Retrieve available space from a given point. GetContentRegionAvail() is frequently useful. + // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned (they are confusing, incomplete and the Min/Max return values are in local window coordinates which increases confusion) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos() + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be override with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates + IMGUI_API float GetWindowContentRegionWidth(); // + + // Windows Scrolling + IMGUI_API float GetScrollX(); // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()] + IMGUI_API float GetScrollY(); // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()] + IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(float scroll_x); // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()] + IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(float scroll_y); // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()] + IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxX(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.x - WindowSize.x - DecorationsSize.x + IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxY(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.y - WindowSize.y - DecorationsSize.y + IMGUI_API void SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_x_ratio=0.0: left, 0.5: center, 1.0: right. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead. + IMGUI_API void SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead. + IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position. + IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position. // Parameters stacks (shared) - IMGUI_API void PushFont(ImFont* font); // use NULL as a shortcut to push default font + IMGUI_API void PushFont(ImFont* font); // use NULL as a shortcut to push default font IMGUI_API void PopFont(); - IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col); // modify a style color. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col); IMGUI_API void PopStyleColor(int count = 1); - IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val); - IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val); + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val); // modify a style float variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val); // modify a style ImVec2 variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). IMGUI_API void PopStyleVar(int count = 1); - IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx); // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwhise use GetColorU32() to get style color + style alpha. - IMGUI_API ImFont* GetFont(); // get current font - IMGUI_API float GetFontSize(); // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API - IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier - IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied - IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImU32 col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied - - // Parameters stacks (current window) - IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // width of items for the common item+label case, pixels. 0.0f = default to ~2/3 of windows width, >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side) - IMGUI_API void PopItemWidth(); - IMGUI_API float CalcItemWidth(); // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position - IMGUI_API void PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x = 0.0f); // word-wrapping for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space - IMGUI_API void PopTextWrapPos(); - IMGUI_API void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus); // allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets + IMGUI_API void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus); // == tab stop enable. Allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets IMGUI_API void PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); - IMGUI_API void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat); // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame. + IMGUI_API void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat); // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame. IMGUI_API void PopButtonRepeat(); - // Cursor / Layout - IMGUI_API void Separator(); // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator. - IMGUI_API void SameLine(float pos_x = 0.0f, float spacing_w = -1.0f); // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally - IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine() - IMGUI_API void Spacing(); // add vertical spacing - IMGUI_API void Dummy(const ImVec2& size); // add a dummy item of given size - IMGUI_API void Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position toward the right, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if != 0 - IMGUI_API void Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position back to the left, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if != 0 - IMGUI_API void BeginGroup(); // lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) - IMGUI_API void EndGroup(); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // cursor position is relative to window position - IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosX(); // " - IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosY(); // " - IMGUI_API void SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos); // " - IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float x); // " - IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float y); // " - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // initial cursor position - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize] (useful to work with ImDrawList API) - IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize] - IMGUI_API void AlignTextToFramePadding(); // vertically align/lower upcoming text to FramePadding.y so that it will aligns to upcoming widgets (call if you have text on a line before regular widgets) - IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeight(); // ~ FontSize - IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of text) - IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeight(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 - IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of framed widgets) + // Parameters stacks (current window) + IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side). + IMGUI_API void PopItemWidth(); + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemWidth(float item_width); // set width of the _next_ common large "item+label" widget. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side) + IMGUI_API float CalcItemWidth(); // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position. NOT necessarily the width of last item unlike most 'Item' functions. + IMGUI_API void PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_local_pos_x = 0.0f); // push word-wrapping position for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space + IMGUI_API void PopTextWrapPos(); - // Columns - // You can also use SameLine(pos_x) for simplified columns. The columns API is still work-in-progress and rather lacking. + // Style read access + IMGUI_API ImFont* GetFont(); // get current font + IMGUI_API float GetFontSize(); // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API + IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList + IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList + IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImU32 col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList + IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx); // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in. + + // Cursor / Layout + // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position. + // - The typical widget behavior is to output themselves at the current cursor position, then move the cursor one line down. + // - You can call SameLine() between widgets to undo the last carriage return and output at the right of the preceding widget. + // - Attention! We currently have inconsistencies between window-local and absolute positions we will aim to fix with future API: + // Window-local coordinates: SameLine(), GetCursorPos(), SetCursorPos(), GetCursorStartPos(), GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegion*(), PushTextWrapPos() + // Absolute coordinate: GetCursorScreenPos(), SetCursorScreenPos(), all ImDrawList:: functions. + IMGUI_API void Separator(); // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator. + IMGUI_API void SameLine(float offset_from_start_x=0.0f, float spacing=-1.0f); // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally. X position given in window coordinates. + IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in an horizontal-layout context. + IMGUI_API void Spacing(); // add vertical spacing. + IMGUI_API void Dummy(const ImVec2& size); // add a dummy item of given size. unlike InvisibleButton(), Dummy() won't take the mouse click or be navigable into. + IMGUI_API void Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position toward the right, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0 + IMGUI_API void Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position back to the left, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0 + IMGUI_API void BeginGroup(); // lock horizontal starting position + IMGUI_API void EndGroup(); // unlock horizontal starting position + capture the whole group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // cursor position in window coordinates (relative to window position) + IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosX(); // (some functions are using window-relative coordinates, such as: GetCursorPos, GetCursorStartPos, GetContentRegionMax, GetWindowContentRegion* etc. + IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosY(); // other functions such as GetCursorScreenPos or everything in ImDrawList:: + IMGUI_API void SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos); // are using the main, absolute coordinate system. + IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float local_x); // GetWindowPos() + GetCursorPos() == GetCursorScreenPos() etc.) + IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float local_y); // + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // initial cursor position in window coordinates + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute coordinates (useful to work with ImDrawList API). generally top-left == GetMainViewport()->Pos == (0,0) in single viewport mode, and bottom-right == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size == io.DisplaySize in single-viewport mode. + IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute coordinates + IMGUI_API void AlignTextToFramePadding(); // vertically align upcoming text baseline to FramePadding.y so that it will align properly to regularly framed items (call if you have text on a line before a framed item) + IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeight(); // ~ FontSize + IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of text) + IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeight(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of framed widgets) + + // ID stack/scopes + // - Read the FAQ for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most + // likely want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them. + // - The resulting ID are hashes of the entire stack. + // - You can also use the "Label##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others. + // - In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed and used as an ID, + // whereas "str_id" denote a string that is only used as an ID and not normally displayed. + IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id); // push string into the ID stack (will hash string). + IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end); // push string into the ID stack (will hash string). + IMGUI_API void PushID(const void* ptr_id); // push pointer into the ID stack (will hash pointer). + IMGUI_API void PushID(int int_id); // push integer into the ID stack (will hash integer). + IMGUI_API void PopID(); // pop from the ID stack. + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id); // calculate unique ID (hash of whole ID stack + given parameter). e.g. if you want to query into ImGuiStorage yourself + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr_id); + + // Widgets: Text + IMGUI_API void TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // raw text without formatting. Roughly equivalent to Text("%s", text) but: A) doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified, B) it's faster, no memory copy is done, no buffer size limits, recommended for long chunks of text. + IMGUI_API void Text(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // formatted text + IMGUI_API void TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + IMGUI_API void TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor(); + IMGUI_API void TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); + IMGUI_API void TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor(); + IMGUI_API void TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + IMGUI_API void TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); Text(fmt, ...); PopTextWrapPos();. Note that this won't work on an auto-resizing window if there's no other widgets to extend the window width, yoy may need to set a size using SetNextWindowSize(). + IMGUI_API void TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + IMGUI_API void LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // display text+label aligned the same way as value+label widgets + IMGUI_API void LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); + IMGUI_API void BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for Bullet()+Text() + IMGUI_API void BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + + // Widgets: Main + // - Most widgets return true when the value has been changed or when pressed/selected + // - You may also use one of the many IsItemXXX functions (e.g. IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) to query widget state. + IMGUI_API bool Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // button + IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char* label); // button with FramePadding=(0,0) to easily embed within text + IMGUI_API bool InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); // flexible button behavior without the visuals, frequently useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) + IMGUI_API bool ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir); // square button with an arrow shape + IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0)); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); // <0 frame_padding uses default frame padding settings. 0 for no padding + IMGUI_API bool Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v); + IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, int* flags, int flags_value); + IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value); + IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, bool active); // use with e.g. if (RadioButton("one", my_value==1)) { my_value = 1; } + IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button); // shortcut to handle the above pattern when value is an integer + IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0), const char* overlay = NULL); + IMGUI_API void Bullet(); // draw a small circle + keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses + + // Widgets: Combo Box + // - The BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items. + // - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analogous to how ListBox are created. + IMGUI_API bool BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void EndCombo(); // only call EndCombo() if BeginCombo() returns true! + IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); + IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); // Separate items with \0 within a string, end item-list with \0\0. e.g. "One\0Two\0Three\0" + IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool(*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); + + // Widgets: Drag Sliders + // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped and can go off-bounds. + // - For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every functions, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x + // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc. + // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d"). + // - Speed are per-pixel of mouse movement (v_speed=0.2f: mouse needs to move by 5 pixels to increase value by 1). For gamepad/keyboard navigation, minimum speed is Max(v_speed, minimum_step_at_given_precision). + // - Use v_min < v_max to clamp edits to given limits. Note that CTRL+Click manual input can override those limits. + // - Use v_max = FLT_MAX / INT_MAX etc to avoid clamping to a maximum, same with v_min = -FLT_MAX / INT_MIN to avoid clamping to a minimum. + // - We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them. + // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are DragXXX() function signatures that takes a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument. + // If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 + IMGUI_API bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound + IMGUI_API bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", const char* format_max = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound + IMGUI_API bool DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", const char* format_max = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed = 1.0f, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed = 1.0f, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + + // Widgets: Regular Sliders + // - CTRL+Click on any slider to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped and can go off-bounds. + // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc. + // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d"). + // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are SliderXXX() function signatures that takes a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument. + // If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 + IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // adjust format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix for in-slider labels or unit display. + IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min = -360.0f, float v_degrees_max = +360.0f, const char* format = "%.0f deg", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + + // Widgets: Input with Keyboard + // - If you want to use InputText() with std::string or any custom dynamic string type, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h and comments in imgui_demo.cpp. + // - Most of the ImGuiInputTextFlags flags are only useful for InputText() and not for InputFloatX, InputIntX, InputDouble etc. + IMGUI_API bool InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step = 1, int step_fast = 100, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step = 0.0, double step_fast = 0.0, const char* format = "%.6f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); + + // Widgets: Color Editor/Picker (tip: the ColorEdit* functions have a little color square that can be left-clicked to open a picker, and right-clicked to open an option menu.) + // - Note that in C++ a 'float v[X]' function argument is the _same_ as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. + // - You can pass the address of a first float element out of a contiguous structure, e.g. &myvector.x + IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const float* ref_col = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // display a color square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed. + IMGUI_API void SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); // initialize current options (generally on application startup) if you want to select a default format, picker type, etc. User will be able to change many settings, unless you pass the _NoOptions flag to your calls. + + // Widgets: Trees + // - TreeNode functions return true when the node is open, in which case you need to also call TreePop() when you are finished displaying the tree node contents. + IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const char* label); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // helper variation to easily decorelate the id from the displayed string. Read the FAQ about why and how to use ID. to align arbitrary text at the same level as a TreeNode() you can use Bullet(). + IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // " + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); + IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char* str_id); // ~ Indent()+PushId(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired. + IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id = NULL); // " + IMGUI_API void TreePop(); // ~ Unindent()+PopId() + IMGUI_API float GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(); // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode + IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop(). + IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_visible != NULL': if '*p_visible==true' display an additional small close button on upper right of the header which will set the bool to false when clicked, if '*p_visible==false' don't display the header. + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state. + + // Widgets: Selectables + // - A selectable highlights when hovered, and can display another color when selected. + // - Neighbors selectable extend their highlight bounds in order to leave no gap between them. This is so a series of selected Selectable appear contiguous. + IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height + IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper. + + // Widgets: List Boxes + // - This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with some stylistic changes. + // - The BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() or any items. + // - The simplified/old ListBox() api are helpers over BeginListBox()/EndListBox() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analoguous to how Combos are created. + // - Choose frame width: size.x > 0.0f: custom / size.x < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: right-align / size.x = 0.0f (default): use current ItemWidth + // - Choose frame height: size.y > 0.0f: custom / size.y < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: bottom-align / size.y = 0.0f (default): arbitrary default height which can fit ~7 items + IMGUI_API bool BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // open a framed scrolling region + IMGUI_API void EndListBox(); // only call EndListBox() if BeginListBox() returned true! + IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); + IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); + + // Widgets: Data Plotting + // - Consider using ImPlot (https://github.com/epezent/implot) + IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); + IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); + IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); + IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); + + // Widgets: Value() Helpers. + // - Those are merely shortcut to calling Text() with a format string. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace) + IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, bool b); + IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, int v); + IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v); + IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format = NULL); + + // Widgets: Menus + // - Use BeginMenuBar() on a window ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar to append to its menu bar. + // - Use BeginMainMenuBar() to create a menu bar at the top of the screen and append to it. + // - Use BeginMenu() to create a menu. You can call BeginMenu() multiple time with the same identifier to append more items to it. + // - Not that MenuItem() keyboardshortcuts are displayed as a convenience but _not processed_ by Dear ImGui at the moment. + IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuBar(); // append to menu-bar of current window (requires ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag set on parent window). + IMGUI_API void EndMenuBar(); // only call EndMenuBar() if BeginMenuBar() returns true! + IMGUI_API bool BeginMainMenuBar(); // create and append to a full screen menu-bar. + IMGUI_API void EndMainMenuBar(); // only call EndMainMenuBar() if BeginMainMenuBar() returns true! + IMGUI_API bool BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled = true); // create a sub-menu entry. only call EndMenu() if this returns true! + IMGUI_API void EndMenu(); // only call EndMenu() if BeginMenu() returns true! + IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated. + IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL + + // Tooltips + // - Tooltip are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away. + IMGUI_API void BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items). + IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); + IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). override any previous call to SetTooltip(). + IMGUI_API void SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + + // Popups, Modals + // - They block normal mouse hovering detection (and therefore most mouse interactions) behind them. + // - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. + // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally instead of being held by the programmer as we are used to with regular Begin*() calls. + // - The 3 properties above are related: we need to retain popup visibility state in the library because popups may be closed as any time. + // - You can bypass the hovering restriction by using ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup when calling IsItemHovered() or IsWindowHovered(). + // - IMPORTANT: Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID stack, so OpenPopup and BeginPopup generally needs to be at the same level of the stack. + // This is sometimes leading to confusing mistakes. May rework this in the future. + // Popups: begin/end functions + // - BeginPopup(): query popup state, if open start appending into the window. Call EndPopup() afterwards. ImGuiWindowFlags are forwarded to the window. + // - BeginPopupModal(): block every interactions behind the window, cannot be closed by user, add a dimming background, has a title bar. + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the modal is open, and you can start outputting to it. + IMGUI_API void EndPopup(); // only call EndPopup() if BeginPopupXXX() returns true! + // Popups: open/close functions + // - OpenPopup(): set popup state to open. ImGuiPopupFlags are available for opening options. + // - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. + // - CloseCurrentPopup(): use inside the BeginPopup()/EndPopup() scope to close manually. + // - CloseCurrentPopup() is called by default by Selectable()/MenuItem() when activated (FIXME: need some options). + // - Use ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup to avoid opening a popup if there's already one at the same level. This is equivalent to e.g. testing for !IsAnyPopupOpen() prior to OpenPopup(). + // - Use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() to tell if a window just opened. + IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0); // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!). + IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0); // id overload to facilitate calling from nested stacks + IMGUI_API void OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // helper to open popup when clicked on last item. Default to ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight == 1. (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors) + IMGUI_API void CloseCurrentPopup(); // manually close the popup we have begin-ed into. + // Popups: open+begin combined functions helpers + // - Helpers to do OpenPopup+BeginPopup where the Open action is triggered by e.g. hovering an item and right-clicking. + // - They are convenient to easily create context menus, hence the name. + // - IMPORTANT: Notice that BeginPopupContextXXX takes ImGuiPopupFlags just like OpenPopup() and unlike BeginPopup(). For full consistency, we may add ImGuiWindowFlags to the BeginPopupContextXXX functions in the future. + // - IMPORTANT: we exceptionally default their flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter, so if you add other flags remember to re-add the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight. + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // open+begin popup when clicked on last item. Use str_id==NULL to associate the popup to previous item. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp! + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);// open+begin popup when clicked on current window. + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // open+begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no windows). + // Popups: query functions + // - IsPopupOpen(): return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack. + // - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId: return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack. + // - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel: return true if any popup is open. + IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open. + + // Tables + // [BETA API] API may evolve slightly! If you use this, please update to the next version when it comes out! + // - Full-featured replacement for old Columns API. + // - See Demo->Tables for demo code. + // - See top of imgui_tables.cpp for general commentary. + // - See ImGuiTableFlags_ and ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ enums for a description of available flags. + // The typical call flow is: + // - 1. Call BeginTable(). + // - 2. Optionally call TableSetupColumn() to submit column name/flags/defaults. + // - 3. Optionally call TableSetupScrollFreeze() to request scroll freezing of columns/rows. + // - 4. Optionally call TableHeadersRow() to submit a header row. Names are pulled from TableSetupColumn() data. + // - 5. Populate contents: + // - In most situations you can use TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(N) to start appending into a column. + // - If you are using tables as a sort of grid, where every columns is holding the same type of contents, + // you may prefer using TableNextColumn() instead of TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(). + // TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap-around into the next row if needed. + // - IMPORTANT: Comparatively to the old Columns() API, we need to call TableNextColumn() for the first column! + // - Summary of possible call flow: + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // TableNextRow() -> TableSetColumnIndex(0) -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableSetColumnIndex(1) -> Text("Hello 1") // OK + // TableNextRow() -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK + // TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK: TableNextColumn() automatically gets to next row! + // TableNextRow() -> Text("Hello 0") // Not OK! Missing TableSetColumnIndex() or TableNextColumn()! Text will not appear! + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // - 5. Call EndTable() + IMGUI_API bool BeginTable(const char* str_id, int column, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), float inner_width = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API void EndTable(); // only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true! + IMGUI_API void TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags = 0, float min_row_height = 0.0f); // append into the first cell of a new row. + IMGUI_API bool TableNextColumn(); // append into the next column (or first column of next row if currently in last column). Return true when column is visible. + IMGUI_API bool TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n); // append into the specified column. Return true when column is visible. + // Tables: Headers & Columns declaration + // - Use TableSetupColumn() to specify label, resizing policy, default width/weight, id, various other flags etc. + // - Use TableHeadersRow() to create a header row and automatically submit a TableHeader() for each column. + // Headers are required to perform: reordering, sorting, and opening the context menu. + // The context menu can also be made available in columns body using ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody. + // - You may manually submit headers using TableNextRow() + TableHeader() calls, but this is only useful in + // some advanced use cases (e.g. adding custom widgets in header row). + // - Use TableSetupScrollFreeze() to lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. + IMGUI_API void TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = 0, float init_width_or_weight = 0.0f, ImGuiID user_id = 0); + IMGUI_API void TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows); // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. + IMGUI_API void TableHeadersRow(); // submit all headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu + IMGUI_API void TableHeader(const char* label); // submit one header cell manually (rarely used) + // Tables: Sorting + // - Call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. NULL when not sorting. + // - When 'SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have changed + // since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may + // wastefully sort your data every frame! + // - Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable(). + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSortSpecs* TableGetSortSpecs(); // get latest sort specs for the table (NULL if not sorting). + // Tables: Miscellaneous functions + // - Functions args 'int column_n' treat the default value of -1 as the same as passing the current column index. + IMGUI_API int TableGetColumnCount(); // return number of columns (value passed to BeginTable) + IMGUI_API int TableGetColumnIndex(); // return current column index. + IMGUI_API int TableGetRowIndex(); // return current row index. + IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(int column_n = -1); // return "" if column didn't have a name declared by TableSetupColumn(). Pass -1 to use current column. + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableColumnFlags TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n = -1); // return column flags so you can query their Enabled/Visible/Sorted/Hovered status flags. Pass -1 to use current column. + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool v);// change enabled/disabled state of a column, set to false to hide the column. Note that end-user can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody) + IMGUI_API void TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n = -1); // change the color of a cell, row, or column. See ImGuiTableBgTarget_ flags for details. + + // Legacy Columns API (2020: prefer using Tables!) + // - You can also use SameLine(pos_x) to mimic simplified columns. IMGUI_API void Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true); IMGUI_API void NextColumn(); // next column, defaults to current row or next row if the current row is finished IMGUI_API int GetColumnIndex(); // get current column index @@ -254,388 +755,498 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset_x); // set position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column IMGUI_API int GetColumnsCount(); - // ID scopes - // If you are creating widgets in a loop you most likely want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) so ImGui can differentiate them. - // You can also use the "##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others. Read "A primer on the use of labels/IDs" in the FAQ for more details. - IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id); // push identifier into the ID stack. IDs are hash of the entire stack! - IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end); - IMGUI_API void PushID(const void* ptr_id); - IMGUI_API void PushID(int int_id); - IMGUI_API void PopID(); - IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id); // calculate unique ID (hash of whole ID stack + given parameter). e.g. if you want to query into ImGuiStorage yourself - IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end); - IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr_id); + // Tab Bars, Tabs + IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags = 0); // create and append into a TabBar + IMGUI_API void EndTabBar(); // only call EndTabBar() if BeginTabBar() returns true! + IMGUI_API bool BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0); // create a Tab. Returns true if the Tab is selected. + IMGUI_API void EndTabItem(); // only call EndTabItem() if BeginTabItem() returns true! + IMGUI_API bool TabItemButton(const char* label, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0); // create a Tab behaving like a button. return true when clicked. cannot be selected in the tab bar. + IMGUI_API void SetTabItemClosed(const char* tab_or_docked_window_label); // notify TabBar or Docking system of a closed tab/window ahead (useful to reduce visual flicker on reorderable tab bars). For tab-bar: call after BeginTabBar() and before Tab submissions. Otherwise call with a window name. - // Widgets: Text - IMGUI_API void TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // raw text without formatting. Roughly equivalent to Text("%s", text) but: A) doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified, B) it's faster, no memory copy is done, no buffer size limits, recommended for long chunks of text. - IMGUI_API void Text(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // simple formatted text - IMGUI_API void TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); - IMGUI_API void TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor(); - IMGUI_API void TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); - IMGUI_API void TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor(); - IMGUI_API void TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); - IMGUI_API void TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); Text(fmt, ...); PopTextWrapPos();. Note that this won't work on an auto-resizing window if there's no other widgets to extend the window width, yoy may need to set a size using SetNextWindowSize(). - IMGUI_API void TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); - IMGUI_API void LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // display text+label aligned the same way as value+label widgets - IMGUI_API void LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); - IMGUI_API void BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for Bullet()+Text() - IMGUI_API void BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); - IMGUI_API void Bullet(); // draw a small circle and keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses - - // Widgets: Main - IMGUI_API bool Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // button - IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char* label); // button with FramePadding=(0,0) to easily embed within text - IMGUI_API bool InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size); // button behavior without the visuals, useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) - IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0)); - IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); // <0 frame_padding uses default frame padding settings. 0 for no padding - IMGUI_API bool Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v); - IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value); - IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, bool active); - IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button); - IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0), int stride = sizeof(float)); - IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0)); - IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0), int stride = sizeof(float)); - IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0)); - IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-1,0), const char* overlay = NULL); - - // Widgets: Combo Box - // The new BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it. - // The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose. - IMGUI_API bool BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API void EndCombo(); - IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); - IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); // Separate items with \0 within a string, end item-list with \0\0. e.g. "One\0Two\0Three\0" - IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool(*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); - - // Widgets: Drags (tip: ctrl+click on a drag box to input with keyboard. manually input values aren't clamped, can go off-bounds) - // For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every functions, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x - IMGUI_API bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound - IMGUI_API bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", const char* display_format_max = NULL, float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f"); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound - IMGUI_API bool DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f"); - IMGUI_API bool DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f"); - IMGUI_API bool DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f"); - IMGUI_API bool DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f", const char* display_format_max = NULL); - - // Widgets: Input with Keyboard - IMGUI_API bool InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, int decimal_precision = -1, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision = -1, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision = -1, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision = -1, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step = 1, int step_fast = 100, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - - // Widgets: Sliders (tip: ctrl+click on a slider to input with keyboard. manually input values aren't clamped, can go off-bounds) - IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); // adjust display_format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix for in-slider labels or unit display. Use power!=1.0 for logarithmic sliders - IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min = -360.0f, float v_degrees_max = +360.0f); - IMGUI_API bool SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f"); - IMGUI_API bool SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f"); - IMGUI_API bool SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f"); - IMGUI_API bool SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f"); - IMGUI_API bool VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f"); - - // Widgets: Color Editor/Picker (tip: the ColorEdit* functions have a little colored preview square that can be left-clicked to open a picker, and right-clicked to open an option menu.) - // Note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can the pass the address of a first float element out of a contiguous structure, e.g. &myvector.x - IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const float* ref_col = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0,0)); // display a colored square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed. - IMGUI_API void SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); // initialize current options (generally on application startup) if you want to select a default format, picker type, etc. User will be able to change many settings, unless you pass the _NoOptions flag to your calls. - - // Widgets: Trees - IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const char* label); // if returning 'true' the node is open and the tree id is pushed into the id stack. user is responsible for calling TreePop(). - IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // read the FAQ about why and how to use ID. to align arbitrary text at the same level as a TreeNode() you can use Bullet(). - IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // " - IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); - IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); - IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); - IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); - IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); - IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); - IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char* str_id); // ~ Indent()+PushId(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call Push/Pop yourself for layout purpose - IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id = NULL); // " - IMGUI_API void TreePop(); // ~ Unindent()+PopId() - IMGUI_API void TreeAdvanceToLabelPos(); // advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() - IMGUI_API float GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(); // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode - IMGUI_API void SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state. - IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop(). - IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_open' isn't NULL, display an additional small close button on upper right of the header - - // Widgets: Selectable / Lists - IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height - IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); - IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); - IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); - IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // use if you want to reimplement ListBox() will custom data or interactions. make sure to call ListBoxFooter() afterwards. - IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // " - IMGUI_API void ListBoxFooter(); // terminate the scrolling region - - // Widgets: Value() Helpers. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace) - IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, bool b); - IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, int v); - IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v); - IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format = NULL); - - // Tooltips - IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set text tooltip under mouse-cursor, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). overidde any previous call to SetTooltip(). - IMGUI_API void SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); - IMGUI_API void BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of contents). - IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); - - // Menus - IMGUI_API bool BeginMainMenuBar(); // create and append to a full screen menu-bar. only call EndMainMenuBar() if this returns true! - IMGUI_API void EndMainMenuBar(); - IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuBar(); // append to menu-bar of current window (requires ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag set on parent window). only call EndMenuBar() if this returns true! - IMGUI_API void EndMenuBar(); - IMGUI_API bool BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled = true); // create a sub-menu entry. only call EndMenu() if this returns true! - IMGUI_API void EndMenu(); - IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated. shortcuts are displayed for convenience but not processed by ImGui at the moment - IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL - - // Popups - IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(const char* str_id); // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!). popups are closed when user click outside, or if CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. By default, Selectable()/MenuItem() are calling CloseCurrentPopup(). Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level). - IMGUI_API bool OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1); // helper to open popup when clicked on last item. return true when just opened. - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char* str_id); // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. only call EndPopup() if BeginPopup() returned true! - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags = 0); // modal dialog (block interactions behind the modal window, can't close the modal window by clicking outside) - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on last item. if you can pass a NULL str_id only if the previous item had an id. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp! - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1, bool also_over_items = true); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on current window. - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no imgui windows). - IMGUI_API void EndPopup(); - IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id); // return true if the popup is open - IMGUI_API void CloseCurrentPopup(); // close the popup we have begin-ed into. clicking on a MenuItem or Selectable automatically close the current popup. - - // Logging/Capture: all text output from interface is captured to tty/file/clipboard. By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging. - IMGUI_API void LogToTTY(int max_depth = -1); // start logging to tty - IMGUI_API void LogToFile(int max_depth = -1, const char* filename = NULL); // start logging to file - IMGUI_API void LogToClipboard(int max_depth = -1); // start logging to OS clipboard + // Logging/Capture + // - All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard. By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging. + IMGUI_API void LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth = -1); // start logging to tty (stdout) + IMGUI_API void LogToFile(int auto_open_depth = -1, const char* filename = NULL); // start logging to file + IMGUI_API void LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth = -1); // start logging to OS clipboard IMGUI_API void LogFinish(); // stop logging (close file, etc.) IMGUI_API void LogButtons(); // helper to display buttons for logging to tty/file/clipboard IMGUI_API void LogText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // pass text data straight to log (without being displayed) + IMGUI_API void LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); // Drag and Drop - // [BETA API] Missing Demo code. API may evolve. - IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0, int mouse_button = 0); // call when the current item is active. If this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource() - IMGUI_API bool SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);// type is a user defined string of maximum 8 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui. - IMGUI_API void EndDragDropSource(); - IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTarget(); // call after submitting an item that may receive an item. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget() - IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // accept contents of a given type. If ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery is set you can peek into the payload before the mouse button is released. - IMGUI_API void EndDragDropTarget(); + // - On source items, call BeginDragDropSource(), if it returns true also call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource(). + // - On target candidates, call BeginDragDropTarget(), if it returns true also call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget(). + // - If you stop calling BeginDragDropSource() the payload is preserved however it won't have a preview tooltip (we currently display a fallback "..." tooltip, see #1725) + // - An item can be both drag source and drop target. + IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // call after submitting an item which may be dragged. when this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource() + IMGUI_API bool SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui. + IMGUI_API void EndDragDropSource(); // only call EndDragDropSource() if BeginDragDropSource() returns true! + IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTarget(); // call after submitting an item that may receive a payload. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget() + IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // accept contents of a given type. If ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery is set you can peek into the payload before the mouse button is released. + IMGUI_API void EndDragDropTarget(); // only call EndDragDropTarget() if BeginDragDropTarget() returns true! + IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* GetDragDropPayload(); // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. may return NULL. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type. // Clipping + // - Mouse hovering is affected by ImGui::PushClipRect() calls, unlike direct calls to ImDrawList::PushClipRect() which are render only. IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect); IMGUI_API void PopClipRect(); - // Styles - IMGUI_API void StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); - IMGUI_API void StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); - IMGUI_API void StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); - - // Focus - // (FIXME: Those functions will be reworked after we merge the navigation branch + have a pass at focusing/tabbing features.) - // (Prefer using "SetItemDefaultFocus()" over "if (IsWindowAppearing()) SetScrollHere()" when applicable, to make your code more forward compatible when navigation branch is merged) - IMGUI_API void SetItemDefaultFocus(); // make last item the default focused item of a window (WIP navigation branch only). Pleaase use instead of SetScrollHere(). + // Focus, Activation + // - Prefer using "SetItemDefaultFocus()" over "if (IsWindowAppearing()) SetScrollHereY()" when applicable to signify "this is the default item" + IMGUI_API void SetItemDefaultFocus(); // make last item the default focused item of a window. IMGUI_API void SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0); // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget. - // Utilities + // Item/Widgets Utilities and Query Functions + // - Most of the functions are referring to the previous Item that has been submitted. + // - See Demo Window under "Widgets->Querying Status" for an interactive visualization of most of those functions. IMGUI_API bool IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); // is the last item hovered? (and usable, aka not blocked by a popup, etc.). See ImGuiHoveredFlags for more options. - IMGUI_API bool IsItemActive(); // is the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited- items that don't interact will always return false) - IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(int mouse_button = 0); // is the last item clicked? (e.g. button/node just clicked on) - IMGUI_API bool IsItemVisible(); // is the last item visible? (aka not out of sight due to clipping/scrolling.) - IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemHovered(); - IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemActive(); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMin(); // get bounding rectangle of last item, in screen space - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMax(); // " - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectSize(); // get size of last item, in screen space + IMGUI_API bool IsItemActive(); // is the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited. This will continuously return true while holding mouse button on an item. Items that don't interact will always return false) + IMGUI_API bool IsItemFocused(); // is the last item focused for keyboard/gamepad navigation? + IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0); // is the last item hovered and mouse clicked on? (**) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()Important. (**) this it NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g. Button(). Read comments in function definition. + IMGUI_API bool IsItemVisible(); // is the last item visible? (items may be out of sight because of clipping/scrolling) + IMGUI_API bool IsItemEdited(); // did the last item modify its underlying value this frame? or was pressed? This is generally the same as the "bool" return value of many widgets. + IMGUI_API bool IsItemActivated(); // was the last item just made active (item was previously inactive). + IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivated(); // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. + IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item). + IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledOpen(); // was the last item open state toggled? set by TreeNode(). + IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemHovered(); // is any item hovered? + IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemActive(); // is any item active? + IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemFocused(); // is any item focused? + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMin(); // get upper-left bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMax(); // get lower-right bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectSize(); // get size of last item IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. sometimes useful with invisible buttons, selectables, etc. to catch unused area. - IMGUI_API bool IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags = 0); // is current window focused? or its root/child, depending on flags. see flags for options. - IMGUI_API bool IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); // is current window hovered (and typically: not blocked by a popup/modal)? see flags for options. - IMGUI_API bool IsAnyWindowFocused(); - IMGUI_API bool IsAnyWindowHovered(); // is mouse hovering any visible window + + // Viewports + // - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows. + // - In 'docking' branch with multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports. + // - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode. + IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* GetMainViewport(); // return primary/default viewport. This can never be NULL. + + // Miscellaneous Utilities IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size); // test if rectangle (of given size, starting from cursor position) is visible / not clipped. IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max); // test if rectangle (in screen space) is visible / not clipped. to perform coarse clipping on user's side. - IMGUI_API float GetTime(); - IMGUI_API int GetFrameCount(); - IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList(); // this draw list will be the last rendered one, useful to quickly draw overlays shapes/text - IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData* GetDrawListSharedData(); - IMGUI_API const char* GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcItemRectClosestPoint(const ImVec2& pos, bool on_edge = false, float outward = +0.0f); // utility to find the closest point the last item bounding rectangle edge. useful to visually link items - IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f); + IMGUI_API double GetTime(); // get global imgui time. incremented by io.DeltaTime every frame. + IMGUI_API int GetFrameCount(); // get global imgui frame count. incremented by 1 every frame. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. + IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData* GetDrawListSharedData(); // you may use this when creating your own ImDrawList instances. + IMGUI_API const char* GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx); // get a string corresponding to the enum value (for display, saving, etc.). + IMGUI_API void SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage); // replace current window storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it) + IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage(); IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can. + IMGUI_API bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame + IMGUI_API void EndChildFrame(); // always call EndChildFrame() regardless of BeginChildFrame() return values (which indicates a collapsed/clipped window) - IMGUI_API bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags = 0); // helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame - IMGUI_API void EndChildFrame(); + // Text Utilities + IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f); + // Color Utilities IMGUI_API ImVec4 ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in); IMGUI_API ImU32 ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in); IMGUI_API void ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v); IMGUI_API void ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b); - // Inputs + // Inputs Utilities: Keyboard + // - For 'int user_key_index' you can use your own indices/enums according to how your backend/engine stored them in io.KeysDown[]. + // - We don't know the meaning of those value. You can use GetKeyIndex() to map a ImGuiKey_ value into the user index. IMGUI_API int GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key); // map ImGuiKey_* values into user's key index. == io.KeyMap[key] - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(int user_key_index); // is key being held. == io.KeysDown[user_key_index]. note that imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry of io.KeyDown[]. Use your own indices/enums according to how your backend/engine stored them into KeyDown[]! - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat = true); // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down). if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index); // was key released (went from Down to !Down).. + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(int user_key_index); // is key being held. == io.KeysDown[user_key_index]. + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat = true); // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down)? if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index); // was key released (went from Down to !Down)? IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(int button); // is mouse button held - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat = false); // did mouse button clicked (went from !Down to Down) - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(int button); // did mouse button double-clicked. a double-click returns false in IsMouseClicked(). uses io.MouseDoubleClickTime. - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(int button); // did mouse button released (went from Down to !Down) - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(int button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging. if lock_threshold < -1.0f uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true); // is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings. disregarding of consideration of focus/window ordering/blocked by a popup. - IMGUI_API bool IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos = NULL); // - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePos(); // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup(); // retrieve backup of mouse positioning at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(int button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // dragging amount since clicking. if lock_threshold < -1.0f uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold - IMGUI_API void ResetMouseDragDelta(int button = 0); // - IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired cursor type, reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you - IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor type); // set desired cursor type - IMGUI_API void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool capture = true); // manually override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application handle). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. - IMGUI_API void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool capture = true); // manually override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application handle). + IMGUI_API void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard_value = true); // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard_value"; after the next NewFrame() call. - // Helpers functions to access functions pointers in ImGui::GetIO() - IMGUI_API void* MemAlloc(size_t sz); - IMGUI_API void MemFree(void* ptr); + // Inputs Utilities: Mouse + // - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right. + // - You can also use regular integer: it is forever guaranteed that 0=Left, 1=Right, 2=Middle. + // - Dragging operations are only reported after mouse has moved a certain distance away from the initial clicking position (see 'lock_threshold' and 'io.MouseDraggingThreshold') + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button); // is mouse button held? + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat = false); // did mouse button clicked? (went from !Down to Down) + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button); // did mouse button released? (went from Down to !Down) + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button); // did mouse button double-clicked? (note that a double-click will also report IsMouseClicked() == true) + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true);// is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings, but disregarding of other consideration of focus/window ordering/popup-block. + IMGUI_API bool IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos = NULL); // by convention we use (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote that there is no mouse available + IMGUI_API bool IsAnyMouseDown(); // is any mouse button held? + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePos(); // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup(); // retrieve mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into (helper to avoid user backing that value themselves) + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging? (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold) + IMGUI_API void ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0); // + IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired cursor type, reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you + IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type); // set desired cursor type + IMGUI_API void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse_value = true); // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse_value;" after the next NewFrame() call. + + // Clipboard Utilities + // - Also see the LogToClipboard() function to capture GUI into clipboard, or easily output text data to the clipboard. IMGUI_API const char* GetClipboardText(); IMGUI_API void SetClipboardText(const char* text); - // Internal context access - if you want to use multiple context, share context between modules (e.g. DLL). There is a default context created and active by default. - // All contexts share a same ImFontAtlas by default. If you want different font atlas, you can new() them and overwrite the GetIO().Fonts variable of an ImGui context. - IMGUI_API const char* GetVersion(); - IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* CreateContext(void* (*malloc_fn)(size_t) = NULL, void (*free_fn)(void*) = NULL); - IMGUI_API void DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx); - IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GetCurrentContext(); - IMGUI_API void SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx); + // Settings/.Ini Utilities + // - The disk functions are automatically called if io.IniFilename != NULL (default is "imgui.ini"). + // - Set io.IniFilename to NULL to load/save manually. Read io.WantSaveIniSettings description about handling .ini saving manually. + IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame(). NewFrame() automatically calls LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(io.IniFilename). + IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size=0); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame() to provide .ini data from your own data source. + IMGUI_API void SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename); // this is automatically called (if io.IniFilename is not empty) a few seconds after any modification that should be reflected in the .ini file (and also by DestroyContext). + IMGUI_API const char* SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_ini_size = NULL); // return a zero-terminated string with the .ini data which you can save by your own mean. call when io.WantSaveIniSettings is set, then save data by your own mean and clear io.WantSaveIniSettings. + + // Debug Utilities + // - This is used by the IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro. + IMGUI_API bool DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // This is called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro. + + // Memory Allocators + // - Those functions are not reliant on the current context. + // - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() + // for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details. + IMGUI_API void SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API void GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data); + IMGUI_API void* MemAlloc(size_t size); + IMGUI_API void MemFree(void* ptr); } // namespace ImGui +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Flags for ImGui::Begin() enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ { + ImGuiWindowFlags_None = 0, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar = 1 << 0, // Disable title-bar ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable user resizing with the lower-right grip ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove = 1 << 2, // Disable user moving the window - ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar = 1 << 3, // Disable scrollbars (window can still scroll with mouse or programatically) + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar = 1 << 3, // Disable scrollbars (window can still scroll with mouse or programmatically) ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse = 1 << 4, // Disable user vertically scrolling with mouse wheel. On child window, mouse wheel will be forwarded to the parent unless NoScrollbar is also set. ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse = 1 << 5, // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize = 1 << 6, // Resize every window to its content every frame - //ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders = 1 << 7, // Show borders around windows and items (OBSOLETE! Use e.g. style.FrameBorderSize=1.0f to enable borders). + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground = 1 << 7, // Disable drawing background color (WindowBg, etc.) and outside border. Similar as using SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f). ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 8, // Never load/save settings in .ini file - ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 9, // Disable catching mouse or keyboard inputs, hovering test with pass through. + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs = 1 << 9, // Disable catching mouse, hovering test with pass through. ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar = 1 << 10, // Has a menu-bar ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar = 1 << 11, // Allow horizontal scrollbar to appear (off by default). You may use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(width,0.0f)); prior to calling Begin() to specify width. Read code in imgui_demo in the "Horizontal Scrolling" section. ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing = 1 << 12, // Disable taking focus when transitioning from hidden to visible state - ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus = 1 << 13, // Disable bringing window to front when taking focus (e.g. clicking on it or programatically giving it focus) + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus = 1 << 13, // Disable bringing window to front when taking focus (e.g. clicking on it or programmatically giving it focus) ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar= 1 << 14, // Always show vertical scrollbar (even if ContentSize.y < Size.y) ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar=1<< 15, // Always show horizontal scrollbar (even if ContentSize.x < Size.x) ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 16, // Ensure child windows without border uses style.WindowPadding (ignored by default for non-bordered child windows, because more convenient) - ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide = 1 << 17, // (WIP) Enable resize from any corners and borders. Your back-end needs to honor the different values of io.MouseCursor set by imgui. + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs = 1 << 18, // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 19, // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB) + ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 20, // Append '*' to title without affecting the ID, as a convenience to avoid using the ### operator. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected on closure and closure is deferred by one frame to allow code to cancel the closure (with a confirmation popup, etc.) without flicker. + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse, + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, // [Internal] + ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 23, // [BETA] Allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child (only use on child that have no scrolling!) ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow = 1 << 24, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild() ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip = 1 << 25, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginTooltip() ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup = 1 << 26, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup() ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal = 1 << 27, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal() ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu = 1 << 28 // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu() + + // [Obsolete] + //ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide = 1 << 17, // --> Set io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges=true and make sure mouse cursors are supported by backend (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) }; // Flags for ImGui::InputText() enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ { + ImGuiInputTextFlags_None = 0, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal = 1 << 0, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal = 1 << 1, // Allow 0123456789ABCDEFabcdef ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase = 1 << 2, // Turn a..z into A..Z ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank = 1 << 3, // Filter out spaces, tabs ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll = 1 << 4, // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus - ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue = 1 << 5, // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to when the value was modified) - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion = 1 << 6, // Call user function on pressing TAB (for completion handling) - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory = 1 << 7, // Call user function on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling) - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways = 1 << 8, // Call user function every time. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer. - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter = 1 << 9, // Call user function to filter character. Modify data->EventChar to replace/filter input, or return 1 to discard character. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue = 1 << 5, // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to every time the value was modified). Consider looking at the IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion = 1 << 6, // Callback on pressing TAB (for completion handling) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory = 1 << 7, // Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways = 1 << 8, // Callback on each iteration. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter = 1 << 9, // Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard. ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput = 1 << 10, // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11, // In multi-line mode, unfocus with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: unfocus with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter). ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll = 1 << 12, // Disable following the cursor horizontally - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = 1 << 13, // Insert mode + ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite = 1 << 13, // Overwrite mode ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 14, // Read-only mode ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password = 1 << 15, // Password mode, display all characters as '*' ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo = 1 << 16, // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID(). - // [Internal] - ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 20 // For internal use by InputTextMultiline() + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 17, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize = 1 << 18, // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit = 1 << 19 // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active) + + // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + , ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior +#endif }; // Flags for ImGui::TreeNodeEx(), ImGui::CollapsingHeader*() enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ { + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None = 0, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected = 1 << 0, // Draw as selected - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed = 1 << 1, // Full colored frame (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed = 1 << 1, // Draw frame with background (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 2, // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen = 1 << 3, // Don't do a TreePush() when open (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) = no extra indent nor pushing on ID stack ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog = 1 << 4, // Don't automatically and temporarily open node when Logging is active (by default logging will automatically open tree nodes) ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen = 1 << 5, // Default node to be open ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick = 1 << 6, // Need double-click to open node ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow = 1 << 7, // Only open when clicking on the arrow part. If ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick is also set, single-click arrow or double-click all box to open. - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf = 1 << 8, // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes). + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf = 1 << 8, // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes). ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet = 1 << 9, // Display a bullet instead of arrow ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding = 1 << 10, // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding(). - //ImGuITreeNodeFlags_SpanAllAvailWidth = 1 << 11, // FIXME: TODO: Extend hit box horizontally even if not framed - //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen = 1 << 12, // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 11, // Extend hit box to the right-most edge, even if not framed. This is not the default in order to allow adding other items on the same line. In the future we may refactor the hit system to be front-to-back, allowing natural overlaps and then this can become the default. + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth = 1 << 12, // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (bypass the indented area). + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 13, // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop) + //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen = 1 << 14, // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog +}; - // Obsolete names (will be removed) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap -#endif +// Flags for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() functions. +// - To be backward compatible with older API which took an 'int mouse_button = 1' argument, we need to treat +// small flags values as a mouse button index, so we encode the mouse button in the first few bits of the flags. +// It is therefore guaranteed to be legal to pass a mouse button index in ImGuiPopupFlags. +// - For the same reason, we exceptionally default the ImGuiPopupFlags argument of BeginPopupContextXXX functions to 1 instead of 0. +// IMPORTANT: because the default parameter is 1 (==ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight), if you rely on the default parameter +// and want to another another flag, you need to pass in the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight flag. +// - Multiple buttons currently cannot be combined/or-ed in those functions (we could allow it later). +enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ +{ + ImGuiPopupFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonLeft = 0, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Left Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 0 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Left) + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight = 1, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Right Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 1 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Right) + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 2, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Middle Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 2 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Middle) + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = 0x1F, + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = 1, + ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup = 1 << 5, // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't open if there's already a popup at the same level of the popup stack + ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems = 1 << 6, // For BeginPopupContextWindow(): don't return true when hovering items, only when hovering empty space + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId = 1 << 7, // For IsPopupOpen(): ignore the ImGuiID parameter and test for any popup. + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel = 1 << 8, // For IsPopupOpen(): search/test at any level of the popup stack (default test in the current level) + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopup = ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId | ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel }; // Flags for ImGui::Selectable() enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ { + ImGuiSelectableFlags_None = 0, ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this don't close parent popup window ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column) - ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick = 1 << 2 // Generate press events on double clicks too + ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick = 1 << 2, // Generate press events on double clicks too + ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled = 1 << 3, // Cannot be selected, display grayed out text + ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 4 // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginCombo() enum ImGuiComboFlags_ { + ImGuiComboFlags_None = 0, ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft = 1 << 0, // Align the popup toward the left by default ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall = 1 << 1, // Max ~4 items visible. Tip: If you want your combo popup to be a specific size you can use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() prior to calling BeginCombo() ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular = 1 << 2, // Max ~8 items visible (default) ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge = 1 << 3, // Max ~20 items visible ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest = 1 << 4, // As many fitting items as possible + ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton = 1 << 5, // Display on the preview box without the square arrow button + ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview = 1 << 6, // Display only a square arrow button ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest }; +// Flags for ImGui::BeginTabBar() +enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTabBarFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 0, // Allow manually dragging tabs to re-order them + New tabs are appended at the end of list + ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs = 1 << 1, // Automatically select new tabs when they appear + ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton = 1 << 2, // Disable buttons to open the tab list popup + ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 3, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. + ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons = 1 << 4, // Disable scrolling buttons (apply when fitting policy is ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll) + ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 5, // Disable tooltips when hovering a tab + ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown = 1 << 6, // Resize tabs when they don't fit + ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll = 1 << 7, // Add scroll buttons when tabs don't fit + ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll, + ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::BeginTabItem() +enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTabItemFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 0, // Append '*' to title without affecting the ID, as a convenience to avoid using the ### operator. Also: tab is selected on closure and closure is deferred by one frame to allow code to undo it without flicker. + ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected = 1 << 1, // Trigger flag to programmatically make the tab selected when calling BeginTabItem() + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 2, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId = 1 << 3, // Don't call PushID(tab->ID)/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 4, // Disable tooltip for the given tab + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 5, // Disable reordering this tab or having another tab cross over this tab + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading = 1 << 6, // Enforce the tab position to the left of the tab bar (after the tab list popup button) + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing = 1 << 7 // Enforce the tab position to the right of the tab bar (before the scrolling buttons) +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::BeginTable() +// [BETA API] API may evolve slightly! If you use this, please update to the next version when it comes out! +// - Important! Sizing policies have complex and subtle side effects, more so than you would expect. +// Read comments/demos carefully + experiment with live demos to get acquainted with them. +// - The DEFAULT sizing policies are: +// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit if ScrollX is on, or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize. +// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame if ScrollX is off. +// - When ScrollX is off: +// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch with same weight. +// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Stretch (default), Fixed/Auto. +// - Fixed Columns will generally obtain their requested width (unless the table cannot fit them all). +// - Stretch Columns will share the remaining width. +// - Mixed Fixed/Stretch columns is possible but has various side-effects on resizing behaviors. +// The typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns. +// (this is because the visible order of columns have subtle but necessary effects on how they react to manual resizing). +// - When ScrollX is on: +// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed +// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly. +// - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show an horizontal scrollbar if needed. +// - When using auto-resizing (non-resizable) fixed columns, querying the content width to use item right-alignment e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN) doesn't make sense, would create a feedback loop. +// - Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable(). +// If you specify a value for 'inner_width' then effectively the scrolling space is known and Stretch or mixed Fixed/Stretch columns become meaningful again. +// - Read on documentation at the top of imgui_tables.cpp for details. +enum ImGuiTableFlags_ +{ + // Features + ImGuiTableFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable = 1 << 0, // Enable resizing columns. + ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 1, // Enable reordering columns in header row (need calling TableSetupColumn() + TableHeadersRow() to display headers) + ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable = 1 << 2, // Enable hiding/disabling columns in context menu. + ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable = 1 << 3, // Enable sorting. Call TableGetSortSpecs() to obtain sort specs. Also see ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti and ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 4, // Disable persisting columns order, width and sort settings in the .ini file. + ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody = 1 << 5, // Right-click on columns body/contents will display table context menu. By default it is available in TableHeadersRow(). + // Decorations + ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg = 1 << 6, // Set each RowBg color with ImGuiCol_TableRowBg or ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt (equivalent of calling TableSetBgColor with ImGuiTableBgFlags_RowBg0 on each row manually) + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH = 1 << 7, // Draw horizontal borders between rows. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH = 1 << 8, // Draw horizontal borders at the top and bottom. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV = 1 << 9, // Draw vertical borders between columns. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV = 1 << 10, // Draw vertical borders on the left and right sides. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw horizontal borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV, // Draw vertical borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_Borders = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter, // Draw all borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody = 1 << 11, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appears in Headers). -> May move to style + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appears in Headers). -> May move to style + // Sizing Policy (read above for defaults) + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit = 1 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame = 2 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp = 3 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights proportional to each columns contents widths. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame = 4 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights all equal, unless overridden by TableSetupColumn(). + // Sizing Extra Options + ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX = 1 << 16, // Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value. Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY = 1 << 17, // Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible = 1 << 18, // Disable keeping column always minimally visible when ScrollX is off and table gets too small. Not recommended if columns are resizable. + ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths = 1 << 19, // Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth. + // Clipping + ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip = 1 << 20, // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze(). + // Padding + ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX = 1 << 21, // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outer-most padding. Generally desirable if you have headers. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX = 1 << 22, // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outer-most padding. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX = 1 << 23, // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off). + // Scrolling + ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX = 1 << 24, // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this create a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX. + ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY = 1 << 25, // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. + // Sorting + ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti = 1 << 26, // Hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1). + ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate = 1 << 27, // Allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0). + + // [Internal] Combinations and masks + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_ = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame + + // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + //, ImGuiTableFlags_ColumnsWidthFixed = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_ColumnsWidthStretch = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame // WIP Tables 2020/12 + //, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyFixed = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyStretch = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame // WIP Tables 2021/01 +#endif +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::TableSetupColumn() +enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ +{ + // Input configuration flags + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide = 1 << 0, // Default as a hidden/disabled column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort = 1 << 1, // Default as a sorting column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch = 1 << 2, // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed = 1 << 3, // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 4, // Disable manual resizing. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 5, // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide = 1 << 6, // Disable ability to hide/disable this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip = 1 << 7, // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort = 1 << 8, // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending = 1 << 9, // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending = 1 << 10, // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth = 1 << 11, // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending = 1 << 12, // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending = 1 << 13, // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable = 1 << 14, // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable = 1 << 15, // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored. + + // Output status flags, read-only via TableGetColumnFlags() + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled = 1 << 20, // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible = 1 << 21, // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted = 1 << 22, // Status: is currently part of the sort specs + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered = 1 << 23, // Status: is hovered by mouse + + // [Internal] Combinations and masks + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_ = 1 << 30 // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge) + + // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + //ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthAuto = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize, // Column will not stretch and keep resizing based on submitted contents. +#endif +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::TableNextRow() +enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTableRowFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers = 1 << 0 // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted different for auto column width) +}; + +// Enum for ImGui::TableSetBgColor() +// Background colors are rendering in 3 layers: +// - Layer 0: draw with RowBg0 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg0 if set. +// - Layer 1: draw with RowBg1 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg1 if set. +// - Layer 2: draw with CellBg color if set. +// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color changes should override or blend with the existing color. +// When using ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg on the table, each row has the RowBg0 color automatically set for odd/even rows. +// If you set the color of RowBg0 target, your color will override the existing RowBg0 color. +// If you set the color of RowBg1 or ColumnBg1 target, your color will blend over the RowBg0 color. +enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ +{ + ImGuiTableBgTarget_None = 0, + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 = 1, // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1 = 2, // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg = 3 // Set cell background color (top-most color) +}; + // Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused() enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ { + ImGuiFocusedFlags_None = 0, ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // IsWindowFocused(): Return true if any children of the window is focused ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // IsWindowFocused(): Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy) + ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // IsWindowFocused(): Return true if any window is focused. Important: If you are trying to tell how to dispatch your low-level inputs, do NOT use this. Use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ! ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows }; // Flags for ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered() +// Note: if you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your app, you should use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ! +// Note: windows with the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs flag are ignored by IsWindowHovered() calls. enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ { - ImGuiHoveredFlags_Default = 0, // Return true if directly over the item/window, not obstructed by another window, not obstructed by an active popup or modal blocking inputs under them. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_None = 0, // Return true if directly over the item/window, not obstructed by another window, not obstructed by an active popup or modal blocking inputs under them. ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any children of the window is hovered ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // IsWindowHovered() only: Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy) - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup = 1 << 2, // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window - //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal = 1 << 3, // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet. - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem = 1 << 4, // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns. - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = 1 << 5, // Return true even if the position is overlapped by another window + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any window is hovered + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup = 1 << 3, // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window + //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal = 1 << 4, // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem = 1 << 5, // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = 1 << 6, // Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 7, // Return true even if the item is disabled ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped, ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows }; @@ -643,47 +1254,159 @@ enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ // Flags for ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(), ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload() enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ { + ImGuiDragDropFlags_None = 0, // BeginDragDropSource() flags - ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 0, // By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disable this behavior. - ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover = 1 << 1, // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return true, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disable this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item. - ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers = 1 << 2, // Disable the behavior that allows to open tree nodes and collapsing header by holding over them while dragging a source item. - ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID = 1 << 3, // Allow items such as Text(), Image() that have no unique identifier to be used as drag source, by manufacturing a temporary identifier based on their window-relative position. This is extremely unusual within the dear imgui ecosystem and so we made it explicit. - ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern = 1 << 4, // External source (from outside of imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 0, // By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disable this behavior. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover = 1 << 1, // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disable this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers = 1 << 2, // Disable the behavior that allows to open tree nodes and collapsing header by holding over them while dragging a source item. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID = 1 << 3, // Allow items such as Text(), Image() that have no unique identifier to be used as drag source, by manufacturing a temporary identifier based on their window-relative position. This is extremely unusual within the dear imgui ecosystem and so we made it explicit. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern = 1 << 4, // External source (from outside of dear imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload = 1 << 5, // Automatically expire the payload if the source cease to be submitted (otherwise payloads are persisting while being dragged) // AcceptDragDropPayload() flags - ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery = 1 << 10, // AcceptDragDropPayload() will returns true even before the mouse button is released. You can then call IsDelivery() to test if the payload needs to be delivered. - ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect = 1 << 11, // Do not draw the default highlight rectangle when hovering over target. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery = 1 << 10, // AcceptDragDropPayload() will returns true even before the mouse button is released. You can then call IsDelivery() to test if the payload needs to be delivered. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect = 1 << 11, // Do not draw the default highlight rectangle when hovering over target. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 12, // Request hiding the BeginDragDropSource tooltip from the BeginDragDropTarget site. ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect // For peeking ahead and inspecting the payload before delivery. }; -// Standard Drag and Drop payload types. You can define you own payload types using 8-characters long strings. Types starting with '_' are defined by Dear ImGui. -#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F "_COL3F" // float[3] // Standard type for colors, without alpha. User code may use this type. -#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F "_COL4F" // float[4] // Standard type for colors. User code may use this type. +// Standard Drag and Drop payload types. You can define you own payload types using short strings. Types starting with '_' are defined by Dear ImGui. +#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F "_COL3F" // float[3]: Standard type for colors, without alpha. User code may use this type. +#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F "_COL4F" // float[4]: Standard type for colors. User code may use this type. + +// A primary data type +enum ImGuiDataType_ +{ + ImGuiDataType_S8, // signed char / char (with sensible compilers) + ImGuiDataType_U8, // unsigned char + ImGuiDataType_S16, // short + ImGuiDataType_U16, // unsigned short + ImGuiDataType_S32, // int + ImGuiDataType_U32, // unsigned int + ImGuiDataType_S64, // long long / __int64 + ImGuiDataType_U64, // unsigned long long / unsigned __int64 + ImGuiDataType_Float, // float + ImGuiDataType_Double, // double + ImGuiDataType_COUNT +}; + +// A cardinal direction +enum ImGuiDir_ +{ + ImGuiDir_None = -1, + ImGuiDir_Left = 0, + ImGuiDir_Right = 1, + ImGuiDir_Up = 2, + ImGuiDir_Down = 3, + ImGuiDir_COUNT +}; + +// A sorting direction +enum ImGuiSortDirection_ +{ + ImGuiSortDirection_None = 0, + ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending = 1, // Ascending = 0->9, A->Z etc. + ImGuiSortDirection_Descending = 2 // Descending = 9->0, Z->A etc. +}; // User fill ImGuiIO.KeyMap[] array with indices into the ImGuiIO.KeysDown[512] array enum ImGuiKey_ { - ImGuiKey_Tab, // for tabbing through fields - ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, // for text edit - ImGuiKey_RightArrow,// for text edit - ImGuiKey_UpArrow, // for text edit - ImGuiKey_DownArrow, // for text edit + ImGuiKey_Tab, + ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, + ImGuiKey_RightArrow, + ImGuiKey_UpArrow, + ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKey_PageDown, - ImGuiKey_Home, // for text edit - ImGuiKey_End, // for text edit - ImGuiKey_Delete, // for text edit - ImGuiKey_Backspace, // for text edit - ImGuiKey_Enter, // for text edit - ImGuiKey_Escape, // for text edit - ImGuiKey_A, // for text edit CTRL+A: select all - ImGuiKey_C, // for text edit CTRL+C: copy - ImGuiKey_V, // for text edit CTRL+V: paste - ImGuiKey_X, // for text edit CTRL+X: cut - ImGuiKey_Y, // for text edit CTRL+Y: redo - ImGuiKey_Z, // for text edit CTRL+Z: undo + ImGuiKey_Home, + ImGuiKey_End, + ImGuiKey_Insert, + ImGuiKey_Delete, + ImGuiKey_Backspace, + ImGuiKey_Space, + ImGuiKey_Enter, + ImGuiKey_Escape, + ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter, + ImGuiKey_A, // for text edit CTRL+A: select all + ImGuiKey_C, // for text edit CTRL+C: copy + ImGuiKey_V, // for text edit CTRL+V: paste + ImGuiKey_X, // for text edit CTRL+X: cut + ImGuiKey_Y, // for text edit CTRL+Y: redo + ImGuiKey_Z, // for text edit CTRL+Z: undo ImGuiKey_COUNT }; +// To test io.KeyMods (which is a combination of individual fields io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt set by user/backend) +enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ +{ + ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = 1 << 0, + ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = 1 << 1, + ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = 1 << 2, + ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = 1 << 3 +}; + +// Gamepad/Keyboard navigation +// Keyboard: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays. +// Gamepad: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. Backend: set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad and fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame(). +// Read instructions in imgui.cpp for more details. Download PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets. +enum ImGuiNavInput_ +{ + // Gamepad Mapping + ImGuiNavInput_Activate, // activate / open / toggle / tweak value // e.g. Cross (PS4), A (Xbox), A (Switch), Space (Keyboard) + ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, // cancel / close / exit // e.g. Circle (PS4), B (Xbox), B (Switch), Escape (Keyboard) + ImGuiNavInput_Input, // text input / on-screen keyboard // e.g. Triang.(PS4), Y (Xbox), X (Switch), Return (Keyboard) + ImGuiNavInput_Menu, // tap: toggle menu / hold: focus, move, resize // e.g. Square (PS4), X (Xbox), Y (Switch), Alt (Keyboard) + ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, // move / tweak / resize window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. D-pad Left/Right/Up/Down (Gamepads), Arrow keys (Keyboard) + ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, // + ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, // + ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, // + ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, // scroll / move window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. Left Analog Stick Left/Right/Up/Down + ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, // + ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, // + ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, // + ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, // next window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. L1 or L2 (PS4), LB or LT (Xbox), L or ZL (Switch) + ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, // prev window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. R1 or R2 (PS4), RB or RT (Xbox), R or ZL (Switch) + ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, // slower tweaks // e.g. L1 or L2 (PS4), LB or LT (Xbox), L or ZL (Switch) + ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast, // faster tweaks // e.g. R1 or R2 (PS4), RB or RT (Xbox), R or ZL (Switch) + + // [Internal] Don't use directly! This is used internally to differentiate keyboard from gamepad inputs for behaviors that require to differentiate them. + // Keyboard behavior that have no corresponding gamepad mapping (e.g. CTRL+TAB) will be directly reading from io.KeysDown[] instead of io.NavInputs[]. + ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, // toggle menu // = io.KeyAlt + ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, // move left // = Arrow keys + ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, // move right + ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, // move up + ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, // move down + ImGuiNavInput_COUNT, + ImGuiNavInput_InternalStart_ = ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_ +}; + +// Configuration flags stored in io.ConfigFlags. Set by user/application. +enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ +{ + ImGuiConfigFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on io.KeysDown[]. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad = 1 << 1, // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. This is mostly to instruct your imgui backend to fill io.NavInputs[]. Backend also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your backend, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard = 1 << 3, // Instruct navigation to not set the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag when io.NavActive is set. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the backend. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange = 1 << 5, // Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the backend cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead. + + // User storage (to allow your backend/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are not used by core Dear ImGui) + ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB = 1 << 20, // Application is SRGB-aware. + ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen = 1 << 21 // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse. +}; + +// Backend capabilities flags stored in io.BackendFlags. Set by imgui_impl_xxx or custom backend. +enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ +{ + ImGuiBackendFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad = 1 << 0, // Backend Platform supports gamepad and currently has one connected. + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Backend Platform supports honoring GetMouseCursor() value to change the OS cursor shape. + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Backend Platform supports io.WantSetMousePos requests to reposition the OS mouse position (only used if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is set). + ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset = 1 << 3 // Backend Renderer supports ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset. This enables output of large meshes (64K+ vertices) while still using 16-bit indices. +}; + // Enumeration for PushStyleColor() / PopStyleColor() enum ImGuiCol_ { @@ -711,7 +1434,7 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_Button, ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, - ImGuiCol_Header, + ImGuiCol_Header, // Header* colors are used for CollapsingHeader, TreeNode, Selectable, MenuItem ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered, ImGuiCol_HeaderActive, ImGuiCol_Separator, @@ -720,36 +1443,45 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip, ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered, ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive, - ImGuiCol_CloseButton, - ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered, - ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, + ImGuiCol_Tab, + ImGuiCol_TabHovered, + ImGuiCol_TabActive, + ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused, + ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive, ImGuiCol_PlotLines, ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered, ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram, ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered, + ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg, // Table header background + ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong, // Table outer and header borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here) + ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight, // Table inner borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here) + ImGuiCol_TableRowBg, // Table row background (even rows) + ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt, // Table row background (odd rows) ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, - ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening, // darken entire screen when a modal window is active ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget, + ImGuiCol_NavHighlight, // Gamepad/keyboard: current highlighted item + ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, // Highlight window when using CTRL+TAB + ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind the CTRL+TAB window list, when active + ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind a modal window, when one is active ImGuiCol_COUNT - - // Obsolete names (will be removed) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - //, ImGuiCol_ComboBg = ImGuiCol_PopupBg // ComboBg has been merged with PopupBg, so a redirect isn't accurate. - , ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg = ImGuiCol_ChildBg, ImGuiCol_Column = ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered = ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_ColumnActive = ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive -#endif }; // Enumeration for PushStyleVar() / PopStyleVar() to temporarily modify the ImGuiStyle structure. -// NB: the enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle which makes sense to be pushed/popped inside UI code. During initialization, feel free to just poke into ImGuiStyle directly. -// NB: if changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type. +// - The enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle which makes sense to be pushed/popped inside UI code. +// During initialization or between frames, feel free to just poke into ImGuiStyle directly. +// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _second column_ below to find the actual members and their description. +// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.NavigateTo") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +// - When changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type. enum ImGuiStyleVar_ { - // Enum name ......................// Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions) + // Enum name --------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions) ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, // float Alpha ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, // ImVec2 WindowPadding ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, // float WindowRounding ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, // float WindowBorderSize ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, // ImVec2 WindowMinSize + ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign, // ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, // float ChildRounding ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, // float ChildBorderSize ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding, // float PopupRounding @@ -760,317 +1492,526 @@ enum ImGuiStyleVar_ ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemSpacing ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, // float IndentSpacing + ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, // ImVec2 CellPadding + ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize, // float ScrollbarSize + ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding, // float ScrollbarRounding ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, // float GrabMinSize + ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding, // float GrabRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding, // float TabRounding ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign, // ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign - ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ + ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign + ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT +}; + +// Flags for InvisibleButton() [extended in imgui_internal.h] +enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ +{ + ImGuiButtonFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft = 1 << 0, // React on left mouse button (default) + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight = 1 << 1, // React on right mouse button + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 1 << 2, // React on center mouse button + + // [Internal] + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle, + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft +}; + +// Flags for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton() +enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ +{ + ImGuiColorEditFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha = 1 << 1, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: ignore Alpha component (will only read 3 components from the input pointer). + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker = 1 << 2, // // ColorEdit: disable picker when clicking on color square. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions = 1 << 3, // // ColorEdit: disable toggling options menu when right-clicking on inputs/small preview. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview = 1 << 4, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable color square preview next to the inputs. (e.g. to show only the inputs) + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 5, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable inputs sliders/text widgets (e.g. to show only the small preview color square). + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 6, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: disable tooltip when hovering the preview. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel = 1 << 7, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable display of inline text label (the label is still forwarded to the tooltip and picker). + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview = 1 << 8, // // ColorPicker: disable bigger color preview on right side of the picker, use small color square preview instead. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop = 1 << 9, // // ColorEdit: disable drag and drop target. ColorButton: disable drag and drop source. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 10, // // ColorButton: disable border (which is enforced by default) + + // User Options (right-click on widget to change some of them). + ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar = 1 << 16, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: show vertical alpha bar/gradient in picker. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview = 1 << 17, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display preview as a transparent color over a checkerboard, instead of opaque. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf= 1 << 18, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display half opaque / half checkerboard, instead of opaque. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR = 1 << 19, // // (WIP) ColorEdit: Currently only disable 0.0f..1.0f limits in RGBA edition (note: you probably want to use ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float flag as well). + ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB = 1 << 20, // [Display] // ColorEdit: override _display_ type among RGB/HSV/Hex. ColorPicker: select any combination using one or more of RGB/HSV/Hex. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV = 1 << 21, // [Display] // " + ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex = 1 << 22, // [Display] // " + ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 = 1 << 23, // [DataType] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0..255. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float = 1 << 24, // [DataType] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0.0f..1.0f floats instead of 0..255 integers. No round-trip of value via integers. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar = 1 << 25, // [Picker] // ColorPicker: bar for Hue, rectangle for Sat/Value. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel = 1 << 26, // [Picker] // ColorPicker: wheel for Hue, triangle for Sat/Value. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB = 1 << 27, // [Input] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: input and output data in RGB format. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV = 1 << 28, // [Input] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: input and output data in HSV format. + + // Defaults Options. You can set application defaults using SetColorEditOptions(). The intent is that you probably don't want to + // override them in most of your calls. Let the user choose via the option menu and/or call SetColorEditOptions() once during startup. + ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, + + // [Internal] Masks + ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex, + ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float, + ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, + ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV // Obsolete names (will be removed) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding = ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding + , ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex // [renamed in 1.69] #endif }; -// Enumeration for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton() -enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ +// Flags for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. +// We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them. +enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ { - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha = 1 << 1, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: ignore Alpha component (read 3 components from the input pointer). - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker = 1 << 2, // // ColorEdit: disable picker when clicking on colored square. - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions = 1 << 3, // // ColorEdit: disable toggling options menu when right-clicking on inputs/small preview. - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview = 1 << 4, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable colored square preview next to the inputs. (e.g. to show only the inputs) - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 5, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable inputs sliders/text widgets (e.g. to show only the small preview colored square). - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 6, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: disable tooltip when hovering the preview. - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel = 1 << 7, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable display of inline text label (the label is still forwarded to the tooltip and picker). - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview = 1 << 8, // // ColorPicker: disable bigger color preview on right side of the picker, use small colored square preview instead. - // User Options (right-click on widget to change some of them). You can set application defaults using SetColorEditOptions(). The idea is that you probably don't want to override them in most of your calls, let the user choose and/or call SetColorEditOptions() during startup. - ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar = 1 << 9, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: show vertical alpha bar/gradient in picker. - ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview = 1 << 10, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display preview as a transparent color over a checkerboard, instead of opaque. - ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf= 1 << 11, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display half opaque / half checkerboard, instead of opaque. - ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR = 1 << 12, // // (WIP) ColorEdit: Currently only disable 0.0f..1.0f limits in RGBA edition (note: you probably want to use ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float flag as well). - ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = 1 << 13, // [Inputs] // ColorEdit: choose one among RGB/HSV/HEX. ColorPicker: choose any combination using RGB/HSV/HEX. - ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = 1 << 14, // [Inputs] // " - ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = 1 << 15, // [Inputs] // " - ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 = 1 << 16, // [DataType] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0..255. - ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float = 1 << 17, // [DataType] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0.0f..1.0f floats instead of 0..255 integers. No round-trip of value via integers. - ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar = 1 << 18, // [PickerMode] // ColorPicker: bar for Hue, rectangle for Sat/Value. - ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel = 1 << 19, // [PickerMode] // ColorPicker: wheel for Hue, triangle for Sat/Value. - // Internals/Masks - ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV|ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX, - ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8|ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float, - ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel|ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, - ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8|ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar // Change application default using SetColorEditOptions() + ImGuiSliderFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp = 1 << 4, // Clamp value to min/max bounds when input manually with CTRL+Click. By default CTRL+Click allows going out of bounds. + ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic = 1 << 5, // Make the widget logarithmic (linear otherwise). Consider using ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat with this if using a format-string with small amount of digits. + ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat = 1 << 6, // Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the display format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits) + ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput = 1 << 7, // Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget + ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_ = 0x7000000F // [Internal] We treat using those bits as being potentially a 'float power' argument from the previous API that has got miscast to this enum, and will trigger an assert if needed. + + // Obsolete names (will be removed) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + , ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp // [renamed in 1.79] +#endif +}; + +// Identify a mouse button. +// Those values are guaranteed to be stable and we frequently use 0/1 directly. Named enums provided for convenience. +enum ImGuiMouseButton_ +{ + ImGuiMouseButton_Left = 0, + ImGuiMouseButton_Right = 1, + ImGuiMouseButton_Middle = 2, + ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT = 5 }; // Enumeration for GetMouseCursor() +// User code may request backend to display given cursor by calling SetMouseCursor(), which is why we have some cursors that are marked unused here enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ { ImGuiMouseCursor_None = -1, ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow = 0, ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput, // When hovering over InputText, etc. - ImGuiMouseCursor_Move, // Unused + ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions) ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS, // When hovering over an horizontal border ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW, // When hovering over a vertical border or a column ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW, // When hovering over the bottom-left corner of a window ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE, // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window - ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ + ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions. Use for e.g. hyperlinks) + ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed, // When hovering something with disallowed interaction. Usually a crossed circle. + ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT }; -// Condition for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextTreeNode***() functions -// All those functions treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiCond_Always. From the point of view of the user use this as an enum (don't combine multiple values into flags). +// Enumeration for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions +// Represent a condition. +// Important: Treat as a regular enum! Do NOT combine multiple values using binary operators! All the functions above treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiCond_Always. enum ImGuiCond_ { - ImGuiCond_Always = 1 << 0, // Set the variable - ImGuiCond_Once = 1 << 1, // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call with succeed) - ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver = 1 << 2, // Set the variable if the window has no saved data (if doesn't exist in the .ini file) - ImGuiCond_Appearing = 1 << 3 // Set the variable if the window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time) - - // Obsolete names (will be removed) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiSetCond_Always = ImGuiCond_Always, ImGuiSetCond_Once = ImGuiCond_Once, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver = ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImGuiSetCond_Appearing = ImGuiCond_Appearing -#endif + ImGuiCond_None = 0, // No condition (always set the variable), same as _Always + ImGuiCond_Always = 1 << 0, // No condition (always set the variable) + ImGuiCond_Once = 1 << 1, // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call will succeed) + ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver = 1 << 2, // Set the variable if the object/window has no persistently saved data (no entry in .ini file) + ImGuiCond_Appearing = 1 << 3 // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time) }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// IM_MALLOC(), IM_FREE(), IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE() +// We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax. +// Defining a custom placement new() with a custom parameter allows us to bypass including which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImNewWrapper {}; +inline void* operator new(size_t, ImNewWrapper, void* ptr) { return ptr; } +inline void operator delete(void*, ImNewWrapper, void*) {} // This is only required so we can use the symmetrical new() +#define IM_ALLOC(_SIZE) ImGui::MemAlloc(_SIZE) +#define IM_FREE(_PTR) ImGui::MemFree(_PTR) +#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR) new(ImNewWrapper(), _PTR) +#define IM_NEW(_TYPE) new(ImNewWrapper(), ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(_TYPE))) _TYPE +template void IM_DELETE(T* p) { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p); } } + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ImVector<> +// Lightweight std::vector<>-like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also, some implementations of STL with debug enabled are absurdly slow, we bypass it so our code runs fast in debug). +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - You generally do NOT need to care or use this ever. But we need to make it available in imgui.h because some of our public structures are relying on it. +// - We use std-like naming convention here, which is a little unusual for this codebase. +// - Important: clear() frees memory, resize(0) keep the allocated buffer. We use resize(0) a lot to intentionally recycle allocated buffers across frames and amortize our costs. +// - Important: our implementation does NOT call C++ constructors/destructors, we treat everything as raw data! This is intentional but be extra mindful of that, +// Do NOT use this class as a std::vector replacement in your own code! Many of the structures used by dear imgui can be safely initialized by a zero-memset. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +template +struct ImVector +{ + int Size; + int Capacity; + T* Data; + + // Provide standard typedefs but we don't use them ourselves. + typedef T value_type; + typedef value_type* iterator; + typedef const value_type* const_iterator; + + // Constructors, destructor + inline ImVector() { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; } + inline ImVector(const ImVector& src) { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; operator=(src); } + inline ImVector& operator=(const ImVector& src) { clear(); resize(src.Size); memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; } + inline ~ImVector() { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); } + + inline bool empty() const { return Size == 0; } + inline int size() const { return Size; } + inline int size_in_bytes() const { return Size * (int)sizeof(T); } + inline int max_size() const { return 0x7FFFFFFF / (int)sizeof(T); } + inline int capacity() const { return Capacity; } + inline T& operator[](int i) { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; } + inline const T& operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; } + + inline void clear() { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } } + inline T* begin() { return Data; } + inline const T* begin() const { return Data; } + inline T* end() { return Data + Size; } + inline const T* end() const { return Data + Size; } + inline T& front() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; } + inline const T& front() const { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; } + inline T& back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; } + inline const T& back() const { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; } + inline void swap(ImVector& rhs) { int rhs_size = rhs.Size; rhs.Size = Size; Size = rhs_size; int rhs_cap = rhs.Capacity; rhs.Capacity = Capacity; Capacity = rhs_cap; T* rhs_data = rhs.Data; rhs.Data = Data; Data = rhs_data; } + + inline int _grow_capacity(int sz) const { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity / 2) : 8; return new_capacity > sz ? new_capacity : sz; } + inline void resize(int new_size) { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); Size = new_size; } + inline void resize(int new_size, const T& v) { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); if (new_size > Size) for (int n = Size; n < new_size; n++) memcpy(&Data[n], &v, sizeof(v)); Size = new_size; } + inline void shrink(int new_size) { IM_ASSERT(new_size <= Size); Size = new_size; } // Resize a vector to a smaller size, guaranteed not to cause a reallocation + inline void reserve(int new_capacity) { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; T* new_data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); if (Data) { memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); IM_FREE(Data); } Data = new_data; Capacity = new_capacity; } + + // NB: It is illegal to call push_back/push_front/insert with a reference pointing inside the ImVector data itself! e.g. v.push_back(v[10]) is forbidden. + inline void push_back(const T& v) { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); memcpy(&Data[Size], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; } + inline void pop_back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; } + inline void push_front(const T& v) { if (Size == 0) push_back(v); else insert(Data, v); } + inline T* erase(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; } + inline T* erase(const T* it, const T* it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size && it_last > it && it_last <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - count) * sizeof(T)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; } + inline T* erase_unsorted(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (it < Data + Size - 1) memcpy(Data + off, Data + Size - 1, sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; } + inline T* insert(const T* it, const T& v) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(T)); memcpy(&Data[off], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return Data + off; } + inline bool contains(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; } + inline T* find(const T& v) { T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; } + inline const T* find(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; } + inline bool find_erase(const T& v) { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase(it); return true; } return false; } + inline bool find_erase_unsorted(const T& v) { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase_unsorted(it); return true; } return false; } + inline int index_from_ptr(const T* it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; } +}; +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// You may modify the ImGui::GetStyle() main instance during initialization and before NewFrame(). +// During the frame, use ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_XXXX)/PopStyleVar() to alter the main style values, +// and ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_XXX)/PopStyleColor() for colors. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + struct ImGuiStyle { - float Alpha; // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui - ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Padding within a window - float WindowRounding; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows - float WindowBorderSize; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly) - ImVec2 WindowMinSize; // Minimum window size + float Alpha; // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui. + ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Padding within a window. + float WindowRounding; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. + float WindowBorderSize; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). + ImVec2 WindowMinSize; // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constraint individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign; // Alignment for title bar text. Defaults to (0.0f,0.5f) for left-aligned,vertically centered. + ImGuiDir WindowMenuButtonPosition; // Side of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (None/Left/Right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left. float ChildRounding; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. - float ChildBorderSize; // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly) - float PopupRounding; // Radius of popup window corners rounding. - float PopupBorderSize; // Thickness of border around popup windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly) - ImVec2 FramePadding; // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets) + float ChildBorderSize; // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). + float PopupRounding; // Radius of popup window corners rounding. (Note that tooltip windows use WindowRounding) + float PopupBorderSize; // Thickness of border around popup/tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). + ImVec2 FramePadding; // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets). float FrameRounding; // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frame (used by most widgets). - float FrameBorderSize; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly) - ImVec2 ItemSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines - ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label) + float FrameBorderSize; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). + ImVec2 ItemSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines. + ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label). + ImVec2 CellPadding; // Padding within a table cell ImVec2 TouchExtraPadding; // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! float IndentSpacing; // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). - float ColumnsMinSpacing; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns - float ScrollbarSize; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar - float ScrollbarRounding; // Radius of grab corners for scrollbar + float ColumnsMinSpacing; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). + float ScrollbarSize; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar. + float ScrollbarRounding; // Radius of grab corners for scrollbar. float GrabMinSize; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar. float GrabRounding; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. - ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign; // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontally+vertically centered. - ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Window positions are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only covers regular windows. - ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows. - bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. - bool AntiAliasedFill; // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.) + float LogSliderDeadzone; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. + float TabRounding; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. + float TabBorderSize; // Thickness of border around tabs. + float TabMinWidthForCloseButton; // Minimum width for close button to appears on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + ImGuiDir ColorButtonPosition; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. + ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign; // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered). + ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign; // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. + ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. + ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly! + float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. + bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). + bool AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). + bool AntiAliasedFill; // Enable anti-aliased edges around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. + float CircleTessellationMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. ImVec4 Colors[ImGuiCol_COUNT]; IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle(); IMGUI_API void ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor); }; -// This is where your app communicate with ImGui. Access via ImGui::GetIO(). -// Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGuiIO +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Communicate most settings and inputs/outputs to Dear ImGui using this structure. +// Access via ImGui::GetIO(). Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + struct ImGuiIO { //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Settings (fill once) // Default value: + // Configuration (fill once) // Default value //------------------------------------------------------------------ - ImVec2 DisplaySize; // // Display size, in pixels. For clamping windows positions. - float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds. - float IniSavingRate; // = 5.0f // Maximum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds. - const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file. NULL to disable .ini saving. - const char* LogFilename; // = "imgui_log.txt" // Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified). - float MouseDoubleClickTime; // = 0.30f // Time for a double-click, in seconds. - float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels. - float MouseDragThreshold; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging - int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // // Map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array - float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.250f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.). - float KeyRepeatRate; // = 0.050f // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds. - void* UserData; // = NULL // Store your own data for retrieval by callbacks. + ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc. + ImGuiBackendFlags BackendFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by backend (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom backend) to communicate features supported by the backend. + ImVec2 DisplaySize; // // Main display size, in pixels (generally == GetMainViewport()->Size) + float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds. + float IniSavingRate; // = 5.0f // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds. + const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file. Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving, if e.g. you want to manually load/save from memory. + const char* LogFilename; // = "imgui_log.txt"// Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified). + float MouseDoubleClickTime; // = 0.30f // Time for a double-click, in seconds. + float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels. + float MouseDragThreshold; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging. + int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // // Map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. + float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.250f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.). + float KeyRepeatRate; // = 0.050f // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds. + void* UserData; // = NULL // Store your own data for retrieval by callbacks. - ImFontAtlas* Fonts; // // Load and assemble one or more fonts into a single tightly packed texture. Output to Fonts array. - float FontGlobalScale; // = 1.0f // Global scale all fonts - bool FontAllowUserScaling; // = false // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel. - ImFont* FontDefault; // = NULL // Font to use on NewFrame(). Use NULL to uses Fonts->Fonts[0]. - ImVec2 DisplayFramebufferScale; // = (1.0f,1.0f) // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. User storage only, presently not used by ImGui. - ImVec2 DisplayVisibleMin; // (0.0f,0.0f) // If you use DisplaySize as a virtual space larger than your screen, set DisplayVisibleMin/Max to the visible area. - ImVec2 DisplayVisibleMax; // (0.0f,0.0f) // If the values are the same, we defaults to Min=(0.0f) and Max=DisplaySize + ImFontAtlas*Fonts; // // Font atlas: load, rasterize and pack one or more fonts into a single texture. + float FontGlobalScale; // = 1.0f // Global scale all fonts + bool FontAllowUserScaling; // = false // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel. + ImFont* FontDefault; // = NULL // Font to use on NewFrame(). Use NULL to uses Fonts->Fonts[0]. + ImVec2 DisplayFramebufferScale; // = (1, 1) // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. This generally ends up in ImDrawData::FramebufferScale. - // Advanced/subtle behaviors - bool OptMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl - bool OptCursorBlink; // = true // Enable blinking cursor, for users who consider it annoying. + // Miscellaneous options + bool MouseDrawCursor; // = false // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by backend implementations. + bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl. + bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink; // = true // Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting). + bool ConfigDragClickToInputText; // = false // [BETA] Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving). Not desirable on devices without a keyboard. + bool ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges; // = true // Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be a per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag) + bool ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false // Enable allowing to move windows only when clicking on their title bar. Does not apply to windows without a title bar. + float ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; // = 60.0f // Timer (in seconds) to free transient windows/tables memory buffers when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable. //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Settings (User Functions) + // Platform Functions + // (the imgui_impl_xxxx backend files are setting those up for you) //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Rendering function, will be called in Render(). - // Alternatively you can keep this to NULL and call GetDrawData() after Render() to get the same pointer. - // See example applications if you are unsure of how to implement this. - void (*RenderDrawListsFn)(ImDrawData* data); + // Optional: Platform/Renderer backend name (informational only! will be displayed in About Window) + User data for backend/wrappers to store their own stuff. + const char* BackendPlatformName; // = NULL + const char* BackendRendererName; // = NULL + void* BackendPlatformUserData; // = NULL // User data for platform backend + void* BackendRendererUserData; // = NULL // User data for renderer backend + void* BackendLanguageUserData; // = NULL // User data for non C++ programming language backend - // Optional: access OS clipboard + // Optional: Access OS clipboard // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures) const char* (*GetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data); void (*SetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data, const char* text); void* ClipboardUserData; - // Optional: override memory allocations. MemFreeFn() may be called with a NULL pointer. - // (default to posix malloc/free) - void* (*MemAllocFn)(size_t sz); - void (*MemFreeFn)(void* ptr); - - // Optional: notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME in Windows) + // Optional: Notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME on Windows) // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows) void (*ImeSetInputScreenPosFn)(int x, int y); - void* ImeWindowHandle; // (Windows) Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning. + void* ImeWindowHandle; // = NULL // (Windows) Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning. //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Input - Fill before calling NewFrame() //------------------------------------------------------------------ - ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.) - bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: left, right, middle + extras. ImGui itself mostly only uses left button (BeginPopupContext** are using right button). Others buttons allows us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API. - float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. - bool MouseDrawCursor; // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). - bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Control - bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Shift - bool KeyAlt; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Alt - bool KeySuper; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Cmd/Super/Windows - bool KeysDown[512]; // Keyboard keys that are pressed (in whatever storage order you naturally have access to keyboard data) - ImWchar InputCharacters[16+1]; // List of characters input (translated by user from keypress+keyboard state). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper. + ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.) + bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras (ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT == 5). Dear ImGui mostly uses left and right buttons. Others buttons allows us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API. + float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. + float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with an horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends. + bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Control + bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Shift + bool KeyAlt; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Alt + bool KeySuper; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Cmd/Super/Windows + bool KeysDown[512]; // Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). + float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // Gamepad inputs. Cleared back to zero by EndFrame(). Keyboard keys will be auto-mapped and be written here by NewFrame(). // Functions - IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(ImWchar c); // Add new character into InputCharacters[] - IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars); // Add new characters into InputCharacters[] from an UTF-8 string - inline void ClearInputCharacters() { InputCharacters[0] = 0; } // Clear the text input buffer manually + IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c); // Queue new character input + IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c); // Queue new character input from an UTF-16 character, it can be a surrogate + IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str); // Queue new characters input from an UTF-8 string + IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // Clear the text input buffer manually //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Output - Retrieve after calling NewFrame() + // Output - Updated by NewFrame() or EndFrame()/Render() + // (when reading from the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to dispatch your inputs, it is + // generally easier and more correct to use their state BEFORE calling NewFrame(). See FAQ for details!) //------------------------------------------------------------------ - bool WantCaptureMouse; // When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, do not dispatch mouse input data to your main application. This is set by ImGui when it wants to use your mouse (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering a window, or a widget is active). - bool WantCaptureKeyboard; // When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, do not dispatch keyboard input data to your main application. This is set by ImGui when it wants to use your keyboard inputs. - bool WantTextInput; // Mobile/console: when io.WantTextInput is true, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active). - bool WantMoveMouse; // [BETA-NAV] MousePos has been altered, back-end should reposition mouse on next frame. Set only when 'NavMovesMouse=true'. - float Framerate; // Application framerate estimation, in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Rolling average estimation based on IO.DeltaTime over 120 frames - int MetricsAllocs; // Number of active memory allocations - int MetricsRenderVertices; // Vertices output during last call to Render() - int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3 - int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of visible root windows (exclude child windows) - ImVec2 MouseDelta; // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta. + bool WantCaptureMouse; // Set when Dear ImGui will use mouse inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass on mouse inputs to imgui). (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering over an imgui window, widget is active, mouse was clicked over an imgui window, etc.). + bool WantCaptureKeyboard; // Set when Dear ImGui will use keyboard inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass keyboard inputs to imgui). (e.g. InputText active, or an imgui window is focused and navigation is enabled, etc.). + bool WantTextInput; // Mobile/console: when set, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by Dear ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active). + bool WantSetMousePos; // MousePos has been altered, backend should reposition mouse on next frame. Rarely used! Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled. + bool WantSaveIniSettings; // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. Important: clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself after saving! + bool NavActive; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag. + bool NavVisible; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events). + float Framerate; // Rough estimate of application framerate, in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Rolling average estimation based on io.DeltaTime over 120 frames. + int MetricsRenderVertices; // Vertices output during last call to Render() + int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3 + int MetricsRenderWindows; // Number of visible windows + int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of active windows + int MetricsActiveAllocations; // Number of active allocations, updated by MemAlloc/MemFree based on current context. May be off if you have multiple imgui contexts. + ImVec2 MouseDelta; // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta. //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // [Internal] ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed! + // [Internal] Dear ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed! //------------------------------------------------------------------ - ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position temporary storage (nb: not for public use, set to MousePos in NewFrame()) - ImVec2 MouseClickedPos[5]; // Position at time of clicking - float MouseClickedTime[5]; // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click) - bool MouseClicked[5]; // Mouse button went from !Down to Down - bool MouseDoubleClicked[5]; // Has mouse button been double-clicked? - bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down - bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a window. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds. - float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked) - float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down - ImVec2 MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[5]; // Maximum distance, absolute, on each axis, of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point - float MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point - float KeysDownDuration[512]; // Duration the keyboard key has been down (0.0f == just pressed) - float KeysDownDurationPrev[512]; // Previous duration the key has been down + ImGuiKeyModFlags KeyMods; // Key mods flags (same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags), updated by NewFrame() + ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid) + ImVec2 MouseClickedPos[5]; // Position at time of clicking + double MouseClickedTime[5]; // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click) + bool MouseClicked[5]; // Mouse button went from !Down to Down + bool MouseDoubleClicked[5]; // Has mouse button been double-clicked? + bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down + bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds. + bool MouseDownWasDoubleClick[5]; // Track if button down was a double-click + float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked) + float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down + ImVec2 MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[5]; // Maximum distance, absolute, on each axis, of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point + float MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point + float KeysDownDuration[512]; // Duration the keyboard key has been down (0.0f == just pressed) + float KeysDownDurationPrev[512]; // Previous duration the key has been down + float NavInputsDownDuration[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; + float NavInputsDownDurationPrev[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; + float PenPressure; // Touch/Pen pressure (0.0f to 1.0f, should be >0.0f only when MouseDown[0] == true). Helper storage currently unused by Dear ImGui. + ImWchar16 InputQueueSurrogate; // For AddInputCharacterUTF16 + ImVector InputQueueCharacters; // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform backend). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper. IMGUI_API ImGuiIO(); }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Obsolete functions (Will be removed! Also see 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp) +// [SECTION] Misc data structures //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -namespace ImGui +// Shared state of InputText(), passed as an argument to your callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used. +// The callback function should return 0 by default. +// Callbacks (follow a flag name and see comments in ImGuiInputTextFlags_ declarations for more details) +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit: Callback on buffer edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active) +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways: Callback on each iteration +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion: Callback on pressing TAB +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory: Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter: Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard. +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize: Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. +struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData { - static inline void ShowTestWindow() { return ShowDemoWindow(); } // OBSOLETE 1.53+ - static inline bool IsRootWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow); } // OBSOLETE 1.53+ - static inline bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows); } // OBSOLETE 1.53+ - static inline void SetNextWindowContentWidth(float width) { SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(width, 0.0f)); } // OBSOLETE 1.53+ (nb: original version preserved last Y value set by SetNextWindowContentSize()) - static inline bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0) { return IsItemHovered(flags | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows); } // OBSOLETE 1.53+ use flags directly - bool Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, const ImVec2& size_on_first_use, float bg_alpha_override = -1.0f, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // OBSOLETE 1.52+. use SetNextWindowSize() instead if you want to set a window size. - static inline void AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() { AlignTextToFramePadding(); } // OBSOLETE 1.52+ - static inline void SetNextWindowPosCenter(ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(GetIO().DisplaySize.x * 0.5f, GetIO().DisplaySize.y * 0.5f), cond, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); } // OBSOLETE 1.52+ - static inline bool IsItemHoveredRect() { return IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly); } // OBSOLETE 1.51+ - static inline bool IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(const ImVec2&) { IM_ASSERT(0); return false; } // OBSOLETE 1.51+. This was partly broken. You probably wanted to use ImGui::GetIO().WantCaptureMouse instead. - static inline bool IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() { return IsAnyWindowHovered(); } // OBSOLETE 1.51+ - static inline bool IsMouseHoveringWindow() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem); } // OBSOLETE 1.51+ - static inline bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id, bool framed = true, bool default_open = false) { (void)str_id; (void)framed; ImGuiTreeNodeFlags default_open_flags = 1 << 5; return CollapsingHeader(label, (default_open ? default_open_flags : 0)); } // OBSOLETE 1.49+ -} -#endif + ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag; // One ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* // Read-only + ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only + void* UserData; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helpers -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Arguments for the different callback events + // - To modify the text buffer in a callback, prefer using the InsertChars() / DeleteChars() function. InsertChars() will take care of calling the resize callback if necessary. + // - If you know your edits are not going to resize the underlying buffer allocation, you may modify the contents of 'Buf[]' directly. You need to update 'BufTextLen' accordingly (0 <= BufTextLen < BufSize) and set 'BufDirty'' to true so InputText can update its internal state. + ImWchar EventChar; // Character input // Read-write // [CharFilter] Replace character with another one, or set to zero to drop. return 1 is equivalent to setting EventChar=0; + ImGuiKey EventKey; // Key pressed (Up/Down/TAB) // Read-only // [Completion,History] + char* Buf; // Text buffer // Read-write // [Resize] Can replace pointer / [Completion,History,Always] Only write to pointed data, don't replace the actual pointer! + int BufTextLen; // Text length (in bytes) // Read-write // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Exclude zero-terminator storage. In C land: == strlen(some_text), in C++ land: string.length() + int BufSize; // Buffer size (in bytes) = capacity+1 // Read-only // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Include zero-terminator storage. In C land == ARRAYSIZE(my_char_array), in C++ land: string.capacity()+1 + bool BufDirty; // Set if you modify Buf/BufTextLen! // Write // [Completion,History,Always] + int CursorPos; // // Read-write // [Completion,History,Always] + int SelectionStart; // // Read-write // [Completion,History,Always] == to SelectionEnd when no selection) + int SelectionEnd; // // Read-write // [Completion,History,Always] -// Lightweight std::vector<> like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also: windows implementation of STL with debug enabled is absurdly slow, so let's bypass it so our code runs fast in debug). -// Our implementation does NOT call C++ constructors/destructors. This is intentional and we do not require it. Do not use this class as a straight std::vector replacement in your code! -template -class ImVector -{ -public: - int Size; - int Capacity; - T* Data; - - typedef T value_type; - typedef value_type* iterator; - typedef const value_type* const_iterator; - - inline ImVector() { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; } - inline ~ImVector() { if (Data) ImGui::MemFree(Data); } - - inline bool empty() const { return Size == 0; } - inline int size() const { return Size; } - inline int capacity() const { return Capacity; } - - inline value_type& operator[](int i) { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; } - inline const value_type& operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; } - - inline void clear() { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; ImGui::MemFree(Data); Data = NULL; } } - inline iterator begin() { return Data; } - inline const_iterator begin() const { return Data; } - inline iterator end() { return Data + Size; } - inline const_iterator end() const { return Data + Size; } - inline value_type& front() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; } - inline const value_type& front() const { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; } - inline value_type& back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; } - inline const value_type& back() const { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; } - inline void swap(ImVector& rhs) { int rhs_size = rhs.Size; rhs.Size = Size; Size = rhs_size; int rhs_cap = rhs.Capacity; rhs.Capacity = Capacity; Capacity = rhs_cap; value_type* rhs_data = rhs.Data; rhs.Data = Data; Data = rhs_data; } - - inline int _grow_capacity(int sz) const { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity/2) : 8; return new_capacity > sz ? new_capacity : sz; } - - inline void resize(int new_size) { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); Size = new_size; } - inline void resize(int new_size, const T& v){ if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); if (new_size > Size) for (int n = Size; n < new_size; n++) Data[n] = v; Size = new_size; } - inline void reserve(int new_capacity) - { - if (new_capacity <= Capacity) - return; - T* new_data = (value_type*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); - if (Data) - memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); - ImGui::MemFree(Data); - Data = new_data; - Capacity = new_capacity; - } - - inline void push_back(const value_type& v) { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); Data[Size++] = v; } - inline void pop_back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; } - inline void push_front(const value_type& v) { if (Size == 0) push_back(v); else insert(Data, v); } - - inline iterator erase(const_iterator it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(value_type)); Size--; return Data + off; } - inline iterator insert(const_iterator it, const value_type& v) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(value_type)); Data[off] = v; Size++; return Data + off; } - inline bool contains(const value_type& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; } + // Helper functions for text manipulation. + // Use those function to benefit from the CallbackResize behaviors. Calling those function reset the selection. + IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextCallbackData(); + IMGUI_API void DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count); + IMGUI_API void InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); + void SelectAll() { SelectionStart = 0; SelectionEnd = BufTextLen; } + void ClearSelection() { SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = BufTextLen; } + bool HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; } }; -// Helper: execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create an UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame. -// Usage: -// static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame oaf; -// if (oaf) -// ImGui::Text("This will be called only once per frame"); +// Resizing callback data to apply custom constraint. As enabled by SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Callback is called during the next Begin(). +// NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough. +struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData +{ + void* UserData; // Read-only. What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() + ImVec2 Pos; // Read-only. Window position, for reference. + ImVec2 CurrentSize; // Read-only. Current window size. + ImVec2 DesiredSize; // Read-write. Desired size, based on user's mouse position. Write to this field to restrain resizing. +}; + +// Data payload for Drag and Drop operations: AcceptDragDropPayload(), GetDragDropPayload() +struct ImGuiPayload +{ + // Members + void* Data; // Data (copied and owned by dear imgui) + int DataSize; // Data size + + // [Internal] + ImGuiID SourceId; // Source item id + ImGuiID SourceParentId; // Source parent id (if available) + int DataFrameCount; // Data timestamp + char DataType[32 + 1]; // Data type tag (short user-supplied string, 32 characters max) + bool Preview; // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse has been hovering the target item (nb: handle overlapping drag targets) + bool Delivery; // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse button is released over the target item. + + ImGuiPayload() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { SourceId = SourceParentId = 0; Data = NULL; DataSize = 0; memset(DataType, 0, sizeof(DataType)); DataFrameCount = -1; Preview = Delivery = false; } + bool IsDataType(const char* type) const { return DataFrameCount != -1 && strcmp(type, DataType) == 0; } + bool IsPreview() const { return Preview; } + bool IsDelivery() const { return Delivery; } +}; + +// Sorting specification for one column of a table (sizeof == 12 bytes) +struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs +{ + ImGuiID ColumnUserID; // User id of the column (if specified by a TableSetupColumn() call) + ImS16 ColumnIndex; // Index of the column + ImS16 SortOrder; // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here) + ImGuiSortDirection SortDirection : 8; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending (you can use this or SortSign, whichever is more convenient for your sort function) + + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more) +// Obtained by calling TableGetSortSpecs(). +// When 'SpecsDirty == true' you can sort your data. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since last call, or the first time. +// Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! +struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs +{ + const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* Specs; // Pointer to sort spec array. + int SpecsCount; // Sort spec count. Most often 1. May be > 1 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti is enabled. May be == 0 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate is enabled. + bool SpecsDirty; // Set to true when specs have changed since last time! Use this to sort again, then clear the flag. + + ImGuiTableSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Helper: Unicode defines +#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID 0xFFFD // Invalid Unicode code point (standard value). +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 +#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX 0x10FFFF // Maximum Unicode code point supported by this build. +#else +#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX 0xFFFF // Maximum Unicode code point supported by this build. +#endif + +// Helper: Execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create an UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame. +// Usage: static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame oaf; if (oaf) ImGui::Text("This will be called only once per frame"); struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame { ImGuiOnceUponAFrame() { RefFrame = -1; } @@ -1078,79 +2019,74 @@ struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame operator bool() const { int current_frame = ImGui::GetFrameCount(); if (RefFrame == current_frame) return false; RefFrame = current_frame; return true; } }; -// Helper macro for ImGuiOnceUponAFrame. Attention: The macro expands into 2 statement so make sure you don't use it within e.g. an if() statement without curly braces. -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS // Will obsolete -#define IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame imgui_oaf; if (imgui_oaf) -#endif - // Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]" struct ImGuiTextFilter { - struct TextRange - { - const char* b; - const char* e; - - TextRange() { b = e = NULL; } - TextRange(const char* _b, const char* _e) { b = _b; e = _e; } - const char* begin() const { return b; } - const char* end() const { return e; } - bool empty() const { return b == e; } - char front() const { return *b; } - static bool is_blank(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } - void trim_blanks() { while (b < e && is_blank(*b)) b++; while (e > b && is_blank(*(e-1))) e--; } - IMGUI_API void split(char separator, ImVector& out); - }; - - char InputBuf[256]; - ImVector Filters; - int CountGrep; - IMGUI_API ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter = ""); - IMGUI_API bool Draw(const char* label = "Filter (inc,-exc)", float width = 0.0f); // Helper calling InputText+Build + IMGUI_API bool Draw(const char* label = "Filter (inc,-exc)", float width = 0.0f); // Helper calling InputText+Build IMGUI_API bool PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL) const; IMGUI_API void Build(); - void Clear() { InputBuf[0] = 0; Build(); } + void Clear() { InputBuf[0] = 0; Build(); } bool IsActive() const { return !Filters.empty(); } + + // [Internal] + struct ImGuiTextRange + { + const char* b; + const char* e; + + ImGuiTextRange() { b = e = NULL; } + ImGuiTextRange(const char* _b, const char* _e) { b = _b; e = _e; } + bool empty() const { return b == e; } + IMGUI_API void split(char separator, ImVector* out) const; + }; + char InputBuf[256]; + ImVectorFilters; + int CountGrep; }; -// Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text +// Helper: Growable text buffer for logging/accumulating text +// (this could be called 'ImGuiTextBuilder' / 'ImGuiStringBuilder') struct ImGuiTextBuffer { ImVector Buf; + IMGUI_API static char EmptyString[1]; - ImGuiTextBuffer() { Buf.push_back(0); } - inline char operator[](int i) { return Buf.Data[i]; } - const char* begin() const { return &Buf.front(); } - const char* end() const { return &Buf.back(); } // Buf is zero-terminated, so end() will point on the zero-terminator - int size() const { return Buf.Size - 1; } - bool empty() { return Buf.Size <= 1; } - void clear() { Buf.clear(); Buf.push_back(0); } - void reserve(int capacity) { Buf.reserve(capacity); } - const char* c_str() const { return Buf.Data; } + ImGuiTextBuffer() { } + inline char operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(Buf.Data != NULL); return Buf.Data[i]; } + const char* begin() const { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.front() : EmptyString; } + const char* end() const { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.back() : EmptyString; } // Buf is zero-terminated, so end() will point on the zero-terminator + int size() const { return Buf.Size ? Buf.Size - 1 : 0; } + bool empty() const { return Buf.Size <= 1; } + void clear() { Buf.clear(); } + void reserve(int capacity) { Buf.reserve(capacity); } + const char* c_str() const { return Buf.Data ? Buf.Data : EmptyString; } + IMGUI_API void append(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); IMGUI_API void appendf(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); IMGUI_API void appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); }; -// Helper: Simple Key->value storage +// Helper: Key->Value storage // Typically you don't have to worry about this since a storage is held within each Window. -// We use it to e.g. store collapse state for a tree (Int 0/1), store color edit options. -// This is optimized for efficient reading (dichotomy into a contiguous buffer), rare writing (typically tied to user interactions) +// We use it to e.g. store collapse state for a tree (Int 0/1) +// This is optimized for efficient lookup (dichotomy into a contiguous buffer) and rare insertion (typically tied to user interactions aka max once a frame) // You can use it as custom user storage for temporary values. Declare your own storage if, for example: // - You want to manipulate the open/close state of a particular sub-tree in your interface (tree node uses Int 0/1 to store their state). // - You want to store custom debug data easily without adding or editing structures in your code (probably not efficient, but convenient) // Types are NOT stored, so it is up to you to make sure your Key don't collide with different types. struct ImGuiStorage { - struct Pair + // [Internal] + struct ImGuiStoragePair { ImGuiID key; union { int val_i; float val_f; void* val_p; }; - Pair(ImGuiID _key, int _val_i) { key = _key; val_i = _val_i; } - Pair(ImGuiID _key, float _val_f) { key = _key; val_f = _val_f; } - Pair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val_p) { key = _key; val_p = _val_p; } + ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, int _val_i) { key = _key; val_i = _val_i; } + ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, float _val_f) { key = _key; val_f = _val_f; } + ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val_p) { key = _key; val_p = _val_p; } }; - ImVector Data; + + ImVector Data; // - Get***() functions find pair, never add/allocate. Pairs are sorted so a query is O(log N) // - Set***() functions find pair, insertion on demand if missing. @@ -1181,67 +2117,50 @@ struct ImGuiStorage IMGUI_API void BuildSortByKey(); }; -// Shared state of InputText(), passed to callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used and the corresponding callback is triggered. -struct ImGuiTextEditCallbackData +// Helper: Manually clip large list of items. +// If you are submitting lots of evenly spaced items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform coarse +// clipping based on visibility to save yourself from processing those items at all. +// The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped. +// (Dear ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but it needs to measure text size to do so, whereas manual coarse clipping before submission makes this cost and your own data fetching/submission cost almost null) +// Usage: +// ImGuiListClipper clipper; +// clipper.Begin(1000); // We have 1000 elements, evenly spaced. +// while (clipper.Step()) +// for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) +// ImGui::Text("line number %d", i); +// Generally what happens is: +// - Clipper lets you process the first element (DisplayStart = 0, DisplayEnd = 1) regardless of it being visible or not. +// - User code submit one element. +// - Clipper can measure the height of the first element +// - Clipper calculate the actual range of elements to display based on the current clipping rectangle, position the cursor before the first visible element. +// - User code submit visible elements. +struct ImGuiListClipper { - ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag; // One of ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* // Read-only - ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only - void* UserData; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only - bool ReadOnly; // Read-only mode // Read-only - - // CharFilter event: - ImWchar EventChar; // Character input // Read-write (replace character or set to zero) - - // Completion,History,Always events: - // If you modify the buffer contents make sure you update 'BufTextLen' and set 'BufDirty' to true. - ImGuiKey EventKey; // Key pressed (Up/Down/TAB) // Read-only - char* Buf; // Current text buffer // Read-write (pointed data only, can't replace the actual pointer) - int BufTextLen; // Current text length in bytes // Read-write - int BufSize; // Maximum text length in bytes // Read-only - bool BufDirty; // Set if you modify Buf/BufTextLen!! // Write - int CursorPos; // // Read-write - int SelectionStart; // // Read-write (== to SelectionEnd when no selection) - int SelectionEnd; // // Read-write - - // NB: Helper functions for text manipulation. Calling those function loses selection. - IMGUI_API void DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count); - IMGUI_API void InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); - bool HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; } -}; - -// Resizing callback data to apply custom constraint. As enabled by SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Callback is called during the next Begin(). -// NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough. -struct ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData -{ - void* UserData; // Read-only. What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() - ImVec2 Pos; // Read-only. Window position, for reference. - ImVec2 CurrentSize; // Read-only. Current window size. - ImVec2 DesiredSize; // Read-write. Desired size, based on user's mouse position. Write to this field to restrain resizing. -}; - -// Data payload for Drag and Drop operations -struct ImGuiPayload -{ - // Members - const void* Data; // Data (copied and owned by dear imgui) - int DataSize; // Data size + int DisplayStart; + int DisplayEnd; // [Internal] - ImGuiID SourceId; // Source item id - ImGuiID SourceParentId; // Source parent id (if available) - int DataFrameCount; // Data timestamp - char DataType[8 + 1]; // Data type tag (short user-supplied string) - bool Preview; // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse has been hovering the target item (nb: handle overlapping drag targets) - bool Delivery; // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse button is released over the target item. + int ItemsCount; + int StepNo; + int ItemsFrozen; + float ItemsHeight; + float StartPosY; - ImGuiPayload() { Clear(); } - void Clear() { SourceId = SourceParentId = 0; Data = NULL; DataSize = 0; memset(DataType, 0, sizeof(DataType)); DataFrameCount = -1; Preview = Delivery = false; } - bool IsDataType(const char* type) const { return DataFrameCount != -1 && strcmp(type, DataType) == 0; } - bool IsPreview() const { return Preview; } - bool IsDelivery() const { return Delivery; } + IMGUI_API ImGuiListClipper(); + IMGUI_API ~ImGuiListClipper(); + + // items_count: Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step) + // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). + IMGUI_API void Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f); // Automatically called by constructor if you passed 'items_count' or by Step() in Step 1. + IMGUI_API void End(); // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false. + IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items. + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + inline ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ItemsCount = -1; Begin(items_count, items_height); } // [removed in 1.79] +#endif }; -// Helpers macros to generate 32-bits encoded colors +// Helpers macros to generate 32-bit encoded colors #ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR #define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT 16 #define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT 8 @@ -1260,7 +2179,7 @@ struct ImGuiPayload #define IM_COL32_BLACK IM_COL32(0,0,0,255) // Opaque black #define IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS IM_COL32(0,0,0,0) // Transparent black = 0x00000000 -// ImColor() helper to implicity converts colors to either ImU32 (packed 4x1 byte) or ImVec4 (4x1 float) +// Helper: ImColor() implicitly converts colors to either ImU32 (packed 4x1 byte) or ImVec4 (4x1 float) // Prefer using IM_COL32() macros if you want a guaranteed compile-time ImU32 for usage with ImDrawList API. // **Avoid storing ImColor! Store either u32 of ImVec4. This is not a full-featured color class. MAY OBSOLETE. // **None of the ImGui API are using ImColor directly but you can use it as a convenience to pass colors in either ImU32 or ImVec4 formats. Explicitly cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 if needed. @@ -1269,8 +2188,8 @@ struct ImColor ImVec4 Value; ImColor() { Value.x = Value.y = Value.z = Value.w = 0.0f; } - ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255) { float sc = 1.0f/255.0f; Value.x = (float)r * sc; Value.y = (float)g * sc; Value.z = (float)b * sc; Value.w = (float)a * sc; } - ImColor(ImU32 rgba) { float sc = 1.0f/255.0f; Value.x = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_R_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_G_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_B_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_A_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; } + ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255) { float sc = 1.0f / 255.0f; Value.x = (float)r * sc; Value.y = (float)g * sc; Value.z = (float)b * sc; Value.w = (float)a * sc; } + ImColor(ImU32 rgba) { float sc = 1.0f / 255.0f; Value.x = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; } ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f) { Value.x = r; Value.y = g; Value.z = b; Value.w = a; } ImColor(const ImVec4& col) { Value = col; } inline operator ImU32() const { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(Value); } @@ -1278,63 +2197,60 @@ struct ImColor // FIXME-OBSOLETE: May need to obsolete/cleanup those helpers. inline void SetHSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f){ ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, Value.x, Value.y, Value.z); Value.w = a; } - static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f) { float r,g,b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r,g,b,a); } -}; - -// Helper: Manually clip large list of items. -// If you are submitting lots of evenly spaced items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform coarse clipping based on visibility to save yourself from processing those items at all. -// The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped. -// ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but it needs to measure text size to do so. Coarse clipping before submission makes this cost and your own data fetching/submission cost null. -// Usage: -// ImGuiListClipper clipper(1000); // we have 1000 elements, evenly spaced. -// while (clipper.Step()) -// for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) -// ImGui::Text("line number %d", i); -// - Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height (step skipped if we passed a known height as second arg to constructor). -// - Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element. -// - (Step 2: dummy step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3.) -// - Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. -struct ImGuiListClipper -{ - float StartPosY; - float ItemsHeight; - int ItemsCount, StepNo, DisplayStart, DisplayEnd; - - // items_count: Use -1 to ignore (you can call Begin later). Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step). - // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). - // If you don't specify an items_height, you NEED to call Step(). If you specify items_height you may call the old Begin()/End() api directly, but prefer calling Step(). - ImGuiListClipper(int items_count = -1, float items_height = -1.0f) { Begin(items_count, items_height); } // NB: Begin() initialize every fields (as we allow user to call Begin/End multiple times on a same instance if they want). - ~ImGuiListClipper() { IM_ASSERT(ItemsCount == -1); } // Assert if user forgot to call End() or Step() until false. - - IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items. - IMGUI_API void Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f); // Automatically called by constructor if you passed 'items_count' or by Step() in Step 1. - IMGUI_API void End(); // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false. + static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f) { float r, g, b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r, g, b, a); } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Draw List +// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) // Hold a series of drawing commands. The user provides a renderer for ImDrawData which essentially contains an array of ImDrawList. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Draw callbacks for advanced uses. -// NB- You most likely do NOT need to use draw callbacks just to create your own widget or customized UI rendering (you can poke into the draw list for that) -// Draw callback may be useful for example, A) Change your GPU render state, B) render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element (without an intermediate texture/render target), etc. -// The expected behavior from your rendering function is 'if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL) cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd); else RenderTriangles()' +// The maximum line width to bake anti-aliased textures for. Build atlas with ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines to disable baking. +#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX +#define IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX (63) +#endif + +// ImDrawCallback: Draw callbacks for advanced uses [configurable type: override in imconfig.h] +// NB: You most likely do NOT need to use draw callbacks just to create your own widget or customized UI rendering, +// you can poke into the draw list for that! Draw callback may be useful for example to: +// A) Change your GPU render state, +// B) render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element without an intermediate texture/render target, etc. +// The expected behavior from your rendering function is 'if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL) { cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd); } else { RenderTriangles() }' +// If you want to override the signature of ImDrawCallback, you can simply use e.g. '#define ImDrawCallback MyDrawCallback' (in imconfig.h) + update rendering backend accordingly. +#ifndef ImDrawCallback typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd); +#endif + +// Special Draw callback value to request renderer backend to reset the graphics/render state. +// The renderer backend needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address. +// This is useful for example if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored. +// It is not done by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state for imgui contents (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call). +#define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState (ImDrawCallback)(-1) // Typically, 1 command = 1 GPU draw call (unless command is a callback) +// - VtxOffset/IdxOffset: When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled, +// those fields allow us to render meshes larger than 64K vertices while keeping 16-bit indices. +// Pre-1.71 backends will typically ignore the VtxOffset/IdxOffset fields. +// - The ClipRect/TextureId/VtxOffset fields must be contiguous as we memcmp() them together (this is asserted for). struct ImDrawCmd { - unsigned int ElemCount; // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[]. - ImVec4 ClipRect; // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2) - ImTextureID TextureId; // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas. - ImDrawCallback UserCallback; // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally. - void* UserCallbackData; // The draw callback code can access this. + ImVec4 ClipRect; // 4*4 // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2). Subtract ImDrawData->DisplayPos to get clipping rectangle in "viewport" coordinates + ImTextureID TextureId; // 4-8 // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas. + unsigned int VtxOffset; // 4 // Start offset in vertex buffer. ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset: always 0, otherwise may be >0 to support meshes larger than 64K vertices with 16-bit indices. + unsigned int IdxOffset; // 4 // Start offset in index buffer. Always equal to sum of ElemCount drawn so far. + unsigned int ElemCount; // 4 // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[]. + ImDrawCallback UserCallback; // 4-8 // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally. + void* UserCallbackData; // 4-8 // The draw callback code can access this. - ImDrawCmd() { ElemCount = 0; ClipRect.x = ClipRect.y = ClipRect.z = ClipRect.w = 0.0f; TextureId = NULL; UserCallback = NULL; UserCallbackData = NULL; } + ImDrawCmd() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // Also ensure our padding fields are zeroed + + // Since 1.83: returns ImTextureID associated with this draw call. Warning: DO NOT assume this is always same as 'TextureId' (we will change this function for an upcoming feature) + inline ImTextureID GetTexID() const { return TextureId; } }; -// Vertex index (override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' inside in imconfig.h) +// Vertex index, default to 16-bit +// To allow large meshes with 16-bit indices: set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' and handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in the renderer backend (recommended). +// To use 32-bit indices: override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' in imconfig.h. #ifndef ImDrawIdx typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx; #endif @@ -1350,43 +2266,83 @@ struct ImDrawVert #else // You can override the vertex format layout by defining IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT in imconfig.h // The code expect ImVec2 pos (8 bytes), ImVec2 uv (8 bytes), ImU32 col (4 bytes), but you can re-order them or add other fields as needed to simplify integration in your engine. -// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef) -// NOTE: IMGUI DOESN'T CLEAR THE STRUCTURE AND DOESN'T CALL A CONSTRUCTOR SO ANY CUSTOM FIELD WILL BE UNINITIALIZED. IF YOU ADD EXTRA FIELDS (SUCH AS A 'Z' COORDINATES) YOU WILL NEED TO CLEAR THEM DURING RENDER OR TO IGNORE THEM. +// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef). This is because ImVec2/ImU32 are likely not declared a the time you'd want to set your type up. +// NOTE: IMGUI DOESN'T CLEAR THE STRUCTURE AND DOESN'T CALL A CONSTRUCTOR SO ANY CUSTOM FIELD WILL BE UNINITIALIZED. IF YOU ADD EXTRA FIELDS (SUCH AS A 'Z' COORDINATES) YOU WILL NEED TO CLEAR THEM DURING RENDER OR TO IGNORE THEM. IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT; #endif -// Draw channels are used by the Columns API to "split" the render list into different channels while building, so items of each column can be batched together. -// You can also use them to simulate drawing layers and submit primitives in a different order than how they will be rendered. +// [Internal] For use by ImDrawList +struct ImDrawCmdHeader +{ + ImVec4 ClipRect; + ImTextureID TextureId; + unsigned int VtxOffset; +}; + +// [Internal] For use by ImDrawListSplitter struct ImDrawChannel { - ImVector CmdBuffer; - ImVector IdxBuffer; + ImVector _CmdBuffer; + ImVector _IdxBuffer; }; -enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ + +// Split/Merge functions are used to split the draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order. +// This is used by the Columns/Tables API, so items of each column can be batched together in a same draw call. +struct ImDrawListSplitter { - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = 1 << 0, // 0x1 - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = 1 << 1, // 0x2 - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = 1 << 2, // 0x4 - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = 1 << 3, // 0x8 - ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, // 0x3 - ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, // 0xC - ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, // 0x5 - ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, // 0xA - ImDrawCornerFlags_All = 0xF // In your function calls you may use ~0 (= all bits sets) instead of ImDrawCornerFlags_All, as a convenience + int _Current; // Current channel number (0) + int _Count; // Number of active channels (1+) + ImVector _Channels; // Draw channels (not resized down so _Count might be < Channels.Size) + + inline ImDrawListSplitter() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + inline ~ImDrawListSplitter() { ClearFreeMemory(); } + inline void Clear() { _Current = 0; _Count = 1; } // Do not clear Channels[] so our allocations are reused next frame + IMGUI_API void ClearFreeMemory(); + IMGUI_API void Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int count); + IMGUI_API void Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list); + IMGUI_API void SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channel_idx); }; +// Flags for ImDrawList functions +// (Legacy: bit 0 must always correspond to ImDrawFlags_Closed to be backward compatible with old API using a bool. Bits 1..3 must be unused) +enum ImDrawFlags_ +{ + ImDrawFlags_None = 0, + ImDrawFlags_Closed = 1 << 0, // PathStroke(), AddPolyline(): specify that shape should be closed (Important: this is always == 1 for legacy reason) + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft = 1 << 4, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x01. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight = 1 << 5, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x02. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft = 1 << 6, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x04. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight = 1 << 7, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Wax 0x08. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone = 1 << 8, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): disable rounding on all corners (when rounding > 0.0f). This is NOT zero, NOT an implicit flag! + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Default to ALL corners if none of the _RoundCornersXX flags are specified. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone +}; + +// Flags for ImDrawList instance. Those are set automatically by ImGui:: functions from ImGuiIO settings, and generally not manipulated directly. +// It is however possible to temporarily alter flags between calls to ImDrawList:: functions. enum ImDrawListFlags_ { - ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines = 1 << 0, - ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill = 1 << 1 + ImDrawListFlags_None = 0, + ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines = 1 << 0, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders (*2 the number of triangles for 1.0f wide line or lines thin enough to be drawn using textures, otherwise *3 the number of triangles) + ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = 1 << 1, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures when possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering. + ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill = 1 << 2, // Enable anti-aliased edge around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles). + ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset = 1 << 3 // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled. }; // Draw command list -// This is the low-level list of polygons that ImGui functions are filling. At the end of the frame, all command lists are passed to your ImGuiIO::RenderDrawListFn function for rendering. -// Each ImGui window contains its own ImDrawList. You can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to access the current window draw list and draw custom primitives. +// This is the low-level list of polygons that ImGui:: functions are filling. At the end of the frame, +// all command lists are passed to your ImGuiIO::RenderDrawListFn function for rendering. +// Each dear imgui window contains its own ImDrawList. You can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to +// access the current window draw list and draw custom primitives. // You can interleave normal ImGui:: calls and adding primitives to the current draw list. -// All positions are generally in pixel coordinates (top-left at (0,0), bottom-right at io.DisplaySize), however you are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (if you apply such transformation you'll want to apply it to ClipRect as well) +// In single viewport mode, top-left is == GetMainViewport()->Pos (generally 0,0), bottom-right is == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size (generally io.DisplaySize). +// You are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (depending on the use of the transformation you may want to apply it to ClipRect as well!) // Important: Primitives are always added to the list and not culled (culling is done at higher-level by ImGui:: functions), if you use this API a lot consider coarse culling your drawn objects. struct ImDrawList { @@ -1394,142 +2350,241 @@ struct ImDrawList ImVector CmdBuffer; // Draw commands. Typically 1 command = 1 GPU draw call, unless the command is a callback. ImVector IdxBuffer; // Index buffer. Each command consume ImDrawCmd::ElemCount of those ImVector VtxBuffer; // Vertex buffer. + ImDrawListFlags Flags; // Flags, you may poke into these to adjust anti-aliasing settings per-primitive. // [Internal, used while building lists] - ImDrawListFlags Flags; // Flags, you may poke into these to adjust anti-aliasing settings per-primitive. + unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx; // [Internal] generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0. const ImDrawListSharedData* _Data; // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context) const char* _OwnerName; // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging - unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx; // [Internal] == VtxBuffer.Size ImDrawVert* _VtxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) ImDrawIdx* _IdxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) ImVector _ClipRectStack; // [Internal] ImVector _TextureIdStack; // [Internal] ImVector _Path; // [Internal] current path building - int _ChannelsCurrent; // [Internal] current channel number (0) - int _ChannelsCount; // [Internal] number of active channels (1+) - ImVector _Channels; // [Internal] draw channels for columns API (not resized down so _ChannelsCount may be smaller than _Channels.Size) + ImDrawCmdHeader _CmdHeader; // [Internal] template of active commands. Fields should match those of CmdBuffer.back(). + ImDrawListSplitter _Splitter; // [Internal] for channels api (note: prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter!) + float _FringeScale; // [Internal] anti-alias fringe is scaled by this value, this helps to keep things sharp while zooming at vertex buffer content - ImDrawList(const ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { _Data = shared_data; _OwnerName = NULL; Clear(); } - ~ImDrawList() { ClearFreeMemory(); } + // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui) + ImDrawList(const ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); _Data = shared_data; } + + ~ImDrawList() { _ClearFreeMemory(); } IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(ImVec2 clip_rect_min, ImVec2 clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false); // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) IMGUI_API void PushClipRectFullScreen(); IMGUI_API void PopClipRect(); - IMGUI_API void PushTextureID(const ImTextureID& texture_id); + IMGUI_API void PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id); IMGUI_API void PopTextureID(); inline ImVec2 GetClipRectMin() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.x, cr.y); } inline ImVec2 GetClipRectMax() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.z, cr.w); } // Primitives - IMGUI_API void AddLine(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API void AddRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners_flags = ImDrawCornerFlags_All, float thickness = 1.0f); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right, rounding_corners_flags: 4-bits corresponding to which corner to round - IMGUI_API void AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners_flags = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right - IMGUI_API void AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left); - IMGUI_API void AddQuad(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API void AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col); - IMGUI_API void AddTriangle(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API void AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col); - IMGUI_API void AddCircle(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12, float thickness = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API void AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12); + // - For rectangular primitives, "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners. + // - For circle primitives, use "num_segments == 0" to automatically calculate tessellation (preferred). + // In older versions (until Dear ImGui 1.77) the AddCircle functions defaulted to num_segments == 12. + // In future versions we will use textures to provide cheaper and higher-quality circles. + // Use AddNgon() and AddNgonFilled() functions if you need to guaranteed a specific number of sides. + IMGUI_API void AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size) + IMGUI_API void AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size) + IMGUI_API void AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left); + IMGUI_API void AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0); + IMGUI_API void AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments); IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL); IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL); - IMGUI_API void AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv_b = ImVec2(1,1), ImU32 col = 0xFFFFFFFF); - IMGUI_API void AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv_b = ImVec2(1,0), const ImVec2& uv_c = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec2& uv_d = ImVec2(0,1), ImU32 col = 0xFFFFFFFF); - IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col, float rounding, int rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); - IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int num_points, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness); - IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int num_points, ImU32 col); - IMGUI_API void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& pos0, const ImVec2& cp0, const ImVec2& cp1, const ImVec2& pos1, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); + IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness); + IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order. + IMGUI_API void AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points) + IMGUI_API void AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points) - // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFill() or PathStroke() - inline void PathClear() { _Path.resize(0); } + // Image primitives + // - Read FAQ to understand what ImTextureID is. + // - "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners of the rectangle. + // - "uv_min" and "uv_max" represent the normalized texture coordinates to use for those corners. Using (0,0)->(1,1) texture coordinates will generally display the entire texture. + IMGUI_API void AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv_max = ImVec2(1, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE); + IMGUI_API void AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv2 = ImVec2(1, 0), const ImVec2& uv3 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec2& uv4 = ImVec2(0, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE); + IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); + + // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke() + inline void PathClear() { _Path.Size = 0; } inline void PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos) { _Path.push_back(pos); } - inline void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos) { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path[_Path.Size-1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); } - inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); PathClear(); } - inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, closed, thickness); PathClear(); } - IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 10); - IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle - IMGUI_API void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0); - IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners_flags = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); - - // Channels - // - Use to simulate layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit foreground primitives before background primitives) - // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple non-overlapping clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end) - IMGUI_API void ChannelsSplit(int channels_count); - IMGUI_API void ChannelsMerge(); - IMGUI_API void ChannelsSetCurrent(int channel_index); + inline void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos) { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size - 1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); } + inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; } // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order. + inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, flags, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; } + IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); + IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle + IMGUI_API void PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points) + IMGUI_API void PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points) + IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // Advanced IMGUI_API void AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data); // Your rendering function must check for 'UserCallback' in ImDrawCmd and call the function instead of rendering triangles. IMGUI_API void AddDrawCmd(); // This is useful if you need to forcefully create a new draw call (to allow for dependent rendering / blending). Otherwise primitives are merged into the same draw-call as much as possible + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* CloneOutput() const; // Create a clone of the CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer/VtxBuffer. - // Internal helpers - // NB: all primitives needs to be reserved via PrimReserve() beforehand! - IMGUI_API void Clear(); - IMGUI_API void ClearFreeMemory(); + // Advanced: Channels + // - Use to split render into layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit FG primitives before BG primitives) + // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end) + // - FIXME-OBSOLETE: This API shouldn't have been in ImDrawList in the first place! + // Prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter as you can stack them. + // Using the ImDrawList::ChannelsXXXX you cannot stack a split over another. + inline void ChannelsSplit(int count) { _Splitter.Split(this, count); } + inline void ChannelsMerge() { _Splitter.Merge(this); } + inline void ChannelsSetCurrent(int n) { _Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(this, n); } + + // Advanced: Primitives allocations + // - We render triangles (three vertices) + // - All primitives needs to be reserved via PrimReserve() beforehand. IMGUI_API void PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count); + IMGUI_API void PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count); IMGUI_API void PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col); // Axis aligned rectangle (composed of two triangles) IMGUI_API void PrimRectUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, const ImVec2& uv_c, const ImVec2& uv_d, ImU32 col); - inline void PrimWriteVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col){ _VtxWritePtr->pos = pos; _VtxWritePtr->uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr->col = col; _VtxWritePtr++; _VtxCurrentIdx++; } - inline void PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx) { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; } - inline void PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } - IMGUI_API void UpdateClipRect(); - IMGUI_API void UpdateTextureID(); + inline void PrimWriteVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { _VtxWritePtr->pos = pos; _VtxWritePtr->uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr->col = col; _VtxWritePtr++; _VtxCurrentIdx++; } + inline void PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx) { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; } + inline void PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } // Write vertex with unique index + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + inline void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } + inline void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } +#endif + + // [Internal helpers] + IMGUI_API void _ResetForNewFrame(); + IMGUI_API void _ClearFreeMemory(); + IMGUI_API void _PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + IMGUI_API void _OnChangedClipRect(); + IMGUI_API void _OnChangedTextureID(); + IMGUI_API void _OnChangedVtxOffset(); + IMGUI_API int _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const; + IMGUI_API void _PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step); + IMGUI_API void _PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments); }; -// All draw data to render an ImGui frame +// All draw data to render a Dear ImGui frame +// (NB: the style and the naming convention here is a little inconsistent, we currently preserve them for backward compatibility purpose, +// as this is one of the oldest structure exposed by the library! Basically, ImDrawList == CmdList) struct ImDrawData { bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called. - ImDrawList** CmdLists; - int CmdListsCount; - int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all cmd_lists vtx_buffer.Size - int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all cmd_lists idx_buffer.Size + int CmdListsCount; // Number of ImDrawList* to render + int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size + int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size + ImDrawList** CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here. + ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Top-left position of the viewport to render (== top-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) (== GetMainViewport()->Pos for the main viewport, == (0.0) in most single-viewport applications) + ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== GetMainViewport()->Size for the main viewport, == io.DisplaySize in most single-viewport applications) + ImVec2 FramebufferScale; // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display. // Functions - ImDrawData() { Valid = false; CmdLists = NULL; CmdListsCount = TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0; } - IMGUI_API void DeIndexAllBuffers(); // For backward compatibility or convenience: convert all buffers from indexed to de-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering! - IMGUI_API void ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& sc); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution. + ImDrawData() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext! + IMGUI_API void DeIndexAllBuffers(); // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering! + IMGUI_API void ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than Dear ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution. }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFont) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + struct ImFontConfig { - void* FontData; // // TTF/OTF data - int FontDataSize; // // TTF/OTF data size - bool FontDataOwnedByAtlas; // true // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself). - int FontNo; // 0 // Index of font within TTF/OTF file - float SizePixels; // // Size in pixels for rasterizer. - int OversampleH, OversampleV; // 3, 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. We don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis. - bool PixelSnapH; // false // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1. - ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now. - ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // 0, 0 // Offset all glyphs from this font input. - const ImWchar* GlyphRanges; // NULL // Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list). THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE. - bool MergeMode; // false // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights. - unsigned int RasterizerFlags; // 0x00 // Settings for custom font rasterizer (e.g. ImGuiFreeType). Leave as zero if you aren't using one. - float RasterizerMultiply; // 1.0f // Brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable. + void* FontData; // // TTF/OTF data + int FontDataSize; // // TTF/OTF data size + bool FontDataOwnedByAtlas; // true // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself). + int FontNo; // 0 // Index of font within TTF/OTF file + float SizePixels; // // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height). + int OversampleH; // 3 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal so you can reduce this to 2 to save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details. + int OversampleV; // 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. This is not really useful as we don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis. + bool PixelSnapH; // false // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1. + ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now. + ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // 0, 0 // Offset all glyphs from this font input. + const ImWchar* GlyphRanges; // NULL // Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list). THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE. + float GlyphMinAdvanceX; // 0 // Minimum AdvanceX for glyphs, set Min to align font icons, set both Min/Max to enforce mono-space font + float GlyphMaxAdvanceX; // FLT_MAX // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs + bool MergeMode; // false // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights. + unsigned int FontBuilderFlags; // 0 // Settings for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILDER IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Leave as zero if unsure. + float RasterizerMultiply; // 1.0f // Brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable. + ImWchar EllipsisChar; // -1 // Explicitly specify unicode codepoint of ellipsis character. When fonts are being merged first specified ellipsis will be used. // [Internal] - char Name[32]; // Name (strictly to ease debugging) + char Name[40]; // Name (strictly to ease debugging) ImFont* DstFont; IMGUI_API ImFontConfig(); }; +// Hold rendering data for one glyph. +// (Note: some language parsers may fail to convert the 31+1 bitfield members, in this case maybe drop store a single u32 or we can rework this) struct ImFontGlyph { - ImWchar Codepoint; // 0x0000..0xFFFF + unsigned int Colored : 1; // Flag to indicate glyph is colored and should generally ignore tinting (make it usable with no shift on little-endian as this is used in loops) + unsigned int Visible : 1; // Flag to indicate glyph has no visible pixels (e.g. space). Allow early out when rendering. + unsigned int Codepoint : 30; // 0x0000..0x10FFFF float AdvanceX; // Distance to next character (= data from font + ImFontConfig::GlyphExtraSpacing.x baked in) float X0, Y0, X1, Y1; // Glyph corners float U0, V0, U1, V1; // Texture coordinates }; -// Load and rasterize multiple TTF/OTF fonts into a same texture. -// Sharing a texture for multiple fonts allows us to reduce the number of draw calls during rendering. -// We also add custom graphic data into the texture that serves for ImGui. -// 1. (Optional) Call AddFont*** functions. If you don't call any, the default font will be loaded for you. -// 2. Call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32() to build and retrieve pixels data. -// 3. Upload the pixels data into a texture within your graphics system. -// 4. Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture. This value will be passed back to you during rendering to identify the texture. -// IMPORTANT: If you pass a 'glyph_ranges' array to AddFont*** functions, you need to make sure that your array persist up until the ImFont is build (when calling GetTextData*** or Build()). We only copy the pointer, not the data. +// Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data. Feed your application strings/characters to it then call BuildRanges(). +// This is essentially a tightly packed of vector of 64k booleans = 8KB storage. +struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder +{ + ImVector UsedChars; // Store 1-bit per Unicode code point (0=unused, 1=used) + + ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder() { Clear(); } + inline void Clear() { int size_in_bytes = (IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX + 1) / 8; UsedChars.resize(size_in_bytes / (int)sizeof(ImU32)); memset(UsedChars.Data, 0, (size_t)size_in_bytes); } + inline bool GetBit(size_t n) const { int off = (int)(n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); return (UsedChars[off] & mask) != 0; } // Get bit n in the array + inline void SetBit(size_t n) { int off = (int)(n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); UsedChars[off] |= mask; } // Set bit n in the array + inline void AddChar(ImWchar c) { SetBit(c); } // Add character + IMGUI_API void AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Add string (each character of the UTF-8 string are added) + IMGUI_API void AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges); // Add ranges, e.g. builder.AddRanges(ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()) to force add all of ASCII/Latin+Ext + IMGUI_API void BuildRanges(ImVector* out_ranges); // Output new ranges +}; + +// See ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectXXX functions. +struct ImFontAtlasCustomRect +{ + unsigned short Width, Height; // Input // Desired rectangle dimension + unsigned short X, Y; // Output // Packed position in Atlas + unsigned int GlyphID; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID < 0x110000) + float GlyphAdvanceX; // Input // For custom font glyphs only: glyph xadvance + ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // Input // For custom font glyphs only: glyph display offset + ImFont* Font; // Input // For custom font glyphs only: target font + ImFontAtlasCustomRect() { Width = Height = 0; X = Y = 0xFFFF; GlyphID = 0; GlyphAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0, 0); Font = NULL; } + bool IsPacked() const { return X != 0xFFFF; } +}; + +// Flags for ImFontAtlas build +enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ +{ + ImFontAtlasFlags_None = 0, + ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight = 1 << 0, // Don't round the height to next power of two + ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Don't build software mouse cursors into the atlas (save a little texture memory) + ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines = 1 << 2 // Don't build thick line textures into the atlas (save a little texture memory). The AntiAliasedLinesUseTex features uses them, otherwise they will be rendered using polygons (more expensive for CPU/GPU). +}; + +// Load and rasterize multiple TTF/OTF fonts into a same texture. The font atlas will build a single texture holding: +// - One or more fonts. +// - Custom graphics data needed to render the shapes needed by Dear ImGui. +// - Mouse cursor shapes for software cursor rendering (unless setting 'Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors' in the font atlas). +// It is the user-code responsibility to setup/build the atlas, then upload the pixel data into a texture accessible by your graphics api. +// - Optionally, call any of the AddFont*** functions. If you don't call any, the default font embedded in the code will be loaded for you. +// - Call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32() to build and retrieve pixels data. +// - Upload the pixels data into a texture within your graphics system (see imgui_impl_xxxx.cpp examples) +// - Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture in a format natural to your graphics API. +// This value will be passed back to you during rendering to identify the texture. Read FAQ entry about ImTextureID for more details. +// Common pitfalls: +// - If you pass a 'glyph_ranges' array to AddFont*** functions, you need to make sure that your array persist up until the +// atlas is build (when calling GetTexData*** or Build()). We only copy the pointer, not the data. +// - Important: By default, AddFontFromMemoryTTF() takes ownership of the data. Even though we are not writing to it, we will free the pointer on destruction. +// You can set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed, +// - Even though many functions are suffixed with "TTF", OTF data is supported just as well. +// - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and and various other reasons! We will address them in the future! struct ImFontAtlas { IMGUI_API ImFontAtlas(); @@ -1537,21 +2592,23 @@ struct ImFontAtlas IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg); IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL); IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); - IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after Build(). Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas to false to keep ownership. + IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after destruction of the atlas. Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed. IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_font_data, int compressed_font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp. IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_font_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data_base85' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp with -base85 parameter. - IMGUI_API void ClearTexData(); // Clear the CPU-side texture data. Saves RAM once the texture has been copied to graphics memory. - IMGUI_API void ClearInputData(); // Clear the input TTF data (inc sizes, glyph ranges) - IMGUI_API void ClearFonts(); // Clear the ImGui-side font data (glyphs storage, UV coordinates) - IMGUI_API void Clear(); // Clear all + IMGUI_API void ClearInputData(); // Clear input data (all ImFontConfig structures including sizes, TTF data, glyph ranges, etc.) = all the data used to build the texture and fonts. + IMGUI_API void ClearTexData(); // Clear output texture data (CPU side). Saves RAM once the texture has been copied to graphics memory. + IMGUI_API void ClearFonts(); // Clear output font data (glyphs storage, UV coordinates). + IMGUI_API void Clear(); // Clear all input and output. // Build atlas, retrieve pixel data. // User is in charge of copying the pixels into graphics memory (e.g. create a texture with your engine). Then store your texture handle with SetTexID(). - // RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and compatibility, but note that unless you use CustomRect to draw color data, the RGB pixels emitted from Fonts will all be white (~75% of waste). - // Pitch = Width * BytesPerPixels + // The pitch is always = Width * BytesPerPixels (1 or 4) + // Building in RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and compatibility, but note that unless you manually manipulate or copy color data into + // the texture (e.g. when using the AddCustomRect*** api), then the RGB pixels emitted will always be white (~75% of memory/bandwidth waste. IMGUI_API bool Build(); // Build pixels data. This is called automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions. IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 1 byte per-pixel IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 4 bytes-per-pixel + bool IsBuilt() const { return Fonts.Size > 0 && (TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL); } void SetTexID(ImTextureID id) { TexID = id; } //------------------------------------------- @@ -1560,99 +2617,104 @@ struct ImFontAtlas // Helpers to retrieve list of common Unicode ranges (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list) // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page. In C++11, you can create UTF-8 string literal using the u8"Hello world" syntax. See FAQ for details. - IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesDefault(); // Basic Latin, Extended Latin - IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesKorean(); // Default + Korean characters - IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesJapanese(); // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 1946 Ideographs - IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChinese(); // Default + Japanese + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs - IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesCyrillic(); // Default + about 400 Cyrillic characters - IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesThai(); // Default + Thai characters - - // Helpers to build glyph ranges from text data. Feed your application strings/characters to it then call BuildRanges(). - struct GlyphRangesBuilder - { - ImVector UsedChars; // Store 1-bit per Unicode code point (0=unused, 1=used) - GlyphRangesBuilder() { UsedChars.resize(0x10000 / 8); memset(UsedChars.Data, 0, 0x10000 / 8); } - bool GetBit(int n) { return (UsedChars[n >> 3] & (1 << (n & 7))) != 0; } - void SetBit(int n) { UsedChars[n >> 3] |= 1 << (n & 7); } // Set bit 'c' in the array - void AddChar(ImWchar c) { SetBit(c); } // Add character - IMGUI_API void AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Add string (each character of the UTF-8 string are added) - IMGUI_API void AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges); // Add ranges, e.g. builder.AddRanges(ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault) to force add all of ASCII/Latin+Ext - IMGUI_API void BuildRanges(ImVector* out_ranges); // Output new ranges - }; + // NB: Consider using ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data. + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesDefault(); // Basic Latin, Extended Latin + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesKorean(); // Default + Korean characters + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesJapanese(); // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 2999 Ideographs + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseFull(); // Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon();// Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + set of 2500 CJK Unified Ideographs for common simplified Chinese + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesCyrillic(); // Default + about 400 Cyrillic characters + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesThai(); // Default + Thai characters + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesVietnamese(); // Default + Vietnamese characters //------------------------------------------- - // Custom Rectangles/Glyphs API + // [BETA] Custom Rectangles/Glyphs API //------------------------------------------- - // You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes. After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels. - // You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point), so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs. - struct CustomRect - { - unsigned int ID; // Input // User ID. Use <0x10000 to map into a font glyph, >=0x10000 for other/internal/custom texture data. - unsigned short Width, Height; // Input // Desired rectangle dimension - unsigned short X, Y; // Output // Packed position in Atlas - float GlyphAdvanceX; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID<0x10000): glyph xadvance - ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID<0x10000): glyph display offset - ImFont* Font; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID<0x10000): target font - CustomRect() { ID = 0xFFFFFFFF; Width = Height = 0; X = Y = 0xFFFF; GlyphAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0,0); Font = NULL; } - bool IsPacked() const { return X != 0xFFFF; } - }; + // You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes. + // - After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels. + // - If you render colored output, set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' as this may help some backends decide of prefered texture format. + // - You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point), + // so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs. + // - Read docs/FONTS.md for more details about using colorful icons. + // - Note: this API may be redesigned later in order to support multi-monitor varying DPI settings. + IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height); + IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset = ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImFontAtlasCustomRect* GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) { IM_ASSERT(index >= 0); return &CustomRects[index]; } - IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectRegular(unsigned int id, int width, int height); // Id needs to be >= 0x10000. Id >= 0x80000000 are reserved for ImGui and ImDrawList - IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset = ImVec2(0,0)); // Id needs to be < 0x10000 to register a rectangle to map into a specific font. - IMGUI_API void CalcCustomRectUV(const CustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max); - const CustomRect* GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) const { if (index < 0) return NULL; return &CustomRects[index]; } + // [Internal] + IMGUI_API void CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) const; + IMGUI_API bool GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2]); //------------------------------------------- // Members //------------------------------------------- + ImFontAtlasFlags Flags; // Build flags (see ImFontAtlasFlags_) ImTextureID TexID; // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It is passed back to you during rendering via the ImDrawCmd structure. int TexDesiredWidth; // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height. - int TexGlyphPadding; // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. + int TexGlyphPadding; // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0. + bool Locked; // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert. // [Internal] // NB: Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls! Which will setup a default font for you. + bool TexPixelsUseColors; // Tell whether our texture data is known to use colors (rather than just alpha channel), in order to help backend select a format. unsigned char* TexPixelsAlpha8; // 1 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight unsigned int* TexPixelsRGBA32; // 4 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight * 4 int TexWidth; // Texture width calculated during Build(). int TexHeight; // Texture height calculated during Build(). + ImVec2 TexUvScale; // = (1.0f/TexWidth, 1.0f/TexHeight) ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // Texture coordinates to a white pixel ImVector Fonts; // Hold all the fonts returned by AddFont*. Fonts[0] is the default font upon calling ImGui::NewFrame(), use ImGui::PushFont()/PopFont() to change the current font. - ImVector CustomRects; // Rectangles for packing custom texture data into the atlas. - ImVector ConfigData; // Internal data - int CustomRectIds[1]; // Identifiers of custom texture rectangle used by ImFontAtlas/ImDrawList + ImVector CustomRects; // Rectangles for packing custom texture data into the atlas. + ImVector ConfigData; // Configuration data + ImVec4 TexUvLines[IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1]; // UVs for baked anti-aliased lines + + // [Internal] Font builder + const ImFontBuilderIO* FontBuilderIO; // Opaque interface to a font builder (default to stb_truetype, can be changed to use FreeType by defining IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE). + unsigned int FontBuilderFlags; // Shared flags (for all fonts) for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILD IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Per-font override is also available in ImFontConfig. + + // [Internal] Packing data + int PackIdMouseCursors; // Custom texture rectangle ID for white pixel and mouse cursors + int PackIdLines; // Custom texture rectangle ID for baked anti-aliased lines + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + typedef ImFontAtlasCustomRect CustomRect; // OBSOLETED in 1.72+ + typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+ +#endif }; // Font runtime data and rendering // ImFontAtlas automatically loads a default embedded font for you when you call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32(). struct ImFont { - // Members: Hot ~62/78 bytes - float FontSize; // // Height of characters, set during loading (don't change after loading) - float Scale; // = 1.f // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetFontScale() - ImVec2 DisplayOffset; // = (0.f,1.f) // Offset font rendering by xx pixels - ImVector Glyphs; // // All glyphs. - ImVector IndexAdvanceX; // // Sparse. Glyphs->AdvanceX in a directly indexable way (more cache-friendly, for CalcTextSize functions which are often bottleneck in large UI). - ImVector IndexLookup; // // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point. - const ImFontGlyph* FallbackGlyph; // == FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar) - float FallbackAdvanceX; // == FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX - ImWchar FallbackChar; // = '?' // Replacement glyph if one isn't found. Only set via SetFallbackChar() + // Members: Hot ~20/24 bytes (for CalcTextSize) + ImVector IndexAdvanceX; // 12-16 // out // // Sparse. Glyphs->AdvanceX in a directly indexable way (cache-friendly for CalcTextSize functions which only this this info, and are often bottleneck in large UI). + float FallbackAdvanceX; // 4 // out // = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX + float FontSize; // 4 // in // // Height of characters/line, set during loading (don't change after loading) - // Members: Cold ~18/26 bytes - short ConfigDataCount; // ~ 1 // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont. - ImFontConfig* ConfigData; // // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData - ImFontAtlas* ContainerAtlas; // // What we has been loaded into - float Ascent, Descent; // // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize] - int MetricsTotalSurface;// // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs) + // Members: Hot ~28/40 bytes (for CalcTextSize + render loop) + ImVector IndexLookup; // 12-16 // out // // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point. + ImVector Glyphs; // 12-16 // out // // All glyphs. + const ImFontGlyph* FallbackGlyph; // 4-8 // out // = FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar) + + // Members: Cold ~32/40 bytes + ImFontAtlas* ContainerAtlas; // 4-8 // out // // What we has been loaded into + const ImFontConfig* ConfigData; // 4-8 // in // // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData + short ConfigDataCount; // 2 // in // ~ 1 // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont. + ImWchar FallbackChar; // 2 // in // = '?' // Replacement character if a glyph isn't found. Only set via SetFallbackChar() + ImWchar EllipsisChar; // 2 // out // = -1 // Character used for ellipsis rendering. + bool DirtyLookupTables; // 1 // out // + float Scale; // 4 // in // = 1.f // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale() + float Ascent, Descent; // 4+4 // out // // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize] + int MetricsTotalSurface;// 4 // out // // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs) + ImU8 Used4kPagesMap[(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX+1)/4096/8]; // 2 bytes if ImWchar=ImWchar16, 34 bytes if ImWchar==ImWchar32. Store 1-bit for each block of 4K codepoints that has one active glyph. This is mainly used to facilitate iterations across all used codepoints. // Methods IMGUI_API ImFont(); IMGUI_API ~ImFont(); - IMGUI_API void ClearOutputData(); - IMGUI_API void BuildLookupTable(); IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const; - IMGUI_API void SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c); + IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const; float GetCharAdvance(ImWchar c) const { return ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size) ? IndexAdvanceX[(int)c] : FallbackAdvanceX; } bool IsLoaded() const { return ContainerAtlas != NULL; } const char* GetDebugName() const { return ConfigData ? ConfigData->Name : ""; } @@ -1661,24 +2723,130 @@ struct ImFont // 'wrap_width' enable automatic word-wrapping across multiple lines to fit into given width. 0.0f to disable. IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, const char** remaining = NULL) const; // utf8 IMGUI_API const char* CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const; - IMGUI_API void RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, unsigned short c) const; + IMGUI_API void RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const; IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const; - // [Internal] + // [Internal] Don't use! + IMGUI_API void BuildLookupTable(); + IMGUI_API void ClearOutputData(); IMGUI_API void GrowIndex(int new_size); - IMGUI_API void AddGlyph(ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x); + IMGUI_API void AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* src_cfg, ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x); IMGUI_API void AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst = true); // Makes 'dst' character/glyph points to 'src' character/glyph. Currently needs to be called AFTER fonts have been built. + IMGUI_API void SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible); + IMGUI_API void SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c); + IMGUI_API bool IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last); +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Viewports +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Flags stored in ImGuiViewport::Flags +enum ImGuiViewportFlags_ +{ + ImGuiViewportFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow = 1 << 0, // Represent a Platform Window + ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor = 1 << 1, // Represent a Platform Monitor (unused yet) + ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp = 1 << 2 // Platform Window: is created/managed by the application (rather than a dear imgui backend) +}; + +// - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows. +// - In 'docking' branch with multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports. +// - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode. +// - About Main Area vs Work Area: +// - Main Area = entire viewport. +// - Work Area = entire viewport minus sections used by main menu bars (for platform windows), or by task bar (for platform monitor). +// - Windows are generally trying to stay within the Work Area of their host viewport. +struct ImGuiViewport +{ + ImGuiViewportFlags Flags; // See ImGuiViewportFlags_ + ImVec2 Pos; // Main Area: Position of the viewport (Dear ImGui coordinates are the same as OS desktop/native coordinates) + ImVec2 Size; // Main Area: Size of the viewport. + ImVec2 WorkPos; // Work Area: Position of the viewport minus task bars, menus bars, status bars (>= Pos) + ImVec2 WorkSize; // Work Area: Size of the viewport minus task bars, menu bars, status bars (<= Size) + + ImGuiViewport() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + + // Helpers + ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + Size.x * 0.5f, Pos.y + Size.y * 0.5f); } + ImVec2 GetWorkCenter() const { return ImVec2(WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x * 0.5f, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y * 0.5f); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types +// (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details) +// Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - typedef ImFontGlyph Glyph; // OBSOLETE 1.52+ -#endif +namespace ImGui +{ + // OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) + IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items + static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); } + static inline void ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020) + static inline void OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry! + // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + // Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power = 1.0' argument instead of flags. + // For shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`. + IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); + IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); + static inline bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } + static inline bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } + static inline bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } + static inline bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } + IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); + IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); + static inline bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } + static inline bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } + static inline bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } + static inline bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.77 (from June 2020) + static inline bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mb, bool over_items) { return BeginPopupContextWindow(str_id, mb | (over_items ? 0 : ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems)); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from April 2019) + static inline void TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019) + static inline void SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019) + static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth() { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; } + // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019) + static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList() { return GetForegroundDrawList(); } +} + +// OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect() +typedef ImDrawFlags ImDrawCornerFlags; +enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ +{ + ImDrawCornerFlags_None = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone, // Was == 0 prior to 1.82, this is now == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone which is != 0 and not implicit + ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft, // Was == 0x01 (1 << 0) prior to 1.82. Order matches ImDrawFlags_NoRoundCorner* flag (we exploit this internally). + ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, // Was == 0x02 (1 << 1) prior to 1.82. + ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft, // Was == 0x04 (1 << 2) prior to 1.82. + ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, // Was == 0x08 (1 << 3) prior to 1.82. + ImDrawCornerFlags_All = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Was == 0x0F prior to 1.82 + ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, + ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, + ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, + ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight }; +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (pop) #endif // Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h (convenient for user to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h) #ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H #include "imgui_user.h" #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/skeleton/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp b/skeleton/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp index 94531a1..5437301 100644 --- a/skeleton/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp +++ b/skeleton/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp @@ -1,29 +1,87 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.54 WIP +// dear imgui, v1.83 // (demo code) -// Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating ImGui into their code base: -// Don't do it! Do NOT remove this file from your project! It is useful reference code that you and other users will want to refer to. -// Everything in this file will be stripped out by the linker if you don't call ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(). -// During development, you can call ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in your code to learn about various features of ImGui. Have it wired in a debug menu! -// Removing this file from your project is hindering access to documentation for everyone in your team, likely leading you to poorer usage of the library. -// Note that you can #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS in imconfig.h for the same effect. -// If you want to link core ImGui in your final builds but not those demo windows, #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS in imconfig.h and those functions will be empty. -// In other situation, when you have ImGui available you probably want this to be available for reference and execution. -// Thank you, -// -Your beloved friend, imgui_demo.cpp (that you won't delete) +// Help: +// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq +// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. +// Read imgui.cpp for more details, documentation and comments. +// Get the latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui -// Message to beginner C/C++ programmers. About the meaning of 'static': in this demo code, we frequently we use 'static' variables inside functions. -// We do this as a way to gather code and data in the same place, just to make the demo code faster to read, faster to write, and use less code. -// A static variable persist across calls, so it is essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. -// It also happens to be a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function doesn't need to be reentrant or used in threads. -// This might be a pattern you occasionally want to use in your code, but most of the real data you would be editing is likely to be stored outside your function. +// Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating Dear ImGui into their codebase: +// Do NOT remove this file from your project! Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other +// coders will want to refer to and call. Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available +// debug menu of your game/app! Removing this file from your project is hindering access to documentation for everyone +// in your team, likely leading you to poorer usage of the library. +// Everything in this file will be stripped out by the linker if you don't call ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(). +// If you want to link core Dear ImGui in your shipped builds but want a thorough guarantee that the demo will not be +// linked, you can setup your imconfig.h with #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS and those functions will be empty. +// In another situation, whenever you have Dear ImGui available you probably want this to be available for reference. +// Thank you, +// -Your beloved friend, imgui_demo.cpp (which you won't delete) + +// Message to beginner C/C++ programmers about the meaning of the 'static' keyword: +// In this demo code, we frequently use 'static' variables inside functions. A static variable persists across calls, +// so it is essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. We do this as a way to +// gather code and data in the same place, to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to write, and smaller +// in size. It also happens to be a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function +// doesn't need to be reentrant or used in multiple threads. This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, +// but most of the real data you would be editing is likely going to be stored outside your functions. + +// The Demo code in this file is designed to be easy to copy-and-paste into your application! +// Because of this: +// - We never omit the ImGui:: prefix when calling functions, even though most code here is in the same namespace. +// - We try to declare static variables in the local scope, as close as possible to the code using them. +// - We never use any of the helpers/facilities used internally by Dear ImGui, unless available in the public API. +// - We never use maths operators on ImVec2/ImVec4. For our other sources files we use them, and they are provided +// by imgui_internal.h using the IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS define. For your own sources file they are optional +// and require you either enable those, either provide your own via IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h. +// Because we can't assume anything about your support of maths operators, we cannot use them in imgui_demo.cpp. + +// Navigating this file: +// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.NavigateTo") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. + +/* + +Index of this file: + +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers +// [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() +// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowWidgets() +// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowLayout() +// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowPopups() +// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowTables() +// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowMisc() +// [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow() +// [SECTION] Font Viewer / ShowFontAtlas() +// [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor() +// [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() +// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole() +// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Log / ShowExampleAppLog() +// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Layout / ShowExampleAppLayout() +// [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor() +// [SECTION] Example App: Long Text / ShowExampleAppLongText() +// [SECTION] Example App: Auto Resize / ShowExampleAppAutoResize() +// [SECTION] Example App: Constrained Resize / ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize() +// [SECTION] Example App: Simple overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay() +// [SECTION] Example App: Fullscreen window / ShowExampleAppFullscreen() +// [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating window titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles() +// [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering() +// [SECTION] Example App: Documents Handling / ShowExampleAppDocuments() + +*/ #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif #include "imgui.h" -#include // toupper, isprint +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +// System includes +#include // toupper +#include // INT_MIN, INT_MAX #include // sqrtf, powf, cosf, sinf, floorf, ceilf #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf #include // NULL, malloc, free, atoi @@ -33,48 +91,88 @@ #include // intptr_t #endif +// Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER -#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen -#define snprintf _snprintf +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). #endif -#ifdef __clang__ -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning : use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations" // warning : 'xx' is deprecated: The POSIX name for this item.. // for strdup used in demo code (so user can copy & paste the code) -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning : cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int' -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning : warning: format string is not a string literal -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning : declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals. -#if __has_warning("-Wreserved-id-macro") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning : macro name is a reserved identifier // + +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! #endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations" // warning: 'xx' is deprecated: The POSIX name for this.. // for strdup used in demo code (so user can copy & paste the code) +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning: format string is not a string literal +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros" // warning: macro is not used // we define snprintf/vsnprintf on Windows so they are available, but not always used. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision #elif defined(__GNUC__) -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning : format string is not a string literal (potentially insecure) -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value -#if (__GNUC__ >= 6) -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wmisleading-indentation" // warning: this 'if' clause does not guard this statement // GCC 6.0+ only. See #883 on GitHub. -#endif +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning: format string is not a string literal (potentially insecure) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wmisleading-indentation" // [__GNUC__ >= 6] warning: this 'if' clause does not guard this statement // GCC 6.0+ only. See #883 on GitHub. #endif -// Play it nice with Windows users. Notepad in 2017 still doesn't display text data with Unix-style \n. +// Play it nice with Windows users (Update: May 2018, Notepad now supports Unix-style carriage returns!) #ifdef _WIN32 -#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n" +#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n" #else -#define IM_NEWLINE "\n" +#define IM_NEWLINE "\n" #endif -#define IM_MAX(_A,_B) (((_A) >= (_B)) ? (_A) : (_B)) - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// DEMO CODE -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS) // Obsolete name since 1.53, TEST->DEMO -#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS +// Helpers +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(snprintf) +#define snprintf _snprintf #endif +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf) +#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf +#endif + +// Format specifiers, printing 64-bit hasn't been decently standardized... +// In a real application you should be using PRId64 and PRIu64 from (non-windows) and on Windows define them yourself. +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define IM_PRId64 "I64d" +#define IM_PRIu64 "I64u" +#else +#define IM_PRId64 "lld" +#define IM_PRIu64 "llu" +#endif + +// Helpers macros +// We normally try to not use many helpers in imgui_demo.cpp in order to make code easier to copy and paste, +// but making an exception here as those are largely simplifying code... +// In other imgui sources we can use nicer internal functions from imgui_internal.h (ImMin/ImMax) but not in the demo. +#define IM_MIN(A, B) (((A) < (B)) ? (A) : (B)) +#define IM_MAX(A, B) (((A) >= (B)) ? (A) : (B)) +#define IM_CLAMP(V, MN, MX) ((V) < (MN) ? (MN) : (V) > (MX) ? (MX) : (V)) + +// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall +#ifndef IMGUI_CDECL +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl +#else +#define IMGUI_CDECL +#endif +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS) +// Forward Declarations +static void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open); @@ -82,52 +180,92 @@ static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppFixedOverlay(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); static void ShowExampleMenuFile(); -static void ShowHelpMarker(const char* desc) +// Helper to display a little (?) mark which shows a tooltip when hovered. +// In your own code you may want to display an actual icon if you are using a merged icon fonts (see docs/FONTS.md) +static void HelpMarker(const char* desc) { ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) { ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(450.0f); + ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc); ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); ImGui::EndTooltip(); } } +// Helper to display basic user controls. void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() { + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImGui::BulletText("Double-click on title bar to collapse window."); - ImGui::BulletText("Click and drag on lower right corner to resize window\n(double-click to auto fit window to its contents)."); - ImGui::BulletText("Click and drag on any empty space to move window."); - ImGui::BulletText("TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields."); + ImGui::BulletText( + "Click and drag on lower corner to resize window\n" + "(double-click to auto fit window to its contents)."); ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text."); - if (ImGui::GetIO().FontAllowUserScaling) + ImGui::BulletText("TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields."); + if (io.FontAllowUserScaling) ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Mouse Wheel to zoom window contents."); - ImGui::BulletText("Mouse Wheel to scroll."); - ImGui::BulletText("While editing text:\n"); + ImGui::BulletText("While inputing text:\n"); ImGui::Indent(); - ImGui::BulletText("Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text."); ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Left/Right to word jump."); ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+A or double-click to select all."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V to use clipboard."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+X/C/V to use clipboard cut/copy/paste."); ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo."); ImGui::BulletText("ESCAPE to revert."); ImGui::BulletText("You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values.\nUse +- to subtract."); ImGui::Unindent(); + ImGui::BulletText("With keyboard navigation enabled:"); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::BulletText("Arrow keys to navigate."); + ImGui::BulletText("Space to activate a widget."); + ImGui::BulletText("Return to input text into a widget."); + ImGui::BulletText("Escape to deactivate a widget, close popup, exit child window."); + ImGui::BulletText("Alt to jump to the menu layer of a window."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Tab to select a window."); + ImGui::Unindent(); } -// Demonstrate most ImGui features (big function!) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ShowDemoWindowWidgets() +// - ShowDemoWindowLayout() +// - ShowDemoWindowPopups() +// - ShowDemoWindowTables() +// - ShowDemoWindowColumns() +// - ShowDemoWindowMisc() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions +// (because the link time of very large functions grow non-linearly) +static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); +static void ShowDemoWindowLayout(); +static void ShowDemoWindowPopups(); +static void ShowDemoWindowTables(); +static void ShowDemoWindowColumns(); +static void ShowDemoWindowMisc(); + +// Demonstrate most Dear ImGui features (this is big function!) +// You may execute this function to experiment with the UI and understand what it does. +// You may then search for keywords in the code when you are interested by a specific feature. void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) { - // Examples apps + // Exceptionally add an extra assert here for people confused about initial Dear ImGui setup + // Most ImGui functions would normally just crash if the context is missing. + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing dear imgui context. Refer to examples app!"); + + // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu) static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false; + static bool show_app_documents = false; + static bool show_app_console = false; static bool show_app_log = false; static bool show_app_layout = false; @@ -135,15 +273,14 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) static bool show_app_long_text = false; static bool show_app_auto_resize = false; static bool show_app_constrained_resize = false; - static bool show_app_fixed_overlay = false; + static bool show_app_simple_overlay = false; + static bool show_app_fullscreen = false; static bool show_app_window_titles = false; static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false; - static bool show_app_style_editor = false; - - static bool show_app_metrics = false; - static bool show_app_about = false; if (show_app_main_menu_bar) ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); + if (show_app_documents) ShowExampleAppDocuments(&show_app_documents); + if (show_app_console) ShowExampleAppConsole(&show_app_console); if (show_app_log) ShowExampleAppLog(&show_app_log); if (show_app_layout) ShowExampleAppLayout(&show_app_layout); @@ -151,22 +288,26 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) if (show_app_long_text) ShowExampleAppLongText(&show_app_long_text); if (show_app_auto_resize) ShowExampleAppAutoResize(&show_app_auto_resize); if (show_app_constrained_resize) ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(&show_app_constrained_resize); - if (show_app_fixed_overlay) ShowExampleAppFixedOverlay(&show_app_fixed_overlay); + if (show_app_simple_overlay) ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&show_app_simple_overlay); + if (show_app_fullscreen) ShowExampleAppFullscreen(&show_app_fullscreen); if (show_app_window_titles) ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&show_app_window_titles); if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering); - if (show_app_metrics) { ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics); } - if (show_app_style_editor) { ImGui::Begin("Style Editor", &show_app_style_editor); ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::End(); } - if (show_app_about) + // Dear ImGui Apps (accessible from the "Tools" menu) + static bool show_app_metrics = false; + static bool show_app_style_editor = false; + static bool show_app_about = false; + + if (show_app_metrics) { ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics); } + if (show_app_about) { ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_app_about); } + if (show_app_style_editor) { - ImGui::Begin("About Dear ImGui", &show_app_about, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize); - ImGui::Text("dear imgui, %s", ImGui::GetVersion()); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("By Omar Cornut and all dear imgui contributors."); - ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui is licensed under the MIT License, see LICENSE for more information."); + ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Style Editor", &show_app_style_editor); + ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::End(); } + // Demonstrate the various window flags. Typically you would just use the default! static bool no_titlebar = false; static bool no_scrollbar = false; static bool no_menu = false; @@ -174,31 +315,45 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) static bool no_resize = false; static bool no_collapse = false; static bool no_close = false; + static bool no_nav = false; + static bool no_background = false; + static bool no_bring_to_front = false; - // Demonstrate the various window flags. Typically you would just use the default. ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0; - if (no_titlebar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar; - if (no_scrollbar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar; - if (!no_menu) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; - if (no_move) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; - if (no_resize) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize; - if (no_collapse) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse; - if (no_close) p_open = NULL; // Don't pass our bool* to Begin + if (no_titlebar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar; + if (no_scrollbar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar; + if (!no_menu) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; + if (no_move) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; + if (no_resize) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize; + if (no_collapse) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse; + if (no_nav) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav; + if (no_background) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground; + if (no_bring_to_front) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus; + if (no_close) p_open = NULL; // Don't pass our bool* to Begin - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(550,680), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - if (!ImGui::Begin("ImGui Demo", p_open, window_flags)) + // We specify a default position/size in case there's no data in the .ini file. + // We only do it to make the demo applications a little more welcoming, but typically this isn't required. + const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(main_viewport->WorkPos.x + 650, main_viewport->WorkPos.y + 20), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(550, 680), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + + // Main body of the Demo window starts here. + if (!ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Demo", p_open, window_flags)) { // Early out if the window is collapsed, as an optimization. ImGui::End(); return; } - //ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.65f); // 2/3 of the space for widget and 1/3 for labels - ImGui::PushItemWidth(-140); // Right align, keep 140 pixels for labels + // Most "big" widgets share a common width settings by default. See 'Demo->Layout->Widgets Width' for details. - ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello. (%s)", IMGUI_VERSION); + // e.g. Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (right align) + //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.35f); - // Menu + // e.g. Leave a fixed amount of width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets. + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); + + // Menu Bar if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) { if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) @@ -216,14 +371,16 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::MenuItem("Long text display", NULL, &show_app_long_text); ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_auto_resize); ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_constrained_resize); - ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_fixed_overlay); + ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_simple_overlay); + ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen window", NULL, &show_app_fullscreen); ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &show_app_window_titles); ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &show_app_custom_rendering); + ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &show_app_documents); ImGui::EndMenu(); } - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Help")) + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Tools")) { - ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics", NULL, &show_app_metrics); + ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &show_app_metrics); ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_app_style_editor); ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &show_app_about); ImGui::EndMenu(); @@ -231,462 +388,878 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::EndMenuBar(); } + ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello. (%s)", IMGUI_VERSION); ImGui::Spacing(); + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Help")) { - ImGui::TextWrapped("This window is being created by the ShowDemoWindow() function. Please refer to the code in imgui_demo.cpp for reference.\n\n"); + ImGui::Text("ABOUT THIS DEMO:"); + ImGui::BulletText("Sections below are demonstrating many aspects of the library."); + ImGui::BulletText("The \"Examples\" menu above leads to more demo contents."); + ImGui::BulletText("The \"Tools\" menu above gives access to: About Box, Style Editor,\n" + "and Metrics/Debugger (general purpose Dear ImGui debugging tool)."); + ImGui::Separator(); + + ImGui::Text("PROGRAMMER GUIDE:"); + ImGui::BulletText("See the ShowDemoWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp. <- you are here!"); + ImGui::BulletText("See comments in imgui.cpp."); + ImGui::BulletText("See example applications in the examples/ folder."); + ImGui::BulletText("Read the FAQ at http://www.dearimgui.org/faq/"); + ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableKeyboard' for keyboard controls."); + ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableGamepad' for gamepad controls."); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("USER GUIDE:"); ImGui::ShowUserGuide(); } - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Window options")) + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Configuration")) { - ImGui::Checkbox("No titlebar", &no_titlebar); ImGui::SameLine(150); - ImGui::Checkbox("No scrollbar", &no_scrollbar); ImGui::SameLine(300); - ImGui::Checkbox("No menu", &no_menu); - ImGui::Checkbox("No move", &no_move); ImGui::SameLine(150); - ImGui::Checkbox("No resize", &no_resize); ImGui::SameLine(300); - ImGui::Checkbox("No collapse", &no_collapse); - ImGui::Checkbox("No close", &no_close); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Configuration##2")) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableKeyboard", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable keyboard controls."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableGamepad", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable gamepad controls. Require backend to set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.\n\nRead instructions in imgui.cpp for details."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableSetMousePos", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. See comment for ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouse", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) + { + // The "NoMouse" option can get us stuck with a disabled mouse! Let's provide an alternative way to fix it: + if (fmodf((float)ImGui::GetTime(), 0.40f) < 0.20f) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("<>"); + } + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_Space))) + io.ConfigFlags &= ~ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse; + } + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouseCursorChange", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink", &io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting)"); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDragClickToInputText", &io.ConfigDragClickToInputText); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving)."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges", &io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner.\nThis requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly", &io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor itself. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something)."); + ImGui::Text("Also see Style->Rendering for rendering options."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGui::Separator(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Backend Flags")) + { + HelpMarker( + "Those flags are set by the backends (imgui_impl_xxx files) to specify their capabilities.\n" + "Here we expose then as read-only fields to avoid breaking interactions with your backend."); + + // Make a local copy to avoid modifying actual backend flags. + ImGuiBackendFlags backend_flags = io.BackendFlags; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasGamepad", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasSetMousePos", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasVtxOffset", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset); + ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGui::Separator(); + } if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style")) { + HelpMarker("The same contents can be accessed in 'Tools->Style Editor' or by calling the ShowStyleEditor() function."); ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGui::Separator(); } if (ImGui::TreeNode("Capture/Logging")) { - ImGui::TextWrapped("The logging API redirects all text output so you can easily capture the content of a window or a block. Tree nodes can be automatically expanded. You can also call ImGui::LogText() to output directly to the log without a visual output."); + HelpMarker( + "The logging API redirects all text output so you can easily capture the content of " + "a window or a block. Tree nodes can be automatically expanded.\n" + "Try opening any of the contents below in this window and then click one of the \"Log To\" button."); ImGui::LogButtons(); + + HelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::LogText() to output directly to the log without a visual output."); + if (ImGui::Button("Copy \"Hello, world!\" to clipboard")) + { + ImGui::LogToClipboard(); + ImGui::LogText("Hello, world!"); + ImGui::LogFinish(); + } ImGui::TreePop(); } } - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Widgets")) + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Window options")) { - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 3)) { - static int clicked = 0; - if (ImGui::Button("Button")) - clicked++; - if (clicked & 1) - { - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("Thanks for clicking me!"); - } + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No titlebar", &no_titlebar); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No scrollbar", &no_scrollbar); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No menu", &no_menu); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No move", &no_move); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No resize", &no_resize); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No collapse", &no_collapse); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No close", &no_close); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No nav", &no_nav); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No background", &no_background); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No bring to front", &no_bring_to_front); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + } - static bool check = true; - ImGui::Checkbox("checkbox", &check); + // All demo contents + ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); + ShowDemoWindowLayout(); + ShowDemoWindowPopups(); + ShowDemoWindowTables(); + ShowDemoWindowMisc(); - static int e = 0; - ImGui::RadioButton("radio a", &e, 0); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::RadioButton("radio b", &e, 1); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::RadioButton("radio c", &e, 2); + // End of ShowDemoWindow() + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::End(); +} - // Color buttons, demonstrate using PushID() to add unique identifier in the ID stack, and changing style. - for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++) - { - if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(i); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.6f, 0.6f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.7f, 0.7f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f)); - ImGui::Button("Click"); - ImGui::PopStyleColor(3); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - - ImGui::Text("Hover over me"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip"); +static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() +{ + if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Widgets")) + return; + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) + { + static int clicked = 0; + if (ImGui::Button("Button")) + clicked++; + if (clicked & 1) + { ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("- or me"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); - static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; - ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } + ImGui::Text("Thanks for clicking me!"); + } - // Testing ImGuiOnceUponAFrame helper. - //static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame once; - //for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) - // if (once) - // ImGui::Text("This will be displayed only once."); + static bool check = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("checkbox", &check); - ImGui::Separator(); + static int e = 0; + ImGui::RadioButton("radio a", &e, 0); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::RadioButton("radio b", &e, 1); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::RadioButton("radio c", &e, 2); - ImGui::LabelText("label", "Value"); + // Color buttons, demonstrate using PushID() to add unique identifier in the ID stack, and changing style. + for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++) + { + if (i > 0) + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(i); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.6f, 0.6f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.7f, 0.7f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f)); + ImGui::Button("Click"); + ImGui::PopStyleColor(3); + ImGui::PopID(); + } - { - // Simplified one-liner Combo() API, using values packed in a single constant string - static int current_item_1 = 1; - ImGui::Combo("combo", ¤t_item_1, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0"); - //ImGui::Combo("combo w/ array of char*", ¤t_item_2_idx, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); // Combo using proper array. You can also pass a callback to retrieve array value, no need to create/copy an array just for that. + // Use AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text baseline to the baseline of framed widgets elements + // (otherwise a Text+SameLine+Button sequence will have the text a little too high by default!) + // See 'Demo->Layout->Text Baseline Alignment' for details. + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("Hold to repeat:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); - // General BeginCombo() API, you have full control over your selection data and display type - const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO", "PPPP", "QQQQQQQQQQ", "RRR", "SSSS" }; - static const char* current_item_2 = NULL; - if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 2", current_item_2)) // The second parameter is the label previewed before opening the combo. - { - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) - { - bool is_selected = (current_item_2 == items[n]); // You can store your selection however you want, outside or inside your objects - if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) - current_item_2 = items[n]; - if (is_selected) - ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + for keyboard navigation support in the upcoming navigation branch) - } - ImGui::EndCombo(); - } - } + // Arrow buttons with Repeater + static int counter = 0; + float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x; + ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); + if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##left", ImGuiDir_Left)) { counter--; } + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); + if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##right", ImGuiDir_Right)) { counter++; } + ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("%d", counter); - { - static char str0[128] = "Hello, world!"; - static int i0=123; - static float f0=0.001f; - ImGui::InputText("input text", str0, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str0)); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.\n" "CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.\n" "CTRL+A or double-click to select all.\n" "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard.\n" "CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo.\n" "ESCAPE to revert.\n"); + ImGui::Text("Hover over me"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip"); - ImGui::InputInt("input int", &i0); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values.\n e.g. [ 100 ], input \'*2\', result becomes [ 200 ]\nUse +- to subtract.\n"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("- or me"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + { + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); + static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; + ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } - ImGui::InputFloat("input float", &f0, 0.01f, 1.0f); + ImGui::Separator(); - static float vec4a[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f }; - ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4a); - } + ImGui::LabelText("label", "Value"); - { - static int i1=50, i2=42; - ImGui::DragInt("drag int", &i1, 1); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Click and drag to edit value.\nHold SHIFT/ALT for faster/slower edit.\nDouble-click or CTRL+click to input value."); + { + // Using the _simplified_ one-liner Combo() api here + // See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api. + const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIIIIII", "JJJJ", "KKKKKKK" }; + static int item_current = 0; + ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Using the simplified one-liner Combo API here.\nRefer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginCombo/EndCombo API."); + } - ImGui::DragInt("drag int 0..100", &i2, 1, 0, 100, "%.0f%%"); + { + // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, + // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file. + static char str0[128] = "Hello, world!"; + ImGui::InputText("input text", str0, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str0)); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "USER:\n" + "Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.\n" + "CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.\n" + "CTRL+A or double-click to select all.\n" + "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard.\n" + "CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo.\n" + "ESCAPE to revert.\n\n" + "PROGRAMMER:\n" + "You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputText() " + "to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example (this is not demonstrated " + "in imgui_demo.cpp)."); - static float f1=1.00f, f2=0.0067f; - ImGui::DragFloat("drag float", &f1, 0.005f); - ImGui::DragFloat("drag small float", &f2, 0.0001f, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%.06f ns"); - } + static char str1[128] = ""; + ImGui::InputTextWithHint("input text (w/ hint)", "enter text here", str1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str1)); - { - static int i1=0; - ImGui::SliderInt("slider int", &i1, -1, 3); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("CTRL+click to input value."); + static int i0 = 123; + ImGui::InputInt("input int", &i0); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values.\n" + " e.g. [ 100 ], input \'*2\', result becomes [ 200 ]\n" + "Use +- to subtract."); - static float f1=0.123f, f2=0.0f; - ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float", &f1, 0.0f, 1.0f, "ratio = %.3f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("slider log float", &f2, -10.0f, 10.0f, "%.4f", 3.0f); - static float angle = 0.0f; - ImGui::SliderAngle("slider angle", &angle); - } + static float f0 = 0.001f; + ImGui::InputFloat("input float", &f0, 0.01f, 1.0f, "%.3f"); - static float col1[3] = { 1.0f,0.0f,0.2f }; - static float col2[4] = { 0.4f,0.7f,0.0f,0.5f }; + static double d0 = 999999.00000001; + ImGui::InputDouble("input double", &d0, 0.01f, 1.0f, "%.8f"); + + static float f1 = 1.e10f; + ImGui::InputFloat("input scientific", &f1, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%e"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "You can input value using the scientific notation,\n" + " e.g. \"1e+8\" becomes \"100000000\"."); + + static float vec4a[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f }; + ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4a); + } + + { + static int i1 = 50, i2 = 42; + ImGui::DragInt("drag int", &i1, 1); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Click and drag to edit value.\n" + "Hold SHIFT/ALT for faster/slower edit.\n" + "Double-click or CTRL+click to input value."); + + ImGui::DragInt("drag int 0..100", &i2, 1, 0, 100, "%d%%", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + + static float f1 = 1.00f, f2 = 0.0067f; + ImGui::DragFloat("drag float", &f1, 0.005f); + ImGui::DragFloat("drag small float", &f2, 0.0001f, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%.06f ns"); + } + + { + static int i1 = 0; + ImGui::SliderInt("slider int", &i1, -1, 3); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("CTRL+click to input value."); + + static float f1 = 0.123f, f2 = 0.0f; + ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float", &f1, 0.0f, 1.0f, "ratio = %.3f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float (log)", &f2, -10.0f, 10.0f, "%.4f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + + static float angle = 0.0f; + ImGui::SliderAngle("slider angle", &angle); + + // Using the format string to display a name instead of an integer. + // Here we completely omit '%d' from the format string, so it'll only display a name. + // This technique can also be used with DragInt(). + enum Element { Element_Fire, Element_Earth, Element_Air, Element_Water, Element_COUNT }; + static int elem = Element_Fire; + const char* elems_names[Element_COUNT] = { "Fire", "Earth", "Air", "Water" }; + const char* elem_name = (elem >= 0 && elem < Element_COUNT) ? elems_names[elem] : "Unknown"; + ImGui::SliderInt("slider enum", &elem, 0, Element_COUNT - 1, elem_name); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the format string parameter to display a name instead of the underlying integer."); + } + + { + static float col1[3] = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f }; + static float col2[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f }; ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Click on the colored square to open a color picker.\nRight-click on the colored square to show options.\nCTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Click on the color square to open a color picker.\n" + "Click and hold to use drag and drop.\n" + "Right-click on the color square to show options.\n" + "CTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n"); ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2); + } - const char* listbox_items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi", "Mango", "Orange", "Pineapple", "Strawberry", "Watermelon" }; - static int listbox_item_current = 1; - ImGui::ListBox("listbox\n(single select)", &listbox_item_current, listbox_items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(listbox_items), 4); + { + // Using the _simplified_ one-liner ListBox() api here + // See "List boxes" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api. + const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi", "Mango", "Orange", "Pineapple", "Strawberry", "Watermelon" }; + static int item_current = 1; + ImGui::ListBox("listbox", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), 4); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Using the simplified one-liner ListBox API here.\nRefer to the \"List boxes\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginListBox/EndListBox API."); + } - //static int listbox_item_current2 = 2; - //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-1); - //ImGui::ListBox("##listbox2", &listbox_item_current2, listbox_items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(listbox_items), 4); - //ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + // Testing ImGuiOnceUponAFrame helper. + //static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame once; + //for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) + // if (once) + // ImGui::Text("This will be displayed only once."); + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Trees")) + { + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic trees")) + { + for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) + { + // Use SetNextItemOpen() so set the default state of a node to be open. We could + // also use TreeNodeEx() with the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen flag to achieve the same thing! + if (i == 0) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + + if (ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)i, "Child %d", i)) + { + ImGui::Text("blah blah"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) {} + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + } ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Trees")) + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced, with Selectable nodes")) { - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic trees")) + HelpMarker( + "This is a more typical looking tree with selectable nodes.\n" + "Click to select, CTRL+Click to toggle, click on arrows or double-click to open."); + static ImGuiTreeNodeFlags base_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth; + static bool align_label_with_current_x_position = false; + static bool test_drag_and_drop = false; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Extend hit area to all available width instead of allowing more items to be laid out after the node."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::Checkbox("Align label with current X position", &align_label_with_current_x_position); + ImGui::Checkbox("Test tree node as drag source", &test_drag_and_drop); + ImGui::Text("Hello!"); + if (align_label_with_current_x_position) + ImGui::Unindent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + + // 'selection_mask' is dumb representation of what may be user-side selection state. + // You may retain selection state inside or outside your objects in whatever format you see fit. + // 'node_clicked' is temporary storage of what node we have clicked to process selection at the end + /// of the loop. May be a pointer to your own node type, etc. + static int selection_mask = (1 << 2); + int node_clicked = -1; + for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) { - for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) - if (ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)i, "Child %d", i)) + // Disable the default "open on single-click behavior" + set Selected flag according to our selection. + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags node_flags = base_flags; + const bool is_selected = (selection_mask & (1 << i)) != 0; + if (is_selected) + node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected; + if (i < 3) + { + // Items 0..2 are Tree Node + bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Node %d", i); + if (ImGui::IsItemClicked()) + node_clicked = i; + if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) { - ImGui::Text("blah blah"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("print")) printf("Child %d pressed", i); + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("_TREENODE", NULL, 0); + ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source"); + ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); + } + if (node_open) + { + ImGui::BulletText("Blah blah\nBlah Blah"); ImGui::TreePop(); } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced, with Selectable nodes")) - { - ShowHelpMarker("This is a more standard looking tree with selectable nodes.\nClick to select, CTRL+Click to toggle, click on arrows or double-click to open."); - static bool align_label_with_current_x_position = false; - ImGui::Checkbox("Align label with current X position)", &align_label_with_current_x_position); - ImGui::Text("Hello!"); - if (align_label_with_current_x_position) - ImGui::Unindent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); - - static int selection_mask = (1 << 2); // Dumb representation of what may be user-side selection state. You may carry selection state inside or outside your objects in whatever format you see fit. - int node_clicked = -1; // Temporary storage of what node we have clicked to process selection at the end of the loop. May be a pointer to your own node type, etc. - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, ImGui::GetFontSize()*3); // Increase spacing to differentiate leaves from expanded contents. - for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) + } + else { - // Disable the default open on single-click behavior and pass in Selected flag according to our selection state. - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags node_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ((selection_mask & (1 << i)) ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected : 0); - if (i < 3) + // Items 3..5 are Tree Leaves + // The only reason we use TreeNode at all is to allow selection of the leaf. Otherwise we can + // use BulletText() or advance the cursor by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() and call Text(). + node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen; // ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet + ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Leaf %d", i); + if (ImGui::IsItemClicked()) + node_clicked = i; + if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) { - // Node - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Node %d", i); - if (ImGui::IsItemClicked()) - node_clicked = i; - if (node_open) - { - ImGui::Text("Blah blah\nBlah Blah"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - } - else - { - // Leaf: The only reason we have a TreeNode at all is to allow selection of the leaf. Otherwise we can use BulletText() or TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()+Text(). - node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen; // ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet - ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Leaf %d", i); - if (ImGui::IsItemClicked()) - node_clicked = i; + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("_TREENODE", NULL, 0); + ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source"); + ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); } } - if (node_clicked != -1) - { - // Update selection state. Process outside of tree loop to avoid visual inconsistencies during the clicking-frame. - if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) - selection_mask ^= (1 << node_clicked); // CTRL+click to toggle - else //if (!(selection_mask & (1 << node_clicked))) // Depending on selection behavior you want, this commented bit preserve selection when clicking on item that is part of the selection - selection_mask = (1 << node_clicked); // Click to single-select - } - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - if (align_label_with_current_x_position) - ImGui::Indent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); - ImGui::TreePop(); } + if (node_clicked != -1) + { + // Update selection state + // (process outside of tree loop to avoid visual inconsistencies during the clicking frame) + if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) + selection_mask ^= (1 << node_clicked); // CTRL+click to toggle + else //if (!(selection_mask & (1 << node_clicked))) // Depending on selection behavior you want, may want to preserve selection when clicking on item that is part of the selection + selection_mask = (1 << node_clicked); // Click to single-select + } + if (align_label_with_current_x_position) + ImGui::Indent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Collapsing Headers")) + { + static bool closable_group = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("Show 2nd header", &closable_group); + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None)) + { + ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", ImGui::IsItemHovered()); + for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) + ImGui::Text("Some content %d", i); + } + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header with a close button", &closable_group)) + { + ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", ImGui::IsItemHovered()); + for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) + ImGui::Text("More content %d", i); + } + /* + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header with a bullet", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet)) + ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", ImGui::IsItemHovered()); + */ + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Bullets")) + { + ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 1"); + ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 2\nOn multiple lines"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree node")) + { + ImGui::BulletText("Another bullet point"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Text("Bullet point 3 (two calls)"); + ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::SmallButton("Button"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text")) + { + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Colorful Text")) + { + // Using shortcut. You can use PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() for more flexibility. + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f), "Pink"); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f), "Yellow"); + ImGui::TextDisabled("Disabled"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The TextDisabled color is stored in ImGuiStyle."); ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Collapsing Headers")) + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word Wrapping")) { - static bool closable_group = true; - ImGui::Checkbox("Enable extra group", &closable_group); - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header")) + // Using shortcut. You can use PushTextWrapPos()/PopTextWrapPos() for more flexibility. + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the window. The current implementation " + "for text wrapping follows simple rules suitable for English and possibly other languages."); + ImGui::Spacing(); + + static float wrap_width = 200.0f; + ImGui::SliderFloat("Wrap width", &wrap_width, -20, 600, "%.0f"); + + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) { - ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", IsItemHovered()); - for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) - ImGui::Text("Some content %d", i); - } - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header with a close button", &closable_group)) - { - ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", IsItemHovered()); - for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) - ImGui::Text("More content %d", i); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Bullets")) - { - ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 1"); - ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 2\nOn multiple lines"); - ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Text("Bullet point 3 (two calls)"); - ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::SmallButton("Button"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text")) - { - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Colored Text")) - { - // Using shortcut. You can use PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() for more flexibility. - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f,0.0f,1.0f,1.0f), "Pink"); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,0.0f,1.0f), "Yellow"); - ImGui::TextDisabled("Disabled"); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("The TextDisabled color is stored in ImGuiStyle."); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word Wrapping")) - { - // Using shortcut. You can use PushTextWrapPos()/PopTextWrapPos() for more flexibility. - ImGui::TextWrapped("This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the window. The current implementation for text wrapping follows simple rules suitable for English and possibly other languages."); - ImGui::Spacing(); - - static float wrap_width = 200.0f; - ImGui::SliderFloat("Wrap width", &wrap_width, -20, 600, "%.0f"); - - ImGui::Text("Test paragraph 1:"); + ImGui::Text("Test paragraph %d:", n); ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width + 10, pos.y + ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()), IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); + ImVec2 marker_min = ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width, pos.y); + ImVec2 marker_max = ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width + 10, pos.y + ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()); ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos().x + wrap_width); - ImGui::Text("The lazy dog is a good dog. This paragraph is made to fit within %.0f pixels. Testing a 1 character word. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.", wrap_width); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRect(ImGui::GetItemRectMin(), ImGui::GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); - ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); + if (n == 0) + ImGui::Text("The lazy dog is a good dog. This paragraph should fit within %.0f pixels. Testing a 1 character word. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.", wrap_width); + else + ImGui::Text("aaaaaaaa bbbbbbbb, c cccccccc,dddddddd. d eeeeeeee ffffffff. gggggggg!hhhhhhhh"); - ImGui::Text("Test paragraph 2:"); - pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width + 10, pos.y + ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()), IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); - ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos().x + wrap_width); - ImGui::Text("aaaaaaaa bbbbbbbb, c cccccccc,dddddddd. d eeeeeeee ffffffff. gggggggg!hhhhhhhh"); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRect(ImGui::GetItemRectMin(), ImGui::GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); + // Draw actual text bounding box, following by marker of our expected limit (should not overlap!) + draw_list->AddRect(ImGui::GetItemRectMin(), ImGui::GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(marker_min, marker_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); - - ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("UTF-8 Text")) - { - // UTF-8 test with Japanese characters - // (needs a suitable font, try Arial Unicode or M+ fonts http://mplus-fonts.sourceforge.jp/mplus-outline-fonts/index-en.html) - // - From C++11 you can use the u8"my text" syntax to encode literal strings as UTF-8 - // - For earlier compiler, you may be able to encode your sources as UTF-8 (e.g. Visual Studio save your file as 'UTF-8 without signature') - // - HOWEVER, FOR THIS DEMO FILE, BECAUSE WE WANT TO SUPPORT COMPILER, WE ARE *NOT* INCLUDING RAW UTF-8 CHARACTERS IN THIS SOURCE FILE. - // Instead we are encoding a few string with hexadecimal constants. Don't do this in your application! - // Note that characters values are preserved even by InputText() if the font cannot be displayed, so you can safely copy & paste garbled characters into another application. - ImGui::TextWrapped("CJK text will only appears if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. Call io.Font->LoadFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges."); - ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); - ImGui::Text("Kanjis: \xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e (nihongo)"); - static char buf[32] = "\xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e"; // "nihongo" - ImGui::InputText("UTF-8 input", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Images")) + if (ImGui::TreeNode("UTF-8 Text")) { - ImGui::TextWrapped("Below we are displaying the font texture (which is the only texture we have access to in this demo). Use the 'ImTextureID' type as storage to pass pointers or identifier to your own texture data. Hover the texture for a zoomed view!"); - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + // UTF-8 test with Japanese characters + // (Needs a suitable font? Try "Google Noto" or "Arial Unicode". See docs/FONTS.md for details.) + // - From C++11 you can use the u8"my text" syntax to encode literal strings as UTF-8 + // - For earlier compiler, you may be able to encode your sources as UTF-8 (e.g. in Visual Studio, you + // can save your source files as 'UTF-8 without signature'). + // - FOR THIS DEMO FILE ONLY, BECAUSE WE WANT TO SUPPORT OLD COMPILERS, WE ARE *NOT* INCLUDING RAW UTF-8 + // CHARACTERS IN THIS SOURCE FILE. Instead we are encoding a few strings with hexadecimal constants. + // Don't do this in your application! Please use u8"text in any language" in your application! + // Note that characters values are preserved even by InputText() if the font cannot be displayed, + // so you can safely copy & paste garbled characters into another application. + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "CJK text will only appears if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. " + "Call io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. " + "Read docs/FONTS.md for details."); + ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); // Normally we would use u8"blah blah" with the proper characters directly in the string. + ImGui::Text("Kanjis: \xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e (nihongo)"); + static char buf[32] = "\xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e"; + //static char buf[32] = u8"NIHONGO"; // <- this is how you would write it with C++11, using real kanjis + ImGui::InputText("UTF-8 input", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } - // Here we are grabbing the font texture because that's the only one we have access to inside the demo code. - // Remember that ImTextureID is just storage for whatever you want it to be, it is essentially a value that will be passed to the render function inside the ImDrawCmd structure. - // If you use one of the default imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp renderer, they all have comments at the top of their file to specify what they expect to be stored in ImTextureID. - // (for example, the imgui_impl_dx11.cpp renderer expect a 'ID3D11ShaderResourceView*' pointer. The imgui_impl_glfw_gl3.cpp renderer expect a GLuint OpenGL texture identifier etc.) - // If you decided that ImTextureID = MyEngineTexture*, then you can pass your MyEngineTexture* pointers to ImGui::Image(), and gather width/height through your own functions, etc. - // Using ShowMetricsWindow() as a "debugger" to inspect the draw data that are being passed to your render will help you debug issues if you are confused about this. - // Consider using the lower-level ImDrawList::AddImage() API, via ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddImage(). - ImTextureID my_tex_id = io.Fonts->TexID; - float my_tex_w = (float)io.Fonts->TexWidth; - float my_tex_h = (float)io.Fonts->TexHeight; + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Images")) + { + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "Below we are displaying the font texture (which is the only texture we have access to in this demo). " + "Use the 'ImTextureID' type as storage to pass pointers or identifier to your own texture data. " + "Hover the texture for a zoomed view!"); + // Below we are displaying the font texture because it is the only texture we have access to inside the demo! + // Remember that ImTextureID is just storage for whatever you want it to be. It is essentially a value that + // will be passed to the rendering backend via the ImDrawCmd structure. + // If you use one of the default imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp rendering backend, they all have comments at the top + // of their respective source file to specify what they expect to be stored in ImTextureID, for example: + // - The imgui_impl_dx11.cpp renderer expect a 'ID3D11ShaderResourceView*' pointer + // - The imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp renderer expect a GLuint OpenGL texture identifier, etc. + // More: + // - If you decided that ImTextureID = MyEngineTexture*, then you can pass your MyEngineTexture* pointers + // to ImGui::Image(), and gather width/height through your own functions, etc. + // - You can use ShowMetricsWindow() to inspect the draw data that are being passed to your renderer, + // it will help you debug issues if you are confused about it. + // - Consider using the lower-level ImDrawList::AddImage() API, via ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddImage(). + // - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md + // - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples + ImTextureID my_tex_id = io.Fonts->TexID; + float my_tex_w = (float)io.Fonts->TexWidth; + float my_tex_h = (float)io.Fonts->TexHeight; + { ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", my_tex_w, my_tex_h); ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(1,1), ImColor(255,255,255,255), ImColor(255,255,255,128)); + ImVec2 uv_min = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Top-left + ImVec2 uv_max = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // Lower-right + ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint + ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); // 50% opaque white + ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), uv_min, uv_max, tint_col, border_col); if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) { ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - float focus_sz = 32.0f; - float focus_x = io.MousePos.x - pos.x - focus_sz * 0.5f; if (focus_x < 0.0f) focus_x = 0.0f; else if (focus_x > my_tex_w - focus_sz) focus_x = my_tex_w - focus_sz; - float focus_y = io.MousePos.y - pos.y - focus_sz * 0.5f; if (focus_y < 0.0f) focus_y = 0.0f; else if (focus_y > my_tex_h - focus_sz) focus_y = my_tex_h - focus_sz; - ImGui::Text("Min: (%.2f, %.2f)", focus_x, focus_y); - ImGui::Text("Max: (%.2f, %.2f)", focus_x + focus_sz, focus_y + focus_sz); - ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((focus_x) / my_tex_w, (focus_y) / my_tex_h); - ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((focus_x + focus_sz) / my_tex_w, (focus_y + focus_sz) / my_tex_h); - ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(128,128), uv0, uv1, ImColor(255,255,255,255), ImColor(255,255,255,128)); + float region_sz = 32.0f; + float region_x = io.MousePos.x - pos.x - region_sz * 0.5f; + float region_y = io.MousePos.y - pos.y - region_sz * 0.5f; + float zoom = 4.0f; + if (region_x < 0.0f) { region_x = 0.0f; } + else if (region_x > my_tex_w - region_sz) { region_x = my_tex_w - region_sz; } + if (region_y < 0.0f) { region_y = 0.0f; } + else if (region_y > my_tex_h - region_sz) { region_y = my_tex_h - region_sz; } + ImGui::Text("Min: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x, region_y); + ImGui::Text("Max: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x + region_sz, region_y + region_sz); + ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((region_x) / my_tex_w, (region_y) / my_tex_h); + ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((region_x + region_sz) / my_tex_w, (region_y + region_sz) / my_tex_h); + ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(region_sz * zoom, region_sz * zoom), uv0, uv1, tint_col, border_col); ImGui::EndTooltip(); } - ImGui::TextWrapped("And now some textured buttons.."); - static int pressed_count = 0; - for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) + } + ImGui::TextWrapped("And now some textured buttons.."); + static int pressed_count = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) + { + ImGui::PushID(i); + int frame_padding = -1 + i; // -1 == uses default padding (style.FramePadding) + ImVec2 size = ImVec2(32.0f, 32.0f); // Size of the image we want to make visible + ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // UV coordinates for lower-left + ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(32.0f / my_tex_w, 32.0f / my_tex_h);// UV coordinates for (32,32) in our texture + ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f); // Black background + ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint + if (ImGui::ImageButton(my_tex_id, size, uv0, uv1, frame_padding, bg_col, tint_col)) + pressed_count += 1; + ImGui::PopID(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + } + ImGui::NewLine(); + ImGui::Text("Pressed %d times.", pressed_count); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Combo")) + { + // Expose flags as checkbox for the demo + static ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Only makes a difference if the popup is larger than the combo"); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton)) + flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) + flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton; // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both + + // Using the generic BeginCombo() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents. + // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively + // stored in the object itself, etc.) + const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; + static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. + const char* combo_label = items[item_current_idx]; // Label to preview before opening the combo (technically it could be anything) + if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", combo_label, flags)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) { - ImGui::PushID(i); - int frame_padding = -1 + i; // -1 = uses default padding - if (ImGui::ImageButton(my_tex_id, ImVec2(32,32), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(32.0f/my_tex_w,32/my_tex_h), frame_padding, ImColor(0,0,0,255))) - pressed_count += 1; - ImGui::PopID(); - ImGui::SameLine(); + const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) + item_current_idx = n; + + // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) + if (is_selected) + ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); } - ImGui::NewLine(); - ImGui::Text("Pressed %d times.", pressed_count); - ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGui::EndCombo(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selectables")) + // Simplified one-liner Combo() API, using values packed in a single constant string + static int item_current_2 = 0; + ImGui::Combo("combo 2 (one-liner)", &item_current_2, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0"); + + // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an array of const char* + static int item_current_3 = -1; // If the selection isn't within 0..count, Combo won't display a preview + ImGui::Combo("combo 3 (array)", &item_current_3, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + + // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an accessor function + struct Funcs { static bool ItemGetter(void* data, int n, const char** out_str) { *out_str = ((const char**)data)[n]; return true; } }; + static int item_current_4 = 0; + ImGui::Combo("combo 4 (function)", &item_current_4, &Funcs::ItemGetter, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("List boxes")) + { + // Using the generic BeginListBox() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents. + // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively + // stored in the object itself, etc.) + const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; + static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. + if (ImGui::BeginListBox("listbox 1")) { - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) { - static bool selected[4] = { false, true, false, false }; - ImGui::Selectable("1. I am selectable", &selected[0]); - ImGui::Selectable("2. I am selectable", &selected[1]); - ImGui::Text("3. I am not selectable"); - ImGui::Selectable("4. I am selectable", &selected[2]); - if (ImGui::Selectable("5. I am double clickable", selected[3], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)) - if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) - selected[3] = !selected[3]; - ImGui::TreePop(); + const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) + item_current_idx = n; + + // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) + if (is_selected) + ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more text into the same block")) + ImGui::EndListBox(); + } + + // Custom size: use all width, 5 items tall + ImGui::Text("Full-width:"); + if (ImGui::BeginListBox("##listbox 2", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 5 * ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()))) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) { - static bool selected[3] = { false, false, false }; - ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); - ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("12,345 bytes"); - ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); - ImGui::TreePop(); + const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) + item_current_idx = n; + + // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) + if (is_selected) + ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("In columns")) + ImGui::EndListBox(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selectables")) + { + // Selectable() has 2 overloads: + // - The one taking "bool selected" as a read-only selection information. + // When Selectable() has been clicked it returns true and you can alter selection state accordingly. + // - The one taking "bool* p_selected" as a read-write selection information (convenient in some cases) + // The earlier is more flexible, as in real application your selection may be stored in many different ways + // and not necessarily inside a bool value (e.g. in flags within objects, as an external list, etc). + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) + { + static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false, false }; + ImGui::Selectable("1. I am selectable", &selection[0]); + ImGui::Selectable("2. I am selectable", &selection[1]); + ImGui::Text("3. I am not selectable"); + ImGui::Selectable("4. I am selectable", &selection[3]); + if (ImGui::Selectable("5. I am double clickable", selection[4], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)) + if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) + selection[4] = !selection[4]; + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Single Selection")) + { + static int selected = -1; + for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) { - ImGui::Columns(3, NULL, false); - static bool selected[16] = { 0 }; - for (int i = 0; i < 16; i++) + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selected == n)) + selected = n; + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Multiple Selection")) + { + HelpMarker("Hold CTRL and click to select multiple items."); + static bool selection[5] = { false, false, false, false, false }; + for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selection[n])) { - char label[32]; sprintf(label, "Item %d", i); - if (ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i])) {} - ImGui::NextColumn(); + if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) // Clear selection when CTRL is not held + memset(selection, 0, sizeof(selection)); + selection[n] ^= 1; } - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid")) + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more text into the same line")) + { + // Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter, + // this function toggle your bool value automatically. + static bool selected[3] = { false, false, false }; + ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); + ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("12,345 bytes"); + ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + if (ImGui::TreeNode("In columns")) + { + static bool selected[10] = {}; + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split1", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)) { - static bool selected[16] = { true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true }; - for (int i = 0; i < 16; i++) + for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) { - ImGui::PushID(i); - if (ImGui::Selectable("Sailor", &selected[i], 0, ImVec2(50,50))) + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "Item %d", i); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i]); // FIXME-TABLE: Selection overlap + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split2", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "Item %d", i); + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i], ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Some other contents"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("123456"); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid")) + { + static char selected[4][4] = { { 1, 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 1, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 1, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0, 1 } }; + + // Add in a bit of silly fun... + const float time = (float)ImGui::GetTime(); + const bool winning_state = memchr(selected, 0, sizeof(selected)) == NULL; // If all cells are selected... + if (winning_state) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, ImVec2(0.5f + 0.5f * cosf(time * 2.0f), 0.5f + 0.5f * sinf(time * 3.0f))); + + for (int y = 0; y < 4; y++) + for (int x = 0; x < 4; x++) + { + if (x > 0) + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(y * 4 + x); + if (ImGui::Selectable("Sailor", selected[y][x] != 0, 0, ImVec2(50, 50))) { - int x = i % 4, y = i / 4; - if (x > 0) selected[i - 1] ^= 1; - if (x < 3) selected[i + 1] ^= 1; - if (y > 0) selected[i - 4] ^= 1; - if (y < 3) selected[i + 4] ^= 1; + // Toggle clicked cell + toggle neighbors + selected[y][x] ^= 1; + if (x > 0) { selected[y][x - 1] ^= 1; } + if (x < 3) { selected[y][x + 1] ^= 1; } + if (y > 0) { selected[y - 1][x] ^= 1; } + if (y < 3) { selected[y + 1][x] ^= 1; } } - if ((i % 4) < 3) ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::PopID(); } - ImGui::TreePop(); + + if (winning_state) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Alignment")) + { + HelpMarker( + "By default, Selectables uses style.SelectableTextAlign but it can be overridden on a per-item " + "basis using PushStyleVar(). You'll probably want to always keep your default situation to " + "left-align otherwise it becomes difficult to layout multiple items on a same line"); + static bool selected[3 * 3] = { true, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, true }; + for (int y = 0; y < 3; y++) + { + for (int x = 0; x < 3; x++) + { + ImVec2 alignment = ImVec2((float)x / 2.0f, (float)y / 2.0f); + char name[32]; + sprintf(name, "(%.1f,%.1f)", alignment.x, alignment.y); + if (x > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, alignment); + ImGui::Selectable(name, &selected[3 * y + x], ImGuiSelectableFlags_None, ImVec2(80, 80)); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } } ImGui::TreePop(); } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Filtered Text Input")) - { - static char buf1[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 64); - static char buf2[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); - static char buf3[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); - static char buf4[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); - static char buf5[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); - struct TextFilters { static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData* data) { if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar)) return 0; return 1; } }; - static char buf6[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\" letters", buf6, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters); - - ImGui::Text("Password input"); - static char bufpass[64] = "password123"; - ImGui::InputText("password", bufpass, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Display all characters as '*'.\nDisable clipboard cut and copy.\nDisable logging.\n"); - ImGui::InputText("password (clear)", bufpass, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - + // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, + // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file. + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Input")) + { if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-line Text Input")) { - static bool read_only = false; - static char text[1024*16] = + // Note: we are using a fixed-sized buffer for simplicity here. See ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize + // and the code in misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for how to setup InputText() for dynamically resizing strings. + static char text[1024 * 16] = "/*\n" " The Pentium F00F bug, shorthand for F0 0F C7 C8,\n" " the hexadecimal encoding of one offending instruction,\n" @@ -698,520 +1271,1403 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) "label:\n" "\tlock cmpxchg8b eax\n"; - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0,0)); - ImGui::Checkbox("Read-only", &read_only); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-1.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput | (read_only ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly : 0)); + static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput; + HelpMarker("You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputTextMultiline() to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example. (This is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp because we don't want to include in here)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine); + ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), flags); ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Plots widgets")) + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Filtered Text Input")) { - static bool animate = true; - ImGui::Checkbox("Animate", &animate); - - static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; - ImGui::PlotLines("Frame Times", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); - - // Create a dummy array of contiguous float values to plot - // Tip: If your float aren't contiguous but part of a structure, you can pass a pointer to your first float and the sizeof() of your structure in the Stride parameter. - static float values[90] = { 0 }; - static int values_offset = 0; - static float refresh_time = 0.0f; - if (!animate || refresh_time == 0.0f) - refresh_time = ImGui::GetTime(); - while (refresh_time < ImGui::GetTime()) // Create dummy data at fixed 60 hz rate for the demo + struct TextFilters { - static float phase = 0.0f; - values[values_offset] = cosf(phase); - values_offset = (values_offset+1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); - phase += 0.10f*values_offset; - refresh_time += 1.0f/60.0f; - } - ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), values_offset, "avg 0.0", -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80)); - ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80)); + // Return 0 (pass) if the character is 'i' or 'm' or 'g' or 'u' or 'i' + static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) + { + if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar)) + return 0; + return 1; + } + }; - // Use functions to generate output - // FIXME: This is rather awkward because current plot API only pass in indices. We probably want an API passing floats and user provide sample rate/count. + static char buf1[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 64); + static char buf2[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); + static char buf3[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); + static char buf4[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); + static char buf5[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); + static char buf6[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\" letters", buf6, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Password Input")) + { + static char password[64] = "password123"; + ImGui::InputText("password", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password), ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Display all characters as '*'.\nDisable clipboard cut and copy.\nDisable logging.\n"); + ImGui::InputTextWithHint("password (w/ hint)", "", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password), ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password); + ImGui::InputText("password (clear)", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password)); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Completion, History, Edit Callbacks")) + { struct Funcs { - static float Sin(void*, int i) { return sinf(i * 0.1f); } - static float Saw(void*, int i) { return (i & 1) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; } - }; - static int func_type = 0, display_count = 70; - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0"); ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SliderInt("Sample count", &display_count, 1, 400); - float (*func)(void*, int) = (func_type == 0) ? Funcs::Sin : Funcs::Saw; - ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80)); - ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80)); - ImGui::Separator(); - - // Animate a simple progress bar - static float progress = 0.0f, progress_dir = 1.0f; - if (animate) - { - progress += progress_dir * 0.4f * ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime; - if (progress >= +1.1f) { progress = +1.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } - if (progress <= -0.1f) { progress = -0.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } - } - - // Typically we would use ImVec2(-1.0f,0.0f) to use all available width, or ImVec2(width,0.0f) for a specified width. ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f) uses ItemWidth. - ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f)); - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); - ImGui::Text("Progress Bar"); - - float progress_saturated = (progress < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (progress > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : progress; - char buf[32]; - sprintf(buf, "%d/%d", (int)(progress_saturated*1753), 1753); - ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.f,0.f), buf); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Color/Picker Widgets")) - { - static ImVec4 color = ImColor(114, 144, 154, 200); - - static bool hdr = false; - static bool alpha_preview = true; - static bool alpha_half_preview = false; - static bool options_menu = true; - ImGui::Checkbox("With HDR", &hdr); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Currently all this does is to lift the 0..1 limits on dragging widgets."); - ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Preview", &alpha_preview); - ImGui::Checkbox("With Half Alpha Preview", &alpha_half_preview); - ImGui::Checkbox("With Options Menu", &options_menu); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Right-click on the individual color widget to show options."); - int misc_flags = (hdr ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR : 0) | (alpha_half_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf : (alpha_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview : 0)) | (options_menu ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions); - - ImGui::Text("Color widget:"); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Click on the colored square to open a color picker.\nCTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n"); - ImGui::ColorEdit3("MyColor##1", (float*)&color, misc_flags); - - ImGui::Text("Color widget HSV with Alpha:"); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV | misc_flags); - - ImGui::Text("Color widget with Float Display:"); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2f", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | misc_flags); - - ImGui::Text("Color button with Picker:"); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("With the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs flag you can hide all the slider/text inputs.\nWith the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel flag you can pass a non-empty label which will only be used for the tooltip and picker popup."); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##3", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | misc_flags); - - ImGui::Text("Color button with Custom Picker Popup:"); - - // Generate a dummy palette - static bool saved_palette_inited = false; - static ImVec4 saved_palette[32]; - if (!saved_palette_inited) - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(saved_palette); n++) + static int MyCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) { - ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(n / 31.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f, saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z); - saved_palette[n].w = 1.0f; // Alpha - } - saved_palette_inited = true; - - static ImVec4 backup_color; - bool open_popup = ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3b", color, misc_flags); - ImGui::SameLine(); - open_popup |= ImGui::Button("Palette"); - if (open_popup) - { - ImGui::OpenPopup("mypicker"); - backup_color = color; - } - if (ImGui::BeginPopup("mypicker")) - { - // FIXME: Adding a drag and drop example here would be perfect! - ImGui::Text("MY CUSTOM COLOR PICKER WITH AN AMAZING PALETTE!"); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::ColorPicker4("##picker", (float*)&color, misc_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::BeginGroup(); - ImGui::Text("Current"); - ImGui::ColorButton("##current", color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60,40)); - ImGui::Text("Previous"); - if (ImGui::ColorButton("##previous", backup_color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60,40))) - color = backup_color; - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("Palette"); - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(saved_palette); n++) - { - ImGui::PushID(n); - if ((n % 8) != 0) - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y); - if (ImGui::ColorButton("##palette", saved_palette[n], ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, ImVec2(20,20))) - color = ImVec4(saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z, color.w); // Preserve alpha! - - if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()) + if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) { - if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F)) - memcpy((float*)&saved_palette[n], payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); - if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F)) - memcpy((float*)&saved_palette[n], payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 4); - EndDragDropTarget(); + data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, ".."); } + else if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) + { + if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_UpArrow) + { + data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen); + data->InsertChars(0, "Pressed Up!"); + data->SelectAll(); + } + else if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_DownArrow) + { + data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen); + data->InsertChars(0, "Pressed Down!"); + data->SelectAll(); + } + } + else if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit) + { + // Toggle casing of first character + char c = data->Buf[0]; + if ((c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')) data->Buf[0] ^= 32; + data->BufDirty = true; - ImGui::PopID(); + // Increment a counter + int* p_int = (int*)data->UserData; + *p_int = *p_int + 1; + } + return 0; } - ImGui::EndGroup(); - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } + }; + static char buf1[64]; + ImGui::InputText("Completion", buf1, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion, Funcs::MyCallback); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we append \"..\" each time Tab is pressed. See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); - ImGui::Text("Color button only:"); - ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3c", *(ImVec4*)&color, misc_flags, ImVec2(80,80)); + static char buf2[64]; + ImGui::InputText("History", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory, Funcs::MyCallback); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we replace and select text each time Up/Down are pressed. See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); - ImGui::Text("Color picker:"); - static bool alpha = true; - static bool alpha_bar = true; - static bool side_preview = true; - static bool ref_color = false; - static ImVec4 ref_color_v(1.0f,0.0f,1.0f,0.5f); - static int inputs_mode = 2; - static int picker_mode = 0; - ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha", &alpha); - ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Bar", &alpha_bar); - ImGui::Checkbox("With Side Preview", &side_preview); - if (side_preview) + static char buf3[64]; + static int edit_count = 0; + ImGui::InputText("Edit", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit, Funcs::MyCallback, (void*)&edit_count); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we toggle the casing of the first character on every edits + count edits."); + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(%d)", edit_count); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resize Callback")) + { + // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, + // you can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag + create a custom ImGui::InputText() wrapper + // using your preferred type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this using std::string. + HelpMarker( + "Using ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize to wire your custom string type to InputText().\n\n" + "See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this for std::string."); + struct Funcs { - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Checkbox("With Ref Color", &ref_color); - if (ref_color) + static int MyResizeCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) { - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("##RefColor", &ref_color_v.x, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | misc_flags); + if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) + { + ImVector* my_str = (ImVector*)data->UserData; + IM_ASSERT(my_str->begin() == data->Buf); + my_str->resize(data->BufSize); // NB: On resizing calls, generally data->BufSize == data->BufTextLen + 1 + data->Buf = my_str->begin(); + } + return 0; } - } - ImGui::Combo("Inputs Mode", &inputs_mode, "All Inputs\0No Inputs\0RGB Input\0HSV Input\0HEX Input\0"); - ImGui::Combo("Picker Mode", &picker_mode, "Auto/Current\0Hue bar + SV rect\0Hue wheel + SV triangle\0"); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("User can right-click the picker to change mode."); - ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = misc_flags; - if (!alpha) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha; // This is by default if you call ColorPicker3() instead of ColorPicker4() - if (alpha_bar) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; - if (!side_preview) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview; - if (picker_mode == 1) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar; - if (picker_mode == 2) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel; - if (inputs_mode == 1) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs; - if (inputs_mode == 2) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB; - if (inputs_mode == 3) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV; - if (inputs_mode == 4) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX; - ImGui::ColorPicker4("MyColor##4", (float*)&color, flags, ref_color ? &ref_color_v.x : NULL); - ImGui::Text("Programmatically set defaults/options:"); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("SetColorEditOptions() is designed to allow you to set boot-time default.\nWe don't have Push/Pop functions because you can force options on a per-widget basis if needed, and the user can change non-forced ones with the options menu.\nWe don't have a getter to avoid encouraging you to persistently save values that aren't forward-compatible."); - if (ImGui::Button("Uint8 + HSV")) - ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV); - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("Float + HDR")) - ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB); - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Range Widgets")) - { - static float begin = 10, end = 90; - static int begin_i = 100, end_i = 1000; - ImGui::DragFloatRange2("range", &begin, &end, 0.25f, 0.0f, 100.0f, "Min: %.1f %%", "Max: %.1f %%"); - ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int (no bounds)", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 0, "Min: %.0f units", "Max: %.0f units"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-component Widgets")) - { - static float vec4f[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f }; - static int vec4i[4] = { 1, 5, 100, 255 }; - - ImGui::InputFloat2("input float2", vec4f); - ImGui::DragFloat2("drag float2", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("slider float2", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::DragInt2("drag int2", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); - ImGui::InputInt2("input int2", vec4i); - ImGui::SliderInt2("slider int2", vec4i, 0, 255); - ImGui::Spacing(); - - ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4f); - ImGui::DragFloat3("drag float3", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::SliderFloat3("slider float3", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::DragInt3("drag int3", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); - ImGui::InputInt3("input int3", vec4i); - ImGui::SliderInt3("slider int3", vec4i, 0, 255); - ImGui::Spacing(); - - ImGui::InputFloat4("input float4", vec4f); - ImGui::DragFloat4("drag float4", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::SliderFloat4("slider float4", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::InputInt4("input int4", vec4i); - ImGui::DragInt4("drag int4", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); - ImGui::SliderInt4("slider int4", vec4i, 0, 255); - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical Sliders")) - { - const float spacing = 4; - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(spacing, spacing)); - - static int int_value = 0; - ImGui::VSliderInt("##int", ImVec2(18,160), &int_value, 0, 5); - ImGui::SameLine(); - - static float values[7] = { 0.0f, 0.60f, 0.35f, 0.9f, 0.70f, 0.20f, 0.0f }; - ImGui::PushID("set1"); - for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++) - { - if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(i); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.5f, 0.5f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.6f, 0.5f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.7f, 0.5f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f)); - ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(18,160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, ""); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values[i]); - ImGui::PopStyleColor(4); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID("set2"); - static float values2[4] = { 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.40f, 0.25f }; - const int rows = 3; - const ImVec2 small_slider_size(18, (160.0f-(rows-1)*spacing)/rows); - for (int nx = 0; nx < 4; nx++) - { - if (nx > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::BeginGroup(); - for (int ny = 0; ny < rows; ny++) + // Note: Because ImGui:: is a namespace you would typically add your own function into the namespace. + // For example, you code may declare a function 'ImGui::InputText(const char* label, MyString* my_str)' + static bool MyInputTextMultiline(const char* label, ImVector* my_str, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0) { - ImGui::PushID(nx*rows+ny); - ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", small_slider_size, &values2[nx], 0.0f, 1.0f, ""); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values2[nx]); - ImGui::PopID(); + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) == 0); + return ImGui::InputTextMultiline(label, my_str->begin(), (size_t)my_str->size(), size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize, Funcs::MyResizeCallback, (void*)my_str); } - ImGui::EndGroup(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); + }; - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID("set3"); - for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) - { - if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(i); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, 40); - ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(40,160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f\nsec"); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + // For this demo we are using ImVector as a string container. + // Note that because we need to store a terminating zero character, our size/capacity are 1 more + // than usually reported by a typical string class. + static ImVector my_str; + if (my_str.empty()) + my_str.push_back(0); + Funcs::MyInputTextMultiline("##MyStr", &my_str, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16)); + ImGui::Text("Data: %p\nSize: %d\nCapacity: %d", (void*)my_str.begin(), my_str.size(), my_str.capacity()); ImGui::TreePop(); } + + ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Layout")) + // Tabs + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabs")) { - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Child regions")) + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) { - static bool disable_mouse_wheel = false; - ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Mouse Wheel", &disable_mouse_wheel); - - ImGui::Text("Without border"); - static int line = 50; - bool goto_line = ImGui::Button("Goto"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); - goto_line |= ImGui::InputInt("##Line", &line, 0, 0, ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue); - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - - ImGui::BeginChild("Sub1", ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth() * 0.5f,300), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | (disable_mouse_wheel ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse : 0)); - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) + ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_None; + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) { - ImGui::Text("%04d: scrollable region", i); - if (goto_line && line == i) - ImGui::SetScrollHere(); + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Avocado")) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the Avocado tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Broccoli")) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the Broccoli tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Cucumber")) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the Cucumber tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + ImGui::EndTabBar(); } - if (goto_line && line >= 100) - ImGui::SetScrollHere(); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced & Close Button")) + { + // Expose a couple of the available flags. In most cases you may just call BeginTabBar() with no flags (0). + static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton); + if ((tab_bar_flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0) + tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) + tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)) + tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); + + // Tab Bar + const char* names[4] = { "Artichoke", "Beetroot", "Celery", "Daikon" }; + static bool opened[4] = { true, true, true, true }; // Persistent user state + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++) + { + if (n > 0) { ImGui::SameLine(); } + ImGui::Checkbox(names[n], &opened[n]); + } + + // Passing a bool* to BeginTabItem() is similar to passing one to Begin(): + // the underlying bool will be set to false when the tab is closed. + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++) + if (opened[n] && ImGui::BeginTabItem(names[n], &opened[n], ImGuiTabItemFlags_None)) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the %s tab!", names[n]); + if (n & 1) + ImGui::Text("I am an odd tab."); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("TabItemButton & Leading/Trailing flags")) + { + static ImVector active_tabs; + static int next_tab_id = 0; + if (next_tab_id == 0) // Initialize with some default tabs + for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + active_tabs.push_back(next_tab_id++); + + // TabItemButton() and Leading/Trailing flags are distinct features which we will demo together. + // (It is possible to submit regular tabs with Leading/Trailing flags, or TabItemButton tabs without Leading/Trailing flags... + // but they tend to make more sense together) + static bool show_leading_button = true; + static bool show_trailing_button = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("Show Leading TabItemButton()", &show_leading_button); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show Trailing TabItemButton()", &show_trailing_button); + + // Expose some other flags which are useful to showcase how they interact with Leading/Trailing tabs + static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs | ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) + tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)) + tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); + + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) + { + // Demo a Leading TabItemButton(): click the "?" button to open a menu + if (show_leading_button) + if (ImGui::TabItemButton("?", ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) + ImGui::OpenPopup("MyHelpMenu"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyHelpMenu")) + { + ImGui::Selectable("Hello!"); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Demo Trailing Tabs: click the "+" button to add a new tab (in your app you may want to use a font icon instead of the "+") + // Note that we submit it before the regular tabs, but because of the ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing flag it will always appear at the end. + if (show_trailing_button) + if (ImGui::TabItemButton("+", ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) + active_tabs.push_back(next_tab_id++); // Add new tab + + // Submit our regular tabs + for (int n = 0; n < active_tabs.Size; ) + { + bool open = true; + char name[16]; + snprintf(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "%04d", active_tabs[n]); + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem(name, &open, ImGuiTabItemFlags_None)) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the %s tab!", name); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + + if (!open) + active_tabs.erase(active_tabs.Data + n); + else + n++; + } + + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Plot/Graph widgets are not very good. + // Consider writing your own, or using a third-party one, see: + // - ImPlot https://github.com/epezent/implot + // - others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Plots Widgets")) + { + static bool animate = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("Animate", &animate); + + static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; + ImGui::PlotLines("Frame Times", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); + + // Fill an array of contiguous float values to plot + // Tip: If your float aren't contiguous but part of a structure, you can pass a pointer to your first float + // and the sizeof() of your structure in the "stride" parameter. + static float values[90] = {}; + static int values_offset = 0; + static double refresh_time = 0.0; + if (!animate || refresh_time == 0.0) + refresh_time = ImGui::GetTime(); + while (refresh_time < ImGui::GetTime()) // Create data at fixed 60 Hz rate for the demo + { + static float phase = 0.0f; + values[values_offset] = cosf(phase); + values_offset = (values_offset + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); + phase += 0.10f * values_offset; + refresh_time += 1.0f / 60.0f; + } + + // Plots can display overlay texts + // (in this example, we will display an average value) + { + float average = 0.0f; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); n++) + average += values[n]; + average /= (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); + char overlay[32]; + sprintf(overlay, "avg %f", average); + ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), values_offset, overlay, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f)); + } + ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f)); + + // Use functions to generate output + // FIXME: This is rather awkward because current plot API only pass in indices. + // We probably want an API passing floats and user provide sample rate/count. + struct Funcs + { + static float Sin(void*, int i) { return sinf(i * 0.1f); } + static float Saw(void*, int i) { return (i & 1) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; } + }; + static int func_type = 0, display_count = 70; + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SliderInt("Sample count", &display_count, 1, 400); + float (*func)(void*, int) = (func_type == 0) ? Funcs::Sin : Funcs::Saw; + ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); + ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); + ImGui::Separator(); + + // Animate a simple progress bar + static float progress = 0.0f, progress_dir = 1.0f; + if (animate) + { + progress += progress_dir * 0.4f * ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime; + if (progress >= +1.1f) { progress = +1.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } + if (progress <= -0.1f) { progress = -0.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } + } + + // Typically we would use ImVec2(-1.0f,0.0f) or ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f) to use all available width, + // or ImVec2(width,0.0f) for a specified width. ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f) uses ItemWidth. + ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + ImGui::Text("Progress Bar"); + + float progress_saturated = IM_CLAMP(progress, 0.0f, 1.0f); + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "%d/%d", (int)(progress_saturated * 1753), 1753); + ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.f, 0.f), buf); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Color/Picker Widgets")) + { + static ImVec4 color = ImVec4(114.0f / 255.0f, 144.0f / 255.0f, 154.0f / 255.0f, 200.0f / 255.0f); + + static bool alpha_preview = true; + static bool alpha_half_preview = false; + static bool drag_and_drop = true; + static bool options_menu = true; + static bool hdr = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Preview", &alpha_preview); + ImGui::Checkbox("With Half Alpha Preview", &alpha_half_preview); + ImGui::Checkbox("With Drag and Drop", &drag_and_drop); + ImGui::Checkbox("With Options Menu", &options_menu); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Right-click on the individual color widget to show options."); + ImGui::Checkbox("With HDR", &hdr); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Currently all this does is to lift the 0..1 limits on dragging widgets."); + ImGuiColorEditFlags misc_flags = (hdr ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR : 0) | (drag_and_drop ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) | (alpha_half_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf : (alpha_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview : 0)) | (options_menu ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions); + + ImGui::Text("Color widget:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Click on the color square to open a color picker.\n" + "CTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n"); + ImGui::ColorEdit3("MyColor##1", (float*)&color, misc_flags); + + ImGui::Text("Color widget HSV with Alpha:"); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | misc_flags); + + ImGui::Text("Color widget with Float Display:"); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2f", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | misc_flags); + + ImGui::Text("Color button with Picker:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "With the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs flag you can hide all the slider/text inputs.\n" + "With the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel flag you can pass a non-empty label which will only " + "be used for the tooltip and picker popup."); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##3", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | misc_flags); + + ImGui::Text("Color button with Custom Picker Popup:"); + + // Generate a default palette. The palette will persist and can be edited. + static bool saved_palette_init = true; + static ImVec4 saved_palette[32] = {}; + if (saved_palette_init) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(saved_palette); n++) + { + ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(n / 31.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f, + saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z); + saved_palette[n].w = 1.0f; // Alpha + } + saved_palette_init = false; + } + + static ImVec4 backup_color; + bool open_popup = ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3b", color, misc_flags); + ImGui::SameLine(0, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + open_popup |= ImGui::Button("Palette"); + if (open_popup) + { + ImGui::OpenPopup("mypicker"); + backup_color = color; + } + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("mypicker")) + { + ImGui::Text("MY CUSTOM COLOR PICKER WITH AN AMAZING PALETTE!"); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::ColorPicker4("##picker", (float*)&color, misc_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview); + ImGui::SameLine(); + + ImGui::BeginGroup(); // Lock X position + ImGui::Text("Current"); + ImGui::ColorButton("##current", color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60, 40)); + ImGui::Text("Previous"); + if (ImGui::ColorButton("##previous", backup_color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60, 40))) + color = backup_color; + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("Palette"); + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(saved_palette); n++) + { + ImGui::PushID(n); + if ((n % 8) != 0) + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y); + + ImGuiColorEditFlags palette_button_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip; + if (ImGui::ColorButton("##palette", saved_palette[n], palette_button_flags, ImVec2(20, 20))) + color = ImVec4(saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z, color.w); // Preserve alpha! + + // Allow user to drop colors into each palette entry. Note that ColorButton() is already a + // drag source by default, unless specifying the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop flag. + if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()) + { + if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F)) + memcpy((float*)&saved_palette[n], payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); + if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F)) + memcpy((float*)&saved_palette[n], payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 4); + ImGui::EndDragDropTarget(); + } + + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndGroup(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + ImGui::Text("Color button only:"); + static bool no_border = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder", &no_border); + ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3c", *(ImVec4*)&color, misc_flags | (no_border ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder : 0), ImVec2(80, 80)); + + ImGui::Text("Color picker:"); + static bool alpha = true; + static bool alpha_bar = true; + static bool side_preview = true; + static bool ref_color = false; + static ImVec4 ref_color_v(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); + static int display_mode = 0; + static int picker_mode = 0; + ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha", &alpha); + ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Bar", &alpha_bar); + ImGui::Checkbox("With Side Preview", &side_preview); + if (side_preview) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Checkbox("With Ref Color", &ref_color); + if (ref_color) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("##RefColor", &ref_color_v.x, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | misc_flags); + } + } + ImGui::Combo("Display Mode", &display_mode, "Auto/Current\0None\0RGB Only\0HSV Only\0Hex Only\0"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "ColorEdit defaults to displaying RGB inputs if you don't specify a display mode, " + "but the user can change it with a right-click.\n\nColorPicker defaults to displaying RGB+HSV+Hex " + "if you don't specify a display mode.\n\nYou can change the defaults using SetColorEditOptions()."); + ImGui::Combo("Picker Mode", &picker_mode, "Auto/Current\0Hue bar + SV rect\0Hue wheel + SV triangle\0"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("User can right-click the picker to change mode."); + ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = misc_flags; + if (!alpha) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha; // This is by default if you call ColorPicker3() instead of ColorPicker4() + if (alpha_bar) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; + if (!side_preview) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview; + if (picker_mode == 1) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar; + if (picker_mode == 2) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel; + if (display_mode == 1) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs; // Disable all RGB/HSV/Hex displays + if (display_mode == 2) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB; // Override display mode + if (display_mode == 3) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV; + if (display_mode == 4) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex; + ImGui::ColorPicker4("MyColor##4", (float*)&color, flags, ref_color ? &ref_color_v.x : NULL); + + ImGui::Text("Set defaults in code:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "SetColorEditOptions() is designed to allow you to set boot-time default.\n" + "We don't have Push/Pop functions because you can force options on a per-widget basis if needed," + "and the user can change non-forced ones with the options menu.\nWe don't have a getter to avoid" + "encouraging you to persistently save values that aren't forward-compatible."); + if (ImGui::Button("Default: Uint8 + HSV + Hue Bar")) + ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar); + if (ImGui::Button("Default: Float + HDR + Hue Wheel")) + ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel); + + // HSV encoded support (to avoid RGB<>HSV round trips and singularities when S==0 or V==0) + static ImVec4 color_hsv(0.23f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // Stored as HSV! + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::Text("HSV encoded colors"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "By default, colors are given to ColorEdit and ColorPicker in RGB, but ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV" + "allows you to store colors as HSV and pass them to ColorEdit and ColorPicker as HSV. This comes with the" + "added benefit that you can manipulate hue values with the picker even when saturation or value are zero."); + ImGui::Text("Color widget with InputHSV:"); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("HSV shown as RGB##1", (float*)&color_hsv, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("HSV shown as HSV##1", (float*)&color_hsv, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float); + ImGui::DragFloat4("Raw HSV values", (float*)&color_hsv, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag/Slider Flags")) + { + // Demonstrate using advanced flags for DragXXX and SliderXXX functions. Note that the flags are the same! + static ImGuiSliderFlags flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Always clamp value to min/max bounds (if any) when input manually with CTRL+Click."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable logarithmic editing (more precision for small values)."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits)."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget."); + + // Drags + static float drag_f = 0.5f; + static int drag_i = 50; + ImGui::Text("Underlying float value: %f", drag_f); + ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> 1)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> 1)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::DragInt("DragInt (0 -> 100)", &drag_i, 0.5f, 0, 100, "%d", flags); + + // Sliders + static float slider_f = 0.5f; + static int slider_i = 50; + ImGui::Text("Underlying float value: %f", slider_f); + ImGui::SliderFloat("SliderFloat (0 -> 1)", &slider_f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::SliderInt("SliderInt (0 -> 100)", &slider_i, 0, 100, "%d", flags); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Range Widgets")) + { + static float begin = 10, end = 90; + static int begin_i = 100, end_i = 1000; + ImGui::DragFloatRange2("range float", &begin, &end, 0.25f, 0.0f, 100.0f, "Min: %.1f %%", "Max: %.1f %%", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 1000, "Min: %d units", "Max: %d units"); + ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int (no bounds)", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 0, "Min: %d units", "Max: %d units"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Data Types")) + { + // DragScalar/InputScalar/SliderScalar functions allow various data types + // - signed/unsigned + // - 8/16/32/64-bits + // - integer/float/double + // To avoid polluting the public API with all possible combinations, we use the ImGuiDataType enum + // to pass the type, and passing all arguments by pointer. + // This is the reason the test code below creates local variables to hold "zero" "one" etc. for each types. + // In practice, if you frequently use a given type that is not covered by the normal API entry points, + // you can wrap it yourself inside a 1 line function which can take typed argument as value instead of void*, + // and then pass their address to the generic function. For example: + // bool MySliderU64(const char *label, u64* value, u64 min = 0, u64 max = 0, const char* format = "%lld") + // { + // return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_U64, value, &min, &max, format); + // } + + // Setup limits (as helper variables so we can take their address, as explained above) + // Note: SliderScalar() functions have a maximum usable range of half the natural type maximum, hence the /2. + #ifndef LLONG_MIN + ImS64 LLONG_MIN = -9223372036854775807LL - 1; + ImS64 LLONG_MAX = 9223372036854775807LL; + ImU64 ULLONG_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1); + #endif + const char s8_zero = 0, s8_one = 1, s8_fifty = 50, s8_min = -128, s8_max = 127; + const ImU8 u8_zero = 0, u8_one = 1, u8_fifty = 50, u8_min = 0, u8_max = 255; + const short s16_zero = 0, s16_one = 1, s16_fifty = 50, s16_min = -32768, s16_max = 32767; + const ImU16 u16_zero = 0, u16_one = 1, u16_fifty = 50, u16_min = 0, u16_max = 65535; + const ImS32 s32_zero = 0, s32_one = 1, s32_fifty = 50, s32_min = INT_MIN/2, s32_max = INT_MAX/2, s32_hi_a = INT_MAX/2 - 100, s32_hi_b = INT_MAX/2; + const ImU32 u32_zero = 0, u32_one = 1, u32_fifty = 50, u32_min = 0, u32_max = UINT_MAX/2, u32_hi_a = UINT_MAX/2 - 100, u32_hi_b = UINT_MAX/2; + const ImS64 s64_zero = 0, s64_one = 1, s64_fifty = 50, s64_min = LLONG_MIN/2, s64_max = LLONG_MAX/2, s64_hi_a = LLONG_MAX/2 - 100, s64_hi_b = LLONG_MAX/2; + const ImU64 u64_zero = 0, u64_one = 1, u64_fifty = 50, u64_min = 0, u64_max = ULLONG_MAX/2, u64_hi_a = ULLONG_MAX/2 - 100, u64_hi_b = ULLONG_MAX/2; + const float f32_zero = 0.f, f32_one = 1.f, f32_lo_a = -10000000000.0f, f32_hi_a = +10000000000.0f; + const double f64_zero = 0., f64_one = 1., f64_lo_a = -1000000000000000.0, f64_hi_a = +1000000000000000.0; + + // State + static char s8_v = 127; + static ImU8 u8_v = 255; + static short s16_v = 32767; + static ImU16 u16_v = 65535; + static ImS32 s32_v = -1; + static ImU32 u32_v = (ImU32)-1; + static ImS64 s64_v = -1; + static ImU64 u64_v = (ImU64)-1; + static float f32_v = 0.123f; + static double f64_v = 90000.01234567890123456789; + + const float drag_speed = 0.2f; + static bool drag_clamp = false; + ImGui::Text("Drags:"); + ImGui::Checkbox("Clamp integers to 0..50", &drag_clamp); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "As with every widgets in dear imgui, we never modify values unless there is a user interaction.\n" + "You can override the clamping limits by using CTRL+Click to input a value."); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s8_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s8_fifty : NULL); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u8_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u8_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s16_fifty : NULL); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u16_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s32_fifty : NULL); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u32_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s64_fifty : NULL); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u64_fifty : NULL); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, 0.005f, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f"); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag float log", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, 0.005f, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, NULL, "%.10f grams"); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag double log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "0 < %.10f < 1", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + + ImGui::Text("Sliders"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 full", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, &s8_min, &s8_max, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 full", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_min, &u8_max, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s16 full", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, &s16_min, &s16_max, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u16 full", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, &u16_min, &u16_max, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 low", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_zero, &s32_fifty,"%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 high", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_hi_a, &s32_hi_b, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 full", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_min, &s32_max, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 low", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_zero, &u32_fifty,"%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 high", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_hi_a, &u32_hi_b, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 full", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_min, &u32_max, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%" IM_PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_min, &s64_max, "%" IM_PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_min, &u64_max, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low log", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float high", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_lo_a, &f32_hi_a, "%e"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "%.10f grams"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double high", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_lo_a, &f64_hi_a, "%e grams"); + + ImGui::Text("Sliders (reverse)"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, &s8_max, &s8_min, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_max, &u8_min, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_fifty, &s32_zero, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_fifty, &u32_zero, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_fifty, &s64_zero, "%" IM_PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_fifty, &u64_zero, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + + static bool inputs_step = true; + ImGui::Text("Inputs"); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show step buttons", &inputs_step); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, inputs_step ? &s8_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, inputs_step ? &u8_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, inputs_step ? &s16_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, inputs_step ? &u16_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X", ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X", ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, inputs_step ? &s64_one : NULL); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, inputs_step ? &u64_one : NULL); + ImGui::InputScalar("input float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, inputs_step ? &f32_one : NULL); + ImGui::InputScalar("input double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, inputs_step ? &f64_one : NULL); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-component Widgets")) + { + static float vec4f[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f }; + static int vec4i[4] = { 1, 5, 100, 255 }; + + ImGui::InputFloat2("input float2", vec4f); + ImGui::DragFloat2("drag float2", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("slider float2", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::InputInt2("input int2", vec4i); + ImGui::DragInt2("drag int2", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); + ImGui::SliderInt2("slider int2", vec4i, 0, 255); + ImGui::Spacing(); + + ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4f); + ImGui::DragFloat3("drag float3", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::SliderFloat3("slider float3", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::InputInt3("input int3", vec4i); + ImGui::DragInt3("drag int3", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); + ImGui::SliderInt3("slider int3", vec4i, 0, 255); + ImGui::Spacing(); + + ImGui::InputFloat4("input float4", vec4f); + ImGui::DragFloat4("drag float4", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::SliderFloat4("slider float4", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::InputInt4("input int4", vec4i); + ImGui::DragInt4("drag int4", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); + ImGui::SliderInt4("slider int4", vec4i, 0, 255); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical Sliders")) + { + const float spacing = 4; + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(spacing, spacing)); + + static int int_value = 0; + ImGui::VSliderInt("##int", ImVec2(18, 160), &int_value, 0, 5); + ImGui::SameLine(); + + static float values[7] = { 0.0f, 0.60f, 0.35f, 0.9f, 0.70f, 0.20f, 0.0f }; + ImGui::PushID("set1"); + for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++) + { + if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(i); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.5f, 0.5f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.6f, 0.5f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.7f, 0.5f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f)); + ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(18, 160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, ""); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values[i]); + ImGui::PopStyleColor(4); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID("set2"); + static float values2[4] = { 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.40f, 0.25f }; + const int rows = 3; + const ImVec2 small_slider_size(18, (float)(int)((160.0f - (rows - 1) * spacing) / rows)); + for (int nx = 0; nx < 4; nx++) + { + if (nx > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::BeginGroup(); + for (int ny = 0; ny < rows; ny++) + { + ImGui::PushID(nx * rows + ny); + ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", small_slider_size, &values2[nx], 0.0f, 1.0f, ""); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values2[nx]); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndGroup(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID("set3"); + for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) + { + if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(i); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, 40); + ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(40, 160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f\nsec"); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and Drop")) + { + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and drop in standard widgets")) + { + // ColorEdit widgets automatically act as drag source and drag target. + // They are using standardized payload strings IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F and IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F + // to allow your own widgets to use colors in their drag and drop interaction. + // Also see 'Demo->Widgets->Color/Picker Widgets->Palette' demo. + HelpMarker("You can drag from the color squares."); + static float col1[3] = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f }; + static float col2[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f }; + ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and drop to copy/swap items")) + { + enum Mode + { + Mode_Copy, + Mode_Move, + Mode_Swap + }; + static int mode = 0; + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Copy", mode == Mode_Copy)) { mode = Mode_Copy; } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Move", mode == Mode_Move)) { mode = Mode_Move; } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Swap", mode == Mode_Swap)) { mode = Mode_Swap; } + static const char* names[9] = + { + "Bobby", "Beatrice", "Betty", + "Brianna", "Barry", "Bernard", + "Bibi", "Blaine", "Bryn" + }; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); n++) + { + ImGui::PushID(n); + if ((n % 3) != 0) + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button(names[n], ImVec2(60, 60)); + + // Our buttons are both drag sources and drag targets here! + if (ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags_None)) + { + // Set payload to carry the index of our item (could be anything) + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL", &n, sizeof(int)); + + // Display preview (could be anything, e.g. when dragging an image we could decide to display + // the filename and a small preview of the image, etc.) + if (mode == Mode_Copy) { ImGui::Text("Copy %s", names[n]); } + if (mode == Mode_Move) { ImGui::Text("Move %s", names[n]); } + if (mode == Mode_Swap) { ImGui::Text("Swap %s", names[n]); } + ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()) + { + if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL")) + { + IM_ASSERT(payload->DataSize == sizeof(int)); + int payload_n = *(const int*)payload->Data; + if (mode == Mode_Copy) + { + names[n] = names[payload_n]; + } + if (mode == Mode_Move) + { + names[n] = names[payload_n]; + names[payload_n] = ""; + } + if (mode == Mode_Swap) + { + const char* tmp = names[n]; + names[n] = names[payload_n]; + names[payload_n] = tmp; + } + } + ImGui::EndDragDropTarget(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag to reorder items (simple)")) + { + // Simple reordering + HelpMarker( + "We don't use the drag and drop api at all here! " + "Instead we query when the item is held but not hovered, and order items accordingly."); + static const char* item_names[] = { "Item One", "Item Two", "Item Three", "Item Four", "Item Five" }; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names); n++) + { + const char* item = item_names[n]; + ImGui::Selectable(item); + + if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && !ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + { + int n_next = n + (ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0).y < 0.f ? -1 : 1); + if (n_next >= 0 && n_next < IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names)) + { + item_names[n] = item_names[n_next]; + item_names[n_next] = item; + ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(); + } + } + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Status (Edited/Active/Focused/Hovered etc.)")) + { + // Select an item type + const char* item_names[] = + { + "Text", "Button", "Button (w/ repeat)", "Checkbox", "SliderFloat", "InputText", "InputFloat", + "InputFloat3", "ColorEdit4", "MenuItem", "TreeNode", "TreeNode (w/ double-click)", "Combo", "ListBox" + }; + static int item_type = 1; + ImGui::Combo("Item Type", &item_type, item_names, IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names), IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names)); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Testing how various types of items are interacting with the IsItemXXX functions. Note that the bool return value of most ImGui function is generally equivalent to calling ImGui::IsItemHovered()."); + + // Submit selected item item so we can query their status in the code following it. + bool ret = false; + static bool b = false; + static float col4f[4] = { 1.0f, 0.5, 0.0f, 1.0f }; + static char str[16] = {}; + if (item_type == 0) { ImGui::Text("ITEM: Text"); } // Testing text items with no identifier/interaction + if (item_type == 1) { ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); } // Testing button + if (item_type == 2) { ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); } // Testing button (with repeater) + if (item_type == 3) { ret = ImGui::Checkbox("ITEM: Checkbox", &b); } // Testing checkbox + if (item_type == 4) { ret = ImGui::SliderFloat("ITEM: SliderFloat", &col4f[0], 0.0f, 1.0f); } // Testing basic item + if (item_type == 5) { ret = ImGui::InputText("ITEM: InputText", &str[0], IM_ARRAYSIZE(str)); } // Testing input text (which handles tabbing) + if (item_type == 6) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat("ITEM: InputFloat", col4f, 1.0f); } // Testing +/- buttons on scalar input + if (item_type == 7) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat3("ITEM: InputFloat3", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged) + if (item_type == 8) { ret = ImGui::ColorEdit4("ITEM: ColorEdit4", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged) + if (item_type == 9) { ret = ImGui::MenuItem("ITEM: MenuItem"); } // Testing menu item (they use ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease button policy) + if (item_type == 10){ ret = ImGui::TreeNode("ITEM: TreeNode"); if (ret) ImGui::TreePop(); } // Testing tree node + if (item_type == 11){ ret = ImGui::TreeNodeEx("ITEM: TreeNode w/ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen); } // Testing tree node with ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick button policy. + if (item_type == 12){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::Combo("ITEM: Combo", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } + if (item_type == 13){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } + + // Display the values of IsItemHovered() and other common item state functions. + // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined. + // Because BulletText is an item itself and that would affect the output of IsItemXXX functions, + // we query every state in a single call to avoid storing them and to simplify the code. + ImGui::BulletText( + "Return value = %d\n" + "IsItemFocused() = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered() = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlapped) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_RectOnly) = %d\n" + "IsItemActive() = %d\n" + "IsItemEdited() = %d\n" + "IsItemActivated() = %d\n" + "IsItemDeactivated() = %d\n" + "IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() = %d\n" + "IsItemVisible() = %d\n" + "IsItemClicked() = %d\n" + "IsItemToggledOpen() = %d\n" + "GetItemRectMin() = (%.1f, %.1f)\n" + "GetItemRectMax() = (%.1f, %.1f)\n" + "GetItemRectSize() = (%.1f, %.1f)", + ret, + ImGui::IsItemFocused(), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly), + ImGui::IsItemActive(), + ImGui::IsItemEdited(), + ImGui::IsItemActivated(), + ImGui::IsItemDeactivated(), + ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(), + ImGui::IsItemVisible(), + ImGui::IsItemClicked(), + ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen(), + ImGui::GetItemRectMin().x, ImGui::GetItemRectMin().y, + ImGui::GetItemRectMax().x, ImGui::GetItemRectMax().y, + ImGui::GetItemRectSize().x, ImGui::GetItemRectSize().y + ); + + static bool embed_all_inside_a_child_window = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Embed everything inside a child window (for additional testing)", &embed_all_inside_a_child_window); + if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) + ImGui::BeginChild("outer_child", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f), true); + + // Testing IsWindowFocused() function with its various flags. + // Note that the ImGuiFocusedFlags_XXX flags can be combined. + ImGui::BulletText( + "IsWindowFocused() = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_RootWindow) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_AnyWindow) = %d\n", + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)); + + // Testing IsWindowHovered() function with its various flags. + // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined. + ImGui::BulletText( + "IsWindowHovered() = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_AnyWindow) = %d\n", + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)); + + ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 50), true); + ImGui::Text("This is another child window for testing the _ChildWindows flag."); + ImGui::EndChild(); + if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::SameLine(); + static char unused_str[] = "This widget is only here to be able to tab-out of the widgets above."; + ImGui::InputText("unused", unused_str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(unused_str), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, 5.0f); - ImGui::BeginChild("Sub2", ImVec2(0,300), true, (disable_mouse_wheel ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse : 0)); - ImGui::Text("With border"); - ImGui::Columns(2); - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) + // Calling IsItemHovered() after begin returns the hovered status of the title bar. + // This is useful in particular if you want to create a context menu associated to the title bar of a window. + static bool test_window = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Hovered/Active tests after Begin() for title bar testing", &test_window); + if (test_window) + { + ImGui::Begin("Title bar Hovered/Active tests", &test_window); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) // <-- This is using IsItemHovered() { - if (i == 50) - ImGui::NextColumn(); - char buf[32]; - sprintf(buf, "%08x", i*5731); - ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-1.0f, 0.0f)); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) { test_window = false; } + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + ImGui::Text( + "IsItemHovered() after begin = %d (== is title bar hovered)\n" + "IsItemActive() after begin = %d (== is window being clicked/moved)\n", + ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsItemActive()); + ImGui::End(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() +{ + if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Layout & Scrolling")) + return; + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Child windows")) + { + HelpMarker("Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window."); + static bool disable_mouse_wheel = false; + static bool disable_menu = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Mouse Wheel", &disable_mouse_wheel); + ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Menu", &disable_menu); + + // Child 1: no border, enable horizontal scrollbar + { + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar; + if (disable_mouse_wheel) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse; + ImGui::BeginChild("ChildL", ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth() * 0.5f, 260), false, window_flags); + for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) + ImGui::Text("%04d: scrollable region", i); + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + + ImGui::SameLine(); + + // Child 2: rounded border + { + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_None; + if (disable_mouse_wheel) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse; + if (!disable_menu) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, 5.0f); + ImGui::BeginChild("ChildR", ImVec2(0, 260), true, window_flags); + if (!disable_menu && ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) + { + ShowExampleMenuFile(); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "%03d", i); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); } ImGui::EndChild(); ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - - ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Widgets Width")) + ImGui::Separator(); + + // Demonstrate a few extra things + // - Changing ImGuiCol_ChildBg (which is transparent black in default styles) + // - Using SetCursorPos() to position child window (the child window is an item from the POV of parent window) + // You can also call SetNextWindowPos() to position the child window. The parent window will effectively + // layout from this position. + // - Using ImGui::GetItemRectMin/Max() to query the "item" state (because the child window is an item from + // the POV of the parent window). See 'Demo->Querying Status (Active/Focused/Hovered etc.)' for details. { - static float f = 0.0f; - ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(100)"); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Fixed width."); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); - ImGui::DragFloat("float##1", &f); - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + static int offset_x = 0; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::DragInt("Offset X", &offset_x, 1.0f, -1000, 1000); - ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(GetWindowWidth() * 0.5f)"); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Half of window width."); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.5f); - ImGui::DragFloat("float##2", &f); - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - - ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(GetContentRegionAvailWidth() * 0.5f)"); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Half of available width.\n(~ right-cursor_pos)\n(works within a column set)"); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() * 0.5f); - ImGui::DragFloat("float##3", &f); - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - - ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(-100)"); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Align to right edge minus 100"); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(-100); - ImGui::DragFloat("float##4", &f); - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - - ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(-1)"); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Align to right edge"); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(-1); - ImGui::DragFloat("float##5", &f); - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - - ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + (float)offset_x); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); + ImGui::BeginChild("Red", ImVec2(200, 100), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); + for (int n = 0; n < 50; n++) + ImGui::Text("Some test %d", n); + ImGui::EndChild(); + bool child_is_hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); + ImVec2 child_rect_min = ImGui::GetItemRectMin(); + ImVec2 child_rect_max = ImGui::GetItemRectMax(); + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + ImGui::Text("Hovered: %d", child_is_hovered); + ImGui::Text("Rect of child window is: (%.0f,%.0f) (%.0f,%.0f)", child_rect_min.x, child_rect_min.y, child_rect_max.x, child_rect_max.y); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic Horizontal Layout")) + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Widgets Width")) + { + static float f = 0.0f; + static bool show_indented_items = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("Show indented items", &show_indented_items); + + // Use SetNextItemWidth() to set the width of a single upcoming item. + // Use PushItemWidth()/PopItemWidth() to set the width of a group of items. + // In real code use you'll probably want to choose width values that are proportional to your font size + // e.g. Using '20.0f * GetFontSize()' as width instead of '200.0f', etc. + + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(100)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Fixed width."); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); + ImGui::DragFloat("float##1b", &f); + if (show_indented_items) { - ImGui::TextWrapped("(Use ImGui::SameLine() to keep adding items to the right of the preceding item)"); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##1b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - // Text - ImGui::Text("Two items: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-100)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge minus 100"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-100); + ImGui::DragFloat("float##2a", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##2b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - // Adjust spacing - ImGui::Text("More spacing: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(0, 20); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Half of available width.\n(~ right-cursor_pos)\n(works within a column set)"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f); + ImGui::DragFloat("float##3a", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##3b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - // Button - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGui::Text("Normal buttons"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Apple"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Corniflower"); + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge minus half"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f); + ImGui::DragFloat("float##4a", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##4b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - // Button - ImGui::Text("Small buttons"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SmallButton("Like this one"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("can fit within a text block."); + // Demonstrate using PushItemWidth to surround three items. + // Calling SetNextItemWidth() before each of them would have the same effect. + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::DragFloat("##float5a", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##5b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - // Aligned to arbitrary position. Easy/cheap column. - ImGui::Text("Aligned"); - ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::Text("x=150"); - ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("x=300"); - ImGui::Text("Aligned"); - ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::SmallButton("x=150"); - ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::SmallButton("x=300"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } - // Checkbox - static bool c1=false,c2=false,c3=false,c4=false; - ImGui::Checkbox("My", &c1); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Checkbox("Tailor", &c2); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Checkbox("Is", &c3); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Checkbox("Rich", &c4); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic Horizontal Layout")) + { + ImGui::TextWrapped("(Use ImGui::SameLine() to keep adding items to the right of the preceding item)"); - // Various - static float f0=1.0f, f1=2.0f, f2=3.0f; - ImGui::PushItemWidth(80); - const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD" }; - static int item = -1; - ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SliderFloat("X", &f0, 0.0f,5.0f); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SliderFloat("Y", &f1, 0.0f,5.0f); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SliderFloat("Z", &f2, 0.0f,5.0f); - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + // Text + ImGui::Text("Two items: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(80); - ImGui::Text("Lists:"); - static int selection[4] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 }; - for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) - { - if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(i); - ImGui::ListBox("", &selection[i], items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); - ImGui::PopID(); - //if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) ImGui::SetTooltip("ListBox %d hovered", i); - } - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + // Adjust spacing + ImGui::Text("More spacing: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(0, 20); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); - // Dummy - ImVec2 sz(30,30); - ImGui::Button("A", sz); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Dummy(sz); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("B", sz); + // Button + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("Normal buttons"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Apple"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Corniflower"); - ImGui::TreePop(); + // Button + ImGui::Text("Small buttons"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("Like this one"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("can fit within a text block."); + + // Aligned to arbitrary position. Easy/cheap column. + ImGui::Text("Aligned"); + ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::Text("x=150"); + ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("x=300"); + ImGui::Text("Aligned"); + ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::SmallButton("x=150"); + ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::SmallButton("x=300"); + + // Checkbox + static bool c1 = false, c2 = false, c3 = false, c4 = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("My", &c1); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Checkbox("Tailor", &c2); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Checkbox("Is", &c3); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Checkbox("Rich", &c4); + + // Various + static float f0 = 1.0f, f1 = 2.0f, f2 = 3.0f; + ImGui::PushItemWidth(80); + const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD" }; + static int item = -1; + ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SliderFloat("X", &f0, 0.0f, 5.0f); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SliderFloat("Y", &f1, 0.0f, 5.0f); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SliderFloat("Z", &f2, 0.0f, 5.0f); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + ImGui::PushItemWidth(80); + ImGui::Text("Lists:"); + static int selection[4] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 }; + for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) + { + if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(i); + ImGui::ListBox("", &selection[i], items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + ImGui::PopID(); + //if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) ImGui::SetTooltip("ListBox %d hovered", i); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + // Dummy + ImVec2 button_sz(40, 40); + ImGui::Button("A", button_sz); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Dummy(button_sz); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("B", button_sz); + + // Manually wrapping + // (we should eventually provide this as an automatic layout feature, but for now you can do it manually) + ImGui::Text("Manually wrapping:"); + ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); + int buttons_count = 20; + float window_visible_x2 = ImGui::GetWindowPos().x + ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax().x; + for (int n = 0; n < buttons_count; n++) + { + ImGui::PushID(n); + ImGui::Button("Box", button_sz); + float last_button_x2 = ImGui::GetItemRectMax().x; + float next_button_x2 = last_button_x2 + style.ItemSpacing.x + button_sz.x; // Expected position if next button was on same line + if (n + 1 < buttons_count && next_button_x2 < window_visible_x2) + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PopID(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Groups")) + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Groups")) + { + HelpMarker( + "BeginGroup() basically locks the horizontal position for new line. " + "EndGroup() bundles the whole group so that you can use \"item\" functions such as " + "IsItemHovered()/IsItemActive() or SameLine() etc. on the whole group."); + ImGui::BeginGroup(); { - ImGui::TextWrapped("(Using ImGui::BeginGroup()/EndGroup() to layout items. BeginGroup() basically locks the horizontal position. EndGroup() bundles the whole group so that you can use functions such as IsItemHovered() on it.)"); ImGui::BeginGroup(); - { - ImGui::BeginGroup(); - ImGui::Button("AAA"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("BBB"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::BeginGroup(); - ImGui::Button("CCC"); - ImGui::Button("DDD"); - ImGui::EndGroup(); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("EEE"); - ImGui::EndGroup(); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("First group hovered"); - } - // Capture the group size and create widgets using the same size - ImVec2 size = ImGui::GetItemRectSize(); - const float values[5] = { 0.5f, 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.60f, 0.25f }; - ImGui::PlotHistogram("##values", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, size); - - ImGui::Button("ACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x)*0.5f,size.y)); + ImGui::Button("AAA"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("REACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x)*0.5f,size.y)); + ImGui::Button("BBB"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::BeginGroup(); + ImGui::Button("CCC"); + ImGui::Button("DDD"); ImGui::EndGroup(); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("EEE"); + ImGui::EndGroup(); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("First group hovered"); + } + // Capture the group size and create widgets using the same size + ImVec2 size = ImGui::GetItemRectSize(); + const float values[5] = { 0.5f, 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.60f, 0.25f }; + ImGui::PlotHistogram("##values", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, size); - ImGui::Button("LEVERAGE\nBUZZWORD", size); - ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("ACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x) * 0.5f, size.y)); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("REACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x) * 0.5f, size.y)); + ImGui::EndGroup(); + ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::ListBoxHeader("List", size); + ImGui::Button("LEVERAGE\nBUZZWORD", size); + ImGui::SameLine(); + + if (ImGui::BeginListBox("List", size)) + { ImGui::Selectable("Selected", true); ImGui::Selectable("Not Selected", false); - ImGui::ListBoxFooter(); - - ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGui::EndListBox(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Baseline Alignment")) - { - ImGui::TextWrapped("(This is testing the vertical alignment that occurs on text to keep it at the same baseline as widgets. Lines only composed of text or \"small\" widgets fit in less vertical spaces than lines with normal widgets)"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Baseline Alignment")) + { + { + ImGui::BulletText("Text baseline:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "This is testing the vertical alignment that gets applied on text to keep it aligned with widgets. " + "Lines only composed of text or \"small\" widgets use less vertical space than lines with framed widgets."); + ImGui::Indent(); + + ImGui::Text("KO Blahblah"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Some framed item"); ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Baseline of button will look misaligned with text.."); + + // If your line starts with text, call AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text to upcoming widgets. + // (because we don't know what's coming after the Text() statement, we need to move the text baseline + // down by FramePadding.y ahead of time) + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("OK Blahblah"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Some framed item"); ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("We call AlignTextToFramePadding() to vertically align the text baseline by +FramePadding.y"); + + // SmallButton() uses the same vertical padding as Text + ImGui::Button("TEST##1"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("TEST"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("TEST##2"); + + // If your line starts with text, call AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text to upcoming widgets. + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("Text aligned to framed item"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Item##1"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("Item"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("Item##2"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Item##3"); + + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + + ImGui::Spacing(); + + { + ImGui::BulletText("Multi-line text:"); + ImGui::Indent(); ImGui::Text("One\nTwo\nThree"); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("Banana"); @@ -1228,28 +2684,51 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::Button("HOP##2"); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("Banana"); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } - ImGui::Button("TEST##1"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("TEST"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SmallButton("TEST##2"); + ImGui::Spacing(); - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // If your line starts with text, call this to align it to upcoming widgets. - ImGui::Text("Text aligned to Widget"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Widget##1"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("Widget"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SmallButton("Widget##2"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Widget##3"); + { + ImGui::BulletText("Misc items:"); + ImGui::Indent(); + + // SmallButton() sets FramePadding to zero. Text baseline is aligned to match baseline of previous Button. + ImGui::Button("80x80", ImVec2(80, 80)); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("50x50", ImVec2(50, 50)); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Button()"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("SmallButton()"); // Tree const float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x; ImGui::Button("Button##1"); ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Node##1")) { for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); ImGui::TreePop(); } // Dummy tree data + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Node##1")) + { + // Placeholder tree data + for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) + ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // Vertically align text node a bit lower so it'll be vertically centered with upcoming widget. Otherwise you can use SmallButton (smaller fit). - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Node##2"); // Common mistake to avoid: if we want to SameLine after TreeNode we need to do it before we add child content. + // Vertically align text node a bit lower so it'll be vertically centered with upcoming widget. + // Otherwise you can use SmallButton() (smaller fit). + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + + // Common mistake to avoid: if we want to SameLine after TreeNode we need to do it before we add + // other contents below the node. + bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Node##2"); ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##2"); - if (node_open) { for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); ImGui::TreePop(); } // Dummy tree data + if (node_open) + { + // Placeholder tree data + for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) + ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } // Bullet ImGui::Button("Button##3"); @@ -1259,208 +2738,531 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); ImGui::BulletText("Node"); ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##4"); - - ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGui::Unindent(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Scrolling")) - { - ImGui::TextWrapped("(Use SetScrollHere() or SetScrollFromPosY() to scroll to a given position.)"); - static bool track = true; - static int track_line = 50, scroll_to_px = 200; - ImGui::Checkbox("Track", &track); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); - ImGui::SameLine(130); track |= ImGui::DragInt("##line", &track_line, 0.25f, 0, 99, "Line = %.0f"); - bool scroll_to = ImGui::Button("Scroll To Pos"); - ImGui::SameLine(130); scroll_to |= ImGui::DragInt("##pos_y", &scroll_to_px, 1.00f, 0, 9999, "Y = %.0f px"); - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - if (scroll_to) track = false; + ImGui::TreePop(); + } - for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Scrolling")) + { + // Vertical scroll functions + HelpMarker("Use SetScrollHereY() or SetScrollFromPosY() to scroll to a given vertical position."); + + static int track_item = 50; + static bool enable_track = true; + static bool enable_extra_decorations = false; + static float scroll_to_off_px = 0.0f; + static float scroll_to_pos_px = 200.0f; + + ImGui::Checkbox("Decoration", &enable_extra_decorations); + + ImGui::Checkbox("Track", &enable_track); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); + ImGui::SameLine(140); enable_track |= ImGui::DragInt("##item", &track_item, 0.25f, 0, 99, "Item = %d"); + + bool scroll_to_off = ImGui::Button("Scroll Offset"); + ImGui::SameLine(140); scroll_to_off |= ImGui::DragFloat("##off", &scroll_to_off_px, 1.00f, 0, FLT_MAX, "+%.0f px"); + + bool scroll_to_pos = ImGui::Button("Scroll To Pos"); + ImGui::SameLine(140); scroll_to_pos |= ImGui::DragFloat("##pos", &scroll_to_pos_px, 1.00f, -10, FLT_MAX, "X/Y = %.0f px"); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + if (scroll_to_off || scroll_to_pos) + enable_track = false; + + ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); + float child_w = (ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - 4 * style.ItemSpacing.x) / 5; + if (child_w < 1.0f) + child_w = 1.0f; + ImGui::PushID("##VerticalScrolling"); + for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) + { + if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::BeginGroup(); + const char* names[] = { "Top", "25%", "Center", "75%", "Bottom" }; + ImGui::TextUnformatted(names[i]); + + const ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar : 0; + const ImGuiID child_id = ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i); + const bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(child_w, 200.0f), true, child_flags); + if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) { - if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::BeginGroup(); - ImGui::Text("%s", i == 0 ? "Top" : i == 1 ? "25%" : i == 2 ? "Center" : i == 3 ? "75%" : "Bottom"); - ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i), ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.17f, 200.0f), true); - if (scroll_to) - ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().y + scroll_to_px, i * 0.25f); - for (int line = 0; line < 100; line++) + ImGui::TextUnformatted("abc"); + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } + if (scroll_to_off) + ImGui::SetScrollY(scroll_to_off_px); + if (scroll_to_pos) + ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().y + scroll_to_pos_px, i * 0.25f); + if (child_is_visible) // Avoid calling SetScrollHereY when running with culled items + { + for (int item = 0; item < 100; item++) { - if (track && line == track_line) + if (enable_track && item == track_item) { - ImGui::TextColored(ImColor(255,255,0), "Line %d", line); - ImGui::SetScrollHere(i * 0.25f); // 0.0f:top, 0.5f:center, 1.0f:bottom + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Item %d", item); + ImGui::SetScrollHereY(i * 0.25f); // 0.0f:top, 0.5f:center, 1.0f:bottom } else { - ImGui::Text("Line %d", line); + ImGui::Text("Item %d", item); } } - float scroll_y = ImGui::GetScrollY(), scroll_max_y = ImGui::GetScrollMaxY(); - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::Text("%.0f/%0.f", scroll_y, scroll_max_y); - ImGui::EndGroup(); } - ImGui::TreePop(); + float scroll_y = ImGui::GetScrollY(); + float scroll_max_y = ImGui::GetScrollMaxY(); + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::Text("%.0f/%.0f", scroll_y, scroll_max_y); + ImGui::EndGroup(); } + ImGui::PopID(); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal Scrolling")) + // Horizontal scroll functions + ImGui::Spacing(); + HelpMarker( + "Use SetScrollHereX() or SetScrollFromPosX() to scroll to a given horizontal position.\n\n" + "Because the clipping rectangle of most window hides half worth of WindowPadding on the " + "left/right, using SetScrollFromPosX(+1) will usually result in clipped text whereas the " + "equivalent SetScrollFromPosY(+1) wouldn't."); + ImGui::PushID("##HorizontalScrolling"); + for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) { - ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::TextWrapped("Horizontal scrolling for a window has to be enabled explicitly via the ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar flag."); - ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::TextWrapped("You may want to explicitly specify content width by calling SetNextWindowContentWidth() before Begin()."); - static int lines = 7; - ImGui::SliderInt("Lines", &lines, 1, 15); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, 3.0f); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2.0f, 1.0f)); - ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()*7 + 30), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); - for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) + float child_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() + style.ScrollbarSize + style.WindowPadding.y * 2.0f; + ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | (enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar : 0); + ImGuiID child_id = ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i); + bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(-100, child_height), true, child_flags); + if (scroll_to_off) + ImGui::SetScrollX(scroll_to_off_px); + if (scroll_to_pos) + ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().x + scroll_to_pos_px, i * 0.25f); + if (child_is_visible) // Avoid calling SetScrollHereY when running with culled items { - // Display random stuff (for the sake of this trivial demo we are using basic Button+SameLine. If you want to create your own time line for a real application you may be better off - // manipulating the cursor position yourself, aka using SetCursorPos/SetCursorScreenPos to position the widgets yourself. You may also want to use the lower-level ImDrawList API) - int num_buttons = 10 + ((line & 1) ? line * 9 : line * 3); - for (int n = 0; n < num_buttons; n++) + for (int item = 0; item < 100; item++) { - if (n > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(n + line * 1000); - char num_buf[16]; - sprintf(num_buf, "%d", n); - const char* label = (!(n%15)) ? "FizzBuzz" : (!(n%3)) ? "Fizz" : (!(n%5)) ? "Buzz" : num_buf; - float hue = n*0.05f; - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.6f, 0.6f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.7f, 0.7f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.8f, 0.8f)); - ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(40.0f + sinf((float)(line + n)) * 20.0f, 0.0f)); - ImGui::PopStyleColor(3); - ImGui::PopID(); + if (item > 0) + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (enable_track && item == track_item) + { + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Item %d", item); + ImGui::SetScrollHereX(i * 0.25f); // 0.0f:left, 0.5f:center, 1.0f:right + } + else + { + ImGui::Text("Item %d", item); + } } } - float scroll_x = ImGui::GetScrollX(), scroll_max_x = ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(); + float scroll_x = ImGui::GetScrollX(); + float scroll_max_x = ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(); ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(2); - float scroll_x_delta = 0.0f; - ImGui::SmallButton("<<"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) scroll_x_delta = -ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("Scroll from code"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SmallButton(">>"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) scroll_x_delta = +ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("%.0f/%.0f", scroll_x, scroll_max_x); - if (scroll_x_delta != 0.0f) + ImGui::SameLine(); + const char* names[] = { "Left", "25%", "Center", "75%", "Right" }; + ImGui::Text("%s\n%.0f/%.0f", names[i], scroll_x, scroll_max_x); + ImGui::Spacing(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + + // Miscellaneous Horizontal Scrolling Demo + HelpMarker( + "Horizontal scrolling for a window is enabled via the ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar flag.\n\n" + "You may want to also explicitly specify content width by using SetNextWindowContentWidth() before Begin()."); + static int lines = 7; + ImGui::SliderInt("Lines", &lines, 1, 15); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, 3.0f); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2.0f, 1.0f)); + ImVec2 scrolling_child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 7 + 30); + ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", scrolling_child_size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) + { + // Display random stuff. For the sake of this trivial demo we are using basic Button() + SameLine() + // If you want to create your own time line for a real application you may be better off manipulating + // the cursor position yourself, aka using SetCursorPos/SetCursorScreenPos to position the widgets + // yourself. You may also want to use the lower-level ImDrawList API. + int num_buttons = 10 + ((line & 1) ? line * 9 : line * 3); + for (int n = 0; n < num_buttons; n++) { - ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling"); // Demonstrate a trick: you can use Begin to set yourself in the context of another window (here we are already out of your child window) - ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGui::GetScrollX() + scroll_x_delta); - ImGui::End(); + if (n > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(n + line * 1000); + char num_buf[16]; + sprintf(num_buf, "%d", n); + const char* label = (!(n % 15)) ? "FizzBuzz" : (!(n % 3)) ? "Fizz" : (!(n % 5)) ? "Buzz" : num_buf; + float hue = n * 0.05f; + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.6f, 0.6f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.7f, 0.7f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.8f, 0.8f)); + ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(40.0f + sinf((float)(line + n)) * 20.0f, 0.0f)); + ImGui::PopStyleColor(3); + ImGui::PopID(); } - ImGui::TreePop(); + } + float scroll_x = ImGui::GetScrollX(); + float scroll_max_x = ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(); + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(2); + float scroll_x_delta = 0.0f; + ImGui::SmallButton("<<"); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) + scroll_x_delta = -ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("Scroll from code"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton(">>"); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) + scroll_x_delta = +ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("%.0f/%.0f", scroll_x, scroll_max_x); + if (scroll_x_delta != 0.0f) + { + // Demonstrate a trick: you can use Begin to set yourself in the context of another window + // (here we are already out of your child window) + ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling"); + ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGui::GetScrollX() + scroll_x_delta); + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + ImGui::Spacing(); + + static bool show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Show Horizontal contents size demo window", &show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window); + + if (show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window) + { + static bool show_h_scrollbar = true; + static bool show_button = true; + static bool show_tree_nodes = true; + static bool show_text_wrapped = false; + static bool show_columns = true; + static bool show_tab_bar = true; + static bool show_child = false; + static bool explicit_content_size = false; + static float contents_size_x = 300.0f; + if (explicit_content_size) + ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(contents_size_x, 0.0f)); + ImGui::Begin("Horizontal contents size demo window", &show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window, show_h_scrollbar ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : 0); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(2, 0)); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 0)); + HelpMarker("Test of different widgets react and impact the work rectangle growing when horizontal scrolling is enabled.\n\nUse 'Metrics->Tools->Show windows rectangles' to visualize rectangles."); + ImGui::Checkbox("H-scrollbar", &show_h_scrollbar); + ImGui::Checkbox("Button", &show_button); // Will grow contents size (unless explicitly overwritten) + ImGui::Checkbox("Tree nodes", &show_tree_nodes); // Will grow contents size and display highlight over full width + ImGui::Checkbox("Text wrapped", &show_text_wrapped);// Will grow and use contents size + ImGui::Checkbox("Columns", &show_columns); // Will use contents size + ImGui::Checkbox("Tab bar", &show_tab_bar); // Will use contents size + ImGui::Checkbox("Child", &show_child); // Will grow and use contents size + ImGui::Checkbox("Explicit content size", &explicit_content_size); + ImGui::Text("Scroll %.1f/%.1f %.1f/%.1f", ImGui::GetScrollX(), ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(), ImGui::GetScrollY(), ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()); + if (explicit_content_size) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(100); + ImGui::DragFloat("##csx", &contents_size_x); + ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(p, ImVec2(p.x + 10, p.y + 10), IM_COL32_WHITE); + ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p.x + contents_size_x - 10, p.y), ImVec2(p.x + contents_size_x, p.y + 10), IM_COL32_WHITE); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(0, 10)); + } + ImGui::PopStyleVar(2); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (show_button) + { + ImGui::Button("this is a 300-wide button", ImVec2(300, 0)); + } + if (show_tree_nodes) + { + bool open = true; + if (ImGui::TreeNode("this is a tree node")) + { + if (ImGui::TreeNode("another one of those tree node...")) + { + ImGui::Text("Some tree contents"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::CollapsingHeader("CollapsingHeader", &open); + } + if (show_text_wrapped) + { + ImGui::TextWrapped("This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the work rectangle."); + } + if (show_columns) + { + ImGui::Text("Tables:"); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::Text("Columns:"); + ImGui::Columns(4); + for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++) + { + ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnWidth()); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + } + ImGui::Columns(1); + } + if (show_tab_bar && ImGui::BeginTabBar("Hello")) + { + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("OneOneOne")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); } + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("TwoTwoTwo")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); } + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("ThreeThreeThree")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); } + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("FourFourFour")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); } + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + if (show_child) + { + ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 0), true); + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + ImGui::End(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Clipping")) - { - static ImVec2 size(100, 100), offset(50, 20); - ImGui::TextWrapped("On a per-widget basis we are occasionally clipping text CPU-side if it won't fit in its frame. Otherwise we are doing coarser clipping + passing a scissor rectangle to the renderer. The system is designed to try minimizing both execution and CPU/GPU rendering cost."); - ImGui::DragFloat2("size", (float*)&size, 0.5f, 0.0f, 200.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::TextWrapped("(Click and drag)"); - ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImVec4 clip_rect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x+size.x, pos.y+size.y); - ImGui::InvisibleButton("##dummy", size); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && ImGui::IsMouseDragging()) { offset.x += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.x; offset.y += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.y; } - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(pos, ImVec2(pos.x+size.x,pos.y+size.y), ImColor(90,90,120,255)); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddText(ImGui::GetFont(), ImGui::GetFontSize()*2.0f, ImVec2(pos.x+offset.x,pos.y+offset.y), ImColor(255,255,255,255), "Line 1 hello\nLine 2 clip me!", NULL, 0.0f, &clip_rect); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } + ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Popups & Modal windows")) + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Clipping")) { - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups")) + static ImVec2 size(100.0f, 100.0f); + static ImVec2 offset(30.0f, 30.0f); + ImGui::DragFloat2("size", (float*)&size, 0.5f, 1.0f, 200.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::TextWrapped("(Click and drag to scroll)"); + + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) { - ImGui::TextWrapped("When a popup is active, it inhibits interacting with windows that are behind the popup. Clicking outside the popup closes it."); + if (n > 0) + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(n); + ImGui::BeginGroup(); // Lock X position - static int selected_fish = -1; - const char* names[] = { "Bream", "Haddock", "Mackerel", "Pollock", "Tilefish" }; - static bool toggles[] = { true, false, false, false, false }; - - // Simple selection popup - // (If you want to show the current selection inside the Button itself, you may want to build a string using the "###" operator to preserve a constant ID with a variable label) - if (ImGui::Button("Select..")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("select"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::TextUnformatted(selected_fish == -1 ? "" : names[selected_fish]); - if (ImGui::BeginPopup("select")) + ImGui::InvisibleButton("##empty", size); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton_Left)) { - ImGui::Text("Aquarium"); - ImGui::Separator(); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++) - if (ImGui::Selectable(names[i])) - selected_fish = i; - ImGui::EndPopup(); + offset.x += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.x; + offset.y += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.y; + } + const ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetItemRectMin(); + const ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetItemRectMax(); + const char* text_str = "Line 1 hello\nLine 2 clip me!"; + const ImVec2 text_pos = ImVec2(p0.x + offset.x, p0.y + offset.y); + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + + switch (n) + { + case 0: + HelpMarker( + "Using ImGui::PushClipRect():\n" + "Will alter ImGui hit-testing logic + ImDrawList rendering.\n" + "(use this if you want your clipping rectangle to affect interactions)"); + ImGui::PushClipRect(p0, p1, true); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255)); + draw_list->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str); + ImGui::PopClipRect(); + break; + case 1: + HelpMarker( + "Using ImDrawList::PushClipRect():\n" + "Will alter ImDrawList rendering only.\n" + "(use this as a shortcut if you are only using ImDrawList calls)"); + draw_list->PushClipRect(p0, p1, true); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255)); + draw_list->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str); + draw_list->PopClipRect(); + break; + case 2: + HelpMarker( + "Using ImDrawList::AddText() with a fine ClipRect:\n" + "Will alter only this specific ImDrawList::AddText() rendering.\n" + "(this is often used internally to avoid altering the clipping rectangle and minimize draw calls)"); + ImVec4 clip_rect(p0.x, p0.y, p1.x, p1.y); // AddText() takes a ImVec4* here so let's convert. + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255)); + draw_list->AddText(ImGui::GetFont(), ImGui::GetFontSize(), text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str, NULL, 0.0f, &clip_rect); + break; + } + ImGui::EndGroup(); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() +{ + if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Popups & Modal windows")) + return; + + // The properties of popups windows are: + // - They block normal mouse hovering detection outside them. (*) + // - Unless modal, they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. + // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally by Dear ImGui instead of being held by the programmer as + // we are used to with regular Begin() calls. User can manipulate the visibility state by calling OpenPopup(). + // (*) One can use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) to bypass it and detect hovering even + // when normally blocked by a popup. + // Those three properties are connected. The library needs to hold their visibility state BECAUSE it can close + // popups at any time. + + // Typical use for regular windows: + // bool my_tool_is_active = false; if (ImGui::Button("Open")) my_tool_is_active = true; [...] if (my_tool_is_active) Begin("My Tool", &my_tool_is_active) { [...] } End(); + // Typical use for popups: + // if (ImGui::Button("Open")) ImGui::OpenPopup("MyPopup"); if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyPopup") { [...] EndPopup(); } + + // With popups we have to go through a library call (here OpenPopup) to manipulate the visibility state. + // This may be a bit confusing at first but it should quickly make sense. Follow on the examples below. + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups")) + { + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "When a popup is active, it inhibits interacting with windows that are behind the popup. " + "Clicking outside the popup closes it."); + + static int selected_fish = -1; + const char* names[] = { "Bream", "Haddock", "Mackerel", "Pollock", "Tilefish" }; + static bool toggles[] = { true, false, false, false, false }; + + // Simple selection popup (if you want to show the current selection inside the Button itself, + // you may want to build a string using the "###" operator to preserve a constant ID with a variable label) + if (ImGui::Button("Select..")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("my_select_popup"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(selected_fish == -1 ? "" : names[selected_fish]); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_select_popup")) + { + ImGui::Text("Aquarium"); + ImGui::Separator(); + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++) + if (ImGui::Selectable(names[i])) + selected_fish = i; + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Showing a menu with toggles + if (ImGui::Button("Toggle..")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("my_toggle_popup"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_toggle_popup")) + { + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++) + ImGui::MenuItem(names[i], "", &toggles[i]); + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Sub-menu")) + { + ImGui::MenuItem("Click me"); + ImGui::EndMenu(); } - // Showing a menu with toggles - if (ImGui::Button("Toggle..")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("toggle"); - if (ImGui::BeginPopup("toggle")) + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("Tooltip here"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip over a popup"); + + if (ImGui::Button("Stacked Popup")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("another popup"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("another popup")) { for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++) ImGui::MenuItem(names[i], "", &toggles[i]); if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Sub-menu")) { ImGui::MenuItem("Click me"); + if (ImGui::Button("Stacked Popup")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("another popup"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("another popup")) + { + ImGui::Text("I am the last one here."); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } ImGui::EndMenu(); } - - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("Tooltip here"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip over a popup"); - - if (ImGui::Button("Stacked Popup")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("another popup"); - if (ImGui::BeginPopup("another popup")) - { - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++) - ImGui::MenuItem(names[i], "", &toggles[i]); - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Sub-menu")) - { - ImGui::MenuItem("Click me"); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } ImGui::EndPopup(); } - - if (ImGui::Button("Popup Menu..")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("FilePopup"); - if (ImGui::BeginPopup("FilePopup")) - { - ShowExampleMenuFile(); - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - - ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus")) + // Call the more complete ShowExampleMenuFile which we use in various places of this demo + if (ImGui::Button("File Menu..")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("my_file_popup"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_file_popup")) { - // BeginPopupContextItem() is a helper to provide common/simple popup behavior of essentially doing: - // if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(0)) - // OpenPopup(id); - // return BeginPopup(id); - // For more advanced uses you may want to replicate and cuztomize this code. This the comments inside BeginPopupContextItem() implementation. + ShowExampleMenuFile(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus")) + { + HelpMarker("\"Context\" functions are simple helpers to associate a Popup to a given Item or Window identifier."); + + // BeginPopupContextItem() is a helper to provide common/simple popup behavior of essentially doing: + // if (id == 0) + // id = GetItemID(); // Use last item id + // if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right)) + // OpenPopup(id); + // return BeginPopup(id); + // For advanced advanced uses you may want to replicate and customize this code. + // See more details in BeginPopupContextItem(). + + // Example 1 + // When used after an item that has an ID (e.g. Button), we can skip providing an ID to BeginPopupContextItem(), + // and BeginPopupContextItem() will use the last item ID as the popup ID. + { + const char* names[5] = { "Label1", "Label2", "Label3", "Label4", "Label5" }; + for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) + { + ImGui::Selectable(names[n]); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) // <-- use last item id as popup id + { + ImGui::Text("This a popup for \"%s\"!", names[n]); + if (ImGui::Button("Close")) + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("Right-click to open popup"); + } + } + + // Example 2 + // Popup on a Text() element which doesn't have an identifier: we need to provide an identifier to BeginPopupContextItem(). + // Using an explicit identifier is also convenient if you want to activate the popups from different locations. + { + HelpMarker("Text() elements don't have stable identifiers so we need to provide one."); static float value = 0.5f; - ImGui::Text("Value = %.3f (<-- right-click here)", value); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem("item context menu")) + ImGui::Text("Value = %.3f <-- (1) right-click this value", value); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem("my popup")) { if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to zero")) value = 0.0f; if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to PI")) value = 3.1415f; - ImGui::PushItemWidth(-1); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); ImGui::DragFloat("##Value", &value, 0.1f, 0.0f, 0.0f); - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); ImGui::EndPopup(); } + // We can also use OpenPopupOnItemClick() to toggle the visibility of a given popup. + // Here we make it that right-clicking this other text element opens the same popup as above. + // The popup itself will be submitted by the code above. + ImGui::Text("(2) Or right-click this text"); + ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("my popup", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); + + // Back to square one: manually open the same popup. + if (ImGui::Button("(3) Or click this button")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("my popup"); + } + + // Example 3 + // When using BeginPopupContextItem() with an implicit identifier (NULL == use last item ID), + // we need to make sure your item identifier is stable. + // In this example we showcase altering the item label while preserving its identifier, using the ### operator (see FAQ). + { + HelpMarker("Showcase using a popup ID linked to item ID, with the item having a changing label + stable ID using the ### operator."); static char name[32] = "Label1"; - char buf[64]; sprintf(buf, "Button: %s###Button", name); // ### operator override ID ignoring the preceding label + char buf[64]; + sprintf(buf, "Button: %s###Button", name); // ### operator override ID ignoring the preceding label ImGui::Button(buf); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) // When used after an item that has an ID (here the Button), we can skip providing an ID to BeginPopupContextItem(). + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) { ImGui::Text("Edit name:"); ImGui::InputText("##edit", name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name)); @@ -1469,265 +3271,2165 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::EndPopup(); } ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(<-- right-click here)"); - - ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Modals")) + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Modals")) + { + ImGui::TextWrapped("Modal windows are like popups but the user cannot close them by clicking outside."); + + if (ImGui::Button("Delete..")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("Delete?"); + + // Always center this window when appearing + ImVec2 center = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->GetCenter(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(center, ImGuiCond_Appearing, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + + if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Delete?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) { - ImGui::TextWrapped("Modal windows are like popups but the user cannot close them by clicking outside the window."); + ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!\n\n"); + ImGui::Separator(); - if (ImGui::Button("Delete..")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("Delete?"); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Delete?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + //static int unused_i = 0; + //ImGui::Combo("Combo", &unused_i, "Delete\0Delete harder\0"); + + static bool dont_ask_me_next_time = false; + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImGui::Checkbox("Don't ask me next time", &dont_ask_me_next_time); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + + if (ImGui::Button("OK", ImVec2(120, 0))) { ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); } + ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", ImVec2(120, 0))) { ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); } + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + if (ImGui::Button("Stacked modals..")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 1"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 1", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) { - ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!\n\n"); - ImGui::Separator(); - - //static int dummy_i = 0; - //ImGui::Combo("Combo", &dummy_i, "Delete\0Delete harder\0"); - - static bool dont_ask_me_next_time = false; - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0,0)); - ImGui::Checkbox("Don't ask me next time", &dont_ask_me_next_time); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - - if (ImGui::Button("OK", ImVec2(120,0))) { ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); } - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", ImVec2(120,0))) { ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); } - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - - if (ImGui::Button("Stacked modals..")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 1"); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 1")) - { - ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The First\nUsing style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening] for darkening."); - static int item = 1; - ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0"); - static float color[4] = { 0.4f,0.7f,0.0f,0.5f }; - ImGui::ColorEdit4("color", color); // This is to test behavior of stacked regular popups over a modal - - if (ImGui::Button("Add another modal..")) - ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 2"); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 2")) + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) { - ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The Second"); - if (ImGui::Button("Close")) - ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); - ImGui::EndPopup(); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Some menu item")) {} + ImGui::EndMenu(); } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } + ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The First\nUsing style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] behind it."); + // Testing behavior of widgets stacking their own regular popups over the modal. + static int item = 1; + static float color[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f }; + ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0"); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("color", color); + + if (ImGui::Button("Add another modal..")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 2"); + + // Also demonstrate passing a bool* to BeginPopupModal(), this will create a regular close button which + // will close the popup. Note that the visibility state of popups is owned by imgui, so the input value + // of the bool actually doesn't matter here. + bool unused_open = true; + if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 2", &unused_open)) + { + ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The Second!"); if (ImGui::Button("Close")) ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); ImGui::EndPopup(); } - ImGui::TreePop(); + if (ImGui::Button("Close")) + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Menus inside a regular window")) - { - ImGui::TextWrapped("Below we are testing adding menu items to a regular window. It's rather unusual but should work!"); - ImGui::Separator(); - // NB: As a quirk in this very specific example, we want to differentiate the parent of this menu from the parent of the various popup menus above. - // To do so we are encloding the items in a PushID()/PopID() block to make them two different menusets. If we don't, opening any popup above and hovering our menu here - // would open it. This is because once a menu is active, we allow to switch to a sibling menu by just hovering on it, which is the desired behavior for regular menus. - ImGui::PushID("foo"); - ImGui::MenuItem("Menu item", "CTRL+M"); - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu inside a regular window")) - { - ShowExampleMenuFile(); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } + ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Columns")) + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Menus inside a regular window")) { - ImGui::PushID("Columns"); + ImGui::TextWrapped("Below we are testing adding menu items to a regular window. It's rather unusual but should work!"); + ImGui::Separator(); - // Basic columns - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) + // Note: As a quirk in this very specific example, we want to differentiate the parent of this menu from the + // parent of the various popup menus above. To do so we are encloding the items in a PushID()/PopID() block + // to make them two different menusets. If we don't, opening any popup above and hovering our menu here would + // open it. This is because once a menu is active, we allow to switch to a sibling menu by just hovering on it, + // which is the desired behavior for regular menus. + ImGui::PushID("foo"); + ImGui::MenuItem("Menu item", "CTRL+M"); + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu inside a regular window")) { - ImGui::Text("Without border:"); - ImGui::Columns(3, "mycolumns3", false); // 3-ways, no border - ImGui::Separator(); - for (int n = 0; n < 14; n++) - { - char label[32]; - sprintf(label, "Item %d", n); - if (ImGui::Selectable(label)) {} - //if (ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-1,0))) {} - ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::Separator(); - - ImGui::Text("With border:"); - ImGui::Columns(4, "mycolumns"); // 4-ways, with border - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("ID"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Name"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Path"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Hovered"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Separator(); - const char* names[3] = { "One", "Two", "Three" }; - const char* paths[3] = { "/path/one", "/path/two", "/path/three" }; - static int selected = -1; - for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) - { - char label[32]; - sprintf(label, "%04d", i); - if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns)) - selected = i; - bool hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text(names[i]); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text(paths[i]); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("%d", hovered); ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - // Create multiple items in a same cell before switching to next column - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mixed items")) - { - ImGui::Columns(3, "mixed"); - ImGui::Separator(); - - ImGui::Text("Hello"); - ImGui::Button("Banana"); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - - ImGui::Text("ImGui"); - ImGui::Button("Apple"); - static float foo = 1.0f; - ImGui::InputFloat("red", &foo, 0.05f, 0, 3); - ImGui::Text("An extra line here."); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - - ImGui::Text("Sailor"); - ImGui::Button("Corniflower"); - static float bar = 1.0f; - ImGui::InputFloat("blue", &bar, 0.05f, 0, 3); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category A")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn(); - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category B")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn(); - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category C")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - // Word wrapping - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word-wrapping")) - { - ImGui::Columns(2, "word-wrapping"); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TextWrapped("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog."); - ImGui::TextWrapped("Hello Left"); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::TextWrapped("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog."); - ImGui::TextWrapped("Hello Right"); - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders")) - { - // NB: Future columns API should allow automatic horizontal borders. - static bool h_borders = true; - static bool v_borders = true; - ImGui::Checkbox("horizontal", &h_borders); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Checkbox("vertical", &v_borders); - ImGui::Columns(4, NULL, v_borders); - for (int i = 0; i < 4*3; i++) - { - if (h_borders && ImGui::GetColumnIndex() == 0) - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("%c%c%c", 'a'+i, 'a'+i, 'a'+i); - ImGui::Text("Width %.2f\nOffset %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnWidth(), ImGui::GetColumnOffset()); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - ImGui::Columns(1); - if (h_borders) - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - // Scrolling columns - /* - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical Scrolling")) - { - ImGui::BeginChild("##header", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()+ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y)); - ImGui::Columns(3); - ImGui::Text("ID"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Name"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Path"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::BeginChild("##scrollingregion", ImVec2(0, 60)); - ImGui::Columns(3); - for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) - { - ImGui::Text("%04d", i); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Foobar"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("/path/foobar/%04d/", i); ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - */ - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal Scrolling")) - { - ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(1500.0f, 0.0f)); - ImGui::BeginChild("##ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); - ImGui::Columns(10); - int ITEMS_COUNT = 2000; - ImGuiListClipper clipper(ITEMS_COUNT); // Also demonstrate using the clipper for large list - while (clipper.Step()) - { - for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) - for (int j = 0; j < 10; j++) - { - ImGui::Text("Line %d Column %d...", i, j); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - } - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Tree within single cell"); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("NB: Tree node must be poped before ending the cell. There's no storage of state per-cell."); - if (node_open) - { - ImGui::Columns(2, "tree items"); - ImGui::Separator(); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Hello")) { ImGui::BulletText("Sailor"); ImGui::TreePop(); } ImGui::NextColumn(); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Bonjour")) { ImGui::BulletText("Marin"); ImGui::TreePop(); } ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); + ShowExampleMenuFile(); + ImGui::EndMenu(); } ImGui::PopID(); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +// Dummy data structure that we use for the Table demo. +// (pre-C++11 doesn't allow us to instantiate ImVector template if this structure if defined inside the demo function) +namespace +{ +// We are passing our own identifier to TableSetupColumn() to facilitate identifying columns in the sorting code. +// This identifier will be passed down into ImGuiTableSortSpec::ColumnUserID. +// But it is possible to omit the user id parameter of TableSetupColumn() and just use the column index instead! (ImGuiTableSortSpec::ColumnIndex) +// If you don't use sorting, you will generally never care about giving column an ID! +enum MyItemColumnID +{ + MyItemColumnID_ID, + MyItemColumnID_Name, + MyItemColumnID_Action, + MyItemColumnID_Quantity, + MyItemColumnID_Description +}; + +struct MyItem +{ + int ID; + const char* Name; + int Quantity; + + // We have a problem which is affecting _only this demo_ and should not affect your code: + // As we don't rely on std:: or other third-party library to compile dear imgui, we only have reliable access to qsort(), + // however qsort doesn't allow passing user data to comparing function. + // As a workaround, we are storing the sort specs in a static/global for the comparing function to access. + // In your own use case you would probably pass the sort specs to your sorting/comparing functions directly and not use a global. + // We could technically call ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() in CompareWithSortSpecs(), but considering that this function is called + // very often by the sorting algorithm it would be a little wasteful. + static const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* s_current_sort_specs; + + // Compare function to be used by qsort() + static int IMGUI_CDECL CompareWithSortSpecs(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) + { + const MyItem* a = (const MyItem*)lhs; + const MyItem* b = (const MyItem*)rhs; + for (int n = 0; n < s_current_sort_specs->SpecsCount; n++) + { + // Here we identify columns using the ColumnUserID value that we ourselves passed to TableSetupColumn() + // We could also choose to identify columns based on their index (sort_spec->ColumnIndex), which is simpler! + const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_spec = &s_current_sort_specs->Specs[n]; + int delta = 0; + switch (sort_spec->ColumnUserID) + { + case MyItemColumnID_ID: delta = (a->ID - b->ID); break; + case MyItemColumnID_Name: delta = (strcmp(a->Name, b->Name)); break; + case MyItemColumnID_Quantity: delta = (a->Quantity - b->Quantity); break; + case MyItemColumnID_Description: delta = (strcmp(a->Name, b->Name)); break; + default: IM_ASSERT(0); break; + } + if (delta > 0) + return (sort_spec->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? +1 : -1; + if (delta < 0) + return (sort_spec->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? -1 : +1; + } + + // qsort() is instable so always return a way to differenciate items. + // Your own compare function may want to avoid fallback on implicit sort specs e.g. a Name compare if it wasn't already part of the sort specs. + return (a->ID - b->ID); + } +}; +const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; +} + +// Make the UI compact because there are so many fields +static void PushStyleCompact() +{ + ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, (float)(int)(style.FramePadding.y * 0.60f))); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x, (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.60f))); +} + +static void PopStyleCompact() +{ + ImGui::PopStyleVar(2); +} + +// Show a combo box with a choice of sizing policies +static void EditTableSizingFlags(ImGuiTableFlags* p_flags) +{ + struct EnumDesc { ImGuiTableFlags Value; const char* Name; const char* Tooltip; }; + static const EnumDesc policies[] = + { + { ImGuiTableFlags_None, "Default", "Use default sizing policy:\n- ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit if ScrollX is on or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize.\n- ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame otherwise." }, + { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit", "Columns default to _WidthFixed (if resizable) or _WidthAuto (if not resizable), matching contents width." }, + { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame, "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame", "Columns are all the same width, matching the maximum contents width.\nImplicitly disable ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable and enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible." }, + { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp, "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp", "Columns default to _WidthStretch with weights proportional to their widths." }, + { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame, "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame", "Columns default to _WidthStretch with same weights." } + }; + int idx; + for (idx = 0; idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); idx++) + if (policies[idx].Value == (*p_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_)) + break; + const char* preview_text = (idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies)) ? policies[idx].Name + (idx > 0 ? strlen("ImGuiTableFlags") : 0) : ""; + if (ImGui::BeginCombo("Sizing Policy", preview_text)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); n++) + if (ImGui::Selectable(policies[n].Name, idx == n)) + *p_flags = (*p_flags & ~ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) | policies[n].Value; + ImGui::EndCombo(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + { + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 50.0f); + for (int m = 0; m < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); m++) + { + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("%s:", policies[m].Name); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + ImGui::GetStyle().IndentSpacing * 0.5f); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(policies[m].Tooltip); + } + ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } +} + +static void EditTableColumnsFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags* p_flags) +{ + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_DefaultHide", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_DefaultSort", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_WidthStretch", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) + *p_flags &= ~(ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ ^ ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_WidthFixed", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed)) + *p_flags &= ~(ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ ^ ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoResize", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoReorder", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHide", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoClip", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSort", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSortAscending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSortDescending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHeaderWidth", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_PreferSortAscending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_PreferSortDescending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IndentEnable", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Default for column 0"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IndentDisable", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Default for column >0"); +} + +static void ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags) +{ + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsEnabled", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsVisible", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsSorted", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsHovered", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered); +} + +static void ShowDemoWindowTables() +{ + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Tables & Columns")) + return; + + // Using those as a base value to create width/height that are factor of the size of our font + const float TEXT_BASE_WIDTH = ImGui::CalcTextSize("A").x; + const float TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + + ImGui::PushID("Tables"); + + int open_action = -1; + if (ImGui::Button("Open all")) + open_action = 1; + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Close all")) + open_action = 0; + ImGui::SameLine(); + + // Options + static bool disable_indent = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Disable tree indentation", &disable_indent); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Disable the indenting of tree nodes so demo tables can use the full window width."); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (disable_indent) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, 0.0f); + + // About Styling of tables + // Most settings are configured on a per-table basis via the flags passed to BeginTable() and TableSetupColumns APIs. + // There are however a few settings that a shared and part of the ImGuiStyle structure: + // style.CellPadding // Padding within each cell + // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] // Table header background + // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] // Table outer and header borders + // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] // Table inner borders + // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] // Table row background when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is enabled (even rows) + // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] // Table row background when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is enabled (odds rows) + + // Demos + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) + { + // Here we will showcase three different ways to output a table. + // They are very simple variations of a same thing! + + // [Method 1] Using TableNextRow() to create a new row, and TableSetColumnIndex() to select the column. + // In many situations, this is the most flexible and easy to use pattern. + HelpMarker("Using TableNextRow() + calling TableSetColumnIndex() _before_ each cell, in a loop."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Row %d Column %d", row, column); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // [Method 2] Using TableNextColumn() called multiple times, instead of using a for loop + TableSetColumnIndex(). + // This is generally more convenient when you have code manually submitting the contents of each columns. + HelpMarker("Using TableNextRow() + calling TableNextColumn() _before_ each cell, manually."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Row %d", row); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Some contents"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("123.456"); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // [Method 3] We call TableNextColumn() _before_ each cell. We never call TableNextRow(), + // as TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap around and create new roes as needed. + // This is generally more convenient when your cells all contains the same type of data. + HelpMarker( + "Only using TableNextColumn(), which tends to be convenient for tables where every cells contains the same type of contents.\n" + "This is also more similar to the old NextColumn() function of the Columns API, and provided to facilitate the Columns->Tables API transition."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table3", 3)) + { + for (int item = 0; item < 14; item++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Item %d", item); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); } + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders, background")) + { + // Expose a few Borders related flags interactively + enum ContentsType { CT_Text, CT_FillButton }; + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg; + static bool display_headers = false; + static int contents_type = CT_Text; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders\n = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH"); + ImGui::Indent(); + + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH); + ImGui::Unindent(); + + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV); + ImGui::Unindent(); + + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner); + ImGui::Unindent(); + + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); ImGui::Text("Cell contents:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("Text", &contents_type, CT_Text); + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("FillButton", &contents_type, CT_FillButton); + ImGui::Checkbox("Display headers", &display_headers); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appears in Headers"); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) + { + // Display headers so we can inspect their interaction with borders. + // (Headers are not the main purpose of this section of the demo, so we are not elaborating on them too much. See other sections for details) + if (display_headers) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + } + + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Hello %d,%d", column, row); + if (contents_type == CT_Text) + ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf); + else if (contents_type) + ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, stretch")) + { + // By default, if we don't enable ScrollX the sizing policy for each columns is "Stretch" + // Each columns maintain a sizing weight, and they will occupy all available width. + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the _Resizable flag automatically enables the _BordersInnerV flag as well, this is why the resize borders are still showing when unchecking this."); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, fixed")) + { + // Here we use ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit (even though _ScrollX is not set) + // So columns will adopt the "Fixed" policy and will maintain a fixed width regardless of the whole available width (unless table is small) + // If there is not enough available width to fit all columns, they will however be resized down. + // FIXME-TABLE: Providing a stretch-on-init would make sense especially for tables which don't have saved settings + HelpMarker( + "Using _Resizable + _SizingFixedFit flags.\n" + "Fixed-width columns generally makes more sense if you want to use horizontal scrolling.\n\n" + "Double-click a column border to auto-fit the column to its contents."); + PushStyleCompact(); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, mixed")) + { + HelpMarker( + "Using TableSetupColumn() to alter resizing policy on a per-column basis.\n\n" + "When combining Fixed and Stretch columns, generally you only want one, maybe two trailing columns to use _WidthStretch."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("AAA", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("BBB", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("CCC", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("%s %d,%d", (column == 2) ? "Stretch" : "Fixed", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 6, flags)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("AAA", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("BBB", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("CCC", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("DDD", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("EEE", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("FFF", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 6; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("%s %d,%d", (column >= 3) ? "Stretch" : "Fixed", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Reorderable, hideable, with headers")) + { + HelpMarker( + "Click and drag column headers to reorder columns.\n\n" + "Right-click on a header to open a context menu."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appears in Headers)"); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) + { + // Submit columns name with TableSetupColumn() and call TableHeadersRow() to create a row with a header in each column. + // (Later we will show how TableSetupColumn() has other uses, optional flags, sizing weight etc.) + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 6; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // Use outer_size.x == 0.0f instead of default to make the table as tight as possible (only valid when no scrolling and no stretch column) + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, flags | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f))) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 6; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Fixed %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Padding")) + { + // First example: showcase use of padding flags and effect of BorderOuterV/BorderInnerV on X padding. + // We don't expose BorderOuterH/BorderInnerH here because they have no effect on X padding. + HelpMarker( + "We often want outer padding activated when any using features which makes the edges of a column visible:\n" + "e.g.:\n" + "- BorderOuterV\n" + "- any form of row selection\n" + "Because of this, activating BorderOuterV sets the default to PadOuterX. Using PadOuterX or NoPadOuterX you can override the default.\n\n" + "Actual padding values are using style.CellPadding.\n\n" + "In this demo we don't show horizontal borders to emphasis how they don't affect default horizontal padding."); + + static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable outer-most padding (default if ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV is set)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable outer-most padding (default if ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV is not set)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV); + static bool show_headers = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("show_headers", &show_headers); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_padding", 3, flags1)) + { + if (show_headers) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + } + + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + if (row == 0) + { + ImGui::Text("Avail %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); + } + else + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Hello %d,%d", column, row); + ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + } + //if (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) + // ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, IM_COL32(0, 100, 0, 255)); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // Second example: set style.CellPadding to (0.0) or a custom value. + // FIXME-TABLE: Vertical border effectively not displayed the same way as horizontal one... + HelpMarker("Setting style.CellPadding to (0,0) or a custom value."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg; + static ImVec2 cell_padding(0.0f, 0.0f); + static bool show_widget_frame_bg = true; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::Checkbox("show_widget_frame_bg", &show_widget_frame_bg); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", &cell_padding.x, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f"); + PopStyleCompact(); + + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, cell_padding); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_padding_2", 3, flags2)) + { + static char text_bufs[3 * 5][16]; // Mini text storage for 3x5 cells + static bool init = true; + if (!show_widget_frame_bg) + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, 0); + for (int cell = 0; cell < 3 * 5; cell++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + if (init) + strcpy(text_bufs[cell], "edit me"); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::PushID(cell); + ImGui::InputText("##cell", text_bufs[cell], IM_ARRAYSIZE(text_bufs[cell])); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + if (!show_widget_frame_bg) + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + init = false; + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Sizing policies")) + { + static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX); + PopStyleCompact(); + + static ImGuiTableFlags sizing_policy_flags[4] = { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame }; + for (int table_n = 0; table_n < 4; table_n++) + { + ImGui::PushID(table_n); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30); + EditTableSizingFlags(&sizing_policy_flags[table_n]); + + // To make it easier to understand the different sizing policy, + // For each policy: we display one table where the columns have equal contents width, and one where the columns have different contents width. + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, sizing_policy_flags[table_n] | flags1)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("Oh dear"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("Oh dear"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("Oh dear"); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, sizing_policy_flags[table_n] | flags1)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("AAAA"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("BBBBBBBB"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("CCCCCCCCCCCC"); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted("Advanced"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("This section allows you to interact and see the effect of various sizing policies depending on whether Scroll is enabled and the contents of your columns."); + + enum ContentsType { CT_ShowWidth, CT_ShortText, CT_LongText, CT_Button, CT_FillButton, CT_InputText }; + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; + static int contents_type = CT_ShowWidth; + static int column_count = 3; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::PushID("Advanced"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30); + EditTableSizingFlags(&flags); + ImGui::Combo("Contents", &contents_type, "Show width\0Short Text\0Long Text\0Button\0Fill Button\0InputText\0"); + if (contents_type == CT_FillButton) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Be mindful that using right-alignment (e.g. size.x = -FLT_MIN) creates a feedback loop where contents width can feed into auto-column width can feed into contents width."); + } + ImGui::DragInt("Columns", &column_count, 0.1f, 1, 64, "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::PopID(); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", column_count, flags, ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 7))) + { + for (int cell = 0; cell < 10 * column_count; cell++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + int column = ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex(); + int row = ImGui::TableGetRowIndex(); + + ImGui::PushID(cell); + char label[32]; + static char text_buf[32] = ""; + sprintf(label, "Hello %d,%d", column, row); + switch (contents_type) + { + case CT_ShortText: ImGui::TextUnformatted(label); break; + case CT_LongText: ImGui::Text("Some %s text %d,%d\nOver two lines..", column == 0 ? "long" : "longeeer", column, row); break; + case CT_ShowWidth: ImGui::Text("W: %.1f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); break; + case CT_Button: ImGui::Button(label); break; + case CT_FillButton: ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); break; + case CT_InputText: ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); ImGui::InputText("##", text_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text_buf)); break; + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical scrolling, with clipping")) + { + HelpMarker("Here we activate ScrollY, which will create a child window container to allow hosting scrollable contents.\n\nWe also demonstrate using ImGuiListClipper to virtualize the submission of many items."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); + PopStyleCompact(); + + // When using ScrollX or ScrollY we need to specify a size for our table container! + // Otherwise by default the table will fit all available space, like a BeginChild() call. + ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 8); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_scrolly", 3, flags, outer_size)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); // Make top row always visible + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(1000); + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int row = clipper.DisplayStart; row < clipper.DisplayEnd; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal scrolling")) + { + HelpMarker( + "When ScrollX is enabled, the default sizing policy becomes ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, " + "as automatically stretching columns doesn't make much sense with horizontal scrolling.\n\n" + "Also note that as of the current version, you will almost always want to enable ScrollY along with ScrollX," + "because the container window won't automatically extend vertically to fix contents (this may be improved in future versions)."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; + static int freeze_cols = 1; + static int freeze_rows = 1; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); + ImGui::DragInt("freeze_cols", &freeze_cols, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); + ImGui::DragInt("freeze_rows", &freeze_rows, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); + PopStyleCompact(); + + // When using ScrollX or ScrollY we need to specify a size for our table container! + // Otherwise by default the table will fit all available space, like a BeginChild() call. + ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 8); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_scrollx", 7, flags, outer_size)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(freeze_cols, freeze_rows); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Line #", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide); // Make the first column not hideable to match our use of TableSetupScrollFreeze() + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Four"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Five"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Six"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 20; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 7; column++) + { + // Both TableNextColumn() and TableSetColumnIndex() return true when a column is visible or performing width measurement. + // Because here we know that: + // - A) all our columns are contributing the same to row height + // - B) column 0 is always visible, + // We only always submit this one column and can skip others. + // More advanced per-column clipping behaviors may benefit from polling the status flags via TableGetColumnFlags(). + if (!ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column) && column > 0) + continue; + if (column == 0) + ImGui::Text("Line %d", row); + else + ImGui::Text("Hello world %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted("Stretch + ScrollX"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker( + "Showcase using Stretch columns + ScrollX together: " + "this is rather unusual and only makes sense when specifying an 'inner_width' for the table!\n" + "Without an explicit value, inner_width is == outer_size.x and therefore using Stretch columns + ScrollX together doesn't make sense."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; + static float inner_width = 1000.0f; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::PushID("flags3"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX); + ImGui::DragFloat("inner_width", &inner_width, 1.0f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX, "%.1f"); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::PopID(); + PopStyleCompact(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 7, flags2, outer_size, inner_width)) + { + for (int cell = 0; cell < 20 * 7; cell++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Hello world %d,%d", ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex(), ImGui::TableGetRowIndex()); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Columns flags")) + { + // Create a first table just to show all the options/flags we want to make visible in our example! + const int column_count = 3; + const char* column_names[column_count] = { "One", "Two", "Three" }; + static ImGuiTableColumnFlags column_flags[column_count] = { ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide }; + static ImGuiTableColumnFlags column_flags_out[column_count] = { 0, 0, 0 }; // Output from TableGetColumnFlags() + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_columns_flags_checkboxes", column_count, ImGuiTableFlags_None)) + { + PushStyleCompact(); + for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::PushID(column); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // FIXME-TABLE: Workaround for wrong text baseline propagation + ImGui::Text("'%s'", column_names[column]); + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::Text("Input flags:"); + EditTableColumnsFlags(&column_flags[column]); + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::Text("Output flags:"); + ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(column_flags_out[column]); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + PopStyleCompact(); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // Create the real table we care about for the example! + // We use a scrolling table to be able to showcase the difference between the _IsEnabled and _IsVisible flags above, otherwise in + // a non-scrolling table columns are always visible (unless using ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible + resizing the parent window down) + const ImGuiTableFlags flags + = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY + | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV + | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable; + ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 9); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_columns_flags", column_count, flags, outer_size)) + { + for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[column], column_flags[column]); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) + column_flags_out[column] = ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(column); + float indent_step = (float)((int)TEXT_BASE_WIDTH / 2); + for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++) + { + ImGui::Indent(indent_step); // Add some indentation to demonstrate usage of per-column IndentEnable/IndentDisable flags. + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("%s %s", (column == 0) ? "Indented" : "Hello", ImGui::TableGetColumnName(column)); + } + } + ImGui::Unindent(indent_step * 8.0f); + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Columns widths")) + { + HelpMarker("Using TableSetupColumn() to setup default width."); + + static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); + PopStyleCompact(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags1)) + { + // We could also set ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit on the table and all columns will default to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed. + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("one", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 100.0f); // Default to 100.0f + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("two", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 200.0f); // Default to 200.0f + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("three", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); // Default to auto + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + if (row == 0) + ImGui::Text("(w: %5.1f)", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); + else + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + HelpMarker("Using TableSetupColumn() to setup explicit width.\n\nUnless _NoKeepColumnsVisible is set, fixed columns with set width may still be shrunk down if there's not enough space in the host."); + + static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_None; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV); + PopStyleCompact(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 4, flags2)) + { + // We could also set ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit on the table and all columns will default to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed. + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 100.0f); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 15.0f); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30.0f); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 15.0f); + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 4; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + if (row == 0) + ImGui::Text("(w: %5.1f)", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); + else + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Nested tables")) + { + HelpMarker("This demonstrate embedding a table into another table cell."); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_nested1", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("A0"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("A1"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("A0 Row 0"); + { + float rows_height = TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 2; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_nested2", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("B0"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("B1"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, rows_height); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("B0 Row 0"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("B1 Row 0"); + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, rows_height); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("B0 Row 1"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("B1 Row 1"); + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + } + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A1 Row 0"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A0 Row 1"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A1 Row 1"); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Row height")) + { + HelpMarker("You can pass a 'min_row_height' to TableNextRow().\n\nRows are padded with 'style.CellPadding.y' on top and bottom, so effectively the minimum row height will always be >= 'style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f'.\n\nWe cannot honor a _maximum_ row height as that would requires a unique clipping rectangle per row."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_row_height", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 10; row++) + { + float min_row_height = (float)(int)(TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 0.30f * row); + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, min_row_height); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("min_row_height = %.2f", min_row_height); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Outer size")) + { + // Showcasing use of ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX and ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY + // Important to that note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors! + ImGui::Text("Using NoHostExtendX and NoHostExtendY:"); + PushStyleCompact(); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value.\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit).\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible."); + PopStyleCompact(); + + ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 5.5f); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags, outer_size)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 10; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("Hello!"); + + ImGui::Spacing(); + + ImGui::Text("Using explicit size:"); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg, ImVec2(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30, 0.0f))) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table3", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg, ImVec2(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30, 0.0f))) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(0, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 1.5f); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Background color")) + { + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg; + static int row_bg_type = 1; + static int row_bg_target = 1; + static int cell_bg_type = 1; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg automatically sets RowBg0 to alternative colors pulled from the Style."); + ImGui::Combo("row bg type", (int*)&row_bg_type, "None\0Red\0Gradient\0"); + ImGui::Combo("row bg target", (int*)&row_bg_target, "RowBg0\0RowBg1\0"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Target RowBg0 to override the alternating odd/even colors,\nTarget RowBg1 to blend with them."); + ImGui::Combo("cell bg type", (int*)&cell_bg_type, "None\0Blue\0"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("We are colorizing cells to B1->C2 here."); + IM_ASSERT(row_bg_type >= 0 && row_bg_type <= 2); + IM_ASSERT(row_bg_target >= 0 && row_bg_target <= 1); + IM_ASSERT(cell_bg_type >= 0 && cell_bg_type <= 1); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 5, flags)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 6; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + + // Demonstrate setting a row background color with 'ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBgX, ...)' + // We use a transparent color so we can see the one behind in case our target is RowBg1 and RowBg0 was already targeted by the ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg flag. + if (row_bg_type != 0) + { + ImU32 row_bg_color = ImGui::GetColorU32(row_bg_type == 1 ? ImVec4(0.7f, 0.3f, 0.3f, 0.65f) : ImVec4(0.2f + row * 0.1f, 0.2f, 0.2f, 0.65f)); // Flat or Gradient? + ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 + row_bg_target, row_bg_color); + } + + // Fill cells + for (int column = 0; column < 5; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("%c%c", 'A' + row, '0' + column); + + // Change background of Cells B1->C2 + // Demonstrate setting a cell background color with 'ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, ...)' + // (the CellBg color will be blended over the RowBg and ColumnBg colors) + // We can also pass a column number as a third parameter to TableSetBgColor() and do this outside the column loop. + if (row >= 1 && row <= 2 && column >= 1 && column <= 2 && cell_bg_type == 1) + { + ImU32 cell_bg_color = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImVec4(0.3f, 0.3f, 0.7f, 0.65f)); + ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, cell_bg_color); + } + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree view")) + { + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody; + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("3ways", 3, flags)) + { + // The first column will use the default _WidthStretch when ScrollX is Off and _WidthFixed when ScrollX is On + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Size", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 12.0f); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Type", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 18.0f); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + // Simple storage to output a dummy file-system. + struct MyTreeNode + { + const char* Name; + const char* Type; + int Size; + int ChildIdx; + int ChildCount; + static void DisplayNode(const MyTreeNode* node, const MyTreeNode* all_nodes) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + const bool is_folder = (node->ChildCount > 0); + if (is_folder) + { + bool open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::TextDisabled("--"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(node->Type); + if (open) + { + for (int child_n = 0; child_n < node->ChildCount; child_n++) + DisplayNode(&all_nodes[node->ChildIdx + child_n], all_nodes); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + } + else + { + ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("%d", node->Size); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(node->Type); + } + } + }; + static const MyTreeNode nodes[] = + { + { "Root", "Folder", -1, 1, 3 }, // 0 + { "Music", "Folder", -1, 4, 2 }, // 1 + { "Textures", "Folder", -1, 6, 3 }, // 2 + { "desktop.ini", "System file", 1024, -1,-1 }, // 3 + { "File1_a.wav", "Audio file", 123000, -1,-1 }, // 4 + { "File1_b.wav", "Audio file", 456000, -1,-1 }, // 5 + { "Image001.png", "Image file", 203128, -1,-1 }, // 6 + { "Copy of Image001.png", "Image file", 203256, -1,-1 }, // 7 + { "Copy of Image001 (Final2).png","Image file", 203512, -1,-1 }, // 8 + }; + + MyTreeNode::DisplayNode(&nodes[0], nodes); + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Item width")) + { + HelpMarker( + "Showcase using PushItemWidth() and how it is preserved on a per-column basis.\n\n" + "Note that on auto-resizing non-resizable fixed columns, querying the content width for e.g. right-alignment doesn't make sense."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_item_width", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("small"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("half"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("right-align"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + if (row == 0) + { + // Setup ItemWidth once (instead of setting up every time, which is also possible but less efficient) + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 3.0f); // Small + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); // Right-aligned + } + + // Draw our contents + static float dummy_f = 0.0f; + ImGui::PushID(row); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + ImGui::SliderFloat("float0", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); + ImGui::SliderFloat("float1", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2); + ImGui::SliderFloat("float2", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate using TableHeader() calls instead of TableHeadersRow() + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Custom headers")) + { + const int COLUMNS_COUNT = 3; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_custom_headers", COLUMNS_COUNT, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Apricot"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Banana"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Cherry"); + + // Dummy entire-column selection storage + // FIXME: It would be nice to actually demonstrate full-featured selection using those checkbox. + static bool column_selected[3] = {}; + + // Instead of calling TableHeadersRow() we'll submit custom headers ourselves + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers); + for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + const char* column_name = ImGui::TableGetColumnName(column); // Retrieve name passed to TableSetupColumn() + ImGui::PushID(column); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImGui::Checkbox("##checkall", &column_selected[column]); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + ImGui::TableHeader(column_name); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Cell %d,%d", column, row); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Selectable(buf, column_selected[column]); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate creating custom context menus inside columns, while playing it nice with context menus provided by TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus")) + { + HelpMarker("By default, right-clicking over a TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() line will open the default context-menu.\nUsing ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody we also allow right-clicking over columns body."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody); + PopStyleCompact(); + + // Context Menus: first example + // [1.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu. + // [1.2] Right-click in columns also open the default table context menu (if ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody is set) + const int COLUMNS_COUNT = 3; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_context_menu", COLUMNS_COUNT, flags1)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + + // [1.1]] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu. + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + // Submit dummy contents + for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // Context Menus: second example + // [2.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu. + // [2.2] Right-click on the ".." to open a custom popup + // [2.3] Right-click in columns to open another custom popup + HelpMarker("Demonstrate mixing table context menu (over header), item context button (over button) and custom per-colum context menu (over column body)."); + ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_context_menu_2", COLUMNS_COUNT, flags2)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + + // [2.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu. + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT; column++) + { + // Submit dummy contents + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row); + ImGui::SameLine(); + + // [2.2] Right-click on the ".." to open a custom popup + ImGui::PushID(row * COLUMNS_COUNT + column); + ImGui::SmallButton(".."); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the popup for Button(\"..\") in Cell %d,%d", column, row); + if (ImGui::Button("Close")) + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + } + + // [2.3] Right-click anywhere in columns to open another custom popup + // (instead of testing for !IsAnyItemHovered() we could also call OpenPopup() with ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup + // to manage popup priority as the popups triggers, here "are we hovering a column" are overlapping) + int hovered_column = -1; + for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT + 1; column++) + { + ImGui::PushID(column); + if (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(column) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) + hovered_column = column; + if (hovered_column == column && !ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered() && ImGui::IsMouseReleased(1)) + ImGui::OpenPopup("MyPopup"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyPopup")) + { + if (column == COLUMNS_COUNT) + ImGui::Text("This is a custom popup for unused space after the last column."); + else + ImGui::Text("This is a custom popup for Column %d", column); + if (ImGui::Button("Close")) + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + ImGui::EndTable(); + ImGui::Text("Hovered column: %d", hovered_column); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate creating multiple tables with the same ID + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Synced instances")) + { + HelpMarker("Multiple tables with the same identifier will share their settings, width, visibility, order etc."); + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Synced Table %d", n); + bool open = ImGui::CollapsingHeader(buf, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen); + if (open && ImGui::BeginTable("Table", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int cell = 0; cell < 9; cell++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("this cell %d", cell); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate using Sorting facilities + // This is a simplified version of the "Advanced" example, where we mostly focus on the code necessary to handle sorting. + // Note that the "Advanced" example also showcase manually triggering a sort (e.g. if item quantities have been modified) + static const char* template_items_names[] = + { + "Banana", "Apple", "Cherry", "Watermelon", "Grapefruit", "Strawberry", "Mango", + "Kiwi", "Orange", "Pineapple", "Blueberry", "Plum", "Coconut", "Pear", "Apricot" + }; + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Sorting")) + { + // Create item list + static ImVector items; + if (items.Size == 0) + { + items.resize(50, MyItem()); + for (int n = 0; n < items.Size; n++) + { + const int template_n = n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(template_items_names); + MyItem& item = items[n]; + item.ID = n; + item.Name = template_items_names[template_n]; + item.Quantity = (n * n - n) % 20; // Assign default quantities + } + } + + // Options + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = + ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable | ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti + | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody + | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1)."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0)."); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_sorting", 4, flags, ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 15), 0.0f)) + { + // Declare columns + // We use the "user_id" parameter of TableSetupColumn() to specify a user id that will be stored in the sort specifications. + // This is so our sort function can identify a column given our own identifier. We could also identify them based on their index! + // Demonstrate using a mixture of flags among available sort-related flags: + // - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort + // - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort / ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending / ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending + // - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending / ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("ID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_ID); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Name); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Action); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Quantity", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Quantity); + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); // Make row always visible + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed! + if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()) + if (sorts_specs->SpecsDirty) + { + MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = sorts_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. + if (items.Size > 1) + qsort(&items[0], (size_t)items.Size, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); + MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; + sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false; + } + + // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(items.Size); + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int row_n = clipper.DisplayStart; row_n < clipper.DisplayEnd; row_n++) + { + // Display a data item + MyItem* item = &items[row_n]; + ImGui::PushID(item->ID); + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("%04d", item->ID); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(item->Name); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::SmallButton("None"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("%d", item->Quantity); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // In this example we'll expose most table flags and settings. + // For specific flags and settings refer to the corresponding section for more detailed explanation. + // This section is mostly useful to experiment with combining certain flags or settings with each others. + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); // [DEBUG] + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced")) + { + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = + ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable + | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable | ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti + | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody + | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY + | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit; + + enum ContentsType { CT_Text, CT_Button, CT_SmallButton, CT_FillButton, CT_Selectable, CT_SelectableSpanRow }; + static int contents_type = CT_SelectableSpanRow; + const char* contents_type_names[] = { "Text", "Button", "SmallButton", "FillButton", "Selectable", "Selectable (span row)" }; + static int freeze_cols = 1; + static int freeze_rows = 1; + static int items_count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(template_items_names) * 2; + static ImVec2 outer_size_value = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 12); + static float row_min_height = 0.0f; // Auto + static float inner_width_with_scroll = 0.0f; // Auto-extend + static bool outer_size_enabled = true; + static bool show_headers = true; + static bool show_wrapped_text = false; + //static ImGuiTextFilter filter; + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); // FIXME-TABLE: Enabling this results in initial clipped first pass on table which tend to affects column sizing + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Options")) + { + // Make the UI compact because there are so many fields + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 28.0f); + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Features:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Decorations:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appears in Headers"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appears in Headers)"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Sizing:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + EditTableSizingFlags(&flags); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("In the Advanced demo we override the policy of each column so those table-wide settings have less effect that typical."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value.\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit).\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Only available if ScrollX is disabled."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with ScrollFreeze options."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Padding:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Scrolling:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); + ImGui::DragInt("freeze_cols", &freeze_cols, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); + ImGui::DragInt("freeze_rows", &freeze_rows, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Sorting:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1)."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0)."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Other:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("show_headers", &show_headers); + ImGui::Checkbox("show_wrapped_text", &show_wrapped_text); + + ImGui::DragFloat2("##OuterSize", &outer_size_value.x); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + ImGui::Checkbox("outer_size", &outer_size_enabled); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("If scrolling is disabled (ScrollX and ScrollY not set):\n" + "- The table is output directly in the parent window.\n" + "- OuterSize.x < 0.0f will right-align the table.\n" + "- OuterSize.x = 0.0f will narrow fit the table unless there are any Stretch column.\n" + "- OuterSize.y then becomes the minimum size for the table, which will extend vertically if there are more rows (unless NoHostExtendY is set)."); + + // From a user point of view we will tend to use 'inner_width' differently depending on whether our table is embedding scrolling. + // To facilitate toying with this demo we will actually pass 0.0f to the BeginTable() when ScrollX is disabled. + ImGui::DragFloat("inner_width (when ScrollX active)", &inner_width_with_scroll, 1.0f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX); + + ImGui::DragFloat("row_min_height", &row_min_height, 1.0f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Specify height of the Selectable item."); + + ImGui::DragInt("items_count", &items_count, 0.1f, 0, 9999); + ImGui::Combo("items_type (first column)", &contents_type, contents_type_names, IM_ARRAYSIZE(contents_type_names)); + //filter.Draw("filter"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + PopStyleCompact(); + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Update item list if we changed the number of items + static ImVector items; + static ImVector selection; + static bool items_need_sort = false; + if (items.Size != items_count) + { + items.resize(items_count, MyItem()); + for (int n = 0; n < items_count; n++) + { + const int template_n = n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(template_items_names); + MyItem& item = items[n]; + item.ID = n; + item.Name = template_items_names[template_n]; + item.Quantity = (template_n == 3) ? 10 : (template_n == 4) ? 20 : 0; // Assign default quantities + } + } + + const ImDrawList* parent_draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + const int parent_draw_list_draw_cmd_count = parent_draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size; + ImVec2 table_scroll_cur, table_scroll_max; // For debug display + const ImDrawList* table_draw_list = NULL; // " + + // Submit table + const float inner_width_to_use = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_width_with_scroll : 0.0f; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_advanced", 6, flags, outer_size_enabled ? outer_size_value : ImVec2(0, 0), inner_width_to_use)) + { + // Declare columns + // We use the "user_id" parameter of TableSetupColumn() to specify a user id that will be stored in the sort specifications. + // This is so our sort function can identify a column given our own identifier. We could also identify them based on their index! + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("ID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_ID); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Name); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Action); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Quantity", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Quantity); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Description", (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) ? 0 : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Description); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Hidden", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort); + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(freeze_cols, freeze_rows); + + // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed! + ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs(); + if (sorts_specs && sorts_specs->SpecsDirty) + items_need_sort = true; + if (sorts_specs && items_need_sort && items.Size > 1) + { + MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = sorts_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. + qsort(&items[0], (size_t)items.Size, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); + MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; + sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false; + } + items_need_sort = false; + + // Take note of whether we are currently sorting based on the Quantity field, + // we will use this to trigger sorting when we know the data of this column has been modified. + const bool sorts_specs_using_quantity = (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(3) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted) != 0; + + // Show headers + if (show_headers) + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + // Show data + // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-NAV: How we can get decent up/down even though we have the buttons here? + ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); +#if 1 + // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(items.Size); + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int row_n = clipper.DisplayStart; row_n < clipper.DisplayEnd; row_n++) +#else + // Without clipper + { + for (int row_n = 0; row_n < items.Size; row_n++) +#endif + { + MyItem* item = &items[row_n]; + //if (!filter.PassFilter(item->Name)) + // continue; + + const bool item_is_selected = selection.contains(item->ID); + ImGui::PushID(item->ID); + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, row_min_height); + + // For the demo purpose we can select among different type of items submitted in the first column + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "%04d", item->ID); + if (contents_type == CT_Text) + ImGui::TextUnformatted(label); + else if (contents_type == CT_Button) + ImGui::Button(label); + else if (contents_type == CT_SmallButton) + ImGui::SmallButton(label); + else if (contents_type == CT_FillButton) + ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + else if (contents_type == CT_Selectable || contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow) + { + ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = (contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow) ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns | ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap : ImGuiSelectableFlags_None; + if (ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(0, row_min_height))) + { + if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) + { + if (item_is_selected) + selection.find_erase_unsorted(item->ID); + else + selection.push_back(item->ID); + } + else + { + selection.clear(); + selection.push_back(item->ID); + } + } + } + + if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1)) + ImGui::TextUnformatted(item->Name); + + // Here we demonstrate marking our data set as needing to be sorted again if we modified a quantity, + // and we are currently sorting on the column showing the Quantity. + // To avoid triggering a sort while holding the button, we only trigger it when the button has been released. + // You will probably need a more advanced system in your code if you want to automatically sort when a specific entry changes. + if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2)) + { + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Chop")) { item->Quantity += 1; } + if (sorts_specs_using_quantity && ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()) { items_need_sort = true; } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Eat")) { item->Quantity -= 1; } + if (sorts_specs_using_quantity && ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()) { items_need_sort = true; } + } + + if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(3)) + ImGui::Text("%d", item->Quantity); + + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(4); + if (show_wrapped_text) + ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet"); + else + ImGui::Text("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet"); + + if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(5)) + ImGui::Text("1234"); + + ImGui::PopID(); + } + } + ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); + + // Store some info to display debug details below + table_scroll_cur = ImVec2(ImGui::GetScrollX(), ImGui::GetScrollY()); + table_scroll_max = ImVec2(ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(), ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()); + table_draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + static bool show_debug_details = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Debug details", &show_debug_details); + if (show_debug_details && table_draw_list) + { + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f); + const int table_draw_list_draw_cmd_count = table_draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size; + if (table_draw_list == parent_draw_list) + ImGui::Text(": DrawCmd: +%d (in same window)", + table_draw_list_draw_cmd_count - parent_draw_list_draw_cmd_count); + else + ImGui::Text(": DrawCmd: +%d (in child window), Scroll: (%.f/%.f) (%.f/%.f)", + table_draw_list_draw_cmd_count - 1, table_scroll_cur.x, table_scroll_max.x, table_scroll_cur.y, table_scroll_max.y); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + ImGui::PopID(); + + ShowDemoWindowColumns(); + + if (disable_indent) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); +} + +// Demonstrate old/legacy Columns API! +// [2020: Columns are under-featured and not maintained. Prefer using the more flexible and powerful BeginTable() API!] +static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() +{ + bool open = ImGui::TreeNode("Legacy Columns API"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Columns() is an old API! Prefer using the more flexible and powerful BeginTable() API!"); + if (!open) + return; + + // Basic columns + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) + { + ImGui::Text("Without border:"); + ImGui::Columns(3, "mycolumns3", false); // 3-ways, no border + ImGui::Separator(); + for (int n = 0; n < 14; n++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "Item %d", n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(label)) {} + //if (ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f))) {} + ImGui::NextColumn(); + } + ImGui::Columns(1); + ImGui::Separator(); + + ImGui::Text("With border:"); + ImGui::Columns(4, "mycolumns"); // 4-ways, with border + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("ID"); ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Name"); ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Path"); ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Hovered"); ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Separator(); + const char* names[3] = { "One", "Two", "Three" }; + const char* paths[3] = { "/path/one", "/path/two", "/path/three" }; + static int selected = -1; + for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "%04d", i); + if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns)) + selected = i; + bool hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Text(names[i]); ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Text(paths[i]); ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("%d", hovered); ImGui::NextColumn(); + } + ImGui::Columns(1); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders")) + { + // NB: Future columns API should allow automatic horizontal borders. + static bool h_borders = true; + static bool v_borders = true; + static int columns_count = 4; + const int lines_count = 3; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::DragInt("##columns_count", &columns_count, 0.1f, 2, 10, "%d columns"); + if (columns_count < 2) + columns_count = 2; + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Checkbox("horizontal", &h_borders); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Checkbox("vertical", &v_borders); + ImGui::Columns(columns_count, NULL, v_borders); + for (int i = 0; i < columns_count * lines_count; i++) + { + if (h_borders && ImGui::GetColumnIndex() == 0) + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("%c%c%c", 'a' + i, 'a' + i, 'a' + i); + ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnWidth()); + ImGui::Text("Avail %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); + ImGui::Text("Offset %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnOffset()); + ImGui::Text("Long text that is likely to clip"); + ImGui::Button("Button", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + } + ImGui::Columns(1); + if (h_borders) + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Create multiple items in a same cell before switching to next column + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mixed items")) + { + ImGui::Columns(3, "mixed"); + ImGui::Separator(); + + ImGui::Text("Hello"); + ImGui::Button("Banana"); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + + ImGui::Text("ImGui"); + ImGui::Button("Apple"); + static float foo = 1.0f; + ImGui::InputFloat("red", &foo, 0.05f, 0, "%.3f"); + ImGui::Text("An extra line here."); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + + ImGui::Text("Sailor"); + ImGui::Button("Corniflower"); + static float bar = 1.0f; + ImGui::InputFloat("blue", &bar, 0.05f, 0, "%.3f"); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category A")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn(); + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category B")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn(); + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category C")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Columns(1); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Word wrapping + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word-wrapping")) + { + ImGui::Columns(2, "word-wrapping"); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TextWrapped("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog."); + ImGui::TextWrapped("Hello Left"); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::TextWrapped("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog."); + ImGui::TextWrapped("Hello Right"); + ImGui::Columns(1); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal Scrolling")) + { + ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(1500.0f, 0.0f)); + ImVec2 child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f); + ImGui::BeginChild("##ScrollingRegion", child_size, false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + ImGui::Columns(10); + + // Also demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists + int ITEMS_COUNT = 2000; + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(ITEMS_COUNT); + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) + for (int j = 0; j < 10; j++) + { + ImGui::Text("Line %d Column %d...", i, j); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + } + } + ImGui::Columns(1); + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree")) + { + ImGui::Columns(2, "tree", true); + for (int x = 0; x < 3; x++) + { + bool open1 = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)x, "Node%d", x); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Node contents"); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + if (open1) + { + for (int y = 0; y < 3; y++) + { + bool open2 = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)y, "Node%d.%d", x, y); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Node contents"); + if (open2) + { + ImGui::Text("Even more contents"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree in column")) + { + ImGui::Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + } + ImGui::NextColumn(); + if (open2) + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + } + ImGui::Columns(1); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); +} + +static void ShowDemoWindowMisc() +{ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Filtering")) { + // Helper class to easy setup a text filter. + // You may want to implement a more feature-full filtering scheme in your own application. static ImGuiTextFilter filter; ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n" " \"\" display all lines\n" @@ -1741,34 +5443,45 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::BulletText("%s", lines[i]); } - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Inputs & Focus")) + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Inputs, Navigation & Focus")) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Request ImGui to render a mouse cursor for you in software. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something)."); + // Display ImGuiIO output flags ImGui::Text("WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse); ImGui::Text("WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard); ImGui::Text("WantTextInput: %d", io.WantTextInput); - ImGui::Text("WantMoveMouse: %d", io.WantMoveMouse); + ImGui::Text("WantSetMousePos: %d", io.WantSetMousePos); + ImGui::Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", io.NavActive, io.NavVisible); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Keyboard & Mouse State")) + // Display Mouse state + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse State")) { if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid()) ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); else ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: "); - ImGui::Text("Mouse down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (io.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); } - ImGui::Text("Mouse clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } - ImGui::Text("Mouse dbl-clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } - ImGui::Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseReleased(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } + ImGui::Text("Mouse delta: (%g, %g)", io.MouseDelta.x, io.MouseDelta.y); + ImGui::Text("Mouse down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDown(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); } + ImGui::Text("Mouse clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } + ImGui::Text("Mouse dblclick:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(i)){ ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } + ImGui::Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseReleased(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } ImGui::Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel); + ImGui::Text("Pen Pressure: %.1f", io.PenPressure); // Note: currently unused + ImGui::TreePop(); + } - ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (io.KeysDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.KeysDownDuration[i]); } - ImGui::Text("Keys pressed:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d", i); } - ImGui::Text("Keys release:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyReleased(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d", i); } + // Display Keyboard/Mouse state + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Keyboard & Navigation State")) + { + ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X) (%.02f secs)", i, i, io.KeysDownDuration[i]); } + ImGui::Text("Keys pressed:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X)", i, i); } + ImGui::Text("Keys release:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyReleased(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X)", i, i); } ImGui::Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : ""); + ImGui::Text("Chars queue:"); for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public. + ImGui::Text("NavInputs down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d] %.2f (%.02f secs)", i, io.NavInputs[i], io.NavInputsDownDuration[i]); } + ImGui::Text("NavInputs pressed:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] == 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d]", i); } ImGui::Button("Hovering me sets the\nkeyboard capture flag"); if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) @@ -1777,20 +5490,19 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::Button("Holding me clears the\nthe keyboard capture flag"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(false); - ImGui::TreePop(); } if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabbing")) { ImGui::Text("Use TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields."); - static char buf[32] = "dummy"; + static char buf[32] = "hello"; ImGui::InputText("1", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::InputText("3", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); ImGui::InputText("4 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - //ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelperMarker("Use ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool)\nto disable tabbing through certain widgets."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab."); ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); ImGui::InputText("5", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::TreePop(); @@ -1816,69 +5528,24 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) if (focus_3) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(); ImGui::InputText("3 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 3; + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab."); ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + if (has_focus) ImGui::Text("Item with focus: %d", has_focus); else ImGui::Text("Item with focus: "); - ImGui::TextWrapped("Cursor & selection are preserved when refocusing last used item in code."); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Focused & Hovered Test")) - { - static bool embed_all_inside_a_child_window = false; - ImGui::Checkbox("Embed everything inside a child window (for additional testing)", &embed_all_inside_a_child_window); - if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) - ImGui::BeginChild("embeddingchild", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 25), true); - - // Testing IsWindowFocused() function with its various flags (note that the flags can be combined) - ImGui::BulletText( - "IsWindowFocused() = %d\n" - "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows) = %d\n" - "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n" - "IsWindowFocused(_RootWindow) = %d\n", - ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), - ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows), - ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow), - ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow)); - - // Testing IsWindowHovered() function with its various flags (note that the flags can be combined) - ImGui::BulletText( - "IsWindowHovered() = %d\n" - "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" - "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n" - "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows) = %d\n" - "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n" - "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow) = %d\n", - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(), - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows), - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow), - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow)); - - // Testing IsItemHovered() function (because BulletText is an item itself and that would affect the output of IsItemHovered, we pass all lines in a single items to shorten the code) - ImGui::Button("ITEM"); - ImGui::BulletText( - "IsItemHovered() = %d\n" - "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" - "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n" - "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlapped) = %d\n" - "IsItemhovered(_RectOnly) = %d\n", - ImGui::IsItemHovered(), - ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), - ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), - ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped), - ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)); - - ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0,50), true); - ImGui::Text("This is another child window for testing IsWindowHovered() flags."); - ImGui::EndChild(); - - if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) - EndChild(); + // Use >= 0 parameter to SetKeyboardFocusHere() to focus an upcoming item + static float f3[3] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f }; + int focus_ahead = -1; + if (ImGui::Button("Focus on X")) { focus_ahead = 0; } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Y")) { focus_ahead = 1; } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Z")) { focus_ahead = 2; } + if (focus_ahead != -1) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(focus_ahead); + ImGui::SliderFloat3("Float3", &f3[0], 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::TextWrapped("NB: Cursor & selection are preserved when refocusing last used item in code."); ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -1886,36 +5553,43 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) { ImGui::TextWrapped("You can use ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0) to query for the dragged amount on any widget."); for (int button = 0; button < 3; button++) - ImGui::Text("IsMouseDragging(%d):\n w/ default threshold: %d,\n w/ zero threshold: %d\n w/ large threshold: %d", - button, ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button), ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 0.0f), ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 20.0f)); + { + ImGui::Text("IsMouseDragging(%d):", button); + ImGui::Text(" w/ default threshold: %d,", ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button)); + ImGui::Text(" w/ zero threshold: %d,", ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 0.0f)); + ImGui::Text(" w/ large threshold: %d,", ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 20.0f)); + } + ImGui::Button("Drag Me"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) - { - // Draw a line between the button and the mouse cursor - ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); - draw_list->PushClipRectFullScreen(); - draw_list->AddLine(ImGui::CalcItemRectClosestPoint(io.MousePos, true, -2.0f), io.MousePos, ImColor(ImGui::GetStyle().Colors[ImGuiCol_Button]), 4.0f); - draw_list->PopClipRect(); + ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(io.MouseClickedPos[0], io.MousePos, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Button), 4.0f); // Draw a line between the button and the mouse cursor - // Drag operations gets "unlocked" when the mouse has moved past a certain threshold (the default threshold is stored in io.MouseDragThreshold) - // You can request a lower or higher threshold using the second parameter of IsMouseDragging() and GetMouseDragDelta() - ImVec2 value_raw = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0, 0.0f); - ImVec2 value_with_lock_threshold = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0); - ImVec2 mouse_delta = io.MouseDelta; - ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("Raw (%.1f, %.1f), WithLockThresold (%.1f, %.1f), MouseDelta (%.1f, %.1f)", value_raw.x, value_raw.y, value_with_lock_threshold.x, value_with_lock_threshold.y, mouse_delta.x, mouse_delta.y); - } + // Drag operations gets "unlocked" when the mouse has moved past a certain threshold + // (the default threshold is stored in io.MouseDragThreshold). You can request a lower or higher + // threshold using the second parameter of IsMouseDragging() and GetMouseDragDelta(). + ImVec2 value_raw = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0, 0.0f); + ImVec2 value_with_lock_threshold = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0); + ImVec2 mouse_delta = io.MouseDelta; + ImGui::Text("GetMouseDragDelta(0):"); + ImGui::Text(" w/ default threshold: (%.1f, %.1f)", value_with_lock_threshold.x, value_with_lock_threshold.y); + ImGui::Text(" w/ zero threshold: (%.1f, %.1f)", value_raw.x, value_raw.y); + ImGui::Text("io.MouseDelta: (%.1f, %.1f)", mouse_delta.x, mouse_delta.y); ImGui::TreePop(); } if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse cursors")) { - const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "Move", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE" }; - IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_cursors_names) == ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_); + const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "ResizeAll", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE", "Hand", "NotAllowed" }; + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_cursors_names) == ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); - ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", ImGui::GetMouseCursor(), mouse_cursors_names[ImGui::GetMouseCursor()]); + ImGuiMouseCursor current = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); + ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", current, mouse_cursors_names[current]); ImGui::Text("Hover to see mouse cursors:"); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Your application can render a different mouse cursor based on what ImGui::GetMouseCursor() returns. If software cursor rendering (io.MouseDrawCursor) is set ImGui will draw the right cursor for you, otherwise your backend needs to handle it."); - for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_; i++) + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Your application can render a different mouse cursor based on what ImGui::GetMouseCursor() returns. " + "If software cursor rendering (io.MouseDrawCursor) is set ImGui will draw the right cursor for you, " + "otherwise your backend needs to handle it."); + for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; i++) { char label[32]; sprintf(label, "Mouse cursor %d: %s", i, mouse_cursors_names[i]); @@ -1926,27 +5600,159 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::TreePop(); } } +} +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow() +// Access from Dear ImGui Demo -> Tools -> About +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) +{ + if (!ImGui::Begin("About Dear ImGui", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion()); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("By Omar Cornut and all Dear ImGui contributors."); + ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui is licensed under the MIT License, see LICENSE for more information."); + + static bool show_config_info = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Config/Build Information", &show_config_info); + if (show_config_info) + { + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); + + bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::Button("Copy to clipboard"); + ImVec2 child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 18); + ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("cfg_infos"), child_size, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + if (copy_to_clipboard) + { + ImGui::LogToClipboard(); + ImGui::LogText("```\n"); // Back quotes will make text appears without formatting when pasting on GitHub + } + + ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("sizeof(size_t): %d, sizeof(ImDrawIdx): %d, sizeof(ImDrawVert): %d", (int)sizeof(size_t), (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx), (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert)); + ImGui::Text("define: __cplusplus=%d", (int)__cplusplus); +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS"); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR"); +#endif +#ifdef _WIN32 + ImGui::Text("define: _WIN32"); +#endif +#ifdef _WIN64 + ImGui::Text("define: _WIN64"); +#endif +#ifdef __linux__ + ImGui::Text("define: __linux__"); +#endif +#ifdef __APPLE__ + ImGui::Text("define: __APPLE__"); +#endif +#ifdef _MSC_VER + ImGui::Text("define: _MSC_VER=%d", _MSC_VER); +#endif +#ifdef _MSVC_LANG + ImGui::Text("define: _MSVC_LANG=%d", (int)_MSVC_LANG); +#endif +#ifdef __MINGW32__ + ImGui::Text("define: __MINGW32__"); +#endif +#ifdef __MINGW64__ + ImGui::Text("define: __MINGW64__"); +#endif +#ifdef __GNUC__ + ImGui::Text("define: __GNUC__=%d", (int)__GNUC__); +#endif +#ifdef __clang_version__ + ImGui::Text("define: __clang_version__=%s", __clang_version__); +#endif + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("io.BackendPlatformName: %s", io.BackendPlatformName ? io.BackendPlatformName : "NULL"); + ImGui::Text("io.BackendRendererName: %s", io.BackendRendererName ? io.BackendRendererName : "NULL"); + ImGui::Text("io.ConfigFlags: 0x%08X", io.ConfigFlags); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) ImGui::Text(" NavEnableKeyboard"); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) ImGui::Text(" NavEnableGamepad"); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) ImGui::Text(" NavEnableSetMousePos"); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard) ImGui::Text(" NavNoCaptureKeyboard"); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) ImGui::Text(" NoMouse"); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange) ImGui::Text(" NoMouseCursorChange"); + if (io.MouseDrawCursor) ImGui::Text("io.MouseDrawCursor"); + if (io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors"); + if (io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink"); + if (io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges"); + if (io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly"); + if (io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer >= 0.0f) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = %.1f", io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer); + ImGui::Text("io.BackendFlags: 0x%08X", io.BackendFlags); + if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) ImGui::Text(" HasGamepad"); + if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) ImGui::Text(" HasMouseCursors"); + if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos) ImGui::Text(" HasSetMousePos"); + if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset) ImGui::Text(" RendererHasVtxOffset"); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("io.Fonts: %d fonts, Flags: 0x%08X, TexSize: %d,%d", io.Fonts->Fonts.Size, io.Fonts->Flags, io.Fonts->TexWidth, io.Fonts->TexHeight); + ImGui::Text("io.DisplaySize: %.2f,%.2f", io.DisplaySize.x, io.DisplaySize.y); + ImGui::Text("io.DisplayFramebufferScale: %.2f,%.2f", io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("style.WindowPadding: %.2f,%.2f", style.WindowPadding.x, style.WindowPadding.y); + ImGui::Text("style.WindowBorderSize: %.2f", style.WindowBorderSize); + ImGui::Text("style.FramePadding: %.2f,%.2f", style.FramePadding.x, style.FramePadding.y); + ImGui::Text("style.FrameRounding: %.2f", style.FrameRounding); + ImGui::Text("style.FrameBorderSize: %.2f", style.FrameBorderSize); + ImGui::Text("style.ItemSpacing: %.2f,%.2f", style.ItemSpacing.x, style.ItemSpacing.y); + ImGui::Text("style.ItemInnerSpacing: %.2f,%.2f", style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, style.ItemInnerSpacing.y); + + if (copy_to_clipboard) + { + ImGui::LogText("\n```\n"); + ImGui::LogFinish(); + } + ImGui::EndChildFrame(); + } ImGui::End(); } -// Demo helper function to select among default colors. See ShowStyleEditor() for more advanced options. -// Here we use the simplified Combo() api that packs items into a single literal string. Useful for quick combo boxes where the choices are known locally. -bool ImGui::ShowStyleSelector(const char* label) -{ - static int style_idx = 0; - if (ImGui::Combo(label, &style_idx, "Classic\0Dark\0Light\0")) - { - switch (style_idx) - { - case 0: ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(); break; - case 1: ImGui::StyleColorsDark(); break; - case 2: ImGui::StyleColorsLight(); break; - } - return true; - } - return false; -} +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Font viewer / ShowFontAtlas() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ShowFontSelector() +// - ShowFont() +// - ShowFontAtlas() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This isn't worth putting in public API but we want Metrics to use it +namespace ImGui { void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); } // Demo helper function to select among loaded fonts. // Here we use the regular BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api which is more the more flexible one. @@ -1957,21 +5763,164 @@ void ImGui::ShowFontSelector(const char* label) if (ImGui::BeginCombo(label, font_current->GetDebugName())) { for (int n = 0; n < io.Fonts->Fonts.Size; n++) - if (ImGui::Selectable(io.Fonts->Fonts[n]->GetDebugName(), io.Fonts->Fonts[n] == font_current)) - io.FontDefault = io.Fonts->Fonts[n]; + { + ImFont* font = io.Fonts->Fonts[n]; + ImGui::PushID((void*)font); + if (ImGui::Selectable(font->GetDebugName(), font == font_current)) + io.FontDefault = font; + ImGui::PopID(); + } ImGui::EndCombo(); } - ImGui::SameLine(); - ShowHelpMarker( + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker( "- Load additional fonts with io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF().\n" "- The font atlas is built when calling io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsXXXX() or io.Fonts->Build().\n" - "- Read FAQ and documentation in extra_fonts/ for more details.\n" + "- Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.md for more details.\n" "- If you need to add/remove fonts at runtime (e.g. for DPI change), do it before calling NewFrame()."); } +// [Internal] Display details for a single font, called by ShowStyleEditor(). +static void ShowFont(ImFont* font) +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); + bool font_details_opened = ImGui::TreeNode(font, "Font: \"%s\"\n%.2f px, %d glyphs, %d file(s)", + font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->ConfigDataCount); + ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::SmallButton("Set as default")) { io.FontDefault = font; } + if (!font_details_opened) + return; + + // Display preview text + ImGui::PushFont(font); + ImGui::Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog"); + ImGui::PopFont(); + + // Display details + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f"); // Scale only this font + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Note than the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\n" + "Font are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. " + "You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. " + "You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n" + "(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system will be rewritten in the future to make scaling more flexible.)"); + ImGui::Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent); + ImGui::Text("Fallback character: '%c' (U+%04X)", font->FallbackChar, font->FallbackChar); + ImGui::Text("Ellipsis character: '%c' (U+%04X)", font->EllipsisChar, font->EllipsisChar); + const int surface_sqrt = (int)sqrtf((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface); + ImGui::Text("Texture Area: about %d px ~%dx%d px", font->MetricsTotalSurface, surface_sqrt, surface_sqrt); + for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++) + if (font->ConfigData) + if (const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i]) + ImGui::BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d, Offset: (%.1f,%.1f)", + config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH, cfg->GlyphOffset.x, cfg->GlyphOffset.y); + + // Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size)) + { + const ImU32 glyph_col = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + for (unsigned int base = 0; base <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; base += 256) + { + // Skip ahead if a large bunch of glyphs are not present in the font (test in chunks of 4k) + // This is only a small optimization to reduce the number of iterations when IM_UNICODE_MAX_CODEPOINT + // is large // (if ImWchar==ImWchar32 we will do at least about 272 queries here) + if (!(base & 4095) && font->IsGlyphRangeUnused(base, base + 4095)) + { + base += 4096 - 256; + continue; + } + + int count = 0; + for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++) + if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n))) + count++; + if (count <= 0) + continue; + if (!ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)base, "U+%04X..U+%04X (%d %s)", base, base + 255, count, count > 1 ? "glyphs" : "glyph")) + continue; + float cell_size = font->FontSize * 1; + float cell_spacing = style.ItemSpacing.y; + ImVec2 base_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++) + { + // We use ImFont::RenderChar as a shortcut because we don't have UTF-8 conversion functions + // available here and thus cannot easily generate a zero-terminated UTF-8 encoded string. + ImVec2 cell_p1(base_pos.x + (n % 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing), base_pos.y + (n / 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing)); + ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size); + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)); + draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100) : IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 50)); + if (glyph) + font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n)); + if (glyph && ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2)) + { + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + ImGui::Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", base + n); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("Visible: %d", glyph->Visible); + ImGui::Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX); + ImGui::Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1); + ImGui::Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } + } + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16, (cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16)); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); +} + +void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) + { + ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; + ImGui::PushID(font); + ShowFont(font); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight)) + { + ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); + ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); + ImGui::Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(1, 1), tint_col, border_col); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ShowStyleSelector() +// - ShowStyleEditor() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demo helper function to select among default colors. See ShowStyleEditor() for more advanced options. +// Here we use the simplified Combo() api that packs items into a single literal string. +// Useful for quick combo boxes where the choices are known locally. +bool ImGui::ShowStyleSelector(const char* label) +{ + static int style_idx = -1; + if (ImGui::Combo(label, &style_idx, "Dark\0Light\0Classic\0")) + { + switch (style_idx) + { + case 0: ImGui::StyleColorsDark(); break; + case 1: ImGui::StyleColorsLight(); break; + case 2: ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(); break; + } + return true; + } + return false; +} + void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) { - // You can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it compares to an internally stored reference) + // You can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to + // (without a reference style pointer, we will use one compared locally as a reference) ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); static ImGuiStyle ref_saved_style; @@ -1989,14 +5938,14 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ref_saved_style = style; ImGui::ShowFontSelector("Fonts##Selector"); - // Simplified Settings - if (ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f")) + // Simplified Settings (expose floating-pointer border sizes as boolean representing 0.0f or 1.0f) + if (ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f")) style.GrabRounding = style.FrameRounding; // Make GrabRounding always the same value as FrameRounding - { bool window_border = (style.WindowBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("WindowBorder", &window_border)) style.WindowBorderSize = window_border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } + { bool border = (style.WindowBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("WindowBorder", &border)) { style.WindowBorderSize = border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } } ImGui::SameLine(); - { bool frame_border = (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("FrameBorder", &frame_border)) style.FrameBorderSize = frame_border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } + { bool border = (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("FrameBorder", &border)) { style.FrameBorderSize = border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } } ImGui::SameLine(); - { bool popup_border = (style.PopupBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("PopupBorder", &popup_border)) style.PopupBorderSize = popup_border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } + { bool border = (style.PopupBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("PopupBorder", &border)) { style.PopupBorderSize = border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } } // Save/Revert button if (ImGui::Button("Save Ref")) @@ -2005,195 +5954,226 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) if (ImGui::Button("Revert Ref")) style = *ref; ImGui::SameLine(); - ShowHelpMarker("Save/Revert in local non-persistent storage. Default Colors definition are not affected. Use \"Export Colors\" below to save them somewhere."); + HelpMarker( + "Save/Revert in local non-persistent storage. Default Colors definition are not affected. " + "Use \"Export\" below to save them somewhere."); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering")) - { - ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased lines", &style.AntiAliasedLines); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("When disabling anti-aliasing lines, you'll probably want to disable borders in your style as well."); - ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased fill", &style.AntiAliasedFill); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); - ImGui::DragFloat("Curve Tessellation Tolerance", &style.CurveTessellationTol, 0.02f, 0.10f, FLT_MAX, NULL, 2.0f); - if (style.CurveTessellationTol < 0.0f) style.CurveTessellationTol = 0.10f; - ImGui::DragFloat("Global Alpha", &style.Alpha, 0.005f, 0.20f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); // Not exposing zero here so user doesn't "lose" the UI (zero alpha clips all widgets). But application code could have a toggle to switch between zero and non-zero. - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } + ImGui::Separator(); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Settings")) + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##tabs", ImGuiTabBarFlags_None)) { - ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowPadding", (float*)&style.WindowPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupRounding", &style.PopupRounding, 0.0f, 16.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("FramePadding", (float*)&style.FramePadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemInnerSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemInnerSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("TouchExtraPadding", (float*)&style.TouchExtraPadding, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("IndentSpacing", &style.IndentSpacing, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarSize", &style.ScrollbarSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabMinSize", &style.GrabMinSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("BorderSize"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowBorderSize", &style.WindowBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildBorderSize", &style.ChildBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupBorderSize", &style.PopupBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameBorderSize", &style.FrameBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("Rounding"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 14.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildRounding", &style.ChildRounding, 0.0f, 16.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarRounding", &style.ScrollbarRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabRounding", &style.GrabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("Alignment"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("ButtonTextAlign", (float*)&style.ButtonTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content."); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Colors")) - { - static int output_dest = 0; - static bool output_only_modified = true; - if (ImGui::Button("Export Unsaved")) + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Sizes")) { - if (output_dest == 0) - ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - else - ImGui::LogToTTY(); - ImGui::LogText("ImVec4* colors = ImGui::GetStyle().Colors;" IM_NEWLINE); + ImGui::Text("Main"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowPadding", (float*)&style.WindowPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("FramePadding", (float*)&style.FramePadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", (float*)&style.CellPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemInnerSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemInnerSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("TouchExtraPadding", (float*)&style.TouchExtraPadding, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("IndentSpacing", &style.IndentSpacing, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarSize", &style.ScrollbarSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabMinSize", &style.GrabMinSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::Text("Borders"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowBorderSize", &style.WindowBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildBorderSize", &style.ChildBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupBorderSize", &style.PopupBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameBorderSize", &style.FrameBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBorderSize", &style.TabBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::Text("Rounding"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildRounding", &style.ChildRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupRounding", &style.PopupRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarRounding", &style.ScrollbarRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabRounding", &style.GrabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("LogSliderDeadzone", &style.LogSliderDeadzone, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("TabRounding", &style.TabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::Text("Alignment"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); + int window_menu_button_position = style.WindowMenuButtonPosition + 1; + if (ImGui::Combo("WindowMenuButtonPosition", (int*)&window_menu_button_position, "None\0Left\0Right\0")) + style.WindowMenuButtonPosition = window_menu_button_position - 1; + ImGui::Combo("ColorButtonPosition", (int*)&style.ColorButtonPosition, "Left\0Right\0"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("ButtonTextAlign", (float*)&style.ButtonTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content."); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("SelectableTextAlign", (float*)&style.SelectableTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a selectable is larger than its text content."); + ImGui::Text("Safe Area Padding"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured)."); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Colors")) + { + static int output_dest = 0; + static bool output_only_modified = true; + if (ImGui::Button("Export")) + { + if (output_dest == 0) + ImGui::LogToClipboard(); + else + ImGui::LogToTTY(); + ImGui::LogText("ImVec4* colors = ImGui::GetStyle().Colors;" IM_NEWLINE); + for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++) + { + const ImVec4& col = style.Colors[i]; + const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i); + if (!output_only_modified || memcmp(&col, &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) + ImGui::LogText("colors[ImGuiCol_%s]%*s= ImVec4(%.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff);" IM_NEWLINE, + name, 23 - (int)strlen(name), "", col.x, col.y, col.z, col.w); + } + ImGui::LogFinish(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(120); ImGui::Combo("##output_type", &output_dest, "To Clipboard\0To TTY\0"); + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Checkbox("Only Modified Colors", &output_only_modified); + + static ImGuiTextFilter filter; + filter.Draw("Filter colors", ImGui::GetFontSize() * 16); + + static ImGuiColorEditFlags alpha_flags = 0; + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Opaque", alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_None)) { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_None; } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Alpha", alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview)) { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview; } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Both", alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; } ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker( + "In the color list:\n" + "Left-click on color square to open color picker,\n" + "Right-click to open edit options menu."); + + ImGui::BeginChild("##colors", ImVec2(0, 0), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-160); for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++) { - const ImVec4& col = style.Colors[i]; const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i); - if (!output_only_modified || memcmp(&col, &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) - ImGui::LogText("colors[ImGuiCol_%s]%*s= ImVec4(%.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff);" IM_NEWLINE, name, 23-(int)strlen(name), "", col.x, col.y, col.z, col.w); - } - ImGui::LogFinish(); - } - ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::PushItemWidth(120); ImGui::Combo("##output_type", &output_dest, "To Clipboard\0To TTY\0"); ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Checkbox("Only Modified Colors", &output_only_modified); - - ImGui::Text("Tip: Left-click on colored square to open color picker,\nRight-click to open edit options menu."); - - static ImGuiTextFilter filter; - filter.Draw("Filter colors", 200); - - static ImGuiColorEditFlags alpha_flags = 0; - ImGui::RadioButton("Opaque", &alpha_flags, 0); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::RadioButton("Alpha", &alpha_flags, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::RadioButton("Both", &alpha_flags, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf); - - ImGui::BeginChild("#colors", ImVec2(0, 300), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(-160); - for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++) - { - const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i); - if (!filter.PassFilter(name)) - continue; - ImGui::PushID(i); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("##color", (float*)&style.Colors[i], ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar | alpha_flags); - if (memcmp(&style.Colors[i], &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) - { - // Tips: in a real user application, you may want to merge and use an icon font into the main font, so instead of "Save"/"Revert" you'd use icons. - // Read the FAQ and extra_fonts/README.txt about using icon fonts. It's really easy and super convenient! - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Save")) ref->Colors[i] = style.Colors[i]; - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) style.Colors[i] = ref->Colors[i]; - } - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - ImGui::TextUnformatted(name); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - ImGui::EndChild(); - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - bool fonts_opened = ImGui::TreeNode("Fonts", "Fonts (%d)", ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->Fonts.Size); - if (fonts_opened) - { - ImFontAtlas* atlas = ImGui::GetIO().Fonts; - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight)) - { - ImGui::Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(1,1), ImColor(255,255,255,255), ImColor(255,255,255,128)); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); - for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) - { - ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; - ImGui::PushID(font); - bool font_details_opened = ImGui::TreeNode(font, "Font %d: \'%s\', %.2f px, %d glyphs", i, font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size); - ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::SmallButton("Set as default")) ImGui::GetIO().FontDefault = font; - if (font_details_opened) - { - ImGui::PushFont(font); - ImGui::Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog"); - ImGui::PopFont(); - ImGui::DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f"); // Scale only this font - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Note than the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\nFont are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system should hopefully be rewritten in the future to make scaling more natural and automatic.)"); - ImGui::Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent); - ImGui::Text("Fallback character: '%c' (%d)", font->FallbackChar, font->FallbackChar); - ImGui::Text("Texture surface: %d pixels (approx) ~ %dx%d", font->MetricsTotalSurface, (int)sqrtf((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface), (int)sqrtf((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface)); - for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++) + if (!filter.PassFilter(name)) + continue; + ImGui::PushID(i); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("##color", (float*)&style.Colors[i], ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar | alpha_flags); + if (memcmp(&style.Colors[i], &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) { - ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i]; - ImGui::BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d", config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH); + // Tips: in a real user application, you may want to merge and use an icon font into the main font, + // so instead of "Save"/"Revert" you'd use icons! + // Read the FAQ and docs/FONTS.md about using icon fonts. It's really easy and super convenient! + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Save")) { ref->Colors[i] = style.Colors[i]; } + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) { style.Colors[i] = ref->Colors[i]; } } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size)) - { - // Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters - const ImFontGlyph* glyph_fallback = font->FallbackGlyph; // Forcefully/dodgily make FindGlyph() return NULL on fallback, which isn't the default behavior. - font->FallbackGlyph = NULL; - for (int base = 0; base < 0x10000; base += 256) - { - int count = 0; - for (int n = 0; n < 256; n++) - count += font->FindGlyph((ImWchar)(base + n)) ? 1 : 0; - if (count > 0 && ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)base, "U+%04X..U+%04X (%d %s)", base, base+255, count, count > 1 ? "glyphs" : "glyph")) - { - float cell_spacing = style.ItemSpacing.y; - ImVec2 cell_size(font->FontSize * 1, font->FontSize * 1); - ImVec2 base_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); - for (int n = 0; n < 256; n++) - { - ImVec2 cell_p1(base_pos.x + (n % 16) * (cell_size.x + cell_spacing), base_pos.y + (n / 16) * (cell_size.y + cell_spacing)); - ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size.x, cell_p1.y + cell_size.y); - const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyph((ImWchar)(base+n));; - draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255,255,255,100) : IM_COL32(255,255,255,50)); - font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size.x, cell_p1, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), (ImWchar)(base+n)); // We use ImFont::RenderChar as a shortcut because we don't have UTF-8 conversion functions available to generate a string. - if (glyph && ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2)) - { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", base+n); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX); - ImGui::Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1); - ImGui::Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } - } - ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((cell_size.x + cell_spacing) * 16, (cell_size.y + cell_spacing) * 16)); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - } - font->FallbackGlyph = glyph_fallback; - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(name); + ImGui::PopID(); } - ImGui::PopID(); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::EndChild(); + + ImGui::EndTabItem(); } - static float window_scale = 1.0f; - ImGui::DragFloat("this window scale", &window_scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f"); // scale only this window - ImGui::DragFloat("global scale", &ImGui::GetIO().FontGlobalScale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f"); // scale everything - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(window_scale); - ImGui::TreePop(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Fonts")) + { + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImFontAtlas* atlas = io.Fonts; + HelpMarker("Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.md for details on font loading."); + ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(atlas); + + // Post-baking font scaling. Note that this is NOT the nice way of scaling fonts, read below. + // (we enforce hard clamping manually as by default DragFloat/SliderFloat allows CTRL+Click text to get out of bounds). + const float MIN_SCALE = 0.3f; + const float MAX_SCALE = 2.0f; + HelpMarker( + "Those are old settings provided for convenience.\n" + "However, the _correct_ way of scaling your UI is currently to reload your font at the designed size, " + "rebuild the font atlas, and call style.ScaleAllSizes() on a reference ImGuiStyle structure.\n" + "Using those settings here will give you poor quality results."); + static float window_scale = 1.0f; + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + if (ImGui::DragFloat("window scale", &window_scale, 0.005f, MIN_SCALE, MAX_SCALE, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp)) // Scale only this window + ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(window_scale); + ImGui::DragFloat("global scale", &io.FontGlobalScale, 0.005f, MIN_SCALE, MAX_SCALE, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); // Scale everything + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Rendering")) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased lines", &style.AntiAliasedLines); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("When disabling anti-aliasing lines, you'll probably want to disable borders in your style as well."); + + ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased lines use texture", &style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Faster lines using texture data. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (not point/nearest filtering)."); + + ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased fill", &style.AntiAliasedFill); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::DragFloat("Curve Tessellation Tolerance", &style.CurveTessellationTol, 0.02f, 0.10f, 10.0f, "%.2f"); + if (style.CurveTessellationTol < 0.10f) style.CurveTessellationTol = 0.10f; + + // When editing the "Circle Segment Max Error" value, draw a preview of its effect on auto-tessellated circles. + ImGui::DragFloat("Circle Tessellation Max Error", &style.CircleTessellationMaxError , 0.005f, 0.10f, 5.0f, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) + { + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()); + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted("(R = radius, N = number of segments)"); + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + const float min_widget_width = ImGui::CalcTextSize("N: MMM\nR: MMM").x; + for (int n = 0; n < 8; n++) + { + const float RAD_MIN = 5.0f; + const float RAD_MAX = 70.0f; + const float rad = RAD_MIN + (RAD_MAX - RAD_MIN) * (float)n / (8.0f - 1.0f); + + ImGui::BeginGroup(); + + ImGui::Text("R: %.f\nN: %d", rad, draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(rad)); + + const float canvas_width = IM_MAX(min_widget_width, rad * 2.0f); + const float offset_x = floorf(canvas_width * 0.5f); + const float offset_y = floorf(RAD_MAX); + + const ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(p1.x + offset_x, p1.y + offset_y), rad, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(canvas_width, RAD_MAX * 2)); + + /* + const ImVec2 p2 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(p2.x + offset_x, p2.y + offset_y), rad, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(canvas_width, RAD_MAX * 2)); + */ + + ImGui::EndGroup(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + } + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("When drawing circle primitives with \"num_segments == 0\" tesselation will be calculated automatically."); + + ImGui::DragFloat("Global Alpha", &style.Alpha, 0.005f, 0.20f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); // Not exposing zero here so user doesn't "lose" the UI (zero alpha clips all widgets). But application code could have a toggle to switch between zero and non-zero. + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + + ImGui::EndTabBar(); } ImGui::PopItemWidth(); } -// Demonstrate creating a fullscreen menu bar and populating it. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() +// - ShowExampleMenuFile() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate creating a "main" fullscreen menu bar and populating it. +// Note the difference between BeginMainMenuBar() and BeginMenuBar(): +// - BeginMenuBar() = menu-bar inside current window (which needs the ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag!) +// - BeginMainMenuBar() = helper to create menu-bar-sized window at the top of the main viewport + call BeginMenuBar() into it. static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() { if (ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar()) @@ -2217,9 +6197,11 @@ static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() } } +// Note that shortcuts are currently provided for display only +// (future version will add explicit flags to BeginMenu() to request processing shortcuts) static void ShowExampleMenuFile() { - ImGui::MenuItem("(dummy menu)", NULL, false, false); + ImGui::MenuItem("(demo menu)", NULL, false, false); if (ImGui::MenuItem("New")) {} if (ImGui::MenuItem("Open", "Ctrl+O")) {} if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Open Recent")) @@ -2242,6 +6224,7 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() } if (ImGui::MenuItem("Save", "Ctrl+S")) {} if (ImGui::MenuItem("Save As..")) {} + ImGui::Separator(); if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options")) { @@ -2253,26 +6236,37 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() ImGui::EndChild(); static float f = 0.5f; static int n = 0; - static bool b = true; ImGui::SliderFloat("Value", &f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::InputFloat("Input", &f, 0.1f); ImGui::Combo("Combo", &n, "Yes\0No\0Maybe\0\0"); - ImGui::Checkbox("Check", &b); ImGui::EndMenu(); } + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Colors")) { - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0,0)); + float sz = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight(); for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++) { const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName((ImGuiCol)i); - ImGui::ColorButton(name, ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4((ImGuiCol)i)); + ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(p, ImVec2(p.x + sz, p.y + sz), ImGui::GetColorU32((ImGuiCol)i)); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(sz, sz)); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::MenuItem(name); } - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); ImGui::EndMenu(); } + + // Here we demonstrate appending again to the "Options" menu (which we already created above) + // Of course in this demo it is a little bit silly that this function calls BeginMenu("Options") twice. + // In a real code-base using it would make senses to use this feature from very different code locations. + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options")) // <-- Append! + { + static bool b = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("SomeOption", &b); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Disabled", false)) // Disabled { IM_ASSERT(0); @@ -2281,247 +6275,37 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() if (ImGui::MenuItem("Quit", "Alt+F4")) {} } -// Demonstrate creating a window which gets auto-resized according to its content. -static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open) -{ - if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Auto-resizing window", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) - { - ImGui::End(); - return; - } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - static int lines = 10; - ImGui::Text("Window will resize every-frame to the size of its content.\nNote that you probably don't want to query the window size to\noutput your content because that would create a feedback loop."); - ImGui::SliderInt("Number of lines", &lines, 1, 20); - for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++) - ImGui::Text("%*sThis is line %d", i*4, "", i); // Pad with space to extend size horizontally - ImGui::End(); -} - -// Demonstrate creating a window with custom resize constraints. -static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) -{ - struct CustomConstraints // Helper functions to demonstrate programmatic constraints - { - static void Square(ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize = ImVec2(IM_MAX(data->DesiredSize.x, data->DesiredSize.y), IM_MAX(data->DesiredSize.x, data->DesiredSize.y)); } - static void Step(ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData* data) { float step = (float)(int)(intptr_t)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->DesiredSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->DesiredSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); } - }; - - static bool auto_resize = false; - static int type = 0; - static int display_lines = 10; - if (type == 0) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Vertical only - if (type == 1) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Horizontal only - if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100 - if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1), ImVec2(500, -1)); // Width 400-500 - if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 400), ImVec2(-1, 500)); // Height 400-500 - if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square - if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)100);// Fixed Step - - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = auto_resize ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize : 0; - if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Constrained Resize", p_open, flags)) - { - const char* desc[] = - { - "Resize vertical only", - "Resize horizontal only", - "Width > 100, Height > 100", - "Width 400-500", - "Height 400-500", - "Custom: Always Square", - "Custom: Fixed Steps (100)", - }; - if (ImGui::Button("200x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(200, 200)); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("500x500")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 500)); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("800x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 200)); } - ImGui::PushItemWidth(200); - ImGui::Combo("Constraint", &type, desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(desc)); - ImGui::DragInt("Lines", &display_lines, 0.2f, 1, 100); - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-resize", &auto_resize); - for (int i = 0; i < display_lines; i++) - ImGui::Text("%*sHello, sailor! Making this line long enough for the example.", i * 4, ""); - } - ImGui::End(); -} - -// Demonstrate creating a simple static window with no decoration + a context-menu to choose which corner of the screen to use. -static void ShowExampleAppFixedOverlay(bool* p_open) -{ - const float DISTANCE = 10.0f; - static int corner = 0; - ImVec2 window_pos = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? ImGui::GetIO().DisplaySize.x - DISTANCE : DISTANCE, (corner & 2) ? ImGui::GetIO().DisplaySize.y - DISTANCE : DISTANCE); - ImVec2 window_pos_pivot = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f, (corner & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f); - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(window_pos, ImGuiCond_Always, window_pos_pivot); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_WindowBg, ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.3f)); // Transparent background - if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Fixed Overlay", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) - { - ImGui::Text("Simple overlay\nin the corner of the screen.\n(right-click to change position)"); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: (%.1f,%.1f)", ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.x, ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.y); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) - { - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-left", NULL, corner == 0)) corner = 0; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-right", NULL, corner == 1)) corner = 1; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-left", NULL, corner == 2)) corner = 2; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-right", NULL, corner == 3)) corner = 3; - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - ImGui::End(); - } - ImGui::PopStyleColor(); -} - -// Demonstrate using "##" and "###" in identifiers to manipulate ID generation. -// This apply to regular items as well. Read FAQ section "How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? Can I have widget without a label? (Yes). A primer on the purpose of labels/IDs." for details. -static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*) -{ - // By default, Windows are uniquely identified by their title. - // You can use the "##" and "###" markers to manipulate the display/ID. - - // Using "##" to display same title but have unique identifier. - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100,100), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##1"); - ImGui::Text("This is window 1.\nMy title is the same as window 2, but my identifier is unique."); - ImGui::End(); - - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100,200), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##2"); - ImGui::Text("This is window 2.\nMy title is the same as window 1, but my identifier is unique."); - ImGui::End(); - - // Using "###" to display a changing title but keep a static identifier "AnimatedTitle" - char buf[128]; - sprintf(buf, "Animated title %c %d###AnimatedTitle", "|/-\\"[(int)(ImGui::GetTime()/0.25f)&3], ImGui::GetFrameCount()); - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100,300), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::Begin(buf); - ImGui::Text("This window has a changing title."); - ImGui::End(); -} - -// Demonstrate using the low-level ImDrawList to draw custom shapes. -static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) -{ - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(350,560), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Custom rendering", p_open)) - { - ImGui::End(); - return; - } - - // Tip: If you do a lot of custom rendering, you probably want to use your own geometrical types and benefit of overloaded operators, etc. - // Define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h to create implicit conversions between your types and ImVec2/ImVec4. - // ImGui defines overloaded operators but they are internal to imgui.cpp and not exposed outside (to avoid messing with your types) - // In this example we are not using the maths operators! - ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); - - // Primitives - ImGui::Text("Primitives"); - static float sz = 36.0f; - static ImVec4 col = ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,0.4f,1.0f); - ImGui::DragFloat("Size", &sz, 0.2f, 2.0f, 72.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::ColorEdit3("Color", &col.x); - { - const ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - const ImU32 col32 = ImColor(col); - float x = p.x + 4.0f, y = p.y + 4.0f, spacing = 8.0f; - for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) - { - float thickness = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : 4.0f; - draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y+sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col32, 20, thickness); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, thickness); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, thickness); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, thickness); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y), ImVec2(x+sz,y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x,y+sz-0.5f), col32, thickness); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y ), col32, thickness); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, thickness); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x, y+sz), col32, thickness); x += spacing; - draw_list->AddBezierCurve(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz*1.3f,y+sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x+sz-sz*1.3f,y+sz-sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, thickness); - x = p.x + 4; - y += sz+spacing; - } - draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y+sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col32, 32); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y), ImVec2(x+sz,y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x,y+sz-0.5f), col32); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), ImColor(0,0,0), ImColor(255,0,0), ImColor(255,255,0), ImColor(0,255,0)); - ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz+spacing)*8, (sz+spacing)*3)); - } - ImGui::Separator(); - { - static ImVector points; - static bool adding_line = false; - ImGui::Text("Canvas example"); - if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) points.clear(); - if (points.Size >= 2) { ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("Undo")) { points.pop_back(); points.pop_back(); } } - ImGui::Text("Left-click and drag to add lines,\nRight-click to undo"); - - // Here we are using InvisibleButton() as a convenience to 1) advance the cursor and 2) allows us to use IsItemHovered() - // However you can draw directly and poll mouse/keyboard by yourself. You can manipulate the cursor using GetCursorPos() and SetCursorPos(). - // If you only use the ImDrawList API, you can notify the owner window of its extends by using SetCursorPos(max). - ImVec2 canvas_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); // ImDrawList API uses screen coordinates! - ImVec2 canvas_size = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail(); // Resize canvas to what's available - if (canvas_size.x < 50.0f) canvas_size.x = 50.0f; - if (canvas_size.y < 50.0f) canvas_size.y = 50.0f; - draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), ImColor(50,50,50), ImColor(50,50,60), ImColor(60,60,70), ImColor(50,50,60)); - draw_list->AddRect(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), ImColor(255,255,255)); - - bool adding_preview = false; - ImGui::InvisibleButton("canvas", canvas_size); - ImVec2 mouse_pos_in_canvas = ImVec2(ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.x - canvas_pos.x, ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.y - canvas_pos.y); - if (adding_line) - { - adding_preview = true; - points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas); - if (!ImGui::GetIO().MouseDown[0]) - adding_line = adding_preview = false; - } - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - if (!adding_line && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0)) - { - points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas); - adding_line = true; - } - if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(1) && !points.empty()) - { - adding_line = adding_preview = false; - points.pop_back(); - points.pop_back(); - } - } - draw_list->PushClipRect(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x+canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y+canvas_size.y), true); // clip lines within the canvas (if we resize it, etc.) - for (int i = 0; i < points.Size - 1; i += 2) - draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + points[i].x, canvas_pos.y + points[i].y), ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + points[i+1].x, canvas_pos.y + points[i+1].y), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), 2.0f); - draw_list->PopClipRect(); - if (adding_preview) - points.pop_back(); - } - ImGui::End(); -} - -// Demonstrating creating a simple console window, with scrolling, filtering, completion and history. -// For the console example, here we are using a more C++ like approach of declaring a class to hold the data and the functions. +// Demonstrate creating a simple console window, with scrolling, filtering, completion and history. +// For the console example, we are using a more C++ like approach of declaring a class to hold both data and functions. struct ExampleAppConsole { char InputBuf[256]; ImVector Items; - bool ScrollToBottom; + ImVector Commands; ImVector History; int HistoryPos; // -1: new line, 0..History.Size-1 browsing history. - ImVector Commands; + ImGuiTextFilter Filter; + bool AutoScroll; + bool ScrollToBottom; ExampleAppConsole() { ClearLog(); memset(InputBuf, 0, sizeof(InputBuf)); HistoryPos = -1; + + // "CLASSIFY" is here to provide the test case where "C"+[tab] completes to "CL" and display multiple matches. Commands.push_back("HELP"); Commands.push_back("HISTORY"); Commands.push_back("CLEAR"); - Commands.push_back("CLASSIFY"); // "classify" is here to provide an example of "C"+[tab] completing to "CL" and displaying matches. - AddLog("Welcome to ImGui!"); + Commands.push_back("CLASSIFY"); + AutoScroll = true; + ScrollToBottom = false; + AddLog("Welcome to Dear ImGui!"); } ~ExampleAppConsole() { @@ -2531,16 +6315,16 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole } // Portable helpers - static int Stricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2) { int d; while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; } return d; } - static int Strnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, int n) { int d = 0; while (n > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; n--; } return d; } - static char* Strdup(const char *str) { size_t len = strlen(str) + 1; void* buff = malloc(len); return (char*)memcpy(buff, (const void*)str, len); } + static int Stricmp(const char* s1, const char* s2) { int d; while ((d = toupper(*s2) - toupper(*s1)) == 0 && *s1) { s1++; s2++; } return d; } + static int Strnicmp(const char* s1, const char* s2, int n) { int d = 0; while (n > 0 && (d = toupper(*s2) - toupper(*s1)) == 0 && *s1) { s1++; s2++; n--; } return d; } + static char* Strdup(const char* s) { IM_ASSERT(s); size_t len = strlen(s) + 1; void* buf = malloc(len); IM_ASSERT(buf); return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)s, len); } + static void Strtrim(char* s) { char* str_end = s + strlen(s); while (str_end > s && str_end[-1] == ' ') str_end--; *str_end = 0; } void ClearLog() { for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) free(Items[i]); Items.clear(); - ScrollToBottom = true; } void AddLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2) @@ -2553,103 +6337,140 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole buf[IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)-1] = 0; va_end(args); Items.push_back(Strdup(buf)); - ScrollToBottom = true; } void Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open) { - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520,600), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520, 600), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); if (!ImGui::Begin(title, p_open)) { ImGui::End(); return; } - // As a specific feature guaranteed by the library, after calling Begin() the last Item represent the title bar. So e.g. IsItemHovered() will return true when hovering the title bar. + // As a specific feature guaranteed by the library, after calling Begin() the last Item represent the title bar. + // So e.g. IsItemHovered() will return true when hovering the title bar. // Here we create a context menu only available from the title bar. if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) { - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close Console")) *p_open = false; ImGui::EndPopup(); } - ImGui::TextWrapped("This example implements a console with basic coloring, completion and history. A more elaborate implementation may want to store entries along with extra data such as timestamp, emitter, etc."); - ImGui::TextWrapped("Enter 'HELP' for help, press TAB to use text completion."); + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "This example implements a console with basic coloring, completion (TAB key) and history (Up/Down keys). A more elaborate " + "implementation may want to store entries along with extra data such as timestamp, emitter, etc."); + ImGui::TextWrapped("Enter 'HELP' for help."); // TODO: display items starting from the bottom - if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Dummy Text")) { AddLog("%d some text", Items.Size); AddLog("some more text"); AddLog("display very important message here!"); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Dummy Error")) { AddLog("[error] something went wrong"); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("Clear")) { ClearLog(); } ImGui::SameLine(); - bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::SmallButton("Copy"); ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("Scroll to bottom")) ScrollToBottom = true; + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Debug Text")) { AddLog("%d some text", Items.Size); AddLog("some more text"); AddLog("display very important message here!"); } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Debug Error")) { AddLog("[error] something went wrong"); } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Clear")) { ClearLog(); } + ImGui::SameLine(); + bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::SmallButton("Copy"); //static float t = 0.0f; if (ImGui::GetTime() - t > 0.02f) { t = ImGui::GetTime(); AddLog("Spam %f", t); } ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0,0)); - static ImGuiTextFilter filter; - filter.Draw("Filter (\"incl,-excl\") (\"error\")", 180); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + // Options menu + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Options")) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-scroll", &AutoScroll); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Options, Filter + if (ImGui::Button("Options")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("Options"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + Filter.Draw("Filter (\"incl,-excl\") (\"error\")", 180); ImGui::Separator(); - const float footer_height_to_reserve = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); // 1 separator, 1 input text - ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); // Leave room for 1 separator + 1 InputText + // Reserve enough left-over height for 1 separator + 1 input text + const float footer_height_to_reserve = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); + ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) { if (ImGui::Selectable("Clear")) ClearLog(); ImGui::EndPopup(); } - // Display every line as a separate entry so we can change their color or add custom widgets. If you only want raw text you can use ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end()); - // NB- if you have thousands of entries this approach may be too inefficient and may require user-side clipping to only process visible items. - // You can seek and display only the lines that are visible using the ImGuiListClipper helper, if your elements are evenly spaced and you have cheap random access to the elements. - // To use the clipper we could replace the 'for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++)' loop with: - // ImGuiListClipper clipper(Items.Size); - // while (clipper.Step()) + // Display every line as a separate entry so we can change their color or add custom widgets. + // If you only want raw text you can use ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end()); + // NB- if you have thousands of entries this approach may be too inefficient and may require user-side clipping + // to only process visible items. The clipper will automatically measure the height of your first item and then + // "seek" to display only items in the visible area. + // To use the clipper we can replace your standard loop: + // for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) + // With: + // ImGuiListClipper clipper; + // clipper.Begin(Items.Size); + // while (clipper.Step()) // for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) - // However take note that you can not use this code as is if a filter is active because it breaks the 'cheap random-access' property. We would need random-access on the post-filtered list. - // A typical application wanting coarse clipping and filtering may want to pre-compute an array of indices that passed the filtering test, recomputing this array when user changes the filter, - // and appending newly elements as they are inserted. This is left as a task to the user until we can manage to improve this example code! - // If your items are of variable size you may want to implement code similar to what ImGuiListClipper does. Or split your data into fixed height items to allow random-seeking into your list. - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4,1)); // Tighten spacing + // - That your items are evenly spaced (same height) + // - That you have cheap random access to your elements (you can access them given their index, + // without processing all the ones before) + // You cannot this code as-is if a filter is active because it breaks the 'cheap random-access' property. + // We would need random-access on the post-filtered list. + // A typical application wanting coarse clipping and filtering may want to pre-compute an array of indices + // or offsets of items that passed the filtering test, recomputing this array when user changes the filter, + // and appending newly elements as they are inserted. This is left as a task to the user until we can manage + // to improve this example code! + // If your items are of variable height: + // - Split them into same height items would be simpler and facilitate random-seeking into your list. + // - Consider using manual call to IsRectVisible() and skipping extraneous decoration from your items. + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4, 1)); // Tighten spacing if (copy_to_clipboard) ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - ImVec4 col_default_text = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text); for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) { const char* item = Items[i]; - if (!filter.PassFilter(item)) + if (!Filter.PassFilter(item)) continue; - ImVec4 col = col_default_text; - if (strstr(item, "[error]")) col = ImColor(1.0f,0.4f,0.4f,1.0f); - else if (strncmp(item, "# ", 2) == 0) col = ImColor(1.0f,0.78f,0.58f,1.0f); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); + + // Normally you would store more information in your item than just a string. + // (e.g. make Items[] an array of structure, store color/type etc.) + ImVec4 color; + bool has_color = false; + if (strstr(item, "[error]")) { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f); has_color = true; } + else if (strncmp(item, "# ", 2) == 0) { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.6f, 1.0f); has_color = true; } + if (has_color) + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, color); ImGui::TextUnformatted(item); - ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + if (has_color) + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); } if (copy_to_clipboard) ImGui::LogFinish(); - if (ScrollToBottom) - ImGui::SetScrollHere(); + + if (ScrollToBottom || (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY())) + ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); ScrollToBottom = false; + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); ImGui::EndChild(); ImGui::Separator(); // Command-line - if (ImGui::InputText("Input", InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue|ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion|ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory, &TextEditCallbackStub, (void*)this)) + bool reclaim_focus = false; + ImGuiInputTextFlags input_text_flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; + if (ImGui::InputText("Input", InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf), input_text_flags, &TextEditCallbackStub, (void*)this)) { - char* input_end = InputBuf+strlen(InputBuf); - while (input_end > InputBuf && input_end[-1] == ' ') { input_end--; } *input_end = 0; - if (InputBuf[0]) - ExecCommand(InputBuf); - strcpy(InputBuf, ""); + char* s = InputBuf; + Strtrim(s); + if (s[0]) + ExecCommand(s); + strcpy(s, ""); + reclaim_focus = true; } - // Demonstrate keeping auto focus on the input box - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() || (ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows) && !ImGui::IsAnyItemActive() && !ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0))) + // Auto-focus on window apparition + ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); + if (reclaim_focus) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); // Auto focus previous widget ImGui::End(); @@ -2659,9 +6480,10 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole { AddLog("# %s\n", command_line); - // Insert into history. First find match and delete it so it can be pushed to the back. This isn't trying to be smart or optimal. + // Insert into history. First find match and delete it so it can be pushed to the back. + // This isn't trying to be smart or optimal. HistoryPos = -1; - for (int i = History.Size-1; i >= 0; i--) + for (int i = History.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) if (Stricmp(History[i], command_line) == 0) { free(History[i]); @@ -2691,15 +6513,19 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole { AddLog("Unknown command: '%s'\n", command_line); } + + // On command input, we scroll to bottom even if AutoScroll==false + ScrollToBottom = true; } - static int TextEditCallbackStub(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData* data) // In C++11 you are better off using lambdas for this sort of forwarding callbacks + // In C++11 you'd be better off using lambdas for this sort of forwarding callbacks + static int TextEditCallbackStub(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) { ExampleAppConsole* console = (ExampleAppConsole*)data->UserData; return console->TextEditCallback(data); } - int TextEditCallback(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData* data) + int TextEditCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) { //AddLog("cursor: %d, selection: %d-%d", data->CursorPos, data->SelectionStart, data->SelectionEnd); switch (data->EventFlag) @@ -2722,24 +6548,25 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole // Build a list of candidates ImVector candidates; for (int i = 0; i < Commands.Size; i++) - if (Strnicmp(Commands[i], word_start, (int)(word_end-word_start)) == 0) + if (Strnicmp(Commands[i], word_start, (int)(word_end - word_start)) == 0) candidates.push_back(Commands[i]); if (candidates.Size == 0) { // No match - AddLog("No match for \"%.*s\"!\n", (int)(word_end-word_start), word_start); + AddLog("No match for \"%.*s\"!\n", (int)(word_end - word_start), word_start); } else if (candidates.Size == 1) { - // Single match. Delete the beginning of the word and replace it entirely so we've got nice casing - data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start-data->Buf), (int)(word_end-word_start)); + // Single match. Delete the beginning of the word and replace it entirely so we've got nice casing. + data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start - data->Buf), (int)(word_end - word_start)); data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, candidates[0]); data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, " "); } else { - // Multiple matches. Complete as much as we can, so inputing "C" will complete to "CL" and display "CLEAR" and "CLASSIFY" + // Multiple matches. Complete as much as we can.. + // So inputing "C"+Tab will complete to "CL" then display "CLEAR" and "CLASSIFY" as matches. int match_len = (int)(word_end - word_start); for (;;) { @@ -2757,7 +6584,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole if (match_len > 0) { - data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start - data->Buf), (int)(word_end-word_start)); + data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start - data->Buf), (int)(word_end - word_start)); data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, candidates[0], candidates[0] + match_len); } @@ -2790,8 +6617,9 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole // A better implementation would preserve the data on the current input line along with cursor position. if (prev_history_pos != HistoryPos) { - data->CursorPos = data->SelectionStart = data->SelectionEnd = data->BufTextLen = (int)snprintf(data->Buf, (size_t)data->BufSize, "%s", (HistoryPos >= 0) ? History[HistoryPos] : ""); - data->BufDirty = true; + const char* history_str = (HistoryPos >= 0) ? History[HistoryPos] : ""; + data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen); + data->InsertChars(0, history_str); } } } @@ -2805,6 +6633,10 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open) console.Draw("Example: Console", p_open); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Log / ShowExampleAppLog() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Usage: // static ExampleAppLog my_log; // my_log.AddLog("Hello %d world\n", 123); @@ -2813,10 +6645,21 @@ struct ExampleAppLog { ImGuiTextBuffer Buf; ImGuiTextFilter Filter; - ImVector LineOffsets; // Index to lines offset - bool ScrollToBottom; + ImVector LineOffsets; // Index to lines offset. We maintain this with AddLog() calls. + bool AutoScroll; // Keep scrolling if already at the bottom. - void Clear() { Buf.clear(); LineOffsets.clear(); } + ExampleAppLog() + { + AutoScroll = true; + Clear(); + } + + void Clear() + { + Buf.clear(); + LineOffsets.clear(); + LineOffsets.push_back(0); + } void AddLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2) { @@ -2827,43 +6670,92 @@ struct ExampleAppLog va_end(args); for (int new_size = Buf.size(); old_size < new_size; old_size++) if (Buf[old_size] == '\n') - LineOffsets.push_back(old_size); - ScrollToBottom = true; + LineOffsets.push_back(old_size + 1); } void Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open = NULL) { - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500,400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::Begin(title, p_open); - if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) Clear(); + if (!ImGui::Begin(title, p_open)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + + // Options menu + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Options")) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-scroll", &AutoScroll); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Main window + if (ImGui::Button("Options")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("Options"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + bool clear = ImGui::Button("Clear"); ImGui::SameLine(); bool copy = ImGui::Button("Copy"); ImGui::SameLine(); Filter.Draw("Filter", -100.0f); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0,0), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); - if (copy) ImGui::LogToClipboard(); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, 0), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + + if (clear) + Clear(); + if (copy) + ImGui::LogToClipboard(); + + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); + const char* buf = Buf.begin(); + const char* buf_end = Buf.end(); if (Filter.IsActive()) { - const char* buf_begin = Buf.begin(); - const char* line = buf_begin; - for (int line_no = 0; line != NULL; line_no++) + // In this example we don't use the clipper when Filter is enabled. + // This is because we don't have a random access on the result on our filter. + // A real application processing logs with ten of thousands of entries may want to store the result of + // search/filter.. especially if the filtering function is not trivial (e.g. reg-exp). + for (int line_no = 0; line_no < LineOffsets.Size; line_no++) { - const char* line_end = (line_no < LineOffsets.Size) ? buf_begin + LineOffsets[line_no] : NULL; - if (Filter.PassFilter(line, line_end)) - ImGui::TextUnformatted(line, line_end); - line = line_end && line_end[1] ? line_end + 1 : NULL; + const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no]; + const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end; + if (Filter.PassFilter(line_start, line_end)) + ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); } } else { - ImGui::TextUnformatted(Buf.begin()); + // The simplest and easy way to display the entire buffer: + // ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf_begin, buf_end); + // And it'll just work. TextUnformatted() has specialization for large blob of text and will fast-forward + // to skip non-visible lines. Here we instead demonstrate using the clipper to only process lines that are + // within the visible area. + // If you have tens of thousands of items and their processing cost is non-negligible, coarse clipping them + // on your side is recommended. Using ImGuiListClipper requires + // - A) random access into your data + // - B) items all being the same height, + // both of which we can handle since we an array pointing to the beginning of each line of text. + // When using the filter (in the block of code above) we don't have random access into the data to display + // anymore, which is why we don't use the clipper. Storing or skimming through the search result would make + // it possible (and would be recommended if you want to search through tens of thousands of entries). + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(LineOffsets.Size); + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++) + { + const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no]; + const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end; + ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); + } + } + clipper.End(); } + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + + if (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()) + ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); - if (ScrollToBottom) - ImGui::SetScrollHere(1.0f); - ScrollToBottom = false; ImGui::EndChild(); ImGui::End(); } @@ -2874,24 +6766,40 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open) { static ExampleAppLog log; - // Demo: add random items (unless Ctrl is held) - static float last_time = -1.0f; - float time = ImGui::GetTime(); - if (time - last_time >= 0.20f && !ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) + // For the demo: add a debug button _BEFORE_ the normal log window contents + // We take advantage of a rarely used feature: multiple calls to Begin()/End() are appending to the _same_ window. + // Most of the contents of the window will be added by the log.Draw() call. + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::Begin("Example: Log", p_open); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("[Debug] Add 5 entries")) { - const char* random_words[] = { "system", "info", "warning", "error", "fatal", "notice", "log" }; - log.AddLog("[%s] Hello, time is %.1f, frame count is %d\n", random_words[rand() % IM_ARRAYSIZE(random_words)], time, ImGui::GetFrameCount()); - last_time = time; + static int counter = 0; + const char* categories[3] = { "info", "warn", "error" }; + const char* words[] = { "Bumfuzzled", "Cattywampus", "Snickersnee", "Abibliophobia", "Absquatulate", "Nincompoop", "Pauciloquent" }; + for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) + { + const char* category = categories[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(categories)]; + const char* word = words[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(words)]; + log.AddLog("[%05d] [%s] Hello, current time is %.1f, here's a word: '%s'\n", + ImGui::GetFrameCount(), category, ImGui::GetTime(), word); + counter++; + } } + ImGui::End(); + // Actually call in the regular Log helper (which will Begin() into the same window as we just did) log.Draw("Example: Log", p_open); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Layout / ShowExampleAppLayout() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Demonstrate create a window with multiple child windows. static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open) { ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 440), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Layout", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple layout", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) { if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) { @@ -2903,111 +6811,141 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open) ImGui::EndMenuBar(); } - // left + // Left static int selected = 0; - ImGui::BeginChild("left pane", ImVec2(150, 0), true); - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) { - char label[128]; - sprintf(label, "MyObject %d", i); - if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i)) - selected = i; + ImGui::BeginChild("left pane", ImVec2(150, 0), true); + for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) + { + char label[128]; + sprintf(label, "MyObject %d", i); + if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i)) + selected = i; + } + ImGui::EndChild(); } - ImGui::EndChild(); ImGui::SameLine(); - // right - ImGui::BeginGroup(); + // Right + { + ImGui::BeginGroup(); ImGui::BeginChild("item view", ImVec2(0, -ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing())); // Leave room for 1 line below us - ImGui::Text("MyObject: %d", selected); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. "); + ImGui::Text("MyObject: %d", selected); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##Tabs", ImGuiTabBarFlags_None)) + { + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Description")) + { + ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. "); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Details")) + { + ImGui::Text("ID: 0123456789"); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } ImGui::EndChild(); if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) {} ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("Save")) {} - ImGui::EndGroup(); + ImGui::EndGroup(); + } } ImGui::End(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void ShowPlaceholderObject(const char* prefix, int uid) +{ + // Use object uid as identifier. Most commonly you could also use the object pointer as a base ID. + ImGui::PushID(uid); + + // Text and Tree nodes are less high than framed widgets, using AlignTextToFramePadding() we add vertical spacing to make the tree lines equal high. + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Object", "%s_%u", prefix, uid); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); + ImGui::Text("my sailor is rich"); + + if (node_open) + { + static float placeholder_members[8] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 3.1416f, 100.0f, 999.0f }; + for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) + { + ImGui::PushID(i); // Use field index as identifier. + if (i < 2) + { + ShowPlaceholderObject("Child", 424242); + } + else + { + // Here we use a TreeNode to highlight on hover (we could use e.g. Selectable as well) + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet; + ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Field", flags, "Field_%d", i); + + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + if (i >= 5) + ImGui::InputFloat("##value", &placeholder_members[i], 1.0f); + else + ImGui::DragFloat("##value", &placeholder_members[i], 0.01f); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); +} + // Demonstrate create a simple property editor. static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) { - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(430,450), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(430, 450), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Property editor", p_open)) { ImGui::End(); return; } - ShowHelpMarker("This example shows how you may implement a property editor using two columns.\nAll objects/fields data are dummies here.\nRemember that in many simple cases, you can use ImGui::SameLine(xxx) to position\nyour cursor horizontally instead of using the Columns() API."); + HelpMarker( + "This example shows how you may implement a property editor using two columns.\n" + "All objects/fields data are dummies here.\n" + "Remember that in many simple cases, you can use ImGui::SameLine(xxx) to position\n" + "your cursor horizontally instead of using the Columns() API."); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2,2)); - ImGui::Columns(2); - ImGui::Separator(); - - struct funcs + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 2)); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) { - static void ShowDummyObject(const char* prefix, int uid) + // Iterate placeholder objects (all the same data) + for (int obj_i = 0; obj_i < 4; obj_i++) { - ImGui::PushID(uid); // Use object uid as identifier. Most commonly you could also use the object pointer as a base ID. - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // Text and Tree nodes are less high than regular widgets, here we add vertical spacing to make the tree lines equal high. - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Object", "%s_%u", prefix, uid); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGui::Text("my sailor is rich"); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - if (node_open) - { - static float dummy_members[8] = { 0.0f,0.0f,1.0f,3.1416f,100.0f,999.0f }; - for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) - { - ImGui::PushID(i); // Use field index as identifier. - if (i < 2) - { - ShowDummyObject("Child", 424242); - } - else - { - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - // Here we use a Selectable (instead of Text) to highlight on hover - //ImGui::Text("Field_%d", i); - char label[32]; - sprintf(label, "Field_%d", i); - ImGui::Bullet(); - ImGui::Selectable(label); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(-1); - if (i >= 5) - ImGui::InputFloat("##value", &dummy_members[i], 1.0f); - else - ImGui::DragFloat("##value", &dummy_members[i], 0.01f); - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); + ShowPlaceholderObject("Object", obj_i); + //ImGui::Separator(); } - }; - - // Iterate dummy objects with dummy members (all the same data) - for (int obj_i = 0; obj_i < 3; obj_i++) - funcs::ShowDummyObject("Object", obj_i); - - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } ImGui::PopStyleVar(); ImGui::End(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Long Text / ShowExampleAppLongText() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Demonstrate/test rendering huge amount of text, and the incidence of clipping. static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open) { - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520,600), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520, 600), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Long text display", p_open)) { ImGui::End(); @@ -3018,14 +6956,17 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open) static ImGuiTextBuffer log; static int lines = 0; ImGui::Text("Printing unusually long amount of text."); - ImGui::Combo("Test type", &test_type, "Single call to TextUnformatted()\0Multiple calls to Text(), clipped manually\0Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped (slow)\0"); + ImGui::Combo("Test type", &test_type, + "Single call to TextUnformatted()\0" + "Multiple calls to Text(), clipped\0" + "Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped (slow)\0"); ImGui::Text("Buffer contents: %d lines, %d bytes", lines, log.size()); if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) { log.clear(); lines = 0; } ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("Add 1000 lines")) { for (int i = 0; i < 1000; i++) - log.appendf("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog\n", lines+i); + log.appendf("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog\n", lines + i); lines += 1000; } ImGui::BeginChild("Log"); @@ -3038,8 +6979,9 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open) case 1: { // Multiple calls to Text(), manually coarsely clipped - demonstrate how to use the ImGuiListClipper helper. - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0,0)); - ImGuiListClipper clipper(lines); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(lines); while (clipper.Step()) for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) ImGui::Text("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog", i); @@ -3048,7 +6990,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open) } case 2: // Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped (slow) - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0,0)); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++) ImGui::Text("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog", i); ImGui::PopStyleVar(); @@ -3058,11 +7000,726 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Auto Resize / ShowExampleAppAutoResize() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate creating a window which gets auto-resized according to its content. +static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open) +{ + if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Auto-resizing window", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + + static int lines = 10; + ImGui::TextUnformatted( + "Window will resize every-frame to the size of its content.\n" + "Note that you probably don't want to query the window size to\n" + "output your content because that would create a feedback loop."); + ImGui::SliderInt("Number of lines", &lines, 1, 20); + for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++) + ImGui::Text("%*sThis is line %d", i * 4, "", i); // Pad with space to extend size horizontally + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Constrained Resize / ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate creating a window with custom resize constraints. +static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) +{ + struct CustomConstraints + { + // Helper functions to demonstrate programmatic constraints + static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = IM_MAX(data->DesiredSize.x, data->DesiredSize.y); } + static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float step = (float)(int)(intptr_t)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->DesiredSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->DesiredSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); } + }; + + const char* test_desc[] = + { + "Resize vertical only", + "Resize horizontal only", + "Width > 100, Height > 100", + "Width 400-500", + "Height 400-500", + "Custom: Always Square", + "Custom: Fixed Steps (100)", + }; + + static bool auto_resize = false; + static int type = 0; + static int display_lines = 10; + if (type == 0) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Vertical only + if (type == 1) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Horizontal only + if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100 + if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1), ImVec2(500, -1)); // Width 400-500 + if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 400), ImVec2(-1, 500)); // Height 400-500 + if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square + if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)(intptr_t)100); // Fixed Step + + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = auto_resize ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize : 0; + if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Constrained Resize", p_open, flags)) + { + if (ImGui::Button("200x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(200, 200)); } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("500x500")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 500)); } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("800x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 200)); } + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200); + ImGui::Combo("Constraint", &type, test_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(test_desc)); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200); + ImGui::DragInt("Lines", &display_lines, 0.2f, 1, 100); + ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-resize", &auto_resize); + for (int i = 0; i < display_lines; i++) + ImGui::Text("%*sHello, sailor! Making this line long enough for the example.", i * 4, ""); + } + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Simple overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate creating a simple static window with no decoration +// + a context-menu to choose which corner of the screen to use. +static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open) +{ + const float PAD = 10.0f; + static int corner = 0; + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav; + if (corner != -1) + { + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + ImVec2 work_pos = viewport->WorkPos; // Use work area to avoid menu-bar/task-bar, if any! + ImVec2 work_size = viewport->WorkSize; + ImVec2 window_pos, window_pos_pivot; + window_pos.x = (corner & 1) ? (work_pos.x + work_size.x - PAD) : (work_pos.x + PAD); + window_pos.y = (corner & 2) ? (work_pos.y + work_size.y - PAD) : (work_pos.y + PAD); + window_pos_pivot.x = (corner & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + window_pos_pivot.y = (corner & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(window_pos, ImGuiCond_Always, window_pos_pivot); + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; + } + ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.35f); // Transparent background + if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple overlay", p_open, window_flags)) + { + ImGui::Text("Simple overlay\n" "in the corner of the screen.\n" "(right-click to change position)"); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid()) + ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: (%.1f,%.1f)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); + else + ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: "); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) + { + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Custom", NULL, corner == -1)) corner = -1; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-left", NULL, corner == 0)) corner = 0; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-right", NULL, corner == 1)) corner = 1; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-left", NULL, corner == 2)) corner = 2; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-right", NULL, corner == 3)) corner = 3; + if (p_open && ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) *p_open = false; + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + } + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Fullscreen window / ShowExampleAppFullscreen() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate creating a window covering the entire screen/viewport +static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open) +{ + static bool use_work_area = true; + static ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; + + // We demonstrate using the full viewport area or the work area (without menu-bars, task-bars etc.) + // Based on your use case you may want one of the other. + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkPos : viewport->Pos); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkSize : viewport->Size); + + if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Fullscreen window", p_open, flags)) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("Use work area instead of main area", &use_work_area); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Main Area = entire viewport,\nWork Area = entire viewport minus sections used by the main menu bars, task bars etc.\n\nEnable the main-menu bar in Examples menu to see the difference."); + + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); + ImGui::Unindent(); + + if (p_open && ImGui::Button("Close this window")) + *p_open = false; + } + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating Window Titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate using "##" and "###" in identifiers to manipulate ID generation. +// This apply to all regular items as well. +// Read FAQ section "How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?" for details. +static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*) +{ + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + const ImVec2 base_pos = viewport->Pos; + + // By default, Windows are uniquely identified by their title. + // You can use the "##" and "###" markers to manipulate the display/ID. + + // Using "##" to display same title but have unique identifier. + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 100), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##1"); + ImGui::Text("This is window 1.\nMy title is the same as window 2, but my identifier is unique."); + ImGui::End(); + + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 200), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##2"); + ImGui::Text("This is window 2.\nMy title is the same as window 1, but my identifier is unique."); + ImGui::End(); + + // Using "###" to display a changing title but keep a static identifier "AnimatedTitle" + char buf[128]; + sprintf(buf, "Animated title %c %d###AnimatedTitle", "|/-\\"[(int)(ImGui::GetTime() / 0.25f) & 3], ImGui::GetFrameCount()); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 300), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::Begin(buf); + ImGui::Text("This window has a changing title."); + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate using the low-level ImDrawList to draw custom shapes. +static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) +{ + if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Custom rendering", p_open)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + + // Tip: If you do a lot of custom rendering, you probably want to use your own geometrical types and benefit of + // overloaded operators, etc. Define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h to create implicit conversions between your + // types and ImVec2/ImVec4. Dear ImGui defines overloaded operators but they are internal to imgui.cpp and not + // exposed outside (to avoid messing with your types) In this example we are not using the maths operators! + + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##TabBar")) + { + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Primitives")) + { + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15); + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + + // Draw gradients + // (note that those are currently exacerbating our sRGB/Linear issues) + // Calling ImGui::GetColorU32() multiplies the given colors by the current Style Alpha, but you may pass the IM_COL32() directly as well.. + ImGui::Text("Gradients"); + ImVec2 gradient_size = ImVec2(ImGui::CalcItemWidth(), ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); + { + ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 p1 = ImVec2(p0.x + gradient_size.x, p0.y + gradient_size.y); + ImU32 col_a = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255)); + ImU32 col_b = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255)); + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(p0, p1, col_a, col_b, col_b, col_a); + ImGui::InvisibleButton("##gradient1", gradient_size); + } + { + ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 p1 = ImVec2(p0.x + gradient_size.x, p0.y + gradient_size.y); + ImU32 col_a = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + ImU32 col_b = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(p0, p1, col_a, col_b, col_b, col_a); + ImGui::InvisibleButton("##gradient2", gradient_size); + } + + // Draw a bunch of primitives + ImGui::Text("All primitives"); + static float sz = 36.0f; + static float thickness = 3.0f; + static int ngon_sides = 6; + static bool circle_segments_override = false; + static int circle_segments_override_v = 12; + static bool curve_segments_override = false; + static int curve_segments_override_v = 8; + static ImVec4 colf = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.4f, 1.0f); + ImGui::DragFloat("Size", &sz, 0.2f, 2.0f, 100.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::DragFloat("Thickness", &thickness, 0.05f, 1.0f, 8.0f, "%.02f"); + ImGui::SliderInt("N-gon sides", &ngon_sides, 3, 12); + ImGui::Checkbox("##circlesegmentoverride", &circle_segments_override); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + circle_segments_override |= ImGui::SliderInt("Circle segments override", &circle_segments_override_v, 3, 40); + ImGui::Checkbox("##curvessegmentoverride", &curve_segments_override); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + curve_segments_override |= ImGui::SliderInt("Curves segments override", &curve_segments_override_v, 3, 40); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("Color", &colf.x); + + const ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + const ImU32 col = ImColor(colf); + const float spacing = 10.0f; + const ImDrawFlags corners_tl_br = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; + const float rounding = sz / 5.0f; + const int circle_segments = circle_segments_override ? circle_segments_override_v : 0; + const int curve_segments = curve_segments_override ? curve_segments_override_v : 0; + float x = p.x + 4.0f; + float y = p.y + 4.0f; + for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) + { + // First line uses a thickness of 1.0f, second line uses the configurable thickness + float th = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness; + draw_list->AddNgon(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides, th); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon + draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing; // Circle + draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square + draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners + draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, corners_tl_br, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners + draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x += sz + spacing; // Triangle + //draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x+= sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x, y + sz), col, th); x += spacing; // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Diagonal line + + // Quadratic Bezier Curve (3 control points) + ImVec2 cp3[3] = { ImVec2(x, y + sz * 0.6f), ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y - sz * 0.4f), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz) }; + draw_list->AddBezierQuadratic(cp3[0], cp3[1], cp3[2], col, th, curve_segments); x += sz + spacing; + + // Cubic Bezier Curve (4 control points) + ImVec2 cp4[4] = { ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz * 1.3f, y + sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz - sz * 1.3f, y + sz - sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz) }; + draw_list->AddBezierCubic(cp4[0], cp4[1], cp4[2], cp4[3], col, th, curve_segments); + + x = p.x + 4; + y += sz + spacing; + } + draw_list->AddNgonFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments); x += sz + spacing; // Circle + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col); x += sz + spacing; // Square + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_tl_br); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners + draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz + spacing; // Triangle + //draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + thickness), col); x += sz + spacing; // Horizontal line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + thickness, y + sz), col); x += spacing * 2.0f;// Vertical line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + 1, y + 1), col); x += sz; // Pixel (faster than AddLine) + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz + spacing) * 10.2f, (sz + spacing) * 3.0f)); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Canvas")) + { + static ImVector points; + static ImVec2 scrolling(0.0f, 0.0f); + static bool opt_enable_grid = true; + static bool opt_enable_context_menu = true; + static bool adding_line = false; + + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable grid", &opt_enable_grid); + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable context menu", &opt_enable_context_menu); + ImGui::Text("Mouse Left: drag to add lines,\nMouse Right: drag to scroll, click for context menu."); + + // Typically you would use a BeginChild()/EndChild() pair to benefit from a clipping region + own scrolling. + // Here we demonstrate that this can be replaced by simple offsetting + custom drawing + PushClipRect/PopClipRect() calls. + // To use a child window instead we could use, e.g: + // ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Disable padding + // ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255)); // Set a background color + // ImGui::BeginChild("canvas", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + // ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + // ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + // [...] + // ImGui::EndChild(); + + // Using InvisibleButton() as a convenience 1) it will advance the layout cursor and 2) allows us to use IsItemHovered()/IsItemActive() + ImVec2 canvas_p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); // ImDrawList API uses screen coordinates! + ImVec2 canvas_sz = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail(); // Resize canvas to what's available + if (canvas_sz.x < 50.0f) canvas_sz.x = 50.0f; + if (canvas_sz.y < 50.0f) canvas_sz.y = 50.0f; + ImVec2 canvas_p1 = ImVec2(canvas_p0.x + canvas_sz.x, canvas_p0.y + canvas_sz.y); + + // Draw border and background color + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(canvas_p0, canvas_p1, IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255)); + draw_list->AddRect(canvas_p0, canvas_p1, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255)); + + // This will catch our interactions + ImGui::InvisibleButton("canvas", canvas_sz, ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight); + const bool is_hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); // Hovered + const bool is_active = ImGui::IsItemActive(); // Held + const ImVec2 origin(canvas_p0.x + scrolling.x, canvas_p0.y + scrolling.y); // Lock scrolled origin + const ImVec2 mouse_pos_in_canvas(io.MousePos.x - origin.x, io.MousePos.y - origin.y); + + // Add first and second point + if (is_hovered && !adding_line && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton_Left)) + { + points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas); + points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas); + adding_line = true; + } + if (adding_line) + { + points.back() = mouse_pos_in_canvas; + if (!ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton_Left)) + adding_line = false; + } + + // Pan (we use a zero mouse threshold when there's no context menu) + // You may decide to make that threshold dynamic based on whether the mouse is hovering something etc. + const float mouse_threshold_for_pan = opt_enable_context_menu ? -1.0f : 0.0f; + if (is_active && ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton_Right, mouse_threshold_for_pan)) + { + scrolling.x += io.MouseDelta.x; + scrolling.y += io.MouseDelta.y; + } + + // Context menu (under default mouse threshold) + ImVec2 drag_delta = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton_Right); + if (opt_enable_context_menu && ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right) && drag_delta.x == 0.0f && drag_delta.y == 0.0f) + ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("context")) + { + if (adding_line) + points.resize(points.size() - 2); + adding_line = false; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Remove one", NULL, false, points.Size > 0)) { points.resize(points.size() - 2); } + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Remove all", NULL, false, points.Size > 0)) { points.clear(); } + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Draw grid + all lines in the canvas + draw_list->PushClipRect(canvas_p0, canvas_p1, true); + if (opt_enable_grid) + { + const float GRID_STEP = 64.0f; + for (float x = fmodf(scrolling.x, GRID_STEP); x < canvas_sz.x; x += GRID_STEP) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_p0.x + x, canvas_p0.y), ImVec2(canvas_p0.x + x, canvas_p1.y), IM_COL32(200, 200, 200, 40)); + for (float y = fmodf(scrolling.y, GRID_STEP); y < canvas_sz.y; y += GRID_STEP) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_p0.x, canvas_p0.y + y), ImVec2(canvas_p1.x, canvas_p0.y + y), IM_COL32(200, 200, 200, 40)); + } + for (int n = 0; n < points.Size; n += 2) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(origin.x + points[n].x, origin.y + points[n].y), ImVec2(origin.x + points[n + 1].x, origin.y + points[n + 1].y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 2.0f); + draw_list->PopClipRect(); + + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("BG/FG draw lists")) + { + static bool draw_bg = true; + static bool draw_fg = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("Draw in Background draw list", &draw_bg); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The Background draw list will be rendered below every Dear ImGui windows."); + ImGui::Checkbox("Draw in Foreground draw list", &draw_fg); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The Foreground draw list will be rendered over every Dear ImGui windows."); + ImVec2 window_pos = ImGui::GetWindowPos(); + ImVec2 window_size = ImGui::GetWindowSize(); + ImVec2 window_center = ImVec2(window_pos.x + window_size.x * 0.5f, window_pos.y + window_size.y * 0.5f); + if (draw_bg) + ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList()->AddCircle(window_center, window_size.x * 0.6f, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0, 10 + 4); + if (draw_fg) + ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddCircle(window_center, window_size.y * 0.6f, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 200), 0, 10); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Documents Handling / ShowExampleAppDocuments() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Simplified structure to mimic a Document model +struct MyDocument +{ + const char* Name; // Document title + bool Open; // Set when open (we keep an array of all available documents to simplify demo code!) + bool OpenPrev; // Copy of Open from last update. + bool Dirty; // Set when the document has been modified + bool WantClose; // Set when the document + ImVec4 Color; // An arbitrary variable associated to the document + + MyDocument(const char* name, bool open = true, const ImVec4& color = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f)) + { + Name = name; + Open = OpenPrev = open; + Dirty = false; + WantClose = false; + Color = color; + } + void DoOpen() { Open = true; } + void DoQueueClose() { WantClose = true; } + void DoForceClose() { Open = false; Dirty = false; } + void DoSave() { Dirty = false; } + + // Display placeholder contents for the Document + static void DisplayContents(MyDocument* doc) + { + ImGui::PushID(doc); + ImGui::Text("Document \"%s\"", doc->Name); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, doc->Color); + ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua."); + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + if (ImGui::Button("Modify", ImVec2(100, 0))) + doc->Dirty = true; + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Save", ImVec2(100, 0))) + doc->DoSave(); + ImGui::ColorEdit3("color", &doc->Color.x); // Useful to test drag and drop and hold-dragged-to-open-tab behavior. + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + // Display context menu for the Document + static void DisplayContextMenu(MyDocument* doc) + { + if (!ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) + return; + + char buf[256]; + sprintf(buf, "Save %s", doc->Name); + if (ImGui::MenuItem(buf, "CTRL+S", false, doc->Open)) + doc->DoSave(); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "CTRL+W", false, doc->Open)) + doc->DoQueueClose(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } +}; + +struct ExampleAppDocuments +{ + ImVector Documents; + + ExampleAppDocuments() + { + Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Lettuce", true, ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.4f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Eggplant", true, ImVec4(0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Carrot", true, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Tomato", false, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.3f, 0.4f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument("A Rather Long Title", false)); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Some Document", false)); + } +}; + +// [Optional] Notify the system of Tabs/Windows closure that happened outside the regular tab interface. +// If a tab has been closed programmatically (aka closed from another source such as the Checkbox() in the demo, +// as opposed to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for +// the tab bar to notice its absence. During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has +// disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar will report no selected tab during the frame. This will effectively +// give the impression of a flicker for one frame. +// We call SetTabItemClosed() to manually notify the Tab Bar or Docking system of removed tabs to avoid this glitch. +// Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag. +static void NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(ExampleAppDocuments& app) +{ + for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + { + MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; + if (!doc->Open && doc->OpenPrev) + ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc->Name); + doc->OpenPrev = doc->Open; + } +} + +void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) +{ + static ExampleAppDocuments app; + + // Options + static bool opt_reorderable = true; + static ImGuiTabBarFlags opt_fitting_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_; + + bool window_contents_visible = ImGui::Begin("Example: Documents", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar); + if (!window_contents_visible) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + + // Menu + if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) + { + int open_count = 0; + for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + open_count += app.Documents[doc_n].Open ? 1 : 0; + + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Open", open_count < app.Documents.Size)) + { + for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + { + MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; + if (!doc->Open) + if (ImGui::MenuItem(doc->Name)) + doc->DoOpen(); + } + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close All Documents", NULL, false, open_count > 0)) + for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + app.Documents[doc_n].DoQueueClose(); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Alt+F4")) {} + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } + + // [Debug] List documents with one checkbox for each + for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + { + MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; + if (doc_n > 0) + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(doc); + if (ImGui::Checkbox(doc->Name, &doc->Open)) + if (!doc->Open) + doc->DoForceClose(); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + ImGui::Separator(); + + // Submit Tab Bar and Tabs + { + ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = (opt_fitting_flags) | (opt_reorderable ? ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable : 0); + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##tabs", tab_bar_flags)) + { + if (opt_reorderable) + NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(app); + + // [DEBUG] Stress tests + //if ((ImGui::GetFrameCount() % 30) == 0) docs[1].Open ^= 1; // [DEBUG] Automatically show/hide a tab. Test various interactions e.g. dragging with this on. + //if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) ImGui::SetTabItemSelected(docs[1].Name); // [DEBUG] Test SetTabItemSelected(), probably not very useful as-is anyway.. + + // Submit Tabs + for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + { + MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; + if (!doc->Open) + continue; + + ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (doc->Dirty ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0); + bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc->Name, &doc->Open, tab_flags); + + // Cancel attempt to close when unsaved add to save queue so we can display a popup. + if (!doc->Open && doc->Dirty) + { + doc->Open = true; + doc->DoQueueClose(); + } + + MyDocument::DisplayContextMenu(doc); + if (visible) + { + MyDocument::DisplayContents(doc); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + } + + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + } + + // Update closing queue + static ImVector close_queue; + if (close_queue.empty()) + { + // Close queue is locked once we started a popup + for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + { + MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; + if (doc->WantClose) + { + doc->WantClose = false; + close_queue.push_back(doc); + } + } + } + + // Display closing confirmation UI + if (!close_queue.empty()) + { + int close_queue_unsaved_documents = 0; + for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) + if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) + close_queue_unsaved_documents++; + + if (close_queue_unsaved_documents == 0) + { + // Close documents when all are unsaved + for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) + close_queue[n]->DoForceClose(); + close_queue.clear(); + } + else + { + if (!ImGui::IsPopupOpen("Save?")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("Save?"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Save?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + { + ImGui::Text("Save change to the following items?"); + float item_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + if (ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("frame"), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 6.25f * item_height))) + { + for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) + if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) + ImGui::Text("%s", close_queue[n]->Name); + ImGui::EndChildFrame(); + } + + ImVec2 button_size(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 7.0f, 0.0f); + if (ImGui::Button("Yes", button_size)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) + { + if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) + close_queue[n]->DoSave(); + close_queue[n]->DoForceClose(); + } + close_queue.clear(); + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("No", button_size)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) + close_queue[n]->DoForceClose(); + close_queue.clear(); + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", button_size)) + { + close_queue.clear(); + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + } + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + } + } + + ImGui::End(); +} + // End of Demo code #else +void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool*) {} void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool*) {} void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() {} void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle*) {} #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/skeleton/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp b/skeleton/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp index b56d90c..54490ed 100644 --- a/skeleton/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp +++ b/skeleton/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp @@ -1,68 +1,104 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.54 WIP +// dear imgui, v1.83 // (drawing and font code) -// Contains implementation for -// - Default styles -// - ImDrawList -// - ImDrawData -// - ImFontAtlas -// - ImFont -// - Default font data +/* + +Index of this file: + +// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation +// [SECTION] Style functions +// [SECTION] ImDrawList +// [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter +// [SECTION] ImDrawData +// [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions +// [SECTION] ImFontConfig +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers +// [SECTION] ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder +// [SECTION] ImFont +// [SECTION] ImGui Internal Render Helpers +// [SECTION] Decompression code +// [SECTION] Default font data (ProggyClean.ttf) + +*/ #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#endif + #include "imgui_internal.h" +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE +#include "misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h" +#endif #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf #if !defined(alloca) -#ifdef _WIN32 +#if defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(__sun) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__NEWLIB__) +#include // alloca (glibc uses . Note that Cygwin may have _WIN32 defined, so the order matters here) +#elif defined(_WIN32) #include // alloca #if !defined(alloca) #define alloca _alloca // for clang with MS Codegen #endif -#elif defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(__sun) -#include // alloca #else #include // alloca #endif #endif +// Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER -#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff) -#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen -#define snprintf _snprintf +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant +#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff) +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#pragma warning (disable: 6255) // [Static Analyzer] _alloca indicates failure by raising a stack overflow exception. Consider using _malloca instead. +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). +#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer) #endif -#ifdef __clang__ -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning : use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning : declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference it. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness // -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcomma" // warning : possible misuse of comma operator here // -#if __has_warning("-Wreserved-id-macro") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning : macro name is a reserved identifier // +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! #endif -#if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function +#if __has_warning("-Walloca") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Walloca" // warning: use of function '__builtin_alloca' is discouraged #endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning: declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcomma" // warning: possible misuse of comma operator here +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision #elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" // warning: cast from type 'xxxx' to type 'xxxx' casts away qualifiers +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstack-protector" // warning: stack protector not protecting local variables: variable length buffer +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// STB libraries implementation +// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -//#define IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE ImGuiStb -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +// Compile time options: +//#define IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE ImStb +//#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h" +//#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h" //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION #ifdef IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE @@ -72,59 +108,145 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (push) #pragma warning (disable: 4456) // declaration of 'xx' hides previous local declaration +#pragma warning (disable: 6011) // (stb_rectpack) Dereferencing NULL pointer 'cur->next'. +#pragma warning (disable: 6385) // (stb_truetype) Reading invalid data from 'buffer': the readable size is '_Old_3`kernel_width' bytes, but '3' bytes may be read. +#pragma warning (disable: 28182) // (stb_rectpack) Dereferencing NULL pointer. 'cur' contains the same NULL value as 'cur->next' did. #endif -#ifdef __clang__ +#if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic push #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-fallthrough" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" // warning: cast from 'const xxxx *' to 'xxx *' drops const qualifier #endif -#ifdef __GNUC__ +#if defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic push #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtype-limits" // warning: comparison is always true due to limited range of data type [-Wtype-limits] +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" // warning: cast from type 'const xxxx *' to type 'xxxx *' casts away qualifiers #endif -#define STBRP_ASSERT(x) IM_ASSERT(x) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit #define STBRP_STATIC +#define STBRP_ASSERT(x) do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while (0) +#define STBRP_SORT ImQsort #define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION #endif -#include "stb_rect_pack.h" +#ifdef IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME +#include IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME +#else +#include "imstb_rectpack.h" +#endif +#endif -#define STBTT_malloc(x,u) ((void)(u), ImGui::MemAlloc(x)) -#define STBTT_free(x,u) ((void)(u), ImGui::MemFree(x)) -#define STBTT_assert(x) IM_ASSERT(x) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE +#ifndef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit +#define STBTT_malloc(x,u) ((void)(u), IM_ALLOC(x)) +#define STBTT_free(x,u) ((void)(u), IM_FREE(x)) +#define STBTT_assert(x) do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while(0) +#define STBTT_fmod(x,y) ImFmod(x,y) +#define STBTT_sqrt(x) ImSqrt(x) +#define STBTT_pow(x,y) ImPow(x,y) +#define STBTT_fabs(x) ImFabs(x) +#define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int)ImFloorSigned(x)) +#define STBTT_iceil(x) ((int)ImCeil(x)) #define STBTT_STATIC #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION #else #define STBTT_DEF extern #endif -#include "stb_truetype.h" +#ifdef IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME +#include IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME +#else +#include "imstb_truetype.h" +#endif +#endif +#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE -#ifdef __GNUC__ +#if defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic pop #endif -#ifdef __clang__ +#if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #endif -#ifdef _MSC_VER +#if defined(_MSC_VER) #pragma warning (pop) #endif #ifdef IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE -} // namespace ImGuiStb +} // namespace ImStb using namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE; #endif //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Style functions +// [SECTION] Style functions //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst) +{ + ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle(); + ImVec4* colors = style->Colors; + + colors[ImGuiCol_Text] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.06f, 0.06f, 0.94f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg] = ImVec4(0.08f, 0.08f, 0.08f, 0.94f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Border] = ImVec4(0.43f, 0.43f, 0.50f, 0.50f); + colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg] = ImVec4(0.16f, 0.29f, 0.48f, 0.54f); + colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg] = ImVec4(0.04f, 0.04f, 0.04f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive] = ImVec4(0.16f, 0.29f, 0.48f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.51f); + colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg] = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.14f, 0.14f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg] = ImVec4(0.02f, 0.02f, 0.02f, 0.53f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab] = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.31f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered] = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.41f, 0.41f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.51f, 0.51f, 0.51f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab] = ImVec4(0.24f, 0.52f, 0.88f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Button] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive] = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.53f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Header] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.31f); + colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = colors[ImGuiCol_Border]; + colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 0.78f); + colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.20f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; + colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(0.61f, 0.61f, 0.61f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] = ImVec4(0.19f, 0.19f, 0.20f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.35f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.23f, 0.23f, 0.25f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.06f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); + colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.70f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.20f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.35f); +} + void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) { ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle(); @@ -132,7 +254,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_Text] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled] = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.70f); + colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.85f); colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg] = ImVec4(0.11f, 0.11f, 0.14f, 0.92f); colors[ImGuiCol_Border] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f); @@ -157,72 +279,32 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_Header] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.90f, 0.45f); colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered] = ImVec4(0.45f, 0.45f, 0.90f, 0.80f); colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive] = ImVec4(0.53f, 0.53f, 0.87f, 0.80f); - colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.60f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.70f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.90f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.16f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.10f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.60f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.90f); - colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButton] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.90f, 0.50f); - colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered] = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.90f, 0.60f); - colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive] = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; + colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] = ImVec4(0.27f, 0.27f, 0.38f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.45f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.26f, 0.28f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.07f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f, 0.35f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f); - colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); -} - -void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst) -{ - ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle(); - ImVec4* colors = style->Colors; - - colors[ImGuiCol_Text] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.06f, 0.06f, 0.94f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg] = ImVec4(0.08f, 0.08f, 0.08f, 0.94f); - colors[ImGuiCol_Border] = ImVec4(0.43f, 0.43f, 0.50f, 0.50f); - colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg] = ImVec4(0.16f, 0.29f, 0.48f, 0.54f); - colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f); - colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); - colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg] = ImVec4(0.04f, 0.04f, 0.04f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive] = ImVec4(0.16f, 0.29f, 0.48f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.51f); - colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg] = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.14f, 0.14f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg] = ImVec4(0.02f, 0.02f, 0.02f, 0.53f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab] = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.31f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered] = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.41f, 0.41f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.51f, 0.51f, 0.51f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab] = ImVec4(0.24f, 0.52f, 0.88f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_Button] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive] = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.53f, 0.98f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_Header] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.31f); - colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.80f); - colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = colors[ImGuiCol_Border];//ImVec4(0.61f, 0.61f, 0.61f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 0.78f); - colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.25f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); - colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButton] = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.41f, 0.41f, 0.50f); - colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered] = ImVec4(0.98f, 0.39f, 0.36f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive] = ImVec4(0.98f, 0.39f, 0.36f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(0.61f, 0.61f, 0.61f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; + colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.70f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.20f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f); } // Those light colors are better suited with a thicker font than the default one + FrameBorder @@ -233,8 +315,6 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_Text] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled] = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f); - //colors[ImGuiCol_TextHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f); - //colors[ImGuiCol_TextActive] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.94f, 0.94f, 0.94f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.98f); @@ -260,164 +340,235 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_Header] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.31f); colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.80f); colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 0.62f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 0.78f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.56f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.35f, 0.35f, 0.35f, 0.17f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); - colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButton] = ImVec4(0.59f, 0.59f, 0.59f, 0.50f); - colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered] = ImVec4(0.98f, 0.39f, 0.36f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive] = ImVec4(0.98f, 0.39f, 0.36f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.90f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; + colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.45f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.87f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] = ImVec4(0.57f, 0.57f, 0.64f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.68f, 0.68f, 0.74f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(0.30f, 0.30f, 0.30f, 0.09f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; + colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight] = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImDrawListData +// [SECTION] ImDrawList //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ImDrawListSharedData::ImDrawListSharedData() { - Font = NULL; - FontSize = 0.0f; - CurveTessellationTol = 0.0f; - ClipRectFullscreen = ImVec4(-8192.0f, -8192.0f, +8192.0f, +8192.0f); - - // Const data - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleVtx12); i++) + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx); i++) { - const float a = ((float)i * 2 * IM_PI) / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleVtx12); - CircleVtx12[i] = ImVec2(cosf(a), sinf(a)); + const float a = ((float)i * 2 * IM_PI) / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx); + ArcFastVtx[i] = ImVec2(ImCos(a), ImSin(a)); } + ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError); } -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImDrawList -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -void ImDrawList::Clear() +void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error) { + if (CircleSegmentMaxError == max_error) + return; + + IM_ASSERT(max_error > 0.0f); + CircleSegmentMaxError = max_error; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleSegmentCounts); i++) + { + const float radius = (float)i; + CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)((i > 0) ? IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError) : 0); + } + ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError); +} + +// Initialize before use in a new frame. We always have a command ready in the buffer. +void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame() +{ + // Verify that the ImDrawCmd fields we want to memcmp() are contiguous in memory. + // (those should be IM_STATIC_ASSERT() in theory but with our pre C++11 setup the whole check doesn't compile with GCC) + IM_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, ClipRect) == 0); + IM_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, TextureId) == sizeof(ImVec4)); + IM_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) == sizeof(ImVec4) + sizeof(ImTextureID)); + CmdBuffer.resize(0); IdxBuffer.resize(0); VtxBuffer.resize(0); - Flags = ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines | ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill; + Flags = _Data->InitialFlags; + memset(&_CmdHeader, 0, sizeof(_CmdHeader)); _VtxCurrentIdx = 0; _VtxWritePtr = NULL; _IdxWritePtr = NULL; _ClipRectStack.resize(0); _TextureIdStack.resize(0); _Path.resize(0); - _ChannelsCurrent = 0; - _ChannelsCount = 1; - // NB: Do not clear channels so our allocations are re-used after the first frame. + _Splitter.Clear(); + CmdBuffer.push_back(ImDrawCmd()); + _FringeScale = 1.0f; } -void ImDrawList::ClearFreeMemory() +void ImDrawList::_ClearFreeMemory() { CmdBuffer.clear(); IdxBuffer.clear(); VtxBuffer.clear(); + Flags = ImDrawListFlags_None; _VtxCurrentIdx = 0; _VtxWritePtr = NULL; _IdxWritePtr = NULL; _ClipRectStack.clear(); _TextureIdStack.clear(); _Path.clear(); - _ChannelsCurrent = 0; - _ChannelsCount = 1; - for (int i = 0; i < _Channels.Size; i++) - { - if (i == 0) memset(&_Channels[0], 0, sizeof(_Channels[0])); // channel 0 is a copy of CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer, don't destruct again - _Channels[i].CmdBuffer.clear(); - _Channels[i].IdxBuffer.clear(); - } - _Channels.clear(); + _Splitter.ClearFreeMemory(); } -// Using macros because C++ is a terrible language, we want guaranteed inline, no code in header, and no overhead in Debug builds -#define GetCurrentClipRect() (_ClipRectStack.Size ? _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size-1] : _Data->ClipRectFullscreen) -#define GetCurrentTextureId() (_TextureIdStack.Size ? _TextureIdStack.Data[_TextureIdStack.Size-1] : NULL) +ImDrawList* ImDrawList::CloneOutput() const +{ + ImDrawList* dst = IM_NEW(ImDrawList(_Data)); + dst->CmdBuffer = CmdBuffer; + dst->IdxBuffer = IdxBuffer; + dst->VtxBuffer = VtxBuffer; + dst->Flags = Flags; + return dst; +} void ImDrawList::AddDrawCmd() { ImDrawCmd draw_cmd; - draw_cmd.ClipRect = GetCurrentClipRect(); - draw_cmd.TextureId = GetCurrentTextureId(); + draw_cmd.ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; // Same as calling ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy() + draw_cmd.TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId; + draw_cmd.VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset; + draw_cmd.IdxOffset = IdxBuffer.Size; IM_ASSERT(draw_cmd.ClipRect.x <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.z && draw_cmd.ClipRect.y <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.w); CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd); } +// Pop trailing draw command (used before merging or presenting to user) +// Note that this leaves the ImDrawList in a state unfit for further commands, as most code assume that CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL +void ImDrawList::_PopUnusedDrawCmd() +{ + if (CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + return; + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + CmdBuffer.pop_back(); +} + void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data) { - ImDrawCmd* current_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size ? &CmdBuffer.back() : NULL; - if (!current_cmd || current_cmd->ElemCount != 0 || current_cmd->UserCallback != NULL) + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL); + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0) { AddDrawCmd(); - current_cmd = &CmdBuffer.back(); + curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; } - current_cmd->UserCallback = callback; - current_cmd->UserCallbackData = callback_data; + curr_cmd->UserCallback = callback; + curr_cmd->UserCallbackData = callback_data; AddDrawCmd(); // Force a new command after us (see comment below) } +// Compare ClipRect, TextureId and VtxOffset with a single memcmp() +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize (IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) + sizeof(unsigned int)) +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS) (memcmp(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Compare ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC) (memcpy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset + // Our scheme may appears a bit unusual, basically we want the most-common calls AddLine AddRect etc. to not have to perform any check so we always have a command ready in the stack. // The cost of figuring out if a new command has to be added or if we can merge is paid in those Update** functions only. -void ImDrawList::UpdateClipRect() +void ImDrawList::_OnChangedClipRect() { // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command - const ImVec4 curr_clip_rect = GetCurrentClipRect(); - ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 0 ? &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size-1] : NULL; - if (!curr_cmd || (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && memcmp(&curr_cmd->ClipRect, &curr_clip_rect, sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) || curr_cmd->UserCallback != NULL) + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && memcmp(&curr_cmd->ClipRect, &_CmdHeader.ClipRect, sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) { AddDrawCmd(); return; } + IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL); // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command - ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 1 ? curr_cmd - 1 : NULL; - if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && prev_cmd && memcmp(&prev_cmd->ClipRect, &curr_clip_rect, sizeof(ImVec4)) == 0 && prev_cmd->TextureId == GetCurrentTextureId() && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + { CmdBuffer.pop_back(); - else - curr_cmd->ClipRect = curr_clip_rect; + return; + } + + curr_cmd->ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; } -void ImDrawList::UpdateTextureID() +void ImDrawList::_OnChangedTextureID() { // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command - const ImTextureID curr_texture_id = GetCurrentTextureId(); - ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size ? &CmdBuffer.back() : NULL; - if (!curr_cmd || (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && curr_cmd->TextureId != curr_texture_id) || curr_cmd->UserCallback != NULL) + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && curr_cmd->TextureId != _CmdHeader.TextureId) { AddDrawCmd(); return; } + IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL); // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command - ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 1 ? curr_cmd - 1 : NULL; - if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && prev_cmd && prev_cmd->TextureId == curr_texture_id && memcmp(&prev_cmd->ClipRect, &GetCurrentClipRect(), sizeof(ImVec4)) == 0 && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + { CmdBuffer.pop_back(); - else - curr_cmd->TextureId = curr_texture_id; + return; + } + + curr_cmd->TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId; } -#undef GetCurrentClipRect -#undef GetCurrentTextureId +void ImDrawList::_OnChangedVtxOffset() +{ + // We don't need to compare curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset because we know it'll be different at the time we call this. + _VtxCurrentIdx = 0; + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + //IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset); // See #3349 + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0) + { + AddDrawCmd(); + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL); + curr_cmd->VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset; +} + +int ImDrawList::_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const +{ + // Automatic segment count + const int radius_idx = (int)(radius + 0.999999f); // ceil to never reduce accuracy + if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) + return _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value + else + return IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError); +} // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec2 cr_min, ImVec2 cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) { ImVec4 cr(cr_min.x, cr_min.y, cr_max.x, cr_max.y); - if (intersect_with_current_clip_rect && _ClipRectStack.Size) + if (intersect_with_current_clip_rect) { - ImVec4 current = _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size-1]; + ImVec4 current = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; if (cr.x < current.x) cr.x = current.x; if (cr.y < current.y) cr.y = current.y; if (cr.z > current.z) cr.z = current.z; @@ -427,7 +578,8 @@ void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec2 cr_min, ImVec2 cr_max, bool intersect_with_ cr.w = ImMax(cr.y, cr.w); _ClipRectStack.push_back(cr); - UpdateClipRect(); + _CmdHeader.ClipRect = cr; + _OnChangedClipRect(); } void ImDrawList::PushClipRectFullScreen() @@ -437,108 +589,43 @@ void ImDrawList::PushClipRectFullScreen() void ImDrawList::PopClipRect() { - IM_ASSERT(_ClipRectStack.Size > 0); _ClipRectStack.pop_back(); - UpdateClipRect(); + _CmdHeader.ClipRect = (_ClipRectStack.Size == 0) ? _Data->ClipRectFullscreen : _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size - 1]; + _OnChangedClipRect(); } -void ImDrawList::PushTextureID(const ImTextureID& texture_id) +void ImDrawList::PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id) { _TextureIdStack.push_back(texture_id); - UpdateTextureID(); + _CmdHeader.TextureId = texture_id; + _OnChangedTextureID(); } void ImDrawList::PopTextureID() { - IM_ASSERT(_TextureIdStack.Size > 0); _TextureIdStack.pop_back(); - UpdateTextureID(); + _CmdHeader.TextureId = (_TextureIdStack.Size == 0) ? (ImTextureID)NULL : _TextureIdStack.Data[_TextureIdStack.Size - 1]; + _OnChangedTextureID(); } -void ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit(int channels_count) -{ - IM_ASSERT(_ChannelsCurrent == 0 && _ChannelsCount == 1); - int old_channels_count = _Channels.Size; - if (old_channels_count < channels_count) - _Channels.resize(channels_count); - _ChannelsCount = channels_count; - - // _Channels[] (24/32 bytes each) hold storage that we'll swap with this->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer - // The content of _Channels[0] at this point doesn't matter. We clear it to make state tidy in a debugger but we don't strictly need to. - // When we switch to the next channel, we'll copy _CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer into _Channels[0] and then _Channels[1] into _CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer - memset(&_Channels[0], 0, sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); - for (int i = 1; i < channels_count; i++) - { - if (i >= old_channels_count) - { - IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&_Channels[i]) ImDrawChannel(); - } - else - { - _Channels[i].CmdBuffer.resize(0); - _Channels[i].IdxBuffer.resize(0); - } - if (_Channels[i].CmdBuffer.Size == 0) - { - ImDrawCmd draw_cmd; - draw_cmd.ClipRect = _ClipRectStack.back(); - draw_cmd.TextureId = _TextureIdStack.back(); - _Channels[i].CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd); - } - } -} - -void ImDrawList::ChannelsMerge() -{ - // Note that we never use or rely on channels.Size because it is merely a buffer that we never shrink back to 0 to keep all sub-buffers ready for use. - if (_ChannelsCount <= 1) - return; - - ChannelsSetCurrent(0); - if (CmdBuffer.Size && CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0) - CmdBuffer.pop_back(); - - int new_cmd_buffer_count = 0, new_idx_buffer_count = 0; - for (int i = 1; i < _ChannelsCount; i++) - { - ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i]; - if (ch.CmdBuffer.Size && ch.CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0) - ch.CmdBuffer.pop_back(); - new_cmd_buffer_count += ch.CmdBuffer.Size; - new_idx_buffer_count += ch.IdxBuffer.Size; - } - CmdBuffer.resize(CmdBuffer.Size + new_cmd_buffer_count); - IdxBuffer.resize(IdxBuffer.Size + new_idx_buffer_count); - - ImDrawCmd* cmd_write = CmdBuffer.Data + CmdBuffer.Size - new_cmd_buffer_count; - _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + IdxBuffer.Size - new_idx_buffer_count; - for (int i = 1; i < _ChannelsCount; i++) - { - ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i]; - if (int sz = ch.CmdBuffer.Size) { memcpy(cmd_write, ch.CmdBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawCmd)); cmd_write += sz; } - if (int sz = ch.IdxBuffer.Size) { memcpy(_IdxWritePtr, ch.IdxBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)); _IdxWritePtr += sz; } - } - UpdateClipRect(); // We call this instead of AddDrawCmd(), so that empty channels won't produce an extra draw call. - _ChannelsCount = 1; -} - -void ImDrawList::ChannelsSetCurrent(int idx) -{ - IM_ASSERT(idx < _ChannelsCount); - if (_ChannelsCurrent == idx) return; - memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].CmdBuffer, &CmdBuffer, sizeof(CmdBuffer)); // copy 12 bytes, four times - memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].IdxBuffer, &IdxBuffer, sizeof(IdxBuffer)); - _ChannelsCurrent = idx; - memcpy(&CmdBuffer, &_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].CmdBuffer, sizeof(CmdBuffer)); - memcpy(&IdxBuffer, &_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].IdxBuffer, sizeof(IdxBuffer)); - _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + IdxBuffer.Size; -} - -// NB: this can be called with negative count for removing primitives (as long as the result does not underflow) +// Reserve space for a number of vertices and indices. +// You must finish filling your reserved data before calling PrimReserve() again, as it may reallocate or +// submit the intermediate results. PrimUnreserve() can be used to release unused allocations. void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count) { - ImDrawCmd& draw_cmd = CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size-1]; - draw_cmd.ElemCount += idx_count; + // Large mesh support (when enabled) + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0); + if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 && (_VtxCurrentIdx + vtx_count >= (1 << 16)) && (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset)) + { + // FIXME: In theory we should be testing that vtx_count <64k here. + // In practice, RenderText() relies on reserving ahead for a worst case scenario so it is currently useful for us + // to not make that check until we rework the text functions to handle clipping and large horizontal lines better. + _CmdHeader.VtxOffset = VtxBuffer.Size; + _OnChangedVtxOffset(); + } + + ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + draw_cmd->ElemCount += idx_count; int vtx_buffer_old_size = VtxBuffer.Size; VtxBuffer.resize(vtx_buffer_old_size + vtx_count); @@ -549,6 +636,17 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count) _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + idx_buffer_old_size; } +// Release the a number of reserved vertices/indices from the end of the last reservation made with PrimReserve(). +void ImDrawList::PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count) +{ + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0); + + ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + draw_cmd->ElemCount -= idx_count; + VtxBuffer.shrink(VtxBuffer.Size - vtx_count); + IdxBuffer.shrink(IdxBuffer.Size - idx_count); +} + // Fully unrolled with inline call to keep our debug builds decently fast. void ImDrawList::PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col) { @@ -594,150 +692,231 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, c _IdxWritePtr += 6; } +// On AddPolyline() and AddConvexPolyFilled() we intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and superfluous function calls to optimize debug/non-inlined builds. +// Those macros expects l-values. +#define IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(VX,VY) do { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.0f) { float inv_len = ImRsqrt(d2); VX *= inv_len; VY *= inv_len; } } while (0) +#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2 100.0f // 500.0f (see #4053, #3366) +#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F(VX,VY) do { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.000001f) { float inv_len2 = 1.0f / d2; if (inv_len2 > IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2) inv_len2 = IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2; VX *= inv_len2; VY *= inv_len2; } } while (0) + // TODO: Thickness anti-aliased lines cap are missing their AA fringe. -void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness) +// We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. +void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness) { if (points_count < 2) return; - const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; + const bool closed = (flags & ImDrawFlags_Closed) != 0; + const ImVec2 opaque_uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; + const int count = closed ? points_count : points_count - 1; // The number of line segments we need to draw + const bool thick_line = (thickness > _FringeScale); - int count = points_count; - if (!closed) - count = points_count-1; - - const bool thick_line = thickness > 1.0f; if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines) { // Anti-aliased stroke - const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f; + const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale; const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; - const int idx_count = thick_line ? count*18 : count*12; - const int vtx_count = thick_line ? points_count*4 : points_count*3; + // Thicknesses <1.0 should behave like thickness 1.0 + thickness = ImMax(thickness, 1.0f); + const int integer_thickness = (int)thickness; + const float fractional_thickness = thickness - integer_thickness; + + // Do we want to draw this line using a texture? + // - For now, only draw integer-width lines using textures to avoid issues with the way scaling occurs, could be improved. + // - If AA_SIZE is not 1.0f we cannot use the texture path. + const bool use_texture = (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex) && (integer_thickness < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX) && (fractional_thickness <= 0.00001f) && (AA_SIZE == 1.0f); + + // We should never hit this, because NewFrame() doesn't set ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex unless ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines is off + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(!use_texture || !(_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)); + + const int idx_count = use_texture ? (count * 6) : (thick_line ? count * 18 : count * 12); + const int vtx_count = use_texture ? (points_count * 2) : (thick_line ? points_count * 4 : points_count * 3); PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); // Temporary buffer - ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * (thick_line ? 5 : 3) * sizeof(ImVec2)); + // The first items are normals at each line point, then after that there are either 2 or 4 temp points for each line point + ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * ((use_texture || !thick_line) ? 3 : 5) * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630 ImVec2* temp_points = temp_normals + points_count; + // Calculate normals (tangents) for each line segment for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) { - const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1; - ImVec2 diff = points[i2] - points[i1]; - diff *= ImInvLength(diff, 1.0f); - temp_normals[i1].x = diff.y; - temp_normals[i1].y = -diff.x; + const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1; + float dx = points[i2].x - points[i1].x; + float dy = points[i2].y - points[i1].y; + IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy); + temp_normals[i1].x = dy; + temp_normals[i1].y = -dx; } if (!closed) - temp_normals[points_count-1] = temp_normals[points_count-2]; + temp_normals[points_count - 1] = temp_normals[points_count - 2]; - if (!thick_line) + // If we are drawing a one-pixel-wide line without a texture, or a textured line of any width, we only need 2 or 3 vertices per point + if (use_texture || !thick_line) { + // [PATH 1] Texture-based lines (thick or non-thick) + // [PATH 2] Non texture-based lines (non-thick) + + // The width of the geometry we need to draw - this is essentially pixels for the line itself, plus "one pixel" for AA. + // - In the texture-based path, we don't use AA_SIZE here because the +1 is tied to the generated texture + // (see ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData() function), and so alternate values won't work without changes to that code. + // - In the non texture-based paths, we would allow AA_SIZE to potentially be != 1.0f with a patch (e.g. fringe_scale patch to + // allow scaling geometry while preserving one-screen-pixel AA fringe). + const float half_draw_size = use_texture ? ((thickness * 0.5f) + 1) : AA_SIZE; + + // If line is not closed, the first and last points need to be generated differently as there are no normals to blend if (!closed) { - temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * AA_SIZE; - temp_points[1] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * AA_SIZE; - temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * AA_SIZE; - temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+1] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * AA_SIZE; + temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * half_draw_size; + temp_points[1] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * half_draw_size; + temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * half_draw_size; + temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+1] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * half_draw_size; } + // Generate the indices to form a number of triangles for each line segment, and the vertices for the line edges + // This takes points n and n+1 and writes into n+1, with the first point in a closed line being generated from the final one (as n+1 wraps) // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer. - unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; - for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) + unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; // Vertex index for start of line segment + for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) // i1 is the first point of the line segment { - const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1; - unsigned int idx2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : idx1+3; + const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1; // i2 is the second point of the line segment + const unsigned int idx2 = ((i1 + 1) == points_count) ? _VtxCurrentIdx : (idx1 + (use_texture ? 2 : 3)); // Vertex index for end of segment // Average normals - ImVec2 dm = (temp_normals[i1] + temp_normals[i2]) * 0.5f; - float dmr2 = dm.x*dm.x + dm.y*dm.y; - if (dmr2 > 0.000001f) - { - float scale = 1.0f / dmr2; - if (scale > 100.0f) scale = 100.0f; - dm *= scale; - } - dm *= AA_SIZE; - temp_points[i2*2+0] = points[i2] + dm; - temp_points[i2*2+1] = points[i2] - dm; + float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f; + float dm_y = (temp_normals[i1].y + temp_normals[i2].y) * 0.5f; + IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y); + dm_x *= half_draw_size; // dm_x, dm_y are offset to the outer edge of the AA area + dm_y *= half_draw_size; - // Add indexes - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); - _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); - _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); - _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[10]= (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[11]= (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); - _IdxWritePtr += 12; + // Add temporary vertexes for the outer edges + ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2 * 2]; + out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_x; + out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_y; + out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x - dm_x; + out_vtx[1].y = points[i2].y - dm_y; + + if (use_texture) + { + // Add indices for two triangles + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); // Right tri + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); // Left tri + _IdxWritePtr += 6; + } + else + { + // Add indexes for four triangles + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); // Right tri 1 + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); // Right tri 2 + _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); // Left tri 1 + _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); // Left tri 2 + _IdxWritePtr += 12; + } idx1 = idx2; } - // Add vertexes - for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++) + // Add vertexes for each point on the line + if (use_texture) { - _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i*2+0]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; - _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i*2+1]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col_trans; - _VtxWritePtr += 3; + // If we're using textures we only need to emit the left/right edge vertices + ImVec4 tex_uvs = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness]; + /*if (fractional_thickness != 0.0f) // Currently always zero when use_texture==false! + { + const ImVec4 tex_uvs_1 = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness + 1]; + tex_uvs.x = tex_uvs.x + (tex_uvs_1.x - tex_uvs.x) * fractional_thickness; // inlined ImLerp() + tex_uvs.y = tex_uvs.y + (tex_uvs_1.y - tex_uvs.y) * fractional_thickness; + tex_uvs.z = tex_uvs.z + (tex_uvs_1.z - tex_uvs.z) * fractional_thickness; + tex_uvs.w = tex_uvs.w + (tex_uvs_1.w - tex_uvs.w) * fractional_thickness; + }*/ + ImVec2 tex_uv0(tex_uvs.x, tex_uvs.y); + ImVec2 tex_uv1(tex_uvs.z, tex_uvs.w); + for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++) + { + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = tex_uv0; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Left-side outer edge + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = tex_uv1; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; // Right-side outer edge + _VtxWritePtr += 2; + } + } + else + { + // If we're not using a texture, we need the center vertex as well + for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++) + { + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Center of line + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; // Left-side outer edge + _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col_trans; // Right-side outer edge + _VtxWritePtr += 3; + } } } else { + // [PATH 2] Non texture-based lines (thick): we need to draw the solid line core and thus require four vertices per point const float half_inner_thickness = (thickness - AA_SIZE) * 0.5f; + + // If line is not closed, the first and last points need to be generated differently as there are no normals to blend if (!closed) { + const int points_last = points_count - 1; temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); temp_points[1] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness); temp_points[2] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness); temp_points[3] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); - temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); - temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+1] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness); - temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+2] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness); - temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+3] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); + temp_points[points_last * 4 + 0] = points[points_last] + temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); + temp_points[points_last * 4 + 1] = points[points_last] + temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness); + temp_points[points_last * 4 + 2] = points[points_last] - temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness); + temp_points[points_last * 4 + 3] = points[points_last] - temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); } + // Generate the indices to form a number of triangles for each line segment, and the vertices for the line edges + // This takes points n and n+1 and writes into n+1, with the first point in a closed line being generated from the final one (as n+1 wraps) // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer. - unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; - for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) + unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; // Vertex index for start of line segment + for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) // i1 is the first point of the line segment { - const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1; - unsigned int idx2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : idx1+4; + const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : (i1 + 1); // i2 is the second point of the line segment + const unsigned int idx2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : (idx1 + 4); // Vertex index for end of segment // Average normals - ImVec2 dm = (temp_normals[i1] + temp_normals[i2]) * 0.5f; - float dmr2 = dm.x*dm.x + dm.y*dm.y; - if (dmr2 > 0.000001f) - { - float scale = 1.0f / dmr2; - if (scale > 100.0f) scale = 100.0f; - dm *= scale; - } - ImVec2 dm_out = dm * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); - ImVec2 dm_in = dm * half_inner_thickness; - temp_points[i2*4+0] = points[i2] + dm_out; - temp_points[i2*4+1] = points[i2] + dm_in; - temp_points[i2*4+2] = points[i2] - dm_in; - temp_points[i2*4+3] = points[i2] - dm_out; + float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f; + float dm_y = (temp_normals[i1].y + temp_normals[i2].y) * 0.5f; + IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y); + float dm_out_x = dm_x * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); + float dm_out_y = dm_y * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); + float dm_in_x = dm_x * half_inner_thickness; + float dm_in_y = dm_y * half_inner_thickness; + + // Add temporary vertices + ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2 * 4]; + out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_out_x; + out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_out_y; + out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x + dm_in_x; + out_vtx[1].y = points[i2].y + dm_in_y; + out_vtx[2].x = points[i2].x - dm_in_x; + out_vtx[2].y = points[i2].y - dm_in_y; + out_vtx[3].x = points[i2].x - dm_out_x; + out_vtx[3].y = points[i2].y - dm_out_y; // Add indexes - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); - _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); - _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); - _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); - _IdxWritePtr[12] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[13] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[14] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+3); - _IdxWritePtr[15] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+3); _IdxWritePtr[16] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+3); _IdxWritePtr[17] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); + _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); + _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); + _IdxWritePtr[12] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[13] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[14] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 3); + _IdxWritePtr[15] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 3); _IdxWritePtr[16] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 3); _IdxWritePtr[17] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr += 18; idx1 = idx2; } - // Add vertexes + // Add vertices for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++) { - _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i*4+0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col_trans; - _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i*4+1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i*4+2]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = temp_points[i*4+3]; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col_trans; + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col_trans; + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 2]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 3]; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col_trans; _VtxWritePtr += 4; } } @@ -745,92 +924,95 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 } else { - // Non Anti-aliased Stroke - const int idx_count = count*6; - const int vtx_count = count*4; // FIXME-OPT: Not sharing edges + // [PATH 4] Non texture-based, Non anti-aliased lines + const int idx_count = count * 6; + const int vtx_count = count * 4; // FIXME-OPT: Not sharing edges PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) { - const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1; + const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1; const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1]; const ImVec2& p2 = points[i2]; - ImVec2 diff = p2 - p1; - diff *= ImInvLength(diff, 1.0f); - const float dx = diff.x * (thickness * 0.5f); - const float dy = diff.y * (thickness * 0.5f); - _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = p1.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = p1.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = p2.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = p2.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.x = p2.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.y = p2.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.x = p1.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.y = p1.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col; + float dx = p2.x - p1.x; + float dy = p2.y - p1.y; + IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy); + dx *= (thickness * 0.5f); + dy *= (thickness * 0.5f); + + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = p1.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = p1.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = p2.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = p2.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.x = p2.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.y = p2.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.x = p1.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.y = p1.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col; _VtxWritePtr += 4; - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2); - _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+3); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 3); _IdxWritePtr += 6; _VtxCurrentIdx += 4; } } } +// We intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and its math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col) { + if (points_count < 3) + return; + const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill) { // Anti-aliased Fill - const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f; + const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale; const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; - const int idx_count = (points_count-2)*3 + points_count*6; - const int vtx_count = (points_count*2); + const int idx_count = (points_count - 2)*3 + points_count * 6; + const int vtx_count = (points_count * 2); PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); // Add indexes for fill unsigned int vtx_inner_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx; - unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx+1; + unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx + 1; for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++) { - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+((i-1)<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i<<1)); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + ((i - 1) << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i << 1)); _IdxWritePtr += 3; } // Compute normals - ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * sizeof(ImVec2)); - for (int i0 = points_count-1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) + ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630 + for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) { const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0]; const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1]; - ImVec2 diff = p1 - p0; - diff *= ImInvLength(diff, 1.0f); - temp_normals[i0].x = diff.y; - temp_normals[i0].y = -diff.x; + float dx = p1.x - p0.x; + float dy = p1.y - p0.y; + IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy); + temp_normals[i0].x = dy; + temp_normals[i0].y = -dx; } - for (int i0 = points_count-1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) + for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) { // Average normals const ImVec2& n0 = temp_normals[i0]; const ImVec2& n1 = temp_normals[i1]; - ImVec2 dm = (n0 + n1) * 0.5f; - float dmr2 = dm.x*dm.x + dm.y*dm.y; - if (dmr2 > 0.000001f) - { - float scale = 1.0f / dmr2; - if (scale > 100.0f) scale = 100.0f; - dm *= scale; - } - dm *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f; + float dm_x = (n0.x + n1.x) * 0.5f; + float dm_y = (n0.y + n1.y) * 0.5f; + IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y); + dm_x *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f; + dm_y *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f; // Add vertices - _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = (points[i1] - dm); _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Inner - _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = (points[i1] + dm); _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; // Outer + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = (points[i1].x - dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = (points[i1].y - dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Inner + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = (points[i1].x + dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = (points[i1].y + dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; // Outer _VtxWritePtr += 2; // Add indexes for fringes - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i1<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i0<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i0<<1)); - _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i0<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i1<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i1<<1)); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1)); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr += 6; } _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count; @@ -838,7 +1020,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun else { // Non Anti-aliased Fill - const int idx_count = (points_count-2)*3; + const int idx_count = (points_count - 2)*3; const int vtx_count = points_count; PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); for (int i = 0; i < vtx_count; i++) @@ -848,99 +1030,318 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun } for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++) { - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+i-1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+i); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + i - 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + i); _IdxWritePtr += 3; } _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count; } } -void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12) +void ImDrawList::_PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step) { - if (radius == 0.0f || a_min_of_12 > a_max_of_12) + if (radius <= 0.0f) { - _Path.push_back(centre); + _Path.push_back(center); return; } - _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_max_of_12 - a_min_of_12 + 1)); - for (int a = a_min_of_12; a <= a_max_of_12; a++) + + // Calculate arc auto segment step size + if (a_step <= 0) + a_step = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius); + + // Make sure we never do steps larger than one quarter of the circle + a_step = ImClamp(a_step, 1, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE / 4); + + const int sample_range = ImAbs(a_max_sample - a_min_sample); + const int a_next_step = a_step; + + int samples = sample_range + 1; + bool extra_max_sample = false; + if (a_step > 1) { - const ImVec2& c = _Data->CircleVtx12[a % IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleVtx12)]; - _Path.push_back(ImVec2(centre.x + c.x * radius, centre.y + c.y * radius)); + samples = sample_range / a_step + 1; + const int overstep = sample_range % a_step; + + if (overstep > 0) + { + extra_max_sample = true; + samples++; + + // When we have overstep to avoid awkwardly looking one long line and one tiny one at the end, + // distribute first step range evenly between them by reducing first step size. + if (sample_range > 0) + a_step -= (a_step - overstep) / 2; + } } + + _Path.resize(_Path.Size + samples); + ImVec2* out_ptr = _Path.Data + (_Path.Size - samples); + + int sample_index = a_min_sample; + if (sample_index < 0 || sample_index >= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX) + { + sample_index = sample_index % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + if (sample_index < 0) + sample_index += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + } + + if (a_max_sample >= a_min_sample) + { + for (int a = a_min_sample; a <= a_max_sample; a += a_step, sample_index += a_step, a_step = a_next_step) + { + // a_step is clamped to IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, so we have guaranteed that it will not wrap over range twice or more + if (sample_index >= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX) + sample_index -= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + + const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[sample_index]; + out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius; + out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius; + out_ptr++; + } + } + else + { + for (int a = a_min_sample; a >= a_max_sample; a -= a_step, sample_index -= a_step, a_step = a_next_step) + { + // a_step is clamped to IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, so we have guaranteed that it will not wrap over range twice or more + if (sample_index < 0) + sample_index += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + + const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[sample_index]; + out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius; + out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius; + out_ptr++; + } + } + + if (extra_max_sample) + { + int normalized_max_sample = a_max_sample % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + if (normalized_max_sample < 0) + normalized_max_sample += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + + const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[normalized_max_sample]; + out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius; + out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius; + out_ptr++; + } + + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_Path.Data + _Path.Size == out_ptr); } -void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) +void ImDrawList::_PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) { - if (radius == 0.0f) + if (radius <= 0.0f) { - _Path.push_back(centre); + _Path.push_back(center); return; } + + // Note that we are adding a point at both a_min and a_max. + // If you are trying to draw a full closed circle you don't want the overlapping points! _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (num_segments + 1)); for (int i = 0; i <= num_segments; i++) { const float a = a_min + ((float)i / (float)num_segments) * (a_max - a_min); - _Path.push_back(ImVec2(centre.x + cosf(a) * radius, centre.y + sinf(a) * radius)); + _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a) * radius)); } } -static void PathBezierToCasteljau(ImVector* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level) +// 0: East, 3: South, 6: West, 9: North, 12: East +void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12) +{ + if (radius <= 0.0f) + { + _Path.push_back(center); + return; + } + _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, a_max_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, 0); +} + +void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) +{ + if (radius <= 0.0f) + { + _Path.push_back(center); + return; + } + + if (num_segments > 0) + { + _PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, num_segments); + return; + } + + // Automatic segment count + if (radius <= _Data->ArcFastRadiusCutoff) + { + const bool a_is_reverse = a_max < a_min; + + // We are going to use precomputed values for mid samples. + // Determine first and last sample in lookup table that belong to the arc. + const float a_min_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_min / (IM_PI * 2.0f); + const float a_max_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_max / (IM_PI * 2.0f); + + const int a_min_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImFloorSigned(a_min_sample_f) : (int)ImCeil(a_min_sample_f); + const int a_max_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImCeil(a_max_sample_f) : (int)ImFloorSigned(a_max_sample_f); + const int a_mid_samples = a_is_reverse ? ImMax(a_min_sample - a_max_sample, 0) : ImMax(a_max_sample - a_min_sample, 0); + + const float a_min_segment_angle = a_min_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + const float a_max_segment_angle = a_max_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + const bool a_emit_start = (a_min_segment_angle - a_min) != 0.0f; + const bool a_emit_end = (a_max - a_max_segment_angle) != 0.0f; + + _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_mid_samples + 1 + (a_emit_start ? 1 : 0) + (a_emit_end ? 1 : 0))); + if (a_emit_start) + _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_min) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_min) * radius)); + if (a_mid_samples > 0) + _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_sample, a_max_sample, 0); + if (a_emit_end) + _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_max) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_max) * radius)); + } + else + { + const float arc_length = ImAbs(a_max - a_min); + const int circle_segment_count = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius); + const int arc_segment_count = ImMax((int)ImCeil(circle_segment_count * arc_length / (IM_PI * 2.0f)), (int)(2.0f * IM_PI / arc_length)); + _PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, arc_segment_count); + } +} + +ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t) +{ + float u = 1.0f - t; + float w1 = u * u * u; + float w2 = 3 * u * u * t; + float w3 = 3 * u * t * t; + float w4 = t * t * t; + return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x + w4 * p4.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y + w4 * p4.y); +} + +ImVec2 ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t) +{ + float u = 1.0f - t; + float w1 = u * u; + float w2 = 2 * u * t; + float w3 = t * t; + return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y); +} + +// Closely mimics ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau() in imgui.cpp +static void PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(ImVector* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level) { float dx = x4 - x1; float dy = y4 - y1; - float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx); - float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx); + float d2 = (x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx; + float d3 = (x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx; d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2; d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3; - if ((d2+d3) * (d2+d3) < tess_tol * (dx*dx + dy*dy)) + if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy)) { path->push_back(ImVec2(x4, y4)); } else if (level < 10) { - float x12 = (x1+x2)*0.5f, y12 = (y1+y2)*0.5f; - float x23 = (x2+x3)*0.5f, y23 = (y2+y3)*0.5f; - float x34 = (x3+x4)*0.5f, y34 = (y3+y4)*0.5f; - float x123 = (x12+x23)*0.5f, y123 = (y12+y23)*0.5f; - float x234 = (x23+x34)*0.5f, y234 = (y23+y34)*0.5f; - float x1234 = (x123+x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123+y234)*0.5f; - - PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1,y1, x12,y12, x123,y123, x1234,y1234, tess_tol, level+1); - PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1234,y1234, x234,y234, x34,y34, x4,y4, tess_tol, level+1); + float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f; + float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f; + float x34 = (x3 + x4) * 0.5f, y34 = (y3 + y4) * 0.5f; + float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f; + float x234 = (x23 + x34) * 0.5f, y234 = (y23 + y34) * 0.5f; + float x1234 = (x123 + x234) * 0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234) * 0.5f; + PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1); + PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1); } } -void ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments) +static void PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(ImVector* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float tess_tol, int level) +{ + float dx = x3 - x1, dy = y3 - y1; + float det = (x2 - x3) * dy - (y2 - y3) * dx; + if (det * det * 4.0f < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy)) + { + path->push_back(ImVec2(x3, y3)); + } + else if (level < 10) + { + float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f; + float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f; + float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f; + PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, tess_tol, level + 1); + PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x123, y123, x23, y23, x3, y3, tess_tol, level + 1); + } +} + +void ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments) { ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back(); if (num_segments == 0) { - // Auto-tessellated - PathBezierToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); + PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); // Auto-tessellated } else { float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments; for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++) - { - float t = t_step * i_step; - float u = 1.0f - t; - float w1 = u*u*u; - float w2 = 3*u*u*t; - float w3 = 3*u*t*t; - float w4 = t*t*t; - _Path.push_back(ImVec2(w1*p1.x + w2*p2.x + w3*p3.x + w4*p4.x, w1*p1.y + w2*p2.y + w3*p3.y + w4*p4.y)); - } + _Path.push_back(ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step)); } } -void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, int rounding_corners) +void ImDrawList::PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments) { - rounding = ImMin(rounding, fabsf(b.x - a.x) * ( ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Top) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Top) || ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); - rounding = ImMin(rounding, fabsf(b.y - a.y) * ( ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Left) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Left) || ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Right) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Right) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); + ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back(); + if (num_segments == 0) + { + PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0);// Auto-tessellated + } + else + { + float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments; + for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++) + _Path.push_back(ImBezierQuadraticCalc(p1, p2, p3, t_step * i_step)); + } +} - if (rounding <= 0.0f || rounding_corners == 0) +IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4)); +static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags) +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + // Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All) + // ~0 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0 + if (flags == ~0) + return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; + + // Legacy Support for hard coded 0x01 to 0x0F (matching 15 out of 16 old flags combinations) + // 0x01 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft (VALUE 0x01 OVERLAPS ImDrawFlags_Closed but ImDrawFlags_Closed is never valid in this path!) + // 0x02 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight + // 0x03 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight + // 0x04 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft + // 0x05 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft + // ... + // 0x0F --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0 + // (See all values in ImDrawCornerFlags_) + if (flags >= 0x01 && flags <= 0x0F) + return (flags << 4); + + // We cannot support hard coded 0x00 with 'float rounding > 0.0f' --> replace with ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or use 'float rounding = 0.0f' +#endif + + // If this triggers, please update your code replacing hardcoded values with new ImDrawFlags_RoundCorners* values. + // Note that ImDrawFlags_Closed (== 0x01) is an invalid flag for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() etc... + IM_ASSERT((flags & 0x0F) == 0 && "Misuse of legacy hardcoded ImDrawCornerFlags values!"); + + if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; + + return flags; +} + +void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) +{ + flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); + + if (rounding <= 0.0f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { PathLineTo(a); PathLineTo(ImVec2(b.x, a.y)); @@ -949,10 +1350,10 @@ void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, int } else { - const float rounding_tl = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; - const float rounding_tr = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; - const float rounding_br = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; - const float rounding_bl = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_tl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_tr = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_br = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_bl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x + rounding_tl, a.y + rounding_tl), rounding_tl, 6, 9); PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_tr, a.y + rounding_tr), rounding_tr, 9, 12); PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_br, b.y - rounding_br), rounding_br, 0, 3); @@ -960,129 +1361,202 @@ void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, int } } -void ImDrawList::AddLine(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float thickness) +void ImDrawList::AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - PathLineTo(a + ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f)); - PathLineTo(b + ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f)); - PathStroke(col, false, thickness); + PathLineTo(p1 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + PathLineTo(p2 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); } -// a: upper-left, b: lower-right. we don't render 1 px sized rectangles properly. -void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding, int rounding_corners_flags, float thickness) +// p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right +// Note we don't render 1 pixels sized rectangles properly. +void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - PathRect(a + ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f), b - ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f), rounding, rounding_corners_flags); - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines) + PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), rounding, flags); + else + PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.49f, 0.49f), rounding, flags); // Better looking lower-right corner and rounded non-AA shapes. + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } -void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding, int rounding_corners_flags) +void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - if (rounding > 0.0f) + if (rounding <= 0.0f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { - PathRect(a, b, rounding, rounding_corners_flags); - PathFillConvex(col); + PrimReserve(6, 4); + PrimRect(p_min, p_max, col); } else { - PrimReserve(6, 4); - PrimRect(a, b, col); + PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags); + PathFillConvex(col); } } -void ImDrawList::AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left) +// p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right +void ImDrawList::AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left) { if (((col_upr_left | col_upr_right | col_bot_right | col_bot_left) & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; PrimReserve(6, 4); - PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+1)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2)); - PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+3)); - PrimWriteVtx(a, uv, col_upr_left); - PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(c.x, a.y), uv, col_upr_right); - PrimWriteVtx(c, uv, col_bot_right); - PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(a.x, c.y), uv, col_bot_left); + PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 1)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2)); + PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 3)); + PrimWriteVtx(p_min, uv, col_upr_left); + PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(p_max.x, p_min.y), uv, col_upr_right); + PrimWriteVtx(p_max, uv, col_bot_right); + PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(p_min.x, p_max.y), uv, col_bot_left); } -void ImDrawList::AddQuad(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col, float thickness) +void ImDrawList::AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - PathLineTo(a); - PathLineTo(b); - PathLineTo(c); - PathLineTo(d); - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + PathLineTo(p1); + PathLineTo(p2); + PathLineTo(p3); + PathLineTo(p4); + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } -void ImDrawList::AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col) +void ImDrawList::AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - PathLineTo(a); - PathLineTo(b); - PathLineTo(c); - PathLineTo(d); + PathLineTo(p1); + PathLineTo(p2); + PathLineTo(p3); + PathLineTo(p4); PathFillConvex(col); } -void ImDrawList::AddTriangle(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col, float thickness) +void ImDrawList::AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - PathLineTo(a); - PathLineTo(b); - PathLineTo(c); - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + PathLineTo(p1); + PathLineTo(p2); + PathLineTo(p3); + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } -void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col) +void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - PathLineTo(a); - PathLineTo(b); - PathLineTo(c); + PathLineTo(p1); + PathLineTo(p2); + PathLineTo(p3); PathFillConvex(col); } -void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness) +void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness) { - if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius <= 0.0f) return; - const float a_max = IM_PI*2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; - PathArcTo(centre, radius-0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments); - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + // Obtain segment count + if (num_segments <= 0) + { + // Automatic segment count + num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius); + } + else + { + // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes) + num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX); + } + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + if (num_segments == 12) + PathArcToFast(center, radius - 0.5f, 0, 12 - 1); + else + PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } -void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments) +void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments) { - if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius <= 0.0f) return; - const float a_max = IM_PI*2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; - PathArcTo(centre, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments); + // Obtain segment count + if (num_segments <= 0) + { + // Automatic segment count + num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius); + } + else + { + // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes) + num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX); + } + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + if (num_segments == 12) + PathArcToFast(center, radius, 0, 12 - 1); + else + PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); PathFillConvex(col); } -void ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& pos0, const ImVec2& cp0, const ImVec2& cp1, const ImVec2& pos1, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments) +// Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments' +void ImDrawList::AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2) + return; + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); +} + +// Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments' +void ImDrawList::AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2) + return; + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); + PathFillConvex(col); +} + +// Cubic Bezier takes 4 controls points +void ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - PathLineTo(pos0); - PathBezierCurveTo(cp0, cp1, pos1, num_segments); - PathStroke(col, false, thickness); + PathLineTo(p1); + PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); + PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); +} + +// Quadratic Bezier takes 3 controls points +void ImDrawList::AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + PathLineTo(p1); + PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(p2, p3, num_segments); + PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); } void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect) @@ -1101,9 +1575,9 @@ void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, if (font_size == 0.0f) font_size = _Data->FontSize; - IM_ASSERT(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID == _TextureIdStack.back()); // Use high-level ImGui::PushFont() or low-level ImDrawList::PushTextureId() to change font. + IM_ASSERT(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID == _CmdHeader.TextureId); // Use high-level ImGui::PushFont() or low-level ImDrawList::PushTextureId() to change font. - ImVec4 clip_rect = _ClipRectStack.back(); + ImVec4 clip_rect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; if (cpu_fine_clip_rect) { clip_rect.x = ImMax(clip_rect.x, cpu_fine_clip_rect->x); @@ -1119,65 +1593,212 @@ void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, c AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, col, text_begin, text_end); } -void ImDrawList::AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col) +void ImDrawList::AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - const bool push_texture_id = _TextureIdStack.empty() || user_texture_id != _TextureIdStack.back(); + const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId; if (push_texture_id) PushTextureID(user_texture_id); PrimReserve(6, 4); - PrimRectUV(a, b, uv_a, uv_b, col); + PrimRectUV(p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col); if (push_texture_id) PopTextureID(); } -void ImDrawList::AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, const ImVec2& uv_c, const ImVec2& uv_d, ImU32 col) +void ImDrawList::AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& uv2, const ImVec2& uv3, const ImVec2& uv4, ImU32 col) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - const bool push_texture_id = _TextureIdStack.empty() || user_texture_id != _TextureIdStack.back(); + const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId; if (push_texture_id) PushTextureID(user_texture_id); PrimReserve(6, 4); - PrimQuadUV(a, b, c, d, uv_a, uv_b, uv_c, uv_d, col); + PrimQuadUV(p1, p2, p3, p4, uv1, uv2, uv3, uv4, col); if (push_texture_id) PopTextureID(); } -void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col, float rounding, int rounding_corners) +void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - if (rounding <= 0.0f || (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_All) == 0) + flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); + if (rounding <= 0.0f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { - AddImage(user_texture_id, a, b, uv_a, uv_b, col); + AddImage(user_texture_id, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col); return; } - const bool push_texture_id = _TextureIdStack.empty() || user_texture_id != _TextureIdStack.back(); + const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId; if (push_texture_id) PushTextureID(user_texture_id); int vert_start_idx = VtxBuffer.Size; - PathRect(a, b, rounding, rounding_corners); + PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags); PathFillConvex(col); int vert_end_idx = VtxBuffer.Size; - ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx, VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx, a, b, uv_a, uv_b, true); + ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(this, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, true); if (push_texture_id) PopTextureID(); } + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImDrawData +// [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// FIXME: This may be a little confusing, trying to be a little too low-level/optimal instead of just doing vector swap.. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImDrawListSplitter::ClearFreeMemory() +{ + for (int i = 0; i < _Channels.Size; i++) + { + if (i == _Current) + memset(&_Channels[i], 0, sizeof(_Channels[i])); // Current channel is a copy of CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer, don't destruct again + _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.clear(); + _Channels[i]._IdxBuffer.clear(); + } + _Current = 0; + _Count = 1; + _Channels.clear(); +} + +void ImDrawListSplitter::Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channels_count) +{ + IM_UNUSED(draw_list); + IM_ASSERT(_Current == 0 && _Count <= 1 && "Nested channel splitting is not supported. Please use separate instances of ImDrawListSplitter."); + int old_channels_count = _Channels.Size; + if (old_channels_count < channels_count) + { + _Channels.reserve(channels_count); // Avoid over reserving since this is likely to stay stable + _Channels.resize(channels_count); + } + _Count = channels_count; + + // Channels[] (24/32 bytes each) hold storage that we'll swap with draw_list->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer + // The content of Channels[0] at this point doesn't matter. We clear it to make state tidy in a debugger but we don't strictly need to. + // When we switch to the next channel, we'll copy draw_list->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer into Channels[0] and then Channels[1] into draw_list->CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer + memset(&_Channels[0], 0, sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + for (int i = 1; i < channels_count; i++) + { + if (i >= old_channels_count) + { + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&_Channels[i]) ImDrawChannel(); + } + else + { + _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.resize(0); + _Channels[i]._IdxBuffer.resize(0); + } + } +} + +void ImDrawListSplitter::Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list) +{ + // Note that we never use or rely on _Channels.Size because it is merely a buffer that we never shrink back to 0 to keep all sub-buffers ready for use. + if (_Count <= 1) + return; + + SetCurrentChannel(draw_list, 0); + draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + + // Calculate our final buffer sizes. Also fix the incorrect IdxOffset values in each command. + int new_cmd_buffer_count = 0; + int new_idx_buffer_count = 0; + ImDrawCmd* last_cmd = (_Count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size > 0) ? &draw_list->CmdBuffer.back() : NULL; + int idx_offset = last_cmd ? last_cmd->IdxOffset + last_cmd->ElemCount : 0; + for (int i = 1; i < _Count; i++) + { + ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i]; + + // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd() for this channel's cmdbuffer and except we don't need to test for UserCallback. + if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0) + ch._CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + + if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && last_cmd != NULL) + { + ImDrawCmd* next_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer[0]; + if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(last_cmd, next_cmd) == 0 && last_cmd->UserCallback == NULL && next_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + { + // Merge previous channel last draw command with current channel first draw command if matching. + last_cmd->ElemCount += next_cmd->ElemCount; + idx_offset += next_cmd->ElemCount; + ch._CmdBuffer.erase(ch._CmdBuffer.Data); // FIXME-OPT: Improve for multiple merges. + } + } + if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0) + last_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer.back(); + new_cmd_buffer_count += ch._CmdBuffer.Size; + new_idx_buffer_count += ch._IdxBuffer.Size; + for (int cmd_n = 0; cmd_n < ch._CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_n++) + { + ch._CmdBuffer.Data[cmd_n].IdxOffset = idx_offset; + idx_offset += ch._CmdBuffer.Data[cmd_n].ElemCount; + } + } + draw_list->CmdBuffer.resize(draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size + new_cmd_buffer_count); + draw_list->IdxBuffer.resize(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size + new_idx_buffer_count); + + // Write commands and indices in order (they are fairly small structures, we don't copy vertices only indices) + ImDrawCmd* cmd_write = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - new_cmd_buffer_count; + ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size - new_idx_buffer_count; + for (int i = 1; i < _Count; i++) + { + ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i]; + if (int sz = ch._CmdBuffer.Size) { memcpy(cmd_write, ch._CmdBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawCmd)); cmd_write += sz; } + if (int sz = ch._IdxBuffer.Size) { memcpy(idx_write, ch._IdxBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)); idx_write += sz; } + } + draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write; + + // Ensure there's always a non-callback draw command trailing the command-buffer + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback != NULL) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); + + // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0) + ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset + else if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader) != 0) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); + + _Count = 1; +} + +void ImDrawListSplitter::SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int idx) +{ + IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < _Count); + if (_Current == idx) + return; + + // Overwrite ImVector (12/16 bytes), four times. This is merely a silly optimization instead of doing .swap() + memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._CmdBuffer, &draw_list->CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer)); + memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._IdxBuffer, &draw_list->IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer)); + _Current = idx; + memcpy(&draw_list->CmdBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer)); + memcpy(&draw_list->IdxBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer)); + draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; + + // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) ? NULL : &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd == NULL) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); + else if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0) + ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset + else if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader) != 0) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImDrawData //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // For backward compatibility: convert all buffers from indexed to de-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering! @@ -1199,8 +1820,10 @@ void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers() } } -// Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution. -void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& scale) +// Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. +// Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than draw_data->DisplaySize, +// or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution. +void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale) { for (int i = 0; i < CmdListsCount; i++) { @@ -1208,50 +1831,41 @@ void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& scale) for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) { ImDrawCmd* cmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; - cmd->ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd->ClipRect.x * scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.y * scale.y, cmd->ClipRect.z * scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.w * scale.y); + cmd->ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd->ClipRect.x * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.y * fb_scale.y, cmd->ClipRect.z * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.w * fb_scale.y); } } } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Shade functions +// [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Generic linear color gradient, write to RGB fields, leave A untouched. -void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawVert* vert_start, ImDrawVert* vert_end, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1) +void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1) { ImVec2 gradient_extent = gradient_p1 - gradient_p0; float gradient_inv_length2 = 1.0f / ImLengthSqr(gradient_extent); + ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx; + ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx; + const int col0_r = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF; + const int col0_g = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF; + const int col0_b = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF; + const int col_delta_r = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_r; + const int col_delta_g = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_g; + const int col_delta_b = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_b; for (ImDrawVert* vert = vert_start; vert < vert_end; vert++) { float d = ImDot(vert->pos - gradient_p0, gradient_extent); float t = ImClamp(d * gradient_inv_length2, 0.0f, 1.0f); - int r = ImLerp((int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); - int g = ImLerp((int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); - int b = ImLerp((int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + int r = (int)(col0_r + col_delta_r * t); + int g = (int)(col0_g + col_delta_g * t); + int b = (int)(col0_b + col_delta_b * t); vert->col = (r << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) | (g << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) | (b << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) | (vert->col & IM_COL32_A_MASK); } } -// Scan and shade backward from the end of given vertices. Assume vertices are text only (= vert_start..vert_end going left to right) so we can break as soon as we are out the gradient bounds. -void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearAlphaGradientForLeftToRightText(ImDrawVert* vert_start, ImDrawVert* vert_end, float gradient_p0_x, float gradient_p1_x) -{ - float gradient_extent_x = gradient_p1_x - gradient_p0_x; - float gradient_inv_length2 = 1.0f / (gradient_extent_x * gradient_extent_x); - int full_alpha_count = 0; - for (ImDrawVert* vert = vert_end - 1; vert >= vert_start; vert--) - { - float d = (vert->pos.x - gradient_p0_x) * (gradient_extent_x); - float alpha_mul = 1.0f - ImClamp(d * gradient_inv_length2, 0.0f, 1.0f); - if (alpha_mul >= 1.0f && ++full_alpha_count > 2) - return; // Early out - int a = (int)(((vert->col >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * alpha_mul); - vert->col = (vert->col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); - } -} - // Distribute UV over (a, b) rectangle -void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawVert* vert_start, ImDrawVert* vert_end, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp) +void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp) { const ImVec2 size = b - a; const ImVec2 uv_size = uv_b - uv_a; @@ -1259,11 +1873,12 @@ void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawVert* vert_start, ImDrawVert* vert_end, con size.x != 0.0f ? (uv_size.x / size.x) : 0.0f, size.y != 0.0f ? (uv_size.y / size.y) : 0.0f); + ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx; + ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx; if (clamp) { const ImVec2 min = ImMin(uv_a, uv_b); const ImVec2 max = ImMax(uv_a, uv_b); - for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex) vertex->uv = ImClamp(uv_a + ImMul(ImVec2(vertex->pos.x, vertex->pos.y) - a, scale), min, max); } @@ -1275,110 +1890,96 @@ void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawVert* vert_start, ImDrawVert* vert_end, con } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImFontConfig +// [SECTION] ImFontConfig //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig() { - FontData = NULL; - FontDataSize = 0; + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true; - FontNo = 0; - SizePixels = 0.0f; - OversampleH = 3; + OversampleH = 3; // FIXME: 2 may be a better default? OversampleV = 1; - PixelSnapH = false; - GlyphExtraSpacing = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - GlyphRanges = NULL; - MergeMode = false; - RasterizerFlags = 0x00; + GlyphMaxAdvanceX = FLT_MAX; RasterizerMultiply = 1.0f; - memset(Name, 0, sizeof(Name)); - DstFont = NULL; + EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1; } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImFontAtlas +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // A work of art lies ahead! (. = white layer, X = black layer, others are blank) -// The white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in ImGui to render filled shapes. -const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF = 90; -const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H = 27; -const unsigned int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_ID = 0x80000000; -static const char FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF * FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H + 1] = +// The 2x2 white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in Dear ImGui to render filled shapes. +const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W = 108; // Actual texture will be 2 times that + 1 spacing. +const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H = 27; +static const char FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H + 1] = { - "..- -XXXXXXX- X - X -XXXXXXX - XXXXXXX" - "..- -X.....X- X.X - X.X -X.....X - X.....X" - "--- -XXX.XXX- X...X - X...X -X....X - X....X" - "X - X.X - X.....X - X.....X -X...X - X...X" - "XX - X.X -X.......X- X.......X -X..X.X - X.X..X" - "X.X - X.X -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX -X.X X.X - X.X X.X" - "X..X - X.X - X.X - X.X -XX X.X - X.X XX" - "X...X - X.X - X.X - XX X.X XX - X.X - X.X " - "X....X - X.X - X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X.X - X.X " - "X.....X - X.X - X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X.X - X.X " - "X......X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X XX-XX X.X " - "X.......X - X.X - X.X -X.....................X- X.X X.X-X.X X.X " - "X........X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X..X-X..X.X " - "X.........X -XXX.XXX- X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X...X-X...X " - "X..........X-X.....X- X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X....X-X....X " - "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX- X.X - XX X.X XX - X.....X-X.....X " - "X...X..X --------- X.X - X.X - XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX " - "X..X X..X - -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX ------------------------------------" - "X.X X..X - -X.......X- X.......X - XX XX - " - "XX X..X - - X.....X - X.....X - X.X X.X - " - " X..X - X...X - X...X - X..X X..X - " - " XX - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - " - "------------ - X - X -X.....................X- " - " ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - " - " - X..X X..X - " - " - X.X X.X - " - " - XX XX - " + "..- -XXXXXXX- X - X -XXXXXXX - XXXXXXX- XX " + "..- -X.....X- X.X - X.X -X.....X - X.....X- X..X " + "--- -XXX.XXX- X...X - X...X -X....X - X....X- X..X " + "X - X.X - X.....X - X.....X -X...X - X...X- X..X " + "XX - X.X -X.......X- X.......X -X..X.X - X.X..X- X..X " + "X.X - X.X -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX -X.X X.X - X.X X.X- X..XXX " + "X..X - X.X - X.X - X.X -XX X.X - X.X XX- X..X..XXX " + "X...X - X.X - X.X - XX X.X XX - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..XX " + "X....X - X.X - X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..X.X " + "X.....X - X.X - X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X.X - X.X -XXX X..X..X..X..X" + "X......X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X XX-XX X.X -X..XX........X..X" + "X.......X - X.X - X.X -X.....................X- X.X X.X-X.X X.X -X...X...........X" + "X........X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X..X-X..X.X - X..............X" + "X.........X -XXX.XXX- X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X...X-X...X - X.............X" + "X..........X-X.....X- X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X....X-X....X - X.............X" + "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX- X.X - XX X.X XX - X.....X-X.....X - X............X" + "X...X..X --------- X.X - X.X - XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX - X...........X " + "X..X X..X - -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX ------------------------------------- X..........X " + "X.X X..X - -X.......X- X.......X - XX XX - - X..........X " + "XX X..X - - X.....X - X.....X - X.X X.X - - X........X " + " X..X - X...X - X...X - X..X X..X - - X........X " + " XX - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - - XXXXXXXXXX " + "------------ - X - X -X.....................X- ------------------" + " ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - " + " - X..X X..X - " + " - X.X X.X - " + " - XX XX - " }; -static const ImVec2 FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_][3] = +static const ImVec2 FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT][3] = { // Pos ........ Size ......... Offset ...... - { ImVec2(0,3), ImVec2(12,19), ImVec2( 0, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow - { ImVec2(13,0), ImVec2(7,16), ImVec2( 4, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput - { ImVec2(31,0), ImVec2(23,23), ImVec2(11,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Move - { ImVec2(21,0), ImVec2( 9,23), ImVec2( 5,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS - { ImVec2(55,18),ImVec2(23, 9), ImVec2(11, 5) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW - { ImVec2(73,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 9, 9) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW - { ImVec2(55,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 9, 9) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE + { ImVec2( 0,3), ImVec2(12,19), ImVec2( 0, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow + { ImVec2(13,0), ImVec2( 7,16), ImVec2( 1, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput + { ImVec2(31,0), ImVec2(23,23), ImVec2(11,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll + { ImVec2(21,0), ImVec2( 9,23), ImVec2( 4,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS + { ImVec2(55,18),ImVec2(23, 9), ImVec2(11, 4) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW + { ImVec2(73,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW + { ImVec2(55,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE + { ImVec2(91,0), ImVec2(17,22), ImVec2( 5, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand }; - ImFontAtlas::ImFontAtlas() { - TexID = NULL; - TexDesiredWidth = 0; + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); TexGlyphPadding = 1; - TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL; - TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL; - TexWidth = TexHeight = 0; - TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0, 0); - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CustomRectIds); n++) - CustomRectIds[n] = -1; + PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1; } ImFontAtlas::~ImFontAtlas() { + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); Clear(); } void ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData() { + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); for (int i = 0; i < ConfigData.Size; i++) if (ConfigData[i].FontData && ConfigData[i].FontDataOwnedByAtlas) { - ImGui::MemFree(ConfigData[i].FontData); + IM_FREE(ConfigData[i].FontData); ConfigData[i].FontData = NULL; } - // When clearing this we lose access to the font name and other information used to build the font. + // When clearing this we lose access to the font name and other information used to build the font. for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++) if (Fonts[i]->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && Fonts[i]->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size) { @@ -1387,22 +1988,24 @@ void ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData() } ConfigData.clear(); CustomRects.clear(); - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CustomRectIds); n++) - CustomRectIds[n] = -1; + PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1; } void ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData() { + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); if (TexPixelsAlpha8) - ImGui::MemFree(TexPixelsAlpha8); + IM_FREE(TexPixelsAlpha8); if (TexPixelsRGBA32) - ImGui::MemFree(TexPixelsRGBA32); + IM_FREE(TexPixelsRGBA32); TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL; TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL; + TexPixelsUseColors = false; } void ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts() { + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++) IM_DELETE(Fonts[i]); Fonts.clear(); @@ -1437,13 +2040,16 @@ void ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_wid // Although it is likely to be the most commonly used format, our font rendering is 1 channel / 8 bpp if (!TexPixelsRGBA32) { - unsigned char* pixels; + unsigned char* pixels = NULL; GetTexDataAsAlpha8(&pixels, NULL, NULL); - TexPixelsRGBA32 = (unsigned int*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)(TexWidth * TexHeight * 4)); - const unsigned char* src = pixels; - unsigned int* dst = TexPixelsRGBA32; - for (int n = TexWidth * TexHeight; n > 0; n--) - *dst++ = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, (unsigned int)(*src++)); + if (pixels) + { + TexPixelsRGBA32 = (unsigned int*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)TexWidth * (size_t)TexHeight * 4); + const unsigned char* src = pixels; + unsigned int* dst = TexPixelsRGBA32; + for (int n = TexWidth * TexHeight; n > 0; n--) + *dst++ = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, (unsigned int)(*src++)); + } } *out_pixels = (unsigned char*)TexPixelsRGBA32; @@ -1454,6 +2060,7 @@ void ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_wid ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg) { + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->FontData != NULL && font_cfg->FontDataSize > 0); IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->SizePixels > 0.0f); @@ -1461,34 +2068,37 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg) if (!font_cfg->MergeMode) Fonts.push_back(IM_NEW(ImFont)); else - IM_ASSERT(!Fonts.empty()); // When using MergeMode make sure that a font has already been added before. You can use ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->AddFontDefault() to add the default imgui font. + IM_ASSERT(!Fonts.empty() && "Cannot use MergeMode for the first font"); // When using MergeMode make sure that a font has already been added before. You can use ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->AddFontDefault() to add the default imgui font. ConfigData.push_back(*font_cfg); ImFontConfig& new_font_cfg = ConfigData.back(); - if (!new_font_cfg.DstFont) + if (new_font_cfg.DstFont == NULL) new_font_cfg.DstFont = Fonts.back(); if (!new_font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas) { - new_font_cfg.FontData = ImGui::MemAlloc(new_font_cfg.FontDataSize); + new_font_cfg.FontData = IM_ALLOC(new_font_cfg.FontDataSize); new_font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true; memcpy(new_font_cfg.FontData, font_cfg->FontData, (size_t)new_font_cfg.FontDataSize); } + if (new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1) + new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar = font_cfg->EllipsisChar; + // Invalidate texture ClearTexData(); return new_font_cfg.DstFont; } -// Default font TTF is compressed with stb_compress then base85 encoded (see extra_fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp for encoder) -static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(unsigned char *input); -static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, unsigned char *i, unsigned int length); +// Default font TTF is compressed with stb_compress then base85 encoded (see misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp for encoder) +static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(const unsigned char* input); +static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char* output, const unsigned char* input, unsigned int length); static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85(); static unsigned int Decode85Byte(char c) { return c >= '\\' ? c-36 : c-35; } static void Decode85(const unsigned char* src, unsigned char* dst) { while (*src) { - unsigned int tmp = Decode85Byte(src[0]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[1]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[2]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[3]) + 85*Decode85Byte(src[4])))); + unsigned int tmp = Decode85Byte(src[0]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[1]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[2]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[3]) + 85 * Decode85Byte(src[4])))); dst[0] = ((tmp >> 0) & 0xFF); dst[1] = ((tmp >> 8) & 0xFF); dst[2] = ((tmp >> 16) & 0xFF); dst[3] = ((tmp >> 24) & 0xFF); // We can't assume little-endianness. src += 5; dst += 4; @@ -1504,21 +2114,27 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template) font_cfg.OversampleH = font_cfg.OversampleV = 1; font_cfg.PixelSnapH = true; } - if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0') strcpy(font_cfg.Name, "ProggyClean.ttf, 13px"); - if (font_cfg.SizePixels <= 0.0f) font_cfg.SizePixels = 13.0f; + if (font_cfg.SizePixels <= 0.0f) + font_cfg.SizePixels = 13.0f * 1.0f; + if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0') + ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "ProggyClean.ttf, %dpx", (int)font_cfg.SizePixels); + font_cfg.EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)0x0085; + font_cfg.GlyphOffset.y = 1.0f * IM_FLOOR(font_cfg.SizePixels / 13.0f); // Add +1 offset per 13 units const char* ttf_compressed_base85 = GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85(); - ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(ttf_compressed_base85, font_cfg.SizePixels, &font_cfg, GetGlyphRangesDefault()); + const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = font_cfg.GlyphRanges != NULL ? font_cfg.GlyphRanges : GetGlyphRangesDefault(); + ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(ttf_compressed_base85, font_cfg.SizePixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges); return font; } ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) { - int data_size = 0; + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); + size_t data_size = 0; void* data = ImFileLoadToMemory(filename, "rb", &data_size, 0); if (!data) { - IM_ASSERT(0); // Could not load file. + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Could not load font file!"); return NULL; } ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig(); @@ -1527,14 +2143,15 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, // Store a short copy of filename into into the font name for convenience const char* p; for (p = filename + strlen(filename); p > filename && p[-1] != '/' && p[-1] != '\\'; p--) {} - snprintf(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "%s, %.0fpx", p, size_pixels); + ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "%s, %.0fpx", p, size_pixels); } - return AddFontFromMemoryTTF(data, data_size, size_pixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges); + return AddFontFromMemoryTTF(data, (int)data_size, size_pixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges); } // NB: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas, unless font_cfg_template->FontDataOwnedByAtlas == false. Owned TTF buffer will be deleted after Build(). ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) { + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig(); IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL); font_cfg.FontData = ttf_data; @@ -1547,9 +2164,9 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float si ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_data, int compressed_ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) { - const unsigned int buf_decompressed_size = stb_decompress_length((unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data); - unsigned char* buf_decompressed_data = (unsigned char *)ImGui::MemAlloc(buf_decompressed_size); - stb_decompress(buf_decompressed_data, (unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data, (unsigned int)compressed_ttf_size); + const unsigned int buf_decompressed_size = stb_decompress_length((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data); + unsigned char* buf_decompressed_data = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(buf_decompressed_size); + stb_decompress(buf_decompressed_data, (const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data, (unsigned int)compressed_ttf_size); ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig(); IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL); @@ -1560,20 +2177,18 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_d ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_ttf_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) { int compressed_ttf_size = (((int)strlen(compressed_ttf_data_base85) + 4) / 5) * 4; - void* compressed_ttf = ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)compressed_ttf_size); + void* compressed_ttf = IM_ALLOC((size_t)compressed_ttf_size); Decode85((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data_base85, (unsigned char*)compressed_ttf); ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(compressed_ttf, compressed_ttf_size, size_pixels, font_cfg, glyph_ranges); - ImGui::MemFree(compressed_ttf); + IM_FREE(compressed_ttf); return font; } -int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(unsigned int id, int width, int height) +int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height) { - IM_ASSERT(id >= 0x10000); IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF); IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF); - CustomRect r; - r.ID = id; + ImFontAtlasCustomRect r; r.Width = (unsigned short)width; r.Height = (unsigned short)height; CustomRects.push_back(r); @@ -1582,13 +2197,16 @@ int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(unsigned int id, int width, int height) int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset) { +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 + IM_ASSERT(id <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX); +#endif IM_ASSERT(font != NULL); IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF); IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF); - CustomRect r; - r.ID = id; + ImFontAtlasCustomRect r; r.Width = (unsigned short)width; r.Height = (unsigned short)height; + r.GlyphID = id; r.GlyphAdvanceX = advance_x; r.GlyphOffset = offset; r.Font = font; @@ -1596,17 +2214,58 @@ int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int return CustomRects.Size - 1; // Return index } -void ImFontAtlas::CalcCustomRectUV(const CustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) +void ImFontAtlas::CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) const { IM_ASSERT(TexWidth > 0 && TexHeight > 0); // Font atlas needs to be built before we can calculate UV coordinates IM_ASSERT(rect->IsPacked()); // Make sure the rectangle has been packed - *out_uv_min = ImVec2((float)rect->X / TexWidth, (float)rect->Y / TexHeight); - *out_uv_max = ImVec2((float)(rect->X + rect->Width) / TexWidth, (float)(rect->Y + rect->Height) / TexHeight); + *out_uv_min = ImVec2((float)rect->X * TexUvScale.x, (float)rect->Y * TexUvScale.y); + *out_uv_max = ImVec2((float)(rect->X + rect->Width) * TexUvScale.x, (float)(rect->Y + rect->Height) * TexUvScale.y); +} + +bool ImFontAtlas::GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2]) +{ + if (cursor_type <= ImGuiMouseCursor_None || cursor_type >= ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT) + return false; + if (Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors) + return false; + + IM_ASSERT(PackIdMouseCursors != -1); + ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = GetCustomRectByIndex(PackIdMouseCursors); + ImVec2 pos = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][0] + ImVec2((float)r->X, (float)r->Y); + ImVec2 size = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][1]; + *out_size = size; + *out_offset = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][2]; + out_uv_border[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale; + out_uv_border[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale; + pos.x += FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W + 1; + out_uv_fill[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale; + out_uv_fill[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale; + return true; } bool ImFontAtlas::Build() { - return ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(this); + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); + + // Select builder + // - Note that we do not reassign to atlas->FontBuilderIO, since it is likely to point to static data which + // may mess with some hot-reloading schemes. If you need to assign to this (for dynamic selection) AND are + // using a hot-reloading scheme that messes up static data, store your own instance of ImFontBuilderIO somewhere + // and point to it instead of pointing directly to return value of the GetBuilderXXX functions. + const ImFontBuilderIO* builder_io = FontBuilderIO; + if (builder_io == NULL) + { +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE + builder_io = ImGuiFreeType::GetBuilderForFreeType(); +#elif defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE) + builder_io = ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype(); +#else + IM_ASSERT(0); // Invalid Build function +#endif + } + + // Build + return builder_io->FontBuilder_Build(this); } void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_brighten_factor) @@ -1626,204 +2285,306 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsig data[i] = table[data[i]]; } -bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE +// Temporary data for one source font (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont) +// (C++03 doesn't allow instancing ImVector<> with function-local types so we declare the type here.) +struct ImFontBuildSrcData +{ + stbtt_fontinfo FontInfo; + stbtt_pack_range PackRange; // Hold the list of codepoints to pack (essentially points to Codepoints.Data) + stbrp_rect* Rects; // Rectangle to pack. We first fill in their size and the packer will give us their position. + stbtt_packedchar* PackedChars; // Output glyphs + const ImWchar* SrcRanges; // Ranges as requested by user (user is allowed to request too much, e.g. 0x0020..0xFFFF) + int DstIndex; // Index into atlas->Fonts[] and dst_tmp_array[] + int GlyphsHighest; // Highest requested codepoint + int GlyphsCount; // Glyph count (excluding missing glyphs and glyphs already set by an earlier source font) + ImBitVector GlyphsSet; // Glyph bit map (random access, 1-bit per codepoint. This will be a maximum of 8KB) + ImVector GlyphsList; // Glyph codepoints list (flattened version of GlyphsMap) +}; + +// Temporary data for one destination ImFont* (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont) +struct ImFontBuildDstData +{ + int SrcCount; // Number of source fonts targeting this destination font. + int GlyphsHighest; + int GlyphsCount; + ImBitVector GlyphsSet; // This is used to resolve collision when multiple sources are merged into a same destination font. +}; + +static void UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(const ImBitVector* in, ImVector* out) +{ + IM_ASSERT(sizeof(in->Storage.Data[0]) == sizeof(int)); + const ImU32* it_begin = in->Storage.begin(); + const ImU32* it_end = in->Storage.end(); + for (const ImU32* it = it_begin; it < it_end; it++) + if (ImU32 entries_32 = *it) + for (ImU32 bit_n = 0; bit_n < 32; bit_n++) + if (entries_32 & ((ImU32)1 << bit_n)) + out->push_back((int)(((it - it_begin) << 5) + bit_n)); +} + +static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { IM_ASSERT(atlas->ConfigData.Size > 0); - ImFontAtlasBuildRegisterDefaultCustomRects(atlas); + ImFontAtlasBuildInit(atlas); - atlas->TexID = NULL; + // Clear atlas + atlas->TexID = (ImTextureID)NULL; atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexHeight = 0; - atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0, 0); + atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); atlas->ClearTexData(); - // Count glyphs/ranges - int total_glyphs_count = 0; - int total_ranges_count = 0; - for (int input_i = 0; input_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; input_i++) + // Temporary storage for building + ImVector src_tmp_array; + ImVector dst_tmp_array; + src_tmp_array.resize(atlas->ConfigData.Size); + dst_tmp_array.resize(atlas->Fonts.Size); + memset(src_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)src_tmp_array.size_in_bytes()); + memset(dst_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)dst_tmp_array.size_in_bytes()); + + // 1. Initialize font loading structure, check font data validity + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; src_i++) { - ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[input_i]; - if (!cfg.GlyphRanges) - cfg.GlyphRanges = atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault(); - for (const ImWchar* in_range = cfg.GlyphRanges; in_range[0] && in_range[1]; in_range += 2, total_ranges_count++) - total_glyphs_count += (in_range[1] - in_range[0]) + 1; - } - - // We need a width for the skyline algorithm. Using a dumb heuristic here to decide of width. User can override TexDesiredWidth and TexGlyphPadding if they wish. - // Width doesn't really matter much, but some API/GPU have texture size limitations and increasing width can decrease height. - atlas->TexWidth = (atlas->TexDesiredWidth > 0) ? atlas->TexDesiredWidth : (total_glyphs_count > 4000) ? 4096 : (total_glyphs_count > 2000) ? 2048 : (total_glyphs_count > 1000) ? 1024 : 512; - atlas->TexHeight = 0; - - // Start packing - const int max_tex_height = 1024*32; - stbtt_pack_context spc = {}; - stbtt_PackBegin(&spc, NULL, atlas->TexWidth, max_tex_height, 0, atlas->TexGlyphPadding, NULL); - stbtt_PackSetOversampling(&spc, 1, 1); - - // Pack our extra data rectangles first, so it will be on the upper-left corner of our texture (UV will have small values). - ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(atlas, spc.pack_info); - - // Initialize font information (so we can error without any cleanup) - struct ImFontTempBuildData - { - stbtt_fontinfo FontInfo; - stbrp_rect* Rects; - int RectsCount; - stbtt_pack_range* Ranges; - int RangesCount; - }; - ImFontTempBuildData* tmp_array = (ImFontTempBuildData*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)atlas->ConfigData.Size * sizeof(ImFontTempBuildData)); - for (int input_i = 0; input_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; input_i++) - { - ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[input_i]; - ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i]; + ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; IM_ASSERT(cfg.DstFont && (!cfg.DstFont->IsLoaded() || cfg.DstFont->ContainerAtlas == atlas)); - const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, cfg.FontNo); - IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0); - if (!stbtt_InitFont(&tmp.FontInfo, (unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, font_offset)) + // Find index from cfg.DstFont (we allow the user to set cfg.DstFont. Also it makes casual debugging nicer than when storing indices) + src_tmp.DstIndex = -1; + for (int output_i = 0; output_i < atlas->Fonts.Size && src_tmp.DstIndex == -1; output_i++) + if (cfg.DstFont == atlas->Fonts[output_i]) + src_tmp.DstIndex = output_i; + if (src_tmp.DstIndex == -1) { - ImGui::MemFree(tmp_array); + IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array? return false; } + // Initialize helper structure for font loading and verify that the TTF/OTF data is correct + const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, cfg.FontNo); + IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0 && "FontData is incorrect, or FontNo cannot be found."); + if (!stbtt_InitFont(&src_tmp.FontInfo, (unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, font_offset)) + return false; + + // Measure highest codepoints + ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex]; + src_tmp.SrcRanges = cfg.GlyphRanges ? cfg.GlyphRanges : atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault(); + for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2) + src_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest, (int)src_range[1]); + dst_tmp.SrcCount++; + dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest, src_tmp.GlyphsHighest); } + // 2. For every requested codepoint, check for their presence in the font data, and handle redundancy or overlaps between source fonts to avoid unused glyphs. + int total_glyphs_count = 0; + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) + { + ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex]; + src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1); + if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.empty()) + dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1); + + for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2) + for (unsigned int codepoint = src_range[0]; codepoint <= src_range[1]; codepoint++) + { + if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.TestBit(codepoint)) // Don't overwrite existing glyphs. We could make this an option for MergeMode (e.g. MergeOverwrite==true) + continue; + if (!stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&src_tmp.FontInfo, codepoint)) // It is actually in the font? + continue; + + // Add to avail set/counters + src_tmp.GlyphsCount++; + dst_tmp.GlyphsCount++; + src_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint); + dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint); + total_glyphs_count++; + } + } + + // 3. Unpack our bit map into a flat list (we now have all the Unicode points that we know are requested _and_ available _and_ not overlapping another) + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) + { + ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + src_tmp.GlyphsList.reserve(src_tmp.GlyphsCount); + UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(&src_tmp.GlyphsSet, &src_tmp.GlyphsList); + src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Clear(); + IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size == src_tmp.GlyphsCount); + } + for (int dst_i = 0; dst_i < dst_tmp_array.Size; dst_i++) + dst_tmp_array[dst_i].GlyphsSet.Clear(); + dst_tmp_array.clear(); + // Allocate packing character data and flag packed characters buffer as non-packed (x0=y0=x1=y1=0) - int buf_packedchars_n = 0, buf_rects_n = 0, buf_ranges_n = 0; - stbtt_packedchar* buf_packedchars = (stbtt_packedchar*)ImGui::MemAlloc(total_glyphs_count * sizeof(stbtt_packedchar)); - stbrp_rect* buf_rects = (stbrp_rect*)ImGui::MemAlloc(total_glyphs_count * sizeof(stbrp_rect)); - stbtt_pack_range* buf_ranges = (stbtt_pack_range*)ImGui::MemAlloc(total_ranges_count * sizeof(stbtt_pack_range)); - memset(buf_packedchars, 0, total_glyphs_count * sizeof(stbtt_packedchar)); - memset(buf_rects, 0, total_glyphs_count * sizeof(stbrp_rect)); // Unnecessary but let's clear this for the sake of sanity. - memset(buf_ranges, 0, total_ranges_count * sizeof(stbtt_pack_range)); + // (We technically don't need to zero-clear buf_rects, but let's do it for the sake of sanity) + ImVector buf_rects; + ImVector buf_packedchars; + buf_rects.resize(total_glyphs_count); + buf_packedchars.resize(total_glyphs_count); + memset(buf_rects.Data, 0, (size_t)buf_rects.size_in_bytes()); + memset(buf_packedchars.Data, 0, (size_t)buf_packedchars.size_in_bytes()); - // First font pass: pack all glyphs (no rendering at this point, we are working with rectangles in an infinitely tall texture at this point) - for (int input_i = 0; input_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; input_i++) + // 4. Gather glyphs sizes so we can pack them in our virtual canvas. + int total_surface = 0; + int buf_rects_out_n = 0; + int buf_packedchars_out_n = 0; + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) { - ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[input_i]; - ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i]; + ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) + continue; - // Setup ranges - int font_glyphs_count = 0; - int font_ranges_count = 0; - for (const ImWchar* in_range = cfg.GlyphRanges; in_range[0] && in_range[1]; in_range += 2, font_ranges_count++) - font_glyphs_count += (in_range[1] - in_range[0]) + 1; - tmp.Ranges = buf_ranges + buf_ranges_n; - tmp.RangesCount = font_ranges_count; - buf_ranges_n += font_ranges_count; - for (int i = 0; i < font_ranges_count; i++) + src_tmp.Rects = &buf_rects[buf_rects_out_n]; + src_tmp.PackedChars = &buf_packedchars[buf_packedchars_out_n]; + buf_rects_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount; + buf_packedchars_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount; + + // Convert our ranges in the format stb_truetype wants + ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; + src_tmp.PackRange.font_size = cfg.SizePixels; + src_tmp.PackRange.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = 0; + src_tmp.PackRange.array_of_unicode_codepoints = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Data; + src_tmp.PackRange.num_chars = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; + src_tmp.PackRange.chardata_for_range = src_tmp.PackedChars; + src_tmp.PackRange.h_oversample = (unsigned char)cfg.OversampleH; + src_tmp.PackRange.v_oversample = (unsigned char)cfg.OversampleV; + + // Gather the sizes of all rectangles we will need to pack (this loop is based on stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects) + const float scale = (cfg.SizePixels > 0) ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&src_tmp.FontInfo, -cfg.SizePixels); + const int padding = atlas->TexGlyphPadding; + for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; glyph_i++) { - const ImWchar* in_range = &cfg.GlyphRanges[i * 2]; - stbtt_pack_range& range = tmp.Ranges[i]; - range.font_size = cfg.SizePixels; - range.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = in_range[0]; - range.num_chars = (in_range[1] - in_range[0]) + 1; - range.chardata_for_range = buf_packedchars + buf_packedchars_n; - buf_packedchars_n += range.num_chars; + int x0, y0, x1, y1; + const int glyph_index_in_font = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&src_tmp.FontInfo, src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i]); + IM_ASSERT(glyph_index_in_font != 0); + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(&src_tmp.FontInfo, glyph_index_in_font, scale * cfg.OversampleH, scale * cfg.OversampleV, 0, 0, &x0, &y0, &x1, &y1); + src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w = (stbrp_coord)(x1 - x0 + padding + cfg.OversampleH - 1); + src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h = (stbrp_coord)(y1 - y0 + padding + cfg.OversampleV - 1); + total_surface += src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w * src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h; } - - // Pack - tmp.Rects = buf_rects + buf_rects_n; - tmp.RectsCount = font_glyphs_count; - buf_rects_n += font_glyphs_count; - stbtt_PackSetOversampling(&spc, cfg.OversampleH, cfg.OversampleV); - int n = stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(&spc, &tmp.FontInfo, tmp.Ranges, tmp.RangesCount, tmp.Rects); - IM_ASSERT(n == font_glyphs_count); - stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context*)spc.pack_info, tmp.Rects, n); - - // Extend texture height - for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) - if (tmp.Rects[i].was_packed) - atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, tmp.Rects[i].y + tmp.Rects[i].h); } - IM_ASSERT(buf_rects_n == total_glyphs_count); - IM_ASSERT(buf_packedchars_n == total_glyphs_count); - IM_ASSERT(buf_ranges_n == total_ranges_count); - // Create texture - atlas->TexHeight = ImUpperPowerOfTwo(atlas->TexHeight); - atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 = (unsigned char*)ImGui::MemAlloc(atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight); + // We need a width for the skyline algorithm, any width! + // The exact width doesn't really matter much, but some API/GPU have texture size limitations and increasing width can decrease height. + // User can override TexDesiredWidth and TexGlyphPadding if they wish, otherwise we use a simple heuristic to select the width based on expected surface. + const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)total_surface) + 1; + atlas->TexHeight = 0; + if (atlas->TexDesiredWidth > 0) + atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexDesiredWidth; + else + atlas->TexWidth = (surface_sqrt >= 4096 * 0.7f) ? 4096 : (surface_sqrt >= 2048 * 0.7f) ? 2048 : (surface_sqrt >= 1024 * 0.7f) ? 1024 : 512; + + // 5. Start packing + // Pack our extra data rectangles first, so it will be on the upper-left corner of our texture (UV will have small values). + const int TEX_HEIGHT_MAX = 1024 * 32; + stbtt_pack_context spc = {}; + stbtt_PackBegin(&spc, NULL, atlas->TexWidth, TEX_HEIGHT_MAX, 0, atlas->TexGlyphPadding, NULL); + ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(atlas, spc.pack_info); + + // 6. Pack each source font. No rendering yet, we are working with rectangles in an infinitely tall texture at this point. + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) + { + ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) + continue; + + stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context*)spc.pack_info, src_tmp.Rects, src_tmp.GlyphsCount); + + // Extend texture height and mark missing glyphs as non-packed so we won't render them. + // FIXME: We are not handling packing failure here (would happen if we got off TEX_HEIGHT_MAX or if a single if larger than TexWidth?) + for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++) + if (src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].was_packed) + atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].y + src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h); + } + + // 7. Allocate texture + atlas->TexHeight = (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight) ? (atlas->TexHeight + 1) : ImUpperPowerOfTwo(atlas->TexHeight); + atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(1.0f / atlas->TexWidth, 1.0f / atlas->TexHeight); + atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight); memset(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, 0, atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight); spc.pixels = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8; spc.height = atlas->TexHeight; - // Second pass: render font characters - for (int input_i = 0; input_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; input_i++) + // 8. Render/rasterize font characters into the texture + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) { - ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[input_i]; - ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i]; - stbtt_PackSetOversampling(&spc, cfg.OversampleH, cfg.OversampleV); - stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(&spc, &tmp.FontInfo, tmp.Ranges, tmp.RangesCount, tmp.Rects); + ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; + ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) + continue; + + stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(&spc, &src_tmp.FontInfo, &src_tmp.PackRange, 1, src_tmp.Rects); + + // Apply multiply operator if (cfg.RasterizerMultiply != 1.0f) { unsigned char multiply_table[256]; ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(multiply_table, cfg.RasterizerMultiply); - for (const stbrp_rect* r = tmp.Rects; r != tmp.Rects + tmp.RectsCount; r++) + stbrp_rect* r = &src_tmp.Rects[0]; + for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++, r++) if (r->was_packed) - ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(multiply_table, spc.pixels, r->x, r->y, r->w, r->h, spc.stride_in_bytes); + ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(multiply_table, atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, r->x, r->y, r->w, r->h, atlas->TexWidth * 1); } - tmp.Rects = NULL; + src_tmp.Rects = NULL; } // End packing stbtt_PackEnd(&spc); - ImGui::MemFree(buf_rects); - buf_rects = NULL; + buf_rects.clear(); - // Third pass: setup ImFont and glyphs for runtime - for (int input_i = 0; input_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; input_i++) + // 9. Setup ImFont and glyphs for runtime + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) { - ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[input_i]; - ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i]; - ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont; // We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font (when using MergeMode=true) + ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) + continue; - const float font_scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels); + // When merging fonts with MergeMode=true: + // - We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font. + // - dst_font->ConfigData is != from cfg which is our source configuration. + ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; + ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont; + + const float font_scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels); int unscaled_ascent, unscaled_descent, unscaled_line_gap; - stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&tmp.FontInfo, &unscaled_ascent, &unscaled_descent, &unscaled_line_gap); + stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&src_tmp.FontInfo, &unscaled_ascent, &unscaled_descent, &unscaled_line_gap); - const float ascent = unscaled_ascent * font_scale; - const float descent = unscaled_descent * font_scale; + const float ascent = ImFloor(unscaled_ascent * font_scale + ((unscaled_ascent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1)); + const float descent = ImFloor(unscaled_descent * font_scale + ((unscaled_descent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1)); ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(atlas, dst_font, &cfg, ascent, descent); - const float off_x = cfg.GlyphOffset.x; - const float off_y = cfg.GlyphOffset.y + (float)(int)(dst_font->Ascent + 0.5f); + const float font_off_x = cfg.GlyphOffset.x; + const float font_off_y = cfg.GlyphOffset.y + IM_ROUND(dst_font->Ascent); - for (int i = 0; i < tmp.RangesCount; i++) + for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++) { - stbtt_pack_range& range = tmp.Ranges[i]; - for (int char_idx = 0; char_idx < range.num_chars; char_idx += 1) - { - const stbtt_packedchar& pc = range.chardata_for_range[char_idx]; - if (!pc.x0 && !pc.x1 && !pc.y0 && !pc.y1) - continue; - - const int codepoint = range.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + char_idx; - if (cfg.MergeMode && dst_font->FindGlyph((unsigned short)codepoint)) - continue; - - stbtt_aligned_quad q; - float dummy_x = 0.0f, dummy_y = 0.0f; - stbtt_GetPackedQuad(range.chardata_for_range, atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight, char_idx, &dummy_x, &dummy_y, &q, 0); - dst_font->AddGlyph((ImWchar)codepoint, q.x0 + off_x, q.y0 + off_y, q.x1 + off_x, q.y1 + off_y, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, pc.xadvance); - } + // Register glyph + const int codepoint = src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i]; + const stbtt_packedchar& pc = src_tmp.PackedChars[glyph_i]; + stbtt_aligned_quad q; + float unused_x = 0.0f, unused_y = 0.0f; + stbtt_GetPackedQuad(src_tmp.PackedChars, atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight, glyph_i, &unused_x, &unused_y, &q, 0); + dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)codepoint, q.x0 + font_off_x, q.y0 + font_off_y, q.x1 + font_off_x, q.y1 + font_off_y, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, pc.xadvance); } } - // Cleanup temporaries - ImGui::MemFree(buf_packedchars); - ImGui::MemFree(buf_ranges); - ImGui::MemFree(tmp_array); + // Cleanup temporary (ImVector doesn't honor destructor) + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) + src_tmp_array[src_i].~ImFontBuildSrcData(); ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(atlas); - return true; } -void ImFontAtlasBuildRegisterDefaultCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype() { - if (atlas->CustomRectIds[0] < 0) - atlas->CustomRectIds[0] = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_ID, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF*2+1, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H); + static ImFontBuilderIO io; + io.FontBuilder_Build = ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype; + return &io; } +#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE + void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent) { if (!font_config->MergeMode) @@ -1831,6 +2592,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* f font->ClearOutputData(); font->FontSize = font_config->SizePixels; font->ConfigData = font_config; + font->ConfigDataCount = 0; font->ContainerAtlas = atlas; font->Ascent = ascent; font->Descent = descent; @@ -1838,16 +2600,17 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* f font->ConfigDataCount++; } -void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* pack_context_opaque) +void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque) { - stbrp_context* pack_context = (stbrp_context*)pack_context_opaque; + stbrp_context* pack_context = (stbrp_context*)stbrp_context_opaque; + IM_ASSERT(pack_context != NULL); - ImVector& user_rects = atlas->CustomRects; + ImVector& user_rects = atlas->CustomRects; IM_ASSERT(user_rects.Size >= 1); // We expect at least the default custom rects to be registered, else something went wrong. ImVector pack_rects; pack_rects.resize(user_rects.Size); - memset(pack_rects.Data, 0, sizeof(stbrp_rect) * user_rects.Size); + memset(pack_rects.Data, 0, (size_t)pack_rects.size_in_bytes()); for (int i = 0; i < user_rects.Size; i++) { pack_rects[i].w = user_rects[i].Width; @@ -1864,66 +2627,181 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* pack_context_opaq } } +void ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value) +{ + IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth); + IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight); + unsigned char* out_pixel = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 + x + (y * atlas->TexWidth); + for (int off_y = 0; off_y < h; off_y++, out_pixel += atlas->TexWidth, in_str += w) + for (int off_x = 0; off_x < w; off_x++) + out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : 0x00; +} + +void ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value) +{ + IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth); + IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight); + unsigned int* out_pixel = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 + x + (y * atlas->TexWidth); + for (int off_y = 0; off_y < h; off_y++, out_pixel += atlas->TexWidth, in_str += w) + for (int off_x = 0; off_x < w; off_x++) + out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS; +} + static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { - IM_ASSERT(atlas->CustomRectIds[0] >= 0); - ImFontAtlas::CustomRect& r = atlas->CustomRects[atlas->CustomRectIds[0]]; - IM_ASSERT(r.ID == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_ID); - IM_ASSERT(r.Width == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF*2+1); - IM_ASSERT(r.Height == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H); - IM_ASSERT(r.IsPacked()); - IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL); + ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = atlas->GetCustomRectByIndex(atlas->PackIdMouseCursors); + IM_ASSERT(r->IsPacked()); - // Render/copy pixels - for (int y = 0, n = 0; y < FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H; y++) - for (int x = 0; x < FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF; x++, n++) - { - const int offset0 = (int)(r.X + x) + (int)(r.Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth; - const int offset1 = offset0 + FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF + 1; - atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset0] = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[n] == '.' ? 0xFF : 0x00; - atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset1] = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[n] == 'X' ? 0xFF : 0x00; - } - const ImVec2 tex_uv_scale(1.0f / atlas->TexWidth, 1.0f / atlas->TexHeight); - atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2((r.X + 0.5f) * tex_uv_scale.x, (r.Y + 0.5f) * tex_uv_scale.y); - - // Setup mouse cursors - for (int type = 0; type < ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_; type++) + const int w = atlas->TexWidth; + if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors)) { - ImGuiMouseCursorData& cursor_data = GImGui->MouseCursorData[type]; - ImVec2 pos = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[type][0] + ImVec2((float)r.X, (float)r.Y); - const ImVec2 size = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[type][1]; - cursor_data.Type = type; - cursor_data.Size = size; - cursor_data.HotOffset = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[type][2]; - cursor_data.TexUvMin[0] = (pos) * tex_uv_scale; - cursor_data.TexUvMax[0] = (pos + size) * tex_uv_scale; - pos.x += FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF + 1; - cursor_data.TexUvMin[1] = (pos) * tex_uv_scale; - cursor_data.TexUvMax[1] = (pos + size) * tex_uv_scale; + // Render/copy pixels + IM_ASSERT(r->Width == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * 2 + 1 && r->Height == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H); + const int x_for_white = r->X; + const int x_for_black = r->X + FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W + 1; + if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL) + { + ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', 0xFF); + ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', 0xFF); + } + else + { + ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', IM_COL32_WHITE); + ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', IM_COL32_WHITE); + } + } + else + { + // Render 4 white pixels + IM_ASSERT(r->Width == 2 && r->Height == 2); + const int offset = (int)r->X + (int)r->Y * w; + if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL) + { + atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w + 1] = 0xFF; + } + else + { + atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w + 1] = IM_COL32_WHITE; + } + } + atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2((r->X + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.x, (r->Y + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.y); +} + +static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + if (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines) + return; + + // This generates a triangular shape in the texture, with the various line widths stacked on top of each other to allow interpolation between them + ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = atlas->GetCustomRectByIndex(atlas->PackIdLines); + IM_ASSERT(r->IsPacked()); + for (unsigned int n = 0; n < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1; n++) // +1 because of the zero-width row + { + // Each line consists of at least two empty pixels at the ends, with a line of solid pixels in the middle + unsigned int y = n; + unsigned int line_width = n; + unsigned int pad_left = (r->Width - line_width) / 2; + unsigned int pad_right = r->Width - (pad_left + line_width); + + // Write each slice + IM_ASSERT(pad_left + line_width + pad_right == r->Width && y < r->Height); // Make sure we're inside the texture bounds before we start writing pixels + if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL) + { + unsigned char* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)]; + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++) + *(write_ptr + i) = 0x00; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++) + *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = 0xFF; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++) + *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = 0x00; + } + else + { + unsigned int* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)]; + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++) + *(write_ptr + i) = IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++) + *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = IM_COL32_WHITE; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++) + *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS; + } + + // Calculate UVs for this line + ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((float)(r->X + pad_left - 1), (float)(r->Y + y)) * atlas->TexUvScale; + ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((float)(r->X + pad_left + line_width + 1), (float)(r->Y + y + 1)) * atlas->TexUvScale; + float half_v = (uv0.y + uv1.y) * 0.5f; // Calculate a constant V in the middle of the row to avoid sampling artifacts + atlas->TexUvLines[n] = ImVec4(uv0.x, half_v, uv1.x, half_v); } } +// Note: this is called / shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder +void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + // Register texture region for mouse cursors or standard white pixels + if (atlas->PackIdMouseCursors < 0) + { + if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors)) + atlas->PackIdMouseCursors = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * 2 + 1, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H); + else + atlas->PackIdMouseCursors = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(2, 2); + } + + // Register texture region for thick lines + // The +2 here is to give space for the end caps, whilst height +1 is to accommodate the fact we have a zero-width row + if (atlas->PackIdLines < 0) + { + if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)) + atlas->PackIdLines = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 2, IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1); + } +} + +// This is called/shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder. void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { - // Render into our custom data block + // Render into our custom data blocks + IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL); ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(atlas); + ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(atlas); // Register custom rectangle glyphs for (int i = 0; i < atlas->CustomRects.Size; i++) { - const ImFontAtlas::CustomRect& r = atlas->CustomRects[i]; - if (r.Font == NULL || r.ID > 0x10000) + const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = &atlas->CustomRects[i]; + if (r->Font == NULL || r->GlyphID == 0) continue; - IM_ASSERT(r.Font->ContainerAtlas == atlas); + // Will ignore ImFontConfig settings: GlyphMinAdvanceX, GlyphMinAdvanceY, GlyphExtraSpacing, PixelSnapH + IM_ASSERT(r->Font->ContainerAtlas == atlas); ImVec2 uv0, uv1; - atlas->CalcCustomRectUV(&r, &uv0, &uv1); - r.Font->AddGlyph((ImWchar)r.ID, r.GlyphOffset.x, r.GlyphOffset.y, r.GlyphOffset.x + r.Width, r.GlyphOffset.y + r.Height, uv0.x, uv0.y, uv1.x, uv1.y, r.GlyphAdvanceX); + atlas->CalcCustomRectUV(r, &uv0, &uv1); + r->Font->AddGlyph(NULL, (ImWchar)r->GlyphID, r->GlyphOffset.x, r->GlyphOffset.y, r->GlyphOffset.x + r->Width, r->GlyphOffset.y + r->Height, uv0.x, uv0.y, uv1.x, uv1.y, r->GlyphAdvanceX); } // Build all fonts lookup tables for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) - atlas->Fonts[i]->BuildLookupTable(); + if (atlas->Fonts[i]->DirtyLookupTables) + atlas->Fonts[i]->BuildLookupTable(); + + // Ellipsis character is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis). + // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character. + // FIXME: Also note that 0x2026 is currently seldom included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots. + for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.size(); i++) + { + ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; + if (font->EllipsisChar != (ImWchar)-1) + continue; + const ImWchar ellipsis_variants[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 }; + for (int j = 0; j < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_variants); j++) + if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback(ellipsis_variants[j]) != NULL) // Verify glyph exists + { + font->EllipsisChar = ellipsis_variants[j]; + break; + } + } } // Retrieve list of range (2 int per range, values are inclusive) @@ -1943,18 +2821,19 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesKorean() { 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement 0x3131, 0x3163, // Korean alphabets - 0xAC00, 0xD79D, // Korean characters + 0xAC00, 0xD7A3, // Korean characters 0, }; return &ranges[0]; } -const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChinese() +const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() { static const ImWchar ranges[] = { 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement - 0x3000, 0x30FF, // Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana + 0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation + 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions 0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters 0x4e00, 0x9FAF, // CJK Ideograms @@ -1963,67 +2842,172 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChinese() return &ranges[0]; } -const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese() +static void UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(int base_codepoint, const short* accumulative_offsets, int accumulative_offsets_count, ImWchar* out_ranges) { - // Store the 1946 ideograms code points as successive offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. Each offset has an implicit +1. - // This encoding is designed to helps us reduce the source code size. - // FIXME: Source a list of the revised 2136 joyo kanji list from 2010 and rebuild this. - // The current list was sourced from http://theinstructionlimit.com/author/renaudbedardrenaudbedard/page/3 - // Note that you may use ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters. - static const short offsets_from_0x4E00[] = + for (int n = 0; n < accumulative_offsets_count; n++, out_ranges += 2) { - -1,0,1,3,0,0,0,0,1,0,5,1,1,0,7,4,6,10,0,1,9,9,7,1,3,19,1,10,7,1,0,1,0,5,1,0,6,4,2,6,0,0,12,6,8,0,3,5,0,1,0,9,0,0,8,1,1,3,4,5,13,0,0,8,2,17, - 4,3,1,1,9,6,0,0,0,2,1,3,2,22,1,9,11,1,13,1,3,12,0,5,9,2,0,6,12,5,3,12,4,1,2,16,1,1,4,6,5,3,0,6,13,15,5,12,8,14,0,0,6,15,3,6,0,18,8,1,6,14,1, - 5,4,12,24,3,13,12,10,24,0,0,0,1,0,1,1,2,9,10,2,2,0,0,3,3,1,0,3,8,0,3,2,4,4,1,6,11,10,14,6,15,3,4,15,1,0,0,5,2,2,0,0,1,6,5,5,6,0,3,6,5,0,0,1,0, - 11,2,2,8,4,7,0,10,0,1,2,17,19,3,0,2,5,0,6,2,4,4,6,1,1,11,2,0,3,1,2,1,2,10,7,6,3,16,0,8,24,0,0,3,1,1,3,0,1,6,0,0,0,2,0,1,5,15,0,1,0,0,2,11,19, - 1,4,19,7,6,5,1,0,0,0,0,5,1,0,1,9,0,0,5,0,2,0,1,0,3,0,11,3,0,2,0,0,0,0,0,9,3,6,4,12,0,14,0,0,29,10,8,0,14,37,13,0,31,16,19,0,8,30,1,20,8,3,48, - 21,1,0,12,0,10,44,34,42,54,11,18,82,0,2,1,2,12,1,0,6,2,17,2,12,7,0,7,17,4,2,6,24,23,8,23,39,2,16,23,1,0,5,1,2,15,14,5,6,2,11,0,8,6,2,2,2,14, - 20,4,15,3,4,11,10,10,2,5,2,1,30,2,1,0,0,22,5,5,0,3,1,5,4,1,0,0,2,2,21,1,5,1,2,16,2,1,3,4,0,8,4,0,0,5,14,11,2,16,1,13,1,7,0,22,15,3,1,22,7,14, - 22,19,11,24,18,46,10,20,64,45,3,2,0,4,5,0,1,4,25,1,0,0,2,10,0,0,0,1,0,1,2,0,0,9,1,2,0,0,0,2,5,2,1,1,5,5,8,1,1,1,5,1,4,9,1,3,0,1,0,1,1,2,0,0, - 2,0,1,8,22,8,1,0,0,0,0,4,2,1,0,9,8,5,0,9,1,30,24,2,6,4,39,0,14,5,16,6,26,179,0,2,1,1,0,0,0,5,2,9,6,0,2,5,16,7,5,1,1,0,2,4,4,7,15,13,14,0,0, - 3,0,1,0,0,0,2,1,6,4,5,1,4,9,0,3,1,8,0,0,10,5,0,43,0,2,6,8,4,0,2,0,0,9,6,0,9,3,1,6,20,14,6,1,4,0,7,2,3,0,2,0,5,0,3,1,0,3,9,7,0,3,4,0,4,9,1,6,0, - 9,0,0,2,3,10,9,28,3,6,2,4,1,2,32,4,1,18,2,0,3,1,5,30,10,0,2,2,2,0,7,9,8,11,10,11,7,2,13,7,5,10,0,3,40,2,0,1,6,12,0,4,5,1,5,11,11,21,4,8,3,7, - 8,8,33,5,23,0,0,19,8,8,2,3,0,6,1,1,1,5,1,27,4,2,5,0,3,5,6,3,1,0,3,1,12,5,3,3,2,0,7,7,2,1,0,4,0,1,1,2,0,10,10,6,2,5,9,7,5,15,15,21,6,11,5,20, - 4,3,5,5,2,5,0,2,1,0,1,7,28,0,9,0,5,12,5,5,18,30,0,12,3,3,21,16,25,32,9,3,14,11,24,5,66,9,1,2,0,5,9,1,5,1,8,0,8,3,3,0,1,15,1,4,8,1,2,7,0,7,2, - 8,3,7,5,3,7,10,2,1,0,0,2,25,0,6,4,0,10,0,4,2,4,1,12,5,38,4,0,4,1,10,5,9,4,0,14,4,2,5,18,20,21,1,3,0,5,0,7,0,3,7,1,3,1,1,8,1,0,0,0,3,2,5,2,11, - 6,0,13,1,3,9,1,12,0,16,6,2,1,0,2,1,12,6,13,11,2,0,28,1,7,8,14,13,8,13,0,2,0,5,4,8,10,2,37,42,19,6,6,7,4,14,11,18,14,80,7,6,0,4,72,12,36,27, - 7,7,0,14,17,19,164,27,0,5,10,7,3,13,6,14,0,2,2,5,3,0,6,13,0,0,10,29,0,4,0,3,13,0,3,1,6,51,1,5,28,2,0,8,0,20,2,4,0,25,2,10,13,10,0,16,4,0,1,0, - 2,1,7,0,1,8,11,0,0,1,2,7,2,23,11,6,6,4,16,2,2,2,0,22,9,3,3,5,2,0,15,16,21,2,9,20,15,15,5,3,9,1,0,0,1,7,7,5,4,2,2,2,38,24,14,0,0,15,5,6,24,14, - 5,5,11,0,21,12,0,3,8,4,11,1,8,0,11,27,7,2,4,9,21,59,0,1,39,3,60,62,3,0,12,11,0,3,30,11,0,13,88,4,15,5,28,13,1,4,48,17,17,4,28,32,46,0,16,0, - 18,11,1,8,6,38,11,2,6,11,38,2,0,45,3,11,2,7,8,4,30,14,17,2,1,1,65,18,12,16,4,2,45,123,12,56,33,1,4,3,4,7,0,0,0,3,2,0,16,4,2,4,2,0,7,4,5,2,26, - 2,25,6,11,6,1,16,2,6,17,77,15,3,35,0,1,0,5,1,0,38,16,6,3,12,3,3,3,0,9,3,1,3,5,2,9,0,18,0,25,1,3,32,1,72,46,6,2,7,1,3,14,17,0,28,1,40,13,0,20, - 15,40,6,38,24,12,43,1,1,9,0,12,6,0,6,2,4,19,3,7,1,48,0,9,5,0,5,6,9,6,10,15,2,11,19,3,9,2,0,1,10,1,27,8,1,3,6,1,14,0,26,0,27,16,3,4,9,6,2,23, - 9,10,5,25,2,1,6,1,1,48,15,9,15,14,3,4,26,60,29,13,37,21,1,6,4,0,2,11,22,23,16,16,2,2,1,3,0,5,1,6,4,0,0,4,0,0,8,3,0,2,5,0,7,1,7,3,13,2,4,10, - 3,0,2,31,0,18,3,0,12,10,4,1,0,7,5,7,0,5,4,12,2,22,10,4,2,15,2,8,9,0,23,2,197,51,3,1,1,4,13,4,3,21,4,19,3,10,5,40,0,4,1,1,10,4,1,27,34,7,21, - 2,17,2,9,6,4,2,3,0,4,2,7,8,2,5,1,15,21,3,4,4,2,2,17,22,1,5,22,4,26,7,0,32,1,11,42,15,4,1,2,5,0,19,3,1,8,6,0,10,1,9,2,13,30,8,2,24,17,19,1,4, - 4,25,13,0,10,16,11,39,18,8,5,30,82,1,6,8,18,77,11,13,20,75,11,112,78,33,3,0,0,60,17,84,9,1,1,12,30,10,49,5,32,158,178,5,5,6,3,3,1,3,1,4,7,6, - 19,31,21,0,2,9,5,6,27,4,9,8,1,76,18,12,1,4,0,3,3,6,3,12,2,8,30,16,2,25,1,5,5,4,3,0,6,10,2,3,1,0,5,1,19,3,0,8,1,5,2,6,0,0,0,19,1,2,0,5,1,2,5, - 1,3,7,0,4,12,7,3,10,22,0,9,5,1,0,2,20,1,1,3,23,30,3,9,9,1,4,191,14,3,15,6,8,50,0,1,0,0,4,0,0,1,0,2,4,2,0,2,3,0,2,0,2,2,8,7,0,1,1,1,3,3,17,11, - 91,1,9,3,2,13,4,24,15,41,3,13,3,1,20,4,125,29,30,1,0,4,12,2,21,4,5,5,19,11,0,13,11,86,2,18,0,7,1,8,8,2,2,22,1,2,6,5,2,0,1,2,8,0,2,0,5,2,1,0, - 2,10,2,0,5,9,2,1,2,0,1,0,4,0,0,10,2,5,3,0,6,1,0,1,4,4,33,3,13,17,3,18,6,4,7,1,5,78,0,4,1,13,7,1,8,1,0,35,27,15,3,0,0,0,1,11,5,41,38,15,22,6, - 14,14,2,1,11,6,20,63,5,8,27,7,11,2,2,40,58,23,50,54,56,293,8,8,1,5,1,14,0,1,12,37,89,8,8,8,2,10,6,0,0,0,4,5,2,1,0,1,1,2,7,0,3,3,0,4,6,0,3,2, - 19,3,8,0,0,0,4,4,16,0,4,1,5,1,3,0,3,4,6,2,17,10,10,31,6,4,3,6,10,126,7,3,2,2,0,9,0,0,5,20,13,0,15,0,6,0,2,5,8,64,50,3,2,12,2,9,0,0,11,8,20, - 109,2,18,23,0,0,9,61,3,0,28,41,77,27,19,17,81,5,2,14,5,83,57,252,14,154,263,14,20,8,13,6,57,39,38, + out_ranges[0] = out_ranges[1] = (ImWchar)(base_codepoint + accumulative_offsets[n]); + base_codepoint += accumulative_offsets[n]; + } + out_ranges[0] = 0; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon() +{ + // Store 2500 regularly used characters for Simplified Chinese. + // Sourced from https://zh.wiktionary.org/wiki/%E9%99%84%E5%BD%95:%E7%8E%B0%E4%BB%A3%E6%B1%89%E8%AF%AD%E5%B8%B8%E7%94%A8%E5%AD%97%E8%A1%A8 + // This table covers 97.97% of all characters used during the month in July, 1987. + // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters. + // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.) + static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] = + { + 0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,3,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,5,2,1,2,3,3,3,2,2,4,1,1,1,2,1,5,2,3,1,2,1,2,1,1,2,1,1,2,2,1,4,1,1,1,1,5,10,1,2,19,2,1,2,1,2,1,2,1,2, + 1,5,1,6,3,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,4,8,5,1,1,4,1,1,3,1,2,1,5,1,2,1,1,1,10,1,1,5,2,4,6,1,4,2,2,2,12,2,1,1,6,1,1,1,4,1,1,4,6,5,1,4,2,2,4,10,7,1,1,4,2,4, + 2,1,4,3,6,10,12,5,7,2,14,2,9,1,1,6,7,10,4,7,13,1,5,4,8,4,1,1,2,28,5,6,1,1,5,2,5,20,2,2,9,8,11,2,9,17,1,8,6,8,27,4,6,9,20,11,27,6,68,2,2,1,1, + 1,2,1,2,2,7,6,11,3,3,1,1,3,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,8,3,4,1,5,7,2,1,4,4,8,4,2,1,2,1,1,4,5,6,3,6,2,12,3,1,3,9,2,4,3,4,1,5,3,3,1,3,7,1,5,1,1,1,1,2, + 3,4,5,2,3,2,6,1,1,2,1,7,1,7,3,4,5,15,2,2,1,5,3,22,19,2,1,1,1,1,2,5,1,1,1,6,1,1,12,8,2,9,18,22,4,1,1,5,1,16,1,2,7,10,15,1,1,6,2,4,1,2,4,1,6, + 1,1,3,2,4,1,6,4,5,1,2,1,1,2,1,10,3,1,3,2,1,9,3,2,5,7,2,19,4,3,6,1,1,1,1,1,4,3,2,1,1,1,2,5,3,1,1,1,2,2,1,1,2,1,1,2,1,3,1,1,1,3,7,1,4,1,1,2,1, + 1,2,1,2,4,4,3,8,1,1,1,2,1,3,5,1,3,1,3,4,6,2,2,14,4,6,6,11,9,1,15,3,1,28,5,2,5,5,3,1,3,4,5,4,6,14,3,2,3,5,21,2,7,20,10,1,2,19,2,4,28,28,2,3, + 2,1,14,4,1,26,28,42,12,40,3,52,79,5,14,17,3,2,2,11,3,4,6,3,1,8,2,23,4,5,8,10,4,2,7,3,5,1,1,6,3,1,2,2,2,5,28,1,1,7,7,20,5,3,29,3,17,26,1,8,4, + 27,3,6,11,23,5,3,4,6,13,24,16,6,5,10,25,35,7,3,2,3,3,14,3,6,2,6,1,4,2,3,8,2,1,1,3,3,3,4,1,1,13,2,2,4,5,2,1,14,14,1,2,2,1,4,5,2,3,1,14,3,12, + 3,17,2,16,5,1,2,1,8,9,3,19,4,2,2,4,17,25,21,20,28,75,1,10,29,103,4,1,2,1,1,4,2,4,1,2,3,24,2,2,2,1,1,2,1,3,8,1,1,1,2,1,1,3,1,1,1,6,1,5,3,1,1, + 1,3,4,1,1,5,2,1,5,6,13,9,16,1,1,1,1,3,2,3,2,4,5,2,5,2,2,3,7,13,7,2,2,1,1,1,1,2,3,3,2,1,6,4,9,2,1,14,2,14,2,1,18,3,4,14,4,11,41,15,23,15,23, + 176,1,3,4,1,1,1,1,5,3,1,2,3,7,3,1,1,2,1,2,4,4,6,2,4,1,9,7,1,10,5,8,16,29,1,1,2,2,3,1,3,5,2,4,5,4,1,1,2,2,3,3,7,1,6,10,1,17,1,44,4,6,2,1,1,6, + 5,4,2,10,1,6,9,2,8,1,24,1,2,13,7,8,8,2,1,4,1,3,1,3,3,5,2,5,10,9,4,9,12,2,1,6,1,10,1,1,7,7,4,10,8,3,1,13,4,3,1,6,1,3,5,2,1,2,17,16,5,2,16,6, + 1,4,2,1,3,3,6,8,5,11,11,1,3,3,2,4,6,10,9,5,7,4,7,4,7,1,1,4,2,1,3,6,8,7,1,6,11,5,5,3,24,9,4,2,7,13,5,1,8,82,16,61,1,1,1,4,2,2,16,10,3,8,1,1, + 6,4,2,1,3,1,1,1,4,3,8,4,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,6,3,5,1,1,4,6,9,2,1,1,1,2,1,7,2,1,6,1,5,4,4,3,1,8,1,3,3,1,3,2,2,2,2,3,1,6,1,2,1,2,1,3,7,1,8,2,1,2,1,5, + 2,5,3,5,10,1,2,1,1,3,2,5,11,3,9,3,5,1,1,5,9,1,2,1,5,7,9,9,8,1,3,3,3,6,8,2,3,2,1,1,32,6,1,2,15,9,3,7,13,1,3,10,13,2,14,1,13,10,2,1,3,10,4,15, + 2,15,15,10,1,3,9,6,9,32,25,26,47,7,3,2,3,1,6,3,4,3,2,8,5,4,1,9,4,2,2,19,10,6,2,3,8,1,2,2,4,2,1,9,4,4,4,6,4,8,9,2,3,1,1,1,1,3,5,5,1,3,8,4,6, + 2,1,4,12,1,5,3,7,13,2,5,8,1,6,1,2,5,14,6,1,5,2,4,8,15,5,1,23,6,62,2,10,1,1,8,1,2,2,10,4,2,2,9,2,1,1,3,2,3,1,5,3,3,2,1,3,8,1,1,1,11,3,1,1,4, + 3,7,1,14,1,2,3,12,5,2,5,1,6,7,5,7,14,11,1,3,1,8,9,12,2,1,11,8,4,4,2,6,10,9,13,1,1,3,1,5,1,3,2,4,4,1,18,2,3,14,11,4,29,4,2,7,1,3,13,9,2,2,5, + 3,5,20,7,16,8,5,72,34,6,4,22,12,12,28,45,36,9,7,39,9,191,1,1,1,4,11,8,4,9,2,3,22,1,1,1,1,4,17,1,7,7,1,11,31,10,2,4,8,2,3,2,1,4,2,16,4,32,2, + 3,19,13,4,9,1,5,2,14,8,1,1,3,6,19,6,5,1,16,6,2,10,8,5,1,2,3,1,5,5,1,11,6,6,1,3,3,2,6,3,8,1,1,4,10,7,5,7,7,5,8,9,2,1,3,4,1,1,3,1,3,3,2,6,16, + 1,4,6,3,1,10,6,1,3,15,2,9,2,10,25,13,9,16,6,2,2,10,11,4,3,9,1,2,6,6,5,4,30,40,1,10,7,12,14,33,6,3,6,7,3,1,3,1,11,14,4,9,5,12,11,49,18,51,31, + 140,31,2,2,1,5,1,8,1,10,1,4,4,3,24,1,10,1,3,6,6,16,3,4,5,2,1,4,2,57,10,6,22,2,22,3,7,22,6,10,11,36,18,16,33,36,2,5,5,1,1,1,4,10,1,4,13,2,7, + 5,2,9,3,4,1,7,43,3,7,3,9,14,7,9,1,11,1,1,3,7,4,18,13,1,14,1,3,6,10,73,2,2,30,6,1,11,18,19,13,22,3,46,42,37,89,7,3,16,34,2,2,3,9,1,7,1,1,1,2, + 2,4,10,7,3,10,3,9,5,28,9,2,6,13,7,3,1,3,10,2,7,2,11,3,6,21,54,85,2,1,4,2,2,1,39,3,21,2,2,5,1,1,1,4,1,1,3,4,15,1,3,2,4,4,2,3,8,2,20,1,8,7,13, + 4,1,26,6,2,9,34,4,21,52,10,4,4,1,5,12,2,11,1,7,2,30,12,44,2,30,1,1,3,6,16,9,17,39,82,2,2,24,7,1,7,3,16,9,14,44,2,1,2,1,2,3,5,2,4,1,6,7,5,3, + 2,6,1,11,5,11,2,1,18,19,8,1,3,24,29,2,1,3,5,2,2,1,13,6,5,1,46,11,3,5,1,1,5,8,2,10,6,12,6,3,7,11,2,4,16,13,2,5,1,1,2,2,5,2,28,5,2,23,10,8,4, + 4,22,39,95,38,8,14,9,5,1,13,5,4,3,13,12,11,1,9,1,27,37,2,5,4,4,63,211,95,2,2,2,1,3,5,2,1,1,2,2,1,1,1,3,2,4,1,2,1,1,5,2,2,1,1,2,3,1,3,1,1,1, + 3,1,4,2,1,3,6,1,1,3,7,15,5,3,2,5,3,9,11,4,2,22,1,6,3,8,7,1,4,28,4,16,3,3,25,4,4,27,27,1,4,1,2,2,7,1,3,5,2,28,8,2,14,1,8,6,16,25,3,3,3,14,3, + 3,1,1,2,1,4,6,3,8,4,1,1,1,2,3,6,10,6,2,3,18,3,2,5,5,4,3,1,5,2,5,4,23,7,6,12,6,4,17,11,9,5,1,1,10,5,12,1,1,11,26,33,7,3,6,1,17,7,1,5,12,1,11, + 2,4,1,8,14,17,23,1,2,1,7,8,16,11,9,6,5,2,6,4,16,2,8,14,1,11,8,9,1,1,1,9,25,4,11,19,7,2,15,2,12,8,52,7,5,19,2,16,4,36,8,1,16,8,24,26,4,6,2,9, + 5,4,36,3,28,12,25,15,37,27,17,12,59,38,5,32,127,1,2,9,17,14,4,1,2,1,1,8,11,50,4,14,2,19,16,4,17,5,4,5,26,12,45,2,23,45,104,30,12,8,3,10,2,2, + 3,3,1,4,20,7,2,9,6,15,2,20,1,3,16,4,11,15,6,134,2,5,59,1,2,2,2,1,9,17,3,26,137,10,211,59,1,2,4,1,4,1,1,1,2,6,2,3,1,1,2,3,2,3,1,3,4,4,2,3,3, + 1,4,3,1,7,2,2,3,1,2,1,3,3,3,2,2,3,2,1,3,14,6,1,3,2,9,6,15,27,9,34,145,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,3,1,2,1,1,1,2,3,5,8,3,5,2,4,1,3,2,2,2,12, + 4,1,1,1,10,4,5,1,20,4,16,1,15,9,5,12,2,9,2,5,4,2,26,19,7,1,26,4,30,12,15,42,1,6,8,172,1,1,4,2,1,1,11,2,2,4,2,1,2,1,10,8,1,2,1,4,5,1,2,5,1,8, + 4,1,3,4,2,1,6,2,1,3,4,1,2,1,1,1,1,12,5,7,2,4,3,1,1,1,3,3,6,1,2,2,3,3,3,2,1,2,12,14,11,6,6,4,12,2,8,1,7,10,1,35,7,4,13,15,4,3,23,21,28,52,5, + 26,5,6,1,7,10,2,7,53,3,2,1,1,1,2,163,532,1,10,11,1,3,3,4,8,2,8,6,2,2,23,22,4,2,2,4,2,1,3,1,3,3,5,9,8,2,1,2,8,1,10,2,12,21,20,15,105,2,3,1,1, + 3,2,3,1,1,2,5,1,4,15,11,19,1,1,1,1,5,4,5,1,1,2,5,3,5,12,1,2,5,1,11,1,1,15,9,1,4,5,3,26,8,2,1,3,1,1,15,19,2,12,1,2,5,2,7,2,19,2,20,6,26,7,5, + 2,2,7,34,21,13,70,2,128,1,1,2,1,1,2,1,1,3,2,2,2,15,1,4,1,3,4,42,10,6,1,49,85,8,1,2,1,1,4,4,2,3,6,1,5,7,4,3,211,4,1,2,1,2,5,1,2,4,2,2,6,5,6, + 10,3,4,48,100,6,2,16,296,5,27,387,2,2,3,7,16,8,5,38,15,39,21,9,10,3,7,59,13,27,21,47,5,21,6 }; - static ImWchar base_ranges[] = + static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated { 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement - 0x3000, 0x30FF, // Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana + 0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation + 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions - 0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters + 0xFF00, 0xFFEF // Half-width characters }; - static bool full_ranges_unpacked = false; - static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(offsets_from_0x4E00)*2 + 1]; - if (!full_ranges_unpacked) + static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00) * 2 + 1] = { 0 }; + if (!full_ranges[0]) { - // Unpack - int codepoint = 0x4e00; memcpy(full_ranges, base_ranges, sizeof(base_ranges)); - ImWchar* dst = full_ranges + IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges);; - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(offsets_from_0x4E00); n++, dst += 2) - dst[0] = dst[1] = (ImWchar)(codepoint += (offsets_from_0x4E00[n] + 1)); - dst[0] = 0; - full_ranges_unpacked = true; + UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(0x4E00, accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00, IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00), full_ranges + IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges)); + } + return &full_ranges[0]; +} + +const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese() +{ + // 2999 ideograms code points for Japanese + // - 2136 Joyo (meaning "for regular use" or "for common use") Kanji code points + // - 863 Jinmeiyo (meaning "for personal name") Kanji code points + // - Sourced from the character information database of the Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan + // - https://mojikiban.ipa.go.jp/mji/ + // - Available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.1 Japan (CC BY-SA 2.1 JP). + // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/deed.en + // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/legalcode + // - You can generate this code by the script at: + // - https://github.com/vaiorabbit/everyday_use_kanji + // - References: + // - List of Joyo Kanji + // - (Official list by the Agency for Cultural Affairs) https://www.bunka.go.jp/kokugo_nihongo/sisaku/joho/joho/kakuki/14/tosin02/index.html + // - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_j%C5%8Dy%C5%8D_kanji + // - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji + // - (Official list by the Ministry of Justice) http://www.moj.go.jp/MINJI/minji86.html + // - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jinmeiy%C5%8D_kanji + // - Missing 1 Joyo Kanji: U+20B9F (Kun'yomi: Shikaru, On'yomi: Shitsu,shichi), see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/3627 for details. + // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters. + // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.) + static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] = + { + 0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,3,3,2,2,1,5,3,5,7,5,6,1,2,1,7,2,6,3,1,8,1,1,4,1,1,18,2,11,2,6,2,1,2,1,5,1,2,1,3,1,2,1,2,3,3,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,12,7,9,1,4,5,1, + 1,2,1,10,1,1,9,2,2,4,5,6,9,3,1,1,1,1,9,3,18,5,2,2,2,2,1,6,3,7,1,1,1,1,2,2,4,2,1,23,2,10,4,3,5,2,4,10,2,4,13,1,6,1,9,3,1,1,6,6,7,6,3,1,2,11,3, + 2,2,3,2,15,2,2,5,4,3,6,4,1,2,5,2,12,16,6,13,9,13,2,1,1,7,16,4,7,1,19,1,5,1,2,2,7,7,8,2,6,5,4,9,18,7,4,5,9,13,11,8,15,2,1,1,1,2,1,2,2,1,2,2,8, + 2,9,3,3,1,1,4,4,1,1,1,4,9,1,4,3,5,5,2,7,5,3,4,8,2,1,13,2,3,3,1,14,1,1,4,5,1,3,6,1,5,2,1,1,3,3,3,3,1,1,2,7,6,6,7,1,4,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,12,3,3,9,5, + 2,6,1,5,6,1,2,3,18,2,4,14,4,1,3,6,1,1,6,3,5,5,3,2,2,2,2,12,3,1,4,2,3,2,3,11,1,7,4,1,2,1,3,17,1,9,1,24,1,1,4,2,2,4,1,2,7,1,1,1,3,1,2,2,4,15,1, + 1,2,1,1,2,1,5,2,5,20,2,5,9,1,10,8,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,1,6,2,1,2,8,1,1,1,1,5,1,1,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,12,4,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,10,3,1,7,5,13,1,2,3,4,6,1,1,30, + 2,9,9,1,15,38,11,3,1,8,24,7,1,9,8,10,2,1,9,31,2,13,6,2,9,4,49,5,2,15,2,1,10,2,1,1,1,2,2,6,15,30,35,3,14,18,8,1,16,10,28,12,19,45,38,1,3,2,3, + 13,2,1,7,3,6,5,3,4,3,1,5,7,8,1,5,3,18,5,3,6,1,21,4,24,9,24,40,3,14,3,21,3,2,1,2,4,2,3,1,15,15,6,5,1,1,3,1,5,6,1,9,7,3,3,2,1,4,3,8,21,5,16,4, + 5,2,10,11,11,3,6,3,2,9,3,6,13,1,2,1,1,1,1,11,12,6,6,1,4,2,6,5,2,1,1,3,3,6,13,3,1,1,5,1,2,3,3,14,2,1,2,2,2,5,1,9,5,1,1,6,12,3,12,3,4,13,2,14, + 2,8,1,17,5,1,16,4,2,2,21,8,9,6,23,20,12,25,19,9,38,8,3,21,40,25,33,13,4,3,1,4,1,2,4,1,2,5,26,2,1,1,2,1,3,6,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,9,2,3,1,1, + 1,3,6,3,2,1,1,6,6,1,8,2,2,2,1,4,1,2,3,2,7,3,2,4,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,2,5,4,10,9,4,9,1,1,1,1,1,1,5,3,2,1,6,4,9,6,1,10,2,31,17,8,3,7,5,40,1, + 7,7,1,6,5,2,10,7,8,4,15,39,25,6,28,47,18,10,7,1,3,1,1,2,1,1,1,3,3,3,1,1,1,3,4,2,1,4,1,3,6,10,7,8,6,2,2,1,3,3,2,5,8,7,9,12,2,15,1,1,4,1,2,1,1, + 1,3,2,1,3,3,5,6,2,3,2,10,1,4,2,8,1,1,1,11,6,1,21,4,16,3,1,3,1,4,2,3,6,5,1,3,1,1,3,3,4,6,1,1,10,4,2,7,10,4,7,4,2,9,4,3,1,1,1,4,1,8,3,4,1,3,1, + 6,1,4,2,1,4,7,2,1,8,1,4,5,1,1,2,2,4,6,2,7,1,10,1,1,3,4,11,10,8,21,4,6,1,3,5,2,1,2,28,5,5,2,3,13,1,2,3,1,4,2,1,5,20,3,8,11,1,3,3,3,1,8,10,9,2, + 10,9,2,3,1,1,2,4,1,8,3,6,1,7,8,6,11,1,4,29,8,4,3,1,2,7,13,1,4,1,6,2,6,12,12,2,20,3,2,3,6,4,8,9,2,7,34,5,1,18,6,1,1,4,4,5,7,9,1,2,2,4,3,4,1,7, + 2,2,2,6,2,3,25,5,3,6,1,4,6,7,4,2,1,4,2,13,6,4,4,3,1,5,3,4,4,3,2,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,3,1,11,1,6,3,1,7,3,6,2,8,8,6,9,3,4,11,3,2,10,12,2,5,11,1,6,4,5, + 3,1,8,5,4,6,6,3,5,1,1,3,2,1,2,2,6,17,12,1,10,1,6,12,1,6,6,19,9,6,16,1,13,4,4,15,7,17,6,11,9,15,12,6,7,2,1,2,2,15,9,3,21,4,6,49,18,7,3,2,3,1, + 6,8,2,2,6,2,9,1,3,6,4,4,1,2,16,2,5,2,1,6,2,3,5,3,1,2,5,1,2,1,9,3,1,8,6,4,8,11,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,13,8,4,1,3,2,2,1,4,1,11,1,5,2,1,5,2,5,8,6,1,1,7, + 4,3,8,3,2,7,2,1,5,1,5,2,4,7,6,2,8,5,1,11,4,5,3,6,18,1,2,13,3,3,1,21,1,1,4,1,4,1,1,1,8,1,2,2,7,1,2,4,2,2,9,2,1,1,1,4,3,6,3,12,5,1,1,1,5,6,3,2, + 4,8,2,2,4,2,7,1,8,9,5,2,3,2,1,3,2,13,7,14,6,5,1,1,2,1,4,2,23,2,1,1,6,3,1,4,1,15,3,1,7,3,9,14,1,3,1,4,1,1,5,8,1,3,8,3,8,15,11,4,14,4,4,2,5,5, + 1,7,1,6,14,7,7,8,5,15,4,8,6,5,6,2,1,13,1,20,15,11,9,2,5,6,2,11,2,6,2,5,1,5,8,4,13,19,25,4,1,1,11,1,34,2,5,9,14,6,2,2,6,1,1,14,1,3,14,13,1,6, + 12,21,14,14,6,32,17,8,32,9,28,1,2,4,11,8,3,1,14,2,5,15,1,1,1,1,3,6,4,1,3,4,11,3,1,1,11,30,1,5,1,4,1,5,8,1,1,3,2,4,3,17,35,2,6,12,17,3,1,6,2, + 1,1,12,2,7,3,3,2,1,16,2,8,3,6,5,4,7,3,3,8,1,9,8,5,1,2,1,3,2,8,1,2,9,12,1,1,2,3,8,3,24,12,4,3,7,5,8,3,3,3,3,3,3,1,23,10,3,1,2,2,6,3,1,16,1,16, + 22,3,10,4,11,6,9,7,7,3,6,2,2,2,4,10,2,1,1,2,8,7,1,6,4,1,3,3,3,5,10,12,12,2,3,12,8,15,1,1,16,6,6,1,5,9,11,4,11,4,2,6,12,1,17,5,13,1,4,9,5,1,11, + 2,1,8,1,5,7,28,8,3,5,10,2,17,3,38,22,1,2,18,12,10,4,38,18,1,4,44,19,4,1,8,4,1,12,1,4,31,12,1,14,7,75,7,5,10,6,6,13,3,2,11,11,3,2,5,28,15,6,18, + 18,5,6,4,3,16,1,7,18,7,36,3,5,3,1,7,1,9,1,10,7,2,4,2,6,2,9,7,4,3,32,12,3,7,10,2,23,16,3,1,12,3,31,4,11,1,3,8,9,5,1,30,15,6,12,3,2,2,11,19,9, + 14,2,6,2,3,19,13,17,5,3,3,25,3,14,1,1,1,36,1,3,2,19,3,13,36,9,13,31,6,4,16,34,2,5,4,2,3,3,5,1,1,1,4,3,1,17,3,2,3,5,3,1,3,2,3,5,6,3,12,11,1,3, + 1,2,26,7,12,7,2,14,3,3,7,7,11,25,25,28,16,4,36,1,2,1,6,2,1,9,3,27,17,4,3,4,13,4,1,3,2,2,1,10,4,2,4,6,3,8,2,1,18,1,1,24,2,2,4,33,2,3,63,7,1,6, + 40,7,3,4,4,2,4,15,18,1,16,1,1,11,2,41,14,1,3,18,13,3,2,4,16,2,17,7,15,24,7,18,13,44,2,2,3,6,1,1,7,5,1,7,1,4,3,3,5,10,8,2,3,1,8,1,1,27,4,2,1, + 12,1,2,1,10,6,1,6,7,5,2,3,7,11,5,11,3,6,6,2,3,15,4,9,1,1,2,1,2,11,2,8,12,8,5,4,2,3,1,5,2,2,1,14,1,12,11,4,1,11,17,17,4,3,2,5,5,7,3,1,5,9,9,8, + 2,5,6,6,13,13,2,1,2,6,1,2,2,49,4,9,1,2,10,16,7,8,4,3,2,23,4,58,3,29,1,14,19,19,11,11,2,7,5,1,3,4,6,2,18,5,12,12,17,17,3,3,2,4,1,6,2,3,4,3,1, + 1,1,1,5,1,1,9,1,3,1,3,6,1,8,1,1,2,6,4,14,3,1,4,11,4,1,3,32,1,2,4,13,4,1,2,4,2,1,3,1,11,1,4,2,1,4,4,6,3,5,1,6,5,7,6,3,23,3,5,3,5,3,3,13,3,9,10, + 1,12,10,2,3,18,13,7,160,52,4,2,2,3,2,14,5,4,12,4,6,4,1,20,4,11,6,2,12,27,1,4,1,2,2,7,4,5,2,28,3,7,25,8,3,19,3,6,10,2,2,1,10,2,5,4,1,3,4,1,5, + 3,2,6,9,3,6,2,16,3,3,16,4,5,5,3,2,1,2,16,15,8,2,6,21,2,4,1,22,5,8,1,1,21,11,2,1,11,11,19,13,12,4,2,3,2,3,6,1,8,11,1,4,2,9,5,2,1,11,2,9,1,1,2, + 14,31,9,3,4,21,14,4,8,1,7,2,2,2,5,1,4,20,3,3,4,10,1,11,9,8,2,1,4,5,14,12,14,2,17,9,6,31,4,14,1,20,13,26,5,2,7,3,6,13,2,4,2,19,6,2,2,18,9,3,5, + 12,12,14,4,6,2,3,6,9,5,22,4,5,25,6,4,8,5,2,6,27,2,35,2,16,3,7,8,8,6,6,5,9,17,2,20,6,19,2,13,3,1,1,1,4,17,12,2,14,7,1,4,18,12,38,33,2,10,1,1, + 2,13,14,17,11,50,6,33,20,26,74,16,23,45,50,13,38,33,6,6,7,4,4,2,1,3,2,5,8,7,8,9,3,11,21,9,13,1,3,10,6,7,1,2,2,18,5,5,1,9,9,2,68,9,19,13,2,5, + 1,4,4,7,4,13,3,9,10,21,17,3,26,2,1,5,2,4,5,4,1,7,4,7,3,4,2,1,6,1,1,20,4,1,9,2,2,1,3,3,2,3,2,1,1,1,20,2,3,1,6,2,3,6,2,4,8,1,3,2,10,3,5,3,4,4, + 3,4,16,1,6,1,10,2,4,2,1,1,2,10,11,2,2,3,1,24,31,4,10,10,2,5,12,16,164,15,4,16,7,9,15,19,17,1,2,1,1,5,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,4,3,1,3,1,3,1,2,1,1,3,3,7, + 2,8,1,2,2,2,1,3,4,3,7,8,12,92,2,10,3,1,3,14,5,25,16,42,4,7,7,4,2,21,5,27,26,27,21,25,30,31,2,1,5,13,3,22,5,6,6,11,9,12,1,5,9,7,5,5,22,60,3,5, + 13,1,1,8,1,1,3,3,2,1,9,3,3,18,4,1,2,3,7,6,3,1,2,3,9,1,3,1,3,2,1,3,1,1,1,2,1,11,3,1,6,9,1,3,2,3,1,2,1,5,1,1,4,3,4,1,2,2,4,4,1,7,2,1,2,2,3,5,13, + 18,3,4,14,9,9,4,16,3,7,5,8,2,6,48,28,3,1,1,4,2,14,8,2,9,2,1,15,2,4,3,2,10,16,12,8,7,1,1,3,1,1,1,2,7,4,1,6,4,38,39,16,23,7,15,15,3,2,12,7,21, + 37,27,6,5,4,8,2,10,8,8,6,5,1,2,1,3,24,1,16,17,9,23,10,17,6,1,51,55,44,13,294,9,3,6,2,4,2,2,15,1,1,1,13,21,17,68,14,8,9,4,1,4,9,3,11,7,1,1,1, + 5,6,3,2,1,1,1,2,3,8,1,2,2,4,1,5,5,2,1,4,3,7,13,4,1,4,1,3,1,1,1,5,5,10,1,6,1,5,2,1,5,2,4,1,4,5,7,3,18,2,9,11,32,4,3,3,2,4,7,11,16,9,11,8,13,38, + 32,8,4,2,1,1,2,1,2,4,4,1,1,1,4,1,21,3,11,1,16,1,1,6,1,3,2,4,9,8,57,7,44,1,3,3,13,3,10,1,1,7,5,2,7,21,47,63,3,15,4,7,1,16,1,1,2,8,2,3,42,15,4, + 1,29,7,22,10,3,78,16,12,20,18,4,67,11,5,1,3,15,6,21,31,32,27,18,13,71,35,5,142,4,10,1,2,50,19,33,16,35,37,16,19,27,7,1,133,19,1,4,8,7,20,1,4, + 4,1,10,3,1,6,1,2,51,5,40,15,24,43,22928,11,1,13,154,70,3,1,1,7,4,10,1,2,1,1,2,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1, + 3,2,1,1,1,1,2,1,1, + }; + static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated + { + 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement + 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana + 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions + 0xFF00, 0xFFEF // Half-width characters + }; + static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00)*2 + 1] = { 0 }; + if (!full_ranges[0]) + { + memcpy(full_ranges, base_ranges, sizeof(base_ranges)); + UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(0x4E00, accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00, IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00), full_ranges + IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges)); } return &full_ranges[0]; } @@ -2053,11 +3037,28 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesThai() return &ranges[0]; } +const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesVietnamese() +{ + static const ImWchar ranges[] = + { + 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + 0x0102, 0x0103, + 0x0110, 0x0111, + 0x0128, 0x0129, + 0x0168, 0x0169, + 0x01A0, 0x01A1, + 0x01AF, 0x01B0, + 0x1EA0, 0x1EF9, + 0, + }; + return &ranges[0]; +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder +// [SECTION] ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -void ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder::AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end) +void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end) { while (text_end ? (text < text_end) : *text) { @@ -2066,25 +3067,25 @@ void ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder::AddText(const char* text, const char* text text += c_len; if (c_len == 0) break; - if (c < 0x10000) - AddChar((ImWchar)c); + AddChar((ImWchar)c); } } -void ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder::AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges) +void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges) { for (; ranges[0]; ranges += 2) for (ImWchar c = ranges[0]; c <= ranges[1]; c++) AddChar(c); } -void ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder::BuildRanges(ImVector* out_ranges) +void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::BuildRanges(ImVector* out_ranges) { - for (int n = 0; n < 0x10000; n++) + const int max_codepoint = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; + for (int n = 0; n <= max_codepoint; n++) if (GetBit(n)) { out_ranges->push_back((ImWchar)n); - while (n < 0x10000 && GetBit(n + 1)) + while (n < max_codepoint && GetBit(n + 1)) n++; out_ranges->push_back((ImWchar)n); } @@ -2092,41 +3093,41 @@ void ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder::BuildRanges(ImVector* out_ranges) } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImFont +// [SECTION] ImFont //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ImFont::ImFont() { - Scale = 1.0f; + FontSize = 0.0f; + FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f; FallbackChar = (ImWchar)'?'; - DisplayOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 1.0f); - ClearOutputData(); + EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1; + FallbackGlyph = NULL; + ContainerAtlas = NULL; + ConfigData = NULL; + ConfigDataCount = 0; + DirtyLookupTables = false; + Scale = 1.0f; + Ascent = Descent = 0.0f; + MetricsTotalSurface = 0; + memset(Used4kPagesMap, 0, sizeof(Used4kPagesMap)); } ImFont::~ImFont() { - // Invalidate active font so that the user gets a clear crash instead of a dangling pointer. - // If you want to delete fonts you need to do it between Render() and NewFrame(). - // FIXME-CLEANUP - /* - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.Font == this) - g.Font = NULL; - */ ClearOutputData(); } void ImFont::ClearOutputData() { FontSize = 0.0f; + FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f; Glyphs.clear(); IndexAdvanceX.clear(); IndexLookup.clear(); FallbackGlyph = NULL; - FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f; - ConfigDataCount = 0; - ConfigData = NULL; ContainerAtlas = NULL; + DirtyLookupTables = true; Ascent = Descent = 0.0f; MetricsTotalSurface = 0; } @@ -2137,39 +3138,69 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() for (int i = 0; i != Glyphs.Size; i++) max_codepoint = ImMax(max_codepoint, (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint); + // Build lookup table IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size < 0xFFFF); // -1 is reserved IndexAdvanceX.clear(); IndexLookup.clear(); + DirtyLookupTables = false; + memset(Used4kPagesMap, 0, sizeof(Used4kPagesMap)); GrowIndex(max_codepoint + 1); for (int i = 0; i < Glyphs.Size; i++) { int codepoint = (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint; IndexAdvanceX[codepoint] = Glyphs[i].AdvanceX; - IndexLookup[codepoint] = (unsigned short)i; + IndexLookup[codepoint] = (ImWchar)i; + + // Mark 4K page as used + const int page_n = codepoint / 4096; + Used4kPagesMap[page_n >> 3] |= 1 << (page_n & 7); } // Create a glyph to handle TAB // FIXME: Needs proper TAB handling but it needs to be contextualized (or we could arbitrary say that each string starts at "column 0" ?) - if (FindGlyph((unsigned short)' ')) + if (FindGlyph((ImWchar)' ')) { - if (Glyphs.back().Codepoint != '\t') // So we can call this function multiple times + if (Glyphs.back().Codepoint != '\t') // So we can call this function multiple times (FIXME: Flaky) Glyphs.resize(Glyphs.Size + 1); ImFontGlyph& tab_glyph = Glyphs.back(); - tab_glyph = *FindGlyph((unsigned short)' '); + tab_glyph = *FindGlyph((ImWchar)' '); tab_glyph.Codepoint = '\t'; - tab_glyph.AdvanceX *= 4; + tab_glyph.AdvanceX *= IM_TABSIZE; IndexAdvanceX[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (float)tab_glyph.AdvanceX; - IndexLookup[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (unsigned short)(Glyphs.Size-1); + IndexLookup[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (ImWchar)(Glyphs.Size - 1); } - FallbackGlyph = NULL; - FallbackGlyph = FindGlyph(FallbackChar); + // Mark special glyphs as not visible (note that AddGlyph already mark as non-visible glyphs with zero-size polygons) + SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)' ', false); + SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)'\t', false); + + // Setup fall-backs + FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar); FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph ? FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX : 0.0f; for (int i = 0; i < max_codepoint + 1; i++) if (IndexAdvanceX[i] < 0.0f) IndexAdvanceX[i] = FallbackAdvanceX; } +// API is designed this way to avoid exposing the 4K page size +// e.g. use with IsGlyphRangeUnused(0, 255) +bool ImFont::IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last) +{ + unsigned int page_begin = (c_begin / 4096); + unsigned int page_last = (c_last / 4096); + for (unsigned int page_n = page_begin; page_n <= page_last; page_n++) + if ((page_n >> 3) < sizeof(Used4kPagesMap)) + if (Used4kPagesMap[page_n >> 3] & (1 << (page_n & 7))) + return false; + return true; +} + +void ImFont::SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible) +{ + if (ImFontGlyph* glyph = (ImFontGlyph*)(void*)FindGlyph((ImWchar)c)) + glyph->Visible = visible ? 1 : 0; +} + void ImFont::SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c) { FallbackChar = c; @@ -2182,55 +3213,89 @@ void ImFont::GrowIndex(int new_size) if (new_size <= IndexLookup.Size) return; IndexAdvanceX.resize(new_size, -1.0f); - IndexLookup.resize(new_size, (unsigned short)-1); + IndexLookup.resize(new_size, (ImWchar)-1); } -void ImFont::AddGlyph(ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x) +// x0/y0/x1/y1 are offset from the character upper-left layout position, in pixels. Therefore x0/y0 are often fairly close to zero. +// Not to be mistaken with texture coordinates, which are held by u0/v0/u1/v1 in normalized format (0.0..1.0 on each texture axis). +// 'cfg' is not necessarily == 'this->ConfigData' because multiple source fonts+configs can be used to build one target font. +void ImFont::AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* cfg, ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x) { + if (cfg != NULL) + { + // Clamp & recenter if needed + const float advance_x_original = advance_x; + advance_x = ImClamp(advance_x, cfg->GlyphMinAdvanceX, cfg->GlyphMaxAdvanceX); + if (advance_x != advance_x_original) + { + float char_off_x = cfg->PixelSnapH ? ImFloor((advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f) : (advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f; + x0 += char_off_x; + x1 += char_off_x; + } + + // Snap to pixel + if (cfg->PixelSnapH) + advance_x = IM_ROUND(advance_x); + + // Bake spacing + advance_x += cfg->GlyphExtraSpacing.x; + } + Glyphs.resize(Glyphs.Size + 1); ImFontGlyph& glyph = Glyphs.back(); - glyph.Codepoint = (ImWchar)codepoint; - glyph.X0 = x0; - glyph.Y0 = y0; - glyph.X1 = x1; + glyph.Codepoint = (unsigned int)codepoint; + glyph.Visible = (x0 != x1) && (y0 != y1); + glyph.Colored = false; + glyph.X0 = x0; + glyph.Y0 = y0; + glyph.X1 = x1; glyph.Y1 = y1; - glyph.U0 = u0; - glyph.V0 = v0; - glyph.U1 = u1; + glyph.U0 = u0; + glyph.V0 = v0; + glyph.U1 = u1; glyph.V1 = v1; - glyph.AdvanceX = advance_x + ConfigData->GlyphExtraSpacing.x; // Bake spacing into AdvanceX + glyph.AdvanceX = advance_x; - if (ConfigData->PixelSnapH) - glyph.AdvanceX = (float)(int)(glyph.AdvanceX + 0.5f); - // Compute rough surface usage metrics (+1 to account for average padding, +0.99 to round) - MetricsTotalSurface += (int)((glyph.U1 - glyph.U0) * ContainerAtlas->TexWidth + 1.99f) * (int)((glyph.V1 - glyph.V0) * ContainerAtlas->TexHeight + 1.99f); + // We use (U1-U0)*TexWidth instead of X1-X0 to account for oversampling. + float pad = ContainerAtlas->TexGlyphPadding + 0.99f; + DirtyLookupTables = true; + MetricsTotalSurface += (int)((glyph.U1 - glyph.U0) * ContainerAtlas->TexWidth + pad) * (int)((glyph.V1 - glyph.V0) * ContainerAtlas->TexHeight + pad); } void ImFont::AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst) { IM_ASSERT(IndexLookup.Size > 0); // Currently this can only be called AFTER the font has been built, aka after calling ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAs*() function. - int index_size = IndexLookup.Size; + unsigned int index_size = (unsigned int)IndexLookup.Size; - if (dst < index_size && IndexLookup.Data[dst] == (unsigned short)-1 && !overwrite_dst) // 'dst' already exists + if (dst < index_size && IndexLookup.Data[dst] == (ImWchar)-1 && !overwrite_dst) // 'dst' already exists return; if (src >= index_size && dst >= index_size) // both 'dst' and 'src' don't exist -> no-op return; GrowIndex(dst + 1); - IndexLookup[dst] = (src < index_size) ? IndexLookup.Data[src] : (unsigned short)-1; + IndexLookup[dst] = (src < index_size) ? IndexLookup.Data[src] : (ImWchar)-1; IndexAdvanceX[dst] = (src < index_size) ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[src] : 1.0f; } const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const { - if (c < IndexLookup.Size) - { - const unsigned short i = IndexLookup[c]; - if (i != (unsigned short)-1) - return &Glyphs.Data[i]; - } - return FallbackGlyph; + if (c >= (size_t)IndexLookup.Size) + return FallbackGlyph; + const ImWchar i = IndexLookup.Data[c]; + if (i == (ImWchar)-1) + return FallbackGlyph; + return &Glyphs.Data[i]; +} + +const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const +{ + if (c >= (size_t)IndexLookup.Size) + return NULL; + const ImWchar i = IndexLookup.Data[c]; + if (i == (ImWchar)-1) + return NULL; + return &Glyphs.Data[i]; } const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const @@ -2287,8 +3352,8 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c } } - const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX[(int)c] : FallbackAdvanceX); - if (ImCharIsSpace(c)) + const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[c] : FallbackAdvanceX); + if (ImCharIsBlankW(c)) { if (inside_word) { @@ -2314,11 +3379,11 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c } // Allow wrapping after punctuation. - inside_word = !(c == '.' || c == ',' || c == ';' || c == '!' || c == '?' || c == '\"'); + inside_word = (c != '.' && c != ',' && c != ';' && c != '!' && c != '?' && c != '\"'); } // We ignore blank width at the end of the line (they can be skipped) - if (line_width + word_width >= wrap_width) + if (line_width + word_width > wrap_width) { // Words that cannot possibly fit within an entire line will be cut anywhere. if (word_width < wrap_width) @@ -2340,7 +3405,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons const float line_height = size; const float scale = size / FontSize; - ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0,0); + ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0, 0); float line_width = 0.0f; const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f); @@ -2371,7 +3436,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons while (s < text_end) { const char c = *s; - if (ImCharIsSpace(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; } + if (ImCharIsBlankA(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; } } continue; } @@ -2404,7 +3469,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons continue; } - const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX[(int)c] : FallbackAdvanceX) * scale; + const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[c] : FallbackAdvanceX) * scale; if (line_width + char_width >= max_width) { s = prev_s; @@ -2426,28 +3491,30 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons return text_size; } -void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, unsigned short c) const +// Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound. +void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const { - if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == '\n' || c == '\r') // Match behavior of RenderText(), those 4 codepoints are hard-coded. + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(c); + if (!glyph || !glyph->Visible) return; - if (const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(c)) - { - float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f; - pos.x = (float)(int)pos.x + DisplayOffset.x; - pos.y = (float)(int)pos.y + DisplayOffset.y; - draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4); - draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X0 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X1 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col); - } + if (glyph->Colored) + col |= ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; + float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f; + pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); + pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); + draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4); + draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X0 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X1 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col); } +// Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound. void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const { if (!text_end) - text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls. + text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls. // Align to be pixel perfect - pos.x = (float)(int)pos.x + DisplayOffset.x; - pos.y = (float)(int)pos.y + DisplayOffset.y; + pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); + pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); float x = pos.x; float y = pos.y; if (y > clip_rect.w) @@ -2458,11 +3525,32 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f); const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL; - // Skip non-visible lines + // Fast-forward to first visible line const char* s = text_begin; - if (!word_wrap_enabled && y + line_height < clip_rect.y) - while (s < text_end && *s != '\n') // Fast-forward to next line - s++; + if (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && !word_wrap_enabled) + while (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && s < text_end) + { + s = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', text_end - s); + s = s ? s + 1 : text_end; + y += line_height; + } + + // For large text, scan for the last visible line in order to avoid over-reserving in the call to PrimReserve() + // Note that very large horizontal line will still be affected by the issue (e.g. a one megabyte string buffer without a newline will likely crash atm) + if (text_end - s > 10000 && !word_wrap_enabled) + { + const char* s_end = s; + float y_end = y; + while (y_end < clip_rect.w && s_end < text_end) + { + s_end = (const char*)memchr(s_end, '\n', text_end - s_end); + s_end = s_end ? s_end + 1 : text_end; + y_end += line_height; + } + text_end = s_end; + } + if (s == text_end) + return; // Reserve vertices for remaining worse case (over-reserving is useful and easily amortized) const int vtx_count_max = (int)(text_end - s) * 4; @@ -2474,6 +3562,8 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr; unsigned int vtx_current_idx = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; + const ImU32 col_untinted = col | ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; + while (s < text_end) { if (word_wrap_enabled) @@ -2496,7 +3586,7 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col while (s < text_end) { const char c = *s; - if (ImCharIsSpace(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; } + if (ImCharIsBlankA(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; } } continue; } @@ -2521,106 +3611,199 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col { x = pos.x; y += line_height; - if (y > clip_rect.w) - break; - if (!word_wrap_enabled && y + line_height < clip_rect.y) - while (s < text_end && *s != '\n') // Fast-forward to next line - s++; + break; // break out of main loop continue; } if (c == '\r') continue; } - float char_width = 0.0f; - if (const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph((unsigned short)c)) + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph((ImWchar)c); + if (glyph == NULL) + continue; + + float char_width = glyph->AdvanceX * scale; + if (glyph->Visible) { - char_width = glyph->AdvanceX * scale; - - // Arbitrarily assume that both space and tabs are empty glyphs as an optimization - if (c != ' ' && c != '\t') + // We don't do a second finer clipping test on the Y axis as we've already skipped anything before clip_rect.y and exit once we pass clip_rect.w + float x1 = x + glyph->X0 * scale; + float x2 = x + glyph->X1 * scale; + float y1 = y + glyph->Y0 * scale; + float y2 = y + glyph->Y1 * scale; + if (x1 <= clip_rect.z && x2 >= clip_rect.x) { - // We don't do a second finer clipping test on the Y axis as we've already skipped anything before clip_rect.y and exit once we pass clip_rect.w - float x1 = x + glyph->X0 * scale; - float x2 = x + glyph->X1 * scale; - float y1 = y + glyph->Y0 * scale; - float y2 = y + glyph->Y1 * scale; - if (x1 <= clip_rect.z && x2 >= clip_rect.x) + // Render a character + float u1 = glyph->U0; + float v1 = glyph->V0; + float u2 = glyph->U1; + float v2 = glyph->V1; + + // CPU side clipping used to fit text in their frame when the frame is too small. Only does clipping for axis aligned quads. + if (cpu_fine_clip) { - // Render a character - float u1 = glyph->U0; - float v1 = glyph->V0; - float u2 = glyph->U1; - float v2 = glyph->V1; - - // CPU side clipping used to fit text in their frame when the frame is too small. Only does clipping for axis aligned quads. - if (cpu_fine_clip) + if (x1 < clip_rect.x) { - if (x1 < clip_rect.x) - { - u1 = u1 + (1.0f - (x2 - clip_rect.x) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1); - x1 = clip_rect.x; - } - if (y1 < clip_rect.y) - { - v1 = v1 + (1.0f - (y2 - clip_rect.y) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1); - y1 = clip_rect.y; - } - if (x2 > clip_rect.z) - { - u2 = u1 + ((clip_rect.z - x1) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1); - x2 = clip_rect.z; - } - if (y2 > clip_rect.w) - { - v2 = v1 + ((clip_rect.w - y1) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1); - y2 = clip_rect.w; - } - if (y1 >= y2) - { - x += char_width; - continue; - } + u1 = u1 + (1.0f - (x2 - clip_rect.x) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1); + x1 = clip_rect.x; } - - // We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug builds. Inlined here: + if (y1 < clip_rect.y) { - idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); - idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+3); - vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1; - vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1; - vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2; - vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2; - vtx_write += 4; - vtx_current_idx += 4; - idx_write += 6; + v1 = v1 + (1.0f - (y2 - clip_rect.y) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1); + y1 = clip_rect.y; } + if (x2 > clip_rect.z) + { + u2 = u1 + ((clip_rect.z - x1) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1); + x2 = clip_rect.z; + } + if (y2 > clip_rect.w) + { + v2 = v1 + ((clip_rect.w - y1) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1); + y2 = clip_rect.w; + } + if (y1 >= y2) + { + x += char_width; + continue; + } + } + + // Support for untinted glyphs + ImU32 glyph_col = glyph->Colored ? col_untinted : col; + + // We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug builds. Inlined here: + { + idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); + idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+3); + vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1; + vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1; + vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2; + vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2; + vtx_write += 4; + vtx_current_idx += 4; + idx_write += 6; } } } - x += char_width; } - // Give back unused vertices - draw_list->VtxBuffer.resize((int)(vtx_write - draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data)); - draw_list->IdxBuffer.resize((int)(idx_write - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data)); - draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size-1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); + // Give back unused vertices (clipped ones, blanks) ~ this is essentially a PrimUnreserve() action. + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size = (int)(vtx_write - draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data); // Same as calling shrink() + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size = (int)(idx_write - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data); + draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); draw_list->_VtxWritePtr = vtx_write; draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write; - draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = (unsigned int)draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; + draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_current_idx; } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Internals Drawing Helpers +// [SECTION] ImGui Internal Render Helpers //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Vaguely redesigned to stop accessing ImGui global state: +// - RenderArrow() +// - RenderBullet() +// - RenderCheckMark() +// - RenderMouseCursor() +// - RenderArrowPointingAt() +// - RenderRectFilledRangeH() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Function in need of a redesign (legacy mess) +// - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Render an arrow aimed to be aligned with text (p_min is a position in the same space text would be positioned). To e.g. denote expanded/collapsed state +void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale) +{ + const float h = draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 1.00f; + float r = h * 0.40f * scale; + ImVec2 center = pos + ImVec2(h * 0.50f, h * 0.50f * scale); + + ImVec2 a, b, c; + switch (dir) + { + case ImGuiDir_Up: + case ImGuiDir_Down: + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) r = -r; + a = ImVec2(+0.000f, +0.750f) * r; + b = ImVec2(-0.866f, -0.750f) * r; + c = ImVec2(+0.866f, -0.750f) * r; + break; + case ImGuiDir_Left: + case ImGuiDir_Right: + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) r = -r; + a = ImVec2(+0.750f, +0.000f) * r; + b = ImVec2(-0.750f, +0.866f) * r; + c = ImVec2(-0.750f, -0.866f) * r; + break; + case ImGuiDir_None: + case ImGuiDir_COUNT: + IM_ASSERT(0); + break; + } + draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(center + a, center + b, center + c, col); +} + +void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col) +{ + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(pos, draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 0.20f, col, 8); +} + +void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz) +{ + float thickness = ImMax(sz / 5.0f, 1.0f); + sz -= thickness * 0.5f; + pos += ImVec2(thickness * 0.25f, thickness * 0.25f); + + float third = sz / 3.0f; + float bx = pos.x + third; + float by = pos.y + sz - third * 0.5f; + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx - third, by - third)); + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx, by)); + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx + third * 2.0f, by - third * 2.0f)); + draw_list->PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); +} + +void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow) +{ + if (mouse_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None) + return; + IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); + + ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = draw_list->_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas; + ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4]; + if (font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) + { + pos -= offset; + ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID; + draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(1, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_border); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[0], uv[1], col_fill); + draw_list->PopTextureID(); + } +} + +// Render an arrow. 'pos' is position of the arrow tip. half_sz.x is length from base to tip. half_sz.y is length on each side. +void ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col) +{ + switch (direction) + { + case ImGuiDir_Left: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return; + case ImGuiDir_Right: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return; + case ImGuiDir_Up: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return; + case ImGuiDir_Down: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return; + case ImGuiDir_None: case ImGuiDir_COUNT: break; // Fix warnings + } +} static inline float ImAcos01(float x) { if (x <= 0.0f) return IM_PI * 0.5f; if (x >= 1.0f) return 0.0f; - return acosf(x); + return ImAcos(x); //return (-0.69813170079773212f * x * x - 0.87266462599716477f) * x + 1.5707963267948966f; // Cheap approximation, may be enough for what we do. } @@ -2644,13 +3827,14 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im const float inv_rounding = 1.0f / rounding; const float arc0_b = ImAcos01(1.0f - (p0.x - rect.Min.x) * inv_rounding); const float arc0_e = ImAcos01(1.0f - (p1.x - rect.Min.x) * inv_rounding); + const float half_pi = IM_PI * 0.5f; // We will == compare to this because we know this is the exact value ImAcos01 can return. const float x0 = ImMax(p0.x, rect.Min.x + rounding); if (arc0_b == arc0_e) { draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y)); draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y)); } - else if (arc0_b == 0.0f && arc0_e == IM_PI*0.5f) + else if (arc0_b == 0.0f && arc0_e == half_pi) { draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, 3, 6); // BL draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, 6, 9); // TR @@ -2670,7 +3854,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y)); draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y)); } - else if (arc1_b == 0.0f && arc1_e == IM_PI*0.5f) + else if (arc1_b == 0.0f && arc1_e == half_pi) { draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, 9, 12); // TR draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, 0, 3); // BR @@ -2684,35 +3868,94 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im draw_list->PathFillConvex(col); } +void ImGui::RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImRect outer, ImRect inner, ImU32 col, float rounding) +{ + const bool fill_L = (inner.Min.x > outer.Min.x); + const bool fill_R = (inner.Max.x < outer.Max.x); + const bool fill_U = (inner.Min.y > outer.Min.y); + const bool fill_D = (inner.Max.y < outer.Max.y); + if (fill_L) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft)); + if (fill_R) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight)); + if (fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight)); + if (fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight)); + if (fill_L && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft); + if (fill_R && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight); + if (fill_L && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft); + if (fill_R && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight); +} + +// Helper for ColorPicker4() +// NB: This is rather brittle and will show artifact when rounding this enabled if rounded corners overlap multiple cells. Caller currently responsible for avoiding that. +// Spent a non reasonable amount of time trying to getting this right for ColorButton with rounding+anti-aliasing+ImGuiColorEditFlags_HalfAlphaPreview flag + various grid sizes and offsets, and eventually gave up... probably more reasonable to disable rounding altogether. +// FIXME: uses ImGui::GetColorU32 +void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) +{ + if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0) + flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_; + if (((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) < 0xFF) + { + ImU32 col_bg1 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), col)); + ImU32 col_bg2 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(128, 128, 128, 255), col)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, flags); + + int yi = 0; + for (float y = p_min.y + grid_off.y; y < p_max.y; y += grid_step, yi++) + { + float y1 = ImClamp(y, p_min.y, p_max.y), y2 = ImMin(y + grid_step, p_max.y); + if (y2 <= y1) + continue; + for (float x = p_min.x + grid_off.x + (yi & 1) * grid_step; x < p_max.x; x += grid_step * 2.0f) + { + float x1 = ImClamp(x, p_min.x, p_max.x), x2 = ImMin(x + grid_step, p_max.x); + if (x2 <= x1) + continue; + ImDrawFlags cell_flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone; + if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight; } + if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; } + + // Combine flags + cell_flags = (flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone || cell_flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone : (cell_flags & flags); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1, y1), ImVec2(x2, y2), col_bg2, rounding, cell_flags); + } + } + } + else + { + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, flags); + } +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// DEFAULT FONT DATA +// [SECTION] Decompression code //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Compressed with stb_compress() then converted to a C array. -// Use the program in extra_fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp to create the array from a TTF file. +// Compressed with stb_compress() then converted to a C array and encoded as base85. +// Use the program in misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp to create the array from a TTF file. +// The purpose of encoding as base85 instead of "0x00,0x01,..." style is only save on _source code_ size. // Decompression from stb.h (public domain) by Sean Barrett https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb.h //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(unsigned char *input) +static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(const unsigned char *input) { return (input[8] << 24) + (input[9] << 16) + (input[10] << 8) + input[11]; } -static unsigned char *stb__barrier, *stb__barrier2, *stb__barrier3, *stb__barrier4; +static unsigned char *stb__barrier_out_e, *stb__barrier_out_b; +static const unsigned char *stb__barrier_in_b; static unsigned char *stb__dout; -static void stb__match(unsigned char *data, unsigned int length) +static void stb__match(const unsigned char *data, unsigned int length) { // INVERSE of memmove... write each byte before copying the next... - IM_ASSERT (stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier); - if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier) { stb__dout += length; return; } - if (data < stb__barrier4) { stb__dout = stb__barrier+1; return; } + IM_ASSERT(stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier_out_e); + if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier_out_e) { stb__dout += length; return; } + if (data < stb__barrier_out_b) { stb__dout = stb__barrier_out_e+1; return; } while (length--) *stb__dout++ = *data++; } -static void stb__lit(unsigned char *data, unsigned int length) +static void stb__lit(const unsigned char *data, unsigned int length) { - IM_ASSERT (stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier); - if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier) { stb__dout += length; return; } - if (data < stb__barrier2) { stb__dout = stb__barrier+1; return; } + IM_ASSERT(stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier_out_e); + if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier_out_e) { stb__dout += length; return; } + if (data < stb__barrier_in_b) { stb__dout = stb__barrier_out_e+1; return; } memcpy(stb__dout, data, length); stb__dout += length; } @@ -2721,7 +3964,7 @@ static void stb__lit(unsigned char *data, unsigned int length) #define stb__in3(x) ((i[x] << 16) + stb__in2((x)+1)) #define stb__in4(x) ((i[x] << 24) + stb__in3((x)+1)) -static unsigned char *stb_decompress_token(unsigned char *i) +static const unsigned char *stb_decompress_token(const unsigned char *i) { if (*i >= 0x20) { // use fewer if's for cases that expand small if (*i >= 0x80) stb__match(stb__dout-i[1]-1, i[0] - 0x80 + 1), i += 2; @@ -2742,9 +3985,9 @@ static unsigned int stb_adler32(unsigned int adler32, unsigned char *buffer, uns { const unsigned long ADLER_MOD = 65521; unsigned long s1 = adler32 & 0xffff, s2 = adler32 >> 16; - unsigned long blocklen, i; + unsigned long blocklen = buflen % 5552; - blocklen = buflen % 5552; + unsigned long i; while (buflen) { for (i=0; i + 7 < blocklen; i += 8) { s1 += buffer[0], s2 += s1; @@ -2769,21 +4012,19 @@ static unsigned int stb_adler32(unsigned int adler32, unsigned char *buffer, uns return (unsigned int)(s2 << 16) + (unsigned int)s1; } -static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, unsigned char *i, unsigned int length) +static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *i, unsigned int /*length*/) { - unsigned int olen; if (stb__in4(0) != 0x57bC0000) return 0; if (stb__in4(4) != 0) return 0; // error! stream is > 4GB - olen = stb_decompress_length(i); - stb__barrier2 = i; - stb__barrier3 = i+length; - stb__barrier = output + olen; - stb__barrier4 = output; + const unsigned int olen = stb_decompress_length(i); + stb__barrier_in_b = i; + stb__barrier_out_e = output + olen; + stb__barrier_out_b = output; i += 16; stb__dout = output; for (;;) { - unsigned char *old_i = i; + const unsigned char *old_i = i; i = stb_decompress_token(i); if (i == old_i) { if (*i == 0x05 && i[1] == 0xfa) { @@ -2803,6 +4044,8 @@ static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, unsigned char *i, unsi } } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Default font data (ProggyClean.ttf) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // ProggyClean.ttf // Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Tristan Grimmer @@ -2810,9 +4053,10 @@ static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, unsigned char *i, unsi // Download and more information at http://upperbounds.net //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // File: 'ProggyClean.ttf' (41208 bytes) -// Exported using binary_to_compressed_c.cpp +// Exported using misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp (with compression + base85 string encoding). +// The purpose of encoding as base85 instead of "0x00,0x01,..." style is only save on _source code_ size. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static const char proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85[11980+1] = +static const char proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85[11980 + 1] = "7])#######hV0qs'/###[),##/l:$#Q6>##5[n42>c-TH`->>#/e>11NNV=Bv(*:.F?uu#(gRU.o0XGH`$vhLG1hxt9?W`#,5LsCp#-i>.r$<$6pD>Lb';9Crc6tgXmKVeU2cD4Eo3R/" "2*>]b(MC;$jPfY.;h^`IWM9Qo#t'X#(v#Y9w0#1D$CIf;W'#pWUPXOuxXuU(H9M(1=Ke$$'5F%)]0^#0X@U.a // FILE* +#include // FILE*, sscanf +#include // NULL, malloc, free, qsort, atoi, atof #include // sqrtf, fabsf, fmodf, powf, floorf, ceilf, cosf, sinf +#include // INT_MIN, INT_MAX +// Enable SSE intrinsics if available +#if defined __SSE__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined _M_X64 +#define IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE +#include +#endif + +// Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (push) -#pragma warning (disable: 4251) // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport) +#pragma warning (disable: 4251) // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport) +#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer) +#pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6). + #endif -#ifdef __clang__ +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic push -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // for stb_textedit.h -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" // for stb_textedit.h +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok, for ImFloorSigned() +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // for stb_textedit.h +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" // for stb_textedit.h #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#endif + +// Legacy defines +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74 +#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74 +#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS +#endif + +// Enable stb_truetype by default unless FreeType is enabled. +// You can compile with both by defining both IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE and IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE together. +#ifndef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE +#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE #endif //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Forward Declarations +// [SECTION] Forward declarations //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -struct ImRect; -struct ImGuiColMod; -struct ImGuiStyleMod; -struct ImGuiGroupData; -struct ImGuiSimpleColumns; -struct ImGuiDrawContext; -struct ImGuiTextEditState; -struct ImGuiMouseCursorData; -struct ImGuiPopupRef; -struct ImGuiWindow; -struct ImGuiWindowSettings; +struct ImBitVector; // Store 1-bit per value +struct ImRect; // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points) +struct ImDrawDataBuilder; // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance +struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances +struct ImGuiColorMod; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it +struct ImGuiContext; // Main Dear ImGui context +struct ImGuiContextHook; // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine +struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo; // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum +struct ImGuiGroupData; // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() +struct ImGuiInputTextState; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box +struct ImGuiLastItemDataBackup; // Backup and restore IsItemHovered() internal data +struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only +struct ImGuiNavItemData; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result +struct ImGuiMetricsConfig; // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions +struct ImGuiNextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions +struct ImGuiNextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions +struct ImGuiOldColumnData; // Storage data for a single column for legacy Columns() api +struct ImGuiOldColumns; // Storage data for a columns set for legacy Columns() api +struct ImGuiPopupData; // Storage for current popup stack +struct ImGuiSettingsHandler; // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file +struct ImGuiStackSizes; // Storage of stack sizes for debugging/asserting +struct ImGuiStyleMod; // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it +struct ImGuiTabBar; // Storage for a tab bar +struct ImGuiTabItem; // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar) +struct ImGuiTable; // Storage for a table +struct ImGuiTableColumn; // Storage for one column of a table +struct ImGuiTableTempData; // Temporary storage for one table (one per table in the stack), shared between tables. +struct ImGuiTableSettings; // Storage for a table .ini settings +struct ImGuiTableColumnsSettings; // Storage for a column .ini settings +struct ImGuiWindow; // Storage for one window +struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame, in practice we currently keep it for each window) +struct ImGuiWindowSettings; // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session) -typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // enum: horizontal or vertical // enum ImGuiLayoutType_ -typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags; // flags: for ButtonEx(), ButtonBehavior() // enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // flags: for PushItemFlag() // enum ImGuiItemFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags; // flags: for Separator() - internal // enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // flags: for SliderBehavior() // enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ +// Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists. +typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // Enum: Horizontal or vertical +typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag() +typedef int ImGuiItemAddFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemAddFlags_ // Flags: for ItemAdd() +typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for DC.LastItemStatusFlags +typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ // Flags: for BeginColumns() +typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight() +typedef int ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ // Flags: for GetNavInputAmount2d() +typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ // Flags: for navigation requests +typedef int ImGuiNextItemDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ // Flags: for SetNextItemXXX() functions +typedef int ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_// Flags: for SetNextWindowXXX() functions +typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ // Flags: for SeparatorEx() +typedef int ImGuiTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_ // Flags: for TextEx() +typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx() + +typedef void (*ImGuiErrorLogCallback)(void* user_data, const char* fmt, ...); + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Context pointer +// See implementation of this variable in imgui.cpp for comments and details. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef GImGui +extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui; // Current implicit context pointer +#endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// STB libraries +// [SECTION] STB libraries includes //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -namespace ImGuiStb +namespace ImStb { #undef STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING #undef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiTextEditState +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiInputTextState #define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ImWchar -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE -1.0f -#include "stb_textedit.h" +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE (-1.0f) +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 +#include "imstb_textedit.h" -} // namespace ImGuiStb +} // namespace ImStb //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Context +// [SECTION] Macros //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#ifndef GImGui -extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui; // Current implicit ImGui context pointer +// Debug Logging +#ifndef IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(_FMT,...) printf("[%05d] " _FMT, GImGui->FrameCount, __VA_ARGS__) #endif +// Debug Logging for selected systems. Remove the '((void)0) //' to enable. +//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG // Enable log +//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG // Enable log +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) ((void)0) // Disable log +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) ((void)0) // Disable log + +// Static Asserts +#if (__cplusplus >= 201100) || (defined(_MSVC_LANG) && _MSVC_LANG >= 201100) +#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) static_assert(_COND, "") +#else +#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) typedef char static_assertion_##__line__[(_COND)?1:-1] +#endif + +// "Paranoid" Debug Asserts are meant to only be enabled during specific debugging/work, otherwise would slow down the code too much. +// We currently don't have many of those so the effect is currently negligible, but onward intent to add more aggressive ones in the code. +//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID +#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID +#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR) IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) +#else +#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR) +#endif + +// Error handling +// Down the line in some frameworks/languages we would like to have a way to redirect those to the programmer and recover from more faults. +#ifndef IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR +#define IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(_EXP,_MSG) IM_ASSERT((_EXP) && _MSG) // Recoverable User Error +#endif + +// Misc Macros +#define IM_PI 3.14159265358979323846f +#ifdef _WIN32 +#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n" // Play it nice with Windows users (Update: since 2018-05, Notepad finally appears to support Unix-style carriage returns!) +#else +#define IM_NEWLINE "\n" +#endif +#define IM_TABSIZE (4) +#define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN) (((_OFF) + (_ALIGN - 1)) & ~(_ALIGN - 1)) // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8 +#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose +#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255 +#define IM_FLOOR(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImFloor() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds +#define IM_ROUND(_VAL) ((float)(int)((_VAL) + 0.5f)) // + +// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl +#else +#define IMGUI_CDECL +#endif + +// Warnings +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) +#define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX) __pragma(warning(suppress: XXXX)) +#else +#define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX) +#endif + +// Debug Tools +// Use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to break into the call-stack of a specific item. +#ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK +#if defined(__clang__) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __builtin_debugtrap() +#elif defined (_MSC_VER) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __debugbreak() +#else +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() IM_ASSERT(0) // It is expected that you define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() into something that will break nicely in a debugger! +#endif +#endif // #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helpers +// [SECTION] Generic helpers +// Note that the ImXXX helpers functions are lower-level than ImGui functions. +// ImGui functions or the ImGui context are never called/used from other ImXXX functions. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - Helpers: Hashing +// - Helpers: Sorting +// - Helpers: Bit manipulation +// - Helpers: String, Formatting +// - Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions +// - Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators +// - Helpers: Maths +// - Helpers: Geometry +// - Helper: ImVec1 +// - Helper: ImVec2ih +// - Helper: ImRect +// - Helper: ImBitArray +// - Helper: ImBitVector +// - Helper: ImSpan<>, ImSpanAllocator<> +// - Helper: ImPool<> +// - Helper: ImChunkStream<> //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#define IM_PI 3.14159265358979323846f -#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_ELM) ((size_t)&(((_TYPE*)0)->_ELM)) +// Helpers: Hashing +IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0); +IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +static inline ImGuiID ImHash(const void* data, int size, ImU32 seed = 0) { return size ? ImHashData(data, (size_t)size, seed) : ImHashStr((const char*)data, 0, seed); } // [moved to ImHashStr/ImHashData in 1.68] +#endif -// Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar -IMGUI_API int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return output UTF-8 bytes count -IMGUI_API int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return input UTF-8 bytes count -IMGUI_API int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL); // return input UTF-8 bytes count -IMGUI_API int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count) -IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express string as UTF-8 code-points +// Helpers: Sorting +#define ImQsort qsort -// Helpers: Misc -IMGUI_API ImU32 ImHash(const void* data, int data_size, ImU32 seed = 0); // Pass data_size==0 for zero-terminated strings -IMGUI_API void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode, int* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0); -IMGUI_API FILE* ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode); -static inline bool ImCharIsSpace(int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; } +// Helpers: Color Blending +IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b); + +// Helpers: Bit manipulation static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } +static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(ImU64 v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v) { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; } -// Helpers: Geometry -IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p); -IMGUI_API bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); -IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); -IMGUI_API void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w); - -// Helpers: String +// Helpers: String, Formatting IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2); IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count); IMGUI_API void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count); IMGUI_API char* ImStrdup(const char* str); -IMGUI_API char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c); +IMGUI_API char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* str); +IMGUI_API const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c); IMGUI_API int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str); -IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin); // Find beginning-of-line +IMGUI_API const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end); // End end-of-line +IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin); // Find beginning-of-line IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end); +IMGUI_API void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str); +IMGUI_API const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str); IMGUI_API int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); IMGUI_API int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); +IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* format); +IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* format); +IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* format, char* buf, size_t buf_size); +IMGUI_API int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* format, int default_value); +static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } +static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; } -// Helpers: Math -// We are keeping those not leaking to the user by default, in the case the user has implicit cast operators between ImVec2 and its own types (when IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA is defined) +// Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions +IMGUI_API int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return output UTF-8 bytes count +IMGUI_API int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // read one character. return input UTF-8 bytes count +IMGUI_API int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL); // return input UTF-8 bytes count +IMGUI_API int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count) +IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8 +IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8 + +// Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators +// We are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space, to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA etc.) +// We unfortunately don't have a unary- operator for ImVec2 because this would needs to be defined inside the class itself. #ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS -static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x*rhs, lhs.y*rhs); } -static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x/rhs, lhs.y/rhs); } -static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x+rhs.x, lhs.y+rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x-rhs.x, lhs.y-rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x*rhs.x, lhs.y*rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x/rhs.x, lhs.y/rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs, lhs.y * rhs); } +static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs, lhs.y / rhs); } +static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs.x, lhs.y / rhs.y); } static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; } static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x+rhs.x, lhs.y+rhs.y, lhs.z+rhs.z, lhs.w+rhs.w); } -static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x-rhs.x, lhs.y-rhs.y, lhs.z-rhs.z, lhs.w-rhs.w); } -static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x*rhs.x, lhs.y*rhs.y, lhs.z*rhs.z, lhs.w*rhs.w); } +static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs.x; lhs.y *= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs.x; lhs.y /= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y, lhs.z + rhs.z, lhs.w + rhs.w); } +static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y, lhs.z - rhs.z, lhs.w - rhs.w); } +static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y, lhs.z * rhs.z, lhs.w * rhs.w); } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE #endif -static inline int ImMin(int lhs, int rhs) { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; } -static inline int ImMax(int lhs, int rhs) { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; } -static inline float ImMin(float lhs, float rhs) { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; } -static inline float ImMax(float lhs, float rhs) { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; } -static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(ImMin(lhs.x,rhs.x), ImMin(lhs.y,rhs.y)); } -static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(ImMax(lhs.x,rhs.x), ImMax(lhs.y,rhs.y)); } -static inline int ImClamp(int v, int mn, int mx) { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; } -static inline float ImClamp(float v, float mn, float mx) { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; } -static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& f, const ImVec2& mn, ImVec2 mx) { return ImVec2(ImClamp(f.x,mn.x,mx.x), ImClamp(f.y,mn.y,mx.y)); } -static inline float ImSaturate(float f) { return (f < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (f > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : f; } -static inline void ImSwap(int& a, int& b) { int tmp = a; a = b; b = tmp; } -static inline void ImSwap(float& a, float& b) { float tmp = a; a = b; b = tmp; } -static inline int ImLerp(int a, int b, float t) { return (int)(a + (b - a) * t); } -static inline float ImLerp(float a, float b, float t) { return a + (b - a) * t; } +// Helpers: File System +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS +typedef void* ImFileHandle; +static inline ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char*, const char*) { return NULL; } +static inline bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle) { return false; } +static inline ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle) { return (ImU64)-1; } +static inline ImU64 ImFileRead(void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle) { return 0; } +static inline ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle) { return 0; } +#endif +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS +typedef FILE* ImFileHandle; +IMGUI_API ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode); +IMGUI_API bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle file); +IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle file); +IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file); +IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file); +#else +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS // Can't use stdout, fflush if we are not using default file functions +#endif +IMGUI_API void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0); + +// Helpers: Maths +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +// - Wrapper for standard libs functions. (Note that imgui_demo.cpp does _not_ use them to keep the code easy to copy) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS +#define ImFabs(X) fabsf(X) +#define ImSqrt(X) sqrtf(X) +#define ImFmod(X, Y) fmodf((X), (Y)) +#define ImCos(X) cosf(X) +#define ImSin(X) sinf(X) +#define ImAcos(X) acosf(X) +#define ImAtan2(Y, X) atan2f((Y), (X)) +#define ImAtof(STR) atof(STR) +//#define ImFloorStd(X) floorf(X) // We use our own, see ImFloor() and ImFloorSigned() +#define ImCeil(X) ceilf(X) +static inline float ImPow(float x, float y) { return powf(x, y); } // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImPow with either float/double and need the precision +static inline double ImPow(double x, double y) { return pow(x, y); } +static inline float ImLog(float x) { return logf(x); } // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImLog with either float/double and need the precision +static inline double ImLog(double x) { return log(x); } +static inline int ImAbs(int x) { return x < 0 ? -x : x; } +static inline float ImAbs(float x) { return fabsf(x); } +static inline double ImAbs(double x) { return fabs(x); } +static inline float ImSign(float x) { return (x < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : ((x > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f); } // Sign operator - returns -1, 0 or 1 based on sign of argument +static inline double ImSign(double x) { return (x < 0.0) ? -1.0 : ((x > 0.0) ? 1.0 : 0.0); } +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE +static inline float ImRsqrt(float x) { return _mm_cvtss_f32(_mm_rsqrt_ss(_mm_set_ss(x))); } +#else +static inline float ImRsqrt(float x) { return 1.0f / sqrtf(x); } +#endif +static inline double ImRsqrt(double x) { return 1.0 / sqrt(x); } +#endif +// - ImMin/ImMax/ImClamp/ImLerp/ImSwap are used by widgets which support variety of types: signed/unsigned int/long long float/double +// (Exceptionally using templates here but we could also redefine them for those types) +template static inline T ImMin(T lhs, T rhs) { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; } +template static inline T ImMax(T lhs, T rhs) { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; } +template static inline T ImClamp(T v, T mn, T mx) { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; } +template static inline T ImLerp(T a, T b, float t) { return (T)(a + (b - a) * t); } +template static inline void ImSwap(T& a, T& b) { T tmp = a; a = b; b = tmp; } +template static inline T ImAddClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx) { if (b < 0 && (a < mn - b)) return mn; if (b > 0 && (a > mx - b)) return mx; return a + b; } +template static inline T ImSubClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx) { if (b > 0 && (a < mn + b)) return mn; if (b < 0 && (a > mx + b)) return mx; return a - b; } +// - Misc maths helpers +static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x < rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y < rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x >= rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y >= rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2& mn, ImVec2 mx) { return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y); } static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t); } static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t.x, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t.y); } static inline ImVec4 ImLerp(const ImVec4& a, const ImVec4& b, float t) { return ImVec4(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t, a.z + (b.z - a.z) * t, a.w + (b.w - a.w) * t); } -static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs) { return lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y; } -static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs) { return lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y + lhs.z*lhs.z + lhs.w*lhs.w; } -static inline float ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value) { float d = lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y; if (d > 0.0f) return 1.0f / sqrtf(d); return fail_value; } -static inline float ImFloor(float f) { return (float)(int)f; } -static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2((float)(int)v.x, (float)(int)v.y); } +static inline float ImSaturate(float f) { return (f < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (f > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : f; } +static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); } +static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y) + (lhs.z * lhs.z) + (lhs.w * lhs.w); } +static inline float ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value) { float d = (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); if (d > 0.0f) return ImRsqrt(d); return fail_value; } +static inline float ImFloor(float f) { return (float)(int)(f); } +static inline float ImFloorSigned(float f) { return (float)((f >= 0 || (int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1); } // Decent replacement for floorf() +static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); } +static inline int ImModPositive(int a, int b) { return (a + b) % b; } static inline float ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b) { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; } static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a) { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); } static inline float ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed) { if (current < target) return ImMin(current + speed, target); if (current > target) return ImMax(current - speed, target); return current; } static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE -// We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax. -// Defining a custom placement new() with a dummy parameter allows us to bypass including which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions. -struct ImNewPlacementDummy {}; -inline void* operator new(size_t, ImNewPlacementDummy, void* ptr) { return ptr; } -inline void operator delete(void*, ImNewPlacementDummy, void*) {} // This is only required so we can use the symetrical new() -#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR) new(ImNewPlacementDummy(), _PTR) -#define IM_NEW(_TYPE) new(ImNewPlacementDummy(), ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(_TYPE))) _TYPE -template void IM_DELETE(T*& p) { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p); p = NULL; } } +// Helpers: Geometry +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t); +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments); // For curves with explicit number of segments +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol);// For auto-tessellated curves you can use tess_tol = style.CurveTessellationTol +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t); +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p); +IMGUI_API bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); +IMGUI_API void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w); +inline float ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c) { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; } +IMGUI_API ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy); + +// Helper: ImVec1 (1D vector) +// (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches) +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +struct ImVec1 +{ + float x; + ImVec1() { x = 0.0f; } + ImVec1(float _x) { x = _x; } +}; + +// Helper: ImVec2ih (2D vector, half-size integer, for long-term packed storage) +struct ImVec2ih +{ + short x, y; + ImVec2ih() { x = y = 0; } + ImVec2ih(short _x, short _y) { x = _x; y = _y; } + explicit ImVec2ih(const ImVec2& rhs) { x = (short)rhs.x; y = (short)rhs.y; } +}; + +// Helper: ImRect (2D axis aligned bounding-box) +// NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here! +struct IMGUI_API ImRect +{ + ImVec2 Min; // Upper-left + ImVec2 Max; // Lower-right + + ImRect() : Min(0.0f, 0.0f), Max(0.0f, 0.0f) {} + ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max) : Min(min), Max(max) {} + ImRect(const ImVec4& v) : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w) {} + ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2) : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2) {} + + ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2((Min.x + Max.x) * 0.5f, (Min.y + Max.y) * 0.5f); } + ImVec2 GetSize() const { return ImVec2(Max.x - Min.x, Max.y - Min.y); } + float GetWidth() const { return Max.x - Min.x; } + float GetHeight() const { return Max.y - Min.y; } + float GetArea() const { return (Max.x - Min.x) * (Max.y - Min.y); } + ImVec2 GetTL() const { return Min; } // Top-left + ImVec2 GetTR() const { return ImVec2(Max.x, Min.y); } // Top-right + ImVec2 GetBL() const { return ImVec2(Min.x, Max.y); } // Bottom-left + ImVec2 GetBR() const { return Max; } // Bottom-right + bool Contains(const ImVec2& p) const { return p.x >= Min.x && p.y >= Min.y && p.x < Max.x && p.y < Max.y; } + bool Contains(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.x >= Min.x && r.Min.y >= Min.y && r.Max.x <= Max.x && r.Max.y <= Max.y; } + bool Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.y < Max.y && r.Max.y > Min.y && r.Min.x < Max.x && r.Max.x > Min.x; } + void Add(const ImVec2& p) { if (Min.x > p.x) Min.x = p.x; if (Min.y > p.y) Min.y = p.y; if (Max.x < p.x) Max.x = p.x; if (Max.y < p.y) Max.y = p.y; } + void Add(const ImRect& r) { if (Min.x > r.Min.x) Min.x = r.Min.x; if (Min.y > r.Min.y) Min.y = r.Min.y; if (Max.x < r.Max.x) Max.x = r.Max.x; if (Max.y < r.Max.y) Max.y = r.Max.y; } + void Expand(const float amount) { Min.x -= amount; Min.y -= amount; Max.x += amount; Max.y += amount; } + void Expand(const ImVec2& amount) { Min.x -= amount.x; Min.y -= amount.y; Max.x += amount.x; Max.y += amount.y; } + void Translate(const ImVec2& d) { Min.x += d.x; Min.y += d.y; Max.x += d.x; Max.y += d.y; } + void TranslateX(float dx) { Min.x += dx; Max.x += dx; } + void TranslateY(float dy) { Min.y += dy; Max.y += dy; } + void ClipWith(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImMax(Min, r.Min); Max = ImMin(Max, r.Max); } // Simple version, may lead to an inverted rectangle, which is fine for Contains/Overlaps test but not for display. + void ClipWithFull(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImClamp(Min, r.Min, r.Max); Max = ImClamp(Max, r.Min, r.Max); } // Full version, ensure both points are fully clipped. + void Floor() { Min.x = IM_FLOOR(Min.x); Min.y = IM_FLOOR(Min.y); Max.x = IM_FLOOR(Max.x); Max.y = IM_FLOOR(Max.y); } + bool IsInverted() const { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; } + ImVec4 ToVec4() const { return ImVec4(Min.x, Min.y, Max.x, Max.y); } +}; +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE + +// Helper: ImBitArray +inline bool ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; } +inline void ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask; } +inline void ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; } +inline void ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) // Works on range [n..n2) +{ + n2--; + while (n <= n2) + { + int a_mod = (n & 31); + int b_mod = (n2 > (n | 31) ? 31 : (n2 & 31)) + 1; + ImU32 mask = (ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << b_mod) - 1) & ~(ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << a_mod) - 1); + arr[n >> 5] |= mask; + n = (n + 32) & ~31; + } +} + +// Helper: ImBitArray class (wrapper over ImBitArray functions) +// Store 1-bit per value. +template +struct IMGUI_API ImBitArray +{ + ImU32 Storage[(BITCOUNT + 31) >> 5]; + ImBitArray() { ClearAllBits(); } + void ClearAllBits() { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); } + void SetAllBits() { memset(Storage, 255, sizeof(Storage)); } + bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); } + void SetBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n); } + void ClearBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n); } + void SetBitRange(int n, int n2) { ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2) +}; + +// Helper: ImBitVector +// Store 1-bit per value. +struct IMGUI_API ImBitVector +{ + ImVector Storage; + void Create(int sz) { Storage.resize((sz + 31) >> 5); memset(Storage.Data, 0, (size_t)Storage.Size * sizeof(Storage.Data[0])); } + void Clear() { Storage.clear(); } + bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage.Data, n); } + void SetBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage.Data, n); } + void ClearBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage.Data, n); } +}; + +// Helper: ImSpan<> +// Pointing to a span of data we don't own. +template +struct ImSpan +{ + T* Data; + T* DataEnd; + + // Constructors, destructor + inline ImSpan() { Data = DataEnd = NULL; } + inline ImSpan(T* data, int size) { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; } + inline ImSpan(T* data, T* data_end) { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; } + + inline void set(T* data, int size) { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; } + inline void set(T* data, T* data_end) { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; } + inline int size() const { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data); } + inline int size_in_bytes() const { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data) * (int)sizeof(T); } + inline T& operator[](int i) { T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; } + inline const T& operator[](int i) const { const T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; } + + inline T* begin() { return Data; } + inline const T* begin() const { return Data; } + inline T* end() { return DataEnd; } + inline const T* end() const { return DataEnd; } + + // Utilities + inline int index_from_ptr(const T* it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < DataEnd); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; } +}; + +// Helper: ImSpanAllocator<> +// Facilitate storing multiple chunks into a single large block (the "arena") +// - Usage: call Reserve() N times, allocate GetArenaSizeInBytes() worth, pass it to SetArenaBasePtr(), call GetSpan() N times to retrieve the aligned ranges. +template +struct ImSpanAllocator +{ + char* BasePtr; + int CurrOff; + int CurrIdx; + int Offsets[CHUNKS]; + int Sizes[CHUNKS]; + + ImSpanAllocator() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + inline void Reserve(int n, size_t sz, int a=4) { IM_ASSERT(n == CurrIdx && n < CHUNKS); CurrOff = IM_MEMALIGN(CurrOff, a); Offsets[n] = CurrOff; Sizes[n] = (int)sz; CurrIdx++; CurrOff += (int)sz; } + inline int GetArenaSizeInBytes() { return CurrOff; } + inline void SetArenaBasePtr(void* base_ptr) { BasePtr = (char*)base_ptr; } + inline void* GetSpanPtrBegin(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n]); } + inline void* GetSpanPtrEnd(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n] + Sizes[n]); } + template + inline void GetSpan(int n, ImSpan* span) { span->set((T*)GetSpanPtrBegin(n), (T*)GetSpanPtrEnd(n)); } +}; + +// Helper: ImPool<> +// Basic keyed storage for contiguous instances, slow/amortized insertion, O(1) indexable, O(Log N) queries by ID over a dense/hot buffer, +// Honor constructor/destructor. Add/remove invalidate all pointers. Indexes have the same lifetime as the associated object. +typedef int ImPoolIdx; +template +struct IMGUI_API ImPool +{ + ImVector Buf; // Contiguous data + ImGuiStorage Map; // ID->Index + ImPoolIdx FreeIdx; // Next free idx to use + + ImPool() { FreeIdx = 0; } + ~ImPool() { Clear(); } + T* GetByKey(ImGuiID key) { int idx = Map.GetInt(key, -1); return (idx != -1) ? &Buf[idx] : NULL; } + T* GetByIndex(ImPoolIdx n) { return &Buf[n]; } + ImPoolIdx GetIndex(const T* p) const { IM_ASSERT(p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); return (ImPoolIdx)(p - Buf.Data); } + T* GetOrAddByKey(ImGuiID key) { int* p_idx = Map.GetIntRef(key, -1); if (*p_idx != -1) return &Buf[*p_idx]; *p_idx = FreeIdx; return Add(); } + bool Contains(const T* p) const { return (p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); } + void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < Map.Data.Size; n++) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx != -1) Buf[idx].~T(); } Map.Clear(); Buf.clear(); FreeIdx = 0; } + T* Add() { int idx = FreeIdx; if (idx == Buf.Size) { Buf.resize(Buf.Size + 1); FreeIdx++; } else { FreeIdx = *(int*)&Buf[idx]; } IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&Buf[idx]) T(); return &Buf[idx]; } + void Remove(ImGuiID key, const T* p) { Remove(key, GetIndex(p)); } + void Remove(ImGuiID key, ImPoolIdx idx) { Buf[idx].~T(); *(int*)&Buf[idx] = FreeIdx; FreeIdx = idx; Map.SetInt(key, -1); } + void Reserve(int capacity) { Buf.reserve(capacity); Map.Data.reserve(capacity); } + int GetSize() const { return Buf.Size; } +}; + +// Helper: ImChunkStream<> +// Build and iterate a contiguous stream of variable-sized structures. +// This is used by Settings to store persistent data while reducing allocation count. +// We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries. +// The tedious/zealous amount of casting is to avoid -Wcast-align warnings. +template +struct IMGUI_API ImChunkStream +{ + ImVector Buf; + + void clear() { Buf.clear(); } + bool empty() const { return Buf.Size == 0; } + int size() const { return Buf.Size; } + T* alloc_chunk(size_t sz) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; sz = IM_MEMALIGN(HDR_SZ + sz, 4u); int off = Buf.Size; Buf.resize(off + (int)sz); ((int*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off))[0] = (int)sz; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off + (int)HDR_SZ); } + T* begin() { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; if (!Buf.Data) return NULL; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + HDR_SZ); } + T* next_chunk(T* p) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); p = (T*)(void*)((char*)(void*)p + chunk_size(p)); if (p == (T*)(void*)((char*)end() + HDR_SZ)) return (T*)0; IM_ASSERT(p < end()); return p; } + int chunk_size(const T* p) { return ((const int*)p)[-1]; } + T* end() { return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + Buf.Size); } + int offset_from_ptr(const T* p) { IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); const ptrdiff_t off = (const char*)p - Buf.Data; return (int)off; } + T* ptr_from_offset(int off) { IM_ASSERT(off >= 4 && off < Buf.Size); return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off); } + void swap(ImChunkStream& rhs) { rhs.Buf.swap(Buf); } + +}; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Types +// [SECTION] ImDrawList support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Internal Drag and Drop payload types. String starting with '_' are reserved for Dear ImGui. -#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_DOCKABLE "_IMDOCK" // ImGuiWindow* // [Internal] Docking/tabs +// ImDrawList: Helper function to calculate a circle's segment count given its radius and a "maximum error" value. +// Estimation of number of circle segment based on error is derived using method described in https://stackoverflow.com/a/2244088/15194693 +// Number of segments (N) is calculated using equation: +// N = ceil ( pi / acos(1 - error / r) ) where r > 0, error <= r +// Our equation is significantly simpler that one in the post thanks for choosing segment that is +// perpendicular to X axis. Follow steps in the article from this starting condition and you will +// will get this result. +// +// Rendering circles with an odd number of segments, while mathematically correct will produce +// asymmetrical results on the raster grid. Therefore we're rounding N to next even number (7->8, 8->8, 9->10 etc.) +// +#define IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN(_V) ((((_V) + 1) / 2) * 2) +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN 4 +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX 512 +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(_RAD,_MAXERROR) ImClamp(IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN((int)ImCeil(IM_PI / ImAcos(1 - ImMin((_MAXERROR), (_RAD)) / (_RAD)))), IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX) -enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ +// Raw equation from IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC rewritten for 'r' and 'error'. +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(_N,_MAXERROR) ((_MAXERROR) / (1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI)))) +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_ERROR(_N,_RAD) ((1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI))) / (_RAD)) + +// ImDrawList: Lookup table size for adaptive arc drawing, cover full circle. +#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE +#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE 48 // Number of samples in lookup table. +#endif +#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE // Sample index _PathArcToFastEx() for 360 angle. + +// Data shared between all ImDrawList instances +// You may want to create your own instance of this if you want to use ImDrawList completely without ImGui. In that case, watch out for future changes to this structure. +struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData { - ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0, // hold to repeat - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease = 1 << 1, // return true on click + release on same item [DEFAULT if no PressedOn* flag is set] - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick = 1 << 2, // return true on click (default requires click+release) - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease = 1 << 3, // return true on release (default requires click+release) - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick = 1 << 4, // return true on double-click (default requires click+release) - ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren = 1 << 5, // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping - ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 6, // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable, use along with SetItemAllowOverlap() - ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 7, // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED] - ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled = 1 << 8, // disable interactions - ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine = 1 << 9, // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine - ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers = 1 << 10, // disable interaction if a key modifier is held - ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveID = 1 << 11, // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only) - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold = 1 << 12 // press when held into while we are drag and dropping another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers) + ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // UV of white pixel in the atlas + ImFont* Font; // Current/default font (optional, for simplified AddText overload) + float FontSize; // Current/default font size (optional, for simplified AddText overload) + float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() + float CircleSegmentMaxError; // Number of circle segments to use per pixel of radius for AddCircle() etc + ImVec4 ClipRectFullscreen; // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen() + ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags; // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a per-drawlist basis afterwards) + + // [Internal] Lookup tables + ImVec2 ArcFastVtx[IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE]; // Sample points on the quarter of the circle. + float ArcFastRadiusCutoff; // Cutoff radius after which arc drawing will fallback to slower PathArcTo() + ImU8 CircleSegmentCounts[64]; // Precomputed segment count for given radius before we calculate it dynamically (to avoid calculation overhead) + const ImVec4* TexUvLines; // UV of anti-aliased lines in the atlas + + ImDrawListSharedData(); + void SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error); }; -enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ +struct ImDrawDataBuilder { - ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 0 + ImVector Layers[2]; // Global layers for: regular, tooltip + + void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].resize(0); } + void ClearFreeMemory() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].clear(); } + int GetDrawListCount() const { int count = 0; for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) count += Layers[n].Size; return count; } + IMGUI_API void FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); }; -enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_ +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Transient per-window flags, reset at the beginning of the frame. For child window, inherited from parent on first Begin(). +// This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough. +enum ImGuiItemFlags_ { - // Default: 0 - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 0, // Disable column dividers - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = 1 << 3, // Disable forcing columns to fit within window - ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize= 1 << 4 // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. + ImGuiItemFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false + ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 1, // false // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings. + ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 2, // false // [BETA] Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals yet. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 + ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 3, // false + ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 4, // false + ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5, // false // MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closes current Popup window + ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 6, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) + ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 7 // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed. }; +// Flags for ItemAdd() +// FIXME-NAV: _Focusable is _ALMOST_ what you would expect to be called '_TabStop' but because SetKeyboardFocusHere() works on items with no TabStop we distinguish Focusable from TabStop. +enum ImGuiItemAddFlags_ +{ + ImGuiItemAddFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable = 1 << 0 // FIXME-NAV: In current/legacy scheme, Focusable+TabStop support are opt-in by widgets. We will transition it toward being opt-out, so this flag is expected to eventually disappear. +}; + +// Storage for LastItem data +enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ +{ + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect = 1 << 0, // Mouse position is within item rectangle (does NOT mean that the window is in correct z-order and can be hovered!, this is only one part of the most-common IsItemHovered test) + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect = 1 << 1, // window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect is valid + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited = 1 << 2, // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the bool return value of most widgets) + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection = 1 << 3, // Set when Selectable(), TreeNode() reports toggling a selection. We can't report "Selected", only state changes, in order to easily handle clipping with less issues. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen = 1 << 4, // Set when TreeNode() reports toggling their open state. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated = 1 << 5, // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6, // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow = 1 << 7, // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByCode = 1 << 8, // Set when the Focusable item just got focused from code. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing = 1 << 9, // Set when the Focusable item just got focused by Tabbing. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByCode | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing + +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + , // [imgui_tests only] + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 20, // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 21, // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 22, // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 23 // +#endif +}; + +// Extend ImGuiInputTextFlags_ +enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_ +{ + // [Internal] + ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 26, // For internal use by InputTextMultiline() + ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited = 1 << 27, // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data + ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem = 1 << 28 // For internal use by TempInputText(), will skip calling ItemAdd(). Require bounding-box to strictly match. +}; + +// Extend ImGuiButtonFlags_ +enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick = 1 << 4, // return true on click (mouse down event) + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease = 1 << 5, // [Default] return true on click + release on same item <-- this is what the majority of Button are using + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere = 1 << 6, // return true on click + release even if the release event is not done while hovering the item + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease = 1 << 7, // return true on release (default requires click+release) + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick = 1 << 8, // return true on double-click (default requires click+release) + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold = 1 << 9, // return true when held into while we are drag and dropping another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers) + ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat = 1 << 10, // hold to repeat + ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren = 1 << 11, // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping + ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 12, // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable, use along with SetItemAllowOverlap() + ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 13, // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED] + ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled = 1 << 14, // disable interactions + ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine = 1 << 15, // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers = 1 << 16, // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId = 1 << 17, // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only) + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 18, // don't override navigation focus when activated + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus = 1 << 19, // don't report as hovered when nav focus is on this item + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold, + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease +}; + +// Extend ImGuiSliderFlags_ +enum ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 20, // Should this slider be orientated vertically? + ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21 +}; + +// Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_ enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_ { // NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_ - ImGuiSelectableFlags_Menu = 1 << 3, // -> PressedOnClick - ImGuiSelectableFlags_MenuItem = 1 << 4, // -> PressedOnRelease - ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled = 1 << 5, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth = 1 << 6 + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID = 1 << 20, + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick = 1 << 21, // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease = 1 << 22, // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 23, // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld = 1 << 24, // Always show active when held, even is not hovered. This concept could probably be renamed/formalized somehow. + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover = 1 << 25, // Set Nav/Focus ID on mouse hover (used by MenuItem) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing = 1 << 26 // Disable padding each side with ItemSpacing * 0.5f +}; + +// Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ +enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20 }; enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ { + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None = 0, ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal = 1 << 0, // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1 + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1, + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2 +}; + +enum ImGuiTextFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTextFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText = 1 << 0 +}; + +enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTooltipFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip = 1 << 0 // Override will clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append) }; // FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet. +// Horizontal/Vertical enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2 enum ImGuiLayoutType_ { - ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical, - ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal + ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal = 0, + ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical = 1 }; +enum ImGuiLogType +{ + ImGuiLogType_None = 0, + ImGuiLogType_TTY, + ImGuiLogType_File, + ImGuiLogType_Buffer, + ImGuiLogType_Clipboard +}; + +// X/Y enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2 enum ImGuiAxis { ImGuiAxis_None = -1, @@ -241,69 +872,102 @@ enum ImGuiPlotType ImGuiPlotType_Histogram }; -enum ImGuiDataType +enum ImGuiInputSource { - ImGuiDataType_Int, - ImGuiDataType_Float, - ImGuiDataType_Float2 + ImGuiInputSource_None = 0, + ImGuiInputSource_Mouse, + ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard, + ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad, + ImGuiInputSource_Nav, // Stored in g.ActiveIdSource only + ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard, // Currently only used by InputText() + ImGuiInputSource_COUNT }; -enum ImGuiDir +// FIXME-NAV: Clarify/expose various repeat delay/rate +enum ImGuiInputReadMode { - ImGuiDir_None = -1, - ImGuiDir_Left = 0, - ImGuiDir_Right = 1, - ImGuiDir_Up = 2, - ImGuiDir_Down = 3, - ImGuiDir_Count_ + ImGuiInputReadMode_Down, + ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed, + ImGuiInputReadMode_Released, + ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat, + ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow, + ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast }; -// 2D axis aligned bounding-box -// NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here -struct IMGUI_API ImRect +enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ { - ImVec2 Min; // Upper-left - ImVec2 Max; // Lower-right + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault = 1 << 0, + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw = 1 << 2, // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse. + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding = 1 << 3 +}; - ImRect() : Min(FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX), Max(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) {} - ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max) : Min(min), Max(max) {} - ImRect(const ImVec4& v) : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w) {} - ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2) : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2) {} +enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ +{ + ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard = 1 << 0, + ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick = 1 << 2 +}; - ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2((Min.x+Max.x)*0.5f, (Min.y+Max.y)*0.5f); } - ImVec2 GetSize() const { return ImVec2(Max.x-Min.x, Max.y-Min.y); } - float GetWidth() const { return Max.x-Min.x; } - float GetHeight() const { return Max.y-Min.y; } - ImVec2 GetTL() const { return Min; } // Top-left - ImVec2 GetTR() const { return ImVec2(Max.x, Min.y); } // Top-right - ImVec2 GetBL() const { return ImVec2(Min.x, Max.y); } // Bottom-left - ImVec2 GetBR() const { return Max; } // Bottom-right - bool Contains(const ImVec2& p) const { return p.x >= Min.x && p.y >= Min.y && p.x < Max.x && p.y < Max.y; } - bool Contains(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.x >= Min.x && r.Min.y >= Min.y && r.Max.x < Max.x && r.Max.y < Max.y; } - bool Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.y < Max.y && r.Max.y > Min.y && r.Min.x < Max.x && r.Max.x > Min.x; } - void Add(const ImVec2& rhs) { if (Min.x > rhs.x) Min.x = rhs.x; if (Min.y > rhs.y) Min.y = rhs.y; if (Max.x < rhs.x) Max.x = rhs.x; if (Max.y < rhs.y) Max.y = rhs.y; } - void Add(const ImRect& rhs) { if (Min.x > rhs.Min.x) Min.x = rhs.Min.x; if (Min.y > rhs.Min.y) Min.y = rhs.Min.y; if (Max.x < rhs.Max.x) Max.x = rhs.Max.x; if (Max.y < rhs.Max.y) Max.y = rhs.Max.y; } - void Expand(const float amount) { Min.x -= amount; Min.y -= amount; Max.x += amount; Max.y += amount; } - void Expand(const ImVec2& amount) { Min.x -= amount.x; Min.y -= amount.y; Max.x += amount.x; Max.y += amount.y; } - void Translate(const ImVec2& v) { Min.x += v.x; Min.y += v.y; Max.x += v.x; Max.y += v.y; } - void ClipWith(const ImRect& clip) { if (Min.x < clip.Min.x) Min.x = clip.Min.x; if (Min.y < clip.Min.y) Min.y = clip.Min.y; if (Max.x > clip.Max.x) Max.x = clip.Max.x; if (Max.y > clip.Max.y) Max.y = clip.Max.y; } - void Floor() { Min.x = (float)(int)Min.x; Min.y = (float)(int)Min.y; Max.x = (float)(int)Max.x; Max.y = (float)(int)Max.y; } - void FixInverted() { if (Min.x > Max.x) ImSwap(Min.x, Max.x); if (Min.y > Max.y) ImSwap(Min.y, Max.y); } - bool IsFinite() const { return Min.x != FLT_MAX; } - ImVec2 GetClosestPoint(ImVec2 p, bool on_edge) const - { - if (!on_edge && Contains(p)) - return p; - if (p.x > Max.x) p.x = Max.x; - else if (p.x < Min.x) p.x = Min.x; - if (p.y > Max.y) p.y = Max.y; - else if (p.y < Min.y) p.y = Min.y; - return p; - } +enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ +{ + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX = 1 << 0, // On failed request, restart from opposite side + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX = 1 << 2, // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left) + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY = 1 << 3, // This is not super useful for provided for completeness + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId = 1 << 4, // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place) + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet = 1 << 5, // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet that only comprise elements that are already fully visible. + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge = 1 << 6 +}; + +enum ImGuiNavForward +{ + ImGuiNavForward_None, + ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued, + ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive +}; + +enum ImGuiNavLayer +{ + ImGuiNavLayer_Main = 0, // Main scrolling layer + ImGuiNavLayer_Menu = 1, // Menu layer (access with Alt/ImGuiNavInput_Menu) + ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT +}; + +enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy +{ + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default, + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox, + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip +}; + +struct ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage +{ + ImU8 Data[8]; // Can fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT +}; + +// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo(). +struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo +{ + size_t Size; // Size in bytes + const char* Name; // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging + const char* PrintFmt; // Default printf format for the type + const char* ScanFmt; // Default scanf format for the type +}; + +// Extend ImGuiDataType_ +enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_ +{ + ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1, + ImGuiDataType_Pointer, + ImGuiDataType_ID }; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it -struct ImGuiColMod +struct ImGuiColorMod { ImGuiCol Col; ImVec4 BackupValue; @@ -319,507 +983,917 @@ struct ImGuiStyleMod ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, ImVec2 v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v.x; BackupFloat[1] = v.y; } }; -// Stacked data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() -struct ImGuiGroupData +// Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData { + ImGuiID WindowID; ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; - float BackupIndentX; - float BackupGroupOffsetX; - float BackupCurrentLineHeight; - float BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset; - float BackupLogLinePosY; - bool BackupActiveIdIsAlive; - bool AdvanceCursor; + ImVec1 BackupIndent; + ImVec1 BackupGroupOffset; + ImVec2 BackupCurrLineSize; + float BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset; + ImGuiID BackupActiveIdIsAlive; + bool BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; + bool BackupHoveredIdIsAlive; + bool EmitItem; }; -// Simple column measurement currently used for MenuItem() only. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a generic helper. -struct IMGUI_API ImGuiSimpleColumns +// Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only.. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a generic helper. +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns { - int Count; float Spacing; float Width, NextWidth; - float Pos[8], NextWidths[8]; + float Pos[3], NextWidths[3]; - ImGuiSimpleColumns(); + ImGuiMenuColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } void Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear); float DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2); - float CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w); + float CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) const; }; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box -struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTextEditState +// For a given item ID, access with ImGui::GetInputTextState() +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState { - ImGuiID Id; // widget id owning the text state - ImVector Text; // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer. - ImVector InitialText; // backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered) - ImVector TempTextBuffer; - int CurLenA, CurLenW; // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. - int BufSizeA; // end-user buffer size - float ScrollX; - ImGuiStb::STB_TexteditState StbState; - float CursorAnim; - bool CursorFollow; - bool SelectedAllMouseLock; + ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state + int CurLenW, CurLenA; // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. UTF-8 length is valid even if TextA is not. + ImVector TextW; // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer. + ImVector TextA; // temporary UTF8 buffer for callbacks and other operations. this is not updated in every code-path! size=capacity. + ImVector InitialTextA; // backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered) + bool TextAIsValid; // temporary UTF8 buffer is not initially valid before we make the widget active (until then we pull the data from user argument) + int BufCapacityA; // end-user buffer capacity + float ScrollX; // horizontal scrolling/offset + ImStb::STB_TexteditState Stb; // state for stb_textedit.h + float CursorAnim; // timer for cursor blink, reset on every user action so the cursor reappears immediately + bool CursorFollow; // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!) + bool SelectedAllMouseLock; // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection + bool Edited; // edited this frame + ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // copy of InputText() flags + ImGuiInputTextCallback UserCallback; // " + void* UserCallbackData; // " - ImGuiTextEditState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } - void CursorAnimReset() { CursorAnim = -0.30f; } // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking - void CursorClamp() { StbState.cursor = ImMin(StbState.cursor, CurLenW); StbState.select_start = ImMin(StbState.select_start, CurLenW); StbState.select_end = ImMin(StbState.select_end, CurLenW); } - bool HasSelection() const { return StbState.select_start != StbState.select_end; } - void ClearSelection() { StbState.select_start = StbState.select_end = StbState.cursor; } - void SelectAll() { StbState.select_start = 0; StbState.select_end = CurLenW; StbState.cursor = StbState.select_end; StbState.has_preferred_x = false; } - void OnKeyPressed(int key); -}; + ImGuiInputTextState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void ClearText() { CurLenW = CurLenA = 0; TextW[0] = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); } + void ClearFreeMemory() { TextW.clear(); TextA.clear(); InitialTextA.clear(); } + int GetUndoAvailCount() const { return Stb.undostate.undo_point; } + int GetRedoAvailCount() const { return STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - Stb.undostate.redo_point; } + void OnKeyPressed(int key); // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation -// Data saved in imgui.ini file -struct ImGuiWindowSettings -{ - char* Name; - ImGuiID Id; - ImVec2 Pos; - ImVec2 Size; - bool Collapsed; - - ImGuiWindowSettings() { Name = NULL; Id = 0; Pos = Size = ImVec2(0,0); Collapsed = false; } -}; - -struct ImGuiSettingsHandler -{ - const char* TypeName; // Short description stored in .ini file. Disallowed characters: '[' ']' - ImGuiID TypeHash; // == ImHash(TypeName, 0, 0) - void* (*ReadOpenFn)(ImGuiContext& ctx, const char* name); - void (*ReadLineFn)(ImGuiContext& ctx, void* entry, const char* line); - void (*WriteAllFn)(ImGuiContext& ctx, ImGuiTextBuffer* out_buf); -}; - -// Mouse cursor data (used when io.MouseDrawCursor is set) -struct ImGuiMouseCursorData -{ - ImGuiMouseCursor Type; - ImVec2 HotOffset; - ImVec2 Size; - ImVec2 TexUvMin[2]; - ImVec2 TexUvMax[2]; + // Cursor & Selection + void CursorAnimReset() { CursorAnim = -0.30f; } // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking + void CursorClamp() { Stb.cursor = ImMin(Stb.cursor, CurLenW); Stb.select_start = ImMin(Stb.select_start, CurLenW); Stb.select_end = ImMin(Stb.select_end, CurLenW); } + bool HasSelection() const { return Stb.select_start != Stb.select_end; } + void ClearSelection() { Stb.select_start = Stb.select_end = Stb.cursor; } + void SelectAll() { Stb.select_start = 0; Stb.cursor = Stb.select_end = CurLenW; Stb.has_preferred_x = 0; } }; // Storage for current popup stack -struct ImGuiPopupRef +struct ImGuiPopupData { ImGuiID PopupId; // Set on OpenPopup() ImGuiWindow* Window; // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup() - ImGuiWindow* ParentWindow; // Set on OpenPopup() - ImGuiID ParentMenuSet; // Set on OpenPopup() - ImVec2 MousePosOnOpen; // Copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup + ImGuiWindow* SourceWindow; // Set on OpenPopup() copy of NavWindow at the time of opening the popup + int OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup() + ImGuiID OpenParentId; // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) + ImVec2 OpenPopupPos; // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse) + ImVec2 OpenMousePos; // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup - ImGuiPopupRef(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* parent_window, ImGuiID parent_menu_set, const ImVec2& mouse_pos) { PopupId = id; Window = NULL; ParentWindow = parent_window; ParentMenuSet = parent_menu_set; MousePosOnOpen = mouse_pos; } + ImGuiPopupData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); OpenFrameCount = -1; } }; -struct ImGuiColumnData +struct ImGuiNavItemData +{ + ImGuiWindow* Window; // Init,Move // Best candidate window (result->ItemWindow->RootWindowForNav == request->Window) + ImGuiID ID; // Init,Move // Best candidate item ID + ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Init,Move // Best candidate focus scope ID + ImRect RectRel; // Init,Move // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space + float DistBox; // Move // Best candidate box distance to current NavId + float DistCenter; // Move // Best candidate center distance to current NavId + float DistAxial; // Move // Best candidate axial distance to current NavId + + ImGuiNavItemData() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; RectRel = ImRect(); DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; } +}; + +enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_ +{ + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos = 1 << 0, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize = 1 << 2, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed = 1 << 3, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint = 1 << 4, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus = 1 << 5, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha = 1 << 6, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll = 1 << 7 +}; + +// Storage for SetNexWindow** functions +struct ImGuiNextWindowData +{ + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags Flags; + ImGuiCond PosCond; + ImGuiCond SizeCond; + ImGuiCond CollapsedCond; + ImVec2 PosVal; + ImVec2 PosPivotVal; + ImVec2 SizeVal; + ImVec2 ContentSizeVal; + ImVec2 ScrollVal; + bool CollapsedVal; + ImRect SizeConstraintRect; + ImGuiSizeCallback SizeCallback; + void* SizeCallbackUserData; + float BgAlphaVal; // Override background alpha + ImVec2 MenuBarOffsetMinVal; // *Always on* This is not exposed publicly, so we don't clear it. + + ImGuiNextWindowData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; } +}; + +enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ +{ + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth = 1 << 0, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1 +}; + +struct ImGuiNextItemData +{ + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags Flags; + float Width; // Set by SetNextItemWidth() + ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Set by SetNextItemMultiSelectData() (!= 0 signify value has been set, so it's an alternate version of HasSelectionData, we don't use Flags for this because they are cleared too early. This is mostly used for debugging) + ImGuiCond OpenCond; + bool OpenVal; // Set by SetNextItemOpen() + + ImGuiNextItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()! +}; + +struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem +{ + int Index; + float Width; +}; + +struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex +{ + void* Ptr; // Either field can be set, not both. e.g. Dock node tab bars are loose while BeginTabBar() ones are in a pool. + int Index; // Usually index in a main pool. + + ImGuiPtrOrIndex(void* ptr) { Ptr = ptr; Index = -1; } + ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index) { Ptr = NULL; Index = index; } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Columns support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Flags for internal's BeginColumns(). Prefix using BeginTable() nowadays! +enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ +{ + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 0, // Disable column dividers + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = 1 << 3, // Disable forcing columns to fit within window + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = 1 << 4 // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. + + // Obsolete names (will be removed) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + , ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize +#endif +}; + +struct ImGuiOldColumnData { float OffsetNorm; // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right) float OffsetNormBeforeResize; - ImGuiColumnsFlags Flags; // Not exposed + ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags; // Not exposed ImRect ClipRect; - ImGuiColumnData() { OffsetNorm = OffsetNormBeforeResize = 0.0f; Flags = 0; } + ImGuiOldColumnData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; -struct ImGuiColumnsSet +struct ImGuiOldColumns { ImGuiID ID; - ImGuiColumnsFlags Flags; + ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags; bool IsFirstFrame; bool IsBeingResized; int Current; int Count; - float MinX, MaxX; - float StartPosY; - float StartMaxPosX; // Backup of CursorMaxPos - float CellMinY, CellMaxY; - ImVector Columns; + float OffMinX, OffMaxX; // Offsets from HostWorkRect.Min.x + float LineMinY, LineMaxY; + float HostCursorPosY; // Backup of CursorPos at the time of BeginColumns() + float HostCursorMaxPosX; // Backup of CursorMaxPos at the time of BeginColumns() + ImRect HostInitialClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect at the time of BeginColumns() + ImRect HostBackupClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect during PushColumnsBackground()/PopColumnsBackground() + ImRect HostBackupParentWorkRect;//Backup of WorkRect at the time of BeginColumns() + ImVector Columns; + ImDrawListSplitter Splitter; - ImGuiColumnsSet() { Clear(); } - void Clear() + ImGuiOldColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Multi-select support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT +// +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Docking support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK +// +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Viewport support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ImGuiViewport Private/Internals fields (cardinal sin: we are using inheritance!) +// Every instance of ImGuiViewport is in fact a ImGuiViewportP. +struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport +{ + int DrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used + ImDrawList* DrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays. + ImDrawData DrawDataP; + ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; + + ImVec2 WorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset from Pos to top-left corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,+main_menu_bar_height). Work Area is Full Area but without menu-bars/status-bars (so WorkArea always fit inside Pos/Size!) + ImVec2 WorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset from Pos+Size to bottom-right corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,-status_bar_height). + ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally >= 0.0f. + ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally <= 0.0f. + + ImGuiViewportP() { DrawListsLastFrame[0] = DrawListsLastFrame[1] = -1; DrawLists[0] = DrawLists[1] = NULL; } + ~ImGuiViewportP() { if (DrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[0]); if (DrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[1]); } + + // Calculate work rect pos/size given a set of offset (we have 1 pair of offset for rect locked from last frame data, and 1 pair for currently building rect) + ImVec2 CalcWorkRectPos(const ImVec2& off_min) const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + off_min.x, Pos.y + off_min.y); } + ImVec2 CalcWorkRectSize(const ImVec2& off_min, const ImVec2& off_max) const { return ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, Size.x - off_min.x + off_max.x), ImMax(0.0f, Size.y - off_min.y + off_max.y)); } + void UpdateWorkRect() { WorkPos = CalcWorkRectPos(WorkOffsetMin); WorkSize = CalcWorkRectSize(WorkOffsetMin, WorkOffsetMax); } // Update public fields + + // Helpers to retrieve ImRect (we don't need to store BuildWorkRect as every access tend to change it, hence the code asymmetry) + ImRect GetMainRect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); } + ImRect GetWorkRect() const { return ImRect(WorkPos.x, WorkPos.y, WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y); } + ImRect GetBuildWorkRect() const { ImVec2 pos = CalcWorkRectPos(BuildWorkOffsetMin); ImVec2 size = CalcWorkRectSize(BuildWorkOffsetMin, BuildWorkOffsetMax); return ImRect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Settings support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Windows data saved in imgui.ini file +// Because we never destroy or rename ImGuiWindowSettings, we can store the names in a separate buffer easily. +// (this is designed to be stored in a ImChunkStream buffer, with the variable-length Name following our structure) +struct ImGuiWindowSettings +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImVec2ih Pos; + ImVec2ih Size; + bool Collapsed; + bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context) + + ImGuiWindowSettings() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + char* GetName() { return (char*)(this + 1); } +}; + +struct ImGuiSettingsHandler +{ + const char* TypeName; // Short description stored in .ini file. Disallowed characters: '[' ']' + ImGuiID TypeHash; // == ImHashStr(TypeName) + void (*ClearAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Clear all settings data + void (*ReadInitFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Read: Called before reading (in registration order) + void* (*ReadOpenFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, const char* name); // Read: Called when entering into a new ini entry e.g. "[Window][Name]" + void (*ReadLineFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, void* entry, const char* line); // Read: Called for every line of text within an ini entry + void (*ApplyAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Read: Called after reading (in registration order) + void (*WriteAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* out_buf); // Write: Output every entries into 'out_buf' + void* UserData; + + ImGuiSettingsHandler() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImGuiMetricsConfig +{ + bool ShowWindowsRects; + bool ShowWindowsBeginOrder; + bool ShowTablesRects; + bool ShowDrawCmdMesh; + bool ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes; + int ShowWindowsRectsType; + int ShowTablesRectsType; + + ImGuiMetricsConfig() { - ID = 0; - Flags = 0; - IsFirstFrame = false; - IsBeingResized = false; - Current = 0; - Count = 1; - MinX = MaxX = 0.0f; - StartPosY = 0.0f; - StartMaxPosX = 0.0f; - CellMinY = CellMaxY = 0.0f; - Columns.clear(); + ShowWindowsRects = false; + ShowWindowsBeginOrder = false; + ShowTablesRects = false; + ShowDrawCmdMesh = true; + ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true; + ShowWindowsRectsType = -1; + ShowTablesRectsType = -1; } }; -struct ImDrawListSharedData +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes { - ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // UV of white pixel in the atlas - ImFont* Font; // Current/default font (optional, for simplified AddText overload) - float FontSize; // Current/default font size (optional, for simplified AddText overload) - float CurveTessellationTol; - ImVec4 ClipRectFullscreen; // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen() + short SizeOfIDStack; + short SizeOfColorStack; + short SizeOfStyleVarStack; + short SizeOfFontStack; + short SizeOfFocusScopeStack; + short SizeOfGroupStack; + short SizeOfBeginPopupStack; - // Const data - // FIXME: Bake rounded corners fill/borders in atlas - ImVec2 CircleVtx12[12]; - - ImDrawListSharedData(); + ImGuiStackSizes() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void SetToCurrentState(); + void CompareWithCurrentState(); }; -// Main state for ImGui +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Generic context hooks +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef void (*ImGuiContextHookCallback)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHook* hook); +enum ImGuiContextHookType { ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown, ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_ }; + +struct ImGuiContextHook +{ + ImGuiID HookId; // A unique ID assigned by AddContextHook() + ImGuiContextHookType Type; + ImGuiID Owner; + ImGuiContextHookCallback Callback; + void* UserData; + + ImGuiContextHook() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + struct ImGuiContext { bool Initialized; + bool FontAtlasOwnedByContext; // IO.Fonts-> is owned by the ImGuiContext and will be destructed along with it. ImGuiIO IO; ImGuiStyle Style; ImFont* Font; // (Shortcut) == FontStack.empty() ? IO.Font : FontStack.back() float FontSize; // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize(). Text height for current window. float FontBaseSize; // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Base text height. ImDrawListSharedData DrawListSharedData; - - float Time; + double Time; int FrameCount; int FrameCountEnded; int FrameCountRendered; - ImVector Windows; - ImVector WindowsSortBuffer; + bool WithinFrameScope; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() + bool WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() when the implicit debug window has been pushed + bool WithinEndChild; // Set within EndChild() + bool GcCompactAll; // Request full GC + bool TestEngineHookItems; // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log() + ImGuiID TestEngineHookIdInfo; // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo() from GetID() + void* TestEngine; // Test engine user data + + // Windows state + ImVector Windows; // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front + ImVector WindowsFocusOrder; // Root windows, sorted in focus order, back to front. + ImVector WindowsTempSortBuffer; // Temporary buffer used in EndFrame() to reorder windows so parents are kept before their child ImVector CurrentWindowStack; - ImGuiStorage WindowsById; - int WindowsActiveCount; - ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Being drawn into - ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Nav/focused window for navigation - ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Will catch mouse inputs - ImGuiWindow* HoveredRootWindow; // Will catch mouse inputs (for focus/move only) - ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget - bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap; + ImGuiStorage WindowsById; // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow* + int WindowsActiveCount; // Number of unique windows submitted by frame + ImVec2 WindowsHoverPadding; // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING) + ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Window being drawn into + ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs. + ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; // Hovered window ignoring MovingWindow. Only set if MovingWindow is set. + ImGuiWindow* MovingWindow; // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actual window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindow. + ImGuiWindow* WheelingWindow; // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window. + ImVec2 WheelingWindowRefMousePos; + float WheelingWindowTimer; + + // Item/widgets state and tracking information + ImGuiItemFlags CurrentItemFlags; // == g.ItemFlagsStack.back() + ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget, filled during the frame ImGuiID HoveredIdPreviousFrame; - float HoveredIdTimer; + bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap; + bool HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel; // Hovered widget will use mouse wheel. Blocks scrolling the underlying window. + bool HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel; + bool HoveredIdDisabled; // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0. + float HoveredIdTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time + float HoveredIdNotActiveTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active ImGuiID ActiveId; // Active widget - ImGuiID ActiveIdPreviousFrame; + ImGuiID ActiveIdIsAlive; // Active widget has been seen this frame (we can't use a bool as the ActiveId may change within the frame) float ActiveIdTimer; - bool ActiveIdIsAlive; // Active widget has been seen this frame bool ActiveIdIsJustActivated; // Set at the time of activation for one frame bool ActiveIdAllowOverlap; // Active widget allows another widget to steal active id (generally for overlapping widgets, but not always) + bool ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss; // Disable losing active id if the active id window gets unfocused. + bool ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore; // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch. + bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state. + bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame; + bool ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel; // Active widget will want to read mouse wheel. Blocks scrolling the underlying window. + ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) + ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav inputs. + ImU64 ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those key inputs. When we grow the ImGuiKey enum we'll need to either to order the enum to make useful keys come first, either redesign this into e.g. a small array. ImVec2 ActiveIdClickOffset; // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior) ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdWindow; - ImGuiWindow* MovingWindow; // Track the child window we clicked on to move a window. - ImGuiID MovingWindowMoveId; // == MovingWindow->MoveId - ImVector ColorModifiers; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - ImVector StyleModifiers; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - ImVector OpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) - ImVector CurrentPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame) + ImGuiInputSource ActiveIdSource; // Activating with mouse or nav (gamepad/keyboard) + int ActiveIdMouseButton; + ImGuiID ActiveIdPreviousFrame; + bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; + bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore; + ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow; + ImGuiID LastActiveId; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation. + float LastActiveIdTimer; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation. - // Storage for SetNexWindow** and SetNextTreeNode*** functions - ImVec2 SetNextWindowPosVal; - ImVec2 SetNextWindowPosPivot; - ImVec2 SetNextWindowSizeVal; - ImVec2 SetNextWindowContentSizeVal; - bool SetNextWindowCollapsedVal; - ImGuiCond SetNextWindowPosCond; - ImGuiCond SetNextWindowSizeCond; - ImGuiCond SetNextWindowContentSizeCond; - ImGuiCond SetNextWindowCollapsedCond; - ImRect SetNextWindowSizeConstraintRect; // Valid if 'SetNextWindowSizeConstraint' is true - ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallback; - void* SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallbackUserData; - bool SetNextWindowSizeConstraint; - bool SetNextWindowFocus; - bool SetNextTreeNodeOpenVal; - ImGuiCond SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond; + // Next window/item data + ImGuiNextWindowData NextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions + ImGuiNextItemData NextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions + + // Shared stacks + ImVector ColorStack; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector StyleVarStack; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector FocusScopeStack; // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - not inherited by Begin(), unless child window + ImVectorItemFlagsStack; // Stack for PushItemFlag()/PopItemFlag() - inherited by Begin() + ImVectorGroupStack; // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin() + ImVectorOpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) + ImVectorBeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame) + + // Viewports + ImVector Viewports; // Active viewports (Size==1 in 'master' branch). Each viewports hold their copy of ImDrawData. + + // Gamepad/keyboard Navigation + ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusWindow' + ImGuiID NavId; // Focused item for navigation + ImGuiID NavFocusScopeId; // Identify a selection scope (selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the selection set) + ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem() + ImGuiID NavActivateDownId; // ~~ IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0 + ImGuiID NavActivatePressedId; // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0 + ImGuiID NavInputId; // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Input) ? NavId : 0 + ImGuiID NavJustTabbedId; // Just tabbed to this id. + ImGuiID NavJustMovedToId; // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). + ImGuiID NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId; // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). + ImGuiKeyModFlags NavJustMovedToKeyMods; + ImGuiID NavNextActivateId; // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame. + ImGuiInputSource NavInputSource; // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS WILL ONLY BE None or NavGamepad or NavKeyboard. + ImRect NavScoringRect; // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->NavRectRel[], modified for directional navigation scoring. + int NavScoringCount; // Metrics for debugging + ImGuiNavLayer NavLayer; // Layer we are navigating on. For now the system is hard-coded for 0=main contents and 1=menu/title bar, may expose layers later. + int NavIdTabCounter; // == NavWindow->DC.FocusIdxTabCounter at time of NavId processing + bool NavIdIsAlive; // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRectRel is valid + bool NavMousePosDirty; // When set we will update mouse position if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) if set (NB: this not enabled by default) + bool NavDisableHighlight; // When user starts using mouse, we hide gamepad/keyboard highlight (NB: but they are still available, which is why NavDisableHighlight isn't always != NavDisableMouseHover) + bool NavDisableMouseHover; // When user starts using gamepad/keyboard, we hide mouse hovering highlight until mouse is touched again. + bool NavAnyRequest; // ~~ NavMoveRequest || NavInitRequest + bool NavInitRequest; // Init request for appearing window to select first item + bool NavInitRequestFromMove; + ImGuiID NavInitResultId; // Init request result (first item of the window, or one for which SetItemDefaultFocus() was called) + ImRect NavInitResultRectRel; // Init request result rectangle (relative to parent window) + bool NavMoveRequest; // Move request for this frame + ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavMoveRequestFlags; + ImGuiNavForward NavMoveRequestForward; // None / ForwardQueued / ForwardActive (this is used to navigate sibling parent menus from a child menu) + ImGuiKeyModFlags NavMoveRequestKeyMods; + ImGuiDir NavMoveDir, NavMoveDirLast; // Direction of the move request (left/right/up/down), direction of the previous move request + ImGuiDir NavMoveClipDir; // FIXME-NAV: Describe the purpose of this better. Might want to rename? + ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultLocal; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow + ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow that are mostly visible (when using ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet flag) + ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultOther; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow's flattened hierarchy (when using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened flag) + ImGuiWindow* NavWrapRequestWindow; // Window which requested trying nav wrap-around. + ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavWrapRequestFlags; // Wrap-around operation flags. + + // Navigation: Windowing (CTRL+TAB for list, or Menu button + keys or directional pads to move/resize) + ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTarget; // Target window when doing CTRL+Tab (or Pad Menu + FocusPrev/Next), this window is temporarily displayed top-most! + ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTargetAnim; // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f, so the fade-out can stay on it. + ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingListWindow; // Internal window actually listing the CTRL+Tab contents + float NavWindowingTimer; + float NavWindowingHighlightAlpha; + bool NavWindowingToggleLayer; + + // Legacy Focus/Tabbing system (older than Nav, active even if Nav is disabled, misnamed. FIXME-NAV: This needs a redesign!) + ImGuiWindow* TabFocusRequestCurrWindow; // + ImGuiWindow* TabFocusRequestNextWindow; // + int TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular; // Any item being requested for focus, stored as an index (we on layout to be stable between the frame pressing TAB and the next frame, semi-ouch) + int TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop; // Tab item being requested for focus, stored as an index + int TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular; // Stored for next frame + int TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop; // " + bool TabFocusPressed; // Set in NewFrame() when user pressed Tab // Render - ImDrawData RenderDrawData; // Main ImDrawData instance to pass render information to the user - ImVector RenderDrawLists[3]; - float ModalWindowDarkeningRatio; - ImDrawList OverlayDrawList; // Optional software render of mouse cursors, if io.MouseDrawCursor is set + a few debug overlays + float DimBgRatio; // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list) ImGuiMouseCursor MouseCursor; - ImGuiMouseCursorData MouseCursorData[ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_]; // Drag and Drop bool DragDropActive; + bool DragDropWithinSource; // Set when within a BeginDragDropXXX/EndDragDropXXX block for a drag source. + bool DragDropWithinTarget; // Set when within a BeginDragDropXXX/EndDragDropXXX block for a drag target. ImGuiDragDropFlags DragDropSourceFlags; + int DragDropSourceFrameCount; int DragDropMouseButton; ImGuiPayload DragDropPayload; - ImRect DragDropTargetRect; + ImRect DragDropTargetRect; // Store rectangle of current target candidate (we favor small targets when overlapping) ImGuiID DragDropTargetId; - float DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface; + ImGuiDragDropFlags DragDropAcceptFlags; + float DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface; // Target item surface (we resolve overlapping targets by prioritizing the smaller surface) ImGuiID DragDropAcceptIdCurr; // Target item id (set at the time of accepting the payload) ImGuiID DragDropAcceptIdPrev; // Target item id from previous frame (we need to store this to allow for overlapping drag and drop targets) int DragDropAcceptFrameCount; // Last time a target expressed a desire to accept the source - ImVector DragDropPayloadBufHeap; // We don't expose the ImVector<> directly - unsigned char DragDropPayloadBufLocal[8]; + ImGuiID DragDropHoldJustPressedId; // Set when holding a payload just made ButtonBehavior() return a press. + ImVector DragDropPayloadBufHeap; // We don't expose the ImVector<> directly, ImGuiPayload only holds pointer+size + unsigned char DragDropPayloadBufLocal[16]; // Local buffer for small payloads + + // Table + ImGuiTable* CurrentTable; + int CurrentTableStackIdx; + ImPool Tables; + ImVector TablesTempDataStack; + ImVector TablesLastTimeActive; // Last used timestamp of each tables (SOA, for efficient GC) + ImVector DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer; + + // Tab bars + ImGuiTabBar* CurrentTabBar; + ImPool TabBars; + ImVector CurrentTabBarStack; + ImVector ShrinkWidthBuffer; // Widget state - ImGuiTextEditState InputTextState; + ImVec2 LastValidMousePos; + ImGuiInputTextState InputTextState; ImFont InputTextPasswordFont; - ImGuiID ScalarAsInputTextId; // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc. + ImGuiID TempInputId; // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc. ImGuiColorEditFlags ColorEditOptions; // Store user options for color edit widgets - ImVec4 ColorPickerRef; - float DragCurrentValue; // Currently dragged value, always float, not rounded by end-user precision settings - ImVec2 DragLastMouseDelta; + float ColorEditLastHue; // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor[3], so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips + float ColorEditLastSat; // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor[3], so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips + float ColorEditLastColor[3]; + ImVec4 ColorPickerRef; // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker. + float SliderCurrentAccum; // Accumulated slider delta when using navigation controls. + bool SliderCurrentAccumDirty; // Has the accumulated slider delta changed since last time we tried to apply it? + bool DragCurrentAccumDirty; + float DragCurrentAccum; // Accumulator for dragging modification. Always high-precision, not rounded by end-user precision settings float DragSpeedDefaultRatio; // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio - float DragSpeedScaleSlow; - float DragSpeedScaleFast; - ImVec2 ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage? + float ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage? int TooltipOverrideCount; - ImVector PrivateClipboard; // If no custom clipboard handler is defined - ImVec2 OsImePosRequest, OsImePosSet; // Cursor position request & last passed to the OS Input Method Editor + float TooltipSlowDelay; // Time before slow tooltips appears (FIXME: This is temporary until we merge in tooltip timer+priority work) + ImVector ClipboardHandlerData; // If no custom clipboard handler is defined + ImVector MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame; // A list of menu IDs that were rendered at least once + + // Platform support + ImVec2 PlatformImePos; // Cursor position request & last passed to the OS Input Method Editor + ImVec2 PlatformImeLastPos; + char PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; // '.' or *localeconv()->decimal_point // Settings - float SettingsDirtyTimer; // Save .ini Settings on disk when time reaches zero - ImVector SettingsWindows; // .ini settings for ImGuiWindow - ImVector SettingsHandlers; // List of .ini settings handlers + bool SettingsLoaded; + float SettingsDirtyTimer; // Save .ini Settings to memory when time reaches zero + ImGuiTextBuffer SettingsIniData; // In memory .ini settings + ImVector SettingsHandlers; // List of .ini settings handlers + ImChunkStream SettingsWindows; // ImGuiWindow .ini settings entries + ImChunkStream SettingsTables; // ImGuiTable .ini settings entries + ImVector Hooks; // Hooks for extensions (e.g. test engine) + ImGuiID HookIdNext; // Next available HookId - // Logging - bool LogEnabled; - FILE* LogFile; // If != NULL log to stdout/ file - ImGuiTextBuffer* LogClipboard; // Else log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static constructor doesn't call heap allocators. - int LogStartDepth; - int LogAutoExpandMaxDepth; + // Capture/Logging + bool LogEnabled; // Currently capturing + ImGuiLogType LogType; // Capture target + ImFileHandle LogFile; // If != NULL log to stdout/ file + ImGuiTextBuffer LogBuffer; // Accumulation buffer when log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static constructor doesn't call heap allocators. + const char* LogNextPrefix; + const char* LogNextSuffix; + float LogLinePosY; + bool LogLineFirstItem; + int LogDepthRef; + int LogDepthToExpand; + int LogDepthToExpandDefault; // Default/stored value for LogDepthMaxExpand if not specified in the LogXXX function call. + + // Debug Tools + bool DebugItemPickerActive; // Item picker is active (started with DebugStartItemPicker()) + ImGuiID DebugItemPickerBreakId; // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this id + ImGuiMetricsConfig DebugMetricsConfig; // Misc - float FramerateSecPerFrame[120]; // calculate estimate of framerate for user + float FramerateSecPerFrame[120]; // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 2 seconds. int FramerateSecPerFrameIdx; + int FramerateSecPerFrameCount; float FramerateSecPerFrameAccum; - int WantCaptureMouseNextFrame; // explicit capture via CaptureInputs() sets those flags + int WantCaptureMouseNextFrame; // Explicit capture via CaptureKeyboardFromApp()/CaptureMouseFromApp() sets those flags int WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame; int WantTextInputNextFrame; - char TempBuffer[1024*3+1]; // temporary text buffer + char TempBuffer[1024 * 3 + 1]; // Temporary text buffer - ImGuiContext() : OverlayDrawList(NULL) + ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) { Initialized = false; + FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true; Font = NULL; FontSize = FontBaseSize = 0.0f; - + IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)(); Time = 0.0f; FrameCount = 0; FrameCountEnded = FrameCountRendered = -1; + WithinFrameScope = WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = WithinEndChild = false; + GcCompactAll = false; + TestEngineHookItems = false; + TestEngineHookIdInfo = 0; + TestEngine = NULL; + WindowsActiveCount = 0; CurrentWindow = NULL; - NavWindow = NULL; HoveredWindow = NULL; - HoveredRootWindow = NULL; - HoveredId = 0; + HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + MovingWindow = NULL; + WheelingWindow = NULL; + WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; + + CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; + HoveredId = HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0; HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0; - HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f; + HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel = false; + HoveredIdDisabled = false; + HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; ActiveId = 0; - ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0; + ActiveIdIsAlive = 0; ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; - ActiveIdIsAlive = false; ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; - ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1,-1); + ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false; + ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; + ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; + ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; + ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = false; + ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; + ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00; + ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1, -1); ActiveIdWindow = NULL; - MovingWindow = NULL; - MovingWindowMoveId = 0; + ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; + ActiveIdMouseButton = -1; + ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0; + ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; + ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = false; + ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; + LastActiveId = 0; + LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; - SetNextWindowPosVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - SetNextWindowSizeVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - SetNextWindowCollapsedVal = false; - SetNextWindowPosCond = 0; - SetNextWindowSizeCond = 0; - SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = 0; - SetNextWindowCollapsedCond = 0; - SetNextWindowSizeConstraintRect = ImRect(); - SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallback = NULL; - SetNextWindowSizeConstraintCallbackUserData = NULL; - SetNextWindowSizeConstraint = false; - SetNextWindowFocus = false; - SetNextTreeNodeOpenVal = false; - SetNextTreeNodeOpenCond = 0; + NavWindow = NULL; + NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = NavInputId = 0; + NavJustTabbedId = NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = NavNextActivateId = 0; + NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None; + NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; + NavScoringRect = ImRect(); + NavScoringCount = 0; + NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX; + NavIdIsAlive = false; + NavMousePosDirty = false; + NavDisableHighlight = true; + NavDisableMouseHover = false; + NavAnyRequest = false; + NavInitRequest = false; + NavInitRequestFromMove = false; + NavInitResultId = 0; + NavMoveRequest = false; + NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; + NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_None; + NavMoveRequestKeyMods = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None; + NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirLast = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None; + NavWrapRequestWindow = NULL; + NavWrapRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; - DragDropActive = false; - DragDropSourceFlags = 0; + NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingListWindow = NULL; + NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; + NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + + TabFocusRequestCurrWindow = TabFocusRequestNextWindow = NULL; + TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; + TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular = TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; + TabFocusPressed = false; + + DimBgRatio = 0.0f; + MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; + + DragDropActive = DragDropWithinSource = DragDropWithinTarget = false; + DragDropSourceFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; + DragDropSourceFrameCount = -1; DragDropMouseButton = -1; DragDropTargetId = 0; + DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; + DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = 0.0f; DragDropAcceptIdPrev = DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0; DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1; + DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; memset(DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); - ScalarAsInputTextId = 0; + CurrentTable = NULL; + CurrentTableStackIdx = -1; + CurrentTabBar = NULL; + + LastValidMousePos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + TempInputId = 0; ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault; - DragCurrentValue = 0.0f; - DragLastMouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + ColorEditLastHue = ColorEditLastSat = 0.0f; + ColorEditLastColor[0] = ColorEditLastColor[1] = ColorEditLastColor[2] = FLT_MAX; + SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; + SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; + DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; + DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f; - DragSpeedScaleSlow = 1.0f / 100.0f; - DragSpeedScaleFast = 10.0f; - ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; TooltipOverrideCount = 0; - OsImePosRequest = OsImePosSet = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); + TooltipSlowDelay = 0.50f; - ModalWindowDarkeningRatio = 0.0f; - OverlayDrawList._Data = &DrawListSharedData; - OverlayDrawList._OwnerName = "##Overlay"; // Give it a name for debugging - MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; - memset(MouseCursorData, 0, sizeof(MouseCursorData)); + PlatformImePos = PlatformImeLastPos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.'; + SettingsLoaded = false; SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + HookIdNext = 0; LogEnabled = false; + LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; + LogNextPrefix = LogNextSuffix = NULL; LogFile = NULL; - LogClipboard = NULL; - LogStartDepth = 0; - LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = 2; + LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; + LogLineFirstItem = false; + LogDepthRef = 0; + LogDepthToExpand = LogDepthToExpandDefault = 2; + + DebugItemPickerActive = false; + DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame)); - FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = 0; + FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = FramerateSecPerFrameCount = 0; FramerateSecPerFrameAccum = 0.0f; WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; memset(TempBuffer, 0, sizeof(TempBuffer)); } }; -// Transient per-window flags, reset at the beginning of the frame. For child window, inherited from parent on first Begin(). -enum ImGuiItemFlags_ -{ - ImGuiItemFlags_AllowKeyboardFocus = 1 << 0, // true - ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 1, // false // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings. - ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 2, // false // FIXME-WIP: Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals. Should be: grey out and disable interactions with widgets that affect data + view widgets (WIP) - //ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 3, // false - //ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 4, // false - ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5, // false // MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closes current Popup window - ImGuiItemFlags_Default_ = ImGuiItemFlags_AllowKeyboardFocus -}; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Transient per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame -// FIXME: That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiDrawContext is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered. -struct IMGUI_API ImGuiDrawContext +// Transient per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the DC variable name in ImGuiWindow. +// (That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiWindowTempData is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered..) +// (This doesn't need a constructor because we zero-clear it as part of ImGuiWindow and all frame-temporary data are setup on Begin) +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData { - ImVec2 CursorPos; + // Layout + ImVec2 CursorPos; // Current emitting position, in absolute coordinates. ImVec2 CursorPosPrevLine; - ImVec2 CursorStartPos; - ImVec2 CursorMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate the size of our contents, always growing during the frame. Turned into window->SizeContents at the beginning of next frame - float CurrentLineHeight; - float CurrentLineTextBaseOffset; - float PrevLineHeight; + ImVec2 CursorStartPos; // Initial position after Begin(), generally ~ window position + WindowPadding. + ImVec2 CursorMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSize at the beginning of next frame, for scrolling range and auto-resize. Always growing during the frame. + ImVec2 IdealMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSizeIdeal at the beginning of next frame, for auto-resize only. Always growing during the frame. + ImVec2 CurrLineSize; + ImVec2 PrevLineSize; + float CurrLineTextBaseOffset; // Baseline offset (0.0f by default on a new line, generally == style.FramePadding.y when a framed item has been added). float PrevLineTextBaseOffset; - float LogLinePosY; - int TreeDepth; - ImGuiID LastItemId; - ImRect LastItemRect; - bool LastItemRectHoveredRect; - bool MenuBarAppending; - float MenuBarOffsetX; + ImVec1 Indent; // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.) + ImVec1 ColumnsOffset; // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API. + ImVec1 GroupOffset; + + // Last item status + ImGuiID LastItemId; // ID for last item + ImGuiItemStatusFlags LastItemStatusFlags; // Status flags for last item (see ImGuiItemStatusFlags_) + ImRect LastItemRect; // Interaction rect for last item + ImRect LastItemDisplayRect; // End-user display rect for last item (only valid if LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) + + // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation + ImGuiNavLayer NavLayerCurrent; // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1) + short NavLayersActiveMask; // Which layers have been written to (result from previous frame) + short NavLayersActiveMaskNext;// Which layers have been written to (accumulator for current frame) + ImGuiID NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; // Current focus scope ID while appending + bool NavHideHighlightOneFrame; + bool NavHasScroll; // Set when scrolling can be used (ScrollMax > 0.0f) + + // Miscellaneous + bool MenuBarAppending; // FIXME: Remove this + ImVec2 MenuBarOffset; // MenuBarOffset.x is sort of equivalent of a per-layer CursorPos.x, saved/restored as we switch to the menu bar. The only situation when MenuBarOffset.y is > 0 if when (SafeAreaPadding.y > FramePadding.y), often used on TVs. + ImGuiMenuColumns MenuColumns; // Simplified columns storage for menu items measurement + int TreeDepth; // Current tree depth. + ImU32 TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask; // Store a copy of !g.NavIdIsAlive for TreeDepth 0..31.. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary. ImVector ChildWindows; - ImGuiStorage* StateStorage; + ImGuiStorage* StateStorage; // Current persistent per-window storage (store e.g. tree node open/close state) + ImGuiOldColumns* CurrentColumns; // Current columns set + int CurrentTableIdx; // Current table index (into g.Tables) ImGuiLayoutType LayoutType; + ImGuiLayoutType ParentLayoutType; // Layout type of parent window at the time of Begin() + int FocusCounterRegular; // (Legacy Focus/Tabbing system) Sequential counter, start at -1 and increase as assigned via FocusableItemRegister() (FIXME-NAV: Needs redesign) + int FocusCounterTabStop; // (Legacy Focus/Tabbing system) Same, but only count widgets which you can Tab through. + // Local parameters stacks // We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using those settings. - ImGuiItemFlags ItemFlags; // == ItemFlagsStack.back() [empty == ImGuiItemFlags_Default] - float ItemWidth; // == ItemWidthStack.back(). 0.0: default, >0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window - float TextWrapPos; // == TextWrapPosStack.back() [empty == -1.0f] - ImVectorItemFlagsStack; - ImVector ItemWidthStack; - ImVector TextWrapPosStack; - ImVectorGroupStack; - int StackSizesBackup[6]; // Store size of various stacks for asserting - - float IndentX; // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.) - float GroupOffsetX; - float ColumnsOffsetX; // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API. - ImGuiColumnsSet* ColumnsSet; // Current columns set - - ImGuiDrawContext() - { - CursorPos = CursorPosPrevLine = CursorStartPos = CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - CurrentLineHeight = PrevLineHeight = 0.0f; - CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - LogLinePosY = -1.0f; - TreeDepth = 0; - LastItemId = 0; - LastItemRect = ImRect(); - LastItemRectHoveredRect = false; - MenuBarAppending = false; - MenuBarOffsetX = 0.0f; - StateStorage = NULL; - LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; - ItemWidth = 0.0f; - ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_Default_; - TextWrapPos = -1.0f; - memset(StackSizesBackup, 0, sizeof(StackSizesBackup)); - - IndentX = 0.0f; - GroupOffsetX = 0.0f; - ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f; - ColumnsSet = NULL; - } + float ItemWidth; // Current item width (>0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window). + float TextWrapPos; // Current text wrap pos. + ImVector ItemWidthStack; // Store item widths to restore (attention: .back() is not == ItemWidth) + ImVector TextWrapPosStack; // Store text wrap pos to restore (attention: .back() is not == TextWrapPos) + ImGuiStackSizes StackSizesOnBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting }; -// Windows data +// Storage for one window struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow { - char* Name; - ImGuiID ID; // == ImHash(Name) + char* Name; // Window name, owned by the window. + ImGuiID ID; // == ImHashStr(Name) ImGuiWindowFlags Flags; // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ - ImVec2 PosFloat; - ImVec2 Pos; // Position rounded-up to nearest pixel + ImVec2 Pos; // Position (always rounded-up to nearest pixel) ImVec2 Size; // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size) ImVec2 SizeFull; // Size when non collapsed - ImVec2 SizeFullAtLastBegin; // Copy of SizeFull at the end of Begin. This is the reference value we'll use on the next frame to decide if we need scrollbars. - ImVec2 SizeContents; // Size of contents (== extents reach of the drawing cursor) from previous frame. Include decoration, window title, border, menu, etc. - ImVec2 SizeContentsExplicit; // Size of contents explicitly set by the user via SetNextWindowContentSize() - ImRect ContentsRegionRect; // Maximum visible content position in window coordinates. ~~ (SizeContentsExplicit ? SizeContentsExplicit : Size - ScrollbarSizes) - CursorStartPos, per axis - ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Window padding at the time of begin. - float WindowRounding; // Window rounding at the time of begin. - float WindowBorderSize; // Window border size at the time of begin. + ImVec2 ContentSize; // Size of contents/scrollable client area (calculated from the extents reach of the cursor) from previous frame. Does not include window decoration or window padding. + ImVec2 ContentSizeIdeal; + ImVec2 ContentSizeExplicit; // Size of contents/scrollable client area explicitly request by the user via SetNextWindowContentSize(). + ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Window padding at the time of Begin(). + float WindowRounding; // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). May be clamped lower to avoid rendering artifacts with title bar, menu bar etc. + float WindowBorderSize; // Window border size at the time of Begin(). + int NameBufLen; // Size of buffer storing Name. May be larger than strlen(Name)! ImGuiID MoveId; // == window->GetID("#MOVE") + ImGuiID ChildId; // ID of corresponding item in parent window (for navigation to return from child window to parent window) ImVec2 Scroll; + ImVec2 ScrollMax; ImVec2 ScrollTarget; // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change) ImVec2 ScrollTargetCenterRatio; // 0.0f = scroll so that target position is at top, 0.5f = scroll so that target position is centered - bool ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY; - ImVec2 ScrollbarSizes; - bool Active; // Set to true on Begin() + ImVec2 ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist; // 0.0f = no snapping, >0.0f snapping threshold + ImVec2 ScrollbarSizes; // Size taken by each scrollbars on their smaller axis. Pay attention! ScrollbarSizes.x == width of the vertical scrollbar, ScrollbarSizes.y = height of the horizontal scrollbar. + bool ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY; // Are scrollbars visible? + bool Active; // Set to true on Begin(), unless Collapsed bool WasActive; bool WriteAccessed; // Set to true when any widget access the current window bool Collapsed; // Set when collapsing window to become only title-bar + bool WantCollapseToggle; bool SkipItems; // Set when items can safely be all clipped (e.g. window not visible or collapsed) bool Appearing; // Set during the frame where the window is appearing (or re-appearing) - bool CloseButton; // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL) - int BeginOrderWithinParent; // Order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0. - int BeginOrderWithinContext; // Order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues. - int BeginCount; // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs) + bool Hidden; // Do not display (== HiddenFrames*** > 0) + bool IsFallbackWindow; // Set on the "Debug##Default" window. + bool HasCloseButton; // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL) + signed char ResizeBorderHeld; // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3) + short BeginCount; // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs) + short BeginOrderWithinParent; // Begin() order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0. + short BeginOrderWithinContext; // Begin() order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues. + short FocusOrder; // Order within WindowsFocusOrder[], altered when windows are focused. ImGuiID PopupId; // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling) - int AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY; + ImS8 AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY; + ImS8 AutoFitChildAxises; bool AutoFitOnlyGrows; - int AutoFitChildAxises; ImGuiDir AutoPosLastDirection; - int HiddenFrames; - ImGuiCond SetWindowPosAllowFlags; // store condition flags for next SetWindowPos() call. - ImGuiCond SetWindowSizeAllowFlags; // store condition flags for next SetWindowSize() call. - ImGuiCond SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags; // store condition flags for next SetWindowCollapsed() call. + ImS8 HiddenFramesCanSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames + ImS8 HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size + ImS8 HiddenFramesForRenderOnly; // Hide the window until frame N at Render() time only + ImS8 DisableInputsFrames; // Disable window interactions for N frames + ImGuiCond SetWindowPosAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use. + ImGuiCond SetWindowSizeAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use. + ImGuiCond SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use. ImVec2 SetWindowPosVal; // store window position when using a non-zero Pivot (position set needs to be processed when we know the window size) - ImVec2 SetWindowPosPivot; // store window pivot for positioning. ImVec2(0,0) when positioning from top-left corner; ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f) for centering; ImVec2(1,1) for bottom right. + ImVec2 SetWindowPosPivot; // store window pivot for positioning. ImVec2(0, 0) when positioning from top-left corner; ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) for centering; ImVec2(1, 1) for bottom right. - ImGuiDrawContext DC; // Temporary per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame - ImVector IDStack; // ID stack. ID are hashes seeded with the value at the top of the stack - ImRect ClipRect; // = DrawList->clip_rect_stack.back(). Scissoring / clipping rectangle. x1, y1, x2, y2. - ImRect WindowRectClipped; // = WindowRect just after setup in Begin(). == window->Rect() for root window. - ImRect InnerRect; - int LastFrameActive; + ImVector IDStack; // ID stack. ID are hashes seeded with the value at the top of the stack. (In theory this should be in the TempData structure) + ImGuiWindowTempData DC; // Temporary per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the "DC" variable name. + + // The best way to understand what those rectangles are is to use the 'Metrics->Tools->Show Windows Rectangles' viewer. + // The main 'OuterRect', omitted as a field, is window->Rect(). + ImRect OuterRectClipped; // == Window->Rect() just after setup in Begin(). == window->Rect() for root window. + ImRect InnerRect; // Inner rectangle (omit title bar, menu bar, scroll bar) + ImRect InnerClipRect; // == InnerRect shrunk by WindowPadding*0.5f on each side, clipped within viewport or parent clip rect. + ImRect WorkRect; // Initially covers the whole scrolling region. Reduced by containers e.g columns/tables when active. Shrunk by WindowPadding*1.0f on each side. This is meant to replace ContentRegionRect over time (from 1.71+ onward). + ImRect ParentWorkRect; // Backup of WorkRect before entering a container such as columns/tables. Used by e.g. SpanAllColumns functions to easily access. Stacked containers are responsible for maintaining this. // FIXME-WORKRECT: Could be a stack? + ImRect ClipRect; // Current clipping/scissoring rectangle, evolve as we are using PushClipRect(), etc. == DrawList->clip_rect_stack.back(). + ImRect ContentRegionRect; // FIXME: This is currently confusing/misleading. It is essentially WorkRect but not handling of scrolling. We currently rely on it as right/bottom aligned sizing operation need some size to rely on. + ImVec2ih HitTestHoleSize; // Define an optional rectangular hole where mouse will pass-through the window. + ImVec2ih HitTestHoleOffset; + + int LastFrameActive; // Last frame number the window was Active. + float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp the window was Active (using float as we don't need high precision there) float ItemWidthDefault; - ImGuiSimpleColumns MenuColumns; // Simplified columns storage for menu items ImGuiStorage StateStorage; - ImVector ColumnsStorage; - float FontWindowScale; // Scale multiplier per-window - ImDrawList* DrawList; - ImGuiWindow* ParentWindow; // If we are a child _or_ popup window, this is pointing to our parent. Otherwise NULL. - ImGuiWindow* RootWindow; // Generally point to ourself. If we are a child window, this is pointing to the first non-child parent window. - ImGuiWindow* RootNonPopupWindow; // Generally point to ourself. Used to display TitleBgActive color and for selecting which window to use for NavWindowing + ImVector ColumnsStorage; + float FontWindowScale; // User scale multiplier per-window, via SetWindowFontScale() + int SettingsOffset; // Offset into SettingsWindows[] (offsets are always valid as we only grow the array from the back) - // Navigation / Focus - int FocusIdxAllCounter; // Start at -1 and increase as assigned via FocusItemRegister() - int FocusIdxTabCounter; // (same, but only count widgets which you can Tab through) - int FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent; // Item being requested for focus - int FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent; // Tab-able item being requested for focus - int FocusIdxAllRequestNext; // Item being requested for focus, for next update (relies on layout to be stable between the frame pressing TAB and the next frame) - int FocusIdxTabRequestNext; // " + ImDrawList* DrawList; // == &DrawListInst (for backward compatibility reason with code using imgui_internal.h we keep this a pointer) + ImDrawList DrawListInst; + ImGuiWindow* ParentWindow; // If we are a child _or_ popup window, this is pointing to our parent. Otherwise NULL. + ImGuiWindow* RootWindow; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window == Top-level window. + ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which will display TitleBgActive color when this window is active. + ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForNav; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which doesn't have the NavFlattened flag. + + ImGuiWindow* NavLastChildNavWindow; // When going to the menu bar, we remember the child window we came from. (This could probably be made implicit if we kept g.Windows sorted by last focused including child window.) + ImGuiID NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1) + ImRect NavRectRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Reference rectangle, in window relative space + + int MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity; // Backup of last idx/vtx count, so when waking up the window we can preallocate and avoid iterative alloc/copy + int MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity; + bool MemoryCompacted; // Set when window extraneous data have been garbage collected public: ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name); @@ -827,159 +1901,788 @@ public: ImGuiID GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr); + ImGuiID GetID(int n); ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); + ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr); + ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(int n); ImGuiID GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs); // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWidow. - ImRect Rect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x+Size.x, Pos.y+Size.y); } - float CalcFontSize() const { return GImGui->FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; } - float TitleBarHeight() const { return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + GImGui->Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; } - ImRect TitleBarRect() const { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); } - float MenuBarHeight() const { return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? CalcFontSize() + GImGui->Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; } - ImRect MenuBarRect() const { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); } + ImRect Rect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); } + float CalcFontSize() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; } + float TitleBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; } + ImRect TitleBarRect() const { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); } + float MenuBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? DC.MenuBarOffset.y + CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; } + ImRect MenuBarRect() const { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); } }; -// Backup and restore just enough data to be able to use IsItemHovered() on item A after another B in the same window has overwritten the data. -struct ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup +// Backup and restore just enough data to be able to use IsItemHovered() on item A after another B in the same window has overwritten the data. +struct ImGuiLastItemDataBackup { - ImGuiID LastItemId; - ImRect LastItemRect; - bool LastItemRectHoveredRect; + ImGuiID LastItemId; + ImGuiItemStatusFlags LastItemStatusFlags; + ImRect LastItemRect; + ImRect LastItemDisplayRect; - ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup() { Backup(); } - void Backup() { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; LastItemId = window->DC.LastItemId; LastItemRect = window->DC.LastItemRect; LastItemRectHoveredRect = window->DC.LastItemRectHoveredRect; } - void Restore() const { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; window->DC.LastItemId = LastItemId; window->DC.LastItemRect = LastItemRect; window->DC.LastItemRectHoveredRect = LastItemRectHoveredRect; } + ImGuiLastItemDataBackup() { Backup(); } + void Backup() { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; LastItemId = window->DC.LastItemId; LastItemStatusFlags = window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; LastItemRect = window->DC.LastItemRect; LastItemDisplayRect = window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect; } + void Restore() const { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; window->DC.LastItemId = LastItemId; window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = LastItemStatusFlags; window->DC.LastItemRect = LastItemRect; window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect = LastItemDisplayRect; } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Internal API -// No guarantee of forward compatibility here. +// [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Extend ImGuiTabBarFlags_ +enum ImGuiTabBarFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode = 1 << 20, // Part of a dock node [we don't use this in the master branch but it facilitate branch syncing to keep this around] + ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused = 1 << 21, + ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings = 1 << 22 // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs +}; + +// Extend ImGuiTabItemFlags_ +enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_ = ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing, + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton = 1 << 20, // Track whether p_open was set or not (we'll need this info on the next frame to recompute ContentWidth during layout) + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button = 1 << 21 // Used by TabItemButton, change the tab item behavior to mimic a button +}; + +// Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 28~32 bytes) +struct ImGuiTabItem +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiTabItemFlags Flags; + int LastFrameVisible; + int LastFrameSelected; // This allows us to infer an ordered list of the last activated tabs with little maintenance + float Offset; // Position relative to beginning of tab + float Width; // Width currently displayed + float ContentWidth; // Width of label, stored during BeginTabItem() call + ImS16 NameOffset; // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames + ImS16 BeginOrder; // BeginTabItem() order, used to re-order tabs after toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable + ImS16 IndexDuringLayout; // Index only used during TabBarLayout() + bool WantClose; // Marked as closed by SetTabItemClosed() + + ImGuiTabItem() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; NameOffset = BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1; } +}; + +// Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 152 bytes) +struct ImGuiTabBar +{ + ImVector Tabs; + ImGuiTabBarFlags Flags; + ImGuiID ID; // Zero for tab-bars used by docking + ImGuiID SelectedTabId; // Selected tab/window + ImGuiID NextSelectedTabId; // Next selected tab/window. Will also trigger a scrolling animation + ImGuiID VisibleTabId; // Can occasionally be != SelectedTabId (e.g. when previewing contents for CTRL+TAB preview) + int CurrFrameVisible; + int PrevFrameVisible; + ImRect BarRect; + float CurrTabsContentsHeight; + float PrevTabsContentsHeight; // Record the height of contents submitted below the tab bar + float WidthAllTabs; // Actual width of all tabs (locked during layout) + float WidthAllTabsIdeal; // Ideal width if all tabs were visible and not clipped + float ScrollingAnim; + float ScrollingTarget; + float ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility; + float ScrollingSpeed; + float ScrollingRectMinX; + float ScrollingRectMaxX; + ImGuiID ReorderRequestTabId; + ImS16 ReorderRequestOffset; + ImS8 BeginCount; + bool WantLayout; + bool VisibleTabWasSubmitted; + bool TabsAddedNew; // Set to true when a new tab item or button has been added to the tab bar during last frame + ImS16 TabsActiveCount; // Number of tabs submitted this frame. + ImS16 LastTabItemIdx; // Index of last BeginTabItem() tab for use by EndTabItem() + float ItemSpacingY; + ImVec2 FramePadding; // style.FramePadding locked at the time of BeginTabBar() + ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; + ImGuiTextBuffer TabsNames; // For non-docking tab bar we re-append names in a contiguous buffer. + + ImGuiTabBar(); + int GetTabOrder(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const { return Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); } + const char* GetTabName(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const + { + IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset != -1 && (int)tab->NameOffset < TabsNames.Buf.Size); + return TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset; + } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Table support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define IM_COL32_DISABLE IM_COL32(0,0,0,1) // Special sentinel code which cannot be used as a regular color. +#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS 64 // sizeof(ImU64) * 8. This is solely because we frequently encode columns set in a ImU64. +#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS (4 + 64 * 2) // See TableSetupDrawChannels() + +// Our current column maximum is 64 but we may raise that in the future. +typedef ImS8 ImGuiTableColumnIdx; +typedef ImU8 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx; + +// [Internal] sizeof() ~ 104 +// We use the terminology "Enabled" to refer to a column that is not Hidden by user/api. +// We use the terminology "Clipped" to refer to a column that is out of sight because of scrolling/clipping. +// This is in contrast with some user-facing api such as IsItemVisible() / IsRectVisible() which use "Visible" to mean "not clipped". +struct ImGuiTableColumn +{ + ImGuiTableColumnFlags Flags; // Flags after some patching (not directly same as provided by user). See ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ + float WidthGiven; // Final/actual width visible == (MaxX - MinX), locked in TableUpdateLayout(). May be > WidthRequest to honor minimum width, may be < WidthRequest to honor shrinking columns down in tight space. + float MinX; // Absolute positions + float MaxX; + float WidthRequest; // Master width absolute value when !(Flags & _WidthStretch). When Stretch this is derived every frame from StretchWeight in TableUpdateLayout() + float WidthAuto; // Automatic width + float StretchWeight; // Master width weight when (Flags & _WidthStretch). Often around ~1.0f initially. + float InitStretchWeightOrWidth; // Value passed to TableSetupColumn(). For Width it is a content width (_without padding_). + ImRect ClipRect; // Clipping rectangle for the column + ImGuiID UserID; // Optional, value passed to TableSetupColumn() + float WorkMinX; // Contents region min ~(MinX + CellPaddingX + CellSpacingX1) == cursor start position when entering column + float WorkMaxX; // Contents region max ~(MaxX - CellPaddingX - CellSpacingX2) + float ItemWidth; // Current item width for the column, preserved across rows + float ContentMaxXFrozen; // Contents maximum position for frozen rows (apart from headers), from which we can infer content width. + float ContentMaxXUnfrozen; + float ContentMaxXHeadersUsed; // Contents maximum position for headers rows (regardless of freezing). TableHeader() automatically softclip itself + report ideal desired size, to avoid creating extraneous draw calls + float ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal; + ImS16 NameOffset; // Offset into parent ColumnsNames[] + ImGuiTableColumnIdx DisplayOrder; // Index within Table's IndexToDisplayOrder[] (column may be reordered by users) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx IndexWithinEnabledSet; // Index within enabled/visible set (<= IndexToDisplayOrder) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx PrevEnabledColumn; // Index of prev enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if first enabled/visible column + ImGuiTableColumnIdx NextEnabledColumn; // Index of next enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if last enabled/visible column + ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortOrder; // Index of this column within sort specs, -1 if not sorting on this column, 0 for single-sort, may be >0 on multi-sort + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelCurrent; // Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[] + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelFrozen; + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelUnfrozen; + bool IsEnabled; // Is the column not marked Hidden by the user? (even if off view, e.g. clipped by scrolling). + bool IsEnabledNextFrame; + bool IsVisibleX; // Is actually in view (e.g. overlapping the host window clipping rectangle, not scrolled). + bool IsVisibleY; + bool IsRequestOutput; // Return value for TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn(): whether we request user to output contents or not. + bool IsSkipItems; // Do we want item submissions to this column to be completely ignored (no layout will happen). + bool IsPreserveWidthAuto; + ImS8 NavLayerCurrent; // ImGuiNavLayer in 1 byte + ImU8 AutoFitQueue; // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to request auto-fit + ImU8 CannotSkipItemsQueue; // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to disable Clipped/SkipItem + ImU8 SortDirection : 2; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending + ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailCount : 2; // Number of available sort directions (0 to 3) + ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailMask : 4; // Mask of available sort directions (1-bit each) + ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailList; // Ordered of available sort directions (2-bits each) + + ImGuiTableColumn() + { + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + StretchWeight = WidthRequest = -1.0f; + NameOffset = -1; + DisplayOrder = IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1; + PrevEnabledColumn = NextEnabledColumn = -1; + SortOrder = -1; + SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None; + DrawChannelCurrent = DrawChannelFrozen = DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImU8)-1; + } +}; + +// Transient cell data stored per row. +// sizeof() ~ 6 +struct ImGuiTableCellData +{ + ImU32 BgColor; // Actual color + ImGuiTableColumnIdx Column; // Column number +}; + +// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a per-stacked table structure: DrawSplitter, SortSpecs, incoming RowData +struct ImGuiTable +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiTableFlags Flags; + void* RawData; // Single allocation to hold Columns[], DisplayOrderToIndex[] and RowCellData[] + ImGuiTableTempData* TempData; // Transient data while table is active. Point within g.CurrentTableStack[] + ImSpan Columns; // Point within RawData[] + ImSpan DisplayOrderToIndex; // Point within RawData[]. Store display order of columns (when not reordered, the values are 0...Count-1) + ImSpan RowCellData; // Point within RawData[]. Store cells background requests for current row. + ImU64 EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder; // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map + ImU64 EnabledMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data + ImU64 VisibleMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by scrolling/cliprect) + ImU64 RequestOutputMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisible || AutoFit (== expect user to submit items) + ImGuiTableFlags SettingsLoadedFlags; // Which data were loaded from the .ini file (e.g. when order is not altered we won't save order) + int SettingsOffset; // Offset in g.SettingsTables + int LastFrameActive; + int ColumnsCount; // Number of columns declared in BeginTable() + int CurrentRow; + int CurrentColumn; + ImS16 InstanceCurrent; // Count of BeginTable() calls with same ID in the same frame (generally 0). This is a little bit similar to BeginCount for a window, but multiple table with same ID look are multiple tables, they are just synched. + ImS16 InstanceInteracted; // Mark which instance (generally 0) of the same ID is being interacted with + float RowPosY1; + float RowPosY2; + float RowMinHeight; // Height submitted to TableNextRow() + float RowTextBaseline; + float RowIndentOffsetX; + ImGuiTableRowFlags RowFlags : 16; // Current row flags, see ImGuiTableRowFlags_ + ImGuiTableRowFlags LastRowFlags : 16; + int RowBgColorCounter; // Counter for alternating background colors (can be fast-forwarded by e.g clipper), not same as CurrentRow because header rows typically don't increase this. + ImU32 RowBgColor[2]; // Background color override for current row. + ImU32 BorderColorStrong; + ImU32 BorderColorLight; + float BorderX1; + float BorderX2; + float HostIndentX; + float MinColumnWidth; + float OuterPaddingX; + float CellPaddingX; // Padding from each borders + float CellPaddingY; + float CellSpacingX1; // Spacing between non-bordered cells + float CellSpacingX2; + float LastOuterHeight; // Outer height from last frame + float LastFirstRowHeight; // Height of first row from last frame + float InnerWidth; // User value passed to BeginTable(), see comments at the top of BeginTable() for details. + float ColumnsGivenWidth; // Sum of current column width + float ColumnsAutoFitWidth; // Sum of ideal column width in order nothing to be clipped, used for auto-fitting and content width submission in outer window + float ResizedColumnNextWidth; + float ResizeLockMinContentsX2; // Lock minimum contents width while resizing down in order to not create feedback loops. But we allow growing the table. + float RefScale; // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes. + ImRect OuterRect; // Note: for non-scrolling table, OuterRect.Max.y is often FLT_MAX until EndTable(), unless a height has been specified in BeginTable(). + ImRect InnerRect; // InnerRect but without decoration. As with OuterRect, for non-scrolling tables, InnerRect.Max.y is + ImRect WorkRect; + ImRect InnerClipRect; + ImRect BgClipRect; // We use this to cpu-clip cell background color fill + ImRect Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd; // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG0/1 channel. This tends to be == OuterWindow->ClipRect at BeginTable() because output in BG0/BG1 is cpu-clipped + ImRect Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd; // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG2 channel. This tends to be a correct, tight-fit, because output to BG2 are done by widgets relying on regular ClipRect. + ImRect HostClipRect; // This is used to check if we can eventually merge our columns draw calls into the current draw call of the current window. + ImRect HostBackupInnerClipRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->ClipRect during PushTableBackground()/PopTableBackground() + ImGuiWindow* OuterWindow; // Parent window for the table + ImGuiWindow* InnerWindow; // Window holding the table data (== OuterWindow or a child window) + ImGuiTextBuffer ColumnsNames; // Contiguous buffer holding columns names + ImDrawListSplitter* DrawSplitter; // Shortcut to TempData->DrawSplitter while in table. Isolate draw commands per columns to avoid switching clip rect constantly + ImGuiTableSortSpecs SortSpecs; // Public facing sorts specs, this is what we return in TableGetSortSpecs() + ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortSpecsCount; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledFixedCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx DeclColumnsCount; // Count calls to TableSetupColumn() + ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBody; // Index of column whose visible region is being hovered. Important: == ColumnsCount when hovering empty region after the right-most column! + ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBorder; // Index of column whose right-border is being hovered (for resizing). + ImGuiTableColumnIdx AutoFitSingleColumn; // Index of single column requesting auto-fit. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized. Reset when InstanceCurrent==0. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx LastResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized from previous frame. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx HeldHeaderColumn; // Index of column header being held. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ReorderColumn; // Index of column being reordered. (not cleared) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ReorderColumnDir; // -1 or +1 + ImGuiTableColumnIdx LeftMostEnabledColumn; // Index of left-most non-hidden column. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx RightMostEnabledColumn; // Index of right-most non-hidden column. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx LeftMostStretchedColumn; // Index of left-most stretched column. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx RightMostStretchedColumn; // Index of right-most stretched column. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ContextPopupColumn; // Column right-clicked on, of -1 if opening context menu from a neutral/empty spot + ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeRowsRequest; // Requested frozen rows count + ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeRowsCount; // Actual frozen row count (== FreezeRowsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeColumnsRequest; // Requested frozen columns count + ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeColumnsCount; // Actual frozen columns count (== FreezeColumnsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx RowCellDataCurrent; // Index of current RowCellData[] entry in current row + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DummyDrawChannel; // Redirect non-visible columns here. + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx Bg2DrawChannelCurrent; // For Selectable() and other widgets drawing across columns after the freezing line. Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[] + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen; + bool IsLayoutLocked; // Set by TableUpdateLayout() which is called when beginning the first row. + bool IsInsideRow; // Set when inside TableBeginRow()/TableEndRow(). + bool IsInitializing; + bool IsSortSpecsDirty; + bool IsUsingHeaders; // Set when the first row had the ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers flag. + bool IsContextPopupOpen; // Set when default context menu is open (also see: ContextPopupColumn, InstanceInteracted). + bool IsSettingsRequestLoad; + bool IsSettingsDirty; // Set when table settings have changed and needs to be reported into ImGuiTableSetttings data. + bool IsDefaultDisplayOrder; // Set when display order is unchanged from default (DisplayOrder contains 0...Count-1) + bool IsResetAllRequest; + bool IsResetDisplayOrderRequest; + bool IsUnfrozenRows; // Set when we got past the frozen row. + bool IsDefaultSizingPolicy; // Set if user didn't explicitly set a sizing policy in BeginTable() + bool MemoryCompacted; + bool HostSkipItems; // Backup of InnerWindow->SkipItem at the end of BeginTable(), because we will overwrite InnerWindow->SkipItem on a per-column basis + + IMGUI_API ImGuiTable() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameActive = -1; } + IMGUI_API ~ImGuiTable() { IM_FREE(RawData); } +}; + +// Transient data that are only needed between BeginTable() and EndTable(), those buffers are shared (1 per level of stacked table). +// - Accessing those requires chasing an extra pointer so for very frequently used data we leave them in the main table structure. +// - We also leave out of this structure data that tend to be particularly useful for debugging/metrics. +// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored here: DrawSplitter, incoming RowData? +struct ImGuiTableTempData +{ + int TableIndex; // Index in g.Tables.Buf[] pool + float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp this structure was used + + ImVec2 UserOuterSize; // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable() + ImDrawListSplitter DrawSplitter; + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs SortSpecsSingle; + ImVector SortSpecsMulti; // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good. + + ImRect HostBackupWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->WorkRect at the end of BeginTable() + ImRect HostBackupParentWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect at the end of BeginTable() + ImVec2 HostBackupPrevLineSize; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.PrevLineSize at the end of BeginTable() + ImVec2 HostBackupCurrLineSize; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CurrLineSize at the end of BeginTable() + ImVec2 HostBackupCursorMaxPos; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos at the end of BeginTable() + ImVec1 HostBackupColumnsOffset; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ColumnsOffset at the end of BeginTable() + float HostBackupItemWidth; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidth at the end of BeginTable() + int HostBackupItemWidthStackSize;//Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size at the end of BeginTable() + + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastTimeActive = -1.0f; } +}; + +// sizeof() ~ 12 +struct ImGuiTableColumnSettings +{ + float WidthOrWeight; + ImGuiID UserID; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx Index; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx DisplayOrder; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortOrder; + ImU8 SortDirection : 2; + ImU8 IsEnabled : 1; // "Visible" in ini file + ImU8 IsStretch : 1; + + ImGuiTableColumnSettings() + { + WidthOrWeight = 0.0f; + UserID = 0; + Index = -1; + DisplayOrder = SortOrder = -1; + SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None; + IsEnabled = 1; + IsStretch = 0; + } +}; + +// This is designed to be stored in a single ImChunkStream (1 header followed by N ImGuiTableColumnSettings, etc.) +struct ImGuiTableSettings +{ + ImGuiID ID; // Set to 0 to invalidate/delete the setting + ImGuiTableFlags SaveFlags; // Indicate data we want to save using the Resizable/Reorderable/Sortable/Hideable flags (could be using its own flags..) + float RefScale; // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsCount; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsCountMax; // Maximum number of columns this settings instance can store, we can recycle a settings instance with lower number of columns but not higher + bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context) + + ImGuiTableSettings() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* GetColumnSettings() { return (ImGuiTableColumnSettings*)(this + 1); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGui internal API +// No guarantee of forward compatibility here! //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- namespace ImGui { + // Windows // We should always have a CurrentWindow in the stack (there is an implicit "Debug" window) // If this ever crash because g.CurrentWindow is NULL it means that either // - ImGui::NewFrame() has never been called, which is illegal. - // - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal. + // - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::EndFrame()/ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal. inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindowRead() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow; } inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindow() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed = true; return g.CurrentWindow; } + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByName(const char* name); - IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API void BringWindowToFront(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API void BringWindowToBack(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API ImRect GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size); - IMGUI_API void Initialize(); + // Windows: Display Order and Focus Order + IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window); + IMGUI_API void BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window); + // Fonts, drawing + IMGUI_API void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font); + inline ImFont* GetDefaultFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; } + inline ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_UNUSED(window); return GetForegroundDrawList(); } // This seemingly unnecessary wrapper simplifies compatibility between the 'master' and 'docking' branches. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get background draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get foreground draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. + + // Init + IMGUI_API void Initialize(ImGuiContext* context); + IMGUI_API void Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context); // Since 1.60 this is a _private_ function. You can call DestroyContext() to destroy the context created by CreateContext(). + + // NewFrame + IMGUI_API void UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); + IMGUI_API void StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame(); + IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame(); + + // Generic context hooks + IMGUI_API ImGuiID AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, const ImGuiContextHook* hook); + IMGUI_API void RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiID hook_to_remove); + IMGUI_API void CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiContextHookType type); + + // Settings IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(); - IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(ImGuiID type_id); + IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void ClearIniSettings(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name); + IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); + // Scrolling + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll); // Use -1.0f on one axis to leave as-is + IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x); + IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y); + IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio); + IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect); + + // Basic Accessors + inline ImGuiID GetItemID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId; } // Get ID of last item (~~ often same ImGui::GetID(label) beforehand) + inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; } + inline ImGuiID GetActiveID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; } + inline ImGuiID GetFocusID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; } + inline ImGuiItemFlags GetItemFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentItemFlags; } IMGUI_API void SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void ClearActiveID(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetHoveredID(); IMGUI_API void SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id); // Mark data associated to given item as "edited", used by IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function. + IMGUI_API void PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); // Push given value as-is at the top of the ID stack (whereas PushID combines old and new hashes) + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetIDWithSeed(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end, ImGuiID seed); - IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_offset_y = 0.0f); - IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_offset_y = 0.0f); - IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); + // Basic Helpers for widget code + IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); + IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); + IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL, ImGuiItemAddFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void ItemFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API bool IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged); - IMGUI_API bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, bool tab_stop = true); // Return true if focus is requested - IMGUI_API void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_x, float default_y); + IMGUI_API void SetLastItemData(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags, const ImRect& item_rect); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h); IMGUI_API float CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x); - IMGUI_API void PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API void PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full); IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled); IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag(); + IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledSelection(); // Was the last item selection toggled? (after Selectable(), TreeNode() etc. We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMaxAbs(); + IMGUI_API void ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess); - IMGUI_API void OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, bool reopen_existing); - IMGUI_API void ClosePopup(ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + // If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets that used FocusableItemRegister(): + // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)' and 'bool focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)' + // (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)' and 'bool focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0' + // Widget code are simplified as there's no need to call FocusableItemUnregister() while managing the transition from regular widget to TempInputText() + inline bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); IM_UNUSED(id); return false; } // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable flag to ItemAdd() + inline void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); } // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem +#endif + + // Logging/Capture + IMGUI_API void LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth); // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name. + IMGUI_API void LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth = -1); // Start logging/capturing to internal buffer + IMGUI_API void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); + IMGUI_API void LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix); + + // Popups, Modals, Tooltips + IMGUI_API bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); + IMGUI_API void OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + IMGUI_API void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); + IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); + IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags); IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags); - IMGUI_API void BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, bool override_previous_tooltip = true); + IMGUI_API void BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostPopupModal(); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy); + IMGUI_API bool BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDir dir, float size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags); - IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(float t, float t_prev, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); + // Gamepad/Keyboard Navigation + IMGUI_API void NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit); + IMGUI_API bool NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet(); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestCancel(); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, const ImRect& bb_rel, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); + IMGUI_API float GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor = 0.0f, float fast_factor = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); + IMGUI_API void ActivateItem(ImGuiID id); // Remotely activate a button, checkbox, tree node etc. given its unique ID. activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. + IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel); - IMGUI_API void Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType direction); - IMGUI_API void VerticalSeparator(); // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height). not exposed because it is misleading what it doesn't have an effect on regular layout. - IMGUI_API bool SplitterBehavior(ImGuiID id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f); + // Focus Scope (WIP) + // This is generally used to identify a selection set (multiple of which may be in the same window), as selection + // patterns generally need to react (e.g. clear selection) when landing on an item of the set. + IMGUI_API void PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void PopFocusScope(); + inline ImGuiID GetFocusedFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavFocusScopeId; } // Focus scope which is actually active + inline ImGuiID GetFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; } // Focus scope we are outputting into, set by PushFocusScope() + // Inputs + // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions. + IMGUI_API void SetItemUsingMouseWheel(); + inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; } + inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput input) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << input)) != 0; } + inline bool IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(key < 64); return (g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask & ((ImU64)1 << key)) != 0; } + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); + inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const int key_index = g.IO.KeyMap[key]; return (key_index >= 0) ? IsKeyPressed(key_index, repeat) : false; } + inline bool IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput n) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.NavInputs[n] > 0.0f; } + inline bool IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode rm) { return (GetNavInputAmount(n, rm) > 0.0f); } + IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyModFlags GetMergedKeyModFlags(); + + // Drag and Drop IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void ClearDragDrop(); IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted(); - // FIXME-WIP: New Columns API - IMGUI_API void BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns(). - IMGUI_API void EndColumns(); // close columns - IMGUI_API void PushColumnClipRect(int column_index = -1); + // Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables API) + IMGUI_API void SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect); + IMGUI_API void BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns(). + IMGUI_API void EndColumns(); // close columns + IMGUI_API void PushColumnClipRect(int column_index); + IMGUI_API void PushColumnsBackground(); + IMGUI_API void PopColumnsBackground(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int count); + IMGUI_API ImGuiOldColumns* FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API float GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm); + IMGUI_API float GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset); - // NB: All position are in absolute pixels coordinates (never using window coordinates internally) + // Tables: Candidates for public API + IMGUI_API void TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n = -1); + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width); + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs); + IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredColumn(); // May use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) instead. Return hovered column. return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. + IMGUI_API float TableGetHeaderRowHeight(); + IMGUI_API void TablePushBackgroundChannel(); + IMGUI_API void TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + + // Tables: Internals + inline ImGuiTable* GetCurrentTable() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTable; } + IMGUI_API ImGuiTable* TableFindByID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API bool BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0, 0), float inner_width = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API void TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count); + IMGUI_API void TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column); + IMGUI_API void TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column); + IMGUI_API float TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column); + IMGUI_API void TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API void TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API ImRect TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0); + IMGUI_API float TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* table); + IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactSettings(); + + // Tables: Settings + IMGUI_API void TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSettingsInstallHandler(ImGuiContext* context); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id); + + // Tab Bars + IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); + IMGUI_API void TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); + IMGUI_API void TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos); + IMGUI_API bool TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); + IMGUI_API bool TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button); + IMGUI_API void TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped); + + // Render helpers // AVOID USING OUTSIDE OF IMGUI.CPP! NOT FOR PUBLIC CONSUMPTION. THOSE FUNCTIONS ARE A MESS. THEIR SIGNATURE AND BEHAVIOR WILL CHANGE, THEY NEED TO BE REFACTORED INTO SOMETHING DECENT. + // NB: All position are in absolute pixels coordinates (we are never using window coordinates internally) IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_hash = true); IMGUI_API void RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width); - IMGUI_API void RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0,0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); + IMGUI_API void RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); + IMGUI_API void RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); + IMGUI_API void RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known); IMGUI_API void RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border = true, float rounding = 0.0f); IMGUI_API void RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding = 0.0f); - IMGUI_API void RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners_flags = ~0); - IMGUI_API void RenderTriangle(ImVec2 pos, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API void RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos); - IMGUI_API void RenderCheckMark(ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz); - IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding); + IMGUI_API void RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault); // Navigation highlight IMGUI_API const char* FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text. + // Render helpers (those functions don't access any ImGui state!) + IMGUI_API void RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz); + IMGUI_API void RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow); + IMGUI_API void RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding); + IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImRect outer, ImRect inner, ImU32 col, float rounding); + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + // [1.71: 2019/06/07: Updating prototypes of some of the internal functions. Leaving those for reference for a short while] + inline void RenderArrow(ImVec2 pos, ImGuiDir dir, float scale=1.0f) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), dir, scale); } + inline void RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); RenderBullet(window->DrawList, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); } +#endif + + // Widgets + IMGUI_API void TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos); + IMGUI_API bool CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos); + IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis); + IMGUI_API bool ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float avail_v, float contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col); + IMGUI_API ImRect GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir); + IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value); + IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value); + + // Widgets low-level behaviors IMGUI_API bool ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, float radius); - IMGUI_API bool ArrowButton(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 padding, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); + IMGUI_API bool SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f, float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging + IMGUI_API void TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API bool SliderBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, float power, int decimal_precision, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool SliderFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power); - IMGUI_API bool SliderIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format); + // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types. + // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036). + // e.g. " extern template IMGUI_API float RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, float v); " + template IMGUI_API float ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T v, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size); + template IMGUI_API T ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size); + template IMGUI_API bool DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, float v_speed, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags); + template IMGUI_API bool SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); + template IMGUI_API T RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v); + template IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value); - IMGUI_API bool DragBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, int decimal_precision, float power); - IMGUI_API bool DragFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power); - IMGUI_API bool DragIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format); + // Data type helpers + IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type); + IMGUI_API int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format); + IMGUI_API void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); + IMGUI_API bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format); + IMGUI_API int DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); + IMGUI_API bool DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max); - IMGUI_API bool InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool InputFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags); - IMGUI_API bool InputIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags); - IMGUI_API bool InputScalarEx(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, void* step_ptr, void* step_fast_ptr, const char* scalar_format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags); - IMGUI_API bool InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(const ImRect& aabb, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, ImGuiID id, int decimal_precision); + // InputText + IMGUI_API bool InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min = NULL, const void* p_clamp_max = NULL); + inline bool TempInputIsActive(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveId == id && g.TempInputId == id); } + inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active + // Color IMGUI_API void ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); IMGUI_API void ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); + IMGUI_API void ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); - IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // Consume previous SetNextTreeNodeOpened() data, if any. May return true when logging - IMGUI_API void TreePushRawID(ImGuiID id); + // Plot + IMGUI_API int PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size); - IMGUI_API void PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size); + // Shade functions (write over already created vertices) + IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1); + IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp); - IMGUI_API int ParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_value); - IMGUI_API float RoundScalar(float value, int decimal_precision); + // Garbage collection + IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers(); + IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); - // Shade functions - IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawVert* vert_start, ImDrawVert* vert_end, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1); - IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearAlphaGradientForLeftToRightText(ImDrawVert* vert_start, ImDrawVert* vert_end, float gradient_p0_x, float gradient_p1_x); - IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawVert* vert_start, ImDrawVert* vert_end, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp); + // Debug Tools + IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); + inline void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max, col); } + inline void DebugStartItemPicker() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; } + + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport); + IMGUI_API void DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb); } // namespace ImGui -// ImFontAtlas internals -IMGUI_API bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRegisterDefaultCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* spc); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_multiply_factor); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride); -#ifdef __clang__ +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This structure is likely to evolve as we add support for incremental atlas updates +struct ImFontBuilderIO +{ + bool (*FontBuilder_Build)(ImFontAtlas* atlas); +}; + +// Helper for font builder +IMGUI_API const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype(); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_multiply_factor); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride); + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDataType data_type, ImGuiID id, const void* data_id); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDataType data_type, ImGuiID id, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...); +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _BB, _ID) // Register item bounding box +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) // Register item label and status flags (optional) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__) // Custom log entry from user land into test log +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(_ID,_TYPE,_DATA) if (g.TestEngineHookIdInfo == id) ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(&g, _TYPE, _ID, (const void*)(_DATA)); +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(_ID,_TYPE,_DATA,_DATA2) if (g.TestEngineHookIdInfo == id) ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(&g, _TYPE, _ID, (const void*)(_DATA), (const void*)(_DATA2)); +#else +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) do { } while (0) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) do { } while (0) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...) do { } while (0) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(_ID,_TYPE,_DATA) do { } while (0) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(_ID,_TYPE,_DATA,_DATA2) do { } while (0) +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop #endif #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (pop) #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/skeleton/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp b/skeleton/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..593e3b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/skeleton/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,4028 @@ +// dear imgui, v1.83 +// (tables and columns code) + +/* + +Index of this file: + +// [SECTION] Commentary +// [SECTION] Header mess +// [SECTION] Tables: Main code +// [SECTION] Tables: Simple accessors +// [SECTION] Tables: Row changes +// [SECTION] Tables: Columns changes +// [SECTION] Tables: Columns width management +// [SECTION] Tables: Drawing +// [SECTION] Tables: Sorting +// [SECTION] Tables: Headers +// [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu +// [SECTION] Tables: Settings (.ini data) +// [SECTION] Tables: Garbage Collection +// [SECTION] Tables: Debugging +// [SECTION] Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc. + +*/ + +// Navigating this file: +// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.NavigateTo") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Commentary +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Typical tables call flow: (root level is generally public API): +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - BeginTable() user begin into a table +// | BeginChild() - (if ScrollX/ScrollY is set) +// | TableBeginInitMemory() - first time table is used +// | TableResetSettings() - on settings reset +// | TableLoadSettings() - on settings load +// | TableBeginApplyRequests() - apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests +// | - TableSetColumnWidth() - apply resizing width (for mouse resize, often requested by previous frame) +// | - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth()- recompute columns weights (of stretch columns) from their respective width +// - TableSetupColumn() user submit columns details (optional) +// - TableSetupScrollFreeze() user submit scroll freeze information (optional) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal] followup to BeginTable(): setup everything: widths, columns positions, clipping rectangles. Automatically called by the FIRST call to TableNextRow() or TableHeadersRow(). +// | TableSetupDrawChannels() - setup ImDrawList channels +// | TableUpdateBorders() - detect hovering columns for resize, ahead of contents submission +// | TableDrawContextMenu() - draw right-click context menu +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableHeadersRow() or TableHeader() user submit a headers row (optional) +// | TableSortSpecsClickColumn() - when left-clicked: alter sort order and sort direction +// | TableOpenContextMenu() - when right-clicked: trigger opening of the default context menu +// - TableGetSortSpecs() user queries updated sort specs (optional, generally after submitting headers) +// - TableNextRow() user begin into a new row (also automatically called by TableHeadersRow()) +// | TableEndRow() - finish existing row +// | TableBeginRow() - add a new row +// - TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn() user begin into a cell +// | TableEndCell() - close existing column/cell +// | TableBeginCell() - enter into current column/cell +// - [...] user emit contents +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - EndTable() user ends the table +// | TableDrawBorders() - draw outer borders, inner vertical borders +// | TableMergeDrawChannels() - merge draw channels if clipping isn't required +// | EndChild() - (if ScrollX/ScrollY is set) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// TABLE SIZING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// (Read carefully because this is subtle but it does make sense!) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About 'outer_size': +// Its meaning needs to differ slightly depending on if we are using ScrollX/ScrollY flags. +// Default value is ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f). +// X +// - outer_size.x <= 0.0f -> Right-align from window/work-rect right-most edge. With -FLT_MIN or 0.0f will align exactly on right-most edge. +// - outer_size.x > 0.0f -> Set Fixed width. +// Y with ScrollX/ScrollY disabled: we output table directly in current window +// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set). Not meaningful is parent window can vertically scroll. +// - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> No minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set) +// - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtenY is set) +// Y with ScrollX/ScrollY enabled: using a child window for scrolling +// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align. Not meaningful is parent window can vertically scroll. +// - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> Bottom-align, consistent with BeginChild(). Not recommended unless table is last item in parent window. +// - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Exact height. Recommended when using Scrolling on any axis. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Outer size is also affected by the NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY flags. +// Important to that note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors! +// - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX -> Make outer width auto-fit to columns (overriding outer_size.x value). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. +// - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY -> Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY is disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. +// In theory ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY could be the default and any non-scrolling tables with outer_size.y != 0.0f would use exact height. +// This would be consistent but perhaps less useful and more confusing (as vertically clipped items are not easily noticeable) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About 'inner_width': +// With ScrollX disabled: +// - inner_width -> *ignored* +// With ScrollX enabled: +// - inner_width < 0.0f -> *illegal* fit in known width (right align from outer_size.x) <-- weird +// - inner_width = 0.0f -> fit in outer_width: Fixed size columns will take space they need (if avail, otherwise shrink down), Stretch columns becomes Fixed columns. +// - inner_width > 0.0f -> override scrolling width, generally to be larger than outer_size.x. Fixed column take space they need (if avail, otherwise shrink down), Stretch columns share remaining space! +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Details: +// - If you want to use Stretch columns with ScrollX, you generally need to specify 'inner_width' otherwise the concept +// of "available space" doesn't make sense. +// - Even if not really useful, we allow 'inner_width < outer_size.x' for consistency and to facilitate understanding +// of what the value does. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About overriding column sizing policy and width/weight with TableSetupColumn(): +// We use a default parameter of 'init_width_or_weight == -1'. +// - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width <= 0 (default) --> width is automatic +// - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width > 0 (explicit) --> width is custom +// - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, init_weight <= 0 (default) --> weight is 1.0f +// - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, init_weight > 0 (explicit) --> weight is custom +// Widths are specified _without_ CellPadding. If you specify a width of 100.0f, the column will be cover (100.0f + Padding * 2.0f) +// and you can fit a 100.0f wide item in it without clipping and with full padding. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About default sizing policy (if you don't specify a ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthXXXX flag) +// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is equal to contents width +// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is max of all contents width +// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is 1.0f +// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchWeight --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is proportional to contents +// Default Width and default Weight can be overridden when calling TableSetupColumn(). +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About mixing Fixed/Auto and Stretch columns together: +// - the typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns. +// - using mixed policies with ScrollX does not make much sense, as using Stretch columns with ScrollX does not make much sense in the first place! +// that is, unless 'inner_width' is passed to BeginTable() to explicitly provide a total width to layout columns in. +// - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame with mixed columns, only the Fixed/Auto columns will match their widths to the width of the maximum contents. +// - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame with mixed columns, only the Stretch columns will match their weight/widths. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About using column width: +// If a column is manual resizable or has a width specified with TableSetupColumn(): +// - you may use GetContentRegionAvail().x to query the width available in a given column. +// - right-side alignment features such as SetNextItemWidth(-x) or PushItemWidth(-x) will rely on this width. +// If the column is not resizable and has no width specified with TableSetupColumn(): +// - its width will be automatic and be set to the max of items submitted. +// - therefore you generally cannot have ALL items of the columns use e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN). +// - but if the column has one or more items of known/fixed size, this will become the reference width used by SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN). +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// TABLES CLIPPING/CULLING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About clipping/culling of Rows in Tables: +// - For large numbers of rows, it is recommended you use ImGuiListClipper to only submit visible rows. +// ImGuiListClipper is reliant on the fact that rows are of equal height. +// See 'Demo->Tables->Vertical Scrolling' or 'Demo->Tables->Advanced' for a demo of using the clipper. +// - Note that auto-resizing columns don't play well with using the clipper. +// By default a table with _ScrollX but without _Resizable will have column auto-resize. +// So, if you want to use the clipper, make sure to either enable _Resizable, either setup columns width explicitly with _WidthFixed. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About clipping/culling of Columns in Tables: +// - Both TableSetColumnIndex() and TableNextColumn() return true when the column is visible or performing +// width measurements. Otherwise, you may skip submitting the contents of a cell/column, BUT ONLY if you know +// it is not going to contribute to row height. +// In many situations, you may skip submitting contents for every column but one (e.g. the first one). +// - Case A: column is not hidden by user, and at least partially in sight (most common case). +// - Case B: column is clipped / out of sight (because of scrolling or parent ClipRect): TableNextColumn() return false as a hint but we still allow layout output. +// - Case C: column is hidden explicitly by the user (e.g. via the context menu, or _DefaultHide column flag, etc.). +// +// [A] [B] [C] +// TableNextColumn(): true false false -> [userland] when TableNextColumn() / TableSetColumnIndex() return false, user can skip submitting items but only if the column doesn't contribute to row height. +// SkipItems: false false true -> [internal] when SkipItems is true, most widgets will early out if submitted, resulting is no layout output. +// ClipRect: normal zero-width zero-width -> [internal] when ClipRect is zero, ItemAdd() will return false and most widgets will early out mid-way. +// ImDrawList output: normal dummy dummy -> [internal] when using the dummy channel, ImDrawList submissions (if any) will be wasted (because cliprect is zero-width anyway). +// +// - We need to distinguish those cases because non-hidden columns that are clipped outside of scrolling bounds should still contribute their height to the row. +// However, in the majority of cases, the contribution to row height is the same for all columns, or the tallest cells are known by the programmer. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About clipping/culling of whole Tables: +// - Scrolling tables with a known outer size can be clipped earlier as BeginTable() will return false. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Header mess +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) +#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS +#endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#endif +#include "imgui_internal.h" + +// System includes +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier +#include // intptr_t +#else +#include // intptr_t +#endif + +// Visual Studio warnings +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later +#pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types +#endif +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). +#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). +#endif + +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Main code +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableFixFlags() [Internal] +// - TableFindByID() [Internal] +// - BeginTable() +// - BeginTableEx() [Internal] +// - TableBeginInitMemory() [Internal] +// - TableBeginApplyRequests() [Internal] +// - TableSetupColumnFlags() [Internal] +// - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal] +// - TableUpdateBorders() [Internal] +// - EndTable() +// - TableSetupColumn() +// - TableSetupScrollFreeze() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Configuration +static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0 = 0; +static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN = 1; +static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP = 2; // When using ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip (this becomes the last visible channel) +static const float TABLE_BORDER_SIZE = 1.0f; // FIXME-TABLE: Currently hard-coded because of clipping assumptions with outer borders rendering. +static const float TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f; // Extend outside inner borders. +static const float TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.06f; // Delay/timer before making the hover feedback (color+cursor) visible because tables/columns tends to be more cramped. + +// Helper +inline ImGuiTableFlags TableFixFlags(ImGuiTableFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* outer_window) +{ + // Adjust flags: set default sizing policy + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == 0) + flags |= ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) || (outer_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) ? ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit : ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame; + + // Adjust flags: enable NoKeepColumnsVisible when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) + flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible; + + // Adjust flags: enforce borders when resizable + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV; + + // Adjust flags: disable NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY if we have any scrolling going on + if (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) + flags &= ~(ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX | ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY); + + // Adjust flags: NoBordersInBodyUntilResize takes priority over NoBordersInBody + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize) + flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody; + + // Adjust flags: disable saved settings if there's nothing to save + if ((flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings; + + // Inherit _NoSavedSettings from top-level window (child windows always have _NoSavedSettings set) +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + ImGuiWindow* window_for_settings = outer_window->RootWindowDockStop; +#else + ImGuiWindow* window_for_settings = outer_window->RootWindow; +#endif + if (window_for_settings->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings; + + return flags; +} + +ImGuiTable* ImGui::TableFindByID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.Tables.GetByKey(id); +} + +// Read about "TABLE SIZING" at the top of this file. +bool ImGui::BeginTable(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags, const ImVec2& outer_size, float inner_width) +{ + ImGuiID id = GetID(str_id); + return BeginTableEx(str_id, id, columns_count, flags, outer_size, inner_width); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags, const ImVec2& outer_size, float inner_width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* outer_window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (outer_window->SkipItems) // Consistent with other tables + beneficial side effect that assert on miscalling EndTable() will be more visible. + return false; + + // Sanity checks + IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 0 && columns_count <= IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS && "Only 1..64 columns allowed!"); + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) + IM_ASSERT(inner_width >= 0.0f); + + // If an outer size is specified ahead we will be able to early out when not visible. Exact clipping rules may evolve. + const bool use_child_window = (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) != 0; + const ImVec2 avail_size = GetContentRegionAvail(); + ImVec2 actual_outer_size = CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, 1.0f), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, 1.0f) : 0.0f); + ImRect outer_rect(outer_window->DC.CursorPos, outer_window->DC.CursorPos + actual_outer_size); + if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0, false)) + { + ItemSize(outer_rect); + return false; + } + + // Acquire storage for the table + ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetOrAddByKey(id); + const int instance_no = (table->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1; + const ImGuiID instance_id = id + instance_no; + const ImGuiTableFlags table_last_flags = table->Flags; + if (instance_no > 0) + IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID"); + + // Acquire temporary buffers + const int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table); + g.CurrentTableStackIdx++; + if (g.CurrentTableStackIdx + 1 > g.TablesTempDataStack.Size) + g.TablesTempDataStack.resize(g.CurrentTableStackIdx + 1, ImGuiTableTempData()); + ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData = &g.TablesTempDataStack[g.CurrentTableStackIdx]; + temp_data->TableIndex = table_idx; + table->DrawSplitter = &table->TempData->DrawSplitter; + table->DrawSplitter->Clear(); + + // Fix flags + table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == 0; + flags = TableFixFlags(flags, outer_window); + + // Initialize + table->ID = id; + table->Flags = flags; + table->InstanceCurrent = (ImS16)instance_no; + table->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount; + table->OuterWindow = table->InnerWindow = outer_window; + table->ColumnsCount = columns_count; + table->IsLayoutLocked = false; + table->InnerWidth = inner_width; + temp_data->UserOuterSize = outer_size; + + // When not using a child window, WorkRect.Max will grow as we append contents. + if (use_child_window) + { + // Ensure no vertical scrollbar appears if we only want horizontal one, to make flag consistent + // (we have no other way to disable vertical scrollbar of a window while keeping the horizontal one showing) + ImVec2 override_content_size(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && !(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) + override_content_size.y = FLT_MIN; + + // Ensure specified width (when not specified, Stretched columns will act as if the width == OuterWidth and + // never lead to any scrolling). We don't handle inner_width < 0.0f, we could potentially use it to right-align + // based on the right side of the child window work rect, which would require knowing ahead if we are going to + // have decoration taking horizontal spaces (typically a vertical scrollbar). + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && inner_width > 0.0f) + override_content_size.x = inner_width; + + if (override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX || override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX) + SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.x : 0.0f, override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.y : 0.0f)); + + // Reset scroll if we are reactivating it + if ((table_last_flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) == 0) + SetNextWindowScroll(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + + // Create scrolling region (without border and zero window padding) + ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : ImGuiWindowFlags_None; + BeginChildEx(name, instance_id, outer_rect.GetSize(), false, child_flags); + table->InnerWindow = g.CurrentWindow; + table->WorkRect = table->InnerWindow->WorkRect; + table->OuterRect = table->InnerWindow->Rect(); + table->InnerRect = table->InnerWindow->InnerRect; + IM_ASSERT(table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.x == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.y == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f); + } + else + { + // For non-scrolling tables, WorkRect == OuterRect == InnerRect. + // But at this point we do NOT have a correct value for .Max.y (unless a height has been explicitly passed in). It will only be updated in EndTable(). + table->WorkRect = table->OuterRect = table->InnerRect = outer_rect; + } + + // Push a standardized ID for both child-using and not-child-using tables + PushOverrideID(instance_id); + + // Backup a copy of host window members we will modify + ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; + table->HostIndentX = inner_window->DC.Indent.x; + table->HostClipRect = inner_window->ClipRect; + table->HostSkipItems = inner_window->SkipItems; + temp_data->HostBackupWorkRect = inner_window->WorkRect; + temp_data->HostBackupParentWorkRect = inner_window->ParentWorkRect; + temp_data->HostBackupColumnsOffset = outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset; + temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize; + temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize; + temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos = inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + temp_data->HostBackupItemWidth = outer_window->DC.ItemWidth; + temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize = outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size; + inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + + // Padding and Spacing + // - None ........Content..... Pad .....Content........ + // - PadOuter | Pad ..Content..... Pad .....Content.. Pad | + // - PadInner ........Content.. Pad | Pad ..Content........ + // - PadOuter+PadInner | Pad ..Content.. Pad | Pad ..Content.. Pad | + const bool pad_outer_x = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX) ? false : (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX) ? true : (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) != 0; + const bool pad_inner_x = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX) ? false : true; + const float inner_spacing_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; + const float inner_spacing_explicit = (pad_inner_x && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) == 0) ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; + const float inner_padding_explicit = (pad_inner_x && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) != 0) ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; + table->CellSpacingX1 = inner_spacing_explicit + inner_spacing_for_border; + table->CellSpacingX2 = inner_spacing_explicit; + table->CellPaddingX = inner_padding_explicit; + table->CellPaddingY = g.Style.CellPadding.y; + + const float outer_padding_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; + const float outer_padding_explicit = pad_outer_x ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; + table->OuterPaddingX = (outer_padding_for_border + outer_padding_explicit) - table->CellPaddingX; + + table->CurrentColumn = -1; + table->CurrentRow = -1; + table->RowBgColorCounter = 0; + table->LastRowFlags = ImGuiTableRowFlags_None; + table->InnerClipRect = (inner_window == outer_window) ? table->WorkRect : inner_window->ClipRect; + table->InnerClipRect.ClipWith(table->WorkRect); // We need this to honor inner_width + table->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(table->HostClipRect); + table->InnerClipRect.Max.y = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) ? ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.y, inner_window->WorkRect.Max.y) : inner_window->ClipRect.Max.y; + + table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = table->WorkRect.Min.y; // This is needed somehow + table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; // This will be cleared again by TableBeginRow() + table->FreezeRowsRequest = table->FreezeRowsCount = 0; // This will be setup by TableSetupScrollFreeze(), if any + table->FreezeColumnsRequest = table->FreezeColumnsCount = 0; + table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; + table->DeclColumnsCount = 0; + + // Using opaque colors facilitate overlapping elements of the grid + table->BorderColorStrong = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong); + table->BorderColorLight = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight); + + // Make table current + g.CurrentTable = table; + outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; + if (inner_window != outer_window) // So EndChild() within the inner window can restore the table properly. + inner_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; + + if ((table_last_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) == 0) + table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true; + + // Mark as used + if (table_idx >= g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size) + g.TablesLastTimeActive.resize(table_idx + 1, -1.0f); + g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = (float)g.Time; + temp_data->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time; + table->MemoryCompacted = false; + + // Setup memory buffer (clear data if columns count changed) + ImGuiTableColumn* old_columns_to_preserve = NULL; + void* old_columns_raw_data = NULL; + const int old_columns_count = table->Columns.size(); + if (old_columns_count != 0 && old_columns_count != columns_count) + { + // Attempt to preserve width on column count change (#4046) + old_columns_to_preserve = table->Columns.Data; + old_columns_raw_data = table->RawData; + table->RawData = NULL; + } + if (table->RawData == NULL) + { + TableBeginInitMemory(table, columns_count); + table->IsInitializing = table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true; + } + if (table->IsResetAllRequest) + TableResetSettings(table); + if (table->IsInitializing) + { + // Initialize + table->SettingsOffset = -1; + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + table->InstanceInteracted = -1; + table->ContextPopupColumn = -1; + table->ReorderColumn = table->ResizedColumn = table->LastResizedColumn = -1; + table->AutoFitSingleColumn = -1; + table->HoveredColumnBody = table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n]; + if (old_columns_to_preserve && n < old_columns_count) + { + // FIXME: We don't attempt to preserve column order in this path. + *column = old_columns_to_preserve[n]; + } + else + { + float width_auto = column->WidthAuto; + *column = ImGuiTableColumn(); + column->WidthAuto = width_auto; + column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = true; // Preserve WidthAuto when reinitializing a live table: not technically necessary but remove a visible flicker + column->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabledNextFrame = true; + } + column->DisplayOrder = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; + } + } + if (old_columns_raw_data) + IM_FREE(old_columns_raw_data); + + // Load settings + if (table->IsSettingsRequestLoad) + TableLoadSettings(table); + + // Handle DPI/font resize + // This is designed to facilitate DPI changes with the assumption that e.g. style.CellPadding has been scaled as well. + // It will also react to changing fonts with mixed results. It doesn't need to be perfect but merely provide a decent transition. + // FIXME-DPI: Provide consistent standards for reference size. Perhaps using g.CurrentDpiScale would be more self explanatory. + // This is will lead us to non-rounded WidthRequest in columns, which should work but is a poorly tested path. + const float new_ref_scale_unit = g.FontSize; // g.Font->GetCharAdvance('A') ? + if (table->RefScale != 0.0f && table->RefScale != new_ref_scale_unit) + { + const float scale_factor = new_ref_scale_unit / table->RefScale; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[table] %08X RefScaleUnit %.3f -> %.3f, scaling width by %.3f\n", table->ID, table->RefScaleUnit, new_ref_scale_unit, scale_factor); + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) + table->Columns[n].WidthRequest = table->Columns[n].WidthRequest * scale_factor; + } + table->RefScale = new_ref_scale_unit; + + // Disable output until user calls TableNextRow() or TableNextColumn() leading to the TableUpdateLayout() call.. + // This is not strictly necessary but will reduce cases were "out of table" output will be misleading to the user. + // Because we cannot safely assert in EndTable() when no rows have been created, this seems like our best option. + inner_window->SkipItems = true; + + // Clear names + // At this point the ->NameOffset field of each column will be invalid until TableUpdateLayout() or the first call to TableSetupColumn() + if (table->ColumnsNames.Buf.Size > 0) + table->ColumnsNames.Buf.resize(0); + + // Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests + TableBeginApplyRequests(table); + + return true; +} + +// For reference, the average total _allocation count_ for a table is: +// + 0 (for ImGuiTable instance, we are pooling allocations in g.Tables) +// + 1 (for table->RawData allocated below) +// + 1 (for table->ColumnsNames, if names are used) +// + 1 (for table->Splitter._Channels) +// + 2 * active_channels_count (for ImDrawCmd and ImDrawIdx buffers inside channels) +// Where active_channels_count is variable but often == columns_count or columns_count + 1, see TableSetupDrawChannels() for details. +// Unused channels don't perform their +2 allocations. +void ImGui::TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count) +{ + // Allocate single buffer for our arrays + ImSpanAllocator<3> span_allocator; + span_allocator.Reserve(0, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumn)); + span_allocator.Reserve(1, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnIdx)); + span_allocator.Reserve(2, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableCellData), 4); + table->RawData = IM_ALLOC(span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes()); + memset(table->RawData, 0, span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes()); + span_allocator.SetArenaBasePtr(table->RawData); + span_allocator.GetSpan(0, &table->Columns); + span_allocator.GetSpan(1, &table->DisplayOrderToIndex); + span_allocator.GetSpan(2, &table->RowCellData); +} + +// Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests +void ImGui::TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + // Handle resizing request + // (We process this at the first TableBegin of the frame) + // FIXME-TABLE: Contains columns if our work area doesn't allow for scrolling? + if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0) + { + if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->ResizedColumnNextWidth != FLT_MAX) + TableSetColumnWidth(table->ResizedColumn, table->ResizedColumnNextWidth); + table->LastResizedColumn = table->ResizedColumn; + table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = FLT_MAX; + table->ResizedColumn = -1; + + // Process auto-fit for single column, which is a special case for stretch columns and fixed columns with FixedSame policy. + // FIXME-TABLE: Would be nice to redistribute available stretch space accordingly to other weights, instead of giving it all to siblings. + if (table->AutoFitSingleColumn != -1) + { + TableSetColumnWidth(table->AutoFitSingleColumn, table->Columns[table->AutoFitSingleColumn].WidthAuto); + table->AutoFitSingleColumn = -1; + } + } + + // Handle reordering request + // Note: we don't clear ReorderColumn after handling the request. + if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0) + { + if (table->HeldHeaderColumn == -1 && table->ReorderColumn != -1) + table->ReorderColumn = -1; + table->HeldHeaderColumn = -1; + if (table->ReorderColumn != -1 && table->ReorderColumnDir != 0) + { + // We need to handle reordering across hidden columns. + // In the configuration below, moving C to the right of E will lead to: + // ... C [D] E ---> ... [D] E C (Column name/index) + // ... 2 3 4 ... 2 3 4 (Display order) + const int reorder_dir = table->ReorderColumnDir; + IM_ASSERT(reorder_dir == -1 || reorder_dir == +1); + IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable); + ImGuiTableColumn* src_column = &table->Columns[table->ReorderColumn]; + ImGuiTableColumn* dst_column = &table->Columns[(reorder_dir == -1) ? src_column->PrevEnabledColumn : src_column->NextEnabledColumn]; + IM_UNUSED(dst_column); + const int src_order = src_column->DisplayOrder; + const int dst_order = dst_column->DisplayOrder; + src_column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)dst_order; + for (int order_n = src_order + reorder_dir; order_n != dst_order + reorder_dir; order_n += reorder_dir) + table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder -= (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)reorder_dir; + IM_ASSERT(dst_column->DisplayOrder == dst_order - reorder_dir); + + // Display order is stored in both columns->IndexDisplayOrder and table->DisplayOrder[], + // rebuild the later from the former. + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + table->ReorderColumnDir = 0; + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + } + } + + // Handle display order reset request + if (table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest) + { + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) + table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = table->Columns[n].DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; + table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = false; + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + } +} + +// Adjust flags: default width mode + stretch columns are not allowed when auto extending +static void TableSetupColumnFlags(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags_in) +{ + ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = flags_in; + + // Sizing Policy + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0) + { + const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_); + if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed; + else + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch; + } + else + { + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_)); // Check that only 1 of each set is used. + } + + // Resize + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize; + + // Sorting + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending)) + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort; + + // Indentation + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_) == 0) + flags |= (table->Columns.index_from_ptr(column) == 0) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable; + + // Alignment + //if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignMask_) == 0) + // flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignCenter; + //IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignMask_)); // Check that only 1 of each set is used. + + // Preserve status flags + column->Flags = flags | (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_); + + // Build an ordered list of available sort directions + column->SortDirectionsAvailCount = column->SortDirectionsAvailMask = column->SortDirectionsAvailList = 0; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) + { + int count = 0, mask = 0, list = 0; + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending << (count << 1); count++; } + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Descending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Descending << (count << 1); count++; } + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending << (count << 1); count++; } + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Descending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Descending << (count << 1); count++; } + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate) || count == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_None; count++; } + column->SortDirectionsAvailList = (ImU8)list; + column->SortDirectionsAvailMask = (ImU8)mask; + column->SortDirectionsAvailCount = (ImU8)count; + ImGui::TableFixColumnSortDirection(table, column); + } +} + +// Layout columns for the frame. This is in essence the followup to BeginTable(). +// Runs on the first call to TableNextRow(), to give a chance for TableSetupColumn() to be called first. +// FIXME-TABLE: Our width (and therefore our WorkRect) will be minimal in the first frame for _WidthAuto columns. +// Increase feedback side-effect with widgets relying on WorkRect.Max.x... Maybe provide a default distribution for _WidthAuto columns? +void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false); + + const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_); + table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = true; + table->ColumnsEnabledCount = 0; + table->EnabledMaskByIndex = 0x00; + table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder = 0x00; + table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = -1; + table->MinColumnWidth = ImMax(1.0f, g.Style.FramePadding.x * 1.0f); // g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing; // FIXME-TABLE + + // [Part 1] Apply/lock Enabled and Order states. Calculate auto/ideal width for columns. Count fixed/stretch columns. + // Process columns in their visible orders as we are building the Prev/Next indices. + int count_fixed = 0; // Number of columns that have fixed sizing policies + int count_stretch = 0; // Number of columns that have stretch sizing policies + int prev_visible_column_idx = -1; + bool has_auto_fit_request = false; + bool has_resizable = false; + float stretch_sum_width_auto = 0.0f; + float fixed_max_width_auto = 0.0f; + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + { + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + if (column_n != order_n) + table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = false; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + // Clear column setup if not submitted by user. Currently we make it mandatory to call TableSetupColumn() every frame. + // It would easily work without but we're not ready to guarantee it since e.g. names need resubmission anyway. + // We take a slight shortcut but in theory we could be calling TableSetupColumn() here with dummy values, it should yield the same effect. + if (table->DeclColumnsCount <= column_n) + { + TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None); + column->NameOffset = -1; + column->UserID = 0; + column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = -1.0f; + } + + // Update Enabled state, mark settings/sortspecs dirty + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide)) + column->IsEnabledNextFrame = true; + if (column->IsEnabled != column->IsEnabledNextFrame) + { + column->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabledNextFrame; + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + if (!column->IsEnabled && column->SortOrder != -1) + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + } + if (column->SortOrder > 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti)) + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + + // Auto-fit unsized columns + const bool start_auto_fit = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) ? (column->WidthRequest < 0.0f) : (column->StretchWeight < 0.0f); + if (start_auto_fit) + column->AutoFitQueue = column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 3) - 1; // Fit for three frames + + if (!column->IsEnabled) + { + column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1; + continue; + } + + // Mark as enabled and link to previous/next enabled column + column->PrevEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx; + column->NextEnabledColumn = -1; + if (prev_visible_column_idx != -1) + table->Columns[prev_visible_column_idx].NextEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + else + table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = table->ColumnsEnabledCount++; + table->EnabledMaskByIndex |= (ImU64)1 << column_n; + table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder; + prev_visible_column_idx = column_n; + IM_ASSERT(column->IndexWithinEnabledSet <= column->DisplayOrder); + + // Calculate ideal/auto column width (that's the width required for all contents to be visible without clipping) + // Combine width from regular rows + width from headers unless requested not to. + if (!column->IsPreserveWidthAuto) + column->WidthAuto = TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); + + // Non-resizable columns keep their requested width (apply user value regardless of IsPreserveWidthAuto) + const bool column_is_resizable = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) == 0; + if (column_is_resizable) + has_resizable = true; + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f && !column_is_resizable) + column->WidthAuto = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth; + + if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00) + has_auto_fit_request = true; + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + { + stretch_sum_width_auto += column->WidthAuto; + count_stretch++; + } + else + { + fixed_max_width_auto = ImMax(fixed_max_width_auto, column->WidthAuto); + count_fixed++; + } + } + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && table->SortSpecsCount == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + table->RightMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx; + IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostEnabledColumn >= 0 && table->RightMostEnabledColumn >= 0); + + // [Part 2] Disable child window clipping while fitting columns. This is not strictly necessary but makes it possible + // to avoid the column fitting having to wait until the first visible frame of the child container (may or not be a good thing). + // FIXME-TABLE: for always auto-resizing columns may not want to do that all the time. + if (has_auto_fit_request && table->OuterWindow != table->InnerWindow) + table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = false; + if (has_auto_fit_request) + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + + // [Part 3] Fix column flags and record a few extra information. + float sum_width_requests = 0.0f; // Sum of all width for fixed and auto-resize columns, excluding width contributed by Stretch columns but including spacing/padding. + float stretch_sum_weights = 0.0f; // Sum of all weights for stretch columns. + table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = table->RightMostStretchedColumn = -1; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + continue; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + const bool column_is_resizable = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) == 0; + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) + { + // Apply same widths policy + float width_auto = column->WidthAuto; + if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame && (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00 || !column_is_resizable)) + width_auto = fixed_max_width_auto; + + // Apply automatic width + // Latch initial size for fixed columns and update it constantly for auto-resizing column (unless clipped!) + if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00) + column->WidthRequest = width_auto; + else if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !column_is_resizable && (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + column->WidthRequest = width_auto; + + // FIXME-TABLE: Increase minimum size during init frame to avoid biasing auto-fitting widgets + // (e.g. TextWrapped) too much. Otherwise what tends to happen is that TextWrapped would output a very + // large height (= first frame scrollbar display very off + clipper would skip lots of items). + // This is merely making the side-effect less extreme, but doesn't properly fixes it. + // FIXME: Move this to ->WidthGiven to avoid temporary lossyless? + // FIXME: This break IsPreserveWidthAuto from not flickering if the stored WidthAuto was smaller. + if (column->AutoFitQueue > 0x01 && table->IsInitializing && !column->IsPreserveWidthAuto) + column->WidthRequest = ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth * 4.0f); // FIXME-TABLE: Another constant/scale? + sum_width_requests += column->WidthRequest; + } + else + { + // Initialize stretch weight + if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00 || column->StretchWeight < 0.0f || !column_is_resizable) + { + if (column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f) + column->StretchWeight = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth; + else if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp) + column->StretchWeight = (column->WidthAuto / stretch_sum_width_auto) * count_stretch; + else + column->StretchWeight = 1.0f; + } + + stretch_sum_weights += column->StretchWeight; + if (table->LeftMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->LeftMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder > column->DisplayOrder) + table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + if (table->RightMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->RightMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder < column->DisplayOrder) + table->RightMostStretchedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + } + column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = false; + sum_width_requests += table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + } + table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)count_fixed; + + // [Part 4] Apply final widths based on requested widths + const ImRect work_rect = table->WorkRect; + const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1); + const float width_avail = ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && table->InnerWidth == 0.0f) ? table->InnerClipRect.GetWidth() : work_rect.GetWidth(); + const float width_avail_for_stretched_columns = width_avail - width_spacings - sum_width_requests; + float width_remaining_for_stretched_columns = width_avail_for_stretched_columns; + table->ColumnsGivenWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + continue; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + // Allocate width for stretched/weighted columns (StretchWeight gets converted into WidthRequest) + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + { + float weight_ratio = column->StretchWeight / stretch_sum_weights; + column->WidthRequest = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(width_avail_for_stretched_columns * weight_ratio, table->MinColumnWidth) + 0.01f); + width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= column->WidthRequest; + } + + // [Resize Rule 1] The right-most Visible column is not resizable if there is at least one Stretch column + // See additional comments in TableSetColumnWidth(). + if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1 && table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1) + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_; + + // Assign final width, record width in case we will need to shrink + column->WidthGiven = ImFloor(ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); + table->ColumnsGivenWidth += column->WidthGiven; + } + + // [Part 5] Redistribute stretch remainder width due to rounding (remainder width is < 1.0f * number of Stretch column). + // Using right-to-left distribution (more likely to match resizing cursor). + if (width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths)) + for (int order_n = table->ColumnsCount - 1; stretch_sum_weights > 0.0f && width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && order_n >= 0; order_n--) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + continue; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]]; + if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) + continue; + column->WidthRequest += 1.0f; + column->WidthGiven += 1.0f; + width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= 1.0f; + } + + table->HoveredColumnBody = -1; + table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; + const ImRect mouse_hit_rect(table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.Max.x, ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Min.y + table->LastOuterHeight)); + const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0); + + // [Part 6] Setup final position, offset, skip/clip states and clipping rectangles, detect hovered column + // Process columns in their visible orders as we are comparing the visible order and adjusting host_clip_rect while looping. + int visible_n = 0; + bool offset_x_frozen = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0); + float offset_x = ((table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) ? table->OuterRect.Min.x : work_rect.Min.x) + table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX1; + ImRect host_clip_rect = table->InnerClipRect; + //host_clip_rect.Max.x += table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX2; + table->VisibleMaskByIndex = 0x00; + table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex = 0x00; + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + { + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + column->NavLayerCurrent = (ImS8)((table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 || column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount) ? ImGuiNavLayer_Menu : ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + + if (offset_x_frozen && table->FreezeColumnsCount == visible_n) + { + offset_x += work_rect.Min.x - table->OuterRect.Min.x; + offset_x_frozen = false; + } + + // Clear status flags + column->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_; + + if ((table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n)) == 0) + { + // Hidden column: clear a few fields and we are done with it for the remainder of the function. + // We set a zero-width clip rect but set Min.y/Max.y properly to not interfere with the clipper. + column->MinX = column->MaxX = column->WorkMinX = column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->ClipRect.Max.x = offset_x; + column->WidthGiven = 0.0f; + column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y; + column->ClipRect.Max.y = FLT_MAX; + column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_clip_rect); + column->IsVisibleX = column->IsVisibleY = column->IsRequestOutput = false; + column->IsSkipItems = true; + column->ItemWidth = 1.0f; + continue; + } + + // Detect hovered column + if (is_hovering_table && g.IO.MousePos.x >= column->ClipRect.Min.x && g.IO.MousePos.x < column->ClipRect.Max.x) + table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + + // Lock start position + column->MinX = offset_x; + + // Lock width based on start position and minimum/maximum width for this position + float max_width = TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n); + column->WidthGiven = ImMin(column->WidthGiven, max_width); + column->WidthGiven = ImMax(column->WidthGiven, ImMin(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); + column->MaxX = offset_x + column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + + // Lock other positions + // - ClipRect.Min.x: Because merging draw commands doesn't compare min boundaries, we make ClipRect.Min.x match left bounds to be consistent regardless of merging. + // - ClipRect.Max.x: using WorkMaxX instead of MaxX (aka including padding) makes things more consistent when resizing down, tho slightly detrimental to visibility in very-small column. + // - ClipRect.Max.x: using MaxX makes it easier for header to receive hover highlight with no discontinuity and display sorting arrow. + // - FIXME-TABLE: We want equal width columns to have equal (ClipRect.Max.x - WorkMinX) width, which means ClipRect.max.x cannot stray off host_clip_rect.Max.x else right-most column may appear shorter. + column->WorkMinX = column->MinX + table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX1; + column->WorkMaxX = column->MaxX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2; // Expected max + column->ItemWidth = ImFloor(column->WidthGiven * 0.65f); + column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->MinX; + column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y; + column->ClipRect.Max.x = column->MaxX; //column->WorkMaxX; + column->ClipRect.Max.y = FLT_MAX; + column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_clip_rect); + + // Mark column as Clipped (not in sight) + // Note that scrolling tables (where inner_window != outer_window) handle Y clipped earlier in BeginTable() so IsVisibleY really only applies to non-scrolling tables. + // FIXME-TABLE: Because InnerClipRect.Max.y is conservatively ==outer_window->ClipRect.Max.y, we never can mark columns _Above_ the scroll line as not IsVisibleY. + // Taking advantage of LastOuterHeight would yield good results there... + // FIXME-TABLE: Y clipping is disabled because it effectively means not submitting will reduce contents width which is fed to outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, + // and this may be used (e.g. typically by outer_window using AlwaysAutoResize or outer_window's horizontal scrollbar, but could be something else). + // Possible solution to preserve last known content width for clipped column. Test 'table_reported_size' fails when enabling Y clipping and window is resized small. + column->IsVisibleX = (column->ClipRect.Max.x > column->ClipRect.Min.x); + column->IsVisibleY = true; // (column->ClipRect.Max.y > column->ClipRect.Min.y); + const bool is_visible = column->IsVisibleX; //&& column->IsVisibleY; + if (is_visible) + table->VisibleMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n); + + // Mark column as requesting output from user. Note that fixed + non-resizable sets are auto-fitting at all times and therefore always request output. + column->IsRequestOutput = is_visible || column->AutoFitQueue != 0 || column->CannotSkipItemsQueue != 0; + if (column->IsRequestOutput) + table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n); + + // Mark column as SkipItems (ignoring all items/layout) + column->IsSkipItems = !column->IsEnabled || table->HostSkipItems; + if (column->IsSkipItems) + IM_ASSERT(!is_visible); + + // Update status flags + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled; + if (is_visible) + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible; + if (column->SortOrder != -1) + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted; + if (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered; + + // Alignment + // FIXME-TABLE: This align based on the whole column width, not per-cell, and therefore isn't useful in + // many cases (to be able to honor this we might be able to store a log of cells width, per row, for + // visible rows, but nav/programmatic scroll would have visible artifacts.) + //if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignRight) + // column->WorkMinX = ImMax(column->WorkMinX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen); + //else if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignCenter) + // column->WorkMinX = ImLerp(column->WorkMinX, ImMax(column->StartX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen), 0.5f); + + // Reset content width variables + column->ContentMaxXFrozen = column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen = column->WorkMinX; + column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX; + + // Don't decrement auto-fit counters until container window got a chance to submit its items + if (table->HostSkipItems == false) + { + column->AutoFitQueue >>= 1; + column->CannotSkipItemsQueue >>= 1; + } + + if (visible_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount) + host_clip_rect.Min.x = ImClamp(column->MaxX + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, host_clip_rect.Min.x, host_clip_rect.Max.x); + + offset_x += column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + visible_n++; + } + + // [Part 7] Detect/store when we are hovering the unused space after the right-most column (so e.g. context menus can react on it) + // Clear Resizable flag if none of our column are actually resizable (either via an explicit _NoResize flag, either + // because of using _WidthAuto/_WidthStretch). This will hide the resizing option from the context menu. + const float unused_x1 = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].ClipRect.Max.x); + if (is_hovering_table && table->HoveredColumnBody == -1) + { + if (g.IO.MousePos.x >= unused_x1) + table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount; + } + if (has_resizable == false && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) + table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; + + // [Part 8] Lock actual OuterRect/WorkRect right-most position. + // This is done late to handle the case of fixed-columns tables not claiming more widths that they need. + // Because of this we are careful with uses of WorkRect and InnerClipRect before this point. + if (table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1) + table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) + { + table->OuterRect.Max.x = table->WorkRect.Max.x = unused_x1; + table->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.x, unused_x1); + } + table->InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect = table->WorkRect; + table->BorderX1 = table->InnerClipRect.Min.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : -1.0f); + table->BorderX2 = table->InnerClipRect.Max.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : +1.0f); + + // [Part 9] Allocate draw channels and setup background cliprect + TableSetupDrawChannels(table); + + // [Part 10] Hit testing on borders + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + TableUpdateBorders(table); + table->LastFirstRowHeight = 0.0f; + table->IsLayoutLocked = true; + table->IsUsingHeaders = false; + + // [Part 11] Context menu + if (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->InstanceCurrent == table->InstanceInteracted) + { + const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID); + if (BeginPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + { + TableDrawContextMenu(table); + EndPopup(); + } + else + { + table->IsContextPopupOpen = false; + } + } + + // [Part 13] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a change to use them for display. + // This path will only be exercised when sort specs are modified before header rows (e.g. init or visibility change) + if (table->IsSortSpecsDirty && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) + TableSortSpecsBuild(table); + + // Initial state + ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP); + else + inner_window->DrawList->PushClipRect(inner_window->ClipRect.Min, inner_window->ClipRect.Max, false); +} + +// Process hit-testing on resizing borders. Actual size change will be applied in EndTable() +// - Set table->HoveredColumnBorder with a short delay/timer to reduce feedback noise +// - Submit ahead of table contents and header, use ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap to prioritize widgets +// overlapping the same area. +void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + + // At this point OuterRect height may be zero or under actual final height, so we rely on temporal coherency and + // use the final height from last frame. Because this is only affecting _interaction_ with columns, it is not + // really problematic (whereas the actual visual will be displayed in EndTable() and using the current frame height). + // Actual columns highlight/render will be performed in EndTable() and not be affected. + const float hit_half_width = TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS; + const float hit_y1 = table->OuterRect.Min.y; + const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table->LastOuterHeight); + const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table->LastFirstRowHeight; + + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + continue; + + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_)) + continue; + + // ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize will be honored in TableDrawBorders() + const float border_y2_hit = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) ? hit_y2_head : hit_y2_body; + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) && table->IsUsingHeaders == false) + continue; + + if (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) + if (column->MaxX < table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->FreezeColumnsCount - 1]].MaxX) + continue; + + ImGuiID column_id = TableGetColumnResizeID(table, column_n, table->InstanceCurrent); + ImRect hit_rect(column->MaxX - hit_half_width, hit_y1, column->MaxX + hit_half_width, border_y2_hit); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(hit_rect.Min, hit_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); + KeepAliveID(column_id); + + bool hovered = false, held = false; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick); + if (pressed && IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) + { + TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n); + ClearActiveID(); + held = hovered = false; + } + if (held) + { + if (table->LastResizedColumn == -1) + table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2 = table->RightMostEnabledColumn != -1 ? table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].MaxX : -FLT_MAX; + table->ResizedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent; + } + if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held) + { + table->HoveredColumnBorder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); + } + } +} + +void ImGui::EndTable() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true!"); + + // This assert would be very useful to catch a common error... unfortunately it would probably trigger in some + // cases, and for consistency user may sometimes output empty tables (and still benefit from e.g. outer border) + //IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked && "Table unused: never called TableNextRow(), is that the intent?"); + + // If the user never got to call TableNextRow() or TableNextColumn(), we call layout ourselves to ensure all our + // code paths are consistent (instead of just hoping that TableBegin/TableEnd will work), get borders drawn, etc. + if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) + TableUpdateLayout(table); + + const ImGuiTableFlags flags = table->Flags; + ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; + ImGuiWindow* outer_window = table->OuterWindow; + ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData; + IM_ASSERT(inner_window == g.CurrentWindow); + IM_ASSERT(outer_window == inner_window || outer_window == inner_window->ParentWindow); + + if (table->IsInsideRow) + TableEndRow(table); + + // Context menu in columns body + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody) + if (table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && !IsAnyItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right)) + TableOpenContextMenu((int)table->HoveredColumnBody); + + // Finalize table height + inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize; + inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize; + inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos = temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos; + const float inner_content_max_y = table->RowPosY2; + IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY2 == inner_window->DC.CursorPos.y); + if (inner_window != outer_window) + inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = inner_content_max_y; + else if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY)) + table->OuterRect.Max.y = table->InnerRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y); // Patch OuterRect/InnerRect height + table->WorkRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y); + table->LastOuterHeight = table->OuterRect.GetHeight(); + + // Setup inner scrolling range + // FIXME: This ideally should be done earlier, in BeginTable() SetNextWindowContentSize call, just like writing to inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, + // but since the later is likely to be impossible to do we'd rather update both axises together. + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) + { + const float outer_padding_for_border = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; + float max_pos_x = table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; + if (table->RightMostEnabledColumn != -1) + max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].WorkMaxX + table->CellPaddingX + table->OuterPaddingX - outer_padding_for_border); + if (table->ResizedColumn != -1) + max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2); + table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x; + } + + // Pop clipping rect + if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)) + inner_window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); + inner_window->ClipRect = inner_window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); + + // Draw borders + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Borders) != 0) + TableDrawBorders(table); + +#if 0 + // Strip out dummy channel draw calls + // We have no way to prevent user submitting direct ImDrawList calls into a hidden column (but ImGui:: calls will be clipped out) + // Pros: remove draw calls which will have no effect. since they'll have zero-size cliprect they may be early out anyway. + // Cons: making it harder for users watching metrics/debugger to spot the wasted vertices. + if (table->DummyDrawChannel != (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)-1) + { + ImDrawChannel* dummy_channel = &table->DrawSplitter._Channels[table->DummyDrawChannel]; + dummy_channel->_CmdBuffer.resize(0); + dummy_channel->_IdxBuffer.resize(0); + } +#endif + + // Flatten channels and merge draw calls + ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = table->DrawSplitter; + splitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, 0); + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0) + TableMergeDrawChannels(table); + splitter->Merge(inner_window->DrawList); + + // Update ColumnsAutoFitWidth to get us ahead for host using our size to auto-resize without waiting for next BeginTable() + const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1); + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if (table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth += column->WidthRequest; + else + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth += TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); + } + + // Update scroll + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0 && inner_window != outer_window) + { + inner_window->Scroll.x = 0.0f; + } + else if (table->LastResizedColumn != -1 && table->ResizedColumn == -1 && inner_window->ScrollbarX && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent) + { + // When releasing a column being resized, scroll to keep the resulting column in sight + const float neighbor_width_to_keep_visible = table->MinColumnWidth + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->LastResizedColumn]; + if (column->MaxX < table->InnerClipRect.Min.x) + SetScrollFromPosX(inner_window, column->MaxX - inner_window->Pos.x - neighbor_width_to_keep_visible, 1.0f); + else if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x) + SetScrollFromPosX(inner_window, column->MaxX - inner_window->Pos.x + neighbor_width_to_keep_visible, 1.0f); + } + + // Apply resizing/dragging at the end of the frame + if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->InstanceCurrent == table->InstanceInteracted) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->ResizedColumn]; + const float new_x2 = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS); + const float new_width = ImFloor(new_x2 - column->MinX - table->CellSpacingX1 - table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f); + table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = new_width; + } + + // Pop from id stack + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table->ID + table->InstanceCurrent, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size >= temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize, "Too many PopItemWidth!"); + PopID(); + + // Restore window data that we modified + const ImVec2 backup_outer_max_pos = outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + inner_window->WorkRect = temp_data->HostBackupWorkRect; + inner_window->ParentWorkRect = temp_data->HostBackupParentWorkRect; + inner_window->SkipItems = table->HostSkipItems; + outer_window->DC.CursorPos = table->OuterRect.Min; + outer_window->DC.ItemWidth = temp_data->HostBackupItemWidth; + outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size = temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize; + outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset = temp_data->HostBackupColumnsOffset; + + // Layout in outer window + // (FIXME: To allow auto-fit and allow desirable effect of SameLine() we dissociate 'used' vs 'ideal' size by overriding + // CursorPosPrevLine and CursorMaxPos manually. That should be a more general layout feature, see same problem e.g. #3414) + if (inner_window != outer_window) + { + EndChild(); + } + else + { + ItemSize(table->OuterRect.GetSize()); + ItemAdd(table->OuterRect, 0); + } + + // Override declared contents width/height to enable auto-resize while not needlessly adding a scrollbar + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) + { + // FIXME-TABLE: Could we remove this section? + // ColumnsAutoFitWidth may be one frame ahead here since for Fixed+NoResize is calculated from latest contents + IM_ASSERT((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0); + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth); + } + else if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.x <= 0.0f) + { + const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f; + outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x); + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth)); + } + else + { + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Max.x); + } + if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.y <= 0.0f) + { + const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f; + outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.y); + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y)); + } + else + { + // OuterRect.Max.y may already have been pushed downward from the initial value (unless ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY is set) + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y); + } + + // Save settings + if (table->IsSettingsDirty) + TableSaveSettings(table); + table->IsInitializing = false; + + // Clear or restore current table, if any + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == outer_window && g.CurrentTable == table); + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentTableStackIdx >= 0); + g.CurrentTableStackIdx--; + temp_data = g.CurrentTableStackIdx >= 0 ? &g.TablesTempDataStack[g.CurrentTableStackIdx] : NULL; + g.CurrentTable = temp_data ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(temp_data->TableIndex) : NULL; + if (g.CurrentTable) + { + g.CurrentTable->TempData = temp_data; + g.CurrentTable->DrawSplitter = &temp_data->DrawSplitter; + } + outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = g.CurrentTable ? g.Tables.GetIndex(g.CurrentTable) : -1; +} + +// See "COLUMN SIZING POLICIES" comments at the top of this file +// If (init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f) it is ignored +void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, float init_width_or_weight, ImGuiID user_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() after BeginTable()!"); + IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false && "Need to call call TableSetupColumn() before first row!"); + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_) == 0 && "Illegal to pass StatusMask values to TableSetupColumn()"); + if (table->DeclColumnsCount >= table->ColumnsCount) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(table->DeclColumnsCount < table->ColumnsCount, "Called TableSetupColumn() too many times!"); + return; + } + + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DeclColumnsCount]; + table->DeclColumnsCount++; + + // Assert when passing a width or weight if policy is entirely left to default, to avoid storing width into weight and vice-versa. + // Give a grace to users of ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX. + if (table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0) + IM_ASSERT(init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f && "Can only specify width/weight if sizing policy is set explicitly in either Table or Column."); + + // When passing a width automatically enforce WidthFixed policy + // (whereas TableSetupColumnFlags would default to WidthAuto if table is not Resizable) + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed; + + TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, flags); + column->UserID = user_id; + flags = column->Flags; + + // Initialize defaults + column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = init_width_or_weight; + if (table->IsInitializing) + { + // Init width or weight + if (column->WidthRequest < 0.0f && column->StretchWeight < 0.0f) + { + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) + column->WidthRequest = init_width_or_weight; + if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + column->StretchWeight = (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) ? init_width_or_weight : -1.0f; + + // Disable auto-fit if an explicit width/weight has been specified + if (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) + column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00; + } + + // Init default visibility/sort state + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) == 0) + column->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabledNextFrame = false; + if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) == 0) + { + column->SortOrder = 0; // Multiple columns using _DefaultSort will be reassigned unique SortOrder values when building the sort specs. + column->SortDirection = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) ? (ImS8)ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : (ImU8)(ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending); + } + } + + // Store name (append with zero-terminator in contiguous buffer) + column->NameOffset = -1; + if (label != NULL && label[0] != 0) + { + column->NameOffset = (ImS16)table->ColumnsNames.size(); + table->ColumnsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); + } +} + +// [Public] +void ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(int columns, int rows) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() after BeginTable()!"); + IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() before first row!"); + IM_ASSERT(columns >= 0 && columns < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS); + IM_ASSERT(rows >= 0 && rows < 128); // Arbitrary limit + + table->FreezeColumnsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns : 0; + table->FreezeColumnsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.x != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeColumnsRequest : 0; + table->FreezeRowsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)rows : 0; + table->FreezeRowsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.y != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeRowsRequest : 0; + table->IsUnfrozenRows = (table->FreezeRowsCount == 0); // Make sure this is set before TableUpdateLayout() so ImGuiListClipper can benefit from it.b +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Simple accessors +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetColumnCount() +// - TableGetColumnName() +// - TableGetColumnName() [Internal] +// - TableSetColumnEnabled() [Internal] +// - TableGetColumnFlags() +// - TableGetCellBgRect() [Internal] +// - TableGetColumnResizeID() [Internal] +// - TableGetHoveredColumn() [Internal] +// - TableSetBgColor() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int ImGui::TableGetColumnCount() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + return table ? table->ColumnsCount : 0; +} + +const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return NULL; + if (column_n < 0) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + return TableGetColumnName(table, column_n); +} + +const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + if (table->IsLayoutLocked == false && column_n >= table->DeclColumnsCount) + return ""; // NameOffset is invalid at this point + const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->NameOffset == -1) + return ""; + return &table->ColumnsNames.Buf[column->NameOffset]; +} + +// Request enabling/disabling a column (often perceived as "showing/hiding" from users point of view) +// Note that end-user can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody) +// Request will be applied during next layout, which happens on the first call to TableNextRow() after BeginTable() +// For the getter you can use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) +void ImGui::TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool enabled) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL); + if (!table) + return; + if (column_n < 0) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->IsEnabledNextFrame = enabled; +} + +// We allow querying for an extra column in order to poll the IsHovered state of the right-most section +ImGuiTableColumnFlags ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None; + if (column_n < 0) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + if (column_n == table->ColumnsCount) + return (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None; + return table->Columns[column_n].Flags; +} + +// Return the cell rectangle based on currently known height. +// - Important: we generally don't know our row height until the end of the row, so Max.y will be incorrect in many situations. +// The only case where this is correct is if we provided a min_row_height to TableNextRow() and don't go below it. +// - Important: if ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX is set but ImGuiTableFlags_PadInnerX is not set, the outer-most left and right +// columns report a small offset so their CellBgRect can extend up to the outer border. +ImRect ImGui::TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + float x1 = column->MinX; + float x2 = column->MaxX; + if (column->PrevEnabledColumn == -1) + x1 -= table->CellSpacingX1; + if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1) + x2 += table->CellSpacingX2; + return ImRect(x1, table->RowPosY1, x2, table->RowPosY2); +} + +// Return the resizing ID for the right-side of the given column. +ImGuiID ImGui::TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no) +{ + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); + ImGuiID id = table->ID + 1 + (instance_no * table->ColumnsCount) + column_n; + return id; +} + +// Return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. +int ImGui::TableGetHoveredColumn() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return -1; + return (int)table->HoveredColumnBody; +} + +void ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(target != ImGuiTableBgTarget_None); + + if (color == IM_COL32_DISABLE) + color = 0; + + // We cannot draw neither the cell or row background immediately as we don't know the row height at this point in time. + switch (target) + { + case ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg: + { + if (table->RowPosY1 > table->InnerClipRect.Max.y) // Discard + return; + if (column_n == -1) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0) + return; + if (table->RowCellDataCurrent < 0 || table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent].Column != column_n) + table->RowCellDataCurrent++; + ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data = &table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent]; + cell_data->BgColor = color; + cell_data->Column = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + break; + } + case ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0: + case ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1: + { + if (table->RowPosY1 > table->InnerClipRect.Max.y) // Discard + return; + IM_ASSERT(column_n == -1); + int bg_idx = (target == ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1) ? 1 : 0; + table->RowBgColor[bg_idx] = color; + break; + } + default: + IM_ASSERT(0); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Row changes +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetRowIndex() +// - TableNextRow() +// - TableBeginRow() [Internal] +// - TableEndRow() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// [Public] Note: for row coloring we use ->RowBgColorCounter which is the same value without counting header rows +int ImGui::TableGetRowIndex() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return 0; + return table->CurrentRow; +} + +// [Public] Starts into the first cell of a new row +void ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags, float row_min_height) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + + if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) + TableUpdateLayout(table); + if (table->IsInsideRow) + TableEndRow(table); + + table->LastRowFlags = table->RowFlags; + table->RowFlags = row_flags; + table->RowMinHeight = row_min_height; + TableBeginRow(table); + + // We honor min_row_height requested by user, but cannot guarantee per-row maximum height, + // because that would essentially require a unique clipping rectangle per-cell. + table->RowPosY2 += table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f; + table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, table->RowPosY1 + row_min_height); + + // Disable output until user calls TableNextColumn() + table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = true; +} + +// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow() +void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; + IM_ASSERT(!table->IsInsideRow); + + // New row + table->CurrentRow++; + table->CurrentColumn = -1; + table->RowBgColor[0] = table->RowBgColor[1] = IM_COL32_DISABLE; + table->RowCellDataCurrent = -1; + table->IsInsideRow = true; + + // Begin frozen rows + float next_y1 = table->RowPosY2; + if (table->CurrentRow == 0 && table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) + next_y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->OuterRect.Min.y; + + table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = next_y1; + table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; + table->RowIndentOffsetX = window->DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX; // Lock indent + window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = next_y1; + + // Making the header BG color non-transparent will allow us to overlay it multiple times when handling smooth dragging. + if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) + { + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg)); + if (table->CurrentRow == 0) + table->IsUsingHeaders = true; + } +} + +// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow() +void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window == table->InnerWindow); + IM_ASSERT(table->IsInsideRow); + + if (table->CurrentColumn != -1) + TableEndCell(table); + + // Logging + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(NULL, "|"); + + // Position cursor at the bottom of our row so it can be used for e.g. clipping calculation. However it is + // likely that the next call to TableBeginCell() will reposition the cursor to take account of vertical padding. + window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY2; + + // Row background fill + const float bg_y1 = table->RowPosY1; + const float bg_y2 = table->RowPosY2; + const bool unfreeze_rows_actual = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsCount); + const bool unfreeze_rows_request = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsRequest); + if (table->CurrentRow == 0) + table->LastFirstRowHeight = bg_y2 - bg_y1; + + const bool is_visible = (bg_y2 >= table->InnerClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 <= table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); + if (is_visible) + { + // Decide of background color for the row + ImU32 bg_col0 = 0; + ImU32 bg_col1 = 0; + if (table->RowBgColor[0] != IM_COL32_DISABLE) + bg_col0 = table->RowBgColor[0]; + else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg) + bg_col0 = GetColorU32((table->RowBgColorCounter & 1) ? ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt : ImGuiCol_TableRowBg); + if (table->RowBgColor[1] != IM_COL32_DISABLE) + bg_col1 = table->RowBgColor[1]; + + // Decide of top border color + ImU32 border_col = 0; + const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; + if (table->CurrentRow > 0 || table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) + border_col = (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; + + const bool draw_cell_bg_color = table->RowCellDataCurrent >= 0; + const bool draw_strong_bottom_border = unfreeze_rows_actual; + if ((bg_col0 | bg_col1 | border_col) != 0 || draw_strong_bottom_border || draw_cell_bg_color) + { + // In theory we could call SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() but since we know TableEndRow() is + // always followed by a change of clipping rectangle we perform the smallest overwrite possible here. + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0) + window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.ToVec4(); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0); + } + + // Draw row background + // We soft/cpu clip this so all backgrounds and borders can share the same clipping rectangle + if (bg_col0 || bg_col1) + { + ImRect row_rect(table->WorkRect.Min.x, bg_y1, table->WorkRect.Max.x, bg_y2); + row_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect); + if (bg_col0 != 0 && row_rect.Min.y < row_rect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(row_rect.Min, row_rect.Max, bg_col0); + if (bg_col1 != 0 && row_rect.Min.y < row_rect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(row_rect.Min, row_rect.Max, bg_col1); + } + + // Draw cell background color + if (draw_cell_bg_color) + { + ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data_end = &table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent]; + for (ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data = &table->RowCellData[0]; cell_data <= cell_data_end; cell_data++) + { + const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[cell_data->Column]; + ImRect cell_bg_rect = TableGetCellBgRect(table, cell_data->Column); + cell_bg_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect); + cell_bg_rect.Min.x = ImMax(cell_bg_rect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Min.x); // So that first column after frozen one gets clipped + cell_bg_rect.Max.x = ImMin(cell_bg_rect.Max.x, column->MaxX); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(cell_bg_rect.Min, cell_bg_rect.Max, cell_data->BgColor); + } + } + + // Draw top border + if (border_col && bg_y1 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y1), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y1), border_col, border_size); + + // Draw bottom border at the row unfreezing mark (always strong) + if (draw_strong_bottom_border && bg_y2 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y2 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y2), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y2), table->BorderColorStrong, border_size); + } + + // End frozen rows (when we are past the last frozen row line, teleport cursor and alter clipping rectangle) + // We need to do that in TableEndRow() instead of TableBeginRow() so the list clipper can mark end of row and + // get the new cursor position. + if (unfreeze_rows_request) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->NavLayerCurrent = (ImS8)((column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount) ? ImGuiNavLayer_Menu : ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + } + if (unfreeze_rows_actual) + { + IM_ASSERT(table->IsUnfrozenRows == false); + table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; + + // BgClipRect starts as table->InnerClipRect, reduce it now and make BgClipRectForDrawCmd == BgClipRect + float y0 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2 + 1, window->InnerClipRect.Min.y); + table->BgClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y = ImMin(y0, window->InnerClipRect.Max.y); + table->BgClipRect.Max.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y = window->InnerClipRect.Max.y; + table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen; + IM_ASSERT(table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y <= table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y); + + float row_height = table->RowPosY2 - table->RowPosY1; + table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->WorkRect.Min.y + table->RowPosY2 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; + table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 - row_height; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen; + column->ClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y; + } + + // Update cliprect ahead of TableBeginCell() so clipper can access to new ClipRect->Min.y + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Columns[0].ClipRect); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Columns[0].DrawChannelCurrent); + } + + if (!(table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers)) + table->RowBgColorCounter++; + table->IsInsideRow = false; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Columns changes +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetColumnIndex() +// - TableSetColumnIndex() +// - TableNextColumn() +// - TableBeginCell() [Internal] +// - TableEndCell() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return 0; + return table->CurrentColumn; +} + +// [Public] Append into a specific column +bool ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return false; + + if (table->CurrentColumn != column_n) + { + if (table->CurrentColumn != -1) + TableEndCell(table); + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && table->ColumnsCount); + TableBeginCell(table, column_n); + } + + // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value, + // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height. + return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0; +} + +// [Public] Append into the next column, wrap and create a new row when already on last column +bool ImGui::TableNextColumn() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return false; + + if (table->IsInsideRow && table->CurrentColumn + 1 < table->ColumnsCount) + { + if (table->CurrentColumn != -1) + TableEndCell(table); + TableBeginCell(table, table->CurrentColumn + 1); + } + else + { + TableNextRow(); + TableBeginCell(table, 0); + } + + // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value, + // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height. + int column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0; +} + + +// [Internal] Called by TableSetColumnIndex()/TableNextColumn() +// This is called very frequently, so we need to be mindful of unnecessary overhead. +// FIXME-TABLE FIXME-OPT: Could probably shortcut some things for non-active or clipped columns. +void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; + table->CurrentColumn = column_n; + + // Start position is roughly ~~ CellRect.Min + CellPadding + Indent + float start_x = column->WorkMinX; + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable) + start_x += table->RowIndentOffsetX; // ~~ += window.DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX, except we locked it for the row. + + window->DC.CursorPos.x = start_x; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY1 + table->CellPaddingY; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = start_x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.Indent.x; // FIXME-WORKRECT + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = table->RowTextBaseline; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = (ImGuiNavLayer)column->NavLayerCurrent; + + window->WorkRect.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + window->WorkRect.Min.x = column->WorkMinX; + window->WorkRect.Max.x = column->WorkMaxX; + window->DC.ItemWidth = column->ItemWidth; + + // To allow ImGuiListClipper to function we propagate our row height + if (!column->IsEnabled) + window->DC.CursorPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y, table->RowPosY2); + + window->SkipItems = column->IsSkipItems; + if (column->IsSkipItems) + { + window->DC.LastItemId = 0; + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = 0; + } + + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) + { + // FIXME: if we end up drawing all borders/bg in EndTable, could remove this and just assert that channel hasn't changed. + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP); + //IM_ASSERT(table->DrawSplitter._Current == TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP); + } + else + { + // FIXME-TABLE: Could avoid this if draw channel is dummy channel? + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent); + } + + // Logging + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled && !column->IsSkipItems) + { + LogRenderedText(&window->DC.CursorPos, "|"); + g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; + } +} + +// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow()/TableSetColumnIndex()/TableNextColumn() +void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn]; + ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; + + // Report maximum position so we can infer content size per column. + float* p_max_pos_x; + if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) + p_max_pos_x = &column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed; // Useful in case user submit contents in header row that is not a TableHeader() call + else + p_max_pos_x = table->IsUnfrozenRows ? &column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen : &column->ContentMaxXFrozen; + *p_max_pos_x = ImMax(*p_max_pos_x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x); + table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->CellPaddingY); + column->ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidth; + + // Propagate text baseline for the entire row + // FIXME-TABLE: Here we propagate text baseline from the last line of the cell.. instead of the first one. + table->RowTextBaseline = ImMax(table->RowTextBaseline, window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Columns width management +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetMaxColumnWidth() [Internal] +// - TableGetColumnWidthAuto() [Internal] +// - TableSetColumnWidth() +// - TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle() [Internal] +// - TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll() [Internal] +// - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Maximum column content width given current layout. Use column->MinX so this value on a per-column basis. +float ImGui::TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + float max_width = FLT_MAX; + const float min_column_distance = table->MinColumnWidth + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) + { + // Frozen columns can't reach beyond visible width else scrolling will naturally break. + if (column->DisplayOrder < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) + { + max_width = (table->InnerClipRect.Max.x - (table->FreezeColumnsRequest - column->DisplayOrder) * min_column_distance) - column->MinX; + max_width = max_width - table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2; + } + } + else if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible) == 0) + { + // If horizontal scrolling if disabled, we apply a final lossless shrinking of columns in order to make + // sure they are all visible. Because of this we also know that all of the columns will always fit in + // table->WorkRect and therefore in table->InnerRect (because ScrollX is off) + // FIXME-TABLE: This is solved incorrectly but also quite a difficult problem to fix as we also want ClipRect width to match. + // See "table_width_distrib" and "table_width_keep_visible" tests + max_width = table->WorkRect.Max.x - (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - column->IndexWithinEnabledSet - 1) * min_column_distance - column->MinX; + //max_width -= table->CellSpacingX1; + max_width -= table->CellSpacingX2; + max_width -= table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + max_width -= table->OuterPaddingX; + } + return max_width; +} + +// Note this is meant to be stored in column->WidthAuto, please generally use the WidthAuto field +float ImGui::TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column) +{ + const float content_width_body = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXFrozen, column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen) - column->WorkMinX; + const float content_width_headers = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal - column->WorkMinX; + float width_auto = content_width_body; + if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth)) + width_auto = ImMax(width_auto, content_width_headers); + + // Non-resizable fixed columns preserve their requested width + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f) + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) + width_auto = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth; + + return ImMax(width_auto, table->MinColumnWidth); +} + +// 'width' = inner column width, without padding +void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && table->IsLayoutLocked == false); + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); + ImGuiTableColumn* column_0 = &table->Columns[column_n]; + float column_0_width = width; + + // Apply constraints early + // Compare both requested and actual given width to avoid overwriting requested width when column is stuck (minimum size, bounded) + IM_ASSERT(table->MinColumnWidth > 0.0f); + const float min_width = table->MinColumnWidth; + const float max_width = ImMax(min_width, TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n)); + column_0_width = ImClamp(column_0_width, min_width, max_width); + if (column_0->WidthGiven == column_0_width || column_0->WidthRequest == column_0_width) + return; + + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("TableSetColumnWidth(%d, %.1f->%.1f)\n", column_0_idx, column_0->WidthGiven, column_0_width); + ImGuiTableColumn* column_1 = (column_0->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL; + + // In this surprisingly not simple because of how we support mixing Fixed and multiple Stretch columns. + // - All fixed: easy. + // - All stretch: easy. + // - One or more fixed + one stretch: easy. + // - One or more fixed + more than one stretch: tricky. + // Qt when manual resize is enabled only support a single _trailing_ stretch column. + + // When forwarding resize from Wn| to Fn+1| we need to be considerate of the _NoResize flag on Fn+1. + // FIXME-TABLE: Find a way to rewrite all of this so interactions feel more consistent for the user. + // Scenarios: + // - F1 F2 F3 resize from F1| or F2| --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. Subsequent columns will be offset. + // - F1 F2 F3 resize from F3| --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. If active, ScrollX extent can be altered. + // - F1 F2 W3 resize from F1| or F2| --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. If active, ScrollX extent can be altered, but it doesn't make much sense as the Stretch column will always be minimal size. + // - F1 F2 W3 resize from W3| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) + // - W1 W2 W3 resize from W1| or W2| --> ok + // - W1 W2 W3 resize from W3| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) + // - W1 F2 F3 resize from F3| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) + // - W1 F2 resize from F2| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) + // - W1 W2 F3 resize from W1| or W2| --> ok + // - W1 F2 W3 resize from W1| or F2| --> ok + // - F1 W2 F3 resize from W2| --> ok + // - F1 W3 F2 resize from W3| --> ok + // - W1 F2 F3 resize from W1| --> ok: equivalent to resizing |F2. F3 will not move. + // - W1 F2 F3 resize from F2| --> ok + // All resizes from a Wx columns are locking other columns. + + // Possible improvements: + // - W1 W2 W3 resize W1| --> to not be stuck, both W2 and W3 would stretch down. Seems possible to fix. Would be most beneficial to simplify resize of all-weighted columns. + // - W3 F1 F2 resize W3| --> to not be stuck past F1|, both F1 and F2 would need to stretch down, which would be lossy or ambiguous. Seems hard to fix. + + // [Resize Rule 1] Can't resize from right of right-most visible column if there is any Stretch column. Implemented in TableUpdateLayout(). + + // If we have all Fixed columns OR resizing a Fixed column that doesn't come after a Stretch one, we can do an offsetting resize. + // This is the preferred resize path + if (column_0->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) + if (!column_1 || table->LeftMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->LeftMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder >= column_0->DisplayOrder) + { + column_0->WidthRequest = column_0_width; + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + return; + } + + // We can also use previous column if there's no next one (this is used when doing an auto-fit on the right-most stretch column) + if (column_1 == NULL) + column_1 = (column_0->PrevEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->PrevEnabledColumn] : NULL; + if (column_1 == NULL) + return; + + // Resizing from right-side of a Stretch column before a Fixed column forward sizing to left-side of fixed column. + // (old_a + old_b == new_a + new_b) --> (new_a == old_a + old_b - new_b) + float column_1_width = ImMax(column_1->WidthRequest - (column_0_width - column_0->WidthRequest), min_width); + column_0_width = column_0->WidthRequest + column_1->WidthRequest - column_1_width; + IM_ASSERT(column_0_width > 0.0f && column_1_width > 0.0f); + column_0->WidthRequest = column_0_width; + column_1->WidthRequest = column_1_width; + if ((column_0->Flags | column_1->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(table); + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; +} + +// Disable clipping then auto-fit, will take 2 frames +// (we don't take a shortcut for unclipped columns to reduce inconsistencies when e.g. resizing multiple columns) +void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + // Single auto width uses auto-fit + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (!column->IsEnabled) + return; + column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 0); + table->AutoFitSingleColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; +} + +void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (!column->IsEnabled && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) // Cannot reset weight of hidden stretch column + continue; + column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 0); + column->AutoFitQueue = (1 << 1); + } +} + +void ImGui::TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1 && table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1); + + // Measure existing quantity + float visible_weight = 0.0f; + float visible_width = 0.0f; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (!column->IsEnabled || !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) + continue; + IM_ASSERT(column->StretchWeight > 0.0f); + visible_weight += column->StretchWeight; + visible_width += column->WidthRequest; + } + IM_ASSERT(visible_weight > 0.0f && visible_width > 0.0f); + + // Apply new weights + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (!column->IsEnabled || !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) + continue; + column->StretchWeight = (column->WidthRequest / visible_width) * visible_weight; + IM_ASSERT(column->StretchWeight > 0.0f); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Drawing +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TablePushBackgroundChannel() [Internal] +// - TablePopBackgroundChannel() [Internal] +// - TableSetupDrawChannels() [Internal] +// - TableMergeDrawChannels() [Internal] +// - TableDrawBorders() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Bg2 is used by Selectable (and possibly other widgets) to render to the background. +// Unlike our Bg0/1 channel which we uses for RowBg/CellBg/Borders and where we guarantee all shapes to be CPU-clipped, the Bg2 channel being widgets-facing will rely on regular ClipRect. +void ImGui::TablePushBackgroundChannel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + + // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() + table->HostBackupInnerClipRect = window->ClipRect; + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent); +} + +void ImGui::TablePopBackgroundChannel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn]; + + // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->HostBackupInnerClipRect); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent); +} + +// Allocate draw channels. Called by TableUpdateLayout() +// - We allocate them following storage order instead of display order so reordering columns won't needlessly +// increase overall dormant memory cost. +// - We isolate headers draw commands in their own channels instead of just altering clip rects. +// This is in order to facilitate merging of draw commands. +// - After crossing FreezeRowsCount, all columns see their current draw channel changed to a second set of channels. +// - We only use the dummy draw channel so we can push a null clipping rectangle into it without affecting other +// channels, while simplifying per-row/per-cell overhead. It will be empty and discarded when merged. +// - We allocate 1 or 2 background draw channels. This is because we know TablePushBackgroundChannel() is only used for +// horizontal spanning. If we allowed vertical spanning we'd need one background draw channel per merge group (1-4). +// Draw channel allocation (before merging): +// - NoClip --> 2+D+1 channels: bg0/1 + bg2 + foreground (same clip rect == always 1 draw call) +// - Clip --> 2+D+N channels +// - FreezeRows --> 2+D+N*2 (unless scrolling value is zero) +// - FreezeRows || FreezeColunns --> 3+D+N*2 (unless scrolling value is zero) +// Where D is 1 if any column is clipped or hidden (dummy channel) otherwise 0. +void ImGui::TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + const int freeze_row_multiplier = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 : 1; + const int channels_for_row = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) ? 1 : table->ColumnsEnabledCount; + const int channels_for_bg = 1 + 1 * freeze_row_multiplier; + const int channels_for_dummy = (table->ColumnsEnabledCount < table->ColumnsCount || table->VisibleMaskByIndex != table->EnabledMaskByIndex) ? +1 : 0; + const int channels_total = channels_for_bg + (channels_for_row * freeze_row_multiplier) + channels_for_dummy; + table->DrawSplitter->Split(table->InnerWindow->DrawList, channels_total); + table->DummyDrawChannel = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((channels_for_dummy > 0) ? channels_total - 1 : -1); + table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN; + table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 + channels_for_row : TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN); + + int draw_channel_current = 2; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->IsVisibleX && column->IsVisibleY) + { + column->DrawChannelFrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)(draw_channel_current); + column->DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)(draw_channel_current + (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 ? channels_for_row + 1 : 0)); + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)) + draw_channel_current++; + } + else + { + column->DrawChannelFrozen = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen = table->DummyDrawChannel; + } + column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelFrozen; + } + + // Initial draw cmd starts with a BgClipRect that matches the one of its host, to facilitate merge draw commands by default. + // All our cell highlight are manually clipped with BgClipRect. When unfreezing it will be made smaller to fit scrolling rect. + // (This technically isn't part of setting up draw channels, but is reasonably related to be done here) + table->BgClipRect = table->InnerClipRect; + table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd = table->OuterWindow->ClipRect; + table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd = table->HostClipRect; + IM_ASSERT(table->BgClipRect.Min.y <= table->BgClipRect.Max.y); +} + +// This function reorder draw channels based on matching clip rectangle, to facilitate merging them. Called by EndTable(). +// For simplicity we call it TableMergeDrawChannels() but in fact it only reorder channels + overwrite ClipRect, +// actual merging is done by table->DrawSplitter.Merge() which is called right after TableMergeDrawChannels(). +// +// Columns where the contents didn't stray off their local clip rectangle can be merged. To achieve +// this we merge their clip rect and make them contiguous in the channel list, so they can be merged +// by the call to DrawSplitter.Merge() following to the call to this function. +// We reorder draw commands by arranging them into a maximum of 4 distinct groups: +// +// 1 group: 2 groups: 2 groups: 4 groups: +// [ 0. ] no freeze [ 0. ] row freeze [ 01 ] col freeze [ 01 ] row+col freeze +// [ .. ] or no scroll [ 2. ] and v-scroll [ .. ] and h-scroll [ 23 ] and v+h-scroll +// +// Each column itself can use 1 channel (row freeze disabled) or 2 channels (row freeze enabled). +// When the contents of a column didn't stray off its limit, we move its channels into the corresponding group +// based on its position (within frozen rows/columns groups or not). +// At the end of the operation our 1-4 groups will each have a ImDrawCmd using the same ClipRect. +// This function assume that each column are pointing to a distinct draw channel, +// otherwise merge_group->ChannelsCount will not match set bit count of merge_group->ChannelsMask. +// +// Column channels will not be merged into one of the 1-4 groups in the following cases: +// - The contents stray off its clipping rectangle (we only compare the MaxX value, not the MinX value). +// Direct ImDrawList calls won't be taken into account by default, if you use them make sure the ImGui:: bounds +// matches, by e.g. calling SetCursorScreenPos(). +// - The channel uses more than one draw command itself. We drop all our attempt at merging stuff here.. +// we could do better but it's going to be rare and probably not worth the hassle. +// Columns for which the draw channel(s) haven't been merged with other will use their own ImDrawCmd. +// +// This function is particularly tricky to understand.. take a breath. +void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = table->DrawSplitter; + const bool has_freeze_v = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0); + const bool has_freeze_h = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0); + IM_ASSERT(splitter->_Current == 0); + + // Track which groups we are going to attempt to merge, and which channels goes into each group. + struct MergeGroup + { + ImRect ClipRect; + int ChannelsCount; + ImBitArray ChannelsMask; + + MergeGroup() { ChannelsCount = 0; } + }; + int merge_group_mask = 0x00; + MergeGroup merge_groups[4]; + + // 1. Scan channels and take note of those which can be merged + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0) + continue; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + const int merge_group_sub_count = has_freeze_v ? 2 : 1; + for (int merge_group_sub_n = 0; merge_group_sub_n < merge_group_sub_count; merge_group_sub_n++) + { + const int channel_no = (merge_group_sub_n == 0) ? column->DrawChannelFrozen : column->DrawChannelUnfrozen; + + // Don't attempt to merge if there are multiple draw calls within the column + ImDrawChannel* src_channel = &splitter->_Channels[channel_no]; + if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0) + src_channel->_CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size != 1) + continue; + + // Find out the width of this merge group and check if it will fit in our column + // (note that we assume that rendering didn't stray on the left direction. we should need a CursorMinPos to detect it) + if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip)) + { + float content_max_x; + if (!has_freeze_v) + content_max_x = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed); // No row freeze + else if (merge_group_sub_n == 0) + content_max_x = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXFrozen, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed); // Row freeze: use width before freeze + else + content_max_x = column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen; // Row freeze: use width after freeze + if (content_max_x > column->ClipRect.Max.x) + continue; + } + + const int merge_group_n = (has_freeze_h && column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount ? 0 : 1) + (has_freeze_v && merge_group_sub_n == 0 ? 0 : 2); + IM_ASSERT(channel_no < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS); + MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; + if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0) + merge_group->ClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + merge_group->ChannelsMask.SetBit(channel_no); + merge_group->ChannelsCount++; + merge_group->ClipRect.Add(src_channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect); + merge_group_mask |= (1 << merge_group_n); + } + + // Invalidate current draw channel + // (we don't clear DrawChannelFrozen/DrawChannelUnfrozen solely to facilitate debugging/later inspection of data) + column->DrawChannelCurrent = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)-1; + } + + // [DEBUG] Display merge groups +#if 0 + if (g.IO.KeyShift) + for (int merge_group_n = 0; merge_group_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); merge_group_n++) + { + MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; + if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0) + continue; + char buf[32]; + ImFormatString(buf, 32, "MG%d:%d", merge_group_n, merge_group->ChannelsCount); + ImVec2 text_pos = merge_group->ClipRect.Min + ImVec2(4, 4); + ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(buf, NULL); + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRectFilled(text_pos, text_pos + text_size, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255)); + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), buf, NULL); + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + } +#endif + + // 2. Rewrite channel list in our preferred order + if (merge_group_mask != 0) + { + // We skip channel 0 (Bg0/Bg1) and 1 (Bg2 frozen) from the shuffling since they won't move - see channels allocation in TableSetupDrawChannels(). + const int LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS = 2; + g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.resize(splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); // Use shared temporary storage so the allocation gets amortized + ImDrawChannel* dst_tmp = g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data; + ImBitArray remaining_mask; // We need 132-bit of storage + remaining_mask.SetBitRange(LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, splitter->_Count); + remaining_mask.ClearBit(table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen); + IM_ASSERT(has_freeze_v == false || table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen != TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN); + int remaining_count = splitter->_Count - (has_freeze_v ? LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS + 1 : LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); + //ImRect host_rect = (table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) ? table->InnerClipRect : table->HostClipRect; + ImRect host_rect = table->HostClipRect; + for (int merge_group_n = 0; merge_group_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); merge_group_n++) + { + if (int merge_channels_count = merge_groups[merge_group_n].ChannelsCount) + { + MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; + ImRect merge_clip_rect = merge_group->ClipRect; + + // Extend outer-most clip limits to match those of host, so draw calls can be merged even if + // outer-most columns have some outer padding offsetting them from their parent ClipRect. + // The principal cases this is dealing with are: + // - On a same-window table (not scrolling = single group), all fitting columns ClipRect -> will extend and match host ClipRect -> will merge + // - Columns can use padding and have left-most ClipRect.Min.x and right-most ClipRect.Max.x != from host ClipRect -> will extend and match host ClipRect -> will merge + // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-WORKRECT: We are wasting a merge opportunity on tables without scrolling if column doesn't fit + // within host clip rect, solely because of the half-padding difference between window->WorkRect and window->InnerClipRect. + if ((merge_group_n & 1) == 0 || !has_freeze_h) + merge_clip_rect.Min.x = ImMin(merge_clip_rect.Min.x, host_rect.Min.x); + if ((merge_group_n & 2) == 0 || !has_freeze_v) + merge_clip_rect.Min.y = ImMin(merge_clip_rect.Min.y, host_rect.Min.y); + if ((merge_group_n & 1) != 0) + merge_clip_rect.Max.x = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.x, host_rect.Max.x); + if ((merge_group_n & 2) != 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) == 0) + merge_clip_rect.Max.y = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.y, host_rect.Max.y); +#if 0 + GetOverlayDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); + GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_clip_rect.Min, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); + GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Max, merge_clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); +#endif + remaining_count -= merge_group->ChannelsCount; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(remaining_mask.Storage); n++) + remaining_mask.Storage[n] &= ~merge_group->ChannelsMask.Storage[n]; + for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && merge_channels_count != 0; n++) + { + // Copy + overwrite new clip rect + if (!merge_group->ChannelsMask.TestBit(n)) + continue; + merge_group->ChannelsMask.ClearBit(n); + merge_channels_count--; + + ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n]; + IM_ASSERT(channel->_CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && merge_clip_rect.Contains(ImRect(channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect))); + channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect = merge_clip_rect.ToVec4(); + memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + } + } + + // Make sure Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen appears in the middle of our groups (whereas Bg0/Bg1 and Bg2 frozen are fixed to 0 and 1) + if (merge_group_n == 1 && has_freeze_v) + memcpy(dst_tmp++, &splitter->_Channels[table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen], sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + } + + // Append unmergeable channels that we didn't reorder at the end of the list + for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && remaining_count != 0; n++) + { + if (!remaining_mask.TestBit(n)) + continue; + ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n]; + memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + remaining_count--; + } + IM_ASSERT(dst_tmp == g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data + g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Size); + memcpy(splitter->_Channels.Data + LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data, (splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS) * sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + } +} + +// FIXME-TABLE: This is a mess, need to redesign how we render borders (as some are also done in TableEndRow) +void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; + if (!table->OuterWindow->ClipRect.Overlaps(table->OuterRect)) + return; + + ImDrawList* inner_drawlist = inner_window->DrawList; + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_drawlist, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0); + inner_drawlist->PushClipRect(table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min, table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max, false); + + // Draw inner border and resizing feedback + const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; + const float draw_y1 = table->InnerRect.Min.y; + const float draw_y2_body = table->InnerRect.Max.y; + const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->LastFirstRowHeight) : draw_y1; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) + { + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + continue; + + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + const bool is_hovered = (table->HoveredColumnBorder == column_n); + const bool is_resized = (table->ResizedColumn == column_n) && (table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent); + const bool is_resizable = (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_)) == 0; + const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount != -1 && table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1); + if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x && !is_resized) + continue; + + // Decide whether right-most column is visible + if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1 && !is_resizable) + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) != ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX)) + continue; + if (column->MaxX <= column->ClipRect.Min.x) // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-STYLE: Assume BorderSize==1, this is problematic if we want to increase the border size.. + continue; + + // Draw in outer window so right-most column won't be clipped + // Always draw full height border when being resized/hovered, or on the delimitation of frozen column scrolling. + ImU32 col; + float draw_y2; + if (is_hovered || is_resized || is_frozen_separator) + { + draw_y2 = draw_y2_body; + col = is_resized ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive) : is_hovered ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered) : table->BorderColorStrong; + } + else + { + draw_y2 = (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) ? draw_y2_head : draw_y2_body; + col = (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; + } + + if (draw_y2 > draw_y1) + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y1), ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y2), col, border_size); + } + } + + // Draw outer border + // FIXME: could use AddRect or explicit VLine/HLine helper? + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) + { + // Display outer border offset by 1 which is a simple way to display it without adding an extra draw call + // (Without the offset, in outer_window it would be rendered behind cells, because child windows are above their + // parent. In inner_window, it won't reach out over scrollbars. Another weird solution would be to display part + // of it in inner window, and the part that's over scrollbars in the outer window..) + // Either solution currently won't allow us to use a larger border size: the border would clipped. + const ImRect outer_border = table->OuterRect; + const ImU32 outer_col = table->BorderColorStrong; + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) == ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) + { + inner_drawlist->AddRect(outer_border.Min, outer_border.Max, outer_col, 0.0f, 0, border_size); + } + else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) + { + inner_drawlist->AddLine(outer_border.Min, ImVec2(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.y), outer_col, border_size); + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y), outer_border.Max, outer_col, border_size); + } + else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH) + { + inner_drawlist->AddLine(outer_border.Min, ImVec2(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y), outer_col, border_size); + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.y), outer_border.Max, outer_col, border_size); + } + } + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) && table->RowPosY2 < table->OuterRect.Max.y) + { + // Draw bottom-most row border + const float border_y = table->RowPosY2; + if (border_y >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && border_y < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, border_y), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, border_y), table->BorderColorLight, border_size); + } + + inner_drawlist->PopClipRect(); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Sorting +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetSortSpecs() +// - TableFixColumnSortDirection() [Internal] +// - TableGetColumnNextSortDirection() [Internal] +// - TableSetColumnSortDirection() [Internal] +// - TableSortSpecsSanitize() [Internal] +// - TableSortSpecsBuild() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Return NULL if no sort specs (most often when ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is not set) +// You can sort your data again when 'SpecsChanged == true'. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since +// last call, or the first time. +// Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable()! +ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL); + + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) + return NULL; + + // Require layout (in case TableHeadersRow() hasn't been called) as it may alter IsSortSpecsDirty in some paths. + if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) + TableUpdateLayout(table); + + if (table->IsSortSpecsDirty) + TableSortSpecsBuild(table); + + return &table->SortSpecs; +} + +static inline ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column, int n) +{ + IM_ASSERT(n < column->SortDirectionsAvailCount); + return (column->SortDirectionsAvailList >> (n << 1)) & 0x03; +} + +// Fix sort direction if currently set on a value which is unavailable (e.g. activating NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending) +void ImGui::TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column) +{ + if (column->SortOrder == -1 || (column->SortDirectionsAvailMask & (1 << column->SortDirection)) != 0) + return; + column->SortDirection = (ImU8)TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0); + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; +} + +// Calculate next sort direction that would be set after clicking the column +// - If the PreferSortDescending flag is set, we will default to a Descending direction on the first click. +// - Note that the PreferSortAscending flag is never checked, it is essentially the default and therefore a no-op. +IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiSortDirection_None == 0 && ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending == 1 && ImGuiSortDirection_Descending == 2); +ImGuiSortDirection ImGui::TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column) +{ + IM_ASSERT(column->SortDirectionsAvailCount > 0); + if (column->SortOrder == -1) + return TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0); + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) + if (column->SortDirection == TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, n)) + return TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, (n + 1) % column->SortDirectionsAvailCount); + IM_ASSERT(0); + return ImGuiSortDirection_None; +} + +// Note that the NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending flags are processed in TableSortSpecsSanitize(), and they may change/revert +// the value of SortDirection. We could technically also do it here but it would be unnecessary and duplicate code. +void ImGui::TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti)) + append_to_sort_specs = false; + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) + IM_ASSERT(sort_direction != ImGuiSortDirection_None); + + ImGuiTableColumnIdx sort_order_max = 0; + if (append_to_sort_specs) + for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) + sort_order_max = ImMax(sort_order_max, table->Columns[other_column_n].SortOrder); + + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->SortDirection = (ImU8)sort_direction; + if (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_None) + column->SortOrder = -1; + else if (column->SortOrder == -1 || !append_to_sort_specs) + column->SortOrder = append_to_sort_specs ? sort_order_max + 1 : 0; + + for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n]; + if (other_column != column && !append_to_sort_specs) + other_column->SortOrder = -1; + TableFixColumnSortDirection(table, other_column); + } + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; +} + +void ImGui::TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable); + + // Clear SortOrder from hidden column and verify that there's no gap or duplicate. + int sort_order_count = 0; + ImU64 sort_order_mask = 0x00; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->SortOrder != -1 && !column->IsEnabled) + column->SortOrder = -1; + if (column->SortOrder == -1) + continue; + sort_order_count++; + sort_order_mask |= ((ImU64)1 << column->SortOrder); + IM_ASSERT(sort_order_count < (int)sizeof(sort_order_mask) * 8); + } + + const bool need_fix_linearize = ((ImU64)1 << sort_order_count) != (sort_order_mask + 1); + const bool need_fix_single_sort_order = (sort_order_count > 1) && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti); + if (need_fix_linearize || need_fix_single_sort_order) + { + ImU64 fixed_mask = 0x00; + for (int sort_n = 0; sort_n < sort_order_count; sort_n++) + { + // Fix: Rewrite sort order fields if needed so they have no gap or duplicate. + // (e.g. SortOrder 0 disappeared, SortOrder 1..2 exists --> rewrite then as SortOrder 0..1) + int column_with_smallest_sort_order = -1; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if ((fixed_mask & ((ImU64)1 << (ImU64)column_n)) == 0 && table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder != -1) + if (column_with_smallest_sort_order == -1 || table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder < table->Columns[column_with_smallest_sort_order].SortOrder) + column_with_smallest_sort_order = column_n; + IM_ASSERT(column_with_smallest_sort_order != -1); + fixed_mask |= ((ImU64)1 << column_with_smallest_sort_order); + table->Columns[column_with_smallest_sort_order].SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)sort_n; + + // Fix: Make sure only one column has a SortOrder if ImGuiTableFlags_MultiSortable is not set. + if (need_fix_single_sort_order) + { + sort_order_count = 1; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if (column_n != column_with_smallest_sort_order) + table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder = -1; + break; + } + } + } + + // Fallback default sort order (if no column had the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort flag) + if (sort_order_count == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->IsEnabled && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) + { + sort_order_count = 1; + column->SortOrder = 0; + column->SortDirection = (ImU8)TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0); + break; + } + } + + table->SortSpecsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)sort_order_count; +} + +void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + IM_ASSERT(table->IsSortSpecsDirty); + TableSortSpecsSanitize(table); + + // Write output + ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData; + temp_data->SortSpecsMulti.resize(table->SortSpecsCount <= 1 ? 0 : table->SortSpecsCount); + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &temp_data->SortSpecsSingle : temp_data->SortSpecsMulti.Data; + if (sort_specs != NULL) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->SortOrder == -1) + continue; + IM_ASSERT(column->SortOrder < table->SortSpecsCount); + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_spec = &sort_specs[column->SortOrder]; + sort_spec->ColumnUserID = column->UserID; + sort_spec->ColumnIndex = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + sort_spec->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column->SortOrder; + sort_spec->SortDirection = column->SortDirection; + } + table->SortSpecs.Specs = sort_specs; + table->SortSpecs.SpecsCount = table->SortSpecsCount; + table->SortSpecs.SpecsDirty = true; // Mark as dirty for user + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = false; // Mark as not dirty for us +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Headers +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetHeaderRowHeight() [Internal] +// - TableHeadersRow() +// - TableHeader() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +float ImGui::TableGetHeaderRowHeight() +{ + // Caring for a minor edge case: + // Calculate row height, for the unlikely case that some labels may be taller than others. + // If we didn't do that, uneven header height would highlight but smaller one before the tallest wouldn't catch input for all height. + // In your custom header row you may omit this all together and just call TableNextRow() without a height... + float row_height = GetTextLineHeight(); + int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount(); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++) + if (TableGetColumnFlags(column_n) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) + row_height = ImMax(row_height, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(column_n)).y); + row_height += GetStyle().CellPadding.y * 2.0f; + return row_height; +} + +// [Public] This is a helper to output TableHeader() calls based on the column names declared in TableSetupColumn(). +// The intent is that advanced users willing to create customized headers would not need to use this helper +// and can create their own! For example: TableHeader() may be preceeded by Checkbox() or other custom widgets. +// See 'Demo->Tables->Custom headers' for a demonstration of implementing a custom version of this. +// This code is constructed to not make much use of internal functions, as it is intended to be a template to copy. +// FIXME-TABLE: TableOpenContextMenu() and TableGetHeaderRowHeight() are not public. +void ImGui::TableHeadersRow() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeadersRow() after BeginTable()!"); + + // Layout if not already done (this is automatically done by TableNextRow, we do it here solely to facilitate stepping in debugger as it is frequent to step in TableUpdateLayout) + if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) + TableUpdateLayout(table); + + // Open row + const float row_y1 = GetCursorScreenPos().y; + const float row_height = TableGetHeaderRowHeight(); + TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height); + if (table->HostSkipItems) // Merely an optimization, you may skip in your own code. + return; + + const int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount(); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++) + { + if (!TableSetColumnIndex(column_n)) + continue; + + // Push an id to allow unnamed labels (generally accidental, but let's behave nicely with them) + // - in your own code you may omit the PushID/PopID all-together, provided you know they won't collide + // - table->InstanceCurrent is only >0 when we use multiple BeginTable/EndTable calls with same identifier. + const char* name = TableGetColumnName(column_n); + PushID(table->InstanceCurrent * table->ColumnsCount + column_n); + TableHeader(name); + PopID(); + } + + // Allow opening popup from the right-most section after the last column. + ImVec2 mouse_pos = ImGui::GetMousePos(); + if (IsMouseReleased(1) && TableGetHoveredColumn() == columns_count) + if (mouse_pos.y >= row_y1 && mouse_pos.y < row_y1 + row_height) + TableOpenContextMenu(-1); // Will open a non-column-specific popup. +} + +// Emit a column header (text + optional sort order) +// We cpu-clip text here so that all columns headers can be merged into a same draw call. +// Note that because of how we cpu-clip and display sorting indicators, you _cannot_ use SameLine() after a TableHeader() +void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeader() after BeginTable()!"); + IM_ASSERT(table->CurrentColumn != -1); + const int column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + // Label + if (label == NULL) + label = ""; + const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, true); + ImVec2 label_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + + // If we already got a row height, there's use that. + // FIXME-TABLE: Padding problem if the correct outer-padding CellBgRect strays off our ClipRect? + ImRect cell_r = TableGetCellBgRect(table, column_n); + float label_height = ImMax(label_size.y, table->RowMinHeight - table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f); + + // Calculate ideal size for sort order arrow + float w_arrow = 0.0f; + float w_sort_text = 0.0f; + char sort_order_suf[4] = ""; + const float ARROW_SCALE = 0.65f; + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) + { + w_arrow = ImFloor(g.FontSize * ARROW_SCALE + g.Style.FramePadding.x); + if (column->SortOrder > 0) + { + ImFormatString(sort_order_suf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(sort_order_suf), "%d", column->SortOrder + 1); + w_sort_text = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + CalcTextSize(sort_order_suf).x; + } + } + + // We feed our unclipped width to the column without writing on CursorMaxPos, so that column is still considering for merging. + float max_pos_x = label_pos.x + label_size.x + w_sort_text + w_arrow; + column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, column->WorkMaxX); + column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, max_pos_x); + + // Keep header highlighted when context menu is open. + const bool selected = (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->ContextPopupColumn == column_n && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + ImRect bb(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Min.y, cell_r.Max.x, ImMax(cell_r.Max.y, cell_r.Min.y + label_height + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, label_height)); // Don't declare unclipped width, it'll be fed ContentMaxPosHeadersIdeal + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return; + + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(cell_r.Min, cell_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + + // Using AllowItemOverlap mode because we cover the whole cell, and we want user to be able to submit subsequent items. + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + if (g.ActiveId != id) + SetItemAllowOverlap(); + if (held || hovered || selected) + { + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + //RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, col, table->CurrentColumn); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); + } + else + { + // Submit single cell bg color in the case we didn't submit a full header row + if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) == 0) + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg), table->CurrentColumn); + } + if (held) + table->HeldHeaderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + window->DC.CursorPos.y -= g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f; + + // Drag and drop to re-order columns. + // FIXME-TABLE: Scroll request while reordering a column and it lands out of the scrolling zone. + if (held && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && IsMouseDragging(0) && !g.DragDropActive) + { + // While moving a column it will jump on the other side of the mouse, so we also test for MouseDelta.x + table->ReorderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent; + + // We don't reorder: through the frozen<>unfrozen line, or through a column that is marked with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder. + if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x < 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x < cell_r.Min.x) + if (ImGuiTableColumn* prev_column = (column->PrevEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column->PrevEnabledColumn] : NULL) + if (!((column->Flags | prev_column->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder)) + if ((column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) == (prev_column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest)) + table->ReorderColumnDir = -1; + if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x > 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x > cell_r.Max.x) + if (ImGuiTableColumn* next_column = (column->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL) + if (!((column->Flags | next_column->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder)) + if ((column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) == (next_column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest)) + table->ReorderColumnDir = +1; + } + + // Sort order arrow + const float ellipsis_max = cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text; + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) + { + if (column->SortOrder != -1) + { + float x = ImMax(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text); + float y = label_pos.y; + if (column->SortOrder > 0) + { + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, 0.70f)); + RenderText(ImVec2(x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, y), sort_order_suf); + PopStyleColor(); + x += w_sort_text; + } + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(x, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ARROW_SCALE); + } + + // Handle clicking on column header to adjust Sort Order + if (pressed && table->ReorderColumn != column_n) + { + ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction = TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(column); + TableSetColumnSortDirection(column_n, sort_direction, g.IO.KeyShift); + } + } + + // Render clipped label. Clipping here ensure that in the majority of situations, all our header cells will + // be merged into a single draw call. + //window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y), 40, IM_COL32_WHITE); + RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y + label_height + g.Style.FramePadding.y), ellipsis_max, ellipsis_max, label, label_end, &label_size); + + const bool text_clipped = label_size.x > (ellipsis_max - label_pos.x); + if (text_clipped && hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > g.TooltipSlowDelay) + SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(label_end - label), label); + + // We don't use BeginPopupContextItem() because we want the popup to stay up even after the column is hidden + if (IsMouseReleased(1) && IsItemHovered()) + TableOpenContextMenu(column_n); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableOpenContextMenu() [Internal] +// - TableDrawContextMenu() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Use -1 to open menu not specific to a given column. +void ImGui::TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (column_n == -1 && table->CurrentColumn != -1) // When called within a column automatically use this one (for consistency) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + if (column_n == table->ColumnsCount) // To facilitate using with TableGetHoveredColumn() + column_n = -1; + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= -1 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); + if (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)) + { + table->IsContextPopupOpen = true; + table->ContextPopupColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent; + const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID); + OpenPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + } +} + +// Output context menu into current window (generally a popup) +// FIXME-TABLE: Ideally this should be writable by the user. Full programmatic access to that data? +void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + bool want_separator = false; + const int column_n = (table->ContextPopupColumn >= 0 && table->ContextPopupColumn < table->ColumnsCount) ? table->ContextPopupColumn : -1; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = (column_n != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_n] : NULL; + + // Sizing + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + { + if (column != NULL) + { + const bool can_resize = !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) && column->IsEnabled; + if (MenuItem("Size column to fit###SizeOne", NULL, false, can_resize)) + TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n); + } + + const char* size_all_desc; + if (table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount == table->ColumnsEnabledCount && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) != ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) + size_all_desc = "Size all columns to fit###SizeAll"; // All fixed + else + size_all_desc = "Size all columns to default###SizeAll"; // All stretch or mixed + if (MenuItem(size_all_desc, NULL)) + TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(table); + want_separator = true; + } + + // Ordering + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) + { + if (MenuItem("Reset order", NULL, false, !table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder)) + table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true; + want_separator = true; + } + + // Reset all (should work but seems unnecessary/noisy to expose?) + //if (MenuItem("Reset all")) + // table->IsResetAllRequest = true; + + // Sorting + // (modify TableOpenContextMenu() to add _Sortable flag if enabling this) +#if 0 + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && column != NULL && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort) == 0) + { + if (want_separator) + Separator(); + want_separator = true; + + bool append_to_sort_specs = g.IO.KeyShift; + if (MenuItem("Sort in Ascending Order", NULL, column->SortOrder != -1 && column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending, (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0)) + TableSetColumnSortDirection(table, column_n, ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending, append_to_sort_specs); + if (MenuItem("Sort in Descending Order", NULL, column->SortOrder != -1 && column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending, (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0)) + TableSetColumnSortDirection(table, column_n, ImGuiSortDirection_Descending, append_to_sort_specs); + } +#endif + + // Hiding / Visibility + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) + { + if (want_separator) + Separator(); + want_separator = true; + + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup, true); + for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n]; + const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, other_column_n); + if (name == NULL || name[0] == 0) + name = ""; + + // Make sure we can't hide the last active column + bool menu_item_active = (other_column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide) ? false : true; + if (other_column->IsEnabled && table->ColumnsEnabledCount <= 1) + menu_item_active = false; + if (MenuItem(name, NULL, other_column->IsEnabled, menu_item_active)) + other_column->IsEnabledNextFrame = !other_column->IsEnabled; + } + PopItemFlag(); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Settings (.ini data) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// FIXME: The binding/finding/creating flow are too confusing. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableSettingsInit() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsCalcChunkSize() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsCreate() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsFindByID() [Internal] +// - TableGetBoundSettings() [Internal] +// - TableResetSettings() +// - TableSaveSettings() [Internal] +// - TableLoadSettings() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsInstallHandler() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [Init] 1: TableSettingsHandler_ReadXXXX() Load and parse .ini file into TableSettings. +// [Main] 2: TableLoadSettings() When table is created, bind Table to TableSettings, serialize TableSettings data into Table. +// [Main] 3: TableSaveSettings() When table properties are modified, serialize Table data into bound or new TableSettings, mark .ini as dirty. +// [Main] 4: TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll() When .ini file is dirty (which can come from other source), save TableSettings into .ini file. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Clear and initialize empty settings instance +static void TableSettingsInit(ImGuiTableSettings* settings, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, int columns_count_max) +{ + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiTableSettings(); + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* settings_column = settings->GetColumnSettings(); + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count_max; n++, settings_column++) + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings_column) ImGuiTableColumnSettings(); + settings->ID = id; + settings->ColumnsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns_count; + settings->ColumnsCountMax = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns_count_max; + settings->WantApply = true; +} + +static size_t TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(int columns_count) +{ + return sizeof(ImGuiTableSettings) + (size_t)columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnSettings); +} + +ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.alloc_chunk(TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(columns_count)); + TableSettingsInit(settings, id, columns_count, columns_count); + return settings; +} + +// Find existing settings +ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id) +{ + // FIXME-OPT: Might want to store a lookup map for this? + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID == id) + return settings; + return NULL; +} + +// Get settings for a given table, NULL if none +ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + if (table->SettingsOffset != -1) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.ptr_from_offset(table->SettingsOffset); + IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == table->ID); + if (settings->ColumnsCountMax >= table->ColumnsCount) + return settings; // OK + settings->ID = 0; // Invalidate storage, we won't fit because of a count change + } + return NULL; +} + +// Restore initial state of table (with or without saved settings) +void ImGui::TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + table->IsInitializing = table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + table->IsResetAllRequest = false; + table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = false; // Don't reload from ini + table->SettingsLoadedFlags = ImGuiTableFlags_None; // Mark as nothing loaded so our initialized data becomes authoritative +} + +void ImGui::TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + table->IsSettingsDirty = false; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings) + return; + + // Bind or create settings data + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table); + if (settings == NULL) + { + settings = TableSettingsCreate(table->ID, table->ColumnsCount); + table->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsTables.offset_from_ptr(settings); + } + settings->ColumnsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount; + + // Serialize ImGuiTable/ImGuiTableColumn into ImGuiTableSettings/ImGuiTableColumnSettings + IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == table->ID); + IM_ASSERT(settings->ColumnsCount == table->ColumnsCount && settings->ColumnsCountMax >= settings->ColumnsCount); + ImGuiTableColumn* column = table->Columns.Data; + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = settings->GetColumnSettings(); + + bool save_ref_scale = false; + settings->SaveFlags = ImGuiTableFlags_None; + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++, column++, column_settings++) + { + const float width_or_weight = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? column->StretchWeight : column->WidthRequest; + column_settings->WidthOrWeight = width_or_weight; + column_settings->Index = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; + column_settings->DisplayOrder = column->DisplayOrder; + column_settings->SortOrder = column->SortOrder; + column_settings->SortDirection = column->SortDirection; + column_settings->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabled; + column_settings->IsStretch = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? 1 : 0; + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) == 0) + save_ref_scale = true; + + // We skip saving some data in the .ini file when they are unnecessary to restore our state. + // Note that fixed width where initial width was derived from auto-fit will always be saved as InitStretchWeightOrWidth will be 0.0f. + // FIXME-TABLE: We don't have logic to easily compare SortOrder to DefaultSortOrder yet so it's always saved when present. + if (width_or_weight != column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth) + settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; + if (column->DisplayOrder != n) + settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable; + if (column->SortOrder != -1) + settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable; + if (column->IsEnabled != ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) == 0)) + settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; + } + settings->SaveFlags &= table->Flags; + settings->RefScale = save_ref_scale ? table->RefScale : 0.0f; + + MarkIniSettingsDirty(); +} + +void ImGui::TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = false; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings) + return; + + // Bind settings + ImGuiTableSettings* settings; + if (table->SettingsOffset == -1) + { + settings = TableSettingsFindByID(table->ID); + if (settings == NULL) + return; + if (settings->ColumnsCount != table->ColumnsCount) // Allow settings if columns count changed. We could otherwise decide to return... + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + table->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsTables.offset_from_ptr(settings); + } + else + { + settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table); + } + + table->SettingsLoadedFlags = settings->SaveFlags; + table->RefScale = settings->RefScale; + + // Serialize ImGuiTableSettings/ImGuiTableColumnSettings into ImGuiTable/ImGuiTableColumn + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = settings->GetColumnSettings(); + ImU64 display_order_mask = 0; + for (int data_n = 0; data_n < settings->ColumnsCount; data_n++, column_settings++) + { + int column_n = column_settings->Index; + if (column_n < 0 || column_n >= table->ColumnsCount) + continue; + + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + { + if (column_settings->IsStretch) + column->StretchWeight = column_settings->WidthOrWeight; + else + column->WidthRequest = column_settings->WidthOrWeight; + column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00; + } + if (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) + column->DisplayOrder = column_settings->DisplayOrder; + else + column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + display_order_mask |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder; + column->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabledNextFrame = column_settings->IsEnabled; + column->SortOrder = column_settings->SortOrder; + column->SortDirection = column_settings->SortDirection; + } + + // Validate and fix invalid display order data + const ImU64 expected_display_order_mask = (settings->ColumnsCount == 64) ? ~0 : ((ImU64)1 << settings->ColumnsCount) - 1; + if (display_order_mask != expected_display_order_mask) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + + // Rebuild index + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; +} + +static void TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetSize(); i++) + g.Tables.GetByIndex(i)->SettingsOffset = -1; + g.SettingsTables.clear(); +} + +// Apply to existing windows (if any) +static void TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetSize(); i++) + { + ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetByIndex(i); + table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true; + table->SettingsOffset = -1; + } +} + +static void* TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name) +{ + ImGuiID id = 0; + int columns_count = 0; + if (sscanf(name, "0x%08X,%d", &id, &columns_count) < 2) + return NULL; + + if (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = ImGui::TableSettingsFindByID(id)) + { + if (settings->ColumnsCountMax >= columns_count) + { + TableSettingsInit(settings, id, columns_count, settings->ColumnsCountMax); // Recycle + return settings; + } + settings->ID = 0; // Invalidate storage, we won't fit because of a count change + } + return ImGui::TableSettingsCreate(id, columns_count); +} + +static void TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line) +{ + // "Column 0 UserID=0x42AD2D21 Width=100 Visible=1 Order=0 Sort=0v" + ImGuiTableSettings* settings = (ImGuiTableSettings*)entry; + float f = 0.0f; + int column_n = 0, r = 0, n = 0; + + if (sscanf(line, "RefScale=%f", &f) == 1) { settings->RefScale = f; return; } + + if (sscanf(line, "Column %d%n", &column_n, &r) == 1) + { + if (column_n < 0 || column_n >= settings->ColumnsCount) + return; + line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); + char c = 0; + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column = settings->GetColumnSettings() + column_n; + column->Index = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + if (sscanf(line, "UserID=0x%08X%n", (ImU32*)&n, &r)==1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->UserID = (ImGuiID)n; } + if (sscanf(line, "Width=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->WidthOrWeight = (float)n; column->IsStretch = 0; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; } + if (sscanf(line, "Weight=%f%n", &f, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->WidthOrWeight = f; column->IsStretch = 1; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; } + if (sscanf(line, "Visible=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->IsEnabled = (ImU8)n; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; } + if (sscanf(line, "Order=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable; } + if (sscanf(line, "Sort=%d%c%n", &n, &c, &r) == 2) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; column->SortDirection = (c == '^') ? ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable; } + } +} + +static void TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + { + if (settings->ID == 0) // Skip ditched settings + continue; + + // TableSaveSettings() may clear some of those flags when we establish that the data can be stripped + // (e.g. Order was unchanged) + const bool save_size = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) != 0; + const bool save_visible = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) != 0; + const bool save_order = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) != 0; + const bool save_sort = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) != 0; + if (!save_size && !save_visible && !save_order && !save_sort) + continue; + + buf->reserve(buf->size() + 30 + settings->ColumnsCount * 50); // ballpark reserve + buf->appendf("[%s][0x%08X,%d]\n", handler->TypeName, settings->ID, settings->ColumnsCount); + if (settings->RefScale != 0.0f) + buf->appendf("RefScale=%g\n", settings->RefScale); + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column = settings->GetColumnSettings(); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < settings->ColumnsCount; column_n++, column++) + { + // "Column 0 UserID=0x42AD2D21 Width=100 Visible=1 Order=0 Sort=0v" + bool save_column = column->UserID != 0 || save_size || save_visible || save_order || (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1); + if (!save_column) + continue; + buf->appendf("Column %-2d", column_n); + if (column->UserID != 0) buf->appendf(" UserID=%08X", column->UserID); + if (save_size && column->IsStretch) buf->appendf(" Weight=%.4f", column->WidthOrWeight); + if (save_size && !column->IsStretch) buf->appendf(" Width=%d", (int)column->WidthOrWeight); + if (save_visible) buf->appendf(" Visible=%d", column->IsEnabled); + if (save_order) buf->appendf(" Order=%d", column->DisplayOrder); + if (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1) buf->appendf(" Sort=%d%c", column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? 'v' : '^'); + buf->append("\n"); + } + buf->append("\n"); + } +} + +void ImGui::TableSettingsInstallHandler(ImGuiContext* context) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *context; + ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; + ini_handler.TypeName = "Table"; + ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Table"); + ini_handler.ClearAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll; + ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen; + ini_handler.ReadLineFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine; + ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; + ini_handler.WriteAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll; + g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Garbage Collection +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableRemove() [Internal] +// - TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() [Internal] +// - TableGcCompactSettings() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Remove Table (currently only used by TestEngine) +void ImGui::TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("TableRemove() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table); + //memset(table->RawData.Data, 0, table->RawData.size_in_bytes()); + //memset(table, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTable)); + g.Tables.Remove(table->ID, table); + g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = -1.0f; +} + +// Free up/compact internal Table buffers for when it gets unused +void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(table->MemoryCompacted == false); + table->SortSpecs.Specs = NULL; + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + table->ColumnsNames.clear(); + table->MemoryCompacted = true; + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) + table->Columns[n].NameOffset = -1; + g.TablesLastTimeActive[g.Tables.GetIndex(table)] = -1.0f; +} + +void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data) +{ + temp_data->DrawSplitter.ClearFreeMemory(); + temp_data->SortSpecsMulti.clear(); + temp_data->LastTimeActive = -1.0f; +} + +// Compact and remove unused settings data (currently only used by TestEngine) +void ImGui::TableGcCompactSettings() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int required_memory = 0; + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID != 0) + required_memory += (int)TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount); + if (required_memory == g.SettingsTables.Buf.Size) + return; + ImChunkStream new_chunk_stream; + new_chunk_stream.Buf.reserve(required_memory); + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID != 0) + memcpy(new_chunk_stream.alloc_chunk(TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount)), settings, TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount)); + g.SettingsTables.swap(new_chunk_stream); +} + + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Debugging +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - DebugNodeTable() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW + +static const char* DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(ImGuiTableFlags sizing_policy) +{ + sizing_policy &= ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_; + if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit) { return "FixedFit"; } + if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) { return "FixedSame"; } + if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp) { return "StretchProp"; } + if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame) { return "StretchSame"; } + return "N/A"; +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + char buf[512]; + char* p = buf; + const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); + const bool is_active = (table->LastFrameActive >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here. + ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')%s", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } + bool open = TreeNode(table, "%s", buf); + if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min, table->OuterRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (IsItemVisible() && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(GetItemRectMin(), GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!open) + return; + bool clear_settings = SmallButton("Clear settings"); + BulletText("OuterRect: Pos: (%.1f,%.1f) Size: (%.1f,%.1f) Sizing: '%s'", table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.GetWidth(), table->OuterRect.GetHeight(), DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(table->Flags)); + BulletText("ColumnsGivenWidth: %.1f, ColumnsAutoFitWidth: %.1f, InnerWidth: %.1f%s", table->ColumnsGivenWidth, table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth, table->InnerWidth, table->InnerWidth == 0.0f ? " (auto)" : ""); + BulletText("CellPaddingX: %.1f, CellSpacingX: %.1f/%.1f, OuterPaddingX: %.1f", table->CellPaddingX, table->CellSpacingX1, table->CellSpacingX2, table->OuterPaddingX); + BulletText("HoveredColumnBody: %d, HoveredColumnBorder: %d", table->HoveredColumnBody, table->HoveredColumnBorder); + BulletText("ResizedColumn: %d, ReorderColumn: %d, HeldHeaderColumn: %d", table->ResizedColumn, table->ReorderColumn, table->HeldHeaderColumn); + //BulletText("BgDrawChannels: %d/%d", 0, table->BgDrawChannelUnfrozen); + float sum_weights = 0.0f; + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) + if (table->Columns[n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + sum_weights += table->Columns[n].StretchWeight; + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n]; + const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, n); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), + "Column %d order %d '%s': offset %+.2f to %+.2f%s\n" + "Enabled: %d, VisibleX/Y: %d/%d, RequestOutput: %d, SkipItems: %d, DrawChannels: %d,%d\n" + "WidthGiven: %.1f, Request/Auto: %.1f/%.1f, StretchWeight: %.3f (%.1f%%)\n" + "MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f (%+.1f), ClipRect: %.1f to %.1f (+%.1f)\n" + "ContentWidth: %.1f,%.1f, HeadersUsed/Ideal %.1f/%.1f\n" + "Sort: %d%s, UserID: 0x%08X, Flags: 0x%04X: %s%s%s..", + n, column->DisplayOrder, name, column->MinX - table->WorkRect.Min.x, column->MaxX - table->WorkRect.Min.x, (n < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) ? " (Frozen)" : "", + column->IsEnabled, column->IsVisibleX, column->IsVisibleY, column->IsRequestOutput, column->IsSkipItems, column->DrawChannelFrozen, column->DrawChannelUnfrozen, + column->WidthGiven, column->WidthRequest, column->WidthAuto, column->StretchWeight, column->StretchWeight > 0.0f ? (column->StretchWeight / sum_weights) * 100.0f : 0.0f, + column->MinX, column->MaxX, column->MaxX - column->MinX, column->ClipRect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Max.x, column->ClipRect.Max.x - column->ClipRect.Min.x, + column->ContentMaxXFrozen - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal - column->WorkMinX, + column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? " (Asc)" : (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending) ? " (Des)" : "", column->UserID, column->Flags, + (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? "WidthStretch " : "", + (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) ? "WidthFixed " : "", + (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) ? "NoResize " : ""); + Bullet(); + Selectable(buf); + if (IsItemHovered()) + { + ImRect r(column->MinX, table->OuterRect.Min.y, column->MaxX, table->OuterRect.Max.y); + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + } + } + if (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table)) + DebugNodeTableSettings(settings); + if (clear_settings) + table->IsResetAllRequest = true; + TreePop(); +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings) +{ + if (!TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)settings->ID, "Settings 0x%08X (%d columns)", settings->ID, settings->ColumnsCount)) + return; + BulletText("SaveFlags: 0x%08X", settings->SaveFlags); + BulletText("ColumnsCount: %d (max %d)", settings->ColumnsCount, settings->ColumnsCountMax); + for (int n = 0; n < settings->ColumnsCount; n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = &settings->GetColumnSettings()[n]; + ImGuiSortDirection sort_dir = (column_settings->SortOrder != -1) ? (ImGuiSortDirection)column_settings->SortDirection : ImGuiSortDirection_None; + BulletText("Column %d Order %d SortOrder %d %s Vis %d %s %7.3f UserID 0x%08X", + n, column_settings->DisplayOrder, column_settings->SortOrder, + (sort_dir == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? "Asc" : (sort_dir == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending) ? "Des" : "---", + column_settings->IsEnabled, column_settings->IsStretch ? "Weight" : "Width ", column_settings->WidthOrWeight, column_settings->UserID); + } + TreePop(); +} + +#else // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW + +void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings*) {} + +#endif + + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc. +// (This is a legacy API, prefer using BeginTable/EndTable!) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// FIXME: sizing is lossy when columns width is very small (default width may turn negative etc.) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() [Internal] +// - GetColumnIndex() +// - GetColumnsCount() +// - GetColumnOffset() +// - GetColumnWidth() +// - SetColumnOffset() +// - SetColumnWidth() +// - PushColumnClipRect() [Internal] +// - PushColumnsBackground() [Internal] +// - PopColumnsBackground() [Internal] +// - FindOrCreateColumns() [Internal] +// - GetColumnsID() [Internal] +// - BeginColumns() +// - NextColumn() +// - EndColumns() +// - Columns() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// [Internal] Small optimization to avoid calls to PopClipRect/SetCurrentChannel/PushClipRect in sequences, +// they would meddle many times with the underlying ImDrawCmd. +// Instead, we do a preemptive overwrite of clipping rectangle _without_ altering the command-buffer and let +// the subsequent single call to SetCurrentChannel() does it things once. +void ImGui::SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect) +{ + ImVec4 clip_rect_vec4 = clip_rect.ToVec4(); + window->ClipRect = clip_rect; + window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = clip_rect_vec4; + window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Data[window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Size - 1] = clip_rect_vec4; +} + +int ImGui::GetColumnIndex() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Current : 0; +} + +int ImGui::GetColumnsCount() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Count : 1; +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm) +{ + return offset_norm * (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset) +{ + return offset / (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); +} + +static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH = 4.0f; + +static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index) +{ + // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing + // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0. + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index)); + + float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH - window->Pos.x; + x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); + if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths)) + x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); + + return x; +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns == NULL) + return 0.0f; + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); + + const float t = columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; + const float x_offset = ImLerp(columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX, t); + return x_offset; +} + +static float GetColumnWidthEx(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index, bool before_resize = false) +{ + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + + float offset_norm; + if (before_resize) + offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNormBeforeResize - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNormBeforeResize; + else + offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; + return ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, offset_norm); +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns == NULL) + return GetContentRegionAvail().x; + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + return GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm); +} + +void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); + + const bool preserve_width = !(columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths) && (column_index < columns->Count - 1); + const float width = preserve_width ? GetColumnWidthEx(columns, column_index, columns->IsBeingResized) : 0.0f; + + if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow)) + offset = ImMin(offset, columns->OffMaxX - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing * (columns->Count - column_index)); + columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm = GetColumnNormFromOffset(columns, offset - columns->OffMinX); + + if (preserve_width) + SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, offset + ImMax(g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, width)); +} + +void ImGui::SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, GetColumnOffset(column_index) + width); +} + +void ImGui::PushColumnClipRect(int column_index) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + + ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[column_index]; + PushClipRect(column->ClipRect.Min, column->ClipRect.Max, false); +} + +// Get into the columns background draw command (which is generally the same draw command as before we called BeginColumns) +void ImGui::PushColumnsBackground() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns->Count == 1) + return; + + // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() + columns->HostBackupClipRect = window->ClipRect; + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostInitialClipRect); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 0); +} + +void ImGui::PopColumnsBackground() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns->Count == 1) + return; + + // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostBackupClipRect); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1); +} + +ImGuiOldColumns* ImGui::FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) +{ + // We have few columns per window so for now we don't need bother much with turning this into a faster lookup. + for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) + if (window->ColumnsStorage[n].ID == id) + return &window->ColumnsStorage[n]; + + window->ColumnsStorage.push_back(ImGuiOldColumns()); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage.back(); + columns->ID = id; + return columns; +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int columns_count) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + + // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget. + // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer. + PushID(0x11223347 + (str_id ? 0 : columns_count)); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id ? str_id : "columns"); + PopID(); + + return id; +} + +void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + + IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL); // Nested columns are currently not supported + + // Acquire storage for the columns set + ImGuiID id = GetColumnsID(str_id, columns_count); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = FindOrCreateColumns(window, id); + IM_ASSERT(columns->ID == id); + columns->Current = 0; + columns->Count = columns_count; + columns->Flags = flags; + window->DC.CurrentColumns = columns; + + columns->HostCursorPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + columns->HostCursorMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; + columns->HostInitialClipRect = window->ClipRect; + columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect; + window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect; + + // Set state for first column + // We aim so that the right-most column will have the same clipping width as other after being clipped by parent ClipRect + const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + const float half_clip_extend_x = ImFloor(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize)); + const float max_1 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + column_padding - ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + const float max_2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + half_clip_extend_x; + columns->OffMinX = window->DC.Indent.x - column_padding + ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + columns->OffMaxX = ImMax(ImMin(max_1, max_2) - window->Pos.x, columns->OffMinX + 1.0f); + columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + + // Clear data if columns count changed + if (columns->Columns.Size != 0 && columns->Columns.Size != columns_count + 1) + columns->Columns.resize(0); + + // Initialize default widths + columns->IsFirstFrame = (columns->Columns.Size == 0); + if (columns->Columns.Size == 0) + { + columns->Columns.reserve(columns_count + 1); + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count + 1; n++) + { + ImGuiOldColumnData column; + column.OffsetNorm = n / (float)columns_count; + columns->Columns.push_back(column); + } + } + + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) + { + // Compute clipping rectangle + ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; + float clip_x1 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n)); + float clip_x2 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n + 1) - 1.0f); + column->ClipRect = ImRect(clip_x1, -FLT_MAX, clip_x2, +FLT_MAX); + column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); + } + + if (columns->Count > 1) + { + columns->Splitter.Split(window->DrawList, 1 + columns->Count); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 1); + PushColumnClipRect(0); + } + + // We don't generally store Indent.x inside ColumnsOffset because it may be manipulated by the user. + float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); + float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); + float width = offset_1 - offset_0; + PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; +} + +void ImGui::NextColumn() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems || window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + + if (columns->Count == 1) + { + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + IM_ASSERT(columns->Current == 0); + return; + } + + // Next column + if (++columns->Current == columns->Count) + columns->Current = 0; + + PopItemWidth(); + + // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() + // (which would needlessly attempt to update commands in the wrong channel, then pop or overwrite them), + ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[columns->Current]; + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1); + + const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + if (columns->Current > 0) + { + // Columns 1+ ignore IndentX (by canceling it out) + // FIXME-COLUMNS: Unnecessary, could be locked? + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.Indent.x + column_padding; + } + else + { + // New row/line: column 0 honor IndentX. + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY; + } + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + + // FIXME-COLUMNS: Share code with BeginColumns() - move code on columns setup. + float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); + float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); + float width = offset_1 - offset_0; + PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); + window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; +} + +void ImGui::EndColumns() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); + + PopItemWidth(); + if (columns->Count > 1) + { + PopClipRect(); + columns->Splitter.Merge(window->DrawList); + } + + const ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = columns->Flags; + columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMaxY; + if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize)) + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = columns->HostCursorMaxPosX; // Restore cursor max pos, as columns don't grow parent + + // Draw columns borders and handle resize + // The IsBeingResized flag ensure we preserve pre-resize columns width so back-and-forth are not lossy + bool is_being_resized = false; + if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder) && !window->SkipItems) + { + // We clip Y boundaries CPU side because very long triangles are mishandled by some GPU drivers. + const float y1 = ImMax(columns->HostCursorPosY, window->ClipRect.Min.y); + const float y2 = ImMin(window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y); + int dragging_column = -1; + for (int n = 1; n < columns->Count; n++) + { + ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; + float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n); + const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n); + const float column_hit_hw = COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH; + const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2)); + KeepAliveID(column_id); + if (IsClippedEx(column_hit_rect, column_id, false)) + continue; + + bool hovered = false, held = false; + if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize)) + { + ButtonBehavior(column_hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held); + if (hovered || held) + g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW; + if (held && !(column->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize)) + dragging_column = n; + } + + // Draw column + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); + const float xi = IM_FLOOR(x); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1 + 1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col); + } + + // Apply dragging after drawing the column lines, so our rendered lines are in sync with how items were displayed during the frame. + if (dragging_column != -1) + { + if (!columns->IsBeingResized) + for (int n = 0; n < columns->Count + 1; n++) + columns->Columns[n].OffsetNormBeforeResize = columns->Columns[n].OffsetNorm; + columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized = true; + float x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(columns, dragging_column); + SetColumnOffset(dragging_column, x); + } + } + columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized; + + window->WorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect; + window->ParentWorkRect = columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect; + window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); +} + +void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); + + ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = (border ? 0 : ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder); + //flags |= ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns != NULL && columns->Count == columns_count && columns->Flags == flags) + return; + + if (columns != NULL) + EndColumns(); + + if (columns_count != 1) + BeginColumns(id, columns_count, flags); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/skeleton/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp b/skeleton/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..46d2174 --- /dev/null +++ b/skeleton/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,8056 @@ +// dear imgui, v1.83 +// (widgets code) + +/* + +Index of this file: + +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations +// [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: Main (Button, Image, Checkbox, RadioButton, ProgressBar, Bullet, etc.) +// [SECTION] Widgets: Low-level Layout helpers (Spacing, Dummy, NewLine, Separator, etc.) +// [SECTION] Widgets: ComboBox +// [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers +// [SECTION] Widgets: DragScalar, DragFloat, DragInt, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: SliderScalar, SliderFloat, SliderInt, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: InputScalar, InputFloat, InputInt, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: InputText, InputTextMultiline +// [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: TreeNode, CollapsingHeader, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: Selectable +// [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox +// [SECTION] Widgets: PlotLines, PlotHistogram +// [SECTION] Widgets: Value helpers +// [SECTION] Widgets: MenuItem, BeginMenu, EndMenu, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabBar, EndTabBar, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabItem, EndTabItem, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc. + +*/ + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) +#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS +#endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#endif +#include "imgui_internal.h" + +// System includes +#include // toupper +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier +#include // intptr_t +#else +#include // intptr_t +#endif + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Warnings +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Visual Studio warnings +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later +#pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types +#endif +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). +#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). +#endif + +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#endif + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Data +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Widgets +static const float DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER = 0.70f; // Time for drag-hold to activate items accepting the ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold button behavior. +static const float DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR = 0.50f; // Multiplier for the default value of io.MouseDragThreshold to make DragFloat/DragInt react faster to mouse drags. + +// Those MIN/MAX values are not define because we need to point to them +static const signed char IM_S8_MIN = -128; +static const signed char IM_S8_MAX = 127; +static const unsigned char IM_U8_MIN = 0; +static const unsigned char IM_U8_MAX = 0xFF; +static const signed short IM_S16_MIN = -32768; +static const signed short IM_S16_MAX = 32767; +static const unsigned short IM_U16_MIN = 0; +static const unsigned short IM_U16_MAX = 0xFFFF; +static const ImS32 IM_S32_MIN = INT_MIN; // (-2147483647 - 1), (0x80000000); +static const ImS32 IM_S32_MAX = INT_MAX; // (2147483647), (0x7FFFFFFF) +static const ImU32 IM_U32_MIN = 0; +static const ImU32 IM_U32_MAX = UINT_MAX; // (0xFFFFFFFF) +#ifdef LLONG_MIN +static const ImS64 IM_S64_MIN = LLONG_MIN; // (-9223372036854775807ll - 1ll); +static const ImS64 IM_S64_MAX = LLONG_MAX; // (9223372036854775807ll); +#else +static const ImS64 IM_S64_MIN = -9223372036854775807LL - 1; +static const ImS64 IM_S64_MAX = 9223372036854775807LL; +#endif +static const ImU64 IM_U64_MIN = 0; +#ifdef ULLONG_MAX +static const ImU64 IM_U64_MAX = ULLONG_MAX; // (0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull); +#else +static const ImU64 IM_U64_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1); +#endif + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For InputTextEx() +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source); +static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end); +static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TextEx() [Internal] +// - TextUnformatted() +// - Text() +// - TextV() +// - TextColored() +// - TextColoredV() +// - TextDisabled() +// - TextDisabledV() +// - TextWrapped() +// - TextWrappedV() +// - LabelText() +// - LabelTextV() +// - BulletText() +// - BulletTextV() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(text != NULL); + const char* text_begin = text; + if (text_end == NULL) + text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT + + const ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); + const float wrap_pos_x = window->DC.TextWrapPos; + const bool wrap_enabled = (wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f); + if (text_end - text > 2000 && !wrap_enabled) + { + // Long text! + // Perform manual coarse clipping to optimize for long multi-line text + // - From this point we will only compute the width of lines that are visible. Optimization only available when word-wrapping is disabled. + // - We also don't vertically center the text within the line full height, which is unlikely to matter because we are likely the biggest and only item on the line. + // - We use memchr(), pay attention that well optimized versions of those str/mem functions are much faster than a casually written loop. + const char* line = text; + const float line_height = GetTextLineHeight(); + ImVec2 text_size(0, 0); + + // Lines to skip (can't skip when logging text) + ImVec2 pos = text_pos; + if (!g.LogEnabled) + { + int lines_skippable = (int)((window->ClipRect.Min.y - text_pos.y) / line_height); + if (lines_skippable > 0) + { + int lines_skipped = 0; + while (line < text_end && lines_skipped < lines_skippable) + { + const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line); + if (!line_end) + line_end = text_end; + if ((flags & ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText) == 0) + text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x); + line = line_end + 1; + lines_skipped++; + } + pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height; + } + } + + // Lines to render + if (line < text_end) + { + ImRect line_rect(pos, pos + ImVec2(FLT_MAX, line_height)); + while (line < text_end) + { + if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0, false)) + break; + + const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line); + if (!line_end) + line_end = text_end; + text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x); + RenderText(pos, line, line_end, false); + line = line_end + 1; + line_rect.Min.y += line_height; + line_rect.Max.y += line_height; + pos.y += line_height; + } + + // Count remaining lines + int lines_skipped = 0; + while (line < text_end) + { + const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line); + if (!line_end) + line_end = text_end; + if ((flags & ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText) == 0) + text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x); + line = line_end + 1; + lines_skipped++; + } + pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height; + } + text_size.y = (pos - text_pos).y; + + ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); + ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f); + ItemAdd(bb, 0); + } + else + { + const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f; + const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width); + + ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); + ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function) + RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width); + } +} + +void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end) +{ + TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); +} + +void ImGui::Text(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + TextV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const char* text_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + TextEx(g.TempBuffer, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); +} + +void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + TextColoredV(col, fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) + TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting + else + TextV(fmt, args); + PopStyleColor(); +} + +void ImGui::TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + TextDisabledV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) + TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting + else + TextV(fmt, args); + PopStyleColor(); +} + +void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + TextWrappedV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool need_backup = (g.CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set + if (need_backup) + PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) + TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting + else + TextV(fmt, args); + if (need_backup) + PopTextWrapPos(); +} + +void ImGui::LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + LabelTextV(label, fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +// Add a label+text combo aligned to other label+value widgets +void ImGui::LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const float w = CalcItemWidth(); + + const char* value_text_begin = &g.TempBuffer[0]; + const char* value_text_end = value_text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + const ImVec2 value_size = CalcTextSize(value_text_begin, value_text_end, false); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + const ImRect value_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(w, value_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2)); + const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(w + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), ImMax(value_size.y, label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y * 2)); + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0)) + return; + + // Render + RenderTextClipped(value_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, value_bb.Max, value_text_begin, value_text_end, &value_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(ImVec2(value_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, value_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); +} + +void ImGui::BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + BulletTextV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +// Text with a little bullet aligned to the typical tree node. +void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + const char* text_begin = g.TempBuffer; + const char* text_end = text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false); + const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2) : 0.0f), label_size.y); // Empty text doesn't add padding + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset; + ItemSize(total_size, 0.0f); + const ImRect bb(pos, pos + total_size); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + // Render + ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize * 0.5f, g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); + RenderText(bb.Min + ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x * 2, 0.0f), text_begin, text_end, false); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Main +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ButtonBehavior() [Internal] +// - Button() +// - SmallButton() +// - InvisibleButton() +// - ArrowButton() +// - CloseButton() [Internal] +// - CollapseButton() [Internal] +// - GetWindowScrollbarID() [Internal] +// - GetWindowScrollbarRect() [Internal] +// - Scrollbar() [Internal] +// - ScrollbarEx() [Internal] +// - Image() +// - ImageButton() +// - Checkbox() +// - CheckboxFlagsT() [Internal] +// - CheckboxFlags() +// - RadioButton() +// - ProgressBar() +// - Bullet() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// The ButtonBehavior() function is key to many interactions and used by many/most widgets. +// Because we handle so many cases (keyboard/gamepad navigation, drag and drop) and many specific behavior (via ImGuiButtonFlags_), +// this code is a little complex. +// By far the most common path is interacting with the Mouse using the default ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease button behavior. +// See the series of events below and the corresponding state reported by dear imgui: +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// with PressedOnClickRelease: return-value IsItemHovered() IsItemActive() IsItemActivated() IsItemDeactivated() IsItemClicked() +// Frame N+0 (mouse is outside bb) - - - - - - +// Frame N+1 (mouse moves inside bb) - true - - - - +// Frame N+2 (mouse button is down) - true true true - true +// Frame N+3 (mouse button is down) - true true - - - +// Frame N+4 (mouse moves outside bb) - - true - - - +// Frame N+5 (mouse moves inside bb) - true true - - - +// Frame N+6 (mouse button is released) true true - - true - +// Frame N+7 (mouse button is released) - true - - - - +// Frame N+8 (mouse moves outside bb) - - - - - - +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// with PressedOnClick: return-value IsItemHovered() IsItemActive() IsItemActivated() IsItemDeactivated() IsItemClicked() +// Frame N+2 (mouse button is down) true true true true - true +// Frame N+3 (mouse button is down) - true true - - - +// Frame N+6 (mouse button is released) - true - - true - +// Frame N+7 (mouse button is released) - true - - - - +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// with PressedOnRelease: return-value IsItemHovered() IsItemActive() IsItemActivated() IsItemDeactivated() IsItemClicked() +// Frame N+2 (mouse button is down) - true - - - true +// Frame N+3 (mouse button is down) - true - - - - +// Frame N+6 (mouse button is released) true true - - - - +// Frame N+7 (mouse button is released) - true - - - - +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// with PressedOnDoubleClick: return-value IsItemHovered() IsItemActive() IsItemActivated() IsItemDeactivated() IsItemClicked() +// Frame N+0 (mouse button is down) - true - - - true +// Frame N+1 (mouse button is down) - true - - - - +// Frame N+2 (mouse button is released) - true - - - - +// Frame N+3 (mouse button is released) - true - - - - +// Frame N+4 (mouse button is down) true true true true - true +// Frame N+5 (mouse button is down) - true true - - - +// Frame N+6 (mouse button is released) - true - - true - +// Frame N+7 (mouse button is released) - true - - - - +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Note that some combinations are supported, +// - PressedOnDragDropHold can generally be associated with any flag. +// - PressedOnDoubleClick can be associated by PressedOnClickRelease/PressedOnRelease, in which case the second release event won't be reported. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// The behavior of the return-value changes when ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat is set: +// Repeat+ Repeat+ Repeat+ Repeat+ +// PressedOnClickRelease PressedOnClick PressedOnRelease PressedOnDoubleClick +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Frame N+0 (mouse button is down) - true - true +// ... - - - - +// Frame N + RepeatDelay true true - true +// ... - - - - +// Frame N + RepeatDelay + RepeatRate*N true true - true +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + + if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled) + { + if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = false; + if (out_held) *out_held = false; + if (g.ActiveId == id) ClearActiveID(); + return false; + } + + // Default only reacts to left mouse button + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_; + + // Default behavior requires click + release inside bounding box + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_; + + ImGuiWindow* backup_hovered_window = g.HoveredWindow; + const bool flatten_hovered_children = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredWindow && g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow == window; + if (flatten_hovered_children) + g.HoveredWindow = window; + +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + if (id != 0 && window->DC.LastItemId != id) + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb, id); +#endif + + bool pressed = false; + bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id); + + // Drag source doesn't report as hovered + if (hovered && g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover)) + hovered = false; + + // Special mode for Drag and Drop where holding button pressed for a long time while dragging another item triggers the button + if (g.DragDropActive && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold) && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers)) + if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) + { + hovered = true; + SetHoveredID(id); + if (CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f, DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER, 0.00f)) + { + pressed = true; + g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = id; + FocusWindow(window); + } + } + + if (flatten_hovered_children) + g.HoveredWindow = backup_hovered_window; + + // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match. This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one. + if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap) && (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0)) + hovered = false; + + // Mouse handling + if (hovered) + { + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers) || (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.KeyAlt)) + { + // Poll buttons + int mouse_button_clicked = -1; + int mouse_button_released = -1; + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) { mouse_button_clicked = 0; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseClicked[1]) { mouse_button_clicked = 1; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseClicked[2]) { mouse_button_clicked = 2; } + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0]) { mouse_button_released = 0; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseReleased[1]) { mouse_button_released = 1; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseReleased[2]) { mouse_button_released = 2; } + + if (mouse_button_clicked != -1 && g.ActiveId != id) + { + if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere)) + { + SetActiveID(id, window); + g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked; + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + } + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[mouse_button_clicked])) + { + pressed = true; + if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId) + ClearActiveID(); + else + SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID + g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked; + FocusWindow(window); + } + } + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) && mouse_button_released != -1) + { + // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior + const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; + if (!has_repeated_at_least_once) + pressed = true; + ClearActiveID(); + } + + // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above). + // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings. + if (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) + if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, true)) + pressed = true; + } + + if (pressed) + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + } + + // Gamepad/Keyboard navigation + // We report navigated item as hovered but we don't set g.HoveredId to not interfere with mouse. + if (g.NavId == id && !g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == window->MoveId)) + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus)) + hovered = true; + if (g.NavActivateDownId == id) + { + bool nav_activated_by_code = (g.NavActivateId == id); + bool nav_activated_by_inputs = IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) ? ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat : ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs) + pressed = true; + if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs || g.ActiveId == id) + { + // Set active id so it can be queried by user via IsItemActive(), equivalent of holding the mouse button. + g.NavActivateId = id; // This is so SetActiveId assign a Nav source + SetActiveID(id, window); + if ((nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs) && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + SetFocusID(id, window); + } + } + + // Process while held + bool held = false; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse) + { + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min; + + const int mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton; + IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); + if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button]) + { + held = true; + } + else + { + bool release_in = hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease) != 0; + bool release_anywhere = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere) != 0; + if ((release_in || release_anywhere) && !g.DragDropActive) + { + // Report as pressed when releasing the mouse (this is the most common path) + bool is_double_click_release = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[mouse_button]; + bool is_repeating_already = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps + if (!is_double_click_release && !is_repeating_already) + pressed = true; + } + ClearActiveID(); + } + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + } + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + { + // When activated using Nav, we hold on the ActiveID until activation button is released + if (g.NavActivateDownId != id) + ClearActiveID(); + } + if (pressed) + g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = true; + } + + if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = hovered; + if (out_held) *out_held = held; + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine) && style.FramePadding.y < window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset) // Try to vertically align buttons that are smaller/have no padding so that text baseline matches (bit hacky, since it shouldn't be a flag) + pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - style.FramePadding.y; + ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); + + const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); + ItemSize(size, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + if (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) + flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); + + // Render + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding); + + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("[", "]"); + RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, bb.Max - style.FramePadding, label, NULL, &label_size, style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb); + + // Automatically close popups + //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) + // CloseCurrentPopup(); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) +{ + return ButtonEx(label, size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags_None); +} + +// Small buttons fits within text without additional vertical spacing. +bool ImGui::SmallButton(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + float backup_padding_y = g.Style.FramePadding.y; + g.Style.FramePadding.y = 0.0f; + bool pressed = ButtonEx(label, ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine); + g.Style.FramePadding.y = backup_padding_y; + return pressed; +} + +// Tip: use ImGui::PushID()/PopID() to push indices or pointers in the ID stack. +// Then you can keep 'str_id' empty or the same for all your buttons (instead of creating a string based on a non-string id) +bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + // Cannot use zero-size for InvisibleButton(). Unlike Button() there is not way to fallback using the label size. + IM_ASSERT(size_arg.x != 0.0f && size_arg.y != 0.0f); + + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, 0.0f, 0.0f); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + ItemSize(size); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + const float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); + ItemSize(size, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : -1.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + if (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) + flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); + + // Render + const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); + const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, bg_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, (size.x - g.FontSize) * 0.5f), ImMax(0.0f, (size.y - g.FontSize) * 0.5f)), text_col, dir); + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir) +{ + float sz = GetFrameHeight(); + return ArrowButtonEx(str_id, dir, ImVec2(sz, sz), ImGuiButtonFlags_None); +} + +// Button to close a window +bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // Tweak 1: Shrink hit-testing area if button covers an abnormally large proportion of the visible region. That's in order to facilitate moving the window away. (#3825) + // This may better be applied as a general hit-rect reduction mechanism for all widgets to ensure the area to move window is always accessible? + const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); + ImRect bb_interact = bb; + const float area_to_visible_ratio = window->OuterRectClipped.GetArea() / bb.GetArea(); + if (area_to_visible_ratio < 1.5f) + bb_interact.Expand(ImFloor(bb_interact.GetSize() * -0.25f)); + + // Tweak 2: We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Activate sequence can always close a window. + // (this isn't the regular behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user much because navigation tends to keep items visible). + bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb_interact, id); + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held); + if (is_clipped) + return pressed; + + // Render + // FIXME: Clarify this mess + ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered); + ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); + if (hovered) + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f), col, 12); + + float cross_extent = g.FontSize * 0.5f * 0.7071f - 1.0f; + ImU32 cross_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + center -= ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, +cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, -cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, -cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, +cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); + ItemAdd(bb, id); + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_None); + + // Render + ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); + ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); + if (hovered || held) + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center/*+ ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f)*/, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col, 12); + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); + + // Switch to moving the window after mouse is moved beyond the initial drag threshold + if (IsItemActive() && IsMouseDragging(0)) + StartMouseMovingWindow(window); + + return pressed; +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis) +{ + return window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(axis == ImGuiAxis_X ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY"); +} + +// Return scrollbar rectangle, must only be called for corresponding axis if window->ScrollbarX/Y is set. +ImRect ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis) +{ + const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect(); + const ImRect inner_rect = window->InnerRect; + const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; + const float scrollbar_size = window->ScrollbarSizes[axis ^ 1]; // (ScrollbarSizes.x = width of Y scrollbar; ScrollbarSizes.y = height of X scrollbar) + IM_ASSERT(scrollbar_size > 0.0f); + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) + return ImRect(inner_rect.Min.x, ImMax(outer_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Max.x, outer_rect.Max.y); + else + return ImRect(ImMax(outer_rect.Min.x, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.x, inner_rect.Max.y); +} + +void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + const ImGuiID id = GetWindowScrollbarID(window, axis); + KeepAliveID(id); + + // Calculate scrollbar bounding box + ImRect bb = GetWindowScrollbarRect(window, axis); + ImDrawFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone; + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) + { + rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft; + if (!window->ScrollbarY) + rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; + } + else + { + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight; + if (!window->ScrollbarX) + rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; + } + float size_avail = window->InnerRect.Max[axis] - window->InnerRect.Min[axis]; + float size_contents = window->ContentSize[axis] + window->WindowPadding[axis] * 2.0f; + ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &window->Scroll[axis], size_avail, size_contents, rounding_corners); +} + +// Vertical/Horizontal scrollbar +// The entire piece of code below is rather confusing because: +// - We handle absolute seeking (when first clicking outside the grab) and relative manipulation (afterward or when clicking inside the grab) +// - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar +// - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal. +// Still, the code should probably be made simpler.. +bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float size_avail_v, float size_contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + const float bb_frame_width = bb_frame.GetWidth(); + const float bb_frame_height = bb_frame.GetHeight(); + if (bb_frame_width <= 0.0f || bb_frame_height <= 0.0f) + return false; + + // When we are too small, start hiding and disabling the grab (this reduce visual noise on very small window and facilitate using the window resize grab) + float alpha = 1.0f; + if ((axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) && bb_frame_height < g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) + alpha = ImSaturate((bb_frame_height - g.FontSize) / (g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + if (alpha <= 0.0f) + return false; + + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const bool allow_interaction = (alpha >= 1.0f); + + ImRect bb = bb_frame; + bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp(IM_FLOOR((bb_frame_width - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp(IM_FLOOR((bb_frame_height - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f))); + + // V denote the main, longer axis of the scrollbar (= height for a vertical scrollbar) + const float scrollbar_size_v = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight(); + + // Calculate the height of our grabbable box. It generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount) + // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside. + IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers. + const float win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v), 1.0f); + const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * (size_avail_v / win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v); + const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v; + + // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar(). + bool held = false; + bool hovered = false; + ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); + + float scroll_max = ImMax(1.0f, size_contents_v - size_avail_v); + float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(*p_scroll_v / scroll_max); + float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; // Grab position in normalized space + if (held && allow_interaction && grab_h_norm < 1.0f) + { + float scrollbar_pos_v = bb.Min[axis]; + float mouse_pos_v = g.IO.MousePos[axis]; + + // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f) + const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v); + SetHoveredID(id); + + bool seek_absolute = false; + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + { + // On initial click calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab + seek_absolute = (clicked_v_norm < grab_v_norm || clicked_v_norm > grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm); + if (seek_absolute) + g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; + else + g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f; + } + + // Apply scroll (p_scroll_v will generally point on one member of window->Scroll) + // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of ContentSize and before setting up our starting position + const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter - grab_h_norm * 0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm)); + *p_scroll_v = IM_ROUND(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);//(win_size_contents_v - win_size_v)); + + // Update values for rendering + scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(*p_scroll_v / scroll_max); + grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; + + // Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated + if (seek_absolute) + g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f; + } + + // Render + const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg); + const ImU32 grab_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab, alpha); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_frame.Min, bb_frame.Max, bg_col, window->WindowRounding, flags); + ImRect grab_rect; + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) + grab_rect = ImRect(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y, ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, bb.Max.y); + else + grab_rect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm), bb.Max.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_rect.Min, grab_rect.Max, grab_col, style.ScrollbarRounding); + + return held; +} + +void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + if (border_col.w > 0.0f) + bb.Max += ImVec2(2, 2); + ItemSize(bb); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + if (border_col.w > 0.0f) + { + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f); + window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min + ImVec2(1, 1), bb.Max - ImVec2(1, 1), uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); + } + else + { + window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min, bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); + } +} + +// ImageButton() is flawed as 'id' is always derived from 'texture_id' (see #2464 #1390) +// We provide this internal helper to write your own variant while we figure out how to redesign the public ImageButton() API. +bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding * 2); + ItemSize(bb); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + + // Render + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, ImClamp((float)ImMin(padding.x, padding.y), 0.0f, g.Style.FrameRounding)); + if (bg_col.w > 0.0f) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, GetColorU32(bg_col)); + window->DrawList->AddImage(texture_id, bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); + + return pressed; +} + +// frame_padding < 0: uses FramePadding from style (default) +// frame_padding = 0: no framing +// frame_padding > 0: set framing size +bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes. + PushID((void*)(intptr_t)user_texture_id); + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image"); + PopID(); + + const ImVec2 padding = (frame_padding >= 0) ? ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding) : g.Style.FramePadding; + return ImageButtonEx(id, user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, padding, bg_col, tint_col); +} + +bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight(); + const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) + { + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); + return false; + } + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held); + if (pressed) + { + *v = !(*v); + MarkItemEdited(id); + } + + const ImRect check_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz, square_sz)); + RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); + RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); + ImU32 check_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark); + bool mixed_value = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) != 0; + if (mixed_value) + { + // Undocumented tristate/mixed/indeterminate checkbox (#2644) + // This may seem awkwardly designed because the aim is to make ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue supported by all widgets (not just checkbox) + ImVec2 pad(ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f)), ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f))); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(check_bb.Min + pad, check_bb.Max - pad, check_col, style.FrameRounding); + } + else if (*v) + { + const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 6.0f)); + RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad, pad), check_col, square_sz - pad * 2.0f); + } + + ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&label_pos, mixed_value ? "[~]" : *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]"); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(label_pos, label); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); + return pressed; +} + +template +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value) +{ + bool all_on = (*flags & flags_value) == flags_value; + bool any_on = (*flags & flags_value) != 0; + bool pressed; + if (!all_on && any_on) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; + g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue; + pressed = Checkbox(label, &all_on); + g.CurrentItemFlags = backup_item_flags; + } + else + { + pressed = Checkbox(label, &all_on); + + } + if (pressed) + { + if (all_on) + *flags |= flags_value; + else + *flags &= ~flags_value; + } + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, int* flags, int flags_value) +{ + return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value); +} + +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value) +{ + return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value); +} + +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value) +{ + return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value); +} + +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value) +{ + return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value); +} + +bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight(); + const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + const ImRect check_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz, square_sz)); + const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) + return false; + + ImVec2 center = check_bb.GetCenter(); + center.x = IM_ROUND(center.x); + center.y = IM_ROUND(center.y); + const float radius = (square_sz - 1.0f) * 0.5f; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held); + if (pressed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), 16); + if (active) + { + const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 6.0f)); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius - pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), 16); + } + + if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f) + { + window->DrawList->AddCircle(center + ImVec2(1, 1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); + window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); + } + + ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&label_pos, active ? "(x)" : "( )"); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(label_pos, label); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); + return pressed; +} + +// FIXME: This would work nicely if it was a public template, e.g. 'template RadioButton(const char* label, T* v, T v_button)', but I'm not sure how we would expose it.. +bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button) +{ + const bool pressed = RadioButton(label, *v == v_button); + if (pressed) + *v = v_button; + return pressed; +} + +// size_arg (for each axis) < 0.0f: align to end, 0.0f: auto, > 0.0f: specified size +void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* overlay) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); + ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); + ItemSize(size, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + // Render + fraction = ImSaturate(fraction); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); + bb.Expand(ImVec2(-style.FrameBorderSize, -style.FrameBorderSize)); + const ImVec2 fill_br = ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fraction), bb.Max.y); + RenderRectFilledRangeH(window->DrawList, bb, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), 0.0f, fraction, style.FrameRounding); + + // Default displaying the fraction as percentage string, but user can override it + char overlay_buf[32]; + if (!overlay) + { + ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction * 100 + 0.01f); + overlay = overlay_buf; + } + + ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL); + if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(fill_br.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.5f), &bb); +} + +void ImGui::Bullet() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2), g.FontSize); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, line_height)); + ItemSize(bb); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + { + SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x * 2); + return; + } + + // Render and stay on same line + ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize * 0.5f, line_height * 0.5f), text_col); + SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Low-level Layout helpers +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - Spacing() +// - Dummy() +// - NewLine() +// - AlignTextToFramePadding() +// - SeparatorEx() [Internal] +// - Separator() +// - SplitterBehavior() [Internal] +// - ShrinkWidths() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::Spacing() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + ItemSize(ImVec2(0, 0)); +} + +void ImGui::Dummy(const ImVec2& size) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + ItemSize(size); + ItemAdd(bb, 0); +} + +void ImGui::NewLine() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiLayoutType backup_layout_type = window->DC.LayoutType; + window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + if (window->DC.CurrLineSize.y > 0.0f) // In the event that we are on a line with items that is smaller that FontSize high, we will preserve its height. + ItemSize(ImVec2(0, 0)); + else + ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); + window->DC.LayoutType = backup_layout_type; +} + +void ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, g.Style.FramePadding.y); +} + +// Horizontal/vertical separating line +void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & (ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical))); // Check that only 1 option is selected + + float thickness_draw = 1.0f; + float thickness_layout = 0.0f; + if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical) + { + // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height). Not exposed because it is misleading and it doesn't have an effect on regular layout. + float y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineSize.y; + const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + thickness_draw, y2)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(thickness_layout, 0.0f)); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + // Draw + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y), ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogText(" |"); + } + else if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal) + { + // Horizontal Separator + float x1 = window->Pos.x; + float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x; + + // FIXME-WORKRECT: old hack (#205) until we decide of consistent behavior with WorkRect/Indent and Separator + if (g.GroupStack.Size > 0 && g.GroupStack.back().WindowID == window->ID) + x1 += window->DC.Indent.x; + + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->DC.CurrentColumns : NULL; + if (columns) + PushColumnsBackground(); + + // We don't provide our width to the layout so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit + const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness_draw)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_layout)); + const bool item_visible = ItemAdd(bb, 0); + if (item_visible) + { + // Draw + window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&bb.Min, "--------------------------------\n"); + + } + if (columns) + { + PopColumnsBackground(); + columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + } + } +} + +void ImGui::Separator() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + // Those flags should eventually be overridable by the user + ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags = (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal; + flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns; + SeparatorEx(flags); +} + +// Using 'hover_visibility_delay' allows us to hide the highlight and mouse cursor for a short time, which can be convenient to reduce visual noise. +bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend, float hover_visibility_delay) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = g.CurrentItemFlags; + g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; + bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id); + g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags_backup; + if (!item_add) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + ImRect bb_interact = bb; + bb_interact.Expand(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImVec2(0.0f, hover_extend) : ImVec2(hover_extend, 0.0f)); + ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + if (g.ActiveId != id) + SetItemAllowOverlap(); + + if (held || (g.HoveredId == id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay)) + SetMouseCursor(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); + + ImRect bb_render = bb; + if (held) + { + ImVec2 mouse_delta_2d = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - bb_interact.Min; + float mouse_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) ? mouse_delta_2d.y : mouse_delta_2d.x; + + // Minimum pane size + float size_1_maximum_delta = ImMax(0.0f, *size1 - min_size1); + float size_2_maximum_delta = ImMax(0.0f, *size2 - min_size2); + if (mouse_delta < -size_1_maximum_delta) + mouse_delta = -size_1_maximum_delta; + if (mouse_delta > size_2_maximum_delta) + mouse_delta = size_2_maximum_delta; + + // Apply resize + if (mouse_delta != 0.0f) + { + if (mouse_delta < 0.0f) + IM_ASSERT(*size1 + mouse_delta >= min_size1); + if (mouse_delta > 0.0f) + IM_ASSERT(*size2 - mouse_delta >= min_size2); + *size1 += mouse_delta; + *size2 -= mouse_delta; + bb_render.Translate((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImVec2(mouse_delta, 0.0f) : ImVec2(0.0f, mouse_delta)); + MarkItemEdited(id); + } + } + + // Render + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : (hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay) ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_render.Min, bb_render.Max, col, 0.0f); + + return held; +} + +static int IMGUI_CDECL ShrinkWidthItemComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +{ + const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* a = (const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem*)lhs; + const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* b = (const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem*)rhs; + if (int d = (int)(b->Width - a->Width)) + return d; + return (b->Index - a->Index); +} + +// Shrink excess width from a set of item, by removing width from the larger items first. +// Set items Width to -1.0f to disable shrinking this item. +void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess) +{ + if (count == 1) + { + if (items[0].Width >= 0.0f) + items[0].Width = ImMax(items[0].Width - width_excess, 1.0f); + return; + } + ImQsort(items, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem), ShrinkWidthItemComparer); + int count_same_width = 1; + while (width_excess > 0.0f && count_same_width < count) + { + while (count_same_width < count && items[0].Width <= items[count_same_width].Width) + count_same_width++; + float max_width_to_remove_per_item = (count_same_width < count && items[count_same_width].Width >= 0.0f) ? (items[0].Width - items[count_same_width].Width) : (items[0].Width - 1.0f); + if (max_width_to_remove_per_item <= 0.0f) + break; + float width_to_remove_per_item = ImMin(width_excess / count_same_width, max_width_to_remove_per_item); + for (int item_n = 0; item_n < count_same_width; item_n++) + items[item_n].Width -= width_to_remove_per_item; + width_excess -= width_to_remove_per_item * count_same_width; + } + + // Round width and redistribute remainder left-to-right (could make it an option of the function?) + // Ensure that e.g. the right-most tab of a shrunk tab-bar always reaches exactly at the same distance from the right-most edge of the tab bar separator. + width_excess = 0.0f; + for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) + { + float width_rounded = ImFloor(items[n].Width); + width_excess += items[n].Width - width_rounded; + items[n].Width = width_rounded; + } + if (width_excess > 0.0f) + for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) + if (items[n].Index < (int)(width_excess + 0.01f)) + items[n].Width += 1.0f; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: ComboBox +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - BeginCombo() +// - EndCombo() +// - Combo() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static float CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(int items_count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (items_count <= 0) + return FLT_MAX; + return (g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y) * items_count - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y + (g.Style.WindowPadding.y * 2); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags) +{ + // Always consume the SetNextWindowSizeConstraint() call in our early return paths + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool has_window_size_constraint = (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) != 0; + g.NextWindowData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; + + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) != (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)); // Can't use both flags together + + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + + const float arrow_size = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? 0.0f : GetFrameHeight(); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + const float expected_w = CalcItemWidth(); + const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : expected_w; + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(frame_bb, id, &hovered, &held); + + const ImGuiID popup_id = ImHashStr("##ComboPopup", 0, id); + bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + const float value_x2 = ImMax(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); + if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(frame_bb.Min, ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft); + if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton)) + { + ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((popup_open || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); + ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, bg_col, style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight); + if (value_x2 + arrow_size - style.FramePadding.x <= frame_bb.Max.x) + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(value_x2 + style.FramePadding.y, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), text_col, ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); + } + RenderFrameBorder(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, style.FrameRounding); + if (preview_value != NULL && !(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) + { + ImVec2 preview_pos = frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding; + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}"); + RenderTextClipped(preview_pos, ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Max.y), preview_value, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + } + if (label_size.x > 0) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + if ((pressed || g.NavActivateId == id) && !popup_open) + { + if (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent == 0) + window->NavLastIds[0] = id; + OpenPopupEx(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + popup_open = true; + } + + if (!popup_open) + return false; + + if (has_window_size_constraint) + { + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; + g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x = ImMax(g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x, w); + } + else + { + if ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_)); // Only one + int popup_max_height_in_items = -1; + if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular) popup_max_height_in_items = 8; + else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall) popup_max_height_in_items = 4; + else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge) popup_max_height_in_items = 20; + SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(w, 0.0f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); + } + + char name[16]; + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.BeginPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth + + // Position the window given a custom constraint (peak into expected window size so we can position it) + // This might be easier to express with an hypothetical SetNextWindowPosConstraints() function. + if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = FindWindowByName(name)) + if (popup_window->WasActive) + { + // Always override 'AutoPosLastDirection' to not leave a chance for a past value to affect us. + ImVec2 size_expected = CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(popup_window); + if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft) + popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_Left; // "Below, Toward Left" + else + popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_Down; // "Below, Toward Right (default)" + ImRect r_outer = GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(popup_window); + ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(frame_bb.GetBL(), size_expected, &popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, frame_bb, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox); + SetNextWindowPos(pos); + } + + // We don't use BeginPopupEx() solely because we have a custom name string, which we could make an argument to BeginPopupEx() + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; + + // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, style.WindowPadding.y)); + bool ret = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags); + PopStyleVar(); + if (!ret) + { + EndPopup(); + IM_ASSERT(0); // This should never happen as we tested for IsPopupOpen() above + return false; + } + return true; +} + +void ImGui::EndCombo() +{ + EndPopup(); +} + +// Getter for the old Combo() API: const char*[] +static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) +{ + const char* const* items = (const char* const*)data; + if (out_text) + *out_text = items[idx]; + return true; +} + +// Getter for the old Combo() API: "item1\0item2\0item3\0" +static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) +{ + // FIXME-OPT: we could pre-compute the indices to fasten this. But only 1 active combo means the waste is limited. + const char* items_separated_by_zeros = (const char*)data; + int items_count = 0; + const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros; + while (*p) + { + if (idx == items_count) + break; + p += strlen(p) + 1; + items_count++; + } + if (!*p) + return false; + if (out_text) + *out_text = p; + return true; +} + +// Old API, prefer using BeginCombo() nowadays if you can. +bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Call the getter to obtain the preview string which is a parameter to BeginCombo() + const char* preview_value = NULL; + if (*current_item >= 0 && *current_item < items_count) + items_getter(data, *current_item, &preview_value); + + // The old Combo() API exposed "popup_max_height_in_items". The new more general BeginCombo() API doesn't have/need it, but we emulate it here. + if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)) + SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); + + if (!BeginCombo(label, preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags_None)) + return false; + + // Display items + // FIXME-OPT: Use clipper (but we need to disable it on the appearing frame to make sure our call to SetItemDefaultFocus() is processed) + bool value_changed = false; + for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++) + { + PushID((void*)(intptr_t)i); + const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); + const char* item_text; + if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) + item_text = "*Unknown item*"; + if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected)) + { + value_changed = true; + *current_item = i; + } + if (item_selected) + SetItemDefaultFocus(); + PopID(); + } + + EndCombo(); + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId); + + return value_changed; +} + +// Combo box helper allowing to pass an array of strings. +bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items) +{ + const bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_in_items); + return value_changed; +} + +// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string literal holding multiple zero-terminated items "item1\0item2\0" +bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items) +{ + int items_count = 0; + const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros; // FIXME-OPT: Avoid computing this, or at least only when combo is open + while (*p) + { + p += strlen(p) + 1; + items_count++; + } + bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_SingleStringGetter, (void*)items_separated_by_zeros, items_count, height_in_items); + return value_changed; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - PatchFormatStringFloatToInt() +// - DataTypeGetInfo() +// - DataTypeFormatString() +// - DataTypeApplyOp() +// - DataTypeApplyOpFromText() +// - DataTypeClamp() +// - GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision +// - RoundScalarWithFormat<>() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const ImGuiDataTypeInfo GDataTypeInfo[] = +{ + { sizeof(char), "S8", "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S8 + { sizeof(unsigned char), "U8", "%u", "%u" }, + { sizeof(short), "S16", "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S16 + { sizeof(unsigned short), "U16", "%u", "%u" }, + { sizeof(int), "S32", "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S32 + { sizeof(unsigned int), "U32", "%u", "%u" }, +#ifdef _MSC_VER + { sizeof(ImS64), "S64", "%I64d","%I64d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S64 + { sizeof(ImU64), "U64", "%I64u","%I64u" }, +#else + { sizeof(ImS64), "S64", "%lld", "%lld" }, // ImGuiDataType_S64 + { sizeof(ImU64), "U64", "%llu", "%llu" }, +#endif + { sizeof(float), "float", "%.3f","%f" }, // ImGuiDataType_Float (float are promoted to double in va_arg) + { sizeof(double), "double","%f", "%lf" }, // ImGuiDataType_Double +}; +IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GDataTypeInfo) == ImGuiDataType_COUNT); + +// FIXME-LEGACY: Prior to 1.61 our DragInt() function internally used floats and because of this the compile-time default value for format was "%.0f". +// Even though we changed the compile-time default, we expect users to have carried %f around, which would break the display of DragInt() calls. +// To honor backward compatibility we are rewriting the format string, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS is enabled. What could possibly go wrong?! +static const char* PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(const char* fmt) +{ + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == '.' && fmt[2] == '0' && fmt[3] == 'f' && fmt[4] == 0) // Fast legacy path for "%.0f" which is expected to be the most common case. + return "%d"; + const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); // Find % (if any, and ignore %%) + const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start); // Find end of format specifier, which itself is an exercise of confidence/recklessness (because snprintf is dependent on libc or user). + if (fmt_end > fmt_start && fmt_end[-1] == 'f') + { +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (fmt_start == fmt && fmt_end[0] == 0) + return "%d"; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%.*s%%d%s", (int)(fmt_start - fmt), fmt, fmt_end); // Honor leading and trailing decorations, but lose alignment/precision. + return g.TempBuffer; +#else + IM_ASSERT(0 && "DragInt(): Invalid format string!"); // Old versions used a default parameter of "%.0f", please replace with e.g. "%d" +#endif + } + return fmt; +} + +const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* ImGui::DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type) +{ + IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT); + return &GDataTypeInfo[data_type]; +} + +int ImGui::DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format) +{ + // Signedness doesn't matter when pushing integer arguments + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU32*)p_data); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU64*)p_data); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const float*)p_data); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const double*)p_data); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S8) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImS8*)p_data); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U8) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU8*)p_data); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S16) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImS16*)p_data); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U16) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU16*)p_data); + IM_ASSERT(0); + return 0; +} + +void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg1, const void* arg2) +{ + IM_ASSERT(op == '+' || op == '-'); + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S8: + if (op == '+') { *(ImS8*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS8*)arg1, *(const ImS8*)arg2, IM_S8_MIN, IM_S8_MAX); } + if (op == '-') { *(ImS8*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS8*)arg1, *(const ImS8*)arg2, IM_S8_MIN, IM_S8_MAX); } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_U8: + if (op == '+') { *(ImU8*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU8*)arg1, *(const ImU8*)arg2, IM_U8_MIN, IM_U8_MAX); } + if (op == '-') { *(ImU8*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU8*)arg1, *(const ImU8*)arg2, IM_U8_MIN, IM_U8_MAX); } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_S16: + if (op == '+') { *(ImS16*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS16*)arg1, *(const ImS16*)arg2, IM_S16_MIN, IM_S16_MAX); } + if (op == '-') { *(ImS16*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS16*)arg1, *(const ImS16*)arg2, IM_S16_MIN, IM_S16_MAX); } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_U16: + if (op == '+') { *(ImU16*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU16*)arg1, *(const ImU16*)arg2, IM_U16_MIN, IM_U16_MAX); } + if (op == '-') { *(ImU16*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU16*)arg1, *(const ImU16*)arg2, IM_U16_MIN, IM_U16_MAX); } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_S32: + if (op == '+') { *(ImS32*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS32*)arg1, *(const ImS32*)arg2, IM_S32_MIN, IM_S32_MAX); } + if (op == '-') { *(ImS32*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS32*)arg1, *(const ImS32*)arg2, IM_S32_MIN, IM_S32_MAX); } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_U32: + if (op == '+') { *(ImU32*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU32*)arg1, *(const ImU32*)arg2, IM_U32_MIN, IM_U32_MAX); } + if (op == '-') { *(ImU32*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU32*)arg1, *(const ImU32*)arg2, IM_U32_MIN, IM_U32_MAX); } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_S64: + if (op == '+') { *(ImS64*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS64*)arg1, *(const ImS64*)arg2, IM_S64_MIN, IM_S64_MAX); } + if (op == '-') { *(ImS64*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS64*)arg1, *(const ImS64*)arg2, IM_S64_MIN, IM_S64_MAX); } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_U64: + if (op == '+') { *(ImU64*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU64*)arg1, *(const ImU64*)arg2, IM_U64_MIN, IM_U64_MAX); } + if (op == '-') { *(ImU64*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU64*)arg1, *(const ImU64*)arg2, IM_U64_MIN, IM_U64_MAX); } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_Float: + if (op == '+') { *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 + *(const float*)arg2; } + if (op == '-') { *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 - *(const float*)arg2; } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_Double: + if (op == '+') { *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 + *(const double*)arg2; } + if (op == '-') { *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 - *(const double*)arg2; } + return; + case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); +} + +// User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values. +// NB: This is _not_ a full expression evaluator. We should probably add one and replace this dumb mess.. +bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format) +{ + while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf)) + buf++; + + // We don't support '-' op because it would conflict with inputing negative value. + // Instead you can use +-100 to subtract from an existing value + char op = buf[0]; + if (op == '+' || op == '*' || op == '/') + { + buf++; + while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf)) + buf++; + } + else + { + op = 0; + } + if (!buf[0]) + return false; + + // Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all. + const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type); + ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup; + memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size); + + if (format == NULL) + format = type_info->ScanFmt; + + // FIXME-LEGACY: The aim is to remove those operators and write a proper expression evaluator at some point.. + int arg1i = 0; + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32) + { + int* v = (int*)p_data; + int arg0i = *v; + float arg1f = 0.0f; + if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0i) < 1) + return false; + // Store operand in a float so we can use fractional value for multipliers (*1.1), but constant always parsed as integer so we can fit big integers (e.g. 2000000003) past float precision + if (op == '+') { if (sscanf(buf, "%d", &arg1i)) *v = (int)(arg0i + arg1i); } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) + else if (op == '*') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f)) *v = (int)(arg0i * arg1f); } // Multiply + else if (op == '/') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f) && arg1f != 0.0f) *v = (int)(arg0i / arg1f); } // Divide + else { if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1i) == 1) *v = arg1i; } // Assign constant + } + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) + { + // For floats we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in + format = "%f"; + float* v = (float*)p_data; + float arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0f; + if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1) + return false; + if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1f) < 1) + return false; + if (op == '+') { *v = arg0f + arg1f; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) + else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0f * arg1f; } // Multiply + else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide + else { *v = arg1f; } // Assign constant + } + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) + { + format = "%lf"; // scanf differentiate float/double unlike printf which forces everything to double because of ellipsis + double* v = (double*)p_data; + double arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0; + if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1) + return false; + if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1f) < 1) + return false; + if (op == '+') { *v = arg0f + arg1f; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) + else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0f * arg1f; } // Multiply + else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide + else { *v = arg1f; } // Assign constant + } + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64) + { + // All other types assign constant + // We don't bother handling support for legacy operators since they are a little too crappy. Instead we will later implement a proper expression evaluator in the future. + if (sscanf(buf, format, p_data) < 1) + return false; + } + else + { + // Small types need a 32-bit buffer to receive the result from scanf() + int v32; + if (sscanf(buf, format, &v32) < 1) + return false; + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S8) + *(ImS8*)p_data = (ImS8)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_S8_MIN, (int)IM_S8_MAX); + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U8) + *(ImU8*)p_data = (ImU8)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_U8_MIN, (int)IM_U8_MAX); + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S16) + *(ImS16*)p_data = (ImS16)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_S16_MIN, (int)IM_S16_MAX); + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U16) + *(ImU16*)p_data = (ImU16)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_U16_MIN, (int)IM_U16_MAX); + else + IM_ASSERT(0); + } + + return memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size) != 0; +} + +template +static int DataTypeCompareT(const T* lhs, const T* rhs) +{ + if (*lhs < *rhs) return -1; + if (*lhs > *rhs) return +1; + return 0; +} + +int ImGui::DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2) +{ + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S8: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImS8* )arg_1, (const ImS8* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_U8: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImU8* )arg_1, (const ImU8* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_S16: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImS16* )arg_1, (const ImS16* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_U16: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImU16* )arg_1, (const ImU16* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_S32: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImS32* )arg_1, (const ImS32* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_U32: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImU32* )arg_1, (const ImU32* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_S64: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImS64* )arg_1, (const ImS64* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_U64: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImU64* )arg_1, (const ImU64* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_Float: return DataTypeCompareT((const float* )arg_1, (const float* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DataTypeCompareT((const double*)arg_1, (const double*)arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return 0; +} + +template +static bool DataTypeClampT(T* v, const T* v_min, const T* v_max) +{ + // Clamp, both sides are optional, return true if modified + if (v_min && *v < *v_min) { *v = *v_min; return true; } + if (v_max && *v > *v_max) { *v = *v_max; return true; } + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max) +{ + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S8: return DataTypeClampT((ImS8* )p_data, (const ImS8* )p_min, (const ImS8* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U8: return DataTypeClampT((ImU8* )p_data, (const ImU8* )p_min, (const ImU8* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_S16: return DataTypeClampT((ImS16* )p_data, (const ImS16* )p_min, (const ImS16* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U16: return DataTypeClampT((ImU16* )p_data, (const ImU16* )p_min, (const ImU16* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_S32: return DataTypeClampT((ImS32* )p_data, (const ImS32* )p_min, (const ImS32* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U32: return DataTypeClampT((ImU32* )p_data, (const ImU32* )p_min, (const ImU32* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_S64: return DataTypeClampT((ImS64* )p_data, (const ImS64* )p_min, (const ImS64* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U64: return DataTypeClampT((ImU64* )p_data, (const ImU64* )p_min, (const ImU64* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_Float: return DataTypeClampT((float* )p_data, (const float* )p_min, (const float* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DataTypeClampT((double*)p_data, (const double*)p_min, (const double*)p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return false; +} + +static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision) +{ + static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f }; + if (decimal_precision < 0) + return FLT_MIN; + return (decimal_precision < IM_ARRAYSIZE(min_steps)) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : ImPow(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision); +} + +template +static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, TYPE* output) +{ + int negative = 0; + if (*src == '-') { negative = 1; src++; } + if (*src == '+') { src++; } + TYPE v = 0; + while (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9') + v = (v * 10) + (*src++ - '0'); + *output = negative ? -v : v; + return src; +} + +// Sanitize format +// - Zero terminate so extra characters after format (e.g. "%f123") don't confuse atof/atoi +// - stb_sprintf.h supports several new modifiers which format numbers in a way that also makes them incompatible atof/atoi. +static void SanitizeFormatString(const char* fmt, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size) +{ + IM_UNUSED(fmt_out_size); + const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt); + IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you! + while (fmt < fmt_end) + { + char c = *(fmt++); + if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '. + *(fmt_out++) = c; + } + *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate +} + +template +TYPE ImGui::RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v) +{ + const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(format); + if (fmt_start[0] != '%' || fmt_start[1] == '%') // Don't apply if the value is not visible in the format string + return v; + + // Sanitize format + char fmt_sanitized[32]; + SanitizeFormatString(fmt_start, fmt_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_sanitized)); + fmt_start = fmt_sanitized; + + // Format value with our rounding, and read back + char v_str[64]; + ImFormatString(v_str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(v_str), fmt_start, v); + const char* p = v_str; + while (*p == ' ') + p++; + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) + v = (TYPE)ImAtof(p); + else + ImAtoi(p, (SIGNEDTYPE*)&v); + return v; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: DragScalar, DragFloat, DragInt, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - DragBehaviorT<>() [Internal] +// - DragBehavior() [Internal] +// - DragScalar() +// - DragScalarN() +// - DragFloat() +// - DragFloat2() +// - DragFloat3() +// - DragFloat4() +// - DragFloatRange2() +// - DragInt() +// - DragInt2() +// - DragInt3() +// - DragInt4() +// - DragIntRange2() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This is called by DragBehavior() when the widget is active (held by mouse or being manipulated with Nav controls) +template +bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; + const bool is_clamped = (v_min < v_max); + const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0; + const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + + // Default tweak speed + if (v_speed == 0.0f && is_clamped && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX)) + v_speed = (float)((v_max - v_min) * g.DragSpeedDefaultRatio); + + // Inputs accumulates into g.DragCurrentAccum, which is flushed into the current value as soon as it makes a difference with our precision settings + float adjust_delta = 0.0f; + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && IsMousePosValid() && IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR)) + { + adjust_delta = g.IO.MouseDelta[axis]; + if (g.IO.KeyAlt) + adjust_delta *= 1.0f / 100.0f; + if (g.IO.KeyShift) + adjust_delta *= 10.0f; + } + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + { + const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; + adjust_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f)[axis]; + v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision)); + } + adjust_delta *= v_speed; + + // For vertical drag we currently assume that Up=higher value (like we do with vertical sliders). This may become a parameter. + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) + adjust_delta = -adjust_delta; + + // For logarithmic use our range is effectively 0..1 so scale the delta into that range + if (is_logarithmic && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX) && ((v_max - v_min) > 0.000001f)) // Epsilon to avoid /0 + adjust_delta /= (float)(v_max - v_min); + + // Clear current value on activation + // Avoid altering values and clamping when we are _already_ past the limits and heading in the same direction, so e.g. if range is 0..255, current value is 300 and we are pushing to the right side, keep the 300. + bool is_just_activated = g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated; + bool is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward = is_clamped && ((*v >= v_max && adjust_delta > 0.0f) || (*v <= v_min && adjust_delta < 0.0f)); + if (is_just_activated || is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward) + { + g.DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; + g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; + } + else if (adjust_delta != 0.0f) + { + g.DragCurrentAccum += adjust_delta; + g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = true; + } + + if (!g.DragCurrentAccumDirty) + return false; + + TYPE v_cur = *v; + FLOATTYPE v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = (FLOATTYPE)0.0f; + + float logarithmic_zero_epsilon = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true + const float zero_deadzone_halfsize = 0.0f; // Drag widgets have no deadzone (as it doesn't make sense) + if (is_logarithmic) + { + // When using logarithmic sliders, we need to clamp to avoid hitting zero, but our choice of clamp value greatly affects slider precision. We attempt to use the specified precision to estimate a good lower bound. + const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 1; + logarithmic_zero_epsilon = ImPow(0.1f, (float)decimal_precision); + + // Convert to parametric space, apply delta, convert back + float v_old_parametric = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, v_cur, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + float v_new_parametric = v_old_parametric + g.DragCurrentAccum; + v_cur = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, v_new_parametric, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = v_old_parametric; + } + else + { + v_cur += (SIGNEDTYPE)g.DragCurrentAccum; + } + + // Round to user desired precision based on format string + if (!(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) + v_cur = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_cur); + + // Preserve remainder after rounding has been applied. This also allow slow tweaking of values. + g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; + if (is_logarithmic) + { + // Convert to parametric space, apply delta, convert back + float v_new_parametric = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, v_cur, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)(v_new_parametric - v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder); + } + else + { + g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_cur - (SIGNEDTYPE)*v); + } + + // Lose zero sign for float/double + if (v_cur == (TYPE)-0) + v_cur = (TYPE)0; + + // Clamp values (+ handle overflow/wrap-around for integer types) + if (*v != v_cur && is_clamped) + { + if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f && !is_floating_point)) + v_cur = v_min; + if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f && !is_floating_point)) + v_cur = v_max; + } + + // Apply result + if (*v == v_cur) + return false; + *v = v_cur; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert. + IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flags! Has the 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && !g.IO.MouseDown[0]) + ClearActiveID(); + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav && g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + ClearActiveID(); + } + if (g.ActiveId != id) + return false; + if ((g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) + return false; + + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S8: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS8*) p_min : IM_S8_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS8*)p_max : IM_S8_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_U8: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU8*) p_min : IM_U8_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU8*)p_max : IM_U8_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v = (ImU8)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_S16: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS16*)p_min : IM_S16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS16*)p_max : IM_S16_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_U16: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU16*)p_min : IM_U16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU16*)p_max : IM_U16_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_S32: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImS32*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS32* )p_min : IM_S32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS32* )p_max : IM_S32_MAX, format, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_U32: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImU32*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU32* )p_min : IM_U32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU32* )p_max : IM_U32_MAX, format, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_S64: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImS64*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS64* )p_min : IM_S64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS64* )p_max : IM_S64_MAX, format, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_U64: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImU64*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU64* )p_min : IM_U64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU64* )p_max : IM_U64_MAX, format, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_Float: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (float*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const float* )p_min : -FLT_MAX, p_max ? *(const float* )p_max : FLT_MAX, format, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (double*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const double*)p_min : -DBL_MAX, p_max ? *(const double*)p_max : DBL_MAX, format, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return false; +} + +// Note: p_data, p_min and p_max are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For a Drag widget, p_min and p_max are optional. +// Read code of e.g. DragFloat(), DragInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly. +bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const float w = CalcItemWidth(); + + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + + const bool temp_input_allowed = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput) == 0; + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable : 0)) + return false; + + // Default format string when passing NULL + if (format == NULL) + format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) + format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); + + // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); + if (!temp_input_is_active) + { + const bool focus_requested = temp_input_allowed && (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0; + const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]); + const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]); + if (focus_requested || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id) + { + SetActiveID(id, window); + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); + if (temp_input_allowed && (focus_requested || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || g.NavInputId == id)) + temp_input_is_active = true; + } + // Experimental: simple click (without moving) turns Drag into an InputText + // FIXME: Currently polling ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen, may either poll an hypothetical ImGuiBackendFlags_HasKeyboard and/or an explicit drag settings. + if (g.IO.ConfigDragClickToInputText && temp_input_allowed && !temp_input_is_active) + if (g.ActiveId == id && hovered && g.IO.MouseReleased[0] && !IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR)) + { + g.NavInputId = id; + temp_input_is_active = true; + } + } + + if (temp_input_is_active) + { + // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set + const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0 && (p_min == NULL || p_max == NULL || DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_min, p_max) < 0); + return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL); + } + + // Draw frame + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding); + + // Drag behavior + const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(id, data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, flags); + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. + char value_buf[64]; + const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}"); + RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool value_changed = false; + BeginGroup(); + PushID(label); + PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth()); + size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size; + for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) + { + PushID(i); + if (i > 0) + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + value_changed |= DragScalar("", data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, flags); + PopID(); + PopItemWidth(); + p_data = (void*)((char*)p_data + type_size); + } + PopID(); + + const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + if (label != label_end) + { + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + TextEx(label, label_end); + } + + EndGroup(); + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +// NB: You likely want to specify the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp when using this. +bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + PushID(label); + BeginGroup(); + PushMultiItemsWidths(2, CalcItemWidth()); + + float min_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? -FLT_MAX : v_min; + float min_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max); + ImGuiSliderFlags min_flags = flags | ((min_min == min_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0); + bool value_changed = DragScalar("##min", ImGuiDataType_Float, v_current_min, v_speed, &min_min, &min_max, format, min_flags); + PopItemWidth(); + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + + float max_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min); + float max_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? FLT_MAX : v_max; + ImGuiSliderFlags max_flags = flags | ((max_min == max_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0); + value_changed |= DragScalar("##max", ImGuiDataType_Float, v_current_max, v_speed, &max_min, &max_max, format_max ? format_max : format, max_flags); + PopItemWidth(); + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + + TextEx(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); + EndGroup(); + PopID(); + return value_changed; +} + +// NB: v_speed is float to allow adjusting the drag speed with more precision +bool ImGui::DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +// NB: You likely want to specify the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp when using this. +bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + PushID(label); + BeginGroup(); + PushMultiItemsWidths(2, CalcItemWidth()); + + int min_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MIN : v_min; + int min_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max); + ImGuiSliderFlags min_flags = flags | ((min_min == min_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0); + bool value_changed = DragInt("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, min_min, min_max, format, min_flags); + PopItemWidth(); + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + + int max_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min); + int max_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MAX : v_max; + ImGuiSliderFlags max_flags = flags | ((max_min == max_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0); + value_changed |= DragInt("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, max_min, max_max, format_max ? format_max : format, max_flags); + PopItemWidth(); + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + + TextEx(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); + EndGroup(); + PopID(); + + return value_changed; +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + +// Obsolete versions with power parameter. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details. +bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + ImGuiSliderFlags drag_flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; + if (power != 1.0f) + { + IM_ASSERT(power == 1.0f && "Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead of using the old 'float power' function!"); + IM_ASSERT(p_min != NULL && p_max != NULL); // When using a power curve the drag needs to have known bounds + drag_flags |= ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic; // Fallback for non-asserting paths + } + return DragScalar(label, data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, drag_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + ImGuiSliderFlags drag_flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; + if (power != 1.0f) + { + IM_ASSERT(power == 1.0f && "Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead of using the old 'float power' function!"); + IM_ASSERT(p_min != NULL && p_max != NULL); // When using a power curve the drag needs to have known bounds + drag_flags |= ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic; // Fallback for non-asserting paths + } + return DragScalarN(label, data_type, p_data, components, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, drag_flags); +} + +#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: SliderScalar, SliderFloat, SliderInt, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ScaleRatioFromValueT<> [Internal] +// - ScaleValueFromRatioT<> [Internal] +// - SliderBehaviorT<>() [Internal] +// - SliderBehavior() [Internal] +// - SliderScalar() +// - SliderScalarN() +// - SliderFloat() +// - SliderFloat2() +// - SliderFloat3() +// - SliderFloat4() +// - SliderAngle() +// - SliderInt() +// - SliderInt2() +// - SliderInt3() +// - SliderInt4() +// - VSliderScalar() +// - VSliderFloat() +// - VSliderInt() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Convert a value v in the output space of a slider into a parametric position on the slider itself (the logical opposite of ScaleValueFromRatioT) +template +float ImGui::ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_halfsize) +{ + if (v_min == v_max) + return 0.0f; + IM_UNUSED(data_type); + + const TYPE v_clamped = (v_min < v_max) ? ImClamp(v, v_min, v_max) : ImClamp(v, v_max, v_min); + if (is_logarithmic) + { + bool flipped = v_max < v_min; + + if (flipped) // Handle the case where the range is backwards + ImSwap(v_min, v_max); + + // Fudge min/max to avoid getting close to log(0) + FLOATTYPE v_min_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_min) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_min < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_min; + FLOATTYPE v_max_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_max) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_max < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_max; + + // Awkward special cases - we need ranges of the form (-100 .. 0) to convert to (-100 .. -epsilon), not (-100 .. epsilon) + if ((v_min == 0.0f) && (v_max < 0.0f)) + v_min_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon; + else if ((v_max == 0.0f) && (v_min < 0.0f)) + v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon; + + float result; + + if (v_clamped <= v_min_fudged) + result = 0.0f; // Workaround for values that are in-range but below our fudge + else if (v_clamped >= v_max_fudged) + result = 1.0f; // Workaround for values that are in-range but above our fudge + else if ((v_min * v_max) < 0.0f) // Range crosses zero, so split into two portions + { + float zero_point_center = (-(float)v_min) / ((float)v_max - (float)v_min); // The zero point in parametric space. There's an argument we should take the logarithmic nature into account when calculating this, but for now this should do (and the most common case of a symmetrical range works fine) + float zero_point_snap_L = zero_point_center - zero_deadzone_halfsize; + float zero_point_snap_R = zero_point_center + zero_deadzone_halfsize; + if (v == 0.0f) + result = zero_point_center; // Special case for exactly zero + else if (v < 0.0f) + result = (1.0f - (float)(ImLog(-(FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / logarithmic_zero_epsilon) / ImLog(-v_min_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon))) * zero_point_snap_L; + else + result = zero_point_snap_R + ((float)(ImLog((FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / logarithmic_zero_epsilon) / ImLog(v_max_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon)) * (1.0f - zero_point_snap_R)); + } + else if ((v_min < 0.0f) || (v_max < 0.0f)) // Entirely negative slider + result = 1.0f - (float)(ImLog(-(FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / -v_max_fudged) / ImLog(-v_min_fudged / -v_max_fudged)); + else + result = (float)(ImLog((FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / v_min_fudged) / ImLog(v_max_fudged / v_min_fudged)); + + return flipped ? (1.0f - result) : result; + } + + // Linear slider + return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min)); +} + +// Convert a parametric position on a slider into a value v in the output space (the logical opposite of ScaleRatioFromValueT) +template +TYPE ImGui::ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_halfsize) +{ + if (v_min == v_max) + return v_min; + const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + + TYPE result; + if (is_logarithmic) + { + // We special-case the extents because otherwise our fudging can lead to "mathematically correct" but non-intuitive behaviors like a fully-left slider not actually reaching the minimum value + if (t <= 0.0f) + result = v_min; + else if (t >= 1.0f) + result = v_max; + else + { + bool flipped = v_max < v_min; // Check if range is "backwards" + + // Fudge min/max to avoid getting silly results close to zero + FLOATTYPE v_min_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_min) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_min < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_min; + FLOATTYPE v_max_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_max) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_max < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_max; + + if (flipped) + ImSwap(v_min_fudged, v_max_fudged); + + // Awkward special case - we need ranges of the form (-100 .. 0) to convert to (-100 .. -epsilon), not (-100 .. epsilon) + if ((v_max == 0.0f) && (v_min < 0.0f)) + v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon; + + float t_with_flip = flipped ? (1.0f - t) : t; // t, but flipped if necessary to account for us flipping the range + + if ((v_min * v_max) < 0.0f) // Range crosses zero, so we have to do this in two parts + { + float zero_point_center = (-(float)ImMin(v_min, v_max)) / ImAbs((float)v_max - (float)v_min); // The zero point in parametric space + float zero_point_snap_L = zero_point_center - zero_deadzone_halfsize; + float zero_point_snap_R = zero_point_center + zero_deadzone_halfsize; + if (t_with_flip >= zero_point_snap_L && t_with_flip <= zero_point_snap_R) + result = (TYPE)0.0f; // Special case to make getting exactly zero possible (the epsilon prevents it otherwise) + else if (t_with_flip < zero_point_center) + result = (TYPE)-(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - (t_with_flip / zero_point_snap_L)))); + else + result = (TYPE)(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(v_max_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)((t_with_flip - zero_point_snap_R) / (1.0f - zero_point_snap_R)))); + } + else if ((v_min < 0.0f) || (v_max < 0.0f)) // Entirely negative slider + result = (TYPE)-(-v_max_fudged * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / -v_max_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - t_with_flip))); + else + result = (TYPE)(v_min_fudged * ImPow(v_max_fudged / v_min_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)t_with_flip)); + } + } + else + { + // Linear slider + if (is_floating_point) + { + result = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, t); + } + else + { + // - For integer values we want the clicking position to match the grab box so we round above + // This code is carefully tuned to work with large values (e.g. high ranges of U64) while preserving this property.. + // - Not doing a *1.0 multiply at the end of a range as it tends to be lossy. While absolute aiming at a large s64/u64 + // range is going to be imprecise anyway, with this check we at least make the edge values matches expected limits. + if (t < 1.0) + { + FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min) * t; + result = (TYPE)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_min + (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)(v_min > v_max ? -0.5 : 0.5))); + } + else + { + result = v_max; + } + } + } + + return result; +} + +// FIXME: Move more of the code into SliderBehavior() +template +bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; + const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0; + const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + + const float grab_padding = 2.0f; + const float slider_sz = (bb.Max[axis] - bb.Min[axis]) - grab_padding * 2.0f; + float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize; + SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); + if (!is_floating_point && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows + grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit + grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz); + const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz; + const float slider_usable_pos_min = bb.Min[axis] + grab_padding + grab_sz * 0.5f; + const float slider_usable_pos_max = bb.Max[axis] - grab_padding - grab_sz * 0.5f; + + float logarithmic_zero_epsilon = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true + float zero_deadzone_halfsize = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true + if (is_logarithmic) + { + // When using logarithmic sliders, we need to clamp to avoid hitting zero, but our choice of clamp value greatly affects slider precision. We attempt to use the specified precision to estimate a good lower bound. + const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 1; + logarithmic_zero_epsilon = ImPow(0.1f, (float)decimal_precision); + zero_deadzone_halfsize = (style.LogSliderDeadzone * 0.5f) / ImMax(slider_usable_sz, 1.0f); + } + + // Process interacting with the slider + bool value_changed = false; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + bool set_new_value = false; + float clicked_t = 0.0f; + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse) + { + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0]) + { + ClearActiveID(); + } + else + { + const float mouse_abs_pos = g.IO.MousePos[axis]; + clicked_t = (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f) ? ImClamp((mouse_abs_pos - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz, 0.0f, 1.0f) : 0.0f; + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) + clicked_t = 1.0f - clicked_t; + set_new_value = true; + } + } + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + { + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + { + g.SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; // Reset any stored nav delta upon activation + g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; + } + + const ImVec2 input_delta2 = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 0.0f, 0.0f); + float input_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? input_delta2.x : -input_delta2.y; + if (input_delta != 0.0f) + { + const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; + if (decimal_precision > 0) + { + input_delta /= 100.0f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in % of slider bounds + if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) + input_delta /= 10.0f; + } + else + { + if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) + input_delta = ((input_delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / (float)v_range; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps + else + input_delta /= 100.0f; + } + if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast)) + input_delta *= 10.0f; + + g.SliderCurrentAccum += input_delta; + g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = true; + } + + float delta = g.SliderCurrentAccum; + if (g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + { + ClearActiveID(); + } + else if (g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty) + { + clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + + if ((clicked_t >= 1.0f && delta > 0.0f) || (clicked_t <= 0.0f && delta < 0.0f)) // This is to avoid applying the saturation when already past the limits + { + set_new_value = false; + g.SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; // If pushing up against the limits, don't continue to accumulate + } + else + { + set_new_value = true; + float old_clicked_t = clicked_t; + clicked_t = ImSaturate(clicked_t + delta); + + // Calculate what our "new" clicked_t will be, and thus how far we actually moved the slider, and subtract this from the accumulator + TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + if (!(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) + v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); + float new_clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, v_new, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + + if (delta > 0) + g.SliderCurrentAccum -= ImMin(new_clicked_t - old_clicked_t, delta); + else + g.SliderCurrentAccum -= ImMax(new_clicked_t - old_clicked_t, delta); + } + + g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; + } + } + + if (set_new_value) + { + TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + + // Round to user desired precision based on format string + if (!(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) + v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); + + // Apply result + if (*v != v_new) + { + *v = v_new; + value_changed = true; + } + } + } + + if (slider_sz < 1.0f) + { + *out_grab_bb = ImRect(bb.Min, bb.Min); + } + else + { + // Output grab position so it can be displayed by the caller + float grab_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) + grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t; + const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t); + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) + *out_grab_bb = ImRect(grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Min.y + grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Max.y - grab_padding); + else + *out_grab_bb = ImRect(bb.Min.x + grab_padding, grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Max.x - grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f); + } + + return value_changed; +} + +// For 32-bit and larger types, slider bounds are limited to half the natural type range. +// So e.g. an integer Slider between INT_MAX-10 and INT_MAX will fail, but an integer Slider between INT_MAX/2-10 and INT_MAX/2 will be ok. +// It would be possible to lift that limitation with some work but it doesn't seem to be worth it for sliders. +bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) +{ + // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert. + IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flag! Has the 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if ((g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) + return false; + + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S8: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS8*)p_min, *(const ImS8*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_U8: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU8*)p_min, *(const ImU8*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v = (ImU8)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_S16: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS16*)p_min, *(const ImS16*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_U16: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU16*)p_min, *(const ImU16*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_S32: + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS32*)p_min >= IM_S32_MIN / 2 && *(const ImS32*)p_max <= IM_S32_MAX / 2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImS32*)p_v, *(const ImS32*)p_min, *(const ImS32*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_U32: + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU32*)p_max <= IM_U32_MAX / 2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImU32*)p_v, *(const ImU32*)p_min, *(const ImU32*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_S64: + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS64*)p_min >= IM_S64_MIN / 2 && *(const ImS64*)p_max <= IM_S64_MAX / 2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImS64*)p_v, *(const ImS64*)p_min, *(const ImS64*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_U64: + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU64*)p_max <= IM_U64_MAX / 2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImU64*)p_v, *(const ImU64*)p_min, *(const ImU64*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_Float: + IM_ASSERT(*(const float*)p_min >= -FLT_MAX / 2.0f && *(const float*)p_max <= FLT_MAX / 2.0f); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (float*)p_v, *(const float*)p_min, *(const float*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_Double: + IM_ASSERT(*(const double*)p_min >= -DBL_MAX / 2.0f && *(const double*)p_max <= DBL_MAX / 2.0f); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (double*)p_v, *(const double*)p_min, *(const double*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return false; +} + +// Note: p_data, p_min and p_max are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For a slider, they are all required. +// Read code of e.g. SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly. +bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const float w = CalcItemWidth(); + + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + + const bool temp_input_allowed = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput) == 0; + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable : 0)) + return false; + + // Default format string when passing NULL + if (format == NULL) + format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) + format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); + + // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); + if (!temp_input_is_active) + { + const bool focus_requested = temp_input_allowed && (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0; + const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]); + if (focus_requested || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id) + { + SetActiveID(id, window); + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); + if (temp_input_allowed && (focus_requested || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || g.NavInputId == id)) + temp_input_is_active = true; + } + } + + if (temp_input_is_active) + { + // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set + const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0; + return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL); + } + + // Draw frame + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); + + // Slider behavior + ImRect grab_bb; + const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, flags, &grab_bb); + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + // Render grab + if (grab_bb.Max.x > grab_bb.Min.x) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding); + + // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. + char value_buf[64]; + const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}"); + RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); + return value_changed; +} + +// Add multiple sliders on 1 line for compact edition of multiple components +bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool value_changed = false; + BeginGroup(); + PushID(label); + PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth()); + size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size; + for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) + { + PushID(i); + if (i > 0) + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + value_changed |= SliderScalar("", data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, flags); + PopID(); + PopItemWidth(); + v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size); + } + PopID(); + + const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + if (label != label_end) + { + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + TextEx(label, label_end); + } + + EndGroup(); + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min, float v_degrees_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + if (format == NULL) + format = "%.0f deg"; + float v_deg = (*v_rad) * 360.0f / (2 * IM_PI); + bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_deg, v_degrees_min, v_degrees_max, format, flags); + *v_rad = v_deg * (2 * IM_PI) / 360.0f; + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + const ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + + ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(frame_bb, id)) + return false; + + // Default format string when passing NULL + if (format == NULL) + format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) + format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); + + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + if ((hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id) + { + SetActiveID(id, window); + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); + } + + // Draw frame + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); + + // Slider behavior + ImRect grab_bb; + const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, flags | ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical, &grab_bb); + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + // Render grab + if (grab_bb.Max.y > grab_bb.Min.y) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding); + + // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. + // For the vertical slider we allow centered text to overlap the frame padding + char value_buf[64]; + const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format); + RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.0f)); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) +{ + return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + +// Obsolete versions with power parameter. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details. +bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + ImGuiSliderFlags slider_flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; + if (power != 1.0f) + { + IM_ASSERT(power == 1.0f && "Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead of using the old 'float power' function!"); + slider_flags |= ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic; // Fallback for non-asserting paths + } + return SliderScalar(label, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, slider_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + ImGuiSliderFlags slider_flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; + if (power != 1.0f) + { + IM_ASSERT(power == 1.0f && "Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead of using the old 'float power' function!"); + slider_flags |= ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic; // Fallback for non-asserting paths + } + return SliderScalarN(label, data_type, v, components, v_min, v_max, format, slider_flags); +} + +#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: InputScalar, InputFloat, InputInt, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ImParseFormatFindStart() [Internal] +// - ImParseFormatFindEnd() [Internal] +// - ImParseFormatTrimDecorations() [Internal] +// - ImParseFormatPrecision() [Internal] +// - TempInputTextScalar() [Internal] +// - InputScalar() +// - InputScalarN() +// - InputFloat() +// - InputFloat2() +// - InputFloat3() +// - InputFloat4() +// - InputInt() +// - InputInt2() +// - InputInt3() +// - InputInt4() +// - InputDouble() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// We don't use strchr() because our strings are usually very short and often start with '%' +const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* fmt) +{ + while (char c = fmt[0]) + { + if (c == '%' && fmt[1] != '%') + return fmt; + else if (c == '%') + fmt++; + fmt++; + } + return fmt; +} + +const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* fmt) +{ + // Printf/scanf types modifiers: I/L/h/j/l/t/w/z. Other uppercase letters qualify as types aka end of the format. + if (fmt[0] != '%') + return fmt; + const unsigned int ignored_uppercase_mask = (1 << ('I'-'A')) | (1 << ('L'-'A')); + const unsigned int ignored_lowercase_mask = (1 << ('h'-'a')) | (1 << ('j'-'a')) | (1 << ('l'-'a')) | (1 << ('t'-'a')) | (1 << ('w'-'a')) | (1 << ('z'-'a')); + for (char c; (c = *fmt) != 0; fmt++) + { + if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z' && ((1 << (c - 'A')) & ignored_uppercase_mask) == 0) + return fmt + 1; + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z' && ((1 << (c - 'a')) & ignored_lowercase_mask) == 0) + return fmt + 1; + } + return fmt; +} + +// Extract the format out of a format string with leading or trailing decorations +// fmt = "blah blah" -> return fmt +// fmt = "%.3f" -> return fmt +// fmt = "hello %.3f" -> return fmt + 6 +// fmt = "%.3f hello" -> return buf written with "%.3f" +const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, size_t buf_size) +{ + const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); + if (fmt_start[0] != '%') + return fmt; + const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start); + if (fmt_end[0] == 0) // If we only have leading decoration, we don't need to copy the data. + return fmt_start; + ImStrncpy(buf, fmt_start, ImMin((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_start) + 1, buf_size)); + return buf; +} + +// Parse display precision back from the display format string +// FIXME: This is still used by some navigation code path to infer a minimum tweak step, but we should aim to rework widgets so it isn't needed. +int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision) +{ + fmt = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); + if (fmt[0] != '%') + return default_precision; + fmt++; + while (*fmt >= '0' && *fmt <= '9') + fmt++; + int precision = INT_MAX; + if (*fmt == '.') + { + fmt = ImAtoi(fmt + 1, &precision); + if (precision < 0 || precision > 99) + precision = default_precision; + } + if (*fmt == 'e' || *fmt == 'E') // Maximum precision with scientific notation + precision = -1; + if ((*fmt == 'g' || *fmt == 'G') && precision == INT_MAX) + precision = -1; + return (precision == INT_MAX) ? default_precision : precision; +} + +// Create text input in place of another active widget (e.g. used when doing a CTRL+Click on drag/slider widgets) +// FIXME: Facilitate using this in variety of other situations. +bool ImGui::TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + // On the first frame, g.TempInputTextId == 0, then on subsequent frames it becomes == id. + // We clear ActiveID on the first frame to allow the InputText() taking it back. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const bool init = (g.TempInputId != id); + if (init) + ClearActiveID(); + + g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min; + bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, buf_size, bb.GetSize(), flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem); + if (init) + { + // First frame we started displaying the InputText widget, we expect it to take the active id. + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id); + g.TempInputId = g.ActiveId; + } + return value_changed; +} + +// Note that Drag/Slider functions are only forwarding the min/max values clamping values if the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp flag is set! +// This is intended: this way we allow CTRL+Click manual input to set a value out of bounds, for maximum flexibility. +// However this may not be ideal for all uses, as some user code may break on out of bound values. +bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min, const void* p_clamp_max) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + char fmt_buf[32]; + char data_buf[32]; + format = ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(format, fmt_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_buf)); + DataTypeFormatString(data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), data_type, p_data, format); + ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf); + + ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; + flags |= ((data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); + bool value_changed = false; + if (TempInputText(bb, id, label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), flags)) + { + // Backup old value + size_t data_type_size = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->Size; + ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup; + memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size); + + // Apply new value (or operations) then clamp + DataTypeApplyOpFromText(data_buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, NULL); + if (p_clamp_min || p_clamp_max) + { + if (p_clamp_min && p_clamp_max && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max) > 0) + ImSwap(p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max); + DataTypeClamp(data_type, p_data, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max); + } + + // Only mark as edited if new value is different + value_changed = memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size) != 0; + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + } + return value_changed; +} + +// Note: p_data, p_step, p_step_fast are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For an Input widget, p_step and p_step_fast are optional. +// Read code of e.g. InputFloat(), InputInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly. +bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step, const void* p_step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + if (format == NULL) + format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; + + char buf[64]; + DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format); + + bool value_changed = false; + if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal; + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll; + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string. + + if (p_step != NULL) + { + const float button_size = GetFrameHeight(); + + BeginGroup(); // The only purpose of the group here is to allow the caller to query item data e.g. IsItemActive() + PushID(label); + SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2)); + if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view + value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, format); + + // Step buttons + const ImVec2 backup_frame_padding = style.FramePadding; + style.FramePadding.x = style.FramePadding.y; + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups; + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled; + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + if (ButtonEx("-", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), button_flags)) + { + DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '-', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step); + value_changed = true; + } + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + if (ButtonEx("+", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), button_flags)) + { + DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step); + value_changed = true; + } + + const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + if (label != label_end) + { + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + TextEx(label, label_end); + } + style.FramePadding = backup_frame_padding; + + PopID(); + EndGroup(); + } + else + { + if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) + value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, format); + } + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId); + + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_step, const void* p_step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool value_changed = false; + BeginGroup(); + PushID(label); + PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth()); + size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size; + for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) + { + PushID(i); + if (i > 0) + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + value_changed |= InputScalar("", data_type, p_data, p_step, p_step_fast, format, flags); + PopID(); + PopItemWidth(); + p_data = (void*)((char*)p_data + type_size); + } + PopID(); + + const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + if (label != label_end) + { + SameLine(0.0f, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + TextEx(label, label_end); + } + + EndGroup(); + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; + return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + // Hexadecimal input provided as a convenience but the flag name is awkward. Typically you'd use InputText() to parse your own data, if you want to handle prefixes. + const char* format = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) ? "%08X" : "%d"; + return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) +{ + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; + return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Double, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: InputText, InputTextMultiline, InputTextWithHint +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - InputText() +// - InputTextWithHint() +// - InputTextMultiline() +// - InputTextEx() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) +{ + IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() + return InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data); +} + +bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) +{ + return InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, (int)buf_size, size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline, callback, user_data); +} + +bool ImGui::InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) +{ + IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() + return InputTextEx(label, hint, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data); +} + +static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end) +{ + int line_count = 0; + const char* s = text_begin; + while (char c = *s++) // We are only matching for \n so we can ignore UTF-8 decoding + if (c == '\n') + line_count++; + s--; + if (s[0] != '\n' && s[0] != '\r') + line_count++; + *out_text_end = s; + return line_count; +} + +static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImFont* font = g.Font; + const float line_height = g.FontSize; + const float scale = line_height / font->FontSize; + + ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0, 0); + float line_width = 0.0f; + + const ImWchar* s = text_begin; + while (s < text_end) + { + unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*s++); + if (c == '\n') + { + text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width); + text_size.y += line_height; + line_width = 0.0f; + if (stop_on_new_line) + break; + continue; + } + if (c == '\r') + continue; + + const float char_width = font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)c) * scale; + line_width += char_width; + } + + if (text_size.x < line_width) + text_size.x = line_width; + + if (out_offset) + *out_offset = ImVec2(line_width, text_size.y + line_height); // offset allow for the possibility of sitting after a trailing \n + + if (line_width > 0 || text_size.y == 0.0f) // whereas size.y will ignore the trailing \n + text_size.y += line_height; + + if (remaining) + *remaining = s; + + return text_size; +} + +// Wrapper for stb_textedit.h to edit text (our wrapper is for: statically sized buffer, single-line, wchar characters. InputText converts between UTF-8 and wchar) +namespace ImStb +{ + +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj) { return obj->CurLenW; } +static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { return obj->TextW[idx]; } +static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key) { return key >= 0x200000 ? 0 : key; } +static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n'; +static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx) +{ + const ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data; + const ImWchar* text_remaining = NULL; + const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true); + r->x0 = 0.0f; + r->x1 = size.x; + r->baseline_y_delta = size.y; + r->ymin = 0.0f; + r->ymax = size.y; + r->num_chars = (int)(text_remaining - (text + line_start_idx)); +} + +// When ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set, we don't want actions such as CTRL+Arrow to leak the fact that underlying data are blanks or separators. +static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) { return ImCharIsBlankW(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|'; } +static int is_word_boundary_from_right(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { if (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) return 0; return idx > 0 ? (is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]) && !is_separator(obj->TextW[idx]) ) : 1; } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx--; while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; } +#ifdef __APPLE__ // FIXME: Move setting to IO structure +static int is_word_boundary_from_left(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { if (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) return 0; return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]) && is_separator(obj->TextW[idx]) ) : 1; } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } +#else +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } +#endif +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL + +static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, int n) +{ + ImWchar* dst = obj->TextW.Data + pos; + + // We maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar formats + obj->Edited = true; + obj->CurLenA -= ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(dst, dst + n); + obj->CurLenW -= n; + + // Offset remaining text (FIXME-OPT: Use memmove) + const ImWchar* src = obj->TextW.Data + pos + n; + while (ImWchar c = *src++) + *dst++ = c; + *dst = '\0'; +} + +static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len) +{ + const bool is_resizable = (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; + const int text_len = obj->CurLenW; + IM_ASSERT(pos <= text_len); + + const int new_text_len_utf8 = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(new_text, new_text + new_text_len); + if (!is_resizable && (new_text_len_utf8 + obj->CurLenA + 1 > obj->BufCapacityA)) + return false; + + // Grow internal buffer if needed + if (new_text_len + text_len + 1 > obj->TextW.Size) + { + if (!is_resizable) + return false; + IM_ASSERT(text_len < obj->TextW.Size); + obj->TextW.resize(text_len + ImClamp(new_text_len * 4, 32, ImMax(256, new_text_len)) + 1); + } + + ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data; + if (pos != text_len) + memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos) * sizeof(ImWchar)); + memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(ImWchar)); + + obj->Edited = true; + obj->CurLenW += new_text_len; + obj->CurLenA += new_text_len_utf8; + obj->TextW[obj->CurLenW] = '\0'; + + return true; +} + +// We don't use an enum so we can build even with conflicting symbols (if another user of stb_textedit.h leak their STB_TEXTEDIT_K_* symbols) +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT 0x200000 // keyboard input to move cursor left +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT 0x200001 // keyboard input to move cursor right +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP 0x200002 // keyboard input to move cursor up +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN 0x200003 // keyboard input to move cursor down +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART 0x200004 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of line +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND 0x200005 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of line +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART 0x200006 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of text +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND 0x200007 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of text +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE 0x200008 // keyboard input to delete selection or character under cursor +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE 0x200009 // keyboard input to delete selection or character left of cursor +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO 0x20000A // keyboard input to perform undo +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO 0x20000B // keyboard input to perform redo +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT 0x20000C // keyboard input to move cursor left one word +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT 0x20000D // keyboard input to move cursor right one word +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP 0x20000E // keyboard input to move cursor up a page +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN 0x20000F // keyboard input to move cursor down a page +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT 0x400000 + +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION +#include "imstb_textedit.h" + +// stb_textedit internally allows for a single undo record to do addition and deletion, but somehow, calling +// the stb_textedit_paste() function creates two separate records, so we perform it manually. (FIXME: Report to nothings/stb?) +static void stb_textedit_replace(ImGuiInputTextState* str, STB_TexteditState* state, const STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* text, int text_len) +{ + stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, 0, str->CurLenW, text_len); + ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, 0, str->CurLenW); + if (text_len <= 0) + return; + if (ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, 0, text, text_len)) + { + state->cursor = text_len; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); // Failed to insert character, normally shouldn't happen because of how we currently use stb_textedit_replace() +} + +} // namespace ImStb + +void ImGuiInputTextState::OnKeyPressed(int key) +{ + stb_textedit_key(this, &Stb, key); + CursorFollow = true; + CursorAnimReset(); +} + +ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ImGuiInputTextCallbackData() +{ + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); +} + +// Public API to manipulate UTF-8 text +// We expose UTF-8 to the user (unlike the STB_TEXTEDIT_* functions which are manipulating wchar) +// FIXME: The existence of this rarely exercised code path is a bit of a nuisance. +void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count) +{ + IM_ASSERT(pos + bytes_count <= BufTextLen); + char* dst = Buf + pos; + const char* src = Buf + pos + bytes_count; + while (char c = *src++) + *dst++ = c; + *dst = '\0'; + + if (CursorPos >= pos + bytes_count) + CursorPos -= bytes_count; + else if (CursorPos >= pos) + CursorPos = pos; + SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos; + BufDirty = true; + BufTextLen -= bytes_count; +} + +void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, const char* new_text_end) +{ + const bool is_resizable = (Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; + const int new_text_len = new_text_end ? (int)(new_text_end - new_text) : (int)strlen(new_text); + if (new_text_len + BufTextLen >= BufSize) + { + if (!is_resizable) + return; + + // Contrary to STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS() this is working in the UTF8 buffer, hence the mildly similar code (until we remove the U16 buffer altogether!) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiInputTextState* edit_state = &g.InputTextState; + IM_ASSERT(edit_state->ID != 0 && g.ActiveId == edit_state->ID); + IM_ASSERT(Buf == edit_state->TextA.Data); + int new_buf_size = BufTextLen + ImClamp(new_text_len * 4, 32, ImMax(256, new_text_len)) + 1; + edit_state->TextA.reserve(new_buf_size + 1); + Buf = edit_state->TextA.Data; + BufSize = edit_state->BufCapacityA = new_buf_size; + } + + if (BufTextLen != pos) + memmove(Buf + pos + new_text_len, Buf + pos, (size_t)(BufTextLen - pos)); + memcpy(Buf + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(char)); + Buf[BufTextLen + new_text_len] = '\0'; + + if (CursorPos >= pos) + CursorPos += new_text_len; + SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos; + BufDirty = true; + BufTextLen += new_text_len; +} + +// Return false to discard a character. +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source) +{ + IM_ASSERT(input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard); + unsigned int c = *p_char; + + // Filter non-printable (NB: isprint is unreliable! see #2467) + if (c < 0x20) + { + bool pass = false; + pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); + pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)); + if (!pass) + return false; + } + + if (input_source != ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard) + { + // We ignore Ascii representation of delete (emitted from Backspace on OSX, see #2578, #2817) + if (c == 127) + return false; + + // Filter private Unicode range. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys (FIXME) + if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF) + return false; + } + + // Filter Unicode ranges we are not handling in this build + if (c > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) + return false; + + // Generic named filters + if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) + { + // The libc allows overriding locale, with e.g. 'setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "de_DE.UTF-8");' which affect the output/input of printf/scanf. + // The standard mandate that programs starts in the "C" locale where the decimal point is '.'. + // We don't really intend to provide widespread support for it, but out of empathy for people stuck with using odd API, we support the bare minimum aka overriding the decimal point. + // Change the default decimal_point with: + // ImGui::GetCurrentContext()->PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = *localeconv()->decimal_point; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; + + // Allow 0-9 . - + * / + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal) + if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != c_decimal_point) && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/')) + return false; + + // Allow 0-9 . - + * / e E + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific) + if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != c_decimal_point) && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/') && (c != 'e') && (c != 'E')) + return false; + + // Allow 0-9 a-F A-F + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) + if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && !(c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') && !(c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')) + return false; + + // Turn a-z into A-Z + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase) + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') + *p_char = (c += (unsigned int)('A' - 'a')); + + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank) + if (ImCharIsBlankW(c)) + return false; + } + + // Custom callback filter + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter) + { + ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; + memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData)); + callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter; + callback_data.EventChar = (ImWchar)c; + callback_data.Flags = flags; + callback_data.UserData = user_data; + if (callback(&callback_data) != 0) + return false; + *p_char = callback_data.EventChar; + if (!callback_data.EventChar) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +// Edit a string of text +// - buf_size account for the zero-terminator, so a buf_size of 6 can hold "Hello" but not "Hello!". +// This is so we can easily call InputText() on static arrays using ARRAYSIZE() and to match +// Note that in std::string world, capacity() would omit 1 byte used by the zero-terminator. +// - When active, hold on a privately held copy of the text (and apply back to 'buf'). So changing 'buf' while the InputText is active has no effect. +// - If you want to use ImGui::InputText() with std::string, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h +// (FIXME: Rather confusing and messy function, among the worse part of our codebase, expecting to rewrite a V2 at some point.. Partly because we are +// doing UTF8 > U16 > UTF8 conversions on the go to easily interface with stb_textedit. Ideally should stay in UTF-8 all the time. See https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188) +bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* callback_user_data) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + IM_ASSERT(buf != NULL && buf_size >= 0); + IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline))); // Can't use both together (they both use up/down keys) + IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))); // Can't use both together (they both use tab key) + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + const bool RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE = false; + const bool is_multiline = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0; + const bool is_readonly = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) != 0; + const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0; + const bool is_undoable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo) == 0; + const bool is_resizable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; + if (is_resizable) + IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // Must provide a callback if you set the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag! + + if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope, + BeginGroup(); + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? g.FontSize * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line + const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(frame_size.x + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), frame_size.y); + + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); + const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Min + total_size); + + ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window; + ImVec2 inner_size = frame_size; + if (is_multiline) + { + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)) + { + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + EndGroup(); + return false; + } + + // We reproduce the contents of BeginChildFrame() in order to provide 'label' so our window internal data are easier to read/debug. + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); + bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + PopStyleVar(2); + PopStyleColor(); + if (!child_visible) + { + EndChild(); + EndGroup(); + return false; + } + draw_window = g.CurrentWindow; // Child window + draw_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << draw_window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); // This is to ensure that EndChild() will display a navigation highlight so we can "enter" into it. + draw_window->DC.CursorPos += style.FramePadding; + inner_size.x -= draw_window->ScrollbarSizes.x; + } + else + { + // Support for internal ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem flag, which could be redesigned as an ItemFlags if needed (with test performed in ItemAdd) + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem)) + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)) + return false; + } + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + if (hovered) + g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput; + + // We are only allowed to access the state if we are already the active widget. + ImGuiInputTextState* state = GetInputTextState(id); + + const bool focus_requested_by_code = (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByCode) != 0; + const bool focus_requested_by_tabbing = (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; + + const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0]; + const bool user_nav_input_start = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)); + const bool user_scroll_finish = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y); + const bool user_scroll_active = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y); + + bool clear_active_id = false; + bool select_all = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) != 0 || user_nav_input_start) && (!is_multiline); + + float scroll_y = is_multiline ? draw_window->Scroll.y : FLT_MAX; + + const bool init_changed_specs = (state != NULL && state->Stb.single_line != !is_multiline); + const bool init_make_active = (user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || user_nav_input_start || focus_requested_by_code || focus_requested_by_tabbing); + const bool init_state = (init_make_active || user_scroll_active); + if ((init_state && g.ActiveId != id) || init_changed_specs) + { + // Access state even if we don't own it yet. + state = &g.InputTextState; + state->CursorAnimReset(); + + // Take a copy of the initial buffer value (both in original UTF-8 format and converted to wchar) + // From the moment we focused we are ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode) + const int buf_len = (int)strlen(buf); + state->InitialTextA.resize(buf_len + 1); // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. + memcpy(state->InitialTextA.Data, buf, buf_len + 1); + + // Start edition + const char* buf_end = NULL; + state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1); // wchar count <= UTF-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. + state->TextA.resize(0); + state->TextAIsValid = false; // TextA is not valid yet (we will display buf until then) + state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, buf_size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); + state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); // We can't get the result from ImStrncpy() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8. + + // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget + // FIXME: For non-readonly widgets we might be able to require that TextAIsValid && TextA == buf ? (untested) and discard undo stack if user buffer has changed. + const bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id && !init_changed_specs); + if (recycle_state) + { + // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position + // Note a single mouse click will override the cursor/position immediately by calling stb_textedit_click handler. + state->CursorClamp(); + } + else + { + state->ID = id; + state->ScrollX = 0.0f; + stb_textedit_initialize_state(&state->Stb, !is_multiline); + if (!is_multiline && focus_requested_by_code) + select_all = true; + } + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite) + state->Stb.insert_mode = 1; // stb field name is indeed incorrect (see #2863) + if (!is_multiline && (focus_requested_by_tabbing || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl))) + select_all = true; + } + + if (g.ActiveId != id && init_make_active) + { + IM_ASSERT(state && state->ID == id); + SetActiveID(id, window); + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + + // Declare our inputs + IM_ASSERT(ImGuiNavInput_COUNT < 32); + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); + if (is_multiline || (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory)) + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); + g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_Home) | ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_End); + if (is_multiline) + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_PageUp) | ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_PageDown); + if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) // Disable keyboard tabbing out as we will use the \t character. + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_Tab); + } + + // We have an edge case if ActiveId was set through another widget (e.g. widget being swapped), clear id immediately (don't wait until the end of the function) + if (g.ActiveId == id && state == NULL) + ClearActiveID(); + + // Release focus when we click outside + if (g.ActiveId == id && io.MouseClicked[0] && !init_state && !init_make_active) //-V560 + clear_active_id = true; + + // Lock the decision of whether we are going to take the path displaying the cursor or selection + const bool render_cursor = (g.ActiveId == id) || (state && user_scroll_active); + bool render_selection = state && state->HasSelection() && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor); + bool value_changed = false; + bool enter_pressed = false; + + // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function + // FIXME-OPT: Because our selection/cursor code currently needs the wide text we need to convert it when active, which is not ideal :( + if (is_readonly && state != NULL && (render_cursor || render_selection)) + { + const char* buf_end = NULL; + state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1); + state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); + state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); + state->CursorClamp(); + render_selection &= state->HasSelection(); + } + + // Select the buffer to render. + const bool buf_display_from_state = (render_cursor || render_selection || g.ActiveId == id) && !is_readonly && state && state->TextAIsValid; + const bool is_displaying_hint = (hint != NULL && (buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf)[0] == 0); + + // Password pushes a temporary font with only a fallback glyph + if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint) + { + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = g.Font->FindGlyph('*'); + ImFont* password_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont; + password_font->FontSize = g.Font->FontSize; + password_font->Scale = g.Font->Scale; + password_font->Ascent = g.Font->Ascent; + password_font->Descent = g.Font->Descent; + password_font->ContainerAtlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas; + password_font->FallbackGlyph = glyph; + password_font->FallbackAdvanceX = glyph->AdvanceX; + IM_ASSERT(password_font->Glyphs.empty() && password_font->IndexAdvanceX.empty() && password_font->IndexLookup.empty()); + PushFont(password_font); + } + + // Process mouse inputs and character inputs + int backup_current_text_length = 0; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); + backup_current_text_length = state->CurLenA; + state->Edited = false; + state->BufCapacityA = buf_size; + state->Flags = flags; + state->UserCallback = callback; + state->UserCallbackData = callback_user_data; + + // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget. + // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active. + g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = !io.MouseDown[0]; + g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1; + + // Edit in progress + const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + state->ScrollX; + const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y) : (g.FontSize * 0.5f)); + + const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; + if (select_all || (hovered && !is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) + { + state->SelectAll(); + state->SelectedAllMouseLock = true; + } + else if (hovered && is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) + { + // Double-click select a word only, OS X style (by simulating keystrokes) + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT); + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + } + else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock) + { + if (hovered) + { + stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + state->CursorAnimReset(); + } + } + else if (io.MouseDown[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock && (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f)) + { + stb_textedit_drag(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + state->CursorAnimReset(); + state->CursorFollow = true; + } + if (state->SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0]) + state->SelectedAllMouseLock = false; + + // It is ill-defined whether the backend needs to send a \t character when pressing the TAB keys. + // Win32 and GLFW naturally do it but not SDL. + const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper); + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !ignore_char_inputs && !io.KeyShift && !is_readonly) + if (!io.InputQueueCharacters.contains('\t')) + { + unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) + state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); + } + + // Process regular text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?) + // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters. + if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0) + { + if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !user_nav_input_start) + for (int n = 0; n < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; n++) + { + // Insert character if they pass filtering + unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputQueueCharacters[n]; + if (c == '\t' && io.KeyShift) + continue; + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) + state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); + } + + // Consume characters + io.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); + } + } + + // Process other shortcuts/key-presses + bool cancel_edit = false; + if (g.ActiveId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated && !clear_active_id) + { + IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); + IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMods == GetMergedKeyModFlags() && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); // We rarely do this check, but if anything let's do it here. + + const int row_count_per_page = ImMax((int)((inner_size.y - style.FramePadding.y) / g.FontSize), 1); + state->Stb.row_count_per_page = row_count_per_page; + + const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0); + const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; + const bool is_osx_shift_shortcut = is_osx && (io.KeyMods == (ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super | ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift)); + const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl; // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl + const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End + const bool is_ctrl_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl); + const bool is_shift_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift); + const bool is_shortcut_key = g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super) : (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl); + + const bool is_cut = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete))) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); + const bool is_copy = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) || (is_ctrl_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); + const bool is_paste = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_V)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_readonly; + const bool is_undo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable); + const bool is_redo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Y)) || (is_osx_shift_shortcut && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; + + if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_PageUp) && is_multiline) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP | k_mask); scroll_y -= row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_PageDown) && is_multiline) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | k_mask); scroll_y += row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Home)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_End)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && !is_readonly) + { + if (!state->HasSelection()) + { + if (is_wordmove_key_down) + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + else if (is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl) + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + } + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask); + } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter)) + { + bool ctrl_enter_for_new_line = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine) != 0; + if (!is_multiline || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl)) + { + enter_pressed = clear_active_id = true; + } + else if (!is_readonly) + { + unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) + state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); + } + } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape)) + { + clear_active_id = cancel_edit = true; + } + else if (is_undo || is_redo) + { + state->OnKeyPressed(is_undo ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO); + state->ClearSelection(); + } + else if (is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_A)) + { + state->SelectAll(); + state->CursorFollow = true; + } + else if (is_cut || is_copy) + { + // Cut, Copy + if (io.SetClipboardTextFn) + { + const int ib = state->HasSelection() ? ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end) : 0; + const int ie = state->HasSelection() ? ImMax(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end) : state->CurLenW; + const int clipboard_data_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(state->TextW.Data + ib, state->TextW.Data + ie) + 1; + char* clipboard_data = (char*)IM_ALLOC(clipboard_data_len * sizeof(char)); + ImTextStrToUtf8(clipboard_data, clipboard_data_len, state->TextW.Data + ib, state->TextW.Data + ie); + SetClipboardText(clipboard_data); + MemFree(clipboard_data); + } + if (is_cut) + { + if (!state->HasSelection()) + state->SelectAll(); + state->CursorFollow = true; + stb_textedit_cut(state, &state->Stb); + } + } + else if (is_paste) + { + if (const char* clipboard = GetClipboardText()) + { + // Filter pasted buffer + const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard); + ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)IM_ALLOC((clipboard_len + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); + int clipboard_filtered_len = 0; + for (const char* s = clipboard; *s; ) + { + unsigned int c; + s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL); + if (c == 0) + break; + if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard)) + continue; + clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c; + } + clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len] = 0; + if (clipboard_filtered_len > 0) // If everything was filtered, ignore the pasting operation + { + stb_textedit_paste(state, &state->Stb, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len); + state->CursorFollow = true; + } + MemFree(clipboard_filtered); + } + } + + // Update render selection flag after events have been handled, so selection highlight can be displayed during the same frame. + render_selection |= state->HasSelection() && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor); + } + + // Process callbacks and apply result back to user's buffer. + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); + const char* apply_new_text = NULL; + int apply_new_text_length = 0; + if (cancel_edit) + { + // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents. + if (!is_readonly && strcmp(buf, state->InitialTextA.Data) != 0) + { + // Push records into the undo stack so we can CTRL+Z the revert operation itself + apply_new_text = state->InitialTextA.Data; + apply_new_text_length = state->InitialTextA.Size - 1; + ImVector w_text; + if (apply_new_text_length > 0) + { + w_text.resize(ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length) + 1); + ImTextStrFromUtf8(w_text.Data, w_text.Size, apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length); + } + stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, w_text.Data, (apply_new_text_length > 0) ? (w_text.Size - 1) : 0); + } + } + + // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. + // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. + // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize). + bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !cancel_edit || (enter_pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); + if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer) + { + // Apply new value immediately - copy modified buffer back + // Note that as soon as the input box is active, the in-widget value gets priority over any underlying modification of the input buffer + // FIXME: We actually always render 'buf' when calling DrawList->AddText, making the comment above incorrect. + // FIXME-OPT: CPU waste to do this every time the widget is active, should mark dirty state from the stb_textedit callbacks. + if (!is_readonly) + { + state->TextAIsValid = true; + state->TextA.resize(state->TextW.Size * 4 + 1); + ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL); + } + + // User callback + if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0) + { + IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); + + // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment. + ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0; + ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_COUNT; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)) + { + event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion; + event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab; + } + else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow)) + { + event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; + event_key = ImGuiKey_UpArrow; + } + else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow)) + { + event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; + event_key = ImGuiKey_DownArrow; + } + else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit) && state->Edited) + { + event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit; + } + else if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways) + { + event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways; + } + + if (event_flag) + { + ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; + memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData)); + callback_data.EventFlag = event_flag; + callback_data.Flags = flags; + callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; + + callback_data.EventKey = event_key; + callback_data.Buf = state->TextA.Data; + callback_data.BufTextLen = state->CurLenA; + callback_data.BufSize = state->BufCapacityA; + callback_data.BufDirty = false; + + // We have to convert from wchar-positions to UTF-8-positions, which can be pretty slow (an incentive to ditch the ImWchar buffer, see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188) + ImWchar* text = state->TextW.Data; + const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.cursor); + const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.select_start); + const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.select_end); + + // Call user code + callback(&callback_data); + + // Read back what user may have modified + IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == state->TextA.Data); // Invalid to modify those fields + IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == state->BufCapacityA); + IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags); + const bool buf_dirty = callback_data.BufDirty; + if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); state->CursorFollow = true; } + if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.select_start = (callback_data.SelectionStart == callback_data.CursorPos) ? state->Stb.cursor : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); } + if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.select_end = (callback_data.SelectionEnd == callback_data.SelectionStart) ? state->Stb.select_start : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); } + if (buf_dirty) + { + IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text! + if (callback_data.BufTextLen > backup_current_text_length && is_resizable) + state->TextW.resize(state->TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length)); + state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL); + state->CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen; // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen() + state->CursorAnimReset(); + } + } + } + + // Will copy result string if modified + if (!is_readonly && strcmp(state->TextA.Data, buf) != 0) + { + apply_new_text = state->TextA.Data; + apply_new_text_length = state->CurLenA; + } + } + + // Copy result to user buffer + if (apply_new_text) + { + // We cannot test for 'backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length' here because we have no guarantee that the size + // of our owned buffer matches the size of the string object held by the user, and by design we allow InputText() to be used + // without any storage on user's side. + IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length >= 0); + if (is_resizable) + { + ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; + callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize; + callback_data.Flags = flags; + callback_data.Buf = buf; + callback_data.BufTextLen = apply_new_text_length; + callback_data.BufSize = ImMax(buf_size, apply_new_text_length + 1); + callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; + callback(&callback_data); + buf = callback_data.Buf; + buf_size = callback_data.BufSize; + apply_new_text_length = ImMin(callback_data.BufTextLen, buf_size - 1); + IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length <= buf_size); + } + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("InputText(\"%s\"): apply_new_text length %d\n", label, apply_new_text_length); + + // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size. + ImStrncpy(buf, apply_new_text, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size)); + value_changed = true; + } + + // Clear temporary user storage + state->Flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_None; + state->UserCallback = NULL; + state->UserCallbackData = NULL; + } + + // Release active ID at the end of the function (so e.g. pressing Return still does a final application of the value) + if (clear_active_id && g.ActiveId == id) + ClearActiveID(); + + // Render frame + if (!is_multiline) + { + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); + } + + const ImVec4 clip_rect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + inner_size.x, frame_bb.Min.y + inner_size.y); // Not using frame_bb.Max because we have adjusted size + ImVec2 draw_pos = is_multiline ? draw_window->DC.CursorPos : frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding; + ImVec2 text_size(0.0f, 0.0f); + + // Set upper limit of single-line InputTextEx() at 2 million characters strings. The current pathological worst case is a long line + // without any carriage return, which would makes ImFont::RenderText() reserve too many vertices and probably crash. Avoid it altogether. + // Note that we only use this limit on single-line InputText(), so a pathologically large line on a InputTextMultiline() would still crash. + const int buf_display_max_length = 2 * 1024 * 1024; + const char* buf_display = buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf; //-V595 + const char* buf_display_end = NULL; // We have specialized paths below for setting the length + if (is_displaying_hint) + { + buf_display = hint; + buf_display_end = hint + strlen(hint); + } + + // Render text. We currently only render selection when the widget is active or while scrolling. + // FIXME: We could remove the '&& render_cursor' to keep rendering selection when inactive. + if (render_cursor || render_selection) + { + IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); + if (!is_displaying_hint) + buf_display_end = buf_display + state->CurLenA; + + // Render text (with cursor and selection) + // This is going to be messy. We need to: + // - Display the text (this alone can be more easily clipped) + // - Handle scrolling, highlight selection, display cursor (those all requires some form of 1d->2d cursor position calculation) + // - Measure text height (for scrollbar) + // We are attempting to do most of that in **one main pass** to minimize the computation cost (non-negligible for large amount of text) + 2nd pass for selection rendering (we could merge them by an extra refactoring effort) + // FIXME: This should occur on buf_display but we'd need to maintain cursor/select_start/select_end for UTF-8. + const ImWchar* text_begin = state->TextW.Data; + ImVec2 cursor_offset, select_start_offset; + + { + // Find lines numbers straddling 'cursor' (slot 0) and 'select_start' (slot 1) positions. + const ImWchar* searches_input_ptr[2] = { NULL, NULL }; + int searches_result_line_no[2] = { -1000, -1000 }; + int searches_remaining = 0; + if (render_cursor) + { + searches_input_ptr[0] = text_begin + state->Stb.cursor; + searches_result_line_no[0] = -1; + searches_remaining++; + } + if (render_selection) + { + searches_input_ptr[1] = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end); + searches_result_line_no[1] = -1; + searches_remaining++; + } + + // Iterate all lines to find our line numbers + // In multi-line mode, we never exit the loop until all lines are counted, so add one extra to the searches_remaining counter. + searches_remaining += is_multiline ? 1 : 0; + int line_count = 0; + //for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; (s = (const ImWchar*)wcschr((const wchar_t*)s, (wchar_t)'\n')) != NULL; s++) // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit + for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; *s != 0; s++) + if (*s == '\n') + { + line_count++; + if (searches_result_line_no[0] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[0]) { searches_result_line_no[0] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; } + if (searches_result_line_no[1] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[1]) { searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; } + } + line_count++; + if (searches_result_line_no[0] == -1) + searches_result_line_no[0] = line_count; + if (searches_result_line_no[1] == -1) + searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count; + + // Calculate 2d position by finding the beginning of the line and measuring distance + cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x; + cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[0] * g.FontSize; + if (searches_result_line_no[1] >= 0) + { + select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x; + select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[1] * g.FontSize; + } + + // Store text height (note that we haven't calculated text width at all, see GitHub issues #383, #1224) + if (is_multiline) + text_size = ImVec2(inner_size.x, line_count * g.FontSize); + } + + // Scroll + if (render_cursor && state->CursorFollow) + { + // Horizontal scroll in chunks of quarter width + if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll)) + { + const float scroll_increment_x = inner_size.x * 0.25f; + const float visible_width = inner_size.x - style.FramePadding.x; + if (cursor_offset.x < state->ScrollX) + state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x)); + else if (cursor_offset.x - visible_width >= state->ScrollX) + state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(cursor_offset.x - visible_width + scroll_increment_x); + } + else + { + state->ScrollX = 0.0f; + } + + // Vertical scroll + if (is_multiline) + { + // Test if cursor is vertically visible + if (cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize < scroll_y) + scroll_y = ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize); + else if (cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y >= scroll_y) + scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; + const float scroll_max_y = ImMax((text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) - inner_size.y, 0.0f); + scroll_y = ImClamp(scroll_y, 0.0f, scroll_max_y); + draw_pos.y += (draw_window->Scroll.y - scroll_y); // Manipulate cursor pos immediately avoid a frame of lag + draw_window->Scroll.y = scroll_y; + } + + state->CursorFollow = false; + } + + // Draw selection + const ImVec2 draw_scroll = ImVec2(state->ScrollX, 0.0f); + if (render_selection) + { + const ImWchar* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end); + const ImWchar* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end); + + ImU32 bg_color = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, render_cursor ? 1.0f : 0.6f); // FIXME: current code flow mandate that render_cursor is always true here, we are leaving the transparent one for tests. + float bg_offy_up = is_multiline ? 0.0f : -1.0f; // FIXME: those offsets should be part of the style? they don't play so well with multi-line selection. + float bg_offy_dn = is_multiline ? 0.0f : 2.0f; + ImVec2 rect_pos = draw_pos + select_start_offset - draw_scroll; + for (const ImWchar* p = text_selected_begin; p < text_selected_end; ) + { + if (rect_pos.y > clip_rect.w + g.FontSize) + break; + if (rect_pos.y < clip_rect.y) + { + //p = (const ImWchar*)wmemchr((const wchar_t*)p, '\n', text_selected_end - p); // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit + //p = p ? p + 1 : text_selected_end; + while (p < text_selected_end) + if (*p++ == '\n') + break; + } + else + { + ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true); + if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = IM_FLOOR(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines + ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos + ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn)); + rect.ClipWith(clip_rect); + if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) + draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(rect.Min, rect.Max, bg_color); + } + rect_pos.x = draw_pos.x - draw_scroll.x; + rect_pos.y += g.FontSize; + } + } + + // We test for 'buf_display_max_length' as a way to avoid some pathological cases (e.g. single-line 1 MB string) which would make ImDrawList crash. + if (is_multiline || (buf_display_end - buf_display) < buf_display_max_length) + { + ImU32 col = GetColorU32(is_displaying_hint ? ImGuiCol_TextDisabled : ImGuiCol_Text); + draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, draw_pos - draw_scroll, col, buf_display, buf_display_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect); + } + + // Draw blinking cursor + if (render_cursor) + { + state->CursorAnim += io.DeltaTime; + bool cursor_is_visible = (!g.IO.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) || (state->CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || ImFmod(state->CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f; + ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = ImFloor(draw_pos + cursor_offset - draw_scroll); + ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize + 0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x + 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - 1.5f); + if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) + draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); + + // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.) + if (!is_readonly) + g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize); + } + } + else + { + // Render text only (no selection, no cursor) + if (is_multiline) + text_size = ImVec2(inner_size.x, InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(buf_display, &buf_display_end) * g.FontSize); // We don't need width + else if (!is_displaying_hint && g.ActiveId == id) + buf_display_end = buf_display + state->CurLenA; + else if (!is_displaying_hint) + buf_display_end = buf_display + strlen(buf_display); + + if (is_multiline || (buf_display_end - buf_display) < buf_display_max_length) + { + ImU32 col = GetColorU32(is_displaying_hint ? ImGuiCol_TextDisabled : ImGuiCol_Text); + draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, draw_pos, col, buf_display, buf_display_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect); + } + } + + if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint) + PopFont(); + + if (is_multiline) + { + Dummy(ImVec2(text_size.x, text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y)); + EndChild(); + EndGroup(); + } + + // Log as text + if (g.LogEnabled && (!is_password || is_displaying_hint)) + { + LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}"); + LogRenderedText(&draw_pos, buf_display, buf_display_end); + } + + if (label_size.x > 0) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + if (value_changed && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited)) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0) + return enter_pressed; + else + return value_changed; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ColorEdit3() +// - ColorEdit4() +// - ColorPicker3() +// - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard() [Internal] +// - ColorPicker4() +// - ColorButton() +// - SetColorEditOptions() +// - ColorTooltip() [Internal] +// - ColorEditOptionsPopup() [Internal] +// - ColorPickerOptionsPopup() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + return ColorEdit4(label, col, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); +} + +// Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range). +// See enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ for available options. e.g. Only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. +// With typical options: Left-click on color square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL-Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item. +bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight(); + const float w_full = CalcItemWidth(); + const float w_button = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview) ? 0.0f : (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + const float w_inputs = w_full - w_button; + const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + g.NextItemData.ClearFlags(); + + BeginGroup(); + PushID(label); + + // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions + const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags; + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) + flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions; + + // Context menu: display and modify options (before defaults are applied) + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + ColorEditOptionsPopup(col, flags); + + // Read stored options + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask); + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected + + const bool alpha = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) == 0; + const bool hdr = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR) != 0; + const int components = alpha ? 4 : 3; + + // Convert to the formats we need + float f[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f }; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB)) + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); + else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV)) + { + // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); + if (memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0) + { + if (f[1] == 0) + f[0] = g.ColorEditLastHue; + if (f[2] == 0) + f[1] = g.ColorEditLastSat; + } + } + int i[4] = { IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[3]) }; + + bool value_changed = false; + bool value_changed_as_float = false; + + const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + const float inputs_offset_x = (style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) ? w_button : 0.0f; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = pos.x + inputs_offset_x; + + if ((flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV)) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) + { + // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders + const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_inputs - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)) / (float)components)); + const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_inputs - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1))); + + const bool hide_prefix = (w_item_one <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x); + static const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" }; + static const char* fmt_table_int[3][4] = + { + { "%3d", "%3d", "%3d", "%3d" }, // Short display + { "R:%3d", "G:%3d", "B:%3d", "A:%3d" }, // Long display for RGBA + { "H:%3d", "S:%3d", "V:%3d", "A:%3d" } // Long display for HSVA + }; + static const char* fmt_table_float[3][4] = + { + { "%0.3f", "%0.3f", "%0.3f", "%0.3f" }, // Short display + { "R:%0.3f", "G:%0.3f", "B:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" }, // Long display for RGBA + { "H:%0.3f", "S:%0.3f", "V:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" } // Long display for HSVA + }; + const int fmt_idx = hide_prefix ? 0 : (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) ? 2 : 1; + + for (int n = 0; n < components; n++) + { + if (n > 0) + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + SetNextItemWidth((n + 1 < components) ? w_item_one : w_item_last); + + // FIXME: When ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR flag is passed HS values snap in weird ways when SV values go below 0. + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) + { + value_changed |= DragFloat(ids[n], &f[n], 1.0f / 255.0f, 0.0f, hdr ? 0.0f : 1.0f, fmt_table_float[fmt_idx][n]); + value_changed_as_float |= value_changed; + } + else + { + value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, hdr ? 0 : 255, fmt_table_int[fmt_idx][n]); + } + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + } + } + else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) + { + // RGB Hexadecimal Input + char buf[64]; + if (alpha) + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[1], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[2], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[3], 0, 255)); + else + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[1], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[2], 0, 255)); + SetNextItemWidth(w_inputs); + if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)) + { + value_changed = true; + char* p = buf; + while (*p == '#' || ImCharIsBlankA(*p)) + p++; + i[0] = i[1] = i[2] = 0; + i[3] = 0xFF; // alpha default to 255 is not parsed by scanf (e.g. inputting #FFFFFF omitting alpha) + int r; + if (alpha) + r = sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2], (unsigned int*)&i[3]); // Treat at unsigned (%X is unsigned) + else + r = sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2]); + IM_UNUSED(r); // Fixes C6031: Return value ignored: 'sscanf'. + } + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + } + + ImGuiWindow* picker_active_window = NULL; + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview)) + { + const float button_offset_x = ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) || (style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)) ? 0.0f : w_inputs + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(pos.x + button_offset_x, pos.y); + + const ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f); + if (ColorButton("##ColorButton", col_v4, flags)) + { + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker)) + { + // Store current color and open a picker + g.ColorPickerRef = col_v4; + OpenPopup("picker"); + SetNextWindowPos(window->DC.LastItemRect.GetBL() + ImVec2(-1, style.ItemSpacing.y)); + } + } + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + + if (BeginPopup("picker")) + { + picker_active_window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (label != label_display_end) + { + TextEx(label, label_display_end); + Spacing(); + } + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; + SetNextItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes? + value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x); + EndPopup(); + } + } + + if (label != label_display_end && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) + { + const float text_offset_x = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) ? w_button : w_full + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(pos.x + text_offset_x, pos.y + style.FramePadding.y); + TextEx(label, label_display_end); + } + + // Convert back + if (value_changed && picker_active_window == NULL) + { + if (!value_changed_as_float) + for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++) + f[n] = i[n] / 255.0f; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)) + { + g.ColorEditLastHue = f[0]; + g.ColorEditLastSat = f[1]; + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); + memcpy(g.ColorEditLastColor, f, sizeof(float) * 3); + } + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)) + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); + + col[0] = f[0]; + col[1] = f[1]; + col[2] = f[2]; + if (alpha) + col[3] = f[3]; + } + + PopID(); + EndGroup(); + + // Drag and Drop Target + // NB: The flag test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropTarget() does the same test. + if ((window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget()) + { + bool accepted_drag_drop = false; + if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F)) + { + memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); // Preserve alpha if any //-V512 + value_changed = accepted_drag_drop = true; + } + if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F)) + { + memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * components); + value_changed = accepted_drag_drop = true; + } + + // Drag-drop payloads are always RGB + if (accepted_drag_drop && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)) + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], col[0], col[1], col[2]); + EndDragDropTarget(); + } + + // When picker is being actively used, use its active id so IsItemActive() will function on ColorEdit4(). + if (picker_active_window && g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow == picker_active_window) + window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId; + + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId); + + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + float col4[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], 1.0f }; + if (!ColorPicker4(label, col4, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)) + return false; + col[0] = col4[0]; col[1] = col4[1]; col[2] = col4[2]; + return true; +} + +// Helper for ColorPicker4() +static void RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, float bar_w, float alpha) +{ + ImU32 alpha8 = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha); + ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x + 1, pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32(0,0,0,alpha8)); + ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y), half_sz, ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32(255,255,255,alpha8)); + ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x - 1, pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Left, IM_COL32(0,0,0,alpha8)); + ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x, pos.y), half_sz, ImGuiDir_Left, IM_COL32(255,255,255,alpha8)); +} + +// Note: ColorPicker4() only accesses 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. +// (In C++ the 'float col[4]' notation for a function argument is equivalent to 'float* col', we only specify a size to facilitate understanding of the code.) +// FIXME: we adjust the big color square height based on item width, which may cause a flickering feedback loop (if automatic height makes a vertical scrollbar appears, affecting automatic width..) +// FIXME: this is trying to be aware of style.Alpha but not fully correct. Also, the color wheel will have overlapping glitches with (style.Alpha < 1.0) +bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const float* ref_col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + const float width = CalcItemWidth(); + g.NextItemData.ClearFlags(); + + PushID(label); + BeginGroup(); + + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview; + + // Context menu: display and store options. + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + ColorPickerOptionsPopup(col, flags); + + // Read stored options + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)) + flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask; + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)) + flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); + + // Setup + int components = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4; + bool alpha_bar = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); + ImVec2 picker_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + float square_sz = GetFrameHeight(); + float bars_width = square_sz; // Arbitrary smallish width of Hue/Alpha picking bars + float sv_picker_size = ImMax(bars_width * 1, width - (alpha_bar ? 2 : 1) * (bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)); // Saturation/Value picking box + float bar0_pos_x = picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + float bar1_pos_x = bar0_pos_x + bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + float bars_triangles_half_sz = IM_FLOOR(bars_width * 0.20f); + + float backup_initial_col[4]; + memcpy(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)); + + float wheel_thickness = sv_picker_size * 0.08f; + float wheel_r_outer = sv_picker_size * 0.50f; + float wheel_r_inner = wheel_r_outer - wheel_thickness; + ImVec2 wheel_center(picker_pos.x + (sv_picker_size + bars_width)*0.5f, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size * 0.5f); + + // Note: the triangle is displayed rotated with triangle_pa pointing to Hue, but most coordinates stays unrotated for logic. + float triangle_r = wheel_r_inner - (int)(sv_picker_size * 0.027f); + ImVec2 triangle_pa = ImVec2(triangle_r, 0.0f); // Hue point. + ImVec2 triangle_pb = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * -0.866025f); // Black point. + ImVec2 triangle_pc = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * +0.866025f); // White point. + + float H = col[0], S = col[1], V = col[2]; + float R = col[0], G = col[1], B = col[2]; + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) + { + // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V); + if (memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0) + { + if (S == 0) + H = g.ColorEditLastHue; + if (V == 0) + S = g.ColorEditLastSat; + } + } + else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) + { + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, R, G, B); + } + + bool value_changed = false, value_changed_h = false, value_changed_sv = false; + + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, true); + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel) + { + // Hue wheel + SV triangle logic + InvisibleButton("hsv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + bars_width, sv_picker_size)); + if (IsItemActive()) + { + ImVec2 initial_off = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - wheel_center; + ImVec2 current_off = g.IO.MousePos - wheel_center; + float initial_dist2 = ImLengthSqr(initial_off); + if (initial_dist2 >= (wheel_r_inner - 1) * (wheel_r_inner - 1) && initial_dist2 <= (wheel_r_outer + 1) * (wheel_r_outer + 1)) + { + // Interactive with Hue wheel + H = ImAtan2(current_off.y, current_off.x) / IM_PI * 0.5f; + if (H < 0.0f) + H += 1.0f; + value_changed = value_changed_h = true; + } + float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI); + float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI); + if (ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, ImRotate(initial_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle))) + { + // Interacting with SV triangle + ImVec2 current_off_unrotated = ImRotate(current_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); + if (!ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated)) + current_off_unrotated = ImTriangleClosestPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated); + float uu, vv, ww; + ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated, uu, vv, ww); + V = ImClamp(1.0f - vv, 0.0001f, 1.0f); + S = ImClamp(uu / V, 0.0001f, 1.0f); + value_changed = value_changed_sv = true; + } + } + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + } + else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar) + { + // SV rectangle logic + InvisibleButton("sv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size)); + if (IsItemActive()) + { + S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); + V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); + value_changed = value_changed_sv = true; + } + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + + // Hue bar logic + SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y)); + InvisibleButton("hue", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size)); + if (IsItemActive()) + { + H = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); + value_changed = value_changed_h = true; + } + } + + // Alpha bar logic + if (alpha_bar) + { + SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y)); + InvisibleButton("alpha", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size)); + if (IsItemActive()) + { + col[3] = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); + value_changed = true; + } + } + PopItemFlag(); // ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav + + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) + { + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + BeginGroup(); + } + + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) + { + const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + if (label != label_display_end) + { + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + TextEx(label, label_display_end); + } + } + + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) + { + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); + ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]); + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) + Text("Current"); + + ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip; + ColorButton("##current", col_v4, (flags & sub_flags_to_forward), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2)); + if (ref_col != NULL) + { + Text("Original"); + ImVec4 ref_col_v4(ref_col[0], ref_col[1], ref_col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : ref_col[3]); + if (ColorButton("##original", ref_col_v4, (flags & sub_flags_to_forward), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2))) + { + memcpy(col, ref_col, components * sizeof(float)); + value_changed = true; + } + } + PopItemFlag(); + EndGroup(); + } + + // Convert back color to RGB + if (value_changed_h || value_changed_sv) + { + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) + { + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H >= 1.0f ? H - 10 * 1e-6f : H, S > 0.0f ? S : 10 * 1e-6f, V > 0.0f ? V : 1e-6f, col[0], col[1], col[2]); + g.ColorEditLastHue = H; + g.ColorEditLastSat = S; + memcpy(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3); + } + else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) + { + col[0] = H; + col[1] = S; + col[2] = V; + } + } + + // R,G,B and H,S,V slider color editor + bool value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = false; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) + { + PushItemWidth((alpha_bar ? bar1_pos_x : bar0_pos_x) + bars_width - picker_pos.x); + ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; + ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags = (flags & sub_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker; + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) + if (ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB)) + { + // FIXME: Hackily differentiating using the DragInt (ActiveId != 0 && !ActiveIdAllowOverlap) vs. using the InputText or DropTarget. + // For the later we don't want to run the hue-wrap canceling code. If you are well versed in HSV picker please provide your input! (See #2050) + value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap); + value_changed = true; + } + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) + value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hsv", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV); + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) + value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hex", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex); + PopItemWidth(); + } + + // Try to cancel hue wrap (after ColorEdit4 call), if any + if (value_changed_fix_hue_wrap && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)) + { + float new_H, new_S, new_V; + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], new_H, new_S, new_V); + if (new_H <= 0 && H > 0) + { + if (new_V <= 0 && V != new_V) + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, new_V <= 0 ? V * 0.5f : new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]); + else if (new_S <= 0) + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, new_S <= 0 ? S * 0.5f : new_S, new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]); + } + } + + if (value_changed) + { + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) + { + R = col[0]; + G = col[1]; + B = col[2]; + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V); + if (memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0) // Fix local Hue as display below will use it immediately. + { + if (S == 0) + H = g.ColorEditLastHue; + if (V == 0) + S = g.ColorEditLastSat; + } + } + else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) + { + H = col[0]; + S = col[1]; + V = col[2]; + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, R, G, B); + } + } + + const int style_alpha8 = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(style.Alpha); + const ImU32 col_black = IM_COL32(0,0,0,style_alpha8); + const ImU32 col_white = IM_COL32(255,255,255,style_alpha8); + const ImU32 col_midgrey = IM_COL32(128,128,128,style_alpha8); + const ImU32 col_hues[6 + 1] = { IM_COL32(255,0,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,255,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,255,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,255,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,0,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,0,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,0,0,style_alpha8) }; + + ImVec4 hue_color_f(1, 1, 1, style.Alpha); ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, 1, 1, hue_color_f.x, hue_color_f.y, hue_color_f.z); + ImU32 hue_color32 = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(hue_color_f); + ImU32 user_col32_striped_of_alpha = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(R, G, B, style.Alpha)); // Important: this is still including the main rendering/style alpha!! + + ImVec2 sv_cursor_pos; + + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel) + { + // Render Hue Wheel + const float aeps = 0.5f / wheel_r_outer; // Half a pixel arc length in radians (2pi cancels out). + const int segment_per_arc = ImMax(4, (int)wheel_r_outer / 12); + for (int n = 0; n < 6; n++) + { + const float a0 = (n) /6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI - aeps; + const float a1 = (n+1.0f)/6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI + aeps; + const int vert_start_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; + draw_list->PathArcTo(wheel_center, (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, a0, a1, segment_per_arc); + draw_list->PathStroke(col_white, 0, wheel_thickness); + const int vert_end_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; + + // Paint colors over existing vertices + ImVec2 gradient_p0(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a0) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a0) * wheel_r_inner); + ImVec2 gradient_p1(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a1) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a1) * wheel_r_inner); + ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(draw_list, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, gradient_p0, gradient_p1, col_hues[n], col_hues[n + 1]); + } + + // Render Cursor + preview on Hue Wheel + float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(H * 2.0f * IM_PI); + float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(H * 2.0f * IM_PI); + ImVec2 hue_cursor_pos(wheel_center.x + cos_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f, wheel_center.y + sin_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f); + float hue_cursor_rad = value_changed_h ? wheel_thickness * 0.65f : wheel_thickness * 0.55f; + int hue_cursor_segments = ImClamp((int)(hue_cursor_rad / 1.4f), 9, 32); + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, hue_color32, hue_cursor_segments); + draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, hue_cursor_segments); + draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, col_white, hue_cursor_segments); + + // Render SV triangle (rotated according to hue) + ImVec2 tra = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pa, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); + ImVec2 trb = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pb, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); + ImVec2 trc = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pc, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); + ImVec2 uv_white = GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); + draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 6); + draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, hue_color32); + draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, hue_color32); + draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, col_white); + draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, 0); + draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, col_black); + draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, 0); + draw_list->AddTriangle(tra, trb, trc, col_midgrey, 1.5f); + sv_cursor_pos = ImLerp(ImLerp(trc, tra, ImSaturate(S)), trb, ImSaturate(1 - V)); + } + else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar) + { + // Render SV Square + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), col_white, hue_color32, hue_color32, col_white); + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), 0, 0, col_black, col_black); + RenderFrameBorder(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), 0.0f); + sv_cursor_pos.x = ImClamp(IM_ROUND(picker_pos.x + ImSaturate(S) * sv_picker_size), picker_pos.x + 2, picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size - 2); // Sneakily prevent the circle to stick out too much + sv_cursor_pos.y = ImClamp(IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + ImSaturate(1 - V) * sv_picker_size), picker_pos.y + 2, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size - 2); + + // Render Hue Bar + for (int i = 0; i < 6; ++i) + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y + i * (sv_picker_size / 6)), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + (i + 1) * (sv_picker_size / 6)), col_hues[i], col_hues[i], col_hues[i + 1], col_hues[i + 1]); + float bar0_line_y = IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + H * sv_picker_size); + RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size), 0.0f); + RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar0_pos_x - 1, bar0_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f, style.Alpha); + } + + // Render cursor/preview circle (clamp S/V within 0..1 range because floating points colors may lead HSV values to be out of range) + float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? 10.0f : 6.0f; + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, 12); + draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, 12); + draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col_white, 12); + + // Render alpha bar + if (alpha_bar) + { + float alpha = ImSaturate(col[3]); + ImRect bar1_bb(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y, bar1_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size); + RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(draw_list, bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0, bar1_bb.GetWidth() / 2.0f, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, user_col32_striped_of_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK, user_col32_striped_of_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK); + float bar1_line_y = IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + (1.0f - alpha) * sv_picker_size); + RenderFrameBorder(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0.0f); + RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar1_pos_x - 1, bar1_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f, style.Alpha); + } + + EndGroup(); + + if (value_changed && memcmp(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)) == 0) + value_changed = false; + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId); + + PopID(); + + return value_changed; +} + +// A little color square. Return true when clicked. +// FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip. +// 'desc_id' is not called 'label' because we don't display it next to the button, but only in the tooltip. +// Note that 'col' may be encoded in HSV if ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV is set. +bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, ImVec2 size) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(desc_id); + float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); + if (size.x == 0.0f) + size.x = default_size; + if (size.y == 0.0f) + size.y = default_size; + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + ItemSize(bb, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : 0.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) + flags &= ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf); + + ImVec4 col_rgb = col; + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z, col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z); + + ImVec4 col_rgb_without_alpha(col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z, 1.0f); + float grid_step = ImMin(size.x, size.y) / 2.99f; + float rounding = ImMin(g.Style.FrameRounding, grid_step * 0.5f); + ImRect bb_inner = bb; + float off = 0.0f; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder) == 0) + { + off = -0.75f; // The border (using Col_FrameBg) tends to look off when color is near-opaque and rounding is enabled. This offset seemed like a good middle ground to reduce those artifacts. + bb_inner.Expand(off); + } + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf) && col_rgb.w < 1.0f) + { + float mid_x = IM_ROUND((bb_inner.Min.x + bb_inner.Max.x) * 0.5f); + RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, ImVec2(bb_inner.Min.x + grid_step, bb_inner.Min.y), bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_rgb), grid_step, ImVec2(-grid_step + off, off), rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, ImVec2(mid_x, bb_inner.Max.y), GetColorU32(col_rgb_without_alpha), rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft); + } + else + { + // Because GetColorU32() multiplies by the global style Alpha and we don't want to display a checkerboard if the source code had no alpha + ImVec4 col_source = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview) ? col_rgb : col_rgb_without_alpha; + if (col_source.w < 1.0f) + RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), grid_step, ImVec2(off, off), rounding); + else + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), rounding); + } + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder) == 0) + { + if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f) + RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, rounding); + else + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), rounding); // Color button are often in need of some sort of border + } + + // Drag and Drop Source + // NB: The ActiveId test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropSource() does the same test. + if (g.ActiveId == id && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropSource()) + { + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) + SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F, &col_rgb, sizeof(float) * 3, ImGuiCond_Once); + else + SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F, &col_rgb, sizeof(float) * 4, ImGuiCond_Once); + ColorButton(desc_id, col, flags); + SameLine(); + TextEx("Color"); + EndDragDropSource(); + } + + // Tooltip + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered) + ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)); + + return pressed; +} + +// Initialize/override default color options +void ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected + g.ColorEditOptions = flags; +} + +// Note: only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. +void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + BeginTooltipEx(0, ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip); + const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text; + if (text_end > text) + { + TextEx(text, text_end); + Separator(); + } + + ImVec2 sz(g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2, g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); + ImVec4 cf(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]); + int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]); + ColorButton("##preview", cf, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz); + SameLine(); + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) || !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)) + { + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) + Text("#%02X%02X%02X\nR: %d, G: %d, B: %d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, cr, cg, cb, col[0], col[1], col[2]); + else + Text("#%02X%02X%02X%02X\nR:%d, G:%d, B:%d, A:%d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, ca, cr, cg, cb, ca, col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]); + } + else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) + { + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) + Text("H: %.3f, S: %.3f, V: %.3f", col[0], col[1], col[2]); + else + Text("H: %.3f, S: %.3f, V: %.3f, A: %.3f", col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]); + } + EndTooltip(); +} + +void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask); + bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask); + if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context")) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions; + if (allow_opt_inputs) + { + if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB; + if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV; + if (RadioButton("Hex", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex; + } + if (allow_opt_datatype) + { + if (allow_opt_inputs) Separator(); + if (RadioButton("0..255", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8; + if (RadioButton("0.00..1.00", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float; + } + + if (allow_opt_inputs || allow_opt_datatype) + Separator(); + if (Button("Copy as..", ImVec2(-1, 0))) + OpenPopup("Copy"); + if (BeginPopup("Copy")) + { + int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]); + char buf[64]; + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff)", col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]); + if (Selectable(buf)) + SetClipboardText(buf); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%d,%d,%d,%d)", cr, cg, cb, ca); + if (Selectable(buf)) + SetClipboardText(buf); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb); + if (Selectable(buf)) + SetClipboardText(buf); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)) + { + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb, ca); + if (Selectable(buf)) + SetClipboardText(buf); + } + EndPopup(); + } + + g.ColorEditOptions = opts; + EndPopup(); +} + +void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + bool allow_opt_picker = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); + bool allow_opt_alpha_bar = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); + if ((!allow_opt_picker && !allow_opt_alpha_bar) || !BeginPopup("context")) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (allow_opt_picker) + { + ImVec2 picker_size(g.FontSize * 8, ImMax(g.FontSize * 8 - (GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), 1.0f)); // FIXME: Picker size copied from main picker function + PushItemWidth(picker_size.x); + for (int picker_type = 0; picker_type < 2; picker_type++) + { + // Draw small/thumbnail version of each picker type (over an invisible button for selection) + if (picker_type > 0) Separator(); + PushID(picker_type); + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); + if (picker_type == 0) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar; + if (picker_type == 1) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel; + ImVec2 backup_pos = GetCursorScreenPos(); + if (Selectable("##selectable", false, 0, picker_size)) // By default, Selectable() is closing popup + g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); + SetCursorScreenPos(backup_pos); + ImVec4 previewing_ref_col; + memcpy(&previewing_ref_col, ref_col, sizeof(float) * ((picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4)); + ColorPicker4("##previewing_picker", &previewing_ref_col.x, picker_flags); + PopID(); + } + PopItemWidth(); + } + if (allow_opt_alpha_bar) + { + if (allow_opt_picker) Separator(); + CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", &g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); + } + EndPopup(); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: TreeNode, CollapsingHeader, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TreeNode() +// - TreeNodeV() +// - TreeNodeEx() +// - TreeNodeExV() +// - TreeNodeBehavior() [Internal] +// - TreePush() +// - TreePop() +// - GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() +// - SetNextItemOpen() +// - CollapsingHeader() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), 0, label, NULL); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + return TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + return TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags, label, NULL); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, flags, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, flags, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +{ + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) + return true; + + // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks (or explicitly use the SetNextItemOpen function) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiStorage* storage = window->DC.StateStorage; + + bool is_open; + if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen) + { + if (g.NextItemData.OpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always) + { + is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; + storage->SetInt(id, is_open); + } + else + { + // We treat ImGuiCond_Once and ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver the same because tree node state are not saved persistently. + const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(id, -1); + if (stored_value == -1) + { + is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; + storage->SetInt(id, is_open); + } + else + { + is_open = stored_value != 0; + } + } + } + else + { + is_open = storage->GetInt(id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0; + } + + // When logging is enabled, we automatically expand tree nodes (but *NOT* collapsing headers.. seems like sensible behavior). + // NB- If we are above max depth we still allow manually opened nodes to be logged. + if (g.LogEnabled && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog) && (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef) < g.LogDepthToExpand) + is_open = true; + + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const bool display_frame = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed) != 0; + const ImVec2 padding = (display_frame || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding)) ? style.FramePadding : ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, style.FramePadding.y)); + + if (!label_end) + label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false); + + // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height. + const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2), label_size.y + padding.y * 2); + ImRect frame_bb; + frame_bb.Min.x = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth) ? window->WorkRect.Min.x : window->DC.CursorPos.x; + frame_bb.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + frame_bb.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; + frame_bb.Max.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height; + if (display_frame) + { + // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding, to the edge of InnerClipRect + // (FIXME: May remove this at some point and make InnerClipRect align with WindowPadding.x instead of WindowPadding.x*0.5f) + frame_bb.Min.x -= IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f - 1.0f); + frame_bb.Max.x += IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); + } + + const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x * 3 : padding.x * 2); // Collapser arrow width + Spacing + const float text_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it + const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x * 2 : 0.0f); // Include collapser + ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_offset_x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + text_offset_y); + ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), padding.y); + + // For regular tree nodes, we arbitrary allow to click past 2 worth of ItemSpacing + ImRect interact_bb = frame_bb; + if (!display_frame && (flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth)) == 0) + interact_bb.Max.x = frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f; + + // Store a flag for the current depth to tell if we will allow closing this node when navigating one of its child. + // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop(). + // This is currently only support 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero. + const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0; + bool is_open = TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(id, flags); + if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) + window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); + + bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect; + window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect = frame_bb; + + if (!item_add) + { + if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) + TreePushOverrideID(id); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->DC.LastItemId, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + return is_open; + } + + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None; + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; + if (!is_leaf) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; + + // We allow clicking on the arrow section with keyboard modifiers held, in order to easily + // allow browsing a tree while preserving selection with code implementing multi-selection patterns. + // When clicking on the rest of the tree node we always disallow keyboard modifiers. + const float arrow_hit_x1 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) - style.TouchExtraPadding.x; + const float arrow_hit_x2 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) + (g.FontSize + padding.x * 2.0f) + style.TouchExtraPadding.x; + const bool is_mouse_x_over_arrow = (g.IO.MousePos.x >= arrow_hit_x1 && g.IO.MousePos.x < arrow_hit_x2); + if (window != g.HoveredWindow || !is_mouse_x_over_arrow) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers; + + // Open behaviors can be altered with the _OpenOnArrow and _OnOnDoubleClick flags. + // Some alteration have subtle effects (e.g. toggle on MouseUp vs MouseDown events) due to requirements for multi-selection and drag and drop support. + // - Single-click on label = Toggle on MouseUp (default, when _OpenOnArrow=0) + // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDown (when _OpenOnArrow=0) + // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDown (when _OpenOnArrow=1) + // - Double-click on label = Toggle on MouseDoubleClick (when _OpenOnDoubleClick=1) + // - Double-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDoubleClick (when _OpenOnDoubleClick=1 and _OpenOnArrow=0) + // It is rather standard that arrow click react on Down rather than Up. + // We set ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease on OpenOnDoubleClick because we want the item to be active on the initial MouseDown in order for drag and drop to work. + if (is_mouse_x_over_arrow) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; + else if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; + else + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease; + + bool selected = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected) != 0; + const bool was_selected = selected; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); + bool toggled = false; + if (!is_leaf) + { + if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId != id) + { + if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)) == 0 || (g.NavActivateId == id)) + toggled = true; + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) + toggled |= is_mouse_x_over_arrow && !g.NavDisableMouseHover; // Lightweight equivalent of IsMouseHoveringRect() since ButtonBehavior() already did the job + if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) + toggled = true; + } + else if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId == id) + { + IM_ASSERT(button_flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold); + if (!is_open) // When using Drag and Drop "hold to open" we keep the node highlighted after opening, but never close it again. + toggled = true; + } + + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && is_open) + { + toggled = true; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && !is_open) // If there's something upcoming on the line we may want to give it the priority? + { + toggled = true; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + + if (toggled) + { + is_open = !is_open; + window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open); + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen; + } + } + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) + SetItemAllowOverlap(); + + // In this branch, TreeNodeBehavior() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. + if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; + + // Render + const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags nav_highlight_flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin; + if (display_frame) + { + // Framed type + const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, true, style.FrameRounding); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.60f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); + else if (!is_leaf) + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y), text_col, is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f); + else // Leaf without bullet, left-adjusted text + text_pos.x -= text_offset_x; + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton) + frame_bb.Max.x -= g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x; + + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("###", "###"); + RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); + } + else + { + // Unframed typed for tree nodes + if (hovered || selected) + { + const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, false); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); + } + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.5f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); + else if (!is_leaf) + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration(">", NULL); + RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false); + } + + if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) + TreePushOverrideID(id); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + return is_open; +} + +void ImGui::TreePush(const char* str_id) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + Indent(); + window->DC.TreeDepth++; + PushID(str_id ? str_id : "#TreePush"); +} + +void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + Indent(); + window->DC.TreeDepth++; + PushID(ptr_id ? ptr_id : (const void*)"#TreePush"); +} + +void ImGui::TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + Indent(); + window->DC.TreeDepth++; + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +void ImGui::TreePop() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + Unindent(); + + window->DC.TreeDepth--; + ImU32 tree_depth_mask = (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); + + // Handle Left arrow to move to parent tree node (when ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere is enabled) + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) + if (g.NavIdIsAlive && (window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask & tree_depth_mask)) + { + SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer, 0, ImRect()); + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask &= tree_depth_mask - 1; + + IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // There should always be 1 element in the IDStack (pushed during window creation). If this triggers you called TreePop/PopID too much. + PopID(); +} + +// Horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode() or Bullet() +float ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.FontSize + (g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f); +} + +// Set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state. +void ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems) + return; + g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen; + g.NextItemData.OpenVal = is_open; + g.NextItemData.OpenCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; +} + +// CollapsingHeader returns true when opened but do not indent nor push into the ID stack (because of the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag). +// This is basically the same as calling TreeNodeEx(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader). You can remove the _NoTreePushOnOpen flag if you want behavior closer to normal TreeNode(). +bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader, label); +} + +// p_visible == NULL : regular collapsing header +// p_visible != NULL && *p_visible == true : show a small close button on the corner of the header, clicking the button will set *p_visible = false +// p_visible != NULL && *p_visible == false : do not show the header at all +// Do not mistake this with the Open state of the header itself, which you can adjust with SetNextItemOpen() or ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen. +bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + if (p_visible && !*p_visible) + return false; + + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader; + if (p_visible) + flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton; + bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label); + if (p_visible != NULL) + { + // Create a small overlapping close button + // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc. + // FIXME: CloseButton can overlap into text, need find a way to clip the text somehow. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiLastItemDataBackup last_item_backup; + float button_size = g.FontSize; + float button_x = ImMax(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.x, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_size); + float button_y = window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.y; + ImGuiID close_button_id = GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id); + if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(button_x, button_y))) + *p_visible = false; + last_item_backup.Restore(); + } + + return is_open; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Selectable +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - Selectable() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Tip: pass a non-visible label (e.g. "##hello") then you can use the space to draw other text or image. +// But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID or use ##unique_id. +// With this scheme, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns and ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap are also frequently used flags. +// FIXME: Selectable() with (size.x == 0.0f) and (SelectableTextAlign.x > 0.0f) followed by SameLine() is currently not supported. +bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + // Submit label or explicit size to ItemSize(), whereas ItemAdd() will submit a larger/spanning rectangle. + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + ImVec2 size(size_arg.x != 0.0f ? size_arg.x : label_size.x, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : label_size.y); + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset; + ItemSize(size, 0.0f); + + // Fill horizontal space + // We don't support (size < 0.0f) in Selectable() because the ItemSpacing extension would make explicitly right-aligned sizes not visibly match other widgets. + const bool span_all_columns = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) != 0; + const float min_x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x : pos.x; + const float max_x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x : window->WorkRect.Max.x; + if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth)) + size.x = ImMax(label_size.x, max_x - min_x); + + // Text stays at the submission position, but bounding box may be extended on both sides + const ImVec2 text_min = pos; + const ImVec2 text_max(min_x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); + + // Selectables are meant to be tightly packed together with no click-gap, so we extend their box to cover spacing between selectable. + ImRect bb(min_x, pos.y, text_max.x, text_max.y); + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing) == 0) + { + const float spacing_x = span_all_columns ? 0.0f : style.ItemSpacing.x; + const float spacing_y = style.ItemSpacing.y; + const float spacing_L = IM_FLOOR(spacing_x * 0.50f); + const float spacing_U = IM_FLOOR(spacing_y * 0.50f); + bb.Min.x -= spacing_L; + bb.Min.y -= spacing_U; + bb.Max.x += (spacing_x - spacing_L); + bb.Max.y += (spacing_y - spacing_U); + } + //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); } + + // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackground for every Selectable.. + const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x; + const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x; + if (span_all_columns) + { + window->ClipRect.Min.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x; + window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x; + } + + bool item_add; + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) + { + ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; + g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; + item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id); + g.CurrentItemFlags = backup_item_flags; + } + else + { + item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id); + } + + if (span_all_columns) + { + window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x; + window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x; + } + + if (!item_add) + return false; + + // FIXME: We can standardize the behavior of those two, we could also keep the fast path of override ClipRect + full push on render only, + // which would be advantageous since most selectable are not selected. + if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) + PushColumnsBackground(); + else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable) + TablePushBackgroundChannel(); + + // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0; + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; } + + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) + selected = false; + + const bool was_selected = selected; + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); + + // Update NavId when clicking or when Hovering (this doesn't happen on most widgets), so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard + if (pressed || (hovered && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover))) + { + if (!g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow == window && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + { + SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent, ImRect(bb.Min - window->Pos, bb.Max - window->Pos)); + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + } + } + if (pressed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap) + SetItemAllowOverlap(); + + // In this branch, Selectable() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. + if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; + + // Render + if (held && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld)) + hovered = true; + if (hovered || selected) + { + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); + } + + if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) + PopColumnsBackground(); + else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable) + TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PopStyleColor(); + + // Automatically close popups + if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup)) + CloseCurrentPopup(); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) +{ + if (Selectable(label, *p_selected, flags, size_arg)) + { + *p_selected = !*p_selected; + return true; + } + return false; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - BeginListBox() +// - EndListBox() +// - ListBox() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, use size.x = -FLT_MIN and pass an non-visible label e.g. "##empty" +// Tip: If your vertical size is calculated from an item count (e.g. 10 * item_height) consider adding a fractional part to facilitate seeing scrolling boundaries (e.g. 10.25 * item_height). +bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + // Size default to hold ~7.25 items. + // Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar. + ImVec2 size = ImFloor(CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.25f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y)); + ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); + ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + g.NextItemData.ClearFlags(); + + if (!IsRectVisible(bb.Min, bb.Max)) + { + ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y); + ItemAdd(bb, 0, &frame_bb); + return false; + } + + // FIXME-OPT: We could omit the BeginGroup() if label_size.x but would need to omit the EndGroup() as well. + BeginGroup(); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + { + ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + RenderText(label_pos, label); + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, label_pos + label_size); + } + + BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize()); + return true; +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +// OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) +bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items) +{ + // If height_in_items == -1, default height is maximum 7. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + float height_in_items_f = (height_in_items < 0 ? ImMin(items_count, 7) : height_in_items) + 0.25f; + ImVec2 size; + size.x = 0.0f; + size.y = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; + return BeginListBox(label, size); +} +#endif + +void ImGui::EndListBox() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && "Mismatched BeginListBox/EndListBox calls. Did you test the return value of BeginListBox?"); + IM_UNUSED(window); + + EndChildFrame(); + EndGroup(); // This is only required to be able to do IsItemXXX query on the whole ListBox including label +} + +bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_items) +{ + const bool value_changed = ListBox(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_items); + return value_changed; +} + +// This is merely a helper around BeginListBox(), EndListBox(). +// Considering using those directly to submit custom data or store selection differently. +bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Calculate size from "height_in_items" + if (height_in_items < 0) + height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7); + float height_in_items_f = height_in_items + 0.25f; + ImVec2 size(0.0f, ImFloor(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + + if (!BeginListBox(label, size)) + return false; + + // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different height, + // you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper. + bool value_changed = false; + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to. + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) + { + const char* item_text; + if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) + item_text = "*Unknown item*"; + + PushID(i); + const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); + if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected)) + { + *current_item = i; + value_changed = true; + } + if (item_selected) + SetItemDefaultFocus(); + PopID(); + } + EndListBox(); + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId); + + return value_changed; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: PlotLines, PlotHistogram +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - PlotEx() [Internal] +// - PlotLines() +// - PlotHistogram() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Plot/Graph widgets are not very good. +// Consider writing your own, or using a third-party one, see: +// - ImPlot https://github.com/epezent/implot +// - others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return -1; + + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + if (frame_size.x == 0.0f) + frame_size.x = CalcItemWidth(); + if (frame_size.y == 0.0f) + frame_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2); + + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); + const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding); + const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0)); + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0, &frame_bb)) + return -1; + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + + // Determine scale from values if not specified + if (scale_min == FLT_MAX || scale_max == FLT_MAX) + { + float v_min = FLT_MAX; + float v_max = -FLT_MAX; + for (int i = 0; i < values_count; i++) + { + const float v = values_getter(data, i); + if (v != v) // Ignore NaN values + continue; + v_min = ImMin(v_min, v); + v_max = ImMax(v_max, v); + } + if (scale_min == FLT_MAX) + scale_min = v_min; + if (scale_max == FLT_MAX) + scale_max = v_max; + } + + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); + + const int values_count_min = (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? 2 : 1; + int idx_hovered = -1; + if (values_count >= values_count_min) + { + int res_w = ImMin((int)frame_size.x, values_count) + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0); + int item_count = values_count + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0); + + // Tooltip on hover + if (hovered && inner_bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + { + const float t = ImClamp((g.IO.MousePos.x - inner_bb.Min.x) / (inner_bb.Max.x - inner_bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.9999f); + const int v_idx = (int)(t * item_count); + IM_ASSERT(v_idx >= 0 && v_idx < values_count); + + const float v0 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + values_offset) % values_count); + const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + 1 + values_offset) % values_count); + if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) + SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g\n%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0, v_idx + 1, v1); + else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram) + SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0); + idx_hovered = v_idx; + } + + const float t_step = 1.0f / (float)res_w; + const float inv_scale = (scale_min == scale_max) ? 0.0f : (1.0f / (scale_max - scale_min)); + + float v0 = values_getter(data, (0 + values_offset) % values_count); + float t0 = 0.0f; + ImVec2 tp0 = ImVec2( t0, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v0 - scale_min) * inv_scale) ); // Point in the normalized space of our target rectangle + float histogram_zero_line_t = (scale_min * scale_max < 0.0f) ? (-scale_min * inv_scale) : (scale_min < 0.0f ? 0.0f : 1.0f); // Where does the zero line stands + + const ImU32 col_base = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLines : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram); + const ImU32 col_hovered = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered); + + for (int n = 0; n < res_w; n++) + { + const float t1 = t0 + t_step; + const int v1_idx = (int)(t0 * item_count + 0.5f); + IM_ASSERT(v1_idx >= 0 && v1_idx < values_count); + const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v1_idx + values_offset + 1) % values_count); + const ImVec2 tp1 = ImVec2( t1, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v1 - scale_min) * inv_scale) ); + + // NB: Draw calls are merged together by the DrawList system. Still, we should render our batch are lower level to save a bit of CPU. + ImVec2 pos0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, tp0); + ImVec2 pos1 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? tp1 : ImVec2(tp1.x, histogram_zero_line_t)); + if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) + { + window->DrawList->AddLine(pos0, pos1, idx_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base); + } + else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram) + { + if (pos1.x >= pos0.x + 2.0f) + pos1.x -= 1.0f; + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(pos0, pos1, idx_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base); + } + + t0 = t1; + tp0 = tp1; + } + } + + // Text overlay + if (overlay_text) + RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.0f)); + + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label); + + // Return hovered index or -1 if none are hovered. + // This is currently not exposed in the public API because we need a larger redesign of the whole thing, but in the short-term we are making it available in PlotEx(). + return idx_hovered; +} + +struct ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData +{ + const float* Values; + int Stride; + + ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData(const float* values, int stride) { Values = values; Stride = stride; } +}; + +static float Plot_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx) +{ + ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData* plot_data = (ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData*)data; + const float v = *(const float*)(const void*)((const unsigned char*)plot_data->Values + (size_t)idx * plot_data->Stride); + return v; +} + +void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride) +{ + ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride); + PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); +} + +void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size) +{ + PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); +} + +void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride) +{ + ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride); + PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); +} + +void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size) +{ + PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Value helpers +// Those is not very useful, legacy API. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - Value() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, bool b) +{ + Text("%s: %s", prefix, (b ? "true" : "false")); +} + +void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, int v) +{ + Text("%s: %d", prefix, v); +} + +void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v) +{ + Text("%s: %d", prefix, v); +} + +void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format) +{ + if (float_format) + { + char fmt[64]; + ImFormatString(fmt, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt), "%%s: %s", float_format); + Text(fmt, prefix, v); + } + else + { + Text("%s: %.3f", prefix, v); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MenuItem, BeginMenu, EndMenu, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ImGuiMenuColumns [Internal] +// - BeginMenuBar() +// - EndMenuBar() +// - BeginMainMenuBar() +// - EndMainMenuBar() +// - BeginMenu() +// - EndMenu() +// - MenuItem() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Helpers for internal use +void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear) +{ + IM_ASSERT(count == IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos)); + IM_UNUSED(count); + Width = NextWidth = 0.0f; + Spacing = spacing; + if (clear) + memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths)); + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos); i++) + { + if (i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) + Width += Spacing; + Pos[i] = IM_FLOOR(Width); + Width += NextWidths[i]; + NextWidths[i] = 0.0f; + } +} + +float ImGuiMenuColumns::DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2) // not using va_arg because they promote float to double +{ + NextWidth = 0.0f; + NextWidths[0] = ImMax(NextWidths[0], w0); + NextWidths[1] = ImMax(NextWidths[1], w1); + NextWidths[2] = ImMax(NextWidths[2], w2); + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos); i++) + NextWidth += NextWidths[i] + ((i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) ? Spacing : 0.0f); + return ImMax(Width, NextWidth); +} + +float ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) const +{ + return ImMax(0.0f, avail_w - Width); +} + +// FIXME: Provided a rectangle perhaps e.g. a BeginMenuBarEx() could be used anywhere.. +// Currently the main responsibility of this function being to setup clip-rect + horizontal layout + menu navigation layer. +// Ideally we also want this to be responsible for claiming space out of the main window scrolling rectangle, in which case ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar will become unnecessary. +// Then later the same system could be used for multiple menu-bars, scrollbars, side-bars. +bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + return false; + + IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.MenuBarAppending); + BeginGroup(); // Backup position on layer 0 // FIXME: Misleading to use a group for that backup/restore + PushID("##menubar"); + + // We don't clip with current window clipping rectangle as it is already set to the area below. However we clip with window full rect. + // We remove 1 worth of rounding to Max.x to that text in long menus and small windows don't tend to display over the lower-right rounded area, which looks particularly glitchy. + ImRect bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect(); + ImRect clip_rect(IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.y + window->WindowBorderSize), IM_ROUND(ImMax(bar_rect.Min.x, bar_rect.Max.x - ImMax(window->WindowRounding, window->WindowBorderSize))), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Max.y)); + clip_rect.ClipWith(window->OuterRectClipped); + PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, false); + + // We overwrite CursorMaxPos because BeginGroup sets it to CursorPos (essentially the .EmitItem hack in EndMenuBar() would need something analogous here, maybe a BeginGroupEx() with flags). + window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x, bar_rect.Min.y + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y); + window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; + window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true; + AlignTextToFramePadding(); + return true; +} + +void ImGui::EndMenuBar() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Nav: When a move request within one of our child menu failed, capture the request to navigate among our siblings. + if (NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + { + ImGuiWindow* nav_earliest_child = g.NavWindow; + while (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow && (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + nav_earliest_child = nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow; + if (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow == window && nav_earliest_child->DC.ParentLayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal && g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None) + { + // To do so we claim focus back, restore NavId and then process the movement request for yet another frame. + // This involve a one-frame delay which isn't very problematic in this situation. We could remove it by scoring in advance for multiple window (probably not worth the hassle/cost) + const ImGuiNavLayer layer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext & (1 << layer)); // Sanity check + FocusWindow(window); + SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]); + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; // Hide highlight for the current frame so we don't see the intermediary selection. + g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; + g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + } + + IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'" + IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar); + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.MenuBarAppending); + PopClipRect(); + PopID(); + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x; // Save horizontal position so next append can reuse it. This is kinda equivalent to a per-layer CursorPos. + g.GroupStack.back().EmitItem = false; + EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0 + window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; +} + +// Important: calling order matters! +// FIXME: Somehow overlapping with docking tech. +// FIXME: The "rect-cut" aspect of this could be formalized into a lower-level helper (rect-cut: https://halt.software/dead-simple-layouts) +bool ImGui::BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport_p, ImGuiDir dir, float axis_size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags) +{ + IM_ASSERT(dir != ImGuiDir_None); + + ImGuiWindow* bar_window = FindWindowByName(name); + if (bar_window == NULL || bar_window->BeginCount == 0) + { + // Calculate and set window size/position + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)(viewport_p ? viewport_p : GetMainViewport()); + ImRect avail_rect = viewport->GetBuildWorkRect(); + ImGuiAxis axis = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; + ImVec2 pos = avail_rect.Min; + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right || dir == ImGuiDir_Down) + pos[axis] = avail_rect.Max[axis] - axis_size; + ImVec2 size = avail_rect.GetSize(); + size[axis] = axis_size; + SetNextWindowPos(pos); + SetNextWindowSize(size); + + // Report our size into work area (for next frame) using actual window size + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Left) + viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin[axis] += axis_size; + else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down || dir == ImGuiDir_Right) + viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax[axis] -= axis_size; + } + + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Lift normal size constraint + bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags); + PopStyleVar(2); + + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport(); + + // For the main menu bar, which cannot be moved, we honor g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding to ensure text can be visible on a TV set. + // FIXME: This could be generalized as an opt-in way to clamp window->DC.CursorStartPos to avoid SafeArea? + // FIXME: Consider removing support for safe area down the line... it's messy. Nowadays consoles have support for TV calibration in OS settings. + g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x, ImMax(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y - g.Style.FramePadding.y, 0.0f)); + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; + float height = GetFrameHeight(); + bool is_open = BeginViewportSideBar("##MainMenuBar", viewport, ImGuiDir_Up, height, window_flags); + g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + + if (is_open) + BeginMenuBar(); + else + End(); + return is_open; +} + +void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar() +{ + EndMenuBar(); + + // When the user has left the menu layer (typically: closed menus through activation of an item), we restore focus to the previous window + // FIXME: With this strategy we won't be able to restore a NULL focus. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.CurrentWindow == g.NavWindow && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && !g.NavAnyRequest) + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(g.NavWindow, NULL); + + End(); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + + // Sub-menus are ChildWindow so that mouse can be hovering across them (otherwise top-most popup menu would steal focus and not allow hovering on parent menu) + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus; + if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; + + // If a menu with same the ID was already submitted, we will append to it, matching the behavior of Begin(). + // We are relying on a O(N) search - so O(N log N) over the frame - which seems like the most efficient for the expected small amount of BeginMenu() calls per frame. + // If somehow this is ever becoming a problem we can switch to use e.g. ImGuiStorage mapping key to last frame used. + if (g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.contains(id)) + { + if (menu_is_open) + menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + else + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // we behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + return menu_is_open; + } + + // Tag menu as used. Next time BeginMenu() with same ID is called it will append to existing menu + g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.push_back(id); + + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + bool pressed; + bool menuset_is_open = !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()); + ImGuiWindow* backed_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + if (menuset_is_open) + g.NavWindow = window; // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent) + + // The reference position stored in popup_pos will be used by Begin() to find a suitable position for the child menu, + // However the final position is going to be different! It is chosen by FindBestWindowPosForPopup(). + // e.g. Menus tend to overlap each other horizontally to amplify relative Z-ordering. + ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) + { + // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar + // Selectable extend their highlight by half ItemSpacing in each direction. + // For ChildMenu, the popup position will be overwritten by the call to FindBestWindowPosForPopup() in Begin() + popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight()); + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); + float w = label_size.x; + pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + PopStyleVar(); + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). + } + else + { + // Menu inside a menu + // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f. + // Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system. + popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y); + float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, 0.0f, IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback to next frame + float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); + pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); + ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled); + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), text_col, ImGuiDir_Right); + } + + const bool hovered = enabled && ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, id); + if (menuset_is_open) + g.NavWindow = backed_nav_window; + + bool want_open = false; + bool want_close = false; + if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) // (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + { + // Close menu when not hovering it anymore unless we are moving roughly in the direction of the menu + // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers, so menus feels more reactive. + bool moving_toward_other_child_menu = false; + + ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (g.BeginPopupStack.Size < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].SourceWindow == window) ? g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].Window : NULL; + if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + { + // FIXME-DPI: Values should be derived from a master "scale" factor. + ImRect next_window_rect = child_menu_window->Rect(); + ImVec2 ta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta; + ImVec2 tb = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR(); + ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR(); + float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, 5.0f, 30.0f); // add a bit of extra slack. + ta.x += (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f; // to avoid numerical issues + tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -100.0f); // triangle is maximum 200 high to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus // FIXME: Multiply by fb_scale? + tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +100.0f); + moving_toward_other_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_within_opened_triangle ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG] + } + if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && !moving_toward_other_child_menu) + want_close = true; + + if (!menu_is_open && hovered && pressed) // Click to open + want_open = true; + else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_toward_other_child_menu) // Hover to open + want_open = true; + + if (g.NavActivateId == id) + { + want_close = menu_is_open; + want_open = !menu_is_open; + } + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open + { + want_open = true; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + } + else + { + // Menu bar + if (menu_is_open && pressed && menuset_is_open) // Click an open menu again to close it + { + want_close = true; + want_open = menu_is_open = false; + } + else if (pressed || (hovered && menuset_is_open && !menu_is_open)) // First click to open, then hover to open others + { + want_open = true; + } + else if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) // Nav-Down to open + { + want_open = true; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + } + + if (!enabled) // explicitly close if an open menu becomes disabled, facilitate users code a lot in pattern such as 'if (BeginMenu("options", has_object)) { ..use object.. }' + want_close = true; + if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) + ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable | (menu_is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + + if (!menu_is_open && want_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size) + { + // Don't recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame. + OpenPopup(label); + return false; + } + + menu_is_open |= want_open; + if (want_open) + OpenPopup(label); + + if (menu_is_open) + { + SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always); // Note: this is super misleading! The value will serve as reference for FindBestWindowPosForPopup(), not actual pos. + menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + } + else + { + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + } + + return menu_is_open; +} + +void ImGui::EndMenu() +{ + // Nav: When a left move request _within our child menu_ failed, close ourselves (the _parent_ menu). + // A menu doesn't close itself because EndMenuBar() wants the catch the last Left<>Right inputs. + // However, it means that with the current code, a BeginMenu() from outside another menu or a menu-bar won't be closable with the Left direction. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow == window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) + { + ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true); + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + + EndPopup(); +} + +bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + // We've been using the equivalent of ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover on all Selectable() since early Nav system days (commit 43ee5d73), + // but I am unsure whether this should be kept at all. For now moved it to be an opt-in feature used by menus only. + ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover | (enabled ? 0 : ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled); + bool pressed; + if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) + { + // Mimic the exact layout spacing of BeginMenu() to allow MenuItem() inside a menu bar, which is a little misleading but may be useful + // Note that in this situation: we don't render the shortcut, we render a highlight instead of the selected tick mark. + float w = label_size.x; + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); + pressed = Selectable(label, selected, flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + PopStyleVar(); + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). + } + else + { + // Menu item inside a vertical menu + // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f. + // Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system. + float shortcut_w = shortcut ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL).x : 0.0f; + float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, shortcut_w, IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback for next frame + float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); + pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); + if (shortcut_w > 0.0f) + { + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[1] + extra_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false); + PopStyleColor(); + } + if (selected) + RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), g.FontSize * 0.866f); + } + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->DC.LastItemId, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (selected ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled) +{ + if (MenuItem(label, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled)) + { + if (p_selected) + *p_selected = !*p_selected; + return true; + } + return false; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabBar, EndTabBar, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - BeginTabBar() +// - BeginTabBarEx() [Internal] +// - EndTabBar() +// - TabBarLayout() [Internal] +// - TabBarCalcTabID() [Internal] +// - TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth() [Internal] +// - TabBarFindTabById() [Internal] +// - TabBarRemoveTab() [Internal] +// - TabBarCloseTab() [Internal] +// - TabBarScrollClamp() [Internal] +// - TabBarScrollToTab() [Internal] +// - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder() [Internal] +// - TabBarScrollingButtons() [Internal] +// - TabBarTabListPopupButton() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImGuiTabBarSection +{ + int TabCount; // Number of tabs in this section. + float Width; // Sum of width of tabs in this section (after shrinking down) + float Spacing; // Horizontal spacing at the end of the section. + + ImGuiTabBarSection() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +namespace ImGui +{ + static void TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); + static ImU32 TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label); + static float TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth(); + static float TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling); + static void TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections); + static ImGuiTabItem* TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); + static ImGuiTabItem* TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); +} + +ImGuiTabBar::ImGuiTabBar() +{ + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + CurrFrameVisible = PrevFrameVisible = -1; + LastTabItemIdx = -1; +} + +static inline int TabItemGetSectionIdx(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) +{ + return (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading) ? 0 : (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing) ? 2 : 1; +} + +static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerBySection(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +{ + const ImGuiTabItem* a = (const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs; + const ImGuiTabItem* b = (const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs; + const int a_section = TabItemGetSectionIdx(a); + const int b_section = TabItemGetSectionIdx(b); + if (a_section != b_section) + return a_section - b_section; + return (int)(a->IndexDuringLayout - b->IndexDuringLayout); +} + +static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +{ + const ImGuiTabItem* a = (const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs; + const ImGuiTabItem* b = (const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs; + return (int)(a->BeginOrder - b->BeginOrder); +} + +static ImGuiTabBar* GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(const ImGuiPtrOrIndex& ref) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return ref.Ptr ? (ImGuiTabBar*)ref.Ptr : g.TabBars.GetByIndex(ref.Index); +} + +static ImGuiPtrOrIndex GetTabBarRefFromTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.TabBars.Contains(tab_bar)) + return ImGuiPtrOrIndex(g.TabBars.GetIndex(tab_bar)); + return ImGuiPtrOrIndex(tab_bar); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.GetOrAddByKey(id); + ImRect tab_bar_bb = ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->WorkRect.Max.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); + tab_bar->ID = id; + return BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar, tab_bar_bb, flags | ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) + PushOverrideID(tab_bar->ID); + + // Add to stack + g.CurrentTabBarStack.push_back(GetTabBarRefFromTabBar(tab_bar)); + g.CurrentTabBar = tab_bar; + + // Append with multiple BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar() pairs. + tab_bar->BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + if (tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible == g.FrameCount) + { + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY); + tab_bar->BeginCount++; + return true; + } + + // Ensure correct ordering when toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag, or when a new tab was added while being not reorderable + if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) != (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) || (tab_bar->TabsAddedNew && !(flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable))) + if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1) + ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByBeginOrder); + tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = false; + + // Flags + if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_; + + tab_bar->Flags = flags; + tab_bar->BarRect = tab_bar_bb; + tab_bar->WantLayout = true; // Layout will be done on the first call to ItemTab() + tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible = tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible; + tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible = g.FrameCount; + tab_bar->PrevTabsContentsHeight = tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight; + tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight = 0.0f; + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY = g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; + tab_bar->FramePadding = g.Style.FramePadding; + tab_bar->TabsActiveCount = 0; + tab_bar->BeginCount = 1; + + // Set cursor pos in a way which only be used in the off-chance the user erroneously submits item before BeginTabItem(): items will overlap + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY); + + // Draw separator + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) ? ImGuiCol_TabActive : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive); + const float y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y - 1.0f; + { + const float separator_min_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); + const float separator_max_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x + IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(separator_min_x, y), ImVec2(separator_max_x, y), col, 1.0f); + } + return true; +} + +void ImGui::EndTabBar() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; + if (tab_bar == NULL) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Mismatched BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar()!"); + return; + } + + // Fallback in case no TabItem have been submitted + if (tab_bar->WantLayout) + TabBarLayout(tab_bar); + + // Restore the last visible height if no tab is visible, this reduce vertical flicker/movement when a tabs gets removed without calling SetTabItemClosed(). + const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); + if (tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted || tab_bar->VisibleTabId == 0 || tab_bar_appearing) + { + tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y - tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y, tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight); + window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight; + } + else + { + window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->PrevTabsContentsHeight; + } + if (tab_bar->BeginCount > 1) + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BackupCursorPos; + + if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) + PopID(); + + g.CurrentTabBarStack.pop_back(); + g.CurrentTabBar = g.CurrentTabBarStack.empty() ? NULL : GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(g.CurrentTabBarStack.back()); +} + +// This is called only once a frame before by the first call to ItemTab() +// The reason we're not calling it in BeginTabBar() is to leave a chance to the user to call the SetTabItemClosed() functions. +static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + tab_bar->WantLayout = false; + + // Garbage collect by compacting list + // Detect if we need to sort out tab list (e.g. in rare case where a tab changed section) + int tab_dst_n = 0; + bool need_sort_by_section = false; + ImGuiTabBarSection sections[3]; // Layout sections: Leading, Central, Trailing + for (int tab_src_n = 0; tab_src_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_src_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n]; + if (tab->LastFrameVisible < tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible || tab->WantClose) + { + // Remove tab + if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->VisibleTabId = 0; } + if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; } + if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; } + continue; + } + if (tab_dst_n != tab_src_n) + tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n] = tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n]; + + tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n]; + tab->IndexDuringLayout = (ImS16)tab_dst_n; + + // We will need sorting if tabs have changed section (e.g. moved from one of Leading/Central/Trailing to another) + int curr_tab_section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab); + if (tab_dst_n > 0) + { + ImGuiTabItem* prev_tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n - 1]; + int prev_tab_section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(prev_tab); + if (curr_tab_section_n == 0 && prev_tab_section_n != 0) + need_sort_by_section = true; + if (prev_tab_section_n == 2 && curr_tab_section_n != 2) + need_sort_by_section = true; + } + + sections[curr_tab_section_n].TabCount++; + tab_dst_n++; + } + if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size != tab_dst_n) + tab_bar->Tabs.resize(tab_dst_n); + + if (need_sort_by_section) + ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerBySection); + + // Calculate spacing between sections + sections[0].Spacing = sections[0].TabCount > 0 && (sections[1].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount) > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f; + sections[1].Spacing = sections[1].TabCount > 0 && sections[2].TabCount > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f; + + // Setup next selected tab + ImGuiID scroll_to_tab_id = 0; + if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId) + { + tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId; + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; + scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId; + } + + // Process order change request (we could probably process it when requested but it's just saner to do it in a single spot). + if (tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId != 0) + { + if (TabBarProcessReorder(tab_bar)) + if (tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) + scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId; + tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = 0; + } + + // Tab List Popup (will alter tab_bar->BarRect and therefore the available width!) + const bool tab_list_popup_button = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton) != 0; + if (tab_list_popup_button) + if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarTabListPopupButton(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Min.x! + scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID; + + // Leading/Trailing tabs will be shrink only if central one aren't visible anymore, so layout the shrink data as: leading, trailing, central + // (whereas our tabs are stored as: leading, central, trailing) + int shrink_buffer_indexes[3] = { 0, sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount, sections[0].TabCount }; + g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.resize(tab_bar->Tabs.Size); + + // Compute ideal tabs widths + store them into shrink buffer + ImGuiTabItem* most_recently_selected_tab = NULL; + int curr_section_n = -1; + bool found_selected_tab_id = false; + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + IM_ASSERT(tab->LastFrameVisible >= tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible); + + if ((most_recently_selected_tab == NULL || most_recently_selected_tab->LastFrameSelected < tab->LastFrameSelected) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)) + most_recently_selected_tab = tab; + if (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) + found_selected_tab_id = true; + if (scroll_to_tab_id == 0 && g.NavJustMovedToId == tab->ID) + scroll_to_tab_id = tab->ID; + + // Refresh tab width immediately, otherwise changes of style e.g. style.FramePadding.x would noticeably lag in the tab bar. + // Additionally, when using TabBarAddTab() to manipulate tab bar order we occasionally insert new tabs that don't have a width yet, + // and we cannot wait for the next BeginTabItem() call. We cannot compute this width within TabBarAddTab() because font size depends on the active window. + const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab); + const bool has_close_button = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) ? false : true; + tab->ContentWidth = TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button).x; + + int section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab); + ImGuiTabBarSection* section = §ions[section_n]; + section->Width += tab->ContentWidth + (section_n == curr_section_n ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f); + curr_section_n = section_n; + + // Store data so we can build an array sorted by width if we need to shrink tabs down + IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6385); + int shrink_buffer_index = shrink_buffer_indexes[section_n]++; + g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[shrink_buffer_index].Index = tab_n; + g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[shrink_buffer_index].Width = tab->ContentWidth; + + IM_ASSERT(tab->ContentWidth > 0.0f); + tab->Width = tab->ContentWidth; + } + + // Compute total ideal width (used for e.g. auto-resizing a window) + tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal = 0.0f; + for (int section_n = 0; section_n < 3; section_n++) + tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal += sections[section_n].Width + sections[section_n].Spacing; + + // Horizontal scrolling buttons + // (note that TabBarScrollButtons() will alter BarRect.Max.x) + if ((tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal > tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons) && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)) + if (ImGuiTabItem* scroll_and_select_tab = TabBarScrollingButtons(tab_bar)) + { + scroll_to_tab_id = scroll_and_select_tab->ID; + if ((scroll_and_select_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) == 0) + tab_bar->SelectedTabId = scroll_to_tab_id; + } + + // Shrink widths if full tabs don't fit in their allocated space + float section_0_w = sections[0].Width + sections[0].Spacing; + float section_1_w = sections[1].Width + sections[1].Spacing; + float section_2_w = sections[2].Width + sections[2].Spacing; + bool central_section_is_visible = (section_0_w + section_2_w) < tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth(); + float width_excess; + if (central_section_is_visible) + width_excess = ImMax(section_1_w - (tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - section_0_w - section_2_w), 0.0f); // Excess used to shrink central section + else + width_excess = (section_0_w + section_2_w) - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth(); // Excess used to shrink leading/trailing section + + // With ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll policy, we will only shrink leading/trailing if the central section is not visible anymore + if (width_excess > 0.0f && ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown) || !central_section_is_visible)) + { + int shrink_data_count = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[1].TabCount : sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount); + int shrink_data_offset = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount : 0); + ShrinkWidths(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.Data + shrink_data_offset, shrink_data_count, width_excess); + + // Apply shrunk values into tabs and sections + for (int tab_n = shrink_data_offset; tab_n < shrink_data_offset + shrink_data_count; tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index]; + float shrinked_width = IM_FLOOR(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width); + if (shrinked_width < 0.0f) + continue; + + int section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab); + sections[section_n].Width -= (tab->Width - shrinked_width); + tab->Width = shrinked_width; + } + } + + // Layout all active tabs + int section_tab_index = 0; + float tab_offset = 0.0f; + tab_bar->WidthAllTabs = 0.0f; + for (int section_n = 0; section_n < 3; section_n++) + { + ImGuiTabBarSection* section = §ions[section_n]; + if (section_n == 2) + tab_offset = ImMin(ImMax(0.0f, tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - section->Width), tab_offset); + + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < section->TabCount; tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[section_tab_index + tab_n]; + tab->Offset = tab_offset; + tab_offset += tab->Width + (tab_n < section->TabCount - 1 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f); + } + tab_bar->WidthAllTabs += ImMax(section->Width + section->Spacing, 0.0f); + tab_offset += section->Spacing; + section_tab_index += section->TabCount; + } + + // If we have lost the selected tab, select the next most recently active one + if (found_selected_tab_id == false) + tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; + if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0 && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0 && most_recently_selected_tab != NULL) + scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = most_recently_selected_tab->ID; + + // Lock in visible tab + tab_bar->VisibleTabId = tab_bar->SelectedTabId; + tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted = false; + + // Update scrolling + if (scroll_to_tab_id != 0) + TabBarScrollToTab(tab_bar, scroll_to_tab_id, sections); + tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingAnim); + tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget); + if (tab_bar->ScrollingAnim != tab_bar->ScrollingTarget) + { + // Scrolling speed adjust itself so we can always reach our target in 1/3 seconds. + // Teleport if we are aiming far off the visible line + tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed, 70.0f * g.FontSize); + tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed, ImFabs(tab_bar->ScrollingTarget - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim) / 0.3f); + const bool teleport = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount) || (tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility > 10.0f * g.FontSize); + tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = teleport ? tab_bar->ScrollingTarget : ImLinearSweep(tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget, g.IO.DeltaTime * tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed); + } + else + { + tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = 0.0f; + } + tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x + sections[0].Width + sections[0].Spacing; + tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing; + + // Clear name buffers + if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) + tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.resize(0); + + // Actual layout in host window (we don't do it in BeginTabBar() so as not to waste an extra frame) + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min; + ItemSize(ImVec2(tab_bar->WidthAllTabs, tab_bar->BarRect.GetHeight()), tab_bar->FramePadding.y); + window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x + tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal); +} + +// Dockables uses Name/ID in the global namespace. Non-dockable items use the ID stack. +static ImU32 ImGui::TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) +{ + if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) + { + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(label); + KeepAliveID(id); + return id; + } + else + { + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->GetID(label); + } +} + +static float ImGui::TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.FontSize * 20.0f; +} + +ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id) +{ + if (tab_id != 0) + for (int n = 0; n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; n++) + if (tab_bar->Tabs[n].ID == tab_id) + return &tab_bar->Tabs[n]; + return NULL; +} + +// The *TabId fields be already set by the docking system _before_ the actual TabItem was created, so we clear them regardless. +void ImGui::TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id) +{ + if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id)) + tab_bar->Tabs.erase(tab); + if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab_id) { tab_bar->VisibleTabId = 0; } + if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab_id) { tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; } + if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == tab_id) { tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; } +} + +// Called on manual closure attempt +void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) +{ + IM_ASSERT(!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)); + if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)) + { + // This will remove a frame of lag for selecting another tab on closure. + // However we don't run it in the case where the 'Unsaved' flag is set, so user gets a chance to fully undo the closure + tab->WantClose = true; + if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID) + { + tab->LastFrameVisible = -1; + tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; + } + } + else + { + // Actually select before expecting closure attempt (on an UnsavedDocument tab user is expect to e.g. show a popup) + if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId != tab->ID) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID; + } +} + +static float ImGui::TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling) +{ + scrolling = ImMin(scrolling, tab_bar->WidthAllTabs - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()); + return ImMax(scrolling, 0.0f); +} + +// Note: we may scroll to tab that are not selected! e.g. using keyboard arrow keys +static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections) +{ + ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id); + if (tab == NULL) + return; + if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + float margin = g.FontSize * 1.0f; // When to scroll to make Tab N+1 visible always make a bit of N visible to suggest more scrolling area (since we don't have a scrollbar) + int order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab); + + // Scrolling happens only in the central section (leading/trailing sections are not scrolling) + // FIXME: This is all confusing. + float scrollable_width = tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - sections[0].Width - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing; + + // We make all tabs positions all relative Sections[0].Width to make code simpler + float tab_x1 = tab->Offset - sections[0].Width + (order > sections[0].TabCount - 1 ? -margin : 0.0f); + float tab_x2 = tab->Offset - sections[0].Width + tab->Width + (order + 1 < tab_bar->Tabs.Size - sections[2].TabCount ? margin : 1.0f); + tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = 0.0f; + if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget > tab_x1 || (tab_x2 - tab_x1 >= scrollable_width)) + { + // Scroll to the left + tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingAnim - tab_x2, 0.0f); + tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x1; + } + else if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget < tab_x2 - scrollable_width) + { + // Scroll to the right + tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax((tab_x1 - scrollable_width) - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, 0.0f); + tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x2 - scrollable_width; + } +} + +void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset) +{ + IM_ASSERT(offset != 0); + IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0); + tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = tab->ID; + tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset = (ImS16)offset; +} + +void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* src_tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0); + if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) == 0) + return; + + const bool is_central_section = (src_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) == 0; + const float bar_offset = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - (is_central_section ? tab_bar->ScrollingTarget : 0); + + // Count number of contiguous tabs we are crossing over + const int dir = (bar_offset + src_tab->Offset) > mouse_pos.x ? -1 : +1; + const int src_idx = tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(src_tab); + int dst_idx = src_idx; + for (int i = src_idx; i >= 0 && i < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; i += dir) + { + // Reordered tabs must share the same section + const ImGuiTabItem* dst_tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[i]; + if (dst_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder) + break; + if ((dst_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) != (src_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_)) + break; + dst_idx = i; + + // Include spacing after tab, so when mouse cursor is between tabs we would not continue checking further tabs that are not hovered. + const float x1 = bar_offset + dst_tab->Offset - g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + const float x2 = bar_offset + dst_tab->Offset + dst_tab->Width + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(ImVec2(x1, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(x2, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + if ((dir < 0 && mouse_pos.x > x1) || (dir > 0 && mouse_pos.x < x2)) + break; + } + + if (dst_idx != src_idx) + TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, src_tab, dst_idx - src_idx); +} + +bool ImGui::TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +{ + ImGuiTabItem* tab1 = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId); + if (tab1 == NULL || (tab1->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder)) + return false; + + //IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); // <- this may happen when using debug tools + int tab2_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset; + if (tab2_order < 0 || tab2_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) + return false; + + // Reordered tabs must share the same section + // (Note: TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos() also has a similar test but since we allow direct calls to TabBarQueueReorder() we do it here too) + ImGuiTabItem* tab2 = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab2_order]; + if (tab2->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder) + return false; + if ((tab1->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) != (tab2->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_)) + return false; + + ImGuiTabItem item_tmp = *tab1; + ImGuiTabItem* src_tab = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab1 + 1 : tab2; + ImGuiTabItem* dst_tab = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab1 : tab2 + 1; + const int move_count = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset : -tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset; + memmove(dst_tab, src_tab, move_count * sizeof(ImGuiTabItem)); + *tab2 = item_tmp; + + if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings) + MarkIniSettingsDirty(); + return true; +} + +static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + const ImVec2 arrow_button_size(g.FontSize - 2.0f, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); + const float scrolling_buttons_width = arrow_button_size.x * 2.0f; + + const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + //window->DrawList->AddRect(ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)); + + int select_dir = 0; + ImVec4 arrow_col = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text]; + arrow_col.w *= 0.5f; + + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, arrow_col); + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0)); + const float backup_repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; + const float backup_repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate; + g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = 0.250f; + g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = 0.200f; + float x = ImMax(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width); + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); + if (ArrowButtonEx("##<", ImGuiDir_Left, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) + select_dir = -1; + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(x + arrow_button_size.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); + if (ArrowButtonEx("##>", ImGuiDir_Right, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) + select_dir = +1; + PopStyleColor(2); + g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = backup_repeat_rate; + g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = backup_repeat_delay; + + ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_scroll_to = NULL; + if (select_dir != 0) + if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_item = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->SelectedTabId)) + { + int selected_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab_item); + int target_order = selected_order + select_dir; + + // Skip tab item buttons until another tab item is found or end is reached + while (tab_to_scroll_to == NULL) + { + // If we are at the end of the list, still scroll to make our tab visible + tab_to_scroll_to = &tab_bar->Tabs[(target_order >= 0 && target_order < tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? target_order : selected_order]; + + // Cross through buttons + // (even if first/last item is a button, return it so we can update the scroll) + if (tab_to_scroll_to->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) + { + target_order += select_dir; + selected_order += select_dir; + tab_to_scroll_to = (target_order < 0 || target_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? tab_to_scroll_to : NULL; + } + } + } + window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos; + tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x -= scrolling_buttons_width + 1.0f; + + return tab_to_scroll_to; +} + +static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // We use g.Style.FramePadding.y to match the square ArrowButton size + const float tab_list_popup_button_width = g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y; + const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - g.Style.FramePadding.y, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); + tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x += tab_list_popup_button_width; + + ImVec4 arrow_col = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text]; + arrow_col.w *= 0.5f; + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, arrow_col); + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0)); + bool open = BeginCombo("##v", NULL, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest); + PopStyleColor(2); + + ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = NULL; + if (open) + { + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) + continue; + + const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab); + if (Selectable(tab_name, tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID)) + tab_to_select = tab; + } + EndCombo(); + } + + window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos; + return tab_to_select; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabItem, EndTabItem, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - BeginTabItem() +// - EndTabItem() +// - TabItemButton() +// - TabItemEx() [Internal] +// - SetTabItemClosed() +// - TabItemCalcSize() [Internal] +// - TabItemBackground() [Internal] +// - TabItemLabelAndCloseButton() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool ImGui::BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; + if (tab_bar == NULL) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); + return false; + } + IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)); // BeginTabItem() Can't be used with button flags, use TabItemButton() instead! + + bool ret = TabItemEx(tab_bar, label, p_open, flags); + if (ret && !(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId)) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx]; + PushOverrideID(tab->ID); // We already hashed 'label' so push into the ID stack directly instead of doing another hash through PushID(label) + } + return ret; +} + +void ImGui::EndTabItem() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; + if (tab_bar == NULL) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= 0); + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx]; + if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId)) + PopID(); +} + +bool ImGui::TabItemButton(const char* label, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; + if (tab_bar == NULL) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); + return false; + } + return TabItemEx(tab_bar, label, NULL, flags | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder); +} + +bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags) +{ + // Layout whole tab bar if not already done + if (tab_bar->WantLayout) + TabBarLayout(tab_bar); + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label); + + // If the user called us with *p_open == false, we early out and don't render. + // We make a call to ItemAdd() so that attempts to use a contextual popup menu with an implicit ID won't use an older ID. + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); + if (p_open && !*p_open) + { + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); + ItemAdd(ImRect(), id); + PopItemFlag(); + return false; + } + + IM_ASSERT(!p_open || !(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)); + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing)) != (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing)); // Can't use both Leading and Trailing + + // Store into ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton, also honor ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton passed by user (although not documented) + if (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) + p_open = NULL; + else if (p_open == NULL) + flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton; + + // Calculate tab contents size + ImVec2 size = TabItemCalcSize(label, p_open != NULL); + + // Acquire tab data + ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, id); + bool tab_is_new = false; + if (tab == NULL) + { + tab_bar->Tabs.push_back(ImGuiTabItem()); + tab = &tab_bar->Tabs.back(); + tab->ID = id; + tab->Width = size.x; + tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = true; + tab_is_new = true; + } + tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = (ImS16)tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); + tab->ContentWidth = size.x; + tab->BeginOrder = tab_bar->TabsActiveCount++; + + const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); + const bool tab_bar_focused = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) != 0; + const bool tab_appearing = (tab->LastFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); + const bool is_tab_button = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) != 0; + tab->LastFrameVisible = g.FrameCount; + tab->Flags = flags; + + // Append name with zero-terminator + tab->NameOffset = (ImS16)tab_bar->TabsNames.size(); + tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); + + // Update selected tab + if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0) + if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0) + if (!is_tab_button) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; // New tabs gets activated + if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar + if (!is_tab_button) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + + // Lock visibility + // (Note: tab_contents_visible != tab_selected... because CTRL+TAB operations may preview some tabs without selecting them!) + bool tab_contents_visible = (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == id); + if (tab_contents_visible) + tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted = true; + + // On the very first frame of a tab bar we let first tab contents be visible to minimize appearing glitches + if (!tab_contents_visible && tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0 && tab_bar_appearing) + if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size == 1 && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs)) + tab_contents_visible = true; + + // Note that tab_is_new is not necessarily the same as tab_appearing! When a tab bar stops being submitted + // and then gets submitted again, the tabs will have 'tab_appearing=true' but 'tab_is_new=false'. + if (tab_appearing && (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_is_new)) + { + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); + ItemAdd(ImRect(), id); + PopItemFlag(); + if (is_tab_button) + return false; + return tab_contents_visible; + } + + if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == id) + tab->LastFrameSelected = g.FrameCount; + + // Backup current layout position + const ImVec2 backup_main_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + + // Layout + const bool is_central_section = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) == 0; + size.x = tab->Width; + if (is_central_section) + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_FLOOR(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f); + else + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(tab->Offset, 0.0f); + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); + + // We don't have CPU clipping primitives to clip the CloseButton (until it becomes a texture), so need to add an extra draw call (temporary in the case of vertical animation) + const bool want_clip_rect = is_central_section && (bb.Min.x < tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX || bb.Max.x > tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX); + if (want_clip_rect) + PushClipRect(ImVec2(ImMax(bb.Min.x, tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX), bb.Min.y - 1), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, bb.Max.y), true); + + ImVec2 backup_cursor_max_pos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y); + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = backup_cursor_max_pos; + + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + { + if (want_clip_rect) + PopClipRect(); + window->DC.CursorPos = backup_main_cursor_pos; + return tab_contents_visible; + } + + // Click to Select a tab + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ((is_tab_button ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + if (g.DragDropActive) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); + if (pressed && !is_tab_button) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + hovered |= (g.HoveredId == id); + + // Allow the close button to overlap unless we are dragging (in which case we don't want any overlapping tabs to be hovered) + if (g.ActiveId != id) + SetItemAllowOverlap(); + + // Drag and drop: re-order tabs + if (held && !tab_appearing && IsMouseDragging(0)) + { + if (!g.DragDropActive && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable)) + { + // While moving a tab it will jump on the other side of the mouse, so we also test for MouseDelta.x + if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x < 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x < bb.Min.x) + { + TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(tab_bar, tab, g.IO.MousePos); + } + else if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x > 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x > bb.Max.x) + { + TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(tab_bar, tab, g.IO.MousePos); + } + } + } + +#if 0 + if (hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > TOOLTIP_DELAY && bb.GetWidth() < tab->ContentWidth) + { + // Enlarge tab display when hovering + bb.Max.x = bb.Min.x + IM_FLOOR(ImLerp(bb.GetWidth(), tab->ContentWidth, ImSaturate((g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer - 0.40f) * 6.0f))); + display_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); + TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive)); + } +#endif + + // Render tab shape + ImDrawList* display_draw_list = window->DrawList; + const ImU32 tab_col = GetColorU32((held || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_TabHovered : tab_contents_visible ? (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_TabActive : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive) : (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_Tab : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused)); + TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_col); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); + + // Select with right mouse button. This is so the common idiom for context menu automatically highlight the current widget. + const bool hovered_unblocked = IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup); + if (hovered_unblocked && (IsMouseClicked(1) || IsMouseReleased(1))) + if (!is_tab_button) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + + if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) + flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton; + + // Render tab label, process close button + const ImGuiID close_button_id = p_open ? GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id) : 0; + bool just_closed; + bool text_clipped; + TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_bar->FramePadding, label, id, close_button_id, tab_contents_visible, &just_closed, &text_clipped); + if (just_closed && p_open != NULL) + { + *p_open = false; + TabBarCloseTab(tab_bar, tab); + } + + // Restore main window position so user can draw there + if (want_clip_rect) + PopClipRect(); + window->DC.CursorPos = backup_main_cursor_pos; + + // Tooltip (FIXME: Won't work over the close button because ItemOverlap systems messes up with HoveredIdTimer) + // We test IsItemHovered() to discard e.g. when another item is active or drag and drop over the tab bar (which g.HoveredId ignores) + if (text_clipped && g.HoveredId == id && !held && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > g.TooltipSlowDelay && IsItemHovered()) + if (!(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) + SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label); + + IM_ASSERT(!is_tab_button || !(tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID && is_tab_button)); // TabItemButton should not be selected + if (is_tab_button) + return pressed; + return tab_contents_visible; +} + +// [Public] This is call is 100% optional but it allows to remove some one-frame glitches when a tab has been unexpectedly removed. +// To use it to need to call the function SetTabItemClosed() between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar(). +// Tabs closed by the close button will automatically be flagged to avoid this issue. +void ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool is_within_manual_tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar && !(g.CurrentTabBar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode); + if (is_within_manual_tab_bar) + { + ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; + ImGuiID tab_id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label); + if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id)) + tab->WantClose = true; // Will be processed by next call to TabBarLayout() + } +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + ImVec2 size = ImVec2(label_size.x + g.Style.FramePadding.x, label_size.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); + if (has_close_button) + size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + (g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + g.FontSize); // We use Y intentionally to fit the close button circle. + else + size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + 1.0f; + return ImVec2(ImMin(size.x, TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth()), size.y); +} + +void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col) +{ + // While rendering tabs, we trim 1 pixel off the top of our bounding box so they can fit within a regular frame height while looking "detached" from it. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const float width = bb.GetWidth(); + IM_UNUSED(flags); + IM_ASSERT(width > 0.0f); + const float rounding = ImMax(0.0f, ImMin((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) ? g.Style.FrameRounding : g.Style.TabRounding, width * 0.5f - 1.0f)); + const float y1 = bb.Min.y + 1.0f; + const float y2 = bb.Max.y - 1.0f; + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, y2)); + draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 6, 9); + draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 9, 12); + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x, y2)); + draw_list->PathFillConvex(col); + if (g.Style.TabBorderSize > 0.0f) + { + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + 0.5f, y2)); + draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding + 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 6, 9); + draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding - 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 9, 12); + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - 0.5f, y2)); + draw_list->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 0, g.Style.TabBorderSize); + } +} + +// Render text label (with custom clipping) + Unsaved Document marker + Close Button logic +// We tend to lock style.FramePadding for a given tab-bar, hence the 'frame_padding' parameter. +void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + if (out_just_closed) + *out_just_closed = false; + if (out_text_clipped) + *out_text_clipped = false; + + if (bb.GetWidth() <= 1.0f) + return; + + // In Style V2 we'll have full override of all colors per state (e.g. focused, selected) + // But right now if you want to alter text color of tabs this is what you need to do. +#if 0 + const float backup_alpha = g.Style.Alpha; + if (!is_contents_visible) + g.Style.Alpha *= 0.7f; +#endif + + // Render text label (with clipping + alpha gradient) + unsaved marker + const char* TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER = "*"; + ImRect text_pixel_clip_bb(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x, bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x, bb.Max.y); + if (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) + { + text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= CalcTextSize(TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER, NULL, false).x; + ImVec2 unsaved_marker_pos(ImMin(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x + label_size.x + 2, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x), bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y + IM_FLOOR(-g.FontSize * 0.25f)); + RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, unsaved_marker_pos, bb.Max - frame_padding, TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER, NULL, NULL); + } + ImRect text_ellipsis_clip_bb = text_pixel_clip_bb; + + // Return clipped state ignoring the close button + if (out_text_clipped) + { + *out_text_clipped = (text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min.x + label_size.x) > text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x; + //draw_list->AddCircle(text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, 3.0f, *out_text_clipped ? IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255) : IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + } + + // Close Button + // We are relying on a subtle and confusing distinction between 'hovered' and 'g.HoveredId' which happens because we are using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode + SetItemAllowOverlap() + // 'hovered' will be true when hovering the Tab but NOT when hovering the close button + // 'g.HoveredId==id' will be true when hovering the Tab including when hovering the close button + // 'g.ActiveId==close_button_id' will be true when we are holding on the close button, in which case both hovered booleans are false + bool close_button_pressed = false; + bool close_button_visible = false; + if (close_button_id != 0) + if (is_contents_visible || bb.GetWidth() >= g.Style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton) + if (g.HoveredId == tab_id || g.HoveredId == close_button_id || g.ActiveId == tab_id || g.ActiveId == close_button_id) + close_button_visible = true; + if (close_button_visible) + { + ImGuiLastItemDataBackup last_item_backup; + const float close_button_sz = g.FontSize; + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, frame_padding); + if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x * 2.0f - close_button_sz, bb.Min.y))) + close_button_pressed = true; + PopStyleVar(); + last_item_backup.Restore(); + + // Close with middle mouse button + if (!(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) && IsMouseClicked(2)) + close_button_pressed = true; + + text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= close_button_sz; + } + + // FIXME: if FramePadding is noticeably large, ellipsis_max_x will be wrong here (e.g. #3497), maybe for consistency that parameter of RenderTextEllipsis() shouldn't exist.. + float ellipsis_max_x = close_button_visible ? text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x : bb.Max.x - 1.0f; + RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x, ellipsis_max_x, label, NULL, &label_size); + +#if 0 + if (!is_contents_visible) + g.Style.Alpha = backup_alpha; +#endif + + if (out_just_closed) + *out_just_closed = close_button_pressed; +} + + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/skeleton/imgui/stb_rect_pack.h b/skeleton/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h similarity index 78% rename from skeleton/imgui/stb_rect_pack.h rename to skeleton/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h index c75527d..ff2a85d 100644 --- a/skeleton/imgui/stb_rect_pack.h +++ b/skeleton/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h @@ -1,4 +1,10 @@ -// stb_rect_pack.h - v0.10 - public domain - rectangle packing +// [DEAR IMGUI] +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_rect_pack.h 1.00. +// Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb: +// - Added STBRP__CDECL +// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. + +// stb_rect_pack.h - v1.00 - public domain - rectangle packing // Sean Barrett 2014 // // Useful for e.g. packing rectangular textures into an atlas. @@ -27,11 +33,17 @@ // Sean Barrett // Minor features // Martins Mozeiko +// github:IntellectualKitty +// // Bugfixes / warning fixes // Jeremy Jaussaud +// Fabian Giesen // // Version history: // +// 1.00 (2019-02-25) avoid small space waste; gracefully fail too-wide rectangles +// 0.99 (2019-02-07) warning fixes +// 0.11 (2017-03-03) return packing success/fail result // 0.10 (2016-10-25) remove cast-away-const to avoid warnings // 0.09 (2016-08-27) fix compiler warnings // 0.08 (2015-09-13) really fix bug with empty rects (w=0 or h=0) @@ -43,9 +55,7 @@ // // LICENSE // -// This software is dual-licensed to the public domain and under the following -// license: you are granted a perpetual, irrevocable license to copy, modify, -// publish, and distribute this file as you see fit. +// See end of file for license information. ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // @@ -77,7 +87,7 @@ typedef int stbrp_coord; typedef unsigned short stbrp_coord; #endif -STBRP_DEF void stbrp_pack_rects (stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects); +STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects (stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects); // Assign packed locations to rectangles. The rectangles are of type // 'stbrp_rect' defined below, stored in the array 'rects', and there // are 'num_rects' many of them. @@ -98,6 +108,9 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_pack_rects (stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int // arrays will probably produce worse packing results than calling it // a single time with the full rectangle array, but the option is // available. +// +// The function returns 1 if all of the rectangles were successfully +// packed and 0 otherwise. struct stbrp_rect { @@ -200,10 +213,13 @@ struct stbrp_context #define STBRP_ASSERT assert #endif +// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL #ifdef _MSC_VER #define STBRP__NOTUSED(v) (void)(v) +#define STBRP__CDECL __cdecl #else #define STBRP__NOTUSED(v) (void)sizeof(v) +#define STBRP__CDECL #endif enum @@ -343,6 +359,13 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int widt width -= width % c->align; STBRP_ASSERT(width % c->align == 0); + // if it can't possibly fit, bail immediately + if (width > c->width || height > c->height) { + fr.prev_link = NULL; + fr.x = fr.y = 0; + return fr; + } + node = c->active_head; prev = &c->active_head; while (node->x + width <= c->width) { @@ -406,7 +429,7 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int widt } STBRP_ASSERT(node->next->x > xpos && node->x <= xpos); y = stbrp__skyline_find_min_y(c, node, xpos, width, &waste); - if (y + height < c->height) { + if (y + height <= c->height) { if (y <= best_y) { if (y < best_y || waste < best_waste || (waste==best_waste && xpos < best_x)) { best_x = xpos; @@ -488,17 +511,14 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(stbrp_context *context, i STBRP_ASSERT(cur->next == NULL); { - stbrp_node *L1 = NULL, *L2 = NULL; int count=0; cur = context->active_head; while (cur) { - L1 = cur; cur = cur->next; ++count; } cur = context->free_head; while (cur) { - L2 = cur; cur = cur->next; ++count; } @@ -509,7 +529,8 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(stbrp_context *context, i return res; } -static int rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b) +// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL +static int STBRP__CDECL rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b) { const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a; const stbrp_rect *q = (const stbrp_rect *) b; @@ -520,18 +541,8 @@ static int rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b) return (p->w > q->w) ? -1 : (p->w < q->w); } -static int rect_width_compare(const void *a, const void *b) -{ - const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a; - const stbrp_rect *q = (const stbrp_rect *) b; - if (p->w > q->w) - return -1; - if (p->w < q->w) - return 1; - return (p->h > q->h) ? -1 : (p->h < q->h); -} - -static int rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b) +// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL +static int STBRP__CDECL rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b) { const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a; const stbrp_rect *q = (const stbrp_rect *) b; @@ -544,16 +555,13 @@ static int rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b) #define STBRP__MAXVAL 0xffff #endif -STBRP_DEF void stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) +STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) { - int i; + int i, all_rects_packed = 1; // we use the 'was_packed' field internally to allow sorting/unsorting for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) { rects[i].was_packed = i; - #ifndef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS - STBRP_ASSERT(rects[i].w <= 0xffff && rects[i].h <= 0xffff); - #endif } // sort according to heuristic @@ -576,8 +584,56 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int n // unsort STBRP_SORT(rects, num_rects, sizeof(rects[0]), rect_original_order); - // set was_packed flags - for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) + // set was_packed flags and all_rects_packed status + for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) { rects[i].was_packed = !(rects[i].x == STBRP__MAXVAL && rects[i].y == STBRP__MAXVAL); + if (!rects[i].was_packed) + all_rects_packed = 0; + } + + // return the all_rects_packed status + return all_rects_packed; } #endif + +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License +Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +so, subject to the following conditions: +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) +This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +this software under copyright law. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +*/ diff --git a/skeleton/imgui/stb_textedit.h b/skeleton/imgui/imstb_textedit.h similarity index 83% rename from skeleton/imgui/stb_textedit.h rename to skeleton/imgui/imstb_textedit.h index 4b731a0..7644670 100644 --- a/skeleton/imgui/stb_textedit.h +++ b/skeleton/imgui/imstb_textedit.h @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -// [ImGui] this is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.9. Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/sb -// [ImGui] - fixed linestart handler when over last character of multi-line buffer + simplified existing code (#588, #815) -// [ImGui] - fixed a state corruption/crash bug in stb_text_redo and stb_textedit_discard_redo (#715) -// [ImGui] - fixed a crash bug in stb_textedit_discard_redo (#681) -// [ImGui] - fixed some minor warnings +// [DEAR IMGUI] +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.13. +// Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb: +// - Fix in stb_textedit_discard_redo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/321) +// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. -// stb_textedit.h - v1.9 - public domain - Sean Barrett +// stb_textedit.h - v1.13 - public domain - Sean Barrett // Development of this library was sponsored by RAD Game Tools // // This C header file implements the guts of a multi-line text-editing @@ -23,9 +23,7 @@ // // LICENSE // -// This software is dual-licensed to the public domain and under the following -// license: you are granted a perpetual, irrevocable license to copy, modify, -// publish, and distribute this file as you see fit. +// See end of file for license information. // // // DEPENDENCIES @@ -37,6 +35,10 @@ // // VERSION HISTORY // +// 1.13 (2019-02-07) fix bug in undo size management +// 1.12 (2018-01-29) user can change STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE, fix redo to avoid crash +// 1.11 (2017-03-03) fix HOME on last line, dragging off single-line textfield +// 1.10 (2016-10-25) supress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual // 1.9 (2016-08-27) customizable move-by-word // 1.8 (2016-04-02) better keyboard handling when mouse button is down // 1.7 (2015-09-13) change y range handling in case baseline is non-0 @@ -55,12 +57,13 @@ // // Ulf Winklemann: move-by-word in 1.1 // Fabian Giesen: secondary key inputs in 1.5 -// Martins Mozeiko: STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove +// Martins Mozeiko: STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove in 1.6 // // Bugfixes: // Scott Graham // Daniel Keller // Omar Cornut +// Dan Thompson // // USAGE // @@ -90,8 +93,8 @@ // moderate sizes. The undo system does no memory allocations, so // it grows STB_TexteditState by the worst-case storage which is (in bytes): // -// [4 + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE)] * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATE_COUNT -// + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHAR_COUNT +// [4 + 3 * sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE)] * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATE_COUNT +// + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHAR_COUNT // // // Implementation mode: @@ -114,7 +117,7 @@ // Symbols that must be the same in header-file and implementation mode: // // STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE the character type -// STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE small type that a valid cursor position +// STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE small type that is a valid cursor position // STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT the number of undo states to allow // STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT the number of characters to store in the undo buffer // @@ -145,6 +148,8 @@ // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT keyboard input to move cursor right // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP keyboard input to move cursor up // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN keyboard input to move cursor down +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP keyboard input to move cursor up a page +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN keyboard input to move cursor down a page // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART keyboard input to move cursor to start of line // e.g. HOME // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND keyboard input to move cursor to end of line // e.g. END // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART keyboard input to move cursor to start of text // e.g. ctrl-HOME @@ -167,14 +172,10 @@ // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 secondary keyboard input to move cursor to start of text // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND2 secondary keyboard input to move cursor to end of text // -// Todo: -// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP keyboard input to move cursor up a page -// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN keyboard input to move cursor down a page -// // Keyboard input must be encoded as a single integer value; e.g. a character code // and some bitflags that represent shift states. to simplify the interface, SHIFT must // be a bitflag, so we can test the shifted state of cursor movements to allow selection, -// i.e. (STB_TEXTED_K_RIGHT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) should be shifted right-arrow. +// i.e. (STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) should be shifted right-arrow. // // You can encode other things, such as CONTROL or ALT, in additional bits, and // then test for their presence in e.g. STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT. For example, @@ -203,7 +204,7 @@ // void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) // int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) // int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len) -// void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int key) +// void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXEDIT_KEYTYPE key) // // Each of these functions potentially updates the string and updates the // state. @@ -237,7 +238,9 @@ // inputs, set a high bit to distinguish the two; then you can define the // various definitions like STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT have the is-key-event bit // set, and make STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOCHAR check that the is-key-event bit is -// clear. +// clear. STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE defaults to int, but you can #define it to +// anything other type you wante before including. +// // // When rendering, you can read the cursor position and selection state from // the STB_TexteditState. @@ -297,9 +300,9 @@ typedef struct { // private data STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE where; - short insert_length; - short delete_length; - short char_storage; + STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE insert_length; + STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE delete_length; + int char_storage; } StbUndoRecord; typedef struct @@ -308,7 +311,7 @@ typedef struct StbUndoRecord undo_rec [STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT]; STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE undo_char[STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT]; short undo_point, redo_point; - short undo_char_point, redo_char_point; + int undo_char_point, redo_char_point; } StbUndoState; typedef struct @@ -332,6 +335,10 @@ typedef struct // each textfield keeps its own insert mode state. to keep an app-wide // insert mode, copy this value in/out of the app state + int row_count_per_page; + // page size in number of row. + // this value MUST be set to >0 for pageup or pagedown in multilines documents. + ///////////////////// // // private data @@ -450,6 +457,15 @@ static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y) // API click: on mouse down, move the cursor to the clicked location, and reset the selection static void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) { + // In single-line mode, just always make y = 0. This lets the drag keep working if the mouse + // goes off the top or bottom of the text + if( state->single_line ) + { + StbTexteditRow r; + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0); + y = r.ymin; + } + state->cursor = stb_text_locate_coord(str, x, y); state->select_start = state->cursor; state->select_end = state->cursor; @@ -459,9 +475,21 @@ static void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *stat // API drag: on mouse drag, move the cursor and selection endpoint to the clicked location static void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) { - int p = stb_text_locate_coord(str, x, y); + int p = 0; + + // In single-line mode, just always make y = 0. This lets the drag keep working if the mouse + // goes off the top or bottom of the text + if( state->single_line ) + { + StbTexteditRow r; + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0); + y = r.ymin; + } + if (state->select_start == state->select_end) state->select_start = state->cursor; + + p = stb_text_locate_coord(str, x, y); state->cursor = state->select_end = p; } @@ -539,7 +567,6 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s // now scan to find xpos find->x = r.x0; - i = 0; for (i=0; first+i < n; ++i) find->x += STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, first, i); } @@ -669,7 +696,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(STB_TexteditState *state) static int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { - stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicity clamps + stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicitly clamps state->has_preferred_x = 0; return 1; } @@ -677,9 +704,8 @@ static int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) } // API paste: replace existing selection with passed-in text -static int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE const *ctext, int len) +static int stb_textedit_paste_internal(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len) { - STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text = (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *) ctext; // if there's a selection, the paste should delete it stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); @@ -696,8 +722,12 @@ static int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state return 0; } +#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE int +#endif + // API key: process a keyboard input -static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int key) +static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE key) { retry: switch (key) { @@ -718,7 +748,7 @@ retry: state->has_preferred_x = 0; } } else { - stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicity clamps + stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicitly clamps if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, &ch, 1)) { stb_text_makeundo_insert(state, state->cursor, 1); ++state->cursor; @@ -827,12 +857,16 @@ retry: break; case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN: - case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { StbFindState find; StbTexteditRow row; - int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + int i, j, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + int is_page = (key & ~STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) == STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN; + int row_count = is_page ? state->row_count_per_page : 1; - if (state->single_line) { + if (!is_page && state->single_line) { // on windows, up&down in single-line behave like left&right key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); goto retry; @@ -841,17 +875,25 @@ retry: if (sel) stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); else if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) - stb_textedit_move_to_last(str,state); + stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state); // compute current position of cursor point stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line); - // now find character position down a row - if (find.length) { - float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; - float x; + for (j = 0; j < row_count; ++j) { + float x, goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; int start = find.first_char + find.length; + + if (find.length == 0) + break; + + // [DEAR IMGUI] + // going down while being on the last line shouldn't bring us to that line end + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, find.first_char + find.length - 1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + break; + + // now find character position down a row state->cursor = start; STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor); x = row.x0; @@ -873,17 +915,25 @@ retry: if (sel) state->select_end = state->cursor; + + // go to next line + find.first_char = find.first_char + find.length; + find.length = row.num_chars; } break; } case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP: - case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { StbFindState find; StbTexteditRow row; - int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + int i, j, prev_scan, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + int is_page = (key & ~STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) == STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP; + int row_count = is_page ? state->row_count_per_page : 1; - if (state->single_line) { + if (!is_page && state->single_line) { // on windows, up&down become left&right key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); goto retry; @@ -898,11 +948,14 @@ retry: stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line); - // can only go up if there's a previous row - if (find.prev_first != find.first_char) { + for (j = 0; j < row_count; ++j) { + float x, goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; + + // can only go up if there's a previous row + if (find.prev_first == find.first_char) + break; + // now find character position up a row - float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; - float x; state->cursor = find.prev_first; STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor); x = row.x0; @@ -924,6 +977,14 @@ retry: if (sel) state->select_end = state->cursor; + + // go to previous line + // (we need to scan previous line the hard way. maybe we could expose this as a new API function?) + prev_scan = find.prev_first > 0 ? find.prev_first - 1 : 0; + while (prev_scan > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, prev_scan - 1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + --prev_scan; + find.first_char = find.prev_first; + find.prev_first = prev_scan; } break; } @@ -1047,10 +1108,6 @@ retry: state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; } - -// @TODO: -// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP - move cursor up a page -// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN - move cursor down a page } } @@ -1074,14 +1131,14 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_undo(StbUndoState *state) if (state->undo_rec[0].char_storage >= 0) { int n = state->undo_rec[0].insert_length, i; // delete n characters from all other records - state->undo_char_point = state->undo_char_point - (short) n; // vsnet05 - STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char, state->undo_char + n, (size_t) ((size_t)state->undo_char_point*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); + state->undo_char_point -= n; + STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char, state->undo_char + n, (size_t) (state->undo_char_point*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); for (i=0; i < state->undo_point; ++i) if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0) - state->undo_rec[i].char_storage = state->undo_rec[i].char_storage - (short) n; // vsnet05 // @OPTIMIZE: get rid of char_storage and infer it + state->undo_rec[i].char_storage -= n; // @OPTIMIZE: get rid of char_storage and infer it } --state->undo_point; - STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec, state->undo_rec+1, (size_t) ((size_t)state->undo_point*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0]))); + STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec, state->undo_rec+1, (size_t) (state->undo_point*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0]))); } } @@ -1097,14 +1154,24 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state) // if the k'th undo state has characters, clean those up if (state->undo_rec[k].char_storage >= 0) { int n = state->undo_rec[k].insert_length, i; - // delete n characters from all other records - state->redo_char_point = state->redo_char_point + (short) n; // vsnet05 - STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point, state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point-n, (size_t) ((size_t)(STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT - state->redo_char_point)*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); + // move the remaining redo character data to the end of the buffer + state->redo_char_point += n; + STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point, state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point-n, (size_t) ((STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT - state->redo_char_point)*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); + // adjust the position of all the other records to account for above memmove for (i=state->redo_point; i < k; ++i) if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0) - state->undo_rec[i].char_storage = state->undo_rec[i].char_storage + (short) n; // vsnet05 + state->undo_rec[i].char_storage += n; } - STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point-1, (size_t) ((size_t)(STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point)*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0]))); + // now move all the redo records towards the end of the buffer; the first one is at 'redo_point' + // [DEAR IMGUI] + size_t move_size = (size_t)((STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point - 1) * sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])); + const char* buf_begin = (char*)state->undo_rec; (void)buf_begin; + const char* buf_end = (char*)state->undo_rec + sizeof(state->undo_rec); (void)buf_end; + IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point)) >= buf_begin); + IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point + 1) + move_size) <= buf_end); + STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point+1, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, move_size); + + // now move redo_point to point to the new one ++state->redo_point; } } @@ -1140,15 +1207,15 @@ static STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *stb_text_createundo(StbUndoState *state, int pos, return NULL; r->where = pos; - r->insert_length = (short) insert_len; - r->delete_length = (short) delete_len; + r->insert_length = (STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) insert_len; + r->delete_length = (STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) delete_len; if (insert_len == 0) { r->char_storage = -1; return NULL; } else { r->char_storage = state->undo_char_point; - state->undo_char_point = state->undo_char_point + (short) insert_len; + state->undo_char_point += insert_len; return &state->undo_char[r->char_storage]; } } @@ -1188,16 +1255,16 @@ static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) // there's definitely room to store the characters eventually while (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length > s->redo_char_point) { - // there's currently not enough room, so discard a redo record - stb_textedit_discard_redo(s); // should never happen: if (s->redo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) return; + // there's currently not enough room, so discard a redo record + stb_textedit_discard_redo(s); } r = &s->undo_rec[s->redo_point-1]; r->char_storage = s->redo_char_point - u.delete_length; - s->redo_char_point = s->redo_char_point - (short) u.delete_length; + s->redo_char_point = s->redo_char_point - u.delete_length; // now save the characters for (i=0; i < u.delete_length; ++i) @@ -1312,6 +1379,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_clear_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_lin state->initialized = 1; state->single_line = (unsigned char) is_single_line; state->insert_mode = 0; + state->row_count_per_page = 0; } // API initialize @@ -1319,4 +1387,61 @@ static void stb_textedit_initialize_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_singl { stb_textedit_clear_state(state, is_single_line); } + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" +#endif + +static int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE const *ctext, int len) +{ + return stb_textedit_paste_internal(str, state, (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *) ctext, len); +} + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop +#endif + #endif//STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION + +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License +Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +so, subject to the following conditions: +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) +This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +this software under copyright law. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +*/ diff --git a/skeleton/imgui/stb_truetype.h b/skeleton/imgui/imstb_truetype.h similarity index 77% rename from skeleton/imgui/stb_truetype.h rename to skeleton/imgui/imstb_truetype.h index 92b9a87..fc815d7 100644 --- a/skeleton/imgui/stb_truetype.h +++ b/skeleton/imgui/imstb_truetype.h @@ -1,4 +1,9 @@ -// stb_truetype.h - v1.14 - public domain +// [DEAR IMGUI] +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.20. +// Mostly fixing for compiler and static analyzer warnings. +// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. + +// stb_truetype.h - v1.20 - public domain // authored from 2009-2016 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools // // This library processes TrueType files: @@ -6,6 +11,7 @@ // extract glyph metrics // extract glyph shapes // render glyphs to one-channel bitmaps with antialiasing (box filter) +// render glyphs to one-channel SDF bitmaps (signed-distance field/function) // // Todo: // non-MS cmaps @@ -21,39 +27,41 @@ // Mikko Mononen: compound shape support, more cmap formats // Tor Andersson: kerning, subpixel rendering // Dougall Johnson: OpenType / Type 2 font handling +// Daniel Ribeiro Maciel: basic GPOS-based kerning // // Misc other: // Ryan Gordon // Simon Glass // github:IntellectualKitty +// Imanol Celaya +// Daniel Ribeiro Maciel // // Bug/warning reports/fixes: -// "Zer" on mollyrocket (with fix) -// Cass Everitt -// stoiko (Haemimont Games) -// Brian Hook -// Walter van Niftrik -// David Gow -// David Given -// Ivan-Assen Ivanov -// Anthony Pesch -// Johan Duparc -// Hou Qiming -// Fabian "ryg" Giesen -// Martins Mozeiko -// Cap Petschulat -// Omar Cornut -// github:aloucks -// Peter LaValle -// Sergey Popov -// Giumo X. Clanjor -// Higor Euripedes -// Thomas Fields -// Derek Vinyard -// +// "Zer" on mollyrocket Fabian "ryg" Giesen +// Cass Everitt Martins Mozeiko +// stoiko (Haemimont Games) Cap Petschulat +// Brian Hook Omar Cornut +// Walter van Niftrik github:aloucks +// David Gow Peter LaValle +// David Given Sergey Popov +// Ivan-Assen Ivanov Giumo X. Clanjor +// Anthony Pesch Higor Euripedes +// Johan Duparc Thomas Fields +// Hou Qiming Derek Vinyard +// Rob Loach Cort Stratton +// Kenney Phillis Jr. github:oyvindjam +// Brian Costabile github:vassvik +// // VERSION HISTORY // -// 1.13 (2017-01-02) support OpenType fonts, certain Apple fonts, num-fonts-in-TTC function +// 1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics() +// 1.19 (2018-02-11) GPOS kerning, STBTT_fmod +// 1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function +// 1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix +// 1.16 (2017-07-12) SDF support +// 1.15 (2017-03-03) make more arguments const +// 1.14 (2017-01-16) num-fonts-in-TTC function +// 1.13 (2017-01-02) support OpenType fonts, certain Apple fonts // 1.12 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual // 1.11 (2016-04-02) fix unused-variable warning // 1.10 (2016-04-02) user-defined fabs(); rare memory leak; remove duplicate typedef @@ -69,13 +77,11 @@ // // LICENSE // -// This software is dual-licensed to the public domain and under the following -// license: you are granted a perpetual, irrevocable license to copy, modify, -// publish, and distribute this file as you see fit. +// See end of file for license information. // // USAGE // -// Include this file in whatever places neeed to refer to it. In ONE C/C++ +// Include this file in whatever places need to refer to it. In ONE C/C++ // file, write: // #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // before the #include of this file. This expands out the actual @@ -91,7 +97,7 @@ // Improved 3D API (more shippable): // #include "stb_rect_pack.h" -- optional, but you really want it // stbtt_PackBegin() -// stbtt_PackSetOversample() -- for improved quality on small fonts +// stbtt_PackSetOversampling() -- for improved quality on small fonts // stbtt_PackFontRanges() -- pack and renders // stbtt_PackEnd() // stbtt_GetPackedQuad() @@ -109,6 +115,7 @@ // Character advance/positioning // stbtt_GetCodepointHMetrics() // stbtt_GetFontVMetrics() +// stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2() // stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance() // // Starting with version 1.06, the rasterizer was replaced with a new, @@ -164,7 +171,7 @@ // measurement for describing font size, defined as 72 points per inch. // stb_truetype provides a point API for compatibility. However, true // "per inch" conventions don't make much sense on computer displays -// since they different monitors have different number of pixels per +// since different monitors have different number of pixels per // inch. For example, Windows traditionally uses a convention that // there are 96 pixels per inch, thus making 'inch' measurements have // nothing to do with inches, and thus effectively defining a point to @@ -174,6 +181,39 @@ // for non-commercial fonts, thus making fonts scaled in points // according to the TrueType spec incoherently sized in practice. // +// DETAILED USAGE: +// +// Scale: +// Select how high you want the font to be, in points or pixels. +// Call ScaleForPixelHeight or ScaleForMappingEmToPixels to compute +// a scale factor SF that will be used by all other functions. +// +// Baseline: +// You need to select a y-coordinate that is the baseline of where +// your text will appear. Call GetFontBoundingBox to get the baseline-relative +// bounding box for all characters. SF*-y0 will be the distance in pixels +// that the worst-case character could extend above the baseline, so if +// you want the top edge of characters to appear at the top of the +// screen where y=0, then you would set the baseline to SF*-y0. +// +// Current point: +// Set the current point where the first character will appear. The +// first character could extend left of the current point; this is font +// dependent. You can either choose a current point that is the leftmost +// point and hope, or add some padding, or check the bounding box or +// left-side-bearing of the first character to be displayed and set +// the current point based on that. +// +// Displaying a character: +// Compute the bounding box of the character. It will contain signed values +// relative to . I.e. if it returns x0,y0,x1,y1, +// then the character should be displayed in the rectangle from +// to #define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int) floor(x)) @@ -406,6 +447,18 @@ int main(int arg, char **argv) #ifndef STBTT_sqrt #include #define STBTT_sqrt(x) sqrt(x) + #define STBTT_pow(x,y) pow(x,y) + #endif + + #ifndef STBTT_fmod + #include + #define STBTT_fmod(x,y) fmod(x,y) + #endif + + #ifndef STBTT_cos + #include + #define STBTT_cos(x) cos(x) + #define STBTT_acos(x) acos(x) #endif #ifndef STBTT_fabs @@ -431,7 +484,7 @@ int main(int arg, char **argv) #endif #ifndef STBTT_memcpy - #include + #include #define STBTT_memcpy memcpy #define STBTT_memset memset #endif @@ -494,7 +547,7 @@ typedef struct float x1,y1,s1,t1; // bottom-right } stbtt_aligned_quad; -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // same data as above +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(const stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // same data as above int char_index, // character to display float *xpos, float *ypos, // pointers to current position in screen pixel space stbtt_aligned_quad *q, // output: quad to draw @@ -509,6 +562,8 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // // // It's inefficient; you might want to c&p it and optimize it. +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetScaledFontVMetrics(const unsigned char *fontdata, int index, float size, float *ascent, float *descent, float *lineGap); +// Query the font vertical metrics without having to create a font first. ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -547,7 +602,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackEnd (stbtt_pack_context *spc); #define STBTT_POINT_SIZE(x) (-(x)) -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size, +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size, int first_unicode_char_in_range, int num_chars_in_range, stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range); // Creates character bitmaps from the font_index'th font found in fontdata (use // font_index=0 if you don't know what that is). It creates num_chars_in_range @@ -572,7 +627,7 @@ typedef struct unsigned char h_oversample, v_oversample; // don't set these, they're used internally } stbtt_pack_range; -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges); // Creates character bitmaps from multiple ranges of characters stored in // ranges. This will usually create a better-packed bitmap than multiple // calls to stbtt_PackFontRange. Note that you can call this multiple @@ -594,7 +649,13 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h // To use with PackFontRangesGather etc., you must set it before calls // call to PackFontRangesGatherRects. -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // same data as above +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip); +// If skip != 0, this tells stb_truetype to skip any codepoints for which +// there is no corresponding glyph. If skip=0, which is the default, then +// codepoints without a glyph recived the font's "missing character" glyph, +// typically an empty box by convention. + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // same data as above int char_index, // character to display float *xpos, float *ypos, // pointers to current position in screen pixel space stbtt_aligned_quad *q, // output: quad to draw @@ -622,6 +683,7 @@ struct stbtt_pack_context { int height; int stride_in_bytes; int padding; + int skip_missing; unsigned int h_oversample, v_oversample; unsigned char *pixels; void *nodes; @@ -647,7 +709,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *data, int index); // file will only define one font and it always be at offset 0, so it will // return '0' for index 0, and -1 for all other indices. -// The following structure is defined publically so you can declare one on +// The following structure is defined publicly so you can declare one on // the stack or as a global or etc, but you should treat it as opaque. struct stbtt_fontinfo { @@ -657,7 +719,7 @@ struct stbtt_fontinfo int numGlyphs; // number of glyphs, needed for range checking - int loca,head,glyf,hhea,hmtx,kern; // table locations as offset from start of .ttf + int loca,head,glyf,hhea,hmtx,kern,gpos; // table locations as offset from start of .ttf int index_map; // a cmap mapping for our chosen character encoding int indexToLocFormat; // format needed to map from glyph index to glyph @@ -686,6 +748,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codep // and you want a speed-up, call this function with the character you're // going to process, then use glyph-based functions instead of the // codepoint-based functions. +// Returns 0 if the character codepoint is not defined in the font. ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -714,6 +777,12 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *ascent, in // these are expressed in unscaled coordinates, so you must multiply by // the scale factor for a given size +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *typoAscent, int *typoDescent, int *typoLineGap); +// analogous to GetFontVMetrics, but returns the "typographic" values from the OS/2 +// table (specific to MS/Windows TTF files). +// +// Returns 1 on success (table present), 0 on failure. + STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontBoundingBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1); // the bounding box around all possible characters @@ -767,7 +836,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s // returns # of vertices and fills *vertices with the pointer to them // these are expressed in "unscaled" coordinates // -// The shape is a series of countours. Each one starts with +// The shape is a series of contours. Each one starts with // a STBTT_moveto, then consists of a series of mixed // STBTT_lineto and STBTT_curveto segments. A lineto // draws a line from previous endpoint to its x,y; a curveto @@ -808,6 +877,10 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, uns // same as stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap, but you can specify a subpixel // shift for the character +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int codepoint); +// same as stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel, but prefiltering +// is performed (see stbtt_PackSetOversampling) + STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int codepoint, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1); // get the bbox of the bitmap centered around the glyph origin; so the // bitmap width is ix1-ix0, height is iy1-iy0, and location to place @@ -825,6 +898,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph); STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph); +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int glyph); STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1); STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y,float shift_x, float shift_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1); @@ -847,6 +921,64 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_Rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result, // 1-channel bitmap int invert, // if non-zero, vertically flip shape void *userdata); // context for to STBTT_MALLOC +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Signed Distance Function (or Field) rendering + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeSDF(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata); +// frees the SDF bitmap allocated below + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int glyph, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); +STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); +// These functions compute a discretized SDF field for a single character, suitable for storing +// in a single-channel texture, sampling with bilinear filtering, and testing against +// larger than some threshold to produce scalable fonts. +// info -- the font +// scale -- controls the size of the resulting SDF bitmap, same as it would be creating a regular bitmap +// glyph/codepoint -- the character to generate the SDF for +// padding -- extra "pixels" around the character which are filled with the distance to the character (not 0), +// which allows effects like bit outlines +// onedge_value -- value 0-255 to test the SDF against to reconstruct the character (i.e. the isocontour of the character) +// pixel_dist_scale -- what value the SDF should increase by when moving one SDF "pixel" away from the edge (on the 0..255 scale) +// if positive, > onedge_value is inside; if negative, < onedge_value is inside +// width,height -- output height & width of the SDF bitmap (including padding) +// xoff,yoff -- output origin of the character +// return value -- a 2D array of bytes 0..255, width*height in size +// +// pixel_dist_scale & onedge_value are a scale & bias that allows you to make +// optimal use of the limited 0..255 for your application, trading off precision +// and special effects. SDF values outside the range 0..255 are clamped to 0..255. +// +// Example: +// scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(22) +// padding = 5 +// onedge_value = 180 +// pixel_dist_scale = 180/5.0 = 36.0 +// +// This will create an SDF bitmap in which the character is about 22 pixels +// high but the whole bitmap is about 22+5+5=32 pixels high. To produce a filled +// shape, sample the SDF at each pixel and fill the pixel if the SDF value +// is greater than or equal to 180/255. (You'll actually want to antialias, +// which is beyond the scope of this example.) Additionally, you can compute +// offset outlines (e.g. to stroke the character border inside & outside, +// or only outside). For example, to fill outside the character up to 3 SDF +// pixels, you would compare against (180-36.0*3)/255 = 72/255. The above +// choice of variables maps a range from 5 pixels outside the shape to +// 2 pixels inside the shape to 0..255; this is intended primarily for apply +// outside effects only (the interior range is needed to allow proper +// antialiasing of the font at *smaller* sizes) +// +// The function computes the SDF analytically at each SDF pixel, not by e.g. +// building a higher-res bitmap and approximating it. In theory the quality +// should be as high as possible for an SDF of this size & representation, but +// unclear if this is true in practice (perhaps building a higher-res bitmap +// and computing from that can allow drop-out prevention). +// +// The algorithm has not been optimized at all, so expect it to be slow +// if computing lots of characters or very large sizes. + + + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // Finding the right font... @@ -1231,6 +1363,7 @@ static int stbtt_InitFont_internal(stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *data, in info->hhea = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "hhea"); // required info->hmtx = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "hmtx"); // required info->kern = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "kern"); // not required + info->gpos = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "GPOS"); // not required if (!cmap || !info->head || !info->hhea || !info->hmtx) return 0; @@ -1708,7 +1841,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s if (comp_verts) STBTT_free(comp_verts, info->userdata); return 0; } - if (num_vertices > 0) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); + if (num_vertices > 0) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); //-V595 STBTT_memcpy(tmp+num_vertices, comp_verts, comp_num_verts*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); if (vertices) STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); vertices = tmp; @@ -2079,12 +2212,12 @@ static int stbtt__run_charstring(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, st } break; default: - if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && (b0 < 32 || b0 > 254)) + if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && (b0 < 32 || b0 > 254)) //-V560 return STBTT__CSERR("reserved operator"); // push immediate if (b0 == 255) { - f = (float)stbtt__buf_get32(&b) / 0x10000; + f = (float)(stbtt_int32)stbtt__buf_get32(&b) / 0x10000; } else { stbtt__buf_skip(&b, -1); f = (float)(stbtt_int16)stbtt__cff_int(&b); @@ -2122,12 +2255,10 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, in { stbtt__csctx c = STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(1); int r = stbtt__run_charstring(info, glyph_index, &c); - if (x0) { - *x0 = r ? c.min_x : 0; - *y0 = r ? c.min_y : 0; - *x1 = r ? c.max_x : 0; - *y1 = r ? c.max_y : 0; - } + if (x0) *x0 = r ? c.min_x : 0; + if (y0) *y0 = r ? c.min_y : 0; + if (x1) *x1 = r ? c.max_x : 0; + if (y1) *y1 = r ? c.max_y : 0; return r ? c.num_vertices : 0; } @@ -2151,7 +2282,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_inde } } -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) +static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) { stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern; stbtt_uint32 needle, straw; @@ -2181,9 +2312,263 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, return 0; } +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(stbtt_uint8 *coverageTable, int glyph) +{ + stbtt_uint16 coverageFormat = ttUSHORT(coverageTable); + switch(coverageFormat) { + case 1: { + stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); + + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=glyphCount-1, m; + int straw, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *glyphArray = coverageTable + 4; + stbtt_uint16 glyphID; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + glyphID = ttUSHORT(glyphArray + 2 * m); + straw = glyphID; + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else { + return m; + } + } + } break; + + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 rangeCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); + stbtt_uint8 *rangeArray = coverageTable + 4; + + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=rangeCount-1, m; + int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *rangeRecord; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + rangeRecord = rangeArray + 6 * m; + strawStart = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord); + strawEnd = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 2); + if (needle < strawStart) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > strawEnd) + l = m + 1; + else { + stbtt_uint16 startCoverageIndex = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 4); + return startCoverageIndex + glyph - strawStart; + } + } + } break; + + default: { + // There are no other cases. + STBTT_assert(0); + } break; + } + + return -1; +} + +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphClass(stbtt_uint8 *classDefTable, int glyph) +{ + stbtt_uint16 classDefFormat = ttUSHORT(classDefTable); + switch(classDefFormat) + { + case 1: { + stbtt_uint16 startGlyphID = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); + stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 4); + stbtt_uint8 *classDef1ValueArray = classDefTable + 6; + + if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount) + return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID)); + + // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning + //classDefTable = classDef1ValueArray + 2 * glyphCount; + } break; + + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 classRangeCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); + stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecords = classDefTable + 4; + + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=classRangeCount-1, m; + int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecord; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + classRangeRecord = classRangeRecords + 6 * m; + strawStart = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord); + strawEnd = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 2); + if (needle < strawStart) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > strawEnd) + l = m + 1; + else + return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4); + } + + // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning + //classDefTable = classRangeRecords + 6 * classRangeCount; + } break; + + default: { + // There are no other cases. + STBTT_assert(0); + } break; + } + + return -1; +} + +// Define to STBTT_assert(x) if you want to break on unimplemented formats. +#define STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(x) + +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) +{ + stbtt_uint16 lookupListOffset; + stbtt_uint8 *lookupList; + stbtt_uint16 lookupCount; + stbtt_uint8 *data; + stbtt_int32 i; + + if (!info->gpos) return 0; + + data = info->data + info->gpos; + + if (ttUSHORT(data+0) != 1) return 0; // Major version 1 + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) != 0) return 0; // Minor version 0 + + lookupListOffset = ttUSHORT(data+8); + lookupList = data + lookupListOffset; + lookupCount = ttUSHORT(lookupList); + + for (i=0; i> 1; + pairValue = pairValueArray + (2 + valueRecordPairSizeInBytes) * m; + secondGlyph = ttUSHORT(pairValue); + straw = secondGlyph; + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else { + stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(pairValue + 2); + return xAdvance; + } + } + } break; + + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4); + stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6); + + stbtt_uint16 classDef1Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 8); + stbtt_uint16 classDef2Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 10); + int glyph1class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef1Offset, glyph1); + int glyph2class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef2Offset, glyph2); + + stbtt_uint16 class1Count = ttUSHORT(table + 12); + stbtt_uint16 class2Count = ttUSHORT(table + 14); + STBTT_assert(glyph1class < class1Count); + STBTT_assert(glyph2class < class2Count); + + // TODO: Support more formats. + STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat1 == 4); + if (valueFormat1 != 4) return 0; + STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat2 == 0); + if (valueFormat2 != 0) return 0; + + if (glyph1class >= 0 && glyph1class < class1Count && glyph2class >= 0 && glyph2class < class2Count) { + stbtt_uint8 *class1Records = table + 16; + stbtt_uint8 *class2Records = class1Records + 2 * (glyph1class * class2Count); + stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(class2Records + 2 * glyph2class); + return xAdvance; + } + } break; + + default: { + // There are no other cases. + STBTT_assert(0); + break; + } // [DEAR IMGUI] removed ; + } + } + break; + } // [DEAR IMGUI] removed ; + + default: + // TODO: Implement other stuff. + break; + } + } + + return 0; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int g1, int g2) +{ + int xAdvance = 0; + + if (info->gpos) + xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2); + + if (info->kern) + xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2); + + return xAdvance; +} + STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int ch1, int ch2) { - if (!info->kern) // if no kerning table, don't waste time looking up both codepoint->glyphs + if (!info->kern && !info->gpos) // if no kerning table, don't waste time looking up both codepoint->glyphs return 0; return stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,ch1), stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,ch2)); } @@ -2200,6 +2585,17 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *ascent, in if (lineGap) *lineGap = ttSHORT(info->data+info->hhea + 8); } +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *typoAscent, int *typoDescent, int *typoLineGap) +{ + int tab = stbtt__find_table(info->data, info->fontstart, "OS/2"); + if (!tab) + return 0; + if (typoAscent ) *typoAscent = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 68); + if (typoDescent) *typoDescent = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 70); + if (typoLineGap) *typoLineGap = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 72); + return 1; +} + STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontBoundingBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1) { *x0 = ttSHORT(info->data + info->head + 36); @@ -2296,7 +2692,7 @@ static void *stbtt__hheap_alloc(stbtt__hheap *hh, size_t size, void *userdata) hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk = count; } --hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk; - return (char *) (hh->head) + size * hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk; + return (char *) (hh->head) + sizeof(stbtt__hheap_chunk) + size * hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk; } } @@ -2646,6 +3042,8 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, dx = -dx; dy = -dy; t = x0, x0 = xb, xb = t; + // [DEAR IMGUI] Fix static analyzer warning + (void)dx; // [ImGui: fix static analyzer warning] } x1 = (int) x_top; @@ -2692,19 +3090,18 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, // from the other y segment, and it might ignored as an empty segment. to avoid // that, we need to explicitly produce segments based on x positions. - // rename variables to clear pairs + // rename variables to clearly-defined pairs float y0 = y_top; float x1 = (float) (x); float x2 = (float) (x+1); float x3 = xb; float y3 = y_bottom; - float y1,y2; // x = e->x + e->dx * (y-y_top) // (y-y_top) = (x - e->x) / e->dx // y = (x - e->x) / e->dx + y_top - y1 = (x - x0) / dx + y_top; - y2 = (x+1 - x0) / dx + y_top; + float y1 = (x - x0) / dx + y_top; + float y2 = (x+1 - x0) / dx + y_top; if (x0 < x1 && x3 > x2) { // three segments descending down-right stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x1,y1); @@ -2784,7 +3181,13 @@ static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e, if (e->y0 != e->y1) { stbtt__active_edge *z = stbtt__new_active(&hh, e, off_x, scan_y_top, userdata); if (z != NULL) { - STBTT_assert(z->ey >= scan_y_top); + if (j == 0 && off_y != 0) { + if (z->ey < scan_y_top) { + // this can happen due to subpixel positioning and some kind of fp rounding error i think + z->ey = scan_y_top; + } + } + STBTT_assert(z->ey >= scan_y_top); // if we get really unlucky a tiny bit of an edge can be out of bounds // insert at front z->next = active; active = z; @@ -2853,7 +3256,7 @@ static void stbtt__sort_edges_ins_sort(stbtt__edge *p, int n) static void stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(stbtt__edge *p, int n) { - /* threshhold for transitioning to insertion sort */ + /* threshold for transitioning to insertion sort */ while (n > 12) { stbtt__edge t; int c01,c12,c,m,i,j; @@ -2988,7 +3391,7 @@ static void stbtt__add_point(stbtt__point *points, int n, float x, float y) points[n].y = y; } -// tesselate until threshhold p is happy... @TODO warped to compensate for non-linear stretching +// tessellate until threshold p is happy... @TODO warped to compensate for non-linear stretching static int stbtt__tesselate_curve(stbtt__point *points, int *num_points, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float objspace_flatness_squared, int n) { // midpoint @@ -3131,8 +3534,9 @@ error: STBTT_DEF void stbtt_Rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result, float flatness_in_pixels, stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_verts, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int x_off, int y_off, int invert, void *userdata) { - float scale = scale_x > scale_y ? scale_y : scale_x; - int winding_count, *winding_lengths; + float scale = scale_x > scale_y ? scale_y : scale_x; + int winding_count = 0; + int *winding_lengths = NULL; stbtt__point *windings = stbtt_FlattenCurves(vertices, num_verts, flatness_in_pixels / scale, &winding_lengths, &winding_count, userdata); if (windings) { stbtt__rasterize(result, windings, winding_lengths, winding_count, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, x_off, y_off, invert, userdata); @@ -3220,6 +3624,11 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo * return stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y,shift_x,shift_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint), width,height,xoff,yoff); } +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int codepoint) +{ + stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(info, output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, oversample_x, oversample_y, sub_x, sub_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint)); +} + STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint) { stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint)); @@ -3287,11 +3696,11 @@ static int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap_internal(unsigned char *data, int offset, // fo return bottom_y; } -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int opengl_fillrule) +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(const stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int opengl_fillrule) { float d3d_bias = opengl_fillrule ? 0 : -0.5f; float ipw = 1.0f / pw, iph = 1.0f / ph; - stbtt_bakedchar *b = chardata + char_index; + const stbtt_bakedchar *b = chardata + char_index; int round_x = STBTT_ifloor((*xpos + b->xoff) + 0.5f); int round_y = STBTT_ifloor((*ypos + b->yoff) + 0.5f); @@ -3407,6 +3816,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackBegin(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *pixels, in spc->stride_in_bytes = stride_in_bytes != 0 ? stride_in_bytes : pw; spc->h_oversample = 1; spc->v_oversample = 1; + spc->skip_missing = 0; stbrp_init_target(context, pw-padding, ph-padding, nodes, num_nodes); @@ -3432,6 +3842,11 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h spc->v_oversample = v_oversample; } +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip) +{ + spc->skip_missing = skip; +} + #define STBTT__OVER_MASK (STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE-1) static void stbtt__h_prefilter(unsigned char *pixels, int w, int h, int stride_in_bytes, unsigned int kernel_width) @@ -3585,13 +4000,17 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stb int x0,y0,x1,y1; int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j]; int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint); - stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph, - scale * spc->h_oversample, - scale * spc->v_oversample, - 0,0, - &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); - rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1); - rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1); + if (glyph == 0 && spc->skip_missing) { + rects[k].w = rects[k].h = 0; + } else { + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph, + scale * spc->h_oversample, + scale * spc->v_oversample, + 0,0, + &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); + rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1); + rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1); + } ++k; } } @@ -3599,6 +4018,29 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stb return k; } +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int prefilter_x, int prefilter_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int glyph) +{ + stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, + output, + out_w - (prefilter_x - 1), + out_h - (prefilter_y - 1), + out_stride, + scale_x, + scale_y, + shift_x, + shift_y, + glyph); + + if (prefilter_x > 1) + stbtt__h_prefilter(output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, prefilter_x); + + if (prefilter_y > 1) + stbtt__v_prefilter(output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, prefilter_y); + + *sub_x = stbtt__oversample_shift(prefilter_x); + *sub_y = stbtt__oversample_shift(prefilter_y); +} + // rects array must be big enough to accommodate all characters in the given ranges STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects) { @@ -3621,7 +4063,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const sub_y = stbtt__oversample_shift(spc->v_oversample); for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars; ++j) { stbrp_rect *r = &rects[k]; - if (r->was_packed) { + if (r->was_packed && r->w != 0 && r->h != 0) { stbtt_packedchar *bc = &ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j]; int advance, lsb, x0,y0,x1,y1; int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j]; @@ -3687,10 +4129,10 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbrp_rect stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info, rects, num_rects); } -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges) +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges) { stbtt_fontinfo info; - int i,j,n, return_value = 1; + int i,j,n, return_value; // [DEAR IMGUI] removed = 1 //stbrp_context *context = (stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info; stbrp_rect *rects; @@ -3723,7 +4165,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontd return return_value; } -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size, +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size, int first_unicode_codepoint_in_range, int num_chars_in_range, stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range) { stbtt_pack_range range; @@ -3735,10 +4177,23 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontda return stbtt_PackFontRanges(spc, fontdata, font_index, &range, 1); } -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int align_to_integer) +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetScaledFontVMetrics(const unsigned char *fontdata, int index, float size, float *ascent, float *descent, float *lineGap) +{ + int i_ascent, i_descent, i_lineGap; + float scale; + stbtt_fontinfo info; + stbtt_InitFont(&info, fontdata, stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(fontdata, index)); + scale = size > 0 ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&info, size) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&info, -size); + stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&info, &i_ascent, &i_descent, &i_lineGap); + *ascent = (float) i_ascent * scale; + *descent = (float) i_descent * scale; + *lineGap = (float) i_lineGap * scale; +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int align_to_integer) { float ipw = 1.0f / pw, iph = 1.0f / ph; - stbtt_packedchar *b = chardata + char_index; + const stbtt_packedchar *b = chardata + char_index; if (align_to_integer) { float x = (float) STBTT_ifloor((*xpos + b->xoff) + 0.5f); @@ -3762,6 +4217,387 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, i *xpos += b->xadvance; } +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// sdf computation +// + +#define STBTT_min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#define STBTT_max(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a)) + +static int stbtt__ray_intersect_bezier(float orig[2], float ray[2], float q0[2], float q1[2], float q2[2], float hits[2][2]) +{ + float q0perp = q0[1]*ray[0] - q0[0]*ray[1]; + float q1perp = q1[1]*ray[0] - q1[0]*ray[1]; + float q2perp = q2[1]*ray[0] - q2[0]*ray[1]; + float roperp = orig[1]*ray[0] - orig[0]*ray[1]; + + float a = q0perp - 2*q1perp + q2perp; + float b = q1perp - q0perp; + float c = q0perp - roperp; + + float s0 = 0., s1 = 0.; + int num_s = 0; + + if (a != 0.0) { + float discr = b*b - a*c; + if (discr > 0.0) { + float rcpna = -1 / a; + float d = (float) STBTT_sqrt(discr); + s0 = (b+d) * rcpna; + s1 = (b-d) * rcpna; + if (s0 >= 0.0 && s0 <= 1.0) + num_s = 1; + if (d > 0.0 && s1 >= 0.0 && s1 <= 1.0) { + if (num_s == 0) s0 = s1; + ++num_s; + } + } + } else { + // 2*b*s + c = 0 + // s = -c / (2*b) + s0 = c / (-2 * b); + if (s0 >= 0.0 && s0 <= 1.0) + num_s = 1; + } + + if (num_s == 0) + return 0; + else { + float rcp_len2 = 1 / (ray[0]*ray[0] + ray[1]*ray[1]); + float rayn_x = ray[0] * rcp_len2, rayn_y = ray[1] * rcp_len2; + + float q0d = q0[0]*rayn_x + q0[1]*rayn_y; + float q1d = q1[0]*rayn_x + q1[1]*rayn_y; + float q2d = q2[0]*rayn_x + q2[1]*rayn_y; + float rod = orig[0]*rayn_x + orig[1]*rayn_y; + + float q10d = q1d - q0d; + float q20d = q2d - q0d; + float q0rd = q0d - rod; + + hits[0][0] = q0rd + s0*(2.0f - 2.0f*s0)*q10d + s0*s0*q20d; + hits[0][1] = a*s0+b; + + if (num_s > 1) { + hits[1][0] = q0rd + s1*(2.0f - 2.0f*s1)*q10d + s1*s1*q20d; + hits[1][1] = a*s1+b; + return 2; + } else { + return 1; + } + } +} + +static int equal(float *a, float *b) +{ + return (a[0] == b[0] && a[1] == b[1]); +} + +static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex *verts) +{ + int i; + float orig[2], ray[2] = { 1, 0 }; + float y_frac; + int winding = 0; + + orig[0] = x; + //orig[1] = y; // [DEAR IMGUI] commented double assignment + + // make sure y never passes through a vertex of the shape + y_frac = (float) STBTT_fmod(y, 1.0f); + if (y_frac < 0.01f) + y += 0.01f; + else if (y_frac > 0.99f) + y -= 0.01f; + orig[1] = y; + + // test a ray from (-infinity,y) to (x,y) + for (i=0; i < nverts; ++i) { + if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) { + int x0 = (int) verts[i-1].x, y0 = (int) verts[i-1].y; + int x1 = (int) verts[i ].x, y1 = (int) verts[i ].y; + if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) { + float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0; + if (x_inter < x) + winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1; + } + } + if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) { + int x0 = (int) verts[i-1].x , y0 = (int) verts[i-1].y ; + int x1 = (int) verts[i ].cx, y1 = (int) verts[i ].cy; + int x2 = (int) verts[i ].x , y2 = (int) verts[i ].y ; + int ax = STBTT_min(x0,STBTT_min(x1,x2)), ay = STBTT_min(y0,STBTT_min(y1,y2)); + int by = STBTT_max(y0,STBTT_max(y1,y2)); + if (y > ay && y < by && x > ax) { + float q0[2],q1[2],q2[2]; + float hits[2][2]; + q0[0] = (float)x0; + q0[1] = (float)y0; + q1[0] = (float)x1; + q1[1] = (float)y1; + q2[0] = (float)x2; + q2[1] = (float)y2; + if (equal(q0,q1) || equal(q1,q2)) { + x0 = (int)verts[i-1].x; + y0 = (int)verts[i-1].y; + x1 = (int)verts[i ].x; + y1 = (int)verts[i ].y; + if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) { + float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0; + if (x_inter < x) + winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1; + } + } else { + int num_hits = stbtt__ray_intersect_bezier(orig, ray, q0, q1, q2, hits); + if (num_hits >= 1) + if (hits[0][0] < 0) + winding += (hits[0][1] < 0 ? -1 : 1); + if (num_hits >= 2) + if (hits[1][0] < 0) + winding += (hits[1][1] < 0 ? -1 : 1); + } + } + } + } + return winding; +} + +static float stbtt__cuberoot( float x ) +{ + if (x<0) + return -(float) STBTT_pow(-x,1.0f/3.0f); + else + return (float) STBTT_pow( x,1.0f/3.0f); +} + +// x^3 + c*x^2 + b*x + a = 0 +static int stbtt__solve_cubic(float a, float b, float c, float* r) +{ + float s = -a / 3; + float p = b - a*a / 3; + float q = a * (2*a*a - 9*b) / 27 + c; + float p3 = p*p*p; + float d = q*q + 4*p3 / 27; + if (d >= 0) { + float z = (float) STBTT_sqrt(d); + float u = (-q + z) / 2; + float v = (-q - z) / 2; + u = stbtt__cuberoot(u); + v = stbtt__cuberoot(v); + r[0] = s + u + v; + return 1; + } else { + float u = (float) STBTT_sqrt(-p/3); + float v = (float) STBTT_acos(-STBTT_sqrt(-27/p3) * q / 2) / 3; // p3 must be negative, since d is negative + float m = (float) STBTT_cos(v); + float n = (float) STBTT_cos(v-3.141592/2)*1.732050808f; + r[0] = s + u * 2 * m; + r[1] = s - u * (m + n); + r[2] = s - u * (m - n); + + //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[0]+a)*r[0]+b)*r[0]+c) < 0.05f); // these asserts may not be safe at all scales, though they're in bezier t parameter units so maybe? + //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[1]+a)*r[1]+b)*r[1]+c) < 0.05f); + //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[2]+a)*r[2]+b)*r[2]+c) < 0.05f); + return 3; + } +} + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int glyph, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) +{ + float scale_x = scale, scale_y = scale; + int ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1; + int w,h; + unsigned char *data; + + // if one scale is 0, use same scale for both + if (scale_x == 0) scale_x = scale_y; + if (scale_y == 0) { + if (scale_x == 0) return NULL; // if both scales are 0, return NULL + scale_y = scale_x; + } + + stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale, scale, 0.0f,0.0f, &ix0,&iy0,&ix1,&iy1); + + // if empty, return NULL + if (ix0 == ix1 || iy0 == iy1) + return NULL; + + ix0 -= padding; + iy0 -= padding; + ix1 += padding; + iy1 += padding; + + w = (ix1 - ix0); + h = (iy1 - iy0); + + if (width ) *width = w; + if (height) *height = h; + if (xoff ) *xoff = ix0; + if (yoff ) *yoff = iy0; + + // invert for y-downwards bitmaps + scale_y = -scale_y; + + { + int x,y,i,j; + float *precompute; + stbtt_vertex *verts; + int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &verts); + data = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(w * h, info->userdata); + precompute = (float *) STBTT_malloc(num_verts * sizeof(float), info->userdata); + + for (i=0,j=num_verts-1; i < num_verts; j=i++) { + if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) { + float x0 = verts[i].x*scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y*scale_y; + float x1 = verts[j].x*scale_x, y1 = verts[j].y*scale_y; + float dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt((x1-x0)*(x1-x0) + (y1-y0)*(y1-y0)); + precompute[i] = (dist == 0) ? 0.0f : 1.0f / dist; + } else if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) { + float x2 = verts[j].x *scale_x, y2 = verts[j].y *scale_y; + float x1 = verts[i].cx*scale_x, y1 = verts[i].cy*scale_y; + float x0 = verts[i].x *scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y *scale_y; + float bx = x0 - 2*x1 + x2, by = y0 - 2*y1 + y2; + float len2 = bx*bx + by*by; + if (len2 != 0.0f) + precompute[i] = 1.0f / (bx*bx + by*by); + else + precompute[i] = 0.0f; + } else + precompute[i] = 0.0f; + } + + for (y=iy0; y < iy1; ++y) { + for (x=ix0; x < ix1; ++x) { + float val; + float min_dist = 999999.0f; + float sx = (float) x + 0.5f; + float sy = (float) y + 0.5f; + float x_gspace = (sx / scale_x); + float y_gspace = (sy / scale_y); + + int winding = stbtt__compute_crossings_x(x_gspace, y_gspace, num_verts, verts); // @OPTIMIZE: this could just be a rasterization, but needs to be line vs. non-tesselated curves so a new path + + for (i=0; i < num_verts; ++i) { + float x0 = verts[i].x*scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y*scale_y; + + // check against every point here rather than inside line/curve primitives -- @TODO: wrong if multiple 'moves' in a row produce a garbage point, and given culling, probably more efficient to do within line/curve + float dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + + if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) { + float x1 = verts[i-1].x*scale_x, y1 = verts[i-1].y*scale_y; + + // coarse culling against bbox + //if (sx > STBTT_min(x0,x1)-min_dist && sx < STBTT_max(x0,x1)+min_dist && + // sy > STBTT_min(y0,y1)-min_dist && sy < STBTT_max(y0,y1)+min_dist) + float dist = (float) STBTT_fabs((x1-x0)*(y0-sy) - (y1-y0)*(x0-sx)) * precompute[i]; + STBTT_assert(i != 0); + if (dist < min_dist) { + // check position along line + // x' = x0 + t*(x1-x0), y' = y0 + t*(y1-y0) + // minimize (x'-sx)*(x'-sx)+(y'-sy)*(y'-sy) + float dx = x1-x0, dy = y1-y0; + float px = x0-sx, py = y0-sy; + // minimize (px+t*dx)^2 + (py+t*dy)^2 = px*px + 2*px*dx*t + t^2*dx*dx + py*py + 2*py*dy*t + t^2*dy*dy + // derivative: 2*px*dx + 2*py*dy + (2*dx*dx+2*dy*dy)*t, set to 0 and solve + float t = -(px*dx + py*dy) / (dx*dx + dy*dy); + if (t >= 0.0f && t <= 1.0f) + min_dist = dist; + } + } else if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) { + float x2 = verts[i-1].x *scale_x, y2 = verts[i-1].y *scale_y; + float x1 = verts[i ].cx*scale_x, y1 = verts[i ].cy*scale_y; + float box_x0 = STBTT_min(STBTT_min(x0,x1),x2); + float box_y0 = STBTT_min(STBTT_min(y0,y1),y2); + float box_x1 = STBTT_max(STBTT_max(x0,x1),x2); + float box_y1 = STBTT_max(STBTT_max(y0,y1),y2); + // coarse culling against bbox to avoid computing cubic unnecessarily + if (sx > box_x0-min_dist && sx < box_x1+min_dist && sy > box_y0-min_dist && sy < box_y1+min_dist) { + int num=0; + float ax = x1-x0, ay = y1-y0; + float bx = x0 - 2*x1 + x2, by = y0 - 2*y1 + y2; + float mx = x0 - sx, my = y0 - sy; + float res[3],px,py,t,it; + float a_inv = precompute[i]; + if (a_inv == 0.0) { // if a_inv is 0, it's 2nd degree so use quadratic formula + float a = 3*(ax*bx + ay*by); + float b = 2*(ax*ax + ay*ay) + (mx*bx+my*by); + float c = mx*ax+my*ay; + if (a == 0.0) { // if a is 0, it's linear + if (b != 0.0) { + res[num++] = -c/b; + } + } else { + float discriminant = b*b - 4*a*c; + if (discriminant < 0) + num = 0; + else { + float root = (float) STBTT_sqrt(discriminant); + res[0] = (-b - root)/(2*a); + res[1] = (-b + root)/(2*a); + num = 2; // don't bother distinguishing 1-solution case, as code below will still work + } + } + } else { + float b = 3*(ax*bx + ay*by) * a_inv; // could precompute this as it doesn't depend on sample point + float c = (2*(ax*ax + ay*ay) + (mx*bx+my*by)) * a_inv; + float d = (mx*ax+my*ay) * a_inv; + num = stbtt__solve_cubic(b, c, d, res); + } + if (num >= 1 && res[0] >= 0.0f && res[0] <= 1.0f) { + t = res[0], it = 1.0f - t; + px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2; + py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2; + dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + } + if (num >= 2 && res[1] >= 0.0f && res[1] <= 1.0f) { + t = res[1], it = 1.0f - t; + px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2; + py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2; + dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + } + if (num >= 3 && res[2] >= 0.0f && res[2] <= 1.0f) { + t = res[2], it = 1.0f - t; + px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2; + py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2; + dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + } + } + } + } + if (winding == 0) + min_dist = -min_dist; // if outside the shape, value is negative + val = onedge_value + pixel_dist_scale * min_dist; + if (val < 0) + val = 0; + else if (val > 255) + val = 255; + data[(y-iy0)*w+(x-ix0)] = (unsigned char) val; + } + } + STBTT_free(precompute, info->userdata); + STBTT_free(verts, info->userdata); + } + return data; +} + +STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) +{ + return stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(info, scale, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint), padding, onedge_value, pixel_dist_scale, width, height, xoff, yoff); +} + +STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeSDF(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata) +{ + STBTT_free(bitmap, userdata); +} ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // @@ -3969,6 +4805,13 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian(const char *s1, int len1, const // FULL VERSION HISTORY // +// 1.19 (2018-02-11) OpenType GPOS kerning (horizontal only), STBTT_fmod +// 1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function +// 1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix +// 1.16 (2017-07-12) SDF support +// 1.15 (2017-03-03) make more arguments const +// 1.14 (2017-01-16) num-fonts-in-TTC function +// 1.13 (2017-01-02) support OpenType fonts, certain Apple fonts // 1.12 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual // 1.11 (2016-04-02) fix unused-variable warning // 1.10 (2016-04-02) allow user-defined fabs() replacement @@ -4016,3 +4859,45 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian(const char *s1, int len1, const // 0.2 (2009-03-11) Fix unsigned/signed char warnings // 0.1 (2009-03-09) First public release // + +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License +Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +so, subject to the following conditions: +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) +This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +this software under copyright law. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +*/ diff --git a/skeleton/skeleton.cpp b/skeleton/skeleton.cpp index e6871e8..81fb0e7 100644 --- a/skeleton/skeleton.cpp +++ b/skeleton/skeleton.cpp @@ -167,6 +167,10 @@ EventStatus EventHandler(Event e, void *param) { EventStatus s; + if (e == INITIALIZE) { + ImGui::CreateContext(); + } + s = AppEventHandler(e, param); if(e == QUIT){ globals.quit = 1; diff --git a/tools/camera/CMakeLists.txt b/tools/camera/CMakeLists.txt index 2607441..6f0dd5f 100644 --- a/tools/camera/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/tools/camera/CMakeLists.txt @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ target_link_libraries(camera add_custom_command( TARGET camera POST_BUILD + COMMAND "${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -E make_directory "$/files" COMMAND "${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -E copy_directory "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/files" "$/files" ) diff --git a/tools/camera/main.cpp b/tools/camera/main.cpp index 5b7a7eb..b50b40e 100644 --- a/tools/camera/main.cpp +++ b/tools/camera/main.cpp @@ -298,6 +298,8 @@ MainCameraRender(rw::Camera *camera) ImGui::EndFrame(); ImGui::Render(); + ImGui_ImplRW_RenderDrawLists(ImGui::GetDrawData()); + camera->endUpdate(); @@ -321,6 +323,8 @@ SubCameraRender(rw::Camera *camera) ImGui::EndFrame(); ImGui::Render(); + ImGui_ImplRW_RenderDrawLists(ImGui::GetDrawData()); + camera->endUpdate(); } diff --git a/tools/im2d/CMakeLists.txt b/tools/im2d/CMakeLists.txt index 9c14b03..d30325a 100644 --- a/tools/im2d/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/tools/im2d/CMakeLists.txt @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ target_link_libraries(im2d add_custom_command( TARGET im2d POST_BUILD + COMMAND "${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -E make_directory "$/files" COMMAND "${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -E copy_directory "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/files" "$/files" ) diff --git a/tools/im2d/main.cpp b/tools/im2d/main.cpp index f9ac539..e37dfd4 100644 --- a/tools/im2d/main.cpp +++ b/tools/im2d/main.cpp @@ -148,6 +148,8 @@ Render(void) ImGui::EndFrame(); ImGui::Render(); + ImGui_ImplRW_RenderDrawLists(ImGui::GetDrawData()); + Camera->endUpdate(); Camera->showRaster(0); diff --git a/tools/im3d/CMakeLists.txt b/tools/im3d/CMakeLists.txt index 52102f6..1a49114 100644 --- a/tools/im3d/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/tools/im3d/CMakeLists.txt @@ -16,7 +16,8 @@ target_link_libraries(im3d add_custom_command( TARGET im3d POST_BUILD - COMMAND "${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -E copy_directory "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/files" "$/files" + COMMAND "${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -E make_directory "$/files" + COMMAND "${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -E copy_directory "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/files" "$/files" ) librw_platform_target(im3d) diff --git a/tools/im3d/main.cpp b/tools/im3d/main.cpp index 913005d..4949d2e 100644 --- a/tools/im3d/main.cpp +++ b/tools/im3d/main.cpp @@ -155,6 +155,8 @@ Render(void) ImGui::EndFrame(); ImGui::Render(); + ImGui_ImplRW_RenderDrawLists(ImGui::GetDrawData()); + Camera->endUpdate(); Camera->showRaster(0); diff --git a/tools/imguitest/main.cpp b/tools/imguitest/main.cpp index 6806d2d..964cb95 100644 --- a/tools/imguitest/main.cpp +++ b/tools/imguitest/main.cpp @@ -109,10 +109,13 @@ Draw(float timeDelta) ImGui::EndFrame(); + ImGui::Render(); Scene.camera->endUpdate(); Scene.camera->showRaster(0); + + ImGui_ImplRW_RenderDrawLists(ImGui::GetDrawData()); } diff --git a/tools/lights/CMakeLists.txt b/tools/lights/CMakeLists.txt index 282f30d..c51a2e3 100644 --- a/tools/lights/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/tools/lights/CMakeLists.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ target_link_libraries(lights add_custom_command( TARGET lights POST_BUILD + COMMAND "${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -E make_directory "$/files" COMMAND "${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -E copy_if_different "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/checker.dff" "$" ) diff --git a/tools/lights/main.cpp b/tools/lights/main.cpp index f2f17e2..3589d05 100644 --- a/tools/lights/main.cpp +++ b/tools/lights/main.cpp @@ -264,6 +264,8 @@ Render(float timeDelta) ImGui::EndFrame(); ImGui::Render(); + ImGui_ImplRW_RenderDrawLists(ImGui::GetDrawData()); + Camera->endUpdate(); Camera->showRaster(0); } diff --git a/tools/playground/CMakeLists.txt b/tools/playground/CMakeLists.txt index a560cfb..120f7bc 100644 --- a/tools/playground/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/tools/playground/CMakeLists.txt @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ target_link_libraries(playground add_custom_command( TARGET playground POST_BUILD + COMMAND "${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -E make_directory "$/files" COMMAND "${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -E copy_directory "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/files" "$/files" ) diff --git a/tools/subrast/CMakeLists.txt b/tools/subrast/CMakeLists.txt index 83a30c1..6393734 100644 --- a/tools/subrast/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/tools/subrast/CMakeLists.txt @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ add_executable(subrast WIN32 - main.cpp subrast.cpp + main.cpp + subrast.cpp + subrast.h ) target_link_libraries(subrast @@ -10,6 +12,7 @@ target_link_libraries(subrast add_custom_command( TARGET subrast POST_BUILD + COMMAND "${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -E make_directory "$/files" COMMAND "${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -E copy_directory "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/files" "$/files" ) diff --git a/tools/subrast/main.cpp b/tools/subrast/main.cpp index 321c650..5dbde8a 100644 --- a/tools/subrast/main.cpp +++ b/tools/subrast/main.cpp @@ -129,9 +129,11 @@ Initialize3D(void) AmbientLight = CreateAmbientLight(World); MainLight = CreateMainLight(World); Clump = CreateClump(World); + if (Clump == nil) + return false; CreateCameras(World); -UpdateSubRasters(Camera, sk::globals.width, sk::globals.height); + UpdateSubRasters(Camera, sk::globals.width, sk::globals.height); rw::SetRenderState(rw::CULLMODE, rw::CULLBACK); rw::SetRenderState(rw::ZTESTENABLE, 1); diff --git a/tools/subrast/subrast.cpp b/tools/subrast/subrast.cpp index 73adae3..f91298f 100644 --- a/tools/subrast/subrast.cpp +++ b/tools/subrast/subrast.cpp @@ -128,7 +128,6 @@ void DestroyCameras(rw::World *world) { if(Camera){ - world->removeCamera(Camera); sk::CameraDestroy(Camera); Camera = nil; }